Full text of "United States exploring expedition. During the year 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842"

See other formats

•VPRHK

OT TH*

[UHIVBRSIT7]

j?jS».°* ,^«W«

i^?IUp|nfl.»\^

UNITED STATES

EXPLORING EXPEDITION,

UNITED STATES

EXPLORING EXPEDITION.

DURING THE YEARS

38, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842.

UNDER THE COMMAND OF

CHARLES WILKES, U. S. N.

ZOOPHYTES.

JAMES D. DANA, A. M.,

GEOLOGIST OF THE EXPEDITION,

MEMBER. OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES OF BOSTON,
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, ETC.

WITH A FOLIO ATLAS OF SIXTY-ONE PLATES.

PHILADELPHIA:
LEA AND BLANCHARD.

1848.

THE cruise of the Exploring Expedition afforded unusual opportunities for the study of
Coral Zoophytes. Nearly all the groups of islands west of the latitude of the New
Hebrides, both north and south of the equator, were visited by vessels of the squadron ;
and these Pacific wanderings were followed up by a rapid passage among the reefs of the
East Indies. The attention of the author was first directed to this subject in the Fn-ji >•
Group, the department during a previous summer having been in the hands of Mr. J. P.
Couthouy. The field for geological investigation there offered, was limited, as we were
shut out from the interior of the islands by the character of the natives : at the same time,
coral reefs spread out an inviting field for observation, hundreds of square miles in extent.
The three months, therefore, of our stay in that group were principally devoted to ex-
ploring the groves of the ocean, where flowers bloomed no less beautiful than those of
the forbidden lands, and rocks of coral growth afforded instruction of deep interest. The
specimens were obtained by wading over the reefs at low tide, with one or more buckets
at hand to receive the gathered clumps : or, where too deep for this, by floating slowly
along in a canoe with two or three natives, and, through the clear waters, pointing out
any desired coral to one of them, who would glide to the bottom, and soon return with
his hands loaded, lay down his treasures, and prepare for another descent. When taken
out of its element, the coral often appears as if lifeless ; but placing it in a basin of sea-
water, the polyps after a while expand, and cover the branches like flowers. Four-fifths
of the observations in this department were made at the Feejee Group.

The number of species collected in the course of the cruise, exclusive of the HydroMra
and the Bryozoa, amounts to two hundred and sixty-one, of which two hundred and thn1'1
are here described as new. The animals of seventy species were figured from the living
specimens ; yet minute dissections were necessarily few where the time was so short, and
the novelties so numerous.

Investigations, with such advantages, were calculated to throw much light upon a
department less thoroughly understood than any other in the Animal Kingdom. The
minute Hydroidca, and some Caryophylliae and Alcyonaria are found in the European

VJ PREFACE.

seas ; and this part of the subject has been wrought out with great beauty and minuteness
by different investigators since the time of Trernbley and Ellis. But the vast majority
of the larger coral zoophytes are in remote regions, and require a patient residence
upon the spot to study out their living forms. The voyages of Peron and Lesueur,
and Quoy and Gaymard, together with the journey of Ehrenberg to the Red Sea,
give nearly all hitherto known with regard to them. It is, therefore, no presumption
on the part of the author to say that a large amount of new information was obtained,
nor a fact which might not have been anticipated, that such information has detected
numerous errors in the received systems or suggested changes of fundamental importance.
In making out the Report, it was found impossible, in many genera, to describe the
discovered species without giving new and more definite characters to the old ; and the
genera themselves sometimes required a modification of their limits, and changes in their
associations. In every part of the subject, a thorough revision seemed desirable ; for only ,
by such a course could the facts obtained be clearly or satisfactorily set forth. The
Report, therefore, has necessarily become a Treatise on Zoophytes. Various collections
in our country have been consulted in the course of its preparation, among which are
Peale's Museum, at Philadelphia ; the Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, in
the same city ; and that of the Natural History Society at Boston: all were liberally
thrown open, and every convenience given to aid in the researches. It will appear, from
the results, that the plan adopted was the only one that could have done justice to the
department of Zoophytes in the Expedition, and honour to the country which had con-
tributed so largely in her appropriations to the promotion of science. Out of the four
hundred and eighty-three species of zoophytes in the tribe Actinaria, (exclusive of the
Actiniae,) which the Report contains, but two hundred and fifty-four, or little more than
half, are to be found in previous works. The asterisked names in the catalogues of
species, under each genus, show how large a proportion of the whole have been described
anew, from specimens examined by the author.

The Report is indebted to the Journal of Mr. J. P. Couthouy for drawings and descrip-
tions of a species of each of the genera, Fungia, Tubularia, and Renilla. Drawings and
notes of several of the Hydroidea have been contributed by Dr. C. Pickering.

The coloured figures of the Actiniae, with two or three exceptions, are from the skilful
pencil of Mr. J. Drayton, by whom the descriptions of the species have been drawn up for
the volume, from the notes of Mr. J. P. Couthouy, and from his own observations.

In the preparation of the following pages, Lamarck's Treatise has been a book of con-
stant reference, together with the more recent works of Blainville and Ehrenberg. The
Memoir by the latter in the Berlin Transactions for 1832, is especially valuable for its
original views on the nature and growth of coral zoophytes, and contains, besides, a lar<ro
contribution of new species. The labours of Milne Edwards, both through his separate
Memoirs, and his Notes and Additions to the last edition of the Anhnnux sans

PREFACE. vii

have been of essential aid. Lamouroux, Ellis, and the numerous older authors, have been
lively consulted, wherever a new fact could be obtained, or doubt and obscurity removed ;
and all figures have been cited, and full references given to descriptions. In few instances
have these references been derived from any but the original works.

The subject of Corals, in this volume, is treated of exclusively in a zoological point of
view. The geological questions with regard to the formation and structure of coral-reefs
and islands, will come up for discussion in the author's Geological Report.

JAMES D. DANA.
Now Haven, January 1,

UNIVERSITY

CONTENTS

PACE.
CHAP. I. INTRODUCTION 7

II. GENERAL STRUCTURE OF ZOOPHYTES 11

III. HYDROIDEA 19

IV. ACTINO1DEA 29

CKNERAL STRUCTURE 30

SUBDIVISION OF THE ACTINOIDEA 45

ACTINARIA 46

ALCYONARIA 50

SECRETION OF THE CORALLUM 50

REPRODUCTION BY BUDS— THE COMPOUND STRUCTURE 57

FORMS OF ACTINOID ZOOPHYTES 59

MODES OF GROWTH 62

COALESCENCE OF BRANCHES 65

MODES OF BUDDING AND THEIR CONNEXION WITH THE MODES OF

GROWTH 66

V. THEORY OF ZOOPHYTIC GROWTH AND REPRODUCTION, AND OF ORGANIC DE-

VELOPEMENT IN GENERAL 85

VI. GENERAL REMARKS ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF ZOOPHYTES.. 101

VII. CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES 105

TABULAR VIEW OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES.. . . 113

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

ORDER I.— ACTINOIDEA 121

SUBORDER I.— ACTINARIA 121

TRIBE I.— ASTR/EACEA 121

x CONTENTS.

PAGE.

FAMILY I.— ACTINID^E 122

II.— ASTH^EIDjE 154

III.— FUNGID^E ....283

TRIBE ASTR^EACEA ; APPENDIX 349

TRIBE II.-CARYOPHYLLACEA 350

FAMILY I.— CYATHOPHYLLIDjE 352

II.— CARYOPHYLLIDjE 364

III.— GEMMIPORIDvE 407

IV.— ZOANTHIDJE 417

TRIBE HI.— MADREPORACEA 428

FAMILY I.— MADREPORID^E 431

II.— FAVOSITID^E 509

III.— PORITID^E 549

TRIBE MADREPORACEA; APPENDIX 57o""

TRIBE IV.— ANTIPATHACEA 574

SUBORDER II.— ALCYONARIA 586

FAMILY I.— PENN ATULID.<E 587

II.— ALCYONID^: 599

III.-CORNULARIDjE 627

IV.— TUBIPORID^E 629

V.— GORGONID^E 637

ORDER II.-HYDROIDEA 685

FAMILY I.— HYDRIDE 685

II.— SERTULARID^E 686

III.— CAMPANULARID./E 688

IV.— TUBULARID^E 690

SUPPLEMENT TO THE DESCRIPTION OF ZOOPHYTES 693

APPENDIX 709

ADDENDA AND ANNOTATIONS. 709

STRUCTURE OF CORALLA 710

CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF CORALLA 712

GLOSSARY 723

CATALOGUE OF WORKS REFERRED TO IN THE VOLUME 725

INDEX.. .. 731

ZOOPHYTES,

CHAPTER I.

INTRODUCTION.

1. THE forms of life, under consideration in the following pages, are
appropriately styled flower-animals.* In external figure, the indivi-
dual animals closely resemble flowers, and no less so in brilliancy and
variety of colouring. Moreover, a large number of zoophytes are so
like the trees and shrubs of land vegetation, as to have deceived even
the philosopher till near a century since.f The mosses and ferns of

* The word zoophyte is from the Greek £uov, animal, and ipuw, to grow like a plant.
Blainville states that the term was introduced by Sexlus Empiricus and by Isodore of
Seville in the sixth century. It has been differently restricted in its use by authors, and,
on account of its various applications, is wholly rejected by Lamarck. Although the
species have little of the implied resemblance to vegetables in their internal structure, yet
in external appearance, the compound forms as well as simple -animals are so closely
like plants and flowers, that we have deemed it best to retain the term. It is the popular
designation, and is moreover used by some of the latest scientific writers on the subject.

Ehrenberg has proposed to substitute phytosoa, derived from the same roots. But the
science requires a name that will apply to the whole compound structure, — the coral-tree,
sea-fan, or mass of whatever shape ; — and phytozoum refers only to a single polyp ; or
phytozoa, the plural, to polyps in general. These cannot supply the place of the very
convenient terms zoophyte and zoophytes. Moreover, the term phytozoa (phytozoaires)
— plant-animals — has been applied to the minute cellules — monad-like in their motions,
and supposed to be animalcules or plant-cntozoa— detected in the tissues or organs of
some plants.

f All the early authors, till the commencement of the last century, — among whom are
Dioscorides, Cacsalpin, Bauhin, Ray, Geoffrey, Tournefort, and Marsigli, — arranged corals

8 ZOOPHYTES.

our woods — the lichen and mushroom — the clump of pinks — the twig
u nd spreading shrub — have all their counterpart among the produc-
tions of the sea. The ocean-grove is without verdure, yet there is

along with marine plants ; and the last- mentioned author was thought to have removed
the only remaining doubt when he published to the world his discovery of the "J/eitrs du
corail," — the coral flowers, — since shown to be coral animals." Peyssonel,b one of
the first investigators that ventured to combat the prevalent opinion, was treated even
with derision by the scientific men of the day ; and the distinguished Reaumur gave a
laboured reply to his essay, setting down the vegetable nature of zoophytes as too well
ascertained to be made a subject of discussion. This took place so late as 1727. The
subsequent discoveries of Trembley, in 1741, who published elaborate descriptions and
figures of certain fresh-water polyps, with an accuracy of detail that has hardly teen
exceeded, opened anew the dispute on this subject, and Jussieu and Gueltard undertook
investigations in order to settle the point at issue. The coasts of France were searched, ,
and several species of zoophytes found and figured. Reaumur was not slow to change
his ground, and, in an able memoir, he reviewed the investigations of Peyssonel and Jus-
sieu; and, with slight modifications, advocated their views. Yet, in general, philosophers
were still incredulous. Dr. Parsons, in 1752, took the palm from Peyssonel before the
Royal Society, and again it was believed, on grounds that were deemed satisfactory —
Dr. Parsons's limited conceptions and not direct investigation — that corals were plants ;
for, says Dr. Parsons, " It would seem to me much more difficult to conceive that so fine
an arrangement of parts, such masses as these bodies consist of, and such regular rami-
fications in some, and such well-contrived organs to serve for vegetation in others, should
be the operations of poor, helpless, jelly-like animals, rather than the work of more sure
vegetation, which carries on the growth of the tallest and largest trees with the same
natural ease and influence as the minutest plant."0

Ellis appeared soon after, and by his accurate figures and descriptions of corals and
coral animals, presented with philosophical minuteness and precision, the scientific world
were arrested in their judgment. The mineral theory of Bocconed and Guison, and the
crystallization theory of Baker,* were checked in their progress, and the vegetable theory
at the same time began to lose its popularity.

Linnaeus, then the umpire in science, received the new opinions cautiously. He was
unwilling to adopt at once the views of Ellis, and finally satisfied himself, or his fancy,
with the theory that zoophytes were intermediate in their nature between plants and ani-
mals, possessing the functions of animal and vegetable life combined. Excepting the

* Marsigli, Physique de la Mer, Amsterdam, 1725. Marsigli's first observations were made in 1706.

b Peyssonel was anticipated only by Ferrante Impcrato, who published a " Historia Naturale," at
Naples, in 1599. Sec Blainville, Man. d'Act., p. 14.

c Peyssonel's Memoir covers 400 pages of manuscript, and was the result of a long series of observa-
tions in the West Indies. It was sent to the Royal Society in 1751, and an abstract of it was read,
which appeared in the Transactions, for 1753 (vol. x. of Abridgment). The .Memoir is still extant in
the Library of the Museum, at Paris, and a late notice of it by M. Flourens may be found in the Annales
dcs Sciences Naturcllcs, ix. 334, 2d Ser., 1838. Dr. J. Parsons's reply to Peyssonel followed soon after
the communication of his discoveries, in 1752.

'' P. Boccone, Museo di Fisica, &.C., Venice, 1694, 1 vol., 4to., with figures.

' Employment for the Microscope, pp. 218-220. London, 1753.

INTRODUCTION. 9

full compensation in its perpetual bloom ; for each coral branch is
every where covered with its star-shaped animals, the " coral-blos-

soms."

Although the external resemblance to objects of the vegetable king-
dom is so striking, there is little similarity in actual structure. Each
of these flower-animals has a mouth, and a cavity to receive and
digest food ; and the appendages that look like petals are organs fitted
either for securing their prey or for some other animal function. Some
species have actually been fed, and the process of digestion watched
by the naturalist. They are not always invisible animalcules, as has
been the common impression ; on the contrary, many of the most
common varieties are half an inch in diameter, while others are one,
two, or three inches, and still others are a foot to eighteen inches.
Neither have they "the consistence of jelly," for the texture is usually
more like flesh, and the exterior is sometimes quite firm and even
leathery.

2. The growth of coral has been considered one of the mysteries
in science, and so few years have elapsed since the facts were first
made known, that it remains to the many a mystery still. How the
tree of stone grows and spreads its branches — what its connexion with
the coral polyps which blossom over its surface, and whence the lime
that constitutes it, are points which have been but lately explained ;
and there is still room for additional and corrected information. In

earlier publications of Dr. Job Baster, of Zurichsee, in Zealand, exhibiting singular igno-
rance of the subject discussed, and inaccuracy in facts, the complete animality of corals
has been since admitted without opposition."

The sponges have often been improperly classed with corals. There is still doubt as
to their animality. The latest investigations seem to establish their vegetable nature.b

a A more extended history of this science in our own language may be found in Johnston's British Zoo-
phytes, 8vo,, Edinburgh, 1 838 ; a work distinguished for its literary as well as scientific excellence :
also, in French in Blainville's Man. d'Actinologie, 1834.

b Of recent authors, Grant, Audouin, Milne Edwards, Bowerbank, Dujardin, and Laurent, consider
sponges as animal ; while Link, Bhimenbach, Owen, Hogg, and G. Johnston, have inclined to place them
in the vegetable kingdom. See Grant, Edinb. Phil. Jour. xiii. xiv. ; Dujardin, Ann. des Sci. Nat. x. 5,
2d ser. 1838, in which he endeavours to show, by minute microscopic research, that they are compound
infusoria ; Laurent, on the Spongilte, L'Institut, 1840, pp. 223, 231, 240, and the Microscop. Jour. i. 78,
who describes the reproductive organs of the supposed animals ; Hogg, on the Spongilla, Linn. Trans,
xviii. 390, who sums up the results of his laboured investigations in the following language, — "They have
no tentacles, no cilia, no mouth, no oesophagus, no stomach or gastric sac, no gizzard, no alimentary
canal, no intestine, no anus, no ovaria, no ova, no muscles or muscular fibres, no nerves or ganglia, no
irritability or powers of contraction and dilatation, no palpitation, and no sensation whatever. Surely,
then, we cannot any longer esteem these natural substances to be individual animals, or even groups of
animals, in which not one organ, or a single function or property peculiar to an animal can be detected."

10 ZOOPHYTES.

treating of these subjects, we shall dwell with some minuteness on
the structure of coral animals — their habits and modes of growth and
developement ; and it will be our aim to give such simple explanations
as will be intelligible to the general reader, although it may require
the stating of some principles well known to those versed in science.

The mind should be disabused of the idea that all polyps form
coral. There are many species identical in general structure with
coral animals by which no coral is secreted. Among these, are the
Actiniae, — common on some parts of our own coasts, — many of which
are richly coloured and occasionally measure several inches in diame-
ter, as is well shown by the drawings of Mr. Drayton on the first five
plates of the Atlas. Other species contain scattered granules of lime.
Thus there is a gradual passage up to the coral-making species, whose
secretions form a solid framework to the animal.

Another simple fact should be here understood. On examining
any piece of coral, the surface is found to be covered either with pro-
minent cells, or concave depressions ; hundreds, perhaps, to a single
branch. Each of these cells marks the position of a polyp, and
counting them we may ascertain the number of flower-animals that
together constructed the branch. But this compound structure is not
universal. Some coral-polyps are single animals, each a separate
individual like the soft Actinia; and this is apparent in the coral, for
it presents but a. single cell or depression. From the solitary polyp,
there are all possible varieties among zoophytes, up to living masses,
in which hundreds of thousands are congregated, all the progeny of
a single germ.

Coral is above called the framework of the polyp. It is not a col-
lection of cells in which polyps may conceal themselves, though so
stated till a recent date. On the contrary, the coral is generally con-
cealed within the polyp or polyps, and is literally an internal frame-
work, having many analogies to a skeleton.

With these few introductory explanations, we may enter upon the
subject before us — the Structure, Habits, Classification, and Descrip-
tion of Zoophytes.

CHAPTER II.

GENERAL STRUCTURE OP ZOOPHYTES.

3. THE term zoophyte is applied to the whole animal structure,
whether a single animal, or consisting of a large number of animals,
as in most corals ; while the several individuals are called polyps.

In view of their general radiated structure, — the arrangement of
the tentacles around a disk as a centre, and a corresponding circular
structure within,* — these animals are placed in the Fourth grand
division of the Animal Kingdom — the RADIATA. The distinguishing
characteristics of the simple polyp, are as follows :

An inarticulate fleshy body, nearly cylindrical, having a circular or
elliptical summit called the disk, bordered by one or more series of ten-
tacles, and an opening or mouth at the centre of the disk ; internally, a
visceral cavity closed below, no distinct vascular system, an imperfect
nervous system or none, and no senses but those of taste and touch. The
body, and, in most instances, the tentacles also are expanded by means
of water, which is ejected on contraction.

Polyps are thus among the simplest of animals, being even less
complex in structure than the minuter Rotifers. A simple visceral
cavity, and a single opening to it placed at the centre above, with
traces of a radiated structure around it, are the only essential points ;
for even the tentacles are sometimes wanting. They have no intes-
tine, no glands to aid in digestion, separate from the general walls of
the internal cavity, — no system of vessels in any part for circulation,
— an imperfect nervous system, if any, — no distinction of sex, — and no
senses but those of taste and touch, with the latter of which the former
may properly be included. Moreover they are mostly dependent on
the fluid in which they live for the means of expanding their tenta-

* Some of these animals are represented in figures 1, 6, and 12 beyond, and numerous
species are given in the Atlas.

12 ZOOPHYTES.

cles, and distending the body for the reception of food. A few have
powers of locomotion ; but they are commonly attached by their lower
surface or extremity to the rocks or some other support, where they
live on such chance-bits as are thrown in their way.

4. The internal cavity, which we here style the visceral cavity,
occupies the whole interior of the polyp. In some minute species
(Hydrse) it is a mere tubular sac, so simple in its nature, that the
animal may be turned inside out, and still eat, digest, and perform all
the functions of life as before. In other species it is divided verti-
cally by thin fleshy lamella growing from the sides, and the mouth
opens first into a cylindrical organ, called the stomach, and thence
into the general internal or visceral cavity. Within this cavity the
water is received, by which the polyp distends by injection its body
and tentacles ; here also the animal fluids are aerated by air taken up
from the imbibed water ; and in the walls of the same cavity, or the
fleshy lamellae when these exist, the germs or ovules are produced.
In the lowest grade of these animals, the Hydra, we have then the
simplest form of an internal cavity, so complex in many other animals ;
and in the fleshy lamell* possessing germinal functions, that pro-
ceed in the higher grades from its walls, we see represented the
system of glands and the viscera generally, which have an analogous
connexion, where present, with the walls of the internal cavity of the
body.

5. The mouth is a simple opening through the fleshy disk ; and as
there are no organs for trituration, the process of digestion consists in
the unaided action of the gastric fluid, or what corresponds thereto in
these animals. The refuse is ejected through the mouth after diges-
tion, this being the only opening to the internal cavity. What may
be the separate functions of the stomach and visceral cavity in the
process of digestion is not definitely known ; but it is probable that
the appropriation of the chyle to the nourishment of the polyp takes
place through the latter, and the lacunal passages or openings com-
municating with it.

6. The existence of nerves, or at least of something acting the part
of nervous matter, is necessary, in order that these animals should
possess the sense of touch ; but examinations hitherto have detected
no centre of nervous action and no distinct nervous cords.* The
sensibilities of polyps are feeble, and their movements slow.

* It has been stated that in the Actinia a nervous thread may be traced around the
mouth, which sends fibrils into the tentacles. This requires farther confirmation.

GENERAL STRUCTURE OF ZOOPHYTES. 13

7. Reproduction takes place both by means of ovules and buds.

The ovules form as above stated, and either pullulate from the sides
of the animal, or find exit through the mouth. Soon after ejection
(and sometimes before), each ovule produces a young polyp, which
swims free for a while, and then, with few exceptions, attaches itself
to some support, where, in very many species, it passes the rest of its
existence.

The mode of budding, bears some analogy with the budding of
leaves or flowers from a plant. In many instances, the bud first
appears as a slight swelling on the side of a polyp ; after enlarging
for awhile, a new polyp is finally developed, with tentacles and visce-
ral cavity complete ; this cavity is sometimes continuous with that
of the parent ; at others, it becomes separated at base, and, at others,
still, the whole young polyp becomes entirely detached from the
parent. There is some variety in this mode of reproduction which
will be noticed when treating separately of the different orders of
zoophytes.

Buds open from different parts of polyps, either laterally from the
base, the sides above, just exterior to the tentacles, or from the disk.
Disk-buds, though similar to the others, in principle, are peculiar in the
changes they produce and the appearances presented. For since the
disk covers the top of the visceral cavity, the new bud which opens,
shares in this cavity with the parent, and the two become separate
only by gradual growth upward. It appears like a spontaneous sub-
division of a polyp, arid is so in the result, though quite different from
the spontaneous fission of a monad (^ 77—79).

Besides these modes of increase, polyps may be multiplied from
sections artificially made. Some species may be cut into a dozen or
more parts, and will make as many perfect polyps, each part possess-
ing within itself the power of reconstructing a complete animal. A
wound on the side of some budding species (Hydras), instead of being
an injury, only opens the way for a cluster of new polyps which soon
after sprout from the spot.

There are thus the following different modes of reproduction : —

1. OVIPAROUS. — 1. By ovules proceeding outward from the side of
the polyps, singly or in clusters.

2. By ovules formed from vertical lamellae in the visceral cavity,
and ejected through the mouth. The viviparous is but an accident
in the oviparous mode ; the eggs within develope in the same

14 ZOOPHYTES.

manner as externally, and for like reasons, as the external waters have
free admission.

II. GEMMIPAROUS. — 1. By single buds, developing young, which
afterwards become free and independent animals.

2. By buds, which become developed and remain persistent, — and
these may be either lateral or terminal.

III. BY ARTIFICIAL SECTIONS.

This mode may depend on the same cause as the general distribu-
tion of the budding function, and may be properly an analogous pro-
cess,— both depending on the imperfect character of the nervous
system, or its absence.

These modes of reproduction, as they are presented by the diffe-
rent tribes of zoophytes, will be farther explained in the following
pages.

8. Compound Zoophytes. It has been stated that zoophytes are
either simple or compound, the simple being a solitary animal, with a
single mouth and its visceral cavity ; the compound, a cluster, present-
ing as many mouths externally as there are polyps combined, and
within, as many visceral cavities. This compound structure proceeds
from the capability, above explained, of increasing by buds ; for every
coral, however large and numerous the colony, commenced from a
single polyp. In some species the bud grows out as a distinct
branch from the side of the parent, and branch is thus added to
branch by successive buddings from the forming polyps. In other
cases, the young continues attached by one side to the parent, instead
of forming a prominent shoot, and only their upper extremities appear
separate. Large zoophytes are thus formed, consisting of myriads of
polyps united to one another by the tissues that surround the visceral
cavity of each.

The several polyps in a compound zoophyte eat and digest sepa-
rately, and generally carry on as individuals the processes of repro-
duction and aeration ; yet all aid in the growth of the common
mass, though each contributes more especially to its own nutriment
and the part immediately adjoining. Although their visceral cavi-
ties are distinct, there are numerous communications between those
of adjoining polyps, and the fluids may pass more or less freely
from one to the other. An injury to one part of a zoophyte is felt by
the polyps some distance around, but not always through the whole
mass. On pressing the tip of a branch of a large Alcyonium, in
the Feejees, there was an immediate contraction of every polyp

GENERAL STRUCTURE OF ZOOPHYTES. 15

through the whole zoophyte, although extending to a breadth of four
feet.

9. Secretion of the Corattum.* Coral secretions take place either
from the interior tissues of the polyps, or from the foot or base, and in
a few species only, in the exterior cuticle. The corallum in the live
zoophyte is therefore in general wholly concealed within the polyps,
and is in no part external.

No peculiarities of structure, external or internal, have been ob-
served distinguishing the coral-secreting polyps from those which do
not secrete coral. Animals of both kinds belong to the same family,
and hence this peculiarity affords at the highest only a generic dis-
tinctionf ($ 109)-

* Coral has been variously designated in both ancient and modern times. The terms
Corallium, Corallum, and Curalium, were all used by the ancients, and their deriva-
tions and use are discussed at length by Theophrastus in his work on plants, Book iv.
KoupaXiov is the ancient Greek form, as says Dionysius, " iravrr) yap Xidoj EJIV spudpou xou-
paXtoio." — The more recent Greeks, among whom are Dioscorides and Hesychius, wrote
the word xopaXXiov. Among the Latins, Ovid says, " Sic et Curalium, quo primum con-
tigit auras tempore durescit." Avienus uses Corallum : " Fulvo tamen invenire Corallo,
quserere vivendi commercica." Among the derivations suggested, that of xop>j, damsel,
and aXff, sea, appears the most probable.

The word Corcdlium has been in most general use; but as it is now the name of a
particular genus, it has of late been rejected for polypifer, potypary, and polypidom,
signifying polyp-bearer, or a hive or house of polyps. These terms are all objectionable,
for the reason that the polyps contain the coral, instead of the coral containing the
polyps. On this ground neither of them has been adopted here, but instead the old word
Corattum, which is sufficiently distinct from the name of the genus Corallium.

We have then the term Zoophyte for the whole polyp mass, whether simple or com-
pound, coral-making or not ; the term polyp for the individual animals ; and Corallum for
the framework or skeleton secreted by polyps. To express the fact that certain polyps
secrete a corallum, we use the expression coral-forming or coralligenous. The animals
of a coral zoophyte are coral-animals or coral-polyps.

f The definition of Zoophytes excludes the Flustroid tribe of polyps, called Bryozoa
by Ehrenberg.* The peculiarities of these animals were first pointed out by Milne
Edwards and Audouin,b who showed that in place of the simple digestive sac of the Ser-
tularidce, to which they had been thought allied, they have a regular stomach, and an
intestine which curves upon itself and terminates in the disk ; and besides, their arms or

• Berlin Trans., 1832. — The name Bryozoa is derived from /8/>t/o», moss, and {air, animal. The other
zoophytes Ehrenberg calls Anthozoa, meaning flower-animal, — excepting the Sertularidce and the allied
species, which he subsequently named Dimorphcea.

b Annales des Sci. Nat. xv. 1828. — Edwards and Audouin here point out the relations of these ani-
mals to the Ascidiffi.

16 ZOOPHYTES.

10. General Divisions of Zoophytes. Zoophytes constitute natu-
rally two distinct groups, differing in mode of reproduction and in
internal structure. The visceral cavity in some of them is, as de-
scribed, a simple tubular sac. In others, it is divided vertically by
fleshy lamellae, proceeding from the walls and forming a radiate series
around the cavity. Connected with these peculiarities, we observe
striking differences in the mode of ejecting the ovules. When there
are lamellae in the cavity, the ovules are formed by them, and appear
in clusters attached to the margin, from which they are finally de-
tached, and make their escape out of the mouth. But when there
are no lamella, the ovules are produced in the walls of the visceral
cavity, and make their readiest escape outward through the sides of
the polyp, instead of the more indirect route, into the visceral cavity
and out of the mouth.

The following are the divisions based on the characters mentioned :*

ORDER HYDROIDEA.

Visceral cavity, a simple tubular sac ; reproductive functions re-
siding only in the walls of the cavity; young or ovules pullulating
from the sides of the parent.

ORDER ACTINOIDEA.

Visceral cavity, divided vertically by fleshy lamellae, which possess
reproductive functions; ovules formed within the cavity from some of
the lamella? and ejected through the mouth.

The polyps of the order HYDROIDEA are mostly minute, and the
coralla, when any are formed, are either horny or membranous ; they
are very delicate, and, when compound, usually consist of minute
caliclesf (or little cups), arranged in series along a tubular axis.

tentacles are furnished with vibratile cilia. Excepting their calcareous secretions and
mode of budding, they are widely removed from true zoophytes. (See farther §§ 106-8.)

The definition also excludes sponges, as already intimated, which, excepting the most
general attribute of animal matter (if they are animals), possess nothing in common with
the polyp. No single character, except their forms, has ever been pointed out which
indicates a relationship.

* The names below have the following derivations : — Hydroidea is from the included
genus Hydra, and Actinoidea from the included genus Actinia,. This last name (from
axTiv, ray of the sun,) alludes to the radiated character of the animals.

"\ The term calicle (from caliculus, a liUle cup,) is used for the prominences which con-
tain the cells in many corals ; and cell is restricted to the cavity itself. By cellule, as here-
after used, the minute pores of the corallum will be referred to.

GENERAL STRUCTURE OF ZOOPHYTES. 17

From each cup the extremity of a polyp protrudes itself with its
coronet of slender tentacles.

The ACTINOIDEA, which comprise all the common coral-forming
species together with the tribe of Actinias, include polyps of various
sizes, from the microscopic point to a diameter of eighteen inches.
The presence of internal reproductive lamellae, and the fact of their
ejecting the ovules by the mouth, separate them widely from the
Hydroidea. The tentacles are in one or more series, or scattered.
The coralla may be either calcareous or horny ; but the calicles,
when any exist, are always calcareous.

In the remarks which follow, I shall be brief with the first order,
as my own observations can contribute little to what is already known.
Some general account of these animals is required in this place, to
serve for comparison with the Actinoidea, on which I shall dwell
more at length.

CHAPTER III,

HYDROIDEA.

11. THE Hydroidea are minute polyps, of extreme simplicity of
structure and delicacy of form. Though sometimes single animals,
swimming at large, like the Hydra, they usually constitute compound
zoophytes, hundreds and often thousands to a cluster. Some, as in

Fig. 1.

la.

the annexed figures,* grow in crowded tufts of thread-like stems;
many are much branched, and each branch is tipped with a star of

* These figures are by J. P. Couthouy, and represent a Tubularia from Rio de Janeiro,
which he designates T. ornata. Figure 1 shows the natural size of the animals.

ZOOPHYTES.

tentacles (fig. 6). In the greater part of the species, minute calicles,
or little cups, but indistinctly visible to the naked eye, are arranged in
one or more series along the branchlets, and the cluster is a neat imita-
tion of the most delicate plumes (fig. 2), trailing vines, or mossy tufts ;
and, when alive, every calicle is the site of a polyp-flower. They
are occasionally but a few lines high ; yet others, no less minute in
their cells and polyps, attain a length of several feet. Quite a variety
of species may be gathered along our sea-shores, upon sea-weeds,
shells, or the rocks of the coast; and Hydras are common among the
duck-weed in almost any stagnant waters.

12. The species are sometimes fleshy throughout, forming no cells
or corallum ; but, in general, the zoophytes have a very delicate cor-
neous or cartilaginous exterior, nearly or quite transparent, and the
same kind of horny membrane constitutes the calicle. In the Hy-

droidea, having sessile calicles along
the branches, faint joint-like divisions
may be distinguished in the stem, yet
without a moveable articulation. The
corallum is commonly considered the
hardened cuticle. But other observers,
among whom is Dr. Fleming, make it
an inner tissue secretion ; and, if so,
it corresponds to the coral secretions of
other zoophytes.

The calicle is usually an open cup, or
short tube, generally with a slight con-
striction or an imperfect cross partition
at base, partially separating it from
the stem below. They appear to the naked eye like mere points,
edging the branchlets (fig. 1); but, when enlarged, the cup-form is
brought out, as is shown in the annexed figures, 2, 3, 3«, and 4.
Though sometimes toothed, the edge of the calicles is generally
entire, as in figures 9, 10, 11, on a following page. Each contains
the stomach and upper part of a polyp ; and, when unexpanded, the
circlet of tentacles is here withdrawn and concealed. The calicles
are arranged on one or more sides of the branch, and are either oppo-
site or alternate, though generally the latter.

13. The tentacles are mostly slender tubular organs, arranged, in
a single series, around a small disk containing the mouth, and the
mouth, or the centre of the disk, is sometimes quite prominent, as is

Sertukria.

HYDROIDEA. 21

represented in figure 6. The circle of tentacles is commonly sym-
metrical, yet is sometimes oblique. In the Tubularia group, the
tentacles are often short and sluggish, and are in one or more series,
or irregularly scattered. The disk is prolonged into a high cone, as in
figure la, and is tipped with a row of oral tentacles immediately about
the mouth opening. The tentacles of the Tubularise and Campanu-
laridse, are described as differing from those of the Sertularidse and
Hydra, in not being properly tubular organs.

The stems and branches of these zoophytes are tubu-

V fi

lar ; and the stomachs of all the several polyps — which
are simple cavities directly beneath the mouth — com-
municate more or less freely with one another through
this common tubular axis, which ramifies from the
main stem into all the branchlets. Thus the polyps of
a cluster are united, not only by their external envelope,
but also through this internal communication. The
annexed figure exhibits this character in one of the
Campanularidae from the Feejee Islands ; and the same
is seen in the other compound Hydroidea.

The axis is described by some as pulpy or medullary. In the
author's examinations of one of the Sertularidae (fig. 9), a vibrating
motion of the contents of the tubular axis was distinctly observed,
and the pulp, which had a greenish tint, appeared to have been de-
rived in part at least from the digested food of the stomach. The
investigations of J. J. Lister,* since seen, confirm this opinion. The
pulpy fluid was found by this able observer to vibrate occasionally

* J. J. Lister, Philosophical Transactions, 1834, p. 369, with fine illustrations on
plates ix. and x.

We quote the following from his very interesting observations. The current " flowed
in one channel, alternately backwards and forwards, through the main stem and lateral
branches of a plume, and through the root, as far as the opacity admitted of its being
traced ; sometimes it was seen to continue into the cells. The stream was throughout in
one direction at one time ; it might be compared to the running of sand in an hour-glass,
and was sometimes so rapid in mid-tide that the particles were hardly distinguishable ;
but it became much slower when near the change. Sometimes it returned almost without
a pause ; but at other times it was quiet for awhile, or the particles took a confused
whirling motion for a few seconds ; the current afterwards appearing to set the stronger
for the suspension." " Five ebbs and five flows occupied fifteen minutes and a half; the
same average time being spent in the ebb as in the flow." Lister states that the vibrating
motion of the internal axial fluids were first observed by Cavolini, and are described in
his Memorie per servire alia Storia de1 Polipi Marini, published at Naples, in 1785.

ZOOPHYTES.

into the stomach. It appears then that this is the means by which
the results of digestion, or the nutrient juices, are distributed through
the zoophyte; and that the sides of the visceral cavity have through-
out the power of appropriating these chyloid fluids, thus kept in cir-
culation. There appears to be no system of circulation independent
of this chyle distribution.

In certain filiform species (the Tubularia3, fig. 1), Lister distin-
guished a similar motion in the pulpy fluids of the axis, except that,
instead of vibrating, it was circulatory, part of the fluids moving up
and part descending by a simultaneous action. They often passed
into the stomach, and were continuous in their motions with the
movements of this organ. It appears therefore that the tubular axis
of these species corresponds with the visceral cavity in the higher
zoophytes.

The visceral cavity in the Hydroidea differs widely from the same
in the Actinoidea, in the absence of vertical fleshy lamellae around
the sides. Rudiments of these lamellae appear however to have been
detected by Lister in a Tubularia. It is due to this simplicity of
structure that the Hydra will live and eat when turned inside out.

The food of these animals consists of minute animalcules or worms,
or whatever of animal life is sufficiently small to become their prey.
The prey is secured usually by means of the tentacles, which entwine
around it, or together enclose it, and convey it to the mouth.

14. Reproduction takes place either (1) by ovules proceeding out
from the sides of the polyps ; (2) by lateral buds developing young,
which, on arriving at maturity, separate from the parent; (3) by
lateral buds which are persistent; (4) by artificial sections.

The ovules appear either single or in naked branched clusters ; or,
clustered and enveloped within a common receptacle or ovarian
vesicle. The figure heading this chapter (\b) represents a branched
cluster as they sometimes appear in the Tubularise. Single ovules
also are presented by many species of this family : they characterize
moreover the Hydra.

The ovarian vesicles, in which a number of ovules are enclosed
under a common envelope, belong to the Sertularia and Campanu-
laria families. Some of these vesicles are represented in the following
figures, and others in figure 2, or enlarged in figure 5. They gra-
dually develope from the side of a branch, or at times from a creeping
root-like shoot, which grows outward, like the creeper of a plant,
sending up its buds and flowers at intervals (fig. 8). The ovules

HYDROIDEA.

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Plumularia.

Sertularia.

may be early distinguished within them, and are often arranged
along a central axis, each communicating, according to Lister, with
the common axis of the zoophyte.* My associate, Dr. Charles
Pickering, first pointed out to me, while at sea, in 1838, that a close
analogy subsists between the arrangement of the ovules in a vesicle
and a contracted branchlet of the
zoophyte.f The same subject
has been thoroughly investigated
by Professor E. Forbes, and the
fact of this arrangement fully
ascertained. J In consequence of
the communication with the axial
cavity of the zoophyte, the pulpy
chyloid fluid of the main stem
and branches is carried into the
vesicle and to each ovule, and the developement of the whole pro-
moted. On arriving at maturity, the ovules pass out in succession
from the sac, which, now empty, falls off. They are carried about
for awhile by means of their vibratile cilia, and then — perhaps in two
or three days — they affix themselves. Each now grows and buds,
till shortly "a whole grove of Corallines" is formed.

According to Van Beneden, the Campanularidse, when first deve-
loped from the ovule, are like minute Medusae in shape, and have
eight eyes, which are lost as the animal attaches itself. In this state,
it has no vibratile cilia. § This same author has very minutely in-
vestigated the TubularidaB, and finds in them the same mode of
developement, and eight eyes to the medusa-shaped young, at the base
of the tentacles. Dalyell seems to have observed similar facts. He
states that the ovules, which in this g'roup are collected about the
bases of the tentacles, drop from their attachment for evolution below.
Slight prominences soon denote incipient tentacles ; next the nascent
animal reversing itself, enjoys the faculty of progression by means of
the inverted tentacula, as on so many feet, apparently to select a site ;
when again resuming the natural direction, with the extremities up-
wards, the lower surface fixes itself below and roots there for ever.||

* J. J. Lister, Phil. Trans., 1834, pp. 365-389, pi. ix. and x.

f Figures 7 and 8 are by Dr. Pickering ; they were drawn from gulf-weed species, in
September of 1838, at the time the above-mentioned observation was made.
$ Proceedings of the British Association, for 1844.
§ Van Beneden, Mem. sur les Campanulaires, &c. Brussels, 1844.
|| Rep. Brit. Assoc., for 1834, p. 600.

24 ZOOPHYTES.

The vesicle of ovules in the SertularidsB may generally be traced
to a particular polyp, from which it is developed ; in other instances,
it so grows from the stem, that it seems rather to belong to the colony
than to any distinct animal in it. The connexion between the polyps
through the tubular cavity is such, that individuality cannot always
be distinguished.

15. The pullulation of young from the sides of a parent is the
usual mode of reproduction with the Hydra, though at certain seasons
simple ovules are produced. A minute protuberance first begins to
rise on the surface ; it lengthens and becomes a rudimentary
branchlet, with a tubular axis connecting with the tubular cavity
of the parent ; shortly one or more tentacles begin to appear at the
summit of the forming branchlet, and soon the number is completed,
and the young polyp is perfected. It remains for a while attached;
but when matured, the young leaves the parent to swim at large and
give birth to other young. They breed rapidly, and frequently new
shoots commence before the animal is detached from the parent; and
occasionally sprout on sprout is thus added, till a small compound
group is formed. These animals also bud out tentacles without pre-
vious tubercles, which finally become complete animals.

16. Very similar to the above, in general principle, is the formation
of persistent buds, by the successive production of which the branch-
ing zoophyte finally results. There is at first a protuberance in which
the chyloid fluids gain access, and either move by vibration, or have
a kind of circulation up along the sides and down the axis ; after a
while the calicle forms, and the polyp extends its arms, and begins its
contributions to the body-coralline. The first polyp with which the
zoophyte commences thus gives out a bud, and this another; and so
a succession is formed, and the little stem is gradually lengthened ;
branchlets grow out, and the plume or miniature tree (fig. 2) is finally
completed. The whole may be the work of a few weeks, or months,
though they usually continue budding and growing for some years.
Before the zoophyte has reached its limits in size, the number of
polyps sometimes becomes immensely large. In a single specimen of
Plumularia (P. angulosa), collected by the author in the East Indies,
there are about twelve thousand polyps to each plumose branch ; and,
as the whole zoophyte, three feet long, bears these plumes, on an ave-
rage, every half inch, on opposite sides, the whole number of polyps is
not short of eight millions ; all the offspring of a single germ, and
produced by successive buddings.

Fig. 9.

Fig. 11.

HYDROIDEA.

But to understand better this process, we may refer to one or two
enlarged figures of species. Figures 3, 3a, 9, 10, and II, represent the
principal varieties among the Sertularidse. In figure 9, there is a
single range of calicles on the stem, the polyps of which are con-
nected with the tubular cavity within. The
polyp c is a bud 'from B, and B from A.
We perceive from the figure that the first
step here in the budding process, is a length-
ening upward of the tubular axis, from the
polyp below: after elongating to a certain
distance, the bud commences to form, and
finally, from the side of the ascending shoot,
the new polyp B starts out. The main
trunk continues elongating, and, after a
similar interval, another bud forms in like
manner. The same process is illustrated in
figures 3 and 10; the only difference con-
sists in the formation of two buds on oppo-
site sides of the axis, almost simultaneously.
Figure 3 represents the apex of a branch,

with the two buds, developed at the extremity of the tubular axis,
and, in figure 10, the tubular axis is elongated between the buds,
preparatory to a continuation of the budding process. Although
nearly opposite, the polyps often become alternate afterward, as is seen
in figure 3a, which represents a lower part of a branchlet. More-
over, the apparent jointing above, often becomes afterwards quite
indistinct. In figure 11, we have an example of a periodicity in the
budding process.

The formation of the young Hydra seems at first to be a very diffe-
rent process from the budding of a Sertularia, yet is closely analo-
gous : the only essential peculiarity consists in the young polyp's
detaching itself and becoming free instead of being persistent. The
apparent discrepancies are owing to the absence of calicles or a coral-
lum, and the erect mode of growth in the parent, instead of oblique; in
the Hydra the buds form as lateral shoots from any part of the lateral
surface; while in the species above explained, with oblique polyps, the
upper part of one side of the visceral cavity gradually lengthens and
buds. Some little variety in the budding process is exhibited in other
groups among the Hydroidea ; but the above will suffice to explain

26 ZOOPHYTES.

the general principles. The subject of reproduction will be discussed
more at length under the Actinoidea.

17. Reproduction by artificial sections may require a few words in
this place, as it is one of the most remarkable characters of polyps,
and is strikingly exhibited in the Hydra, as was long since shown by
Trembley in a series of investigations pursued with wonderful skill
and perseverance.* They were cut into halves, and soon each was a
perfect Hydra; one was divided into three parts, and in three or four
days in summer, the tail had produced a head, the head a tail, and
the middle part a head at one end and a tail at the other : and even
before completion they sometimes gave out buds. From forty parts
as many Hydras were soon formed. The body slit open soon reunites,
even if previously laid out flat like a membrane; and new tentacles in
a short time replace those that may be cut off. Two polyps may be
made to change heads, for one may be engrafted on the body of
another; and if the tail of a polyp is put into the mouth of another,
they unite — heads and tails. It might be somewhat puzzling to
decide the question of personal identity among such animals. Every
portion of the animal, — unless we except the tentacles, which failed
to reproduce a polyp in the hands of Trembley and Baker, — is capa-
ble of forming a perfect Hydra. And this is a consequence of the
fact that there is no general nervous centre, but each part contains a
complete system in itself. No distinct nerves have hitherto been dis-
tinguished.

18. Connected with the process of growth and reproduction, there
is a corresponding process of dying often going on in the older
parts of a zoophyte : the polyps disappear, and the lower branches
often drop off, leaving the trunk in this part bare. These zoophytes
are thus dying and budding in different parts at the same time. In
the large species, the main stem or midrib of the zoophyte becomes
lifeless, or a mere support for the numerous lateral plumes or
branchlets.

Besides this mode of limiting the existence of these polyps, some
Hydroidea are said to be absorbed in their cells, and after a while to
reappear again ; and this has been observed to take place at nearly
regular intervals. All the polyp cells of a living group have been
found, after a certain period, empty, or with only the remains of the

* A. Trembley, on Freshwater Polyps, 1 vol. 4to., Leyden, 1744 ; and Phil. Trans.,
vol. viii. of the Abridgment, 1742.— See also Baker's Natural History of the Polype,
8vo. London, 1743.

HYDROIDEA. 27

wasted polyps, the fluid of the trunk showing the only evidence of
vitality by its continued vibration. And in the course of a few days
other polyps have appeared in the vacated cells, with the same per-
fection of form and the same activity and life as their predecessors.
The polyp heads, as Dalyell states respecting a Tubularia, sometimes
seem to drop off like a deciduous flower, and again, after ten days or
more, are reproduced. Harvey observes, that after he had kept his
specimens two days, they began to look unhealthy ; and on the third
" the heads were all thrown off, and lay on the bottom of the vessel."
After another three days, changing the water in the mean time, the
polyps were entirely renewed, with no essential difference, except
absence of colour. The cold of winter is said sometimes to strip a
corallum of its polyps, which remains thus apparently dead till
spring, when it is warmed anew to life, and the polyp-flowers once
more appear.*

In conclusion, the Hydroidea are animals with no external organs
but tentacles and a mouth, and no internal, but a simple stomach
cavity and its prolongation below in the form of a tube or tubular
axis. Without any special glandular system, and but a single opening
to the alimentary cavity, — the food is digested by the gastric fluid of
the stomach, and the refuse matter ejected by the mouth. Without
a special absorbent or a circulating system or branchice, — the digested
material of the stomach passes downward into the tubular axis, where
it has a vibratory or cyclosis movement; and here it is farther elabo-
rated by the action of air from the admitted water, and becomes
absorbed and assimilated by the surface of the cavity, or of the tubular
organs, cavities, or pores, connected with it — these chyloid fluids
acting in place of a proper circulating fluid ; aeration of the same
also takes place through the tentacles and the exterior surface of
the animal, which receive air from the waters about them. Without
ovarian glands, almost any part of the polyp possesses the reproductive
function, excepting the tentacles ; and buds or ovules are formed,
and pass out directly from the sides of the animal. Without a distinct
nervous system, in addition to the above negative characters, every
part seems equally a centre of organic forces (unless we except the
tentacles), and consequently sections made almost indefinitely still
live and complete the entire polyp again.

* J. G. Dalyell, Edinb. New Phil. Journ. xvii. 411 ; Harvey, Proceed. Zool. Soc. No.
41, p. 55; Lister, Phil. Trans. 1834, 374, 376.

CHAPTER IV.

ORDER ACTINOIDEA.

19. THE minute zoophytes, hitherto considered, constitute, along
with corallines, the mosses of the coral landscape ; while the Acti-
noidea are the larger plants and shrubs. Among the species of this
group, the solitary Actinias, from their size, form, and frequently bril-
liant colouring, may be called the Asters, Carnations, and Ane-
monies,* of the sub-marine garden. The Tubipores and Alcyonia
form literally its pink-beds. Here and there the scene is decorated
with clusters of tinted twigs or rushes, sometimes, fancifully shaped
into fans and coral network ; these are the Melitseas and Gorgonise.
The Madrepores are crowded around in turfy clumps and miniature
trees in bloom, or imitate spreading leaves and gracefully-shaped
vases filled with flowers ; while Astreas build up, among the shrub-
bery, large domes, embellished with green and purple blossoms stud-
ding the surface like gems.

Words, however extravagant they may appear, convey no exagge-
rated impression; for Fancy's work could not be more strangely beau-
tiful. While wondering at the grandeur of the results proceeding from
means so small, the ocean-island reared by coral polyps, we are also
led to contemplate and adore the wisdom and goodness of Him who
createth, in mingling such beauty in all his works.

Among the animals which produce these varied results, we find
a great uniformity of structure, as already exhibited in the few gene-
ral remarks on the Actinoidea ($ 3). The common Actinia is a type
of a large class of them, and we may commence our observations on
the Actinoid polyps by a concise account of the structure and habits
of these animals. This will lead the way to a description of some

* Sea-anemone is the common name applied to the Actinia.

ZOOPHYTES.

related species, which are the types of other divisions of the order.
The compound structure, the mode of growth, and the formation of
the corallura, in the several groups, will come next under consi-
deration.

I. GENERAL STRUCTURE OF THE ACTINOIDEA.

20. The polyps of the Actinoidea correspond well with the cha-
racter drawn on a preceding page. A circular disk, fringed with
tentacles, — in shape much like an Aster with its petals, — and
having a mouth at its centre, forms the upper part or extremity of
the polyp. The mouth opens through a nearly cylindrical stomach
into a large visceral cavity closed at bottom. The mouth receives
the food and also gives exit to what remains after digestion.

The Actinia.

21. The Actinia is commonly met with attached by its flat under
surface to rocks along the sea-shores. When unexpanded, it looks
like a rounded lump of animal matter, somewhat leathery in ap-
pearance, plastered on the rock ; it shows nothing of the mouth,
and none of the fringing tentacles, these being concealed by the
involuted margin of the summit. As the animal expands, the central
opening at the top gradually widens, — the margin slowly rolls

Fig. 12.

Actinia.

back, and the tentacles it concealed now begin to show their tips.
As the expansion goes on, the tentacles continue to enlarge, and the
margin to spread outward, till finally the disk with the mouth at
centre, is laid open, and the tentacles, like petals, fringe it around.
Such is the general appearance of an Actinia, and such also are the
greater part of coral polyps, which are nothing but Actinias, possess-

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 31

ing the single additional function of secreting a Corallum. The
preceding cut represents the closed and expanded condition of the
Actinia. Their various and gorgeous hues are finely exhibited in the
coloured engravings on plates 1 to 5.

Although these animals are usually attached at bottom, many
of them may detach themselves and float through the water to a new
resting-place ; or, they will slide along slowly over the rocks, by the
action of the base or foot ; and some are said to turn over and walk
on the extremities of the tentacles, which affix themselves by a sucker-
like action. There is a small group of ActiniaB (Actinectse), which are
fitted expressly for an ocean life, by means of an air-cavity in the base,
containing a vesicular or spongy disk, made up of air-cells, to serve
as a float. The animal lies in the water with its base uppermost, and
mouth and tentacles below, and is thus carried about by the winds
and currents.

22. Structure.* The exterior of the Actinia is fleshy, or more or
less coriaceous in texture. Though frequently smooth, the lateral
surface is sometimes covered with minute warty prominences or
tubercles ; occasionally it is furnished with small cup-vesicles, which
adhere by suction like the cups of a cuttle-fish, and, by means of
them, the animal fixes about it sand and fragments of shells, or aids
itself in its progressive motions. The tubercles are sometimes dis-
tinctly perforated, and Lesueur and others have seen the water, from
within the animal, spurted out through these perforations. Dr. C.
Pickering compares the ejections of one seen by him abroad, to a
shower from a watering-pot. Whether these perforations are gene-
ral in ActiniaB without vesicles, has not hitherto been determined.
Evidence of their existence, however, has been distinctly observed
in the A. rnarginata of the Boston Harbour, by Dr. Wyman, and
this species has not the slightest trace of tubercles ; the skin is
fleshy and smooth. They were detected by direct observation with
the microscope, after having seen currents of water pass from them

* Dissections and descriptions of Actiniae have been made and published by Spix, Delle
Chiaje, Lesueur, Rathke, Teale, and Quatrefages. In the account here given, the facts
have been mostly verified by the author's observations, or by the skilful dissections of Dr.
Jeffries Wyman, of Boston. For views of the structure of the spermatic cords, and
other interesting particulars respecting the Actinia marginata (Lesueur), of the harbour
of Boston, he is indebted to Dr. Wyman's microscopic researches, many of which were
made the past summer, during a short residence of the author in that city ; and wherever
reference is made above to this species, the observations are those of Dr. Wyman.

UNIVERSITY

32 ZOOPHYTES.

during the animal's contraction. In a papillose species, from the
Peruvian coast, examined by the author after preservation in alcohol,
each papilla contained a dark oval cavity, which communicated with
the interior by a distinct duct opening in a minute puncture between
the fleshy lamellae of the visceral cavity.

As in other animals, a proper epidermis may be distinguished over
the exterior skin; and the colours, which are often brilliant and
various, are distributed in patches, according to Teale, below the
epidermis, and do not form a separate layer.* Different individuals
of the same species are often very unlike in their tints.

The only external organs in these animals are the mouth and
tentacles.

23. The mouth, as in the preceding order, is a simple opening
through the fleshy disk. It is usually oblong, and sometimes the inner
surface is raised into vertical folds or lobes. While the animal is
expanded, it remains open, and is usually much protruded, so as to
be quite prominent.

24. The tentacles are slender organs, having generally a smooth
or simply granulous exterior, and terminating in a minute punc-
ture. They are tubular, and are inflated by water injected into
them by the animal. The interior cavity opens into the visceral
cavity between the visceral lamellse, and it is through this cavity and
its compartments that the distending water reaches the tentacles. On
contraction, the water passes out again through the puncture at the
extremity of some or all of these organs. The tubular interior, as
observed by Dr. Wyman, in the A. marginata, is constricted near

the apex of the organ, and then undergoes a slight enlarge-

* ' ment before it terminates in the apical puncture. In the upper
*»^ portion, the tissues contain great numbers of microscopic

spicules of the form represented in figure 13. They are
pellucid, like the body of the spermatozoa, but are only one-third as
large.

The tentacles are seldom arranged in regular series, although
usually forming together a circle around the disk. On close exami-
nation, they are seen to differ in size and to be placed a little irregu-
larly ; and in some species they are scattered over the surface of the
disk nearly or quite to the mouth. They have some relation in

* On the anatomy of the A. coriacea, by T. P. Teale, Trans. Leeds Phil, and Lit.
Soc., vol. i. I have seen only the abstract given in Johnston's British Zoophytes.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 33

number to the intervals between the fleshy lamellae of the visceral
cavity, and often equal them ; and when these lamellae, in the latter
case, increase in number, as they do with the growth of the animal,
the new interval has soon its new tentacle, with which it communi-
cates.

The tentacles are commonly described as prehensile, in their nature.
In some species, they are long and flexible, and are well adapted to
render aid in capturing the food of the polyp. They sometimes have
the power of stinging the hand, and when without this power, they
frequently stick closely to the fingers if handled ; and when their
prey comes within reach, they close upon it, and force it into the
mouth, usually open for its victim. In many species, the tentacles
are quite short, or are reduced to mere tubercles ;* and it is, therefore,
probable that the passage of the imbibed water, contributing to the
aeration of the fluids within, is often their more important function :
in some instances they appear to subserve this purpose alone, being
well adapted by their texture both to act on the external waters and
upon the internal that may find passage through them.

The tentacle, as above described, is the most common variety.
There are others, both simple and branched, that are furnished with
suctorial vesicles, like the cup-suckers of the sides, which seem to aid
them in clinging as well as sometimes in their movements. There
are still others, which have a minutely divided or lobed surface, and
look as if covered with delicate embroidery, as shown on plate 5.
This peculiar structure seems intended to enlarge the surface of these
organs, and fit them more perfectly to aid in aeration. The circle
of them has much resemblance to the branchial rosettes of a Holo-
thuria.

25. The stomach and visceral cavity occupy together the whole
interior of the animal. The stomach is nearly cylindrical, and
extends generally about three-fourths of the way to the base of the
expanded animal. It has often a plaited or striated inner surface, and
may be closed or opened by a muscular arrangement at bottom, where
it communicates with the visceral cavity. Under the microscope, the
surface in the A. marginata appeared smooth and covered with vibra-
tile cilia; it was also invested with small slightly-projecting points,
which become detached, on slight pressure, in the form of vesicles.

* This is the case in the Actinia;, plate 2, fig. 16, and plate 4, fig. 32 ; and in many
species of the genus Fungia, as shown on plates 18 and 19.

ZOOPHYTES.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 13 b. The coats of the stomach, in this species, contain the
same rainute spicules as the tentacles; and, in the general
integuments of the body, they are still more abundant.

The visceral cavity is divided vertically by numerous
lamellae attached to its walls, the larger of which are united by their
inner margin to the exterior of the stomach, and serve to fix it in
its place, and at the same time to vary its shape by their muscular
action. This structure is exhibited in the annexed cut of an ideal
transverse section through the centre of an Ac-
tinia. The central ring is a section of the sto-
mach, exterior to which the radiating lamellae are
shown of various sizes. All the lamellae, large
and small, extend along the under surface of the
disk to the stomach ; but only certain lamellae
at intervals retain this width and continue con-
nected with the stomach to its lower extremity ;
the greater part narrow at once, and are of va-
rious widths, as in the figure annexed. Below the stomach, the
larger lamellae also are abruptly narrowed, so as to leave here an
open space or chamber ; the lamellae afterwards extend inward again
along the base of the polyp, and coalesce at centre, or are lost in the
general structure of the base. The cavity or visceral chamber below
the stomach is sometimes nearly bisected by the union of opposite
lamellae.

In the Actinia marginata, the lamellae, as seen through the skin,
have the arrangement in figure 15, two stouter lamellae
with a broader interval alternating with two thinner
lamellae and three narrower intervals. The same fact is
indicated by the vertical linings on the Actinia, figure 22,
plate 3 ; and, from some facts hereafter to be stated, it will
be shown to be a very common arrangement in these animals. The
vertical markings of Actiniae, as well as the radiations of the disk, are
all connected with the position of the fleshy lamellae within. The
above figure also shows that these lamellae are very numerous, — six
or seven being included in a breadth of a quarter of an inch. They
are not as distant as in figure 14, which is drawn for general illustra-
tion, and is not strictly accurate.

The number of lamellae in a certain breadth of interval is the same
in different individuals of the same species. As a polyp enlarges by
growth, new lamellae form between the others, in the widening inter-

Fig, is.

ORDERACTINO1DEA. 35

vals, and thus a degree of uniformity obtains between the young and
adult individuals, which is indicated in their coralla.

26. The process of digestion appears to be extremely simple. The
food is retained for a while in the stomach, and there acted upon by
the gastric juice supplied from its walls, after which the refuse matter
is ejected by the mouth. The farther change to chyle probably takes
place below in the visceral cavity, where a part of the nutrient fluid
is absorbed, while another portion is distributed for assimilation
throughout the various cavities, lacunes, or pores in the tissues of the
animal. Thus the processes of aeration and assimilation go on toge-
ther throughout the whole structure of the Actinia, and there is a
water-and-chyle circulation, nearly in the same manner as we have
described with regard to the Hydroidea. No proper circulating fluid
independent of this, and no branchia?, have been observed in these
animals. Whether there are any excrementary secretions attending
this assimilating process, as in other animals, has not been directly
proved. Yet it is probable that the tissues about the visceral cavity,
among their many functions, include the means of performing this
part in the economy of the animal ; and the waters expelled, in
different ways, by the polyp, may carry off such secretions. It is
remarkable, that while the biliary glands are of unusual size in the
lower animals generally, in the Actiniae they are wanting; and this
is no doubt connected with the fact that these animals are bathed so
freely inside and out by the sea-water, which renders special organs
unnecessary. If the above supposition be true, it is not proper to
consider the mouth of a polyp as alone the only passage for the ex-
crements. It ejects the refuse indigestible matters from the stomach,
but only in part the proper excrements of the animal.

The Actiniae receive almost any animal food that falls in their way.
Crabs, molluscs, the smaller fish, and other marine animals, are their
common prey. They have been seen with a large bivalve in their
stomachs, from which the animal had been removed by their powerful
gastric solvents.

27. The function of reproduction belongs to the visceral lamella?
(!) 25), part of which are spermatic and part ovarian.

The spermatic lamella? are distinguished by being margined by
a white capillary cord. This cord is much convoluted, and is at-
tached to the lamella? by a thin and extensile membrane, which has
a mesentery-like appearance.* The quantity of these cords in an

* Similar to figures 36, 3 c, 3/, plate 30.

ZOOPHYTES.

Actinia is very large. When the animal is contracting, they are
often protruded in folds from the mouth, having come up from the
visceral chamber, through the stomach (plate 2, figs. 12, 15, 16) ; and
if the skin be fractured in any part, they escape in large bunches.
These cords are sometimes seen to pass out through the perforations
in the sides of the animal (§ 22), as was long since ascertained by
Dicquemare.* The same fact was observed in the species examined
by Dr. Wyman.

The white spermatic cords are semitransparent or nearly opaque,
and are furnished with vibratile cilia. On subjecting them to slight
pressure between plates of glass, slender filaments extrude, in length
a little exceeding half the diameter of the cord ; and, with a high
magnifying power, a fragment of the cord thus under pressure pre-
sents the appearance in figure 16, exhibiting pellucid spicula, like

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17. Fig. 18.

'I',

Fig. 1<J.

radii to the cord ; the long filaments pertain to the spicula, and were
extruded by the pressure. Figure 16 is properly a flattened trans-
verse section ; figure 17, a camera lucida sketch, by Dr. A. A.
Gould, represents their position, as they were somewhat deranged by
the pressure. These spiculifonn organs, as observed by Dr. Wyman
under one of the best English microscopes, are of three kinds,
represented in figures 19 a, b, c. In a, the body is slightly curved
and transparent, but with a more pellucid medial line, and the fila-
ment is a simple naked thread, two or three times its length. In b,
the body is transparent, nearly as in a, but the filament is slightly en-
larged through the latter two-thirds of its length, and this enlarged
part is bristled, with the bristles reversed ; the extremity moreover is
obtuse. In c, the body appears to be filled with granulous matter;
the filament is enlarged as in b, but it is lengthened out to a very deli-
cately attenuated extremity ; and the enlarged part, which is half its
whole length, appeared spotted or chequered. These singular forms
were seen frequently in cords taken from many individuals. Besides
these organs, he detected minute oval points, with very short filaments,

Phil. Trans. Abridg., xiii. 639, 1775.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 37

as represented in figure 18, which had spontaneous motions. They
were not frequently seen, and some doubt remained as to their origin.

The nature of these cords has long been a subject of speculation.
The most prevalent opinion has been that they were connected with
the process of digestion, and they have been called biliary vessels and
cseca. They have' also been considered oviducts* and ovaries. f
Wagner first ascertained their spermatic character, and the general
structure of the filaments : £ yet Dicquemare distinctly states their
resemblance to " spermatic vessels," and says, that they probably
contain bulbs or buds, " which open in time, and, cleaving to the
bodies in which these threads are extended, produce small ane-
monies."^ Dr. Wyman has the honour of originality in his re-
searches, and the remarkable results throw some new light upon the
structure of these spermatic organs. There is still uncertainty with
regard to the functions of the parts observed. The forms represented
in figures 19 a, b, c, have nearly the ordinary appearance of sperma-
tozoa. But if the last-mentioned (figure 18) are the true spermatozoa,
of which there is much doubt, the others, he suggests, may possibly
be Spermatophora, as they have some resemblance (especially b, c) to
the organs of this nature in the Cephalopoda, represented by Milne
Edwards : but he ventures no decided opinion without farther inves-
tigation.

These spermatic cords appear to undergo a periodical increase and
absorption, as is the case with the spermatic organs of most animals;
for, at times, their length is very much less than at others.

28. Between the spermatic lamellaB are others of similar situation,
which are ovarian. Like the " white cords," the ovaries grow from
the margin, and form a series of clusters in two ranges, which fringe
the lamella?, or, when large, fold back and lie in the spaces between
them. Figure 20 shows the double line of clusters, as they were seen
attached to the margin of an ovarian lamella in the Actinia marginata.

* Sharpey, Cyclop. Anat. and Physiol., i. 416.

•\ Cuvier's Reg. Anim., iii. 290 ; Amer. Ed., iv. 388. Also, A. de Quatrefages, Sitr
Ics Edwards ies, Ann. des Sci. Nat., xviii. (1842) 65. The spermatic cords and sperma-
tozoa arc well figured.

J Wagner, Sur la Generation, Ann. des Sciences Nat., viii. (1837) 282, and Wige-
mann's Archives, ii. 215 (1835). Also, Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat., xiii. (1840)
196, on the Structure and Sexual Organs of the Dendrophyllia.

§ Phil. Trans. Abridg., xiii., 6:J9, 1775.

38 ZOOPHYTES.

This margin is very thin, and in folds, mesentery-like, similar to that
F. supporting a spermatic cord. The ovules are en-

veloped in an extension of it, and a narrow projec-
tion of the same may be observed at the line of
junction between the two series of clusters. Figure
21 represents part of a transverse section enlarged-,
of the Actinia florida (p. 131), from near the base
of the animal, examined after contraction in alcohol ;
the dotted portion represents the position of the ova-
rian clusters, which lie between the lamellae, al-
though distinctly attached to the margin. The
adjoining ovaries of different lamellae appear, in some instances, to
coalesce.

The ejection of the ovules appears to take place by the mouth.
The extremity of the tentacles,* and supposed openings near the base
of the same, have been stated to give them exit. But the existence of
these openings is not proved ; and the punctures at the extremities of
the tentacles are certainly too small for that purpose, in the majority
of species, if not in all. The visceral cavity in which they are
formed, communicates freely with the exterior waters through the
stomach, affording them a direct and open passage. The mouth is
made the place of exit by Spixjf and Dalyell also asserts that, ac-
cording to his frequent observations, they are "produced by the
mouth." Both ovules and living young, in the course of his inves-
tigations, were often disgorged by the parent in numbers along with
the half-digested food.

As the tubular interior of the tentacles communicates freely with
the interseptal spaces of the visceral cavity, it is no anomaly that
ovules should be found within the tentacles, as stated by the last-men-
tioned observer. By amputation, he frequently obtained them from
these organs ; and one ovule thus procured, became a mature animal,
began to "breed in fourteen months, and survived nearly five years. "J

* Delle Chiaje, Bull, des Sciences Nat., xvii. 471. See farther on this subject, in
Johnston's Zoophytes, from whom this citation is made, p. 201.

t Carus Comp. Anat. Trans., ii. 306, pi. 1, figure 10.

J Dalyell states, that "fourteen animated beings" were produced at once by an Actinia
equina, or mesembryanthemum, in his possession. Six were young with tentacles, and
eight, ovules undeveloped. " All were sufficiently vivacious, sometimes moving, some-
times reposing." In eight days the vibratile cilia disappeared from the ovules, and they
became stationary ; in eleven days incipient tentacles were distinguished in one ; and in

O R D E R A C T I N O I D E A. 39

The developement of young from the ovules before their ejection,
has been for a long time asserted, and Dalyell and others have shown
that it is of common occurrence. The ovules being bathed by the
sea-water, which gains access to the visceral cavity, there is little
occasion for the doubt with which the statement has been by many
received. The ovules have a white milky appearance, and are of
various sizes in the same cluster. They have usually a globular
form, but are often a little oblong or of irregular shapes. Wagner
has shown that they have the characters of true eggs. On leaving
the parent, they are said to move about by means of the vibratile cilia
with which they are provided. After a short time the young Actinia
appears, and generally fixes itself shortly after to some object at hand.
When first produced, the tentacles are scarcely apparent; a single
series gradually developes, and afterwards they go on increasing as
the animal grows, and do not attain their full number until it is a
perfect adult.

'29. The ActiniaB have the same power of reproduction from arti-
ficial sections as the Hydra. Portions cut or torn off are soon resup-
plied, arid the parts separated develope what is needed to become
perfect animals. The process of budding has been observed only in
the coral-making species.

The Zoanthidce.

30. The dissections, by which this division of the Actinoidea is
here illustrated, were made on a living specimen of the Palythoa cssia,
at the Feejee Islands, representations of which are given on plate 30.
This species grows in rounded attached masses, of the size of the fist,
which consist of a large number of united polyps. When unexpanded,
the mass has externally a grayish leathery appearance, with small

nineteen days eight or nine could be enumerated in another, which now " affixed itself as
a young Actinia by the base." (Jameson's Journal, xxi., 1836, p. 89.) "In the course
of six years, a specimen preserved by the author produced above two hundred and seventy-
six young, some pale, like mere specks, with only eight tentacula, others florid, and with
twenty. They are frequently disgorged along with the half-digested food, thirty-eight
appearing thus at a single litter. An embryo extracted artificially from the amputated
tip of a tentaculum, began to breed in fourteen months, and survived nearly five years.
Monstrosities by excess are not uncommon among the young : one produced naturally
consisted of two perfect bodies and their parts, sustained by a single base, exhibited em-
bryos in the tentacula at ten months, bred in twelve, and lived above five years. While
one body was gorged with food, the other remained ravenous." (Dalyell, in 4th Rep.
Brit. Assoc., 1834, p. 599.)

40 ZOOPHYTES.

openings scattered over it, each of which is the centre of a slightly-
raised prominence. On expanding, these openings enlarge, 'the mar-
gin of each rolls back, and finally the whole mass, before seeming
lifeless, is covered with radiated disks, half an inch broad, having a
lilac centre, and bordered with a fringe of short tentacles. These are
the flower-animals — the polyps — of the Palythoa. They are repre-
sented of the natural size in figure 3. Some of the polyps on the
right are yet closed, while others are partly, and others wholly, ex-
panded. An enlarged view of the expanded polyp is shown in figure
3 a, exhibiting the circular disk — the fringe of short tumid tentacles,
in two series, one directed more upward than the other — and, upon
the disk, elevated greenish lines, extending, like radii, from each ten-
tacle to the convex centre in which the mouth is situated. The tex-
ture of the general mass of the zoophyte is peculiar, in consisting of
coral sand agglutinated by animal matter; particles of various colours
are here mingled. — white, red, and black. The sand, as it falls upon
the growing zoophyte, is enclosed by the slimy secretions of the sur-
face, and is finally introduced into its texture ; and thus firmness is
secured by calcareous granules from a foreign source. This is im-
perfectly represented in the figures 3 b and 3 c.

31. The tentacles are naked — that is, without papillae — as in the
Actiniae, and each has a minute puncture at apex. These organs are
tubular, and they communicate internally with the visceral cavity
through a duct concealed under the radiated lines of the disk. The
mode of expansion by injection with water is the same as in the
animals above described. The mouth is without appendages of any
kind — a simple opening through the fleshy disk.

32. The visceral cavity is cylindrical, and extends down below the
disk, into the polyp-mass, to its base. Its form and size, as com-
pared with the expanded animal, is shown in figure 3 a. The mouth
opens into this cavity, through an oblong stomach, which is about
one-fifth the length of the cavity, and is connected with its walls by a
series of radiating fleshy lamellae, as in the Actinia. There is also
another series of smaller lamelke intermediate between these. The
stomach has a vertically striated or plaited structure within, and
closes at bottom at the will of the animal. Figure 3 b is a vertical
section of the unexpa tided polyp, through the mouth (opposite b')
and stomach (b' to c'), and the general visceral cavity ; and figure
3 d is a transverse section, cutting across the oasophagus a little

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 41

obliquely, and showing the radiating visceral lamella?, which connect
it with the sides of the visceral cavity. In figure 3b, only two oppo-
site lamella? are in view, while in figure 3c, which is an oblique
section, crossing the cavity belorv the stomach, the edges of several
of the intersected lamella? are exposed. In the last-mentioned figure,
the stomach is seen'to terminate in a kind of disk, which is the mus-
cular arrangement for closing its lower extremity. The oblique
position of this disk is unnatural, and resulted from the section of
part of the lamellae and their consequent unequal contraction ; the
animal is drawn just as it was presented in the dissection. In 3b, the
upper extremity shows the tentacles as they are concealed in the con-
tracted animal. It thus appears that the visceral cavity is divided by
the lamella? into a series of compartments, as in the Actinia. A
second series of narrower lamella? lies between the larger, as is shown
in figure 3d. These narrower lamella?, however, are prolonged on the
under side of the disk to the stomach, so that in making the section
here referred to, the upper portion removed, presented below twice
as many radiating compartments as were seen in the part figured.
There is hence a close analogy with the Actinia, although the ani-
mals differ so strikingly in the relative sizes of the stomach and
visceral cavity. This resemblance is seen farther in the position of
the spermatic cords.

33. Spermatic cords border the larger lamella?, and extend from
below the stomach nearly to the bottom of the visceral cavity. They
are convoluted throughout their length, as is shown in figures 3b, 3c,
and 3/1 It is remarkable, that in one of the specimens, the convolu-
tions are very few, and the cord stops far short of the bottom. This
fact may be accounted for on the principle that they are periodically
developed.*

Spermatozoa were not observed in these cords, yet it is altogether
probable that on farther examination they will be detected, as in the
Actinia. Vibratile cilia were distinct on the cords, but were not seen
on the lamella? to which they were attached.

The specimens examined contained no ovules. From analogy, we
should expect that in the proper season they would be found in
clusters, attached to the intermediate series of narrow lamella?.

34. Besides the spermatic cords, there is attached to the edge of
each larger lamella, immediately below the stomach, a pair of flat

* The season when these observations were made was the month of August, 1840.

42 ZOOPHYTES.

branchia-like organs. la figure 3b, they are seen in profile in their
natural position (c' to d'), and in the vertical view in 3d, one appears
either side of each lamella ; this is shown still more distinct in
figure 3e. These organs are enlarged in figure 3/1 They are
transparent, and are transversely divided into narrow compartments,
each about ^ of an inch in breadth. The margin is crenated, corre-
sponding with the compartments. Each compartment, as is more
distinctly exhibited in figure 3g, is traversed along its middle by a
distinct vessel, which terminates in a small process on the margin.
Vibratile cilia were apparent on these organs, as is represented in
figure 3g, and they were observed to continue in motion for an hour
after separation from the animal. These cilia were about Woe of an
inch in length.

The two organs of each pair were united to a common duct,
which, in the specimen examined, had a bluish colour, as shown in
figure 3f ; and by this duct they were attached to the margin of the
lamella — one being situated either side — arid thus their surfaces were
free to be bathed by the water with which the animal distends itself.

35. The structure of these organs is such that we can hardly doubt
their branchial nature : yet no circulating fluid was delected within
them. Lesueur, who observed them in his excellent dissections of
West India species, calls them arcuated organs, and supposes them to
" perform the functions of the liver."*

The modes of nutrition in the Zoanthid*, are the same as in the
Actinia.

The Tubipora.

36. The structure of the Tubipora has been illustrated by Quoy
and Gaymard, in the voyages of the Uranie and Astrolabe. The dis-
sections made by the author confirm in general their observations, yet
differ in some points of interest.

The Tubipora is a cylindrical animal, expanding above a star of
eight tentacles. The animals are often of a lilac or rose tint, and
grow in large clusters; and, as they appear beneath the water about
the reefs, they are as perfect beds of pinks as those of our gardens.
Figure 1, on plate 59, represents some of these polyps of the natural
size; and figures la and 2, two individuals of the same genus enlarged.
The eight tentacles are fringed on either side by small papillae, each
of which has a minute puncture at apex. Both the papillae and the

* Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., i. 183, 184, 185, and plate viii., fig's. 1, 5, 9.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 43

tentacles are tubular, and expansion takes place, as in the species
before described, by means of water, received from without, and
injected into these organs and other parts of the animal. The
Tubipore secretes a calcareous tube, or corallum, which is stiff and
firm below ; but near the extremity it is still flexible, and the animal
contracts by drawing its head and tentacles into the tube, like turn-
ing in the end of the finger of a glove. Figure Ib represents one of
the contracted animals, with the tube laid open by a longitudinal sec-
tion, showing the interior structure. The pear-shaped part above con-
tains the withdrawn and contracted tentacles; and the dark spots, near
the bottom of the same, are the openings into four of the tentacles, by
which water enters from the visceral cavity, when the animal expands
itself.

37. The visceral cavity is long, tubular, and contains eight fleshy
lamellae. These lamellae aid, by their muscles, both in the contraction
and expansion of the polyp, in a manner which will be understood
without explanation, by a glance at figure Ib. The stomach is cylin-
drical and very short compared with the whole length of the visceral
cavity; and, as in the preceding species described, it is connected with
the sides of the cavity by the visceral lamellae.

Six of these lamellae were spermatic, being bordered below by the
white convoluted cord, while the other two gave origin to large
clusters of milk-white ovules, which occupied nearly the whole dia-
meter of the cavity. These ovules were of various sizes, and sphe-
rical in shape, or nearly so. Figure \b shows their position in the
tube, and Ic the appearance in profile of one of the lamellae with the
attached ovules.

Some observers have found all the lamellae bordered with the white
filament, and others describe them as all bearing clusters of ovules.
In these instances, it would seem that the sexes were distinct, in one
case the animal being male, and in the other female. The subject
requires farther investigation.

In the characters of the Tubipore we have the characters of the
Alcyonaria generally, a large tribe of zoophytes. The eight fringed
tentacles, and the eight visceral lamellae attaching the stomach to the
sides of the cavity, and extending below to the bottom of a tubular
visceral cavity, distinguish them at once from other Actinoid polyps.
The ovules in some species have been seen to escape by the mouth,
and this therefore appears to be the general mode in all the Acti-

44 ZOOPHYTES.

noidea.* We have nothing to add on the processes of digestion and
circulation in these animals, in addition to what has been already
presented, in our remarks on the Actinia and Palythoa. Nothing
like branchiae were observed in the Tubipore examined.

General characteristics of the animals above described.

38. The species described in the preceding pages, have been
selected from the most widely-separated groups among the Acti-
noidea, and are types of important divisions. The points of agree-
ment constitute the characteristics of this order, and may be here
enumerated.

1. The Actinoid polyp contains a large cul-de-sac visceral cavity,
divided radiately into compartments by fleshy lamellae, and a stomach
suspended in it beneath the centre of the disk. Several lamellae
are united by their inner margins to the stomach, and aid, by their
muscular action, in the expansion of the stomach and the expansion
and contraction of the whole animal.

2. The stomach communicates below with the visceral cavity,
through an opening which may be closed by muscles. Its walls are
muscular, and the organ admits of great dilatation, or may be con-
tracted, at the will of the animal, to a slender tube.

3. Digestion takes place in the stomach ; and thence, after exclud-
ing the refuse matter by the mouth, the results of digestion pass into
the visceral cavity, to be aerated and elaborated through the air in
both the external and the admitted waters, at the same time that these
fluids are distributed, by an imperfect circulation, throughout the
animal, and assimilated wherever needed for changes in progress. It
is probable that excretions take place through the sides of the polyp,
and by the waters which the animal ejects elsewhere on contraction.

4. Reproductive functions reside in the visceral lamella, part of
which are spermatic and part ovarian. All of these lamellse are thus
genital, excepting probably the upper portions of the larger lamellae,
which are attached to the stomach, and in this part are muscular.
The testes or spermatic organs have the form of white convoluted
cords, and are attached to the margin of the lamellae. The ovarian

* This has been observed in certain species of the tribe, by Professor Grant and Milne
Edwards. — For an interesting account of the developement of the ova, see a paper by Dr.
Grant, in Jameson's Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, vol. i. p. 152; and also on
the general structure and reproduction of the Alcyonida, a memoir by Milne Edwards, in
the Annales des Sci. Nat., 2d ser., iv. (1835), p. 321.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 45

clusters are attached in a corresponding manner to the margin of the
ovarian lamellae. The ovules, though sometimes retained in the cavity
till they are developed, generally pass out before, and, in either case,
escape takes place through the stomach and mouth.

The similarity between these animals and the Hydroidea is hence
very close. The localisation of the genital functions in distinct organs
appears to be the character upon which their principal differences
depend. The relation of the visceral cavity of these animals to the
tubular axis of the Sertularia is obvious. Though extremely short in
the Actinia, we find it several times longer than the stomach in the
Zoanthidge, and still longer, and taking the form of a slender tube, in
the Tubiporae and Alcyonia.

Subdivision of the Actinoidea.

39. The facts considered lead to a natural subdivision of the group
Actinoidea. In the Actinia and Palythoa the tentacles are numerous
and naked, and have a puncture at apex, while, in the Tubipora
and allied species, these organs are but eight in number, and are
fringed with papillae, each with its minute puncture, and none at the
extremity of the tentacle. The Actinoidea are hence naturally subdi-
vided into the two following groups :

I. ACTINARIA. — Tentacles, (with few exceptions,) naked or not papil-
lose, six, twelve, or more in number. This division includes the Actinias,
Madrepores, Astrseas, &c. (The cells in the coral-making species are
more or less perfectly radiate within.)

II. ALCYONARIA. Tentacles fringed with papillce, eight in number.
This division includes the Tubipores, Gorgonias, Alcyonia, &c.
(The cells of the coral-making species are never radiate or striate

within.)*

* The fact that in a compound Alcyonium the tubular visceral cavities of the several
polyps branch from one another, with a free intercommunication, has been considered as
widely separating the Alcyonaria from the Aclinaria. In the Tubiporas among the former,
however, this connexion is not more perfect than in the Zoanthidae, and the same is true
of the young state of the polyp-bud in many species. The seriate polyps in a Meandrina
have even a more open communication, and in some of the compound Fungidse adjacent
polyps have scarcely any thing but a mouth that can be said to be private property. The
peculiar character of this connexion between polyps in certain Alcyonaria merits notice,
but not the importance which has been attached to it.

46 ZOOPHYTES.

We glance at some of the principal varieties of structure in each of
these divisions.

I. ACTINARIA. 40. In one of the divisions of this group — the Anti-
pathacea — the polyps have but six tentacles.* In the tentacles and
the general appearance and habit of the polyp, they resemble the
Madrepores, but no dissection has yet been made of them.

41. The polyps of the Madreporacea, another division of the Acti-
naria, are distinguished by twelve tentacles in a single series. f There
is among them but little variety of structure. In a few species the
alternate tentacles are of unequal size, and it is probable that the vis-
ceral lamellae have the same inequality : and in some Madrepores one
of the tentacles is elongated and more flexible than the others :J again,
all are sometimes obsolete.

The character of the cells formed by Madrepores show that in
many of them two opposite interlamellar spaces in the visceral cavity
are generally broader than the others, as in the Actiniae, and usually
these two are very unequal.

The only fleshy species known, which has the twelve tentacles of
the Madrepores, is the Actinia clavus of Quoy and Gaymard,^ found
by them entangled in the tentacles of a Medusa, off the coast of New
Holland. By their dissections, the stomach and visceral lamellae are
shown to have nearly the characters of those in the Palythoa, except
that the lamellae are equal and are twelve in number, corresponding
to the tentacles. The appearance of this Actinia expanded is very
similar to that of a madrepore polyp.

The most marked variation from the usual character of the Ma-
dreporacea is found in the Porites family. In these the visceral
cavity does not extend to the base of the animal, as in the other species
of the group, and the visceral lamellae cannot be traced through the
tissues of this portion. This structure is indicated by the porous coral
secretions formed by this part of the polyp. In external characters
these polyps present few peculiarities. A few allied species (Gonio-
porse) appear to have more than twelve tentacles, though all are in a
single series, as in others of the Madreporacea.

42. The polyps of the Caryophyllia and Astrcsa tribes have more
than twelve tentacles, and they are in two or more series or scattered.

* Plate 56, figures 1 and -2. f Plate 31, figure 1. ^ Plate 33, figure 1.

§ Voyage de 1' Astrolabe, iv. 150, pi. 10, figs. G to 11. It is yet doubtful whether
this species was actually an adult with its full number of tentacles. Several individuals
were seen, which were about three-fourths of an inch long when expanded.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 47

Here belong the Actinias and the Zoanthidse, and a large part of coral
animals. The Zoanthidse are closely related to one division of the
coral-making Caryophyllacea — the family Gemmiporidae. They
spread a wide disk, with a somewhat convex centre, and some-
times the margin of the disk, bearing the fringe of tentacles, becomes
much reflexed by expansion, curving downward towards the base of
the polyp, so as to appear like a cap over the extremity. The tenta-
cles are short, and correspond each to a radiate line on the disk ; and
in some species I have found one of these rays to have a different
colour and size from the others, evincing some peculiarity of function
in the tentacle, corresponding, apparently, to the long finger-tentacle
in some madrepores. The Gemmipores* resemble these in general
form and in their fringe of short tentacles, but the disk is not striated.
In another division of the Caryophyllia tribe — the Caryophyllidse —
the tentacles are much like those of the common Actinia; and in ex-
ternal form we distinguish no important peculiarity, except that the
disk containing the mouth becomes more prominent, when the animal
is fully expanded,! sometimes having nearly the shape of an oblong
inverted cone.

The polyps of the Astraa tribe of zoophytes have numerous unequal
tentacles, and a flat or simply convex disk. The distinction between
the Astrsea and Caryophyllia tribes depends on a different mode of
budding, as is pointed out in a following chapter. The visceral
lamellae in the Astraeas appear to retain their identity through the
side tissues or walls of the polyp, and, in compound species, these
lamellse may be traced by their secretions through the intermediate
spaces between adjoining polyps. These characters are strongly
marked in the coralla of the different animals, although not so appa-
rent, as far as I have examined, in the recent Actiniae (§§48 and 76,
fig. 34).

43. The only variation from the Actinia type which we here notice
is presented by the Fungiae and other allied zoophytes. The FungiaeJ
are the largest of known polyps, some species attaining a diameter of
eighteen inches. The form of the animal, instead of being cylin-
drical, as in the Actinia, is that of a large disk, an inch or two thick,
circular or elliptical in outline, and either flat or convex above. A
large oblong mouth occupies the centre, and from the mouth narrow
ridges radiate, with regular intervals, to the circumference — a few

* See plate 30, figure 4. t Plate 27, figure 1. | See plates 18 and 19.

48 ZOOPHYTES.

commencing immediately at the mouth, and others rising to fill up
the spaces between them as these diverge. Although so unlike the
type in external shape, yet the actual structure is closely similar, for
the Fungia is nothing but an Actinia spread out laterally into a broad
flat disk. The inequality in the lamellae is much greater, though of
the same character, and the tentacles are more widely scattered, so as
to lose all appearance of being in series. The connexion between the
formation of a tentacle and a new lamella within the animal, is finely
exemplified in the Fungia; for each tentacle rises where a new ridge
reaches the surface, and their formation is constantly going on as
the animal enlarges and new ridges rise. This may be seen by
reference to the figures of Fungioe on plates 18 and 19, where
the small prominent tubercles scattered over the surface are the
tentacles.*

The close relation of the Fungia to the common Actinia is thus
evident ; yet in the actual form of the visceral cavity they are quite
unlike. Instead of a cylindrical space, divided into shallow compart-
ments by erect fleshy lamellae, we have here long horizontal compart-
ments, commencing at the mouth, and as they enlarge outward, con-
stantly subdividing by the growth of new lamellee : these lamellae, for
a while before rising to the disk, range along the bottom of the cavity.
Unlike the Astroeas, the Fungke never cover the contracted tentacles
by the involution over them of the margin or surface from which they
rise; there is actually no margin to the disk in these animals: more-
over, in compound species, the visceral lamellae of adjoining polyps
are continuous from one to the other, and it is probable that the sub-
divisions of the visceral cavity are also directly continuous, so that in
these compound Fungke we appear to have a community of visceral
cavities, as in the Hydroidea, differing from the latter, however, in
having the communications by lateral or interseptal spaces, instead
of by the lower extremity of the cavity. In the Astrseas, the same
communication in effect takes place, though less perfect, through the
open pores or lacunes, which pass laterally from one polyp to another.
The Fungiae afford the nearest approach, among zoophytes, to the
Acalephae.

There is often in a Fungia, a line running from one or more sides
of the oblong mouth to the circumference, along which some of the

* On account of the small size of these organs, it has been denied that they are tenta-
cles. Yet, whether so called or not, they correspond to the tentacles of the Actiniae ; and
in some species of Actinia they are as short and scattered (see plate 4, figure 32).

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 49

lamellse meet at a small angle and coalesce. This proceeds from
a slight distortion of the circular animal, and is most common in
species which have the lamellse undulated, by which irregularity
they are often brought into contact. "When the Fungia retains a
perfectly circular form, this union of lamellse is seldom observed.
It is not unusual for the lamellse in an Actinia to grow together by
their edges when in contact.

b. The number of tentacles in this group, or the number of lamellae,
is very commonly a multiple of six. In one division of the Astrseas
(the Orbicellte), we find the numbers 18, 24, 36, 48 ; in other species
of the genus, the mode of indefinite increase and subdivision, pre-
vents our ascertaining how nearly they correspond. The Oculinse,
Dendrophyllise, and Caryophyllise conform generally to the same
series, and so also the Madrepores and Antipathi, which contain
twelve and six tentacles respectively.

In many instances, however, four is a submultiple, and this is
shown by the lobed margin of the Lucernarise, and the divisions in
the mouth of some Actiniae. That this should often be the fact is
apparent from figure 15, § 25, in which one larger and three smaller
intervals alternate ; and it appears that generally when a multiple of
six, the numbers are also multiples of four.

While, therefore, the Alcyonaria have eight equal lamellae, the
Actinaria may have six or twelve equal lamellce, or a number of un-
equal lamellae, exceeding twelve, which is a multiple of four or six.
The mouth and margin of some Actiniae is Jive lobed ; but these may
still conform to this principle. In the Antipathi, there are six equal
tentacles ; in the Madreporacea, twelve tentacles, with six alternate,
often distinctly larger than the others : and the calcareous lamellse of
the cells, in other species, are usually either alternately large and
small, or one large alternates with three smaller, or one with five
smaller.

There is, moreover, in the Actinaria, a relation between the size of a
polyp and the number of its internal lamellae. In many Astrseas,
there are fourteen or fifteen — large and small — to a breadth of a
quarter of an inch ; and, where the number has the above relation,
18, 24, 36, 48, there is nearly the same relation in the diameter of the
cells of the corallum. This relation admits of considerable variation,
which is sometimes seen to be dependent on a part of the lamellse
being obsolescent. The Astrfea hyades and A. pleiades both have
twenty-four lamellse to the cells; but in the former, which has the

50 ZOOPHYTES.

larger cells, they are nearly equal; while in the latter, half are obso-
lescent. In the Merulinas, there are seven or eight larger lamellae to
a fourth of an inch, with three or four intermediate nearly obsolete,
making in all ten or eleven in this breadth. The same is generally
true of the Euphylliae and Meandrinse. In the Mussse, much larger
species, there are seven or eight to a fourth of an inch, as in the
Actinia marginata ($ 25), and half of these are quite small or obso-
lescent. It appears, therefore, that the number varies, in different
species, from seven to fifteen. The last number is seldom exceeded,
yet instances of this are found in some Meandrinas and many of the
attached Fungidse.

II. ALCYONARIA. 44. The simple polyps, among the Alcyonaria,
have a great similarity throughout. The number of tentacles being
fixed, there is not room for the same diversity of form as in the Acti-
naria. The principal varieties in external appearance proceed from
variations in the length and position of the papillae. These appen-
dages to the tentacles are sometimes quite long, and give a graceful
delicacy to the flower, scarcely exceeded in the vegetable kingdom.*
Usually, they form a short fringe in two or three series on either side
of the rays, as shown in the Tubipora, already described.! In one
of the species of this genus (T. syringa), they are so evenly laid
together that the fringe seems to be wanting. In one of the Xeninse,
found at the Feejee Islands,! the papillae are minute wart-like pro-
minences, scattered over the surface of the ray. Each little promi-
nence has the minute puncture at apex, which is characteristic of the
Alcyonia group.

II. SECRETION OF THE CORALLUM IN THE ACTINOIDEA.

45. The corallum has been described as in general an internal
secretion, formed within the polyp, and not a covering enclosing the
same, as in the Mollusca.§ We may examine more particularly the
mode of its secretion and its relations to the animal.

There appear to be two kinds of coral secretions among the Acti-
noidea : —

1. Secretions formed within the animal which are mostly calcareous.

* See plate 59, figure 3. f See plate 59, figures 1,2. | See plate 57, figure 2.

§ This character of these secretions was first pointed out by Ehrenberg, in his Memoir
on the Corals of the Red Sea, in the Transactions of the Berlin Academy, for 1832.
Since then, they have been more fully explained by Milne Edwards, in the Annales des
Sciences Naturelles, for 1838, x., 2d series, 321.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 51

2. Secretions, from the foot or base of the polyp, which are either
calcareous or horny, or of an intermediate nature, and rarely siliceous.

The former may be called tissue-secretions, the latter foot-secretions.

46. Tissue-secretions. These secretions take place from the tissues
of the sides and the base of the polyp. In a few species — the coral-
ligenous Alcyonaria — even the skin often adds to these secretions by
depositions of lime in its texture ; but in the other Actinoidea, the
exterior of the polyp remains soft and fleshy, so that every portion of
the Corallum, even to each spine and lamella, is entirely concealed
within the polyp, as completely as the skull of an animal beneath
its fleshy covering. All corals are more or less cellular, and through
these cellules the animal tissues extend, forming, together with the
exterior, a complete animal structure, corresponding closely with the
coral structure. Even the most solid plates of the latter are more or
less penetrated by fibres of animal tissue.* By comparing the
radiated cell of a coral,f with the radiated visceral cavity of the
Actinia or Palythoa, as described in §§ 25 and 32, the relations of the
two will be as apparent as they can be made by any explanations.
The radiated calcareous plates of the one alternate with the radiated
visceral lamellae of the other.

These secretions do not take place from all parts of a polyp.
The disk, the stomach, and the upper portions generally of the ani-
mal, remain fleshy, as well as the interior of the visceral cavity, in
order that the polyp may be free to expand or contract, and perform
the various functions essential to life. The tentacles, however, may
secrete lime, and not unfrequently the calcareous lamellae of a cell
project by this means into these organs; and, in the same way, some
corals are covered throughout with short spines.

The corallum has a close correspondence, therefore, to an internal
skeleton. It is not a collection of cells containing polyps, like the
cells of a bee-hive, but is contained itself wholly within the polyps.

* This has been shown by Hatchett, and also by Milne Edwards and Bowerbank,
and may be easily verified by dropping a piece of compact coral into a dilute acid. These
tissues may be distinctly seen on examining with a high magnifying power, thin frag-
ments polished down, till they admit the passage of light. A minutely reticulated struc-
ture may be distinguished, though much irregular; and it appears probable that the
tissues consist in part of the animal cellules within which the lime was secreted. The
results of some microscopic examinations by the author upon different species of corals,
will be given in the Appendix to this volume.

t See plates 10, 11, 12, and others ; also, figure 34, § 76.

52 ZOOPHYTES.

The existence of surface-cells on a corallum, is due simply to this, —
that the upper and interior parts of the animal do not secrete lime.
In some species, these secretions are confined to the basal portions of
the polyp below the visceral cavity, as in many Porites, and conse-
quently these zoophytes have no cells to the corallum. The terms
polypary, polypidom, given to coral, are, therefore, in every respect,
inapplicable.

Where cells occur, there is some appearance of a retreat into them
by the contracting polyp. But it is only the upper part or disk of
the animal that is thus withdrawn; and this happens only because the
projecting part of the animal, on contraction, will necessarily collapse
upon the solid part below, and into a cavity, if there be one. Figure
la, on plate 6, represents one of the contracted coral-polyps, and
some parts of figure 1, on plate 7, represent others. There is here
no retreat into a cell : indeed, from the external appearance, even the
existence of coral within would hardly be suspected, so closely do
the separate polyps resemble some of the Actiniae. In a Fungia,
there is no cell whatever, but the small cavity at the centre below
the mouth, and contraction produces no change in the appearance of
the animal, except that the tentacles collapse and are not seen ; the
mouth falls a little, and the fleshy exterior, owing to the expulsion of
the inflating water, lies somewhat more closely upon the coral plates
beneath.*

The calcareous secretions begin to form in the young animal
after the last metamorphosis, which takes place when the animal
leaves its free swimming state and attaches itself to some support.
The rays of the cell in this state indicate the number of visceral
lamellae, and generally of the tentacles; and as these increase in number,
so also do the calcareous lamellae. It has been stated that in the
growing Actinia new visceral lamellae are developed to fill up the
enlarging intervals, and at such a rate that there is always the
same number in a certain interval. The same is true of the calcareous
lamella? ; there is a remarkable degree of similarity between the cell
of a young and adult polyp ; it is very rare that the lamellae in the
former are more crowded than in the latter, and generally, when quite
young, they appear more open.

* Where the polyps have most perfectly the appearance of withdrawing into a cell, as
in the Sertularias, it is still no more the case than that a turtle retreats into its shell when
it draws in its head.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 53

The secretion of a calcareous lamella or plate takes place between
two visceral lamellae, but whether from the surfaces of these fleshy
lamellae, or from a prolongation inward of the membrane forming
the walls of the visceral cavity, has not been ascertained. The secre-
tion does not always commence at the central plane of the plate, but
often either side of it'; for they are sometimes hollow within. In some
species the spines of the surface are tubular, as in the Echinopora
reflexa We have observed, with regard to the visceral lamellae, ex-
hibited in figure 15, ^ 25, that a large compartment alternates with
three narrower ; and also that the large calcareous lamellae in the Den-
drophylliae and many other species, alternate with three smaller : it
appears therefore that the larger rays of a cell are formed between a
pair of large visceral lamellae, and the smaller in the narrower spaces
which are intermediate.

The calcareous secretions forming these corals are often deposited at
successive intervals or as layers in the zoophyte. In a Madrepora the
surface between the cells becomes covered with minute points by the
continued secretions, and then a layer forms, connected with the pre-
ceding by these points or columns. The interior usually becomes,
afterwards, nearly solid by additional secretions. This variety of
structure may be observed also in the Dendrophylliae ; and even
the compact species, in which there are no traces of cellules, will
often show evidence of having been deposited in layers. I have seen
it brought out with singular distinctness in a specimen half fossilized,
the layers easily peeling off from one another. In many corals, how-
ever, we fail to detect this deposition in layers. This is the case in
the Astraea tribe. The Pocilloporae, and some allied corals, have
transverse plates crossing the cells internally, which are intermitted
secretions from the lower part of the polyp ; but no appearance of layers
has been detected in the spaces between the cells. The Favosites
and many Cyathophyllidae are examples of similar interrupted secre-
tions across the cells.

47. Our explanations thus far, apply more especially to the Acti-
naria. The Akyonaria secrete no rays within the cells, nor even
striate the inner surface of the same, while rays or striating lamellae
belong to the cells of all the Actinaria. Moreover, in the Alcyonia
group, the secretions, instead of forming layers, constitute dissemi-
nated granules or spiculee, some of which are represented in figure 22,
' and there is every gradation, from the purely fleshy species to those
which are quite firm, from the secreted calcareous grains. These

54 ZOOPHYTES.

secretions are nearly or quite absent immediately about each polyp-
pore, in order that these parts may be flexible to admit of the animal's

contracting and expanding itself;
elsewhere they are more or less
abundant, according to the species.
In the genus Tubipora, the spe-
cies form a thin calcareous tube
for each polyp, smooth within, as
well as without, yet perforated by
minute pores.

48. Among the Actinaria, the principle, that the calcareous and
fleshy lamellae have a general correspondence in number, leads
to important distinctions in the coralla. Madrepores, on this prin-
ciple, can never have over twelve rays to their cells, and the number
is usually from six to twelve; while the Caryophyllia and Astreea
tribes have an indefinite number. The two tribes just mentioned are
distinguished in their coralla by another character depending on the
structure of the animals, as explained in § 42. The lamellae of the
stars in an Astrsea, and the allied corals, extend through the intersti-
tial spaces between the cells, striating lamellately the surface ; while
in the recent species of the Caryophyllia group (and also the Madre-
pores), these spaces are smooth, granulous, or irregularly porous,
instead of lamello-striate. Besides, in the former, the calcareous
lamellae are united by numerous transverse dissepiments, which,
when oblique, as in plate 11, figure 4c (showing a vertical section of
an Astrasa), they cause the star in a transverse section to be divided
into numerous cellules (fig. 4d) ; but, if horizontal, or nearly so, as in
plate 10, figure 2«, they do not show their edges in a transverse view,
and the star appears simple. In the recent Caryophyllidse, there are
seldom any cross dissepiments, and in the few cases in which they
are observed, they are distant, being separated by longer intervals
than the breadth of a lamella.

49. Foot-secretions. The foot-secretions appear to be entirely inde-
pendent of the tissue-secretions. The former are often horny, when
the latter are calcareous, and when they occur together they consti-
tute separable layers, one enveloping the other.

The united polyps of a branch have their mouths opening outward
on every side, while the bases are directed inward towards a common
central or axial line. The simultaneous secretions of the bases, there- '
fore, must necessarily produce a solid axis to the branch.

VI27BHSZT7

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 55

Thus is produced the horny stem of the sea-fan (Gorgonia), which
was long considered of vegetable origin. The polyps, which, in these
corals, form a coating around the horny axis, often secrete, within their
tissues, lime enough to give considerable firmness to the coating,
making it a crust to the axis : yet in some species this crust, when
dry, so readily peels' off, that the specimens in cabinets are often the
mere black branching axis of a Gorgonia. The coating of polyps, in
other species, remains entirely fleshy, and in these, the axis is always
stripped -of the polyp-exterior, after drying and washing : the Anti-
pathes are examples of this, in which the axis is corneous — and the red
or noble coral of the Mediterranean (Corallium), an example, with a
calcareous axis.

The texture of these secretions in Gorg-onife, was long since well

o * o

illustrated by Ellis; and plates ii. and ix., of his posthumous work, con-
tain illustrations of some of the principal varieties. Sometimes they
are solid throughout, with but slight indications of a concentric struc-
ture. In other species, the interior is less firm, and appears like a
pith to the stem, — a peculiarity easily accounted for by the fact that
this portion is the production of the young or apical polyps alone
(H 70, 74). Occasionally, they consist of an aggregate of short fibres,
placed longitudinally, and compacted more or less firmly together.

From a general survey of the facts, it is evident that these secre-
tions are epidermic : moreover, they appear to be generally elaborated
in short fibres, successively applied to one another, and form thus
successive layers, which may occasionally be distinguished. They
have a relation in origin, use, and composition, to the fibrous byssus,
secreted by the foot of certain molluscs, and are formed like the
epidermic appendages generally (nails, &c.) of the higher animals.

The common Actinia is said to attach itself at base by means of a
glutinous secretion, which may be analogous to those of the Gor-
goriife, although differing in not admitting of accumulation. It seems
probable, as was suggested to me by my valued associate, Dr. C.
Pickering, that the Velella and Porpita are closely allied to the
Actiniae ; and the structure of the tentacles and mouth seems to con-
firm this opinion. If this be true, the cartilaginous shield, with the
thin process called the sail, corresponds to the foot-secretions here
described. The animal floats with the tentacles downward, and the
sail raised to the wind, by which it is wafted over the surface of the
ocean. The air-disk in the base of the Actinectae, acting as a float
for the animal, is apparently similar in origin to the disk of the

56 ZOOPHYTES.

Porpita and Velella, though different in its cellular texture. Ex-
cluding these doubtful instances, foot-secretions are confined to the
group Alcyonaria, and the single genus Antipathes among the
Actinaria.

50. Chemical Constitution of Coral Secretions. We find as early
as in Marsigli, the results of some experiment! ngs on corals, in the
rude chemical methods of the day ; but the first examinations of any
value, are those by Charles Hatchett, in the Philosophical Trans-
actions; for 1800 ;* and these give us at the present time the
most definite information hitherto published with regard to these
secretions.

Mr. Hatchett found the stony corals, as far as he examined them,
to consist of carbonate of lime, with some fibrous membranes or "loose
gelatinous substance," which, in certain species (Dendrophyllia ramea,
Myriozoon truncatum), retained, in some degree, the form of the
coral after its digestion in nitric acid. In a Nullipora, (now classed
with the vegetable kingdom,) he found, besides carbonic acid, a small
proportion of phosphoric acid, together with a substance retaining
the form of the nullipore, " of which a strong white opaque mem-
brane formed the external part, and a transparent gelatinous sub-
stance the interior."

His observations were most extensive with the Alcyonia tribe.
The horny axis of the Gorgonidae afforded him generally a large pro-
portion of cartilage, with some phosphate and carbonate of lime. In
the Gorgonia ceratophyta, and flabellum, the proportion of phosphate
was large, and, in one species, the composition was very near that of
stag-horn. While in others, the G. umbraculum, verrucosa, &c., he
found no phosphate. The cortex in these zoophytes consists largely
of animal membrane, with much carbonate of lime, arid, in some
instances, a trace of phosphate. The tubes of a Tubipora afforded a
like constitution without phosphoric acid, and the Corallium, the same,
with a small portion of phosphate. The red colour of these species
was destroyed by the acid, but that of a Melitasa was precipitated in
nitric acid as a fine red powder.

Mr. Hatchett concludes, from his investigations, that corals, bone,
and horn, have an analogous constitution differing only in the propor-
tion of the ossifying ingredients.

Mr. J. E. Gray has shown that the interior of some Gorgonidee

* Philosophical Transactions abridged, vol. xviii., pp. 706, 725.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 57

consists of siliceous spicuke, and has founded upon this character
his genus Hyalonema.*

51. Mr. B. Silliman, Jr., has been engaged in a series of analyses
for this work, the detailed results of which will be given in the
Appendix. We merely state here, that he has found in most of
the calcareous corals examined, a small per-centage of magnesia,
alumina, iron, silica, phosphoric acid, and fluorine, besides the car-
bonate of lime, which constitutes, after separating the animal matter,
from ninety-seven to ninety-nine per cent. The horny stem of the
Gorgonia setosa afforded him a considerable proportion of alumina,
besides phosphoric acid, some carbonate of lime, and ninety-three per
cent, of animal matter.

We have a sufficient source for the elements of these ingredients
in the food of the polyps united with the waters of the ocean.
Through their animal functions, such changes and recompositions
take place, in the material thus received, as are required for the coral
secretions.

III. REPRODUCTION BY BUDS — THE COMPOUND STRUCTURE.

52. In the preceding pages, on the Actinoidea, we have considered
merely the simple polyp, in which reproduction takes place only by
ovules, produced from the internal lamellse, and escaping by the
mouth of the parent-animal. These polyps, in very many species,
increase also by buds, and thus, from the single parent, perhaps but a
fraction of an inch in size, zoophytes may spread their branches to a
height of many feet. As we find the origin of the various forms of
corals, in this power of developing buds, connected with some pecu-
liarities in the animals themselves and their mode of growth, this
subject is one of prominent interest. We may first consider simply the
process of budding, and afterwards point out the different modes by
which the budding process gives rise to the forms of zoophytes.

1. THE PROCESS OF BUDDING. 53. Buds proceed from different
parts of a parent-polyp : those from the sides are called lateral or
inferior buds ; and those from the upper extremity, either just exte-
rior to the tentacles, or from the disk, are terminal or superior buds.

The nature of the process is, in general, very similar to that de-
scribed under the Hydroidea (H 15, 16). In lateral budding, a small
protuberance appears on the side of the parent, into which the visce-

* Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1835, p. 62.

58 ZOOPHYTES.

ral cavity of the same is usually prolonged : developement goes on,
and shortly a mouth and a circlet of tentacles appear at the extre-
mity. In some cases, the visceral cavity of the young continues
afterward to open into that of the parent ; yet, generally, the com-
munication gradually closes as the young grows, leaving usually an
imperfect cellular connexion.

In other instances, especially when the buds appear outside of the
disks (a variety of terminal budding), there is not at any time a con-
nexion with the visceral cavity of the parent, except through the
intermediate lateral pores or lacunal spaces.

In disk-budding, a new mouth opens in the disk, without any pre-
vious external indication of the changes in progress; and, as the disk
is situated over the visceral cavity, the new polyp for awhile, at least,
shares with the parent in this cavity : in many instances, the two
animals subsequently become separate by a process of growth, here-
after to be described (H 77, 79). There is no satisfactory evidence,
as yet, that the budding polyp divides the stomach of the parent as
well as the visceral cavity.

The budding process goes on without any necessary connexion
with coral secretions. These secretions, however, are usually in
progress at the same time within.

The buds, both inferior and superior, in many instances, become
nearly adult polyps, before they give out other buds. Very fre-
quently, however, a budding shoot continues lengthening uninter-
ruptedly, like the creeper of a plant, and gives out buds at intervals.
These shoots are called stolons or creepers by Ehrenberg, who first
laid down the distinction among zoophytes. Broad plates of polyps,
and the margins of many massive species, increase in this manner, by
a gradual extension outward, and an accompanying production of buds.

54. Milne Edwards has shown, that the lateral buds in an Alcy-
onium are developed from one of the visceral lamellse — the same
parts that produce ovules. He found that the new visceral cavity,
where it opened into that of the parent, intersected a lamella, and
that this bisected lamella was deflected into the cavity of the young
polyp. It would hence seem, as Edwards suggests, that the bud is
the developement of a germ or germinating cellule laterally through
the sides of an animal, instead of its maturing within and escaping
through the mouth. This indeed should be inferred from the nature
of germination. The general result is the same, whether a cellule
developes an ovule, or a bud ; for it is an animal with like powers and

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 59

structure in the two cases. The germinating power required is,
therefore, similar, and might be expected to belong to the same
reproductive organs. It hence appears, that while the margins of
the ovarian lamellae develope ovules, the inner portions often develope
buds. Milne Edwards farther states, that the side of a visceral
cavity which gives out buds, does not produce ovules within. The
formation and growth of the bud absorbs, for the time, the general
reproductive powers of that part of the parent-polyp.

The disk-buds, like the lateral, probably proceed from one of the
same lamellae, and they differ from the latter principally in the posi-
tion of the budding-point, which is immediately below the disk,
instead of from an inferior lateral origin.

2. INFLUENCE OF THE POSITION AND CHARACTER OF THE BUDS, AND
MODE OF GROWTH, ON THE RESULTING FORMS OF ZOOPHYTES. In the
exposition of this interesting subject, it is important in the first place
that some idea be given of the various forms which zoophytes assume.
We shall next consider how far modes of growth influence these forms,
and then to what extent they depend upon the additional function of
gemmation, and proceed from the positions, character, or periodicity
of buds.

A. FORMS OF ACTINOID ZOOPHYTES.

55. Many of the various shapes which these zoophytes assume,
are familiarly known. Madrepore shrubs and trees, and the sea-fan
and other Gorgonioe, from the West and East Indies, are common
in collections. The hemispheres of brain-coral (Meandrina), and
also of star-coral (Astrssa), are often met with. It is very generally
supposed, that these are by far the most frequent, if not the only
shapes presented ; but, on the contrary, the varieties are extremely
numerous, as we have already intimated. Some species grow up in
the form of large leaves rolled around one another like an open cab-
bage, and cabbage-coral would be no inapt designation for such
species. Another foliated kind consists of leaves more crisped and
of more delicate texture, irregularly clustered; — lettuce-coral would
be a significant name. Each leaf has a surface covered with polyp-
flowers, and was formed by the growth and secretion of these polyps.
Clustered leaves of the acanthus and oak, are at once called to mind
by other species ; a sprouting asparagus-bed by others. The mush-
room is here imitated in very many of its fantastic shapes, and other
fungi, with mosses and lichens, add to the variety.

The vases of flowers, to which allusion is made on a preceding

60 ZOOPHYTES.

page, are common about the reefs of the Pacific. They stand on a
cylindrical base, which is enveloped in flowers when alive, and
consist of a network of branches and branchlets, spreading grace-
fully from a centre, covered above with crowded sprigs of tinted
polyps. The vases in the collections of the Expedition, at Washing-
ton, will bear out this description, although but the lifeless coral.

The domes of Astrseas are of perfect symmetry, and often grow to
a diameter of ten or twelve feet without a blemish. The ruder
hillocks of Porites are sometimes twenty feet across. Besides these,
we might describe columns, Hercules' clubs, and various strange
shapes which are like nothing but themselves.

56. Each one of these compound zoophytes commenced from a
single polyp ; bud followed bud, and so the germ grew up into the
coral tree or dome. Calculating the number of polyps that are
united in a single Astrsea dome, twelve feet in diameter, — each cover-
ing a square half inch, — we find it exceeding one hundred thousand ;
and in a Porites, of the same dimensions, in which the animals are
under a line in breadth, the number exceeds five and a half millions;
there are here, consequently, five and a half millions of mouths and
stomachs to a single zoophyte, contributing together to the growth of
the mass, by eating, and growing, and budding, and connected with
one another by their lateral tissues and an imperfect cellular or lacunal
communication. There is hence every variety, as to number, among
compound zoophytes, down to the simple polyp, which never buds at
all, and has, for its corallum, a simple calicle ; — it may be a tiny
goblet, with a stellate cell, as in the Cyathina — a cylindrical cup, as
in some Dendrophyllias — or a radiated disk, as in the Fungias and
Cyclolites.

57. To give a more complete survey of the subject, the following
varieties of form are here enumerated.

1. A simple cylindrical or turbinate calicle : Cyathinae, some Caryo-
phylliBe and Cyathophylla.

2. A simple radiated disk : Fungi*, Cyclolites.

3. A conical cap, or inverted basin or cup : Polyphylliae, Zoopili,
Halomitra, some Fungise.

4. An upright basin or cup on a short pedicel : some Pavoniae and
Manoporse.

5. Solid hemispherical domes : many Astrsese and Meandrinae.
These are sometimes nearly or quite globular. In some Cyatho-
phyllidae, these masses consist of separable columns.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 61

6. Rude hillocks, gibbous or nodular masses : many Porites, Alveo-
porse, and some Astrsese, Meandrinse, Gemmiporse, and Manoporse.

7. Plates incrusting dead corals, in some species, sending up rude
branchings : many Manoporse, Milleporse, Agaricise.

8. Simple and branched columns and club-shaped masses : many
Porites, Goniopora?. '

9. Clustered leaves or folia, which may be erect, as in some Mille-
porse, Pavonise, and Echinoporae; or, spreading from a base, and
rolled round one another, as in certain Gemmiporse, Manopores, Echi-
noporee ; or, clustered into convex or hemispherical clumps by up-
ward and horizontal growth from a centre, as in many Merulinse,
Pavoniae, Tridacophylliae.

10. Clumps of clustered branches from a common base ; a mode of
growth described as cespitose, and often producing very regular hemi-
spherical zoophytes, as in many Mussse, Euphyllise, Caulastrseae, Caryo-
phyllise, Porites, and Madreporee. In many species of the last two
genera, the branches often grow together by coalescence.

11. A horizontal network of branches spreading outward and bear-
ing erect branchlets : many Madrepores.

12. A horizontal plate produced by a complete coalescence of hori-
zontal branches, and bearing above short finger-like branchlets : many
Madrepores.

13. The spreading tree, a mode of growth styled arborescent:
many Madreporse, Dendrophylliae, Gorgonidse, and Antipathes.

14. The slender twig, either clustered or simple, straight or twisted :
many Gorgonidse and Antipathes.

15. Fan-shape, or with the branches spreading in a single plane, a
form styled flabellate : many Gorgonise.

16. Reticulate; produced by a coalescence of branches and branch-
lets into a kind of network : some fan-shaped Gorgoniae and the Aulo-
porse ; also, less perfectly in some horizontally-growing Madrepores.

17. Pinnate, where the branchlets proceed regularly from opposite
sides of the branches : some Gorgonidaa and Antipathes.

18. Clumps of clustered parallel tubes, united or not at intervals
by transverse plates or processes : Tubiporse, Cornularise, Syringo-
porse.

19. Similar to the last, but the tubes embedded below in a loose
calcareous mass : Anthophylla.

These varieties of form are illustrated in the accompanying Atlas.

62 ZOOPHYTES.

B. MODES OF GROWTH.

58. There are several ways in which the mode of growth affects
the forms of zoophytes, depending on the two following considera-
tions : — 1. The mode of connexion between the bud and parent ;
2. The mode of growth of the parent and its budding polyps.

a. 59. The union between the bud and the parent may be simply
basal : the young starts out from the sides of the parent and forms
finally a prominent branch. Such is the case with the species here

Fig. 24.
Fig. 23.

Anthophyllura cespitosum.

Caryophyllia arbuscula.

figured. In figure 24, the branches thus formed are all distinct ; but
in figure 23, representing an Anthophyllum, the polyps are united
below in a common base, which gradually increases, as the whole
grows upward, and surrounds the lower part of the cells.

60. In other instances, the bud and parent have a lateral connexion
nearly or quite to their summits, as is illustrated in the Astraas,
Porites, and the massive corals generally. When this connexion
extends to the very summit, the polyps appear embedded throughout :
but otherwise they are more or less prominent above the general sur-
face ; and when the prominent part of a polyp secretes lime, the
corallum is covered with calides, as in the Madreporse, Dendro-
phyllise, Oculinae, Gemmiporse, and some Astrseae.* But if no cal-
careous secretions take place in this part, as in the Porites and
Gonioporse ($ 46), the cells are immersed, as in the case of immersed
polyps. The Goniopora, and many Porites, when alive and expanded,
have the polyps standing prominent over the whole surface of the

* See the figures 27, 28, 29, 31, and 34, as well as those of these genera in the Atlas.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 63

zoophyte, arising- from the fact that the coral secretions take place
only from the lower parts of the polyps.

It is hence apparent, that by this single difference in growth, the
same mode of budding may produce either massive forms — globular
or ramose — or a branched zoophyte, in which each branchlet is the
growth of a separate polyp. The former mode of growth produces
what may be styled aggregate zoophytes, as is exemplified in figure 23,
and in the various genera just referred to. The latter gives rise to
segregate zoophytes, the polyps being separate from one another,
excepting a basal connexion. The coralla, in the latter case, may be
described as calicularly branched. This subject will be farther illus-
trated when treating of the modes of budding.

b. 61. Germ-polyps differ essentially in their mode of increase, — a
process intimately connected with that of budding. The adult ani-
mal, commencing a zoophyte, sometimes seems to raise itself on the
coral it secretes, and, although but a fraction of an inch in height
itself, gives rise to stems many times its own length. This is the case
with the species represented in figure 24, in which only the tips of
the branches, for a line or less, are alive. The part below dies as
growth proceeds above, and so growth and death go on at equal pace till
the small polyp is finally supported upon a long pedicel of dead coral.
This is styled an acrogenous* mode of increase. In the example
referred to, and many others among coral zoophytes, there is no con-
nexion whatever between the several polyps of the group, except for
a short time after a bud first starts, the process of growth causing
after awhile a complete separation between each bud and its parent.

Other species are incapable of this indefinite upward growth ;
and these consequently scarcely exceed their adult size in height,
above the point from which they start into existence. Yet many
of these give origin to large zoophytes. Instead of increasing upward,
they extend themselves laterally, or widen by growth and budding.
This result may be connected both with lateral and terminal budding,
as shown in figures 27 and 33.

62. The singular process of dying below, while upward increase
goes on, is illustrated by nearly the whole class of coral zoophytes,
and may receive here some farther illustration.

An Astrsea dome, twelve feet in diameter, although solid coral
through its interior, is alive for only half or three-fourths of an inch

* From axpov, top, and yewau, to increase.

64 ZOOPHYTES.

from the surface; so that the live portion, could it be separated,
would form a thin hollow hemisphere. The depth to which life
extends, may, in general, be estimated from the diameter of one of
the polyps ; for in the Actiniae, as well as the Astrseas and Caryo-
phyllise, the depth (or height) often exceeds but little the diameter,
and very seldom, in any species, three diameters.

Even the branching Madrepores are usually lifeless along the axis
of the branches ; and in the Porites, whether forming a branch half
an inch in diameter, or a glomerate mass of twenty feet, the polyps
do not extend within, beyond two lines. The interior is dead coral,
the former animal tissues of which have dried up.

The branching or columnar coral zoophytes are not only dead
along the axis, but they become throughout dead at bottom, after
attaining a certain height. The addition of an inch at apex is death
to an inch below. Some Goniopores, which grow in columns, two
feet or more in height, have a head of live polyps — a capital to the
column — of only two or three inches.

Upon this principle of growing and dying, depends the vast power
and geological influence of the coral polyp. But a few lines in
height themselves, they would otherwise be limited in their coral-
making to as many inches at the most, and what is now styled the
coral-garden, would be but a bed of mosses or incrusting lichens.
Like the sphagnous moss of a peat-swamp, coral zoophytes continue
growing at top, with none the less luxuriance, though supported on
several feet of lifeless trunk. Death follows on " sequo pulsat pede"
up the stem of a zoophyte " regumque turres."

The nature of this dying process seems to be simply this : that
circulation loses its activity below, as growth proceeds above, and,
consequently, the parts dry up in the pores of the corallum. In the
Astrseas, this takes place continuously, at the same rate as increase
above, and produces a gradual change of the animal. In some Cya-
thophyllidse, the same process goes on interruptedly, as explained
by Ehrenberg The tissues of the polyp disappear at intervals from
the sides, leaving a row of unoccupied cellules ; and the animal
afterwards goes on to increase from its contracted size, without refill-
ing the cellules, which are, therefore, left vacant, though usually
closed above at the time of the retraction. Thus the surface of the
zoophyte becomes covered with encircling ridges, and the corallum
appears to consist of a series of inverted cones inserted one in the
other. There is a gradual transition from species, in which these

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 65

interrupting ridges are prominent and large, to others, where the
surface is smooth. Some traces of them are seen in the recent Mussse
and Euphyllise.*

The transverse dissepiments secreted across the cells of the Pocil-
loporse, Favosites, and many Cyathophyllidae ($ 46), appear to be
connected, as suggested by Ehrenberg, with this process of dying or
removal below. The base of the polyp, or, at least, the central part
of it, is withdrawn at intervals, and after each withdrawal, a new plate
is secreted by the base of the animal.

It is obvious from the preceding, that the polyp, which is the germ
of a compound zoophyte, loses its identity, and cannot be said, in any
proper sense, to have the long life which is attributed to the full-
grown zoophyte itself; or else, we might have, among the huge
Astrseas of the Red Sea, polyps that were cotemporaries with the
builders of the pyramids.

C. COALESCENCE OF BRANCHES.

63. The forms of zoophytes are farther modified by the frequent
coalescence or growing together of branches. A clump is sometimes
so united in this way, that only the branchlets at the extremities
are entirely free ; and occasionally a branching corallum finally be-
comes nearly solid, a few holes intersecting or riddling the mass,
being the only indications within that it was a ramose species.
When the species ramifies in a plane, the coalescing branchlets some-
times produce a complete network, as in the sea-fan (Gorgonia
flabellum) of the West Indies. The vase Madrepores are other
examples of the same. This coalescence is so complete in some of
the horizontally growing Madrepores (M. palmata and flabellum),
that they form broad solid plates or folia, with perhaps an inch or so
of the coalesced branches, free at the margin of the plate.

In foliaceous zoophytes, the same coalescence may take place. In
certain species, the folia curve around until the edges meet and
grow together, and produce a chimney or tubular form, as in the
Echinopora reflexa. Again, a plate folds upon itself, and the parts
unite, back to back, so that a species, which usually has polyps only
on one surface, — unifacial, — may change its character and resemble
bifacial species, in which polyps open on both sides.

A broken piece of live coral, placed against another of the same
species, will soon grow to it and continue its existence as if unin-

* See plate 6, figure 3b.
17

ZOOPHYTES.

jured. Or, if fixed upon a piece of dead coral-rock, where it will not
be disturbed, it attaches itself, in a short time, at base, to the rock,
and becomes the germ of a future clump or tree.

D. ON THE MODES OF BUDDING AND THEIR CONNEXION WITH THE
MODES OF GROWTH.

64. In the preceding pages it has been explained, that budding-
polyps may have either an acrogenous or a prolate mode of increase,
or that the two modes may be combined; arid also that buds may be
either lateral or terminal — in other words, inferior or superior ; — and,
farther, that the new polyps may be united to the parent at base only,
or segregately ; or they may be united by their lateral tissues also, —
that is, aggregately.

The distinction of inferior and superior buds, is of fundamental im-
portance, and may receive separate consideration. The latter charac-
terize the Astrsea tribe of zoophytes, and the former, all other species.
I. INFERIOR OR LATERAL BUDDING.

1. Lateral budding, without acrogenous growth, in the polyps.

65. When the bud proceeds from the base of the polyp, and in
lines, the form represented in the following figures* may result. In
the Aulopora, of which figure 25 represents the corallum of a recent

Fig. 25.

Fig. 26.

Zoanthus Ellisii.

Aulopora filiformis.

species, the polyp sends out a root-like tubular fibre from its base,
which, after creeping along over the supporting rock to a certain
distance, sends up a bud, — a young polyp, — which becomes, after

* See tab. 1, figures 1 and 2, of the Natural History of Zoophytes, by Ellis and
Solander, from which the above figure of the Zoanthus Ellisii is taken.

The Aulopora encrusts dead coral. The corallum is a delicate red tube, with small
round cells at intervals, from which the polyps expanded themselves when alive.

ORDER ACTINOIDEA.

awhile, an adult, and continues the mode of propagation, until lines
of polyps are formed ; and these coalesce at intervals, and form a
network. The creeping-shoot, in many species, continues growing
indefinitely, and sending up buds at intervals, as in fig. 26.

It is plain, that if the buds passing out from the different sides of
the base of each polyp should all coalesce by lateral extension, we
should have an incrusting plate instead of a simple thread network.
And, moreover, when these animals coalesce also by their sides above,
as often takes place, the plate would have a thickness equal to the
height of a polyp. These different varieties are all well illustrated
among the Zoanthidse, and the last is exemplified in the Palythoa,
described in $ 30.

66. The same process is also illustrated in the following figure of a
Gemmipora, in which the budding is lateral from near the base of
the polyps. The buds open at the margin of the growing plate, and
each young animal may be traced within to the preceding, as is
indicated by the lines of the cells on the broken edge forming the

Fig. 27.

front of the figure. Other instances are found in the genus Mano-
pora. Such forms have been called explanate or foliaceous.

67. Very different forms result when the buds
are not confined to a single side of the parent, as
in the Gemmipora, just described. In the Ocu-
linse, they pass out obliquely from different sides;
each one gives out a bud, and that another, and so
on successively, somewhat like the budding of the
Sertularidse (§ 16); and the zoophyte, proceeding
from the process, is an erect or ascending stem, as
in the annexed figures of the coralla of two species
of this genus. Each bud is for a time at the apex,
but it gradually becomes lateral and then gives off
another bud from its upper side. Thus bud follows bud, and the
stem slowly lengthens. In these corals there is often a distinct spiral

Oculina.

68 ZOOPHYTES.

arrangement of the polyps around the branch, especially apparent at
the apex. The spire, in some species, goes around by the right, and,
in others, by the left ; and a single circuit of the spire appears to
contain five polyps, though with some irregularity. In figure 31,
this mode of arrangement is seen in an end view of a branch enlarged.
The calicles are numbered, to show their relative positions, com-
mencing with the apical as number 1. At the same time that the
figures exhibit the spiral order, they also indicate the fact stated, that
there is some irregularity in this arrangement.

2. Lateral budding, with acrogenous growth, in the polyps.

68. When polyps have the upward mode of growth, different forms
result, according as the budding power is general throughout the zoo-
phyte, or belongs only to a limited number of polyps, — the older
individuals losing the power by age.

69. Unlimited symmetrical budding. If each polyp, as soon as pro-
duced, buds like the parent, and retains this power indefinitely, or
without limit, the zoophyte will necessarily take on globular or
hemispherical forms ; for increase, in such a case, takes place equally
in every direction. There are certain species among the massive
Porites, in which these forms thus result. Yet, owing to a slight
irregularity, or the more rapid developement of buds in some parts
than others, these zoophytes have generally a form irregularly glome-
rate, rather than symmetrically globular.

Globular or hemispherical forms are produced in the same manner
among the segregate, as the massive or aggregate zoophytes. The
Columnaria3 are examples of species consisting of adnate prisms. In
the Tubi pores, the polyps form, by their secretions, parallel tubes,
which, as they grow and give out buds from their sides, necessarily
diverge a little, and a convex or hemispherical form is the result.
The tubes are united at intervals by transverse plates, which are
formed at the budding process, as is apparent from the fact that the
buds proceed from these plates; and the internal cavity may be
traced into them, though very much reduced in size. The process of
budding is similar to that of the Aulopora, except that the polyps
have an acrogenous growth, and bud periodically as they grow up-
ward ; and, moreover, the buds, at the time they are given out,
coalesce laterally into a plate, like the Xeniee, instead of forming a
network : after this coalescence, they lengthen upward between the
other polyps, and thus add new tubes to this " organ-pipe" coral-
zoophyte.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 69

The Caryophyllise* afford still other examples of segregate zoo-
phytes, with convex forms, arising from the budding function being
received equally and retained indefinitely by each polyp. The mul-
tiplication of lateral buds causes the ascending stems to diverge,
and the clump becomes rounded above. Yet the outer portions of the
clump, owing perhaps to their receiving first the waters around, often
extend a little the most rapidly, and the form becomes thus flattened
convex, rather than regularly hemispherical. The spaces between
the branches are quite uniform in the same species, as well as the
length of interval between successive buds from the same branch.

70. A budding cluster. But when with an acrogenous mode of
growth, the polyps, after a certain age, lose the function of budding,
the zoophyte, commencing as a small hemisphere, lengthens upward
into a cylinder, whose diameter is determined by the breadth of the
budding duster. This cluster constitutes the extremity of the stem
or branch, and, as it is constantly forming new buds, the older polyps
of the cluster, at the same rate, are turned out, and joined to the
lateral non-budding polyps of the branch. By this process, the branch
continues to elongate. The Porites, Sideroporse, and Pocilloporse,
afford examples.

Stems produced from a budding cluster have generally rounded or
flattened summits. Exceptions to this are found in some Seriato-
porse. In these species, the budding cluster is quite small, contain-
ing but six or eight polyps ; the three or four alternate push out buds
nearly simultaneously at the very apex, and then the others, another
set beyond these, each set constituting successively the apex, which
is consequently pointed. In some Gorgoniae, also, in which the
budding cluster is very small, the stems are pointed.

71. Budding from an apical or parent-polyp. Instead of a budding
cluster, the Madrepores and Dendrophyllia? have a single budding or
parent-polyp at the apex of each branch, from the sides .of which the
lateral buds are given out.

This is shown in the following figure of a Dendrophyllia. The
terminal polyp is the parent from which all the polyps of the branch
have proceeded.

Each branch of a Madrepora, in the same manner, has its parent-
polyp. In these genera, the branches have a conical or tapering
extremity, while in those which grow and bud from a cluster,

* The Cladocorse of Ehrenberg.
18

ZOOPHYTES.

the branches have no one polyp at apex more prominent than the
others. In the Madrepores, a spiral arrangement of the polyps may

sometimes be distinguished, resulting from some
regularity in the developement of buds, in turn,
from the different sides of a parent-polyp.

72. A periodicity in the budding process is
well illustrated in the jointed corals of the Gor-
gonia family. The Melitseas form foot and
tissue secretions, like the true Gorgonise ; but,
instead of having the former as an axis, within
the others, the two appear to constitute alter-
nating joints. This may be accounted for by
supposing the budding to be periodical at the
apex of the branch, the new buds adding to the
extremity, first, their foot-secretions, and then
their tissue-secretions.

73. It is obvious that the form and position of
the growing stems must also depend on the sym-
metrical or unsymmetrical production of buds.
The stem will be cylindrical when the buds are
equal and open alike in every direction. If they
form only in two opposite directions, in a single
series, we have a zoophyte with two-edged

branches, as in some Pterogorgise.* Or if the buds opening in two
directions spread sidewise, instead of forming a simple vertical series,
the zoophyte produced is an erect plate, with polyps opening on the
opposite surfaces, as in some Milleporse.

When the budding is unsymmetrical, the zoophytes formed are
oblique or horizontal. The buds, having an oblique tendency, may
pass off at a different angle on opposite sides, or elongate more rapidly
on one side than the other, or they may be confined to one side alone.

Cylindrical stems, in consequence of this oblique or unsymmetrical
mode of budding, become horizontal, as in many Madrepores ; the
buds open equally in every direction, but elongate most rapidly on
one side of the branch in a horizontal direction. By this mode of
increase, the vase Madrepores are produced,! some of which are several
feet in diameter.

A few remarks may be added upon the mode of branching in these

The Gorgonia anceps and other species with seriate polyps. f See plates 32 and 33.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 71

corals, before we proceed to consider the peculiarities of growth con-
nected with terminal budding.

74. There are two modes of branching : — 1. By a simple furcation
of the extremity of a branch ; and, 2. By the sprouting of a branch
from the side of a stem or branch.

a. Branching by1 furcation. Furcation of the summits occurs in
species which grow by means of a parent-cluster of polyps. It gene-
rally proceeds from the accumulation of buds, and the consequent
enlargement of the extremity. The budding of polyps in the midst
of a budding cluster causes a slight divergence between them, in-
asmuch as the budding goes on more rapidly than the elongation of
the branch. The extremity consequently enlarges a little, arid,
beginning in this way to exceed the normal breadth of the budding-
cluster, furcation commences. The central polyps at the apex lose
their budding powers after attaining a certain age, and, as the cluster
is thus divided, each part goes on lengthening independently. This
effect may be due to the fact that the zoophyte is able to sustain
only a budding cluster of a certain size; a variation in the amount
of nutriment or other causes affecting the vitality of a species,
appear, however, to vary this size, and many irregularities in the
same specimen may be traced apparently to this cause (H 84, 85).
It is not possible generally to detect a periodicity in the deve-
lopement of buds causing the furcation. Yet it is apparent in
some instances in which the stem retains its cylindrical form for a
considerable length, and then rather abruptly enlarges and subdi-
vides. In all instances, there is much uniformity in the frequency of
furcation, or the length of a branch before the process begins. The
forms resulting from this mode of branching are crowded cespitose
clumps, and have rarely the arborescent shapes, common where
branching takes place by lateral shoots.

When the polyps of a parent-cluster rapidly elongate, the cluster
does not enlarge at apex, and such species, therefore, cannot branch
by furcation. The Gorgonise afford illustrations of this.

Other examples of furcation are connected with terminal budding.

b. Branching by lateral shoots. In species which branch by lateral
shoots, the process of branching depends generally upon the capa-
bility of certain polyps, below the summit, to become, after a
certain time, budding polyps. The growing stem of a Madre-
pore would retain unchanged its simple cylindrical form, were it not
possible that some of the polyps below should develops gemmating

ZOOPHYTES.

Fig. 32.

functions. This actually takes place. A polyp from those of the
lateral surface commences to enlarge, and then to bud and lengthen,
till finally a branch is formed, the new budding polyp being the
parent-polyp of the branch.

c. This change occurs at certain intervals upon the branch, though

with considerable irregu-
larity, depending on expo-
sure, position, food, and
other circumstances. The
uniformity is, however, so
general that a particular
mode of branching is cha-
racteristic of each species,
and is readily distinguished.
In some Madrepores, the
branches are distant and
long, and often between the
| large branches, are others,
short and rudimentary, at
nearly regular intervals.
The gemmating powers of
the apical polyp in these
smaller branchlets are soon
exhausted, and only at con-
siderable distances can one
of them continue to bud
and become one of the
larger branches. The late-
ral polyps sometimes as-
sume budding functions
very early, and then the
branchlets are numerous,
and crowded.

d. In certain species, the
gemmating polyps are de-
veloped only on a particu-
lar side of a branch. In
the horizontally growing
Madrepores,* the new budding polyps on the main branches are con-

* See plates 32, 33, and 34.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 73

fined to the side which faces obliquely outward and downward ; and
it is by this means that the horizontal growth is carried on.

e. Again, the budding polyps are sometimes confined to two oppo-
site sides of a branch, and pinnate forms result — that is, branches,
with two opposite rows of branchlets, as shown in figure 32, repre-
senting part of a branch of the Gorgonia setosa. In this species,
there are one or two rows of minute polyps on one side of a branch,
and one on the other ; the branch elongates by a succession of buds,
the new buds opening at the very apex. Branchlets — or pinnules,
as they are called — bud from both sides, and from either of the
rows, on the side which has two, but from only one at a time.
There is usually an interval of five or six polyps on each side be-
tween the pinnules, and owing to this they are mostly about one-third
of an inch apart. The buds are sometimes alternately from the two
rows, but often continue in one for some distance, and then change to
the other, or alternate again. Owing to this want of perfect uni-
formity, and sometimes a spiral twist in the stem, the pinnules are
somewhat irregular, or a little zigzag in position. The pinnules
elongate by apical budding to a certain length, without any increase
in diameter ; but they sometimes give out lateral pinnules below, and
thus commence to become branches. In the change of a pinnule to
a branch, one or two from among the lower polyps begin to bud : the
growing pinnule goes on elongating, and shortly, on the other side of
the same, another polyp, or pair of polyps, buds, and originates a second
branchlet; and then, when lengthened at apex a little farther, another
starts on the opposite side, each new budding-point being at a nearly
uniform distance from the apex. In this manner, the lengthening
pinnule becomes a pinnate branch.

f. The positions of branches, as well as their size, are strikingly
alike in diiferent specimens of the same species. The angle which
the polyps make with the axis of the stem, is the angle with which
the new branch begins. This angle varies little in the same species ;
it is sometimes quite small, and the branchlets are then nearly erect
and crowded together ; but sixty degrees is the more common angle,
and in some instances it is ninety degrees, or the branch is even
reversed a little. The branches, when spreading, usually curve
upward as they elongate themselves, and sometimes become vertical,
an effect which appears to proceed in part from the influence of light;
that is, the propensity of the polyp to grow upward towards the light.
The horizontal Madrepores (plates 32, 33) follow the same principle,

74 ZOOPHYTES.

and every new branchlet, though at first nearly horizontal, soon be-
comes erect. The Madrepora prostrata, plate 33, figure 1, is a good
example of this process, as well as the other corals of the same plate,
and all the vase Madrepores. Were it not that the new budding-polyps
were developed on the outer side of the branches, the zoophyte would
at once lose its horizontal position. The branchlets in these species,
after becoming erect, are symmetrical in their mode of growth. The
formation of parent-polyps, on the outer side of the main branches, is
favoured by the more perfect exposure to the fresh ocean waters than
is enjoyed in any other part of the zoophyte.

This mode of branching produces generally arborescent forms, and
is mostly confined to species budding from a parent-polyp. Yet the
Gorgonise, Seriatoporse, and Porites, afford examples of the same
result, from parent-clusters. The wart-like prominences over the
surface of a Pocillopora, may be produced by an analogous process.
As the budding-cluster of the apex enlarges by growth, and the older
polyps join those of the lateral surface, small clusters of two or
three in each, at nearly regular intervals, retain the budding power,
until these prominences have a certain length, usually not exceeding
two lines.

Budding of a branch.

75. Besides the budding of a single polyp, there are some species
which form a group at a single budding process. This fact is pointed
out by Milne Edwards, in his description of an Alcyonium.* A knob
or protuberance swells out from the surface, which, on dissection, is
found to be penetrated by tubes branching and subdividing towards
the surface, and all proceeding from a common trunk, or a collection
of trunks, which branch from one or more, as the case may be, of the
old polyps. The young polyps were distinguishable at the extremi-
ties of the tubes before they made their appearance externally ; and
finally a cluster of animals was developed, and a new branch added
to the zoophyte. This process appears to be confined to this division
of the Actinoidea.

II. SUPERIOR OR TERMINAL BUDDING.

76. While in lateral budding, increase, in the prolate growth of a
zoophyte, takes place from the extension of the lower part of the
polyps, in terminal budding it proceeds from the extension of the
summits. This process of widening in the budding-polyps may be
confined to the parts exterior to the disk and visceral cavity below, or

* Ann. des Sci. Nat., 2d Ser., iv. (1835.)

ORDER ACTINOIDEA.

the disk and cavity may continuously enlarge ; in the latter case, the
buds open in the disks, the process of budding being the cause of
their enlargement.

b. The following figure of a foliaceous Echinopora illustrates the
process where the growth is a simple marginal prolongation not ex-
tending to the disks.

Fig. 33.

Echinopora.

By the prolate mode of growth, the polyps gradually extend out-
ward, and new buds open, from time to time, a short distance from
the edge, and have no connexion at base with the preceding polyps.
The corals of these species have the upper surface striated, indicating
the presence of visceral lamellae within the extending part, from
which buds may proceed. The contrast between this and the Gem-
mipora (\ 66), in each of the above particulars, is made apparent by
a simple comparison of the figures; for in the latter, the buds, besides
opening at the very margin, may be traced within to a preceding
polyp, from which each is a lateral shoot : and, moreover, the surface
is -not striated.

c. The above Echinopora, and other foliaceous corals among the
Astraeidse, are examples of prolate growth without the acrogenous.
But the massive Astrasas are produced by the united action of these
two modes of growth, and their hemispherical

forms result from the perfect regularity and
symmetry in the process of budding.

d. Several species of Astrseas afford examples
of the mode of gemmation, illustrated in the
Echinopora, among which is the Astraea argus.
While the margin of the hemisphere is extend-
ing by the multiplication of buds, precisely
similar to that above, the whole surface is also gra-
dually enlarging by a widening of the intervals Astrea arsus-
between the polyp-disks. But this widening is kept within limits by
the appearance of new buds in these intervals when they begin to exceed

Fig. 34.

76 ZOOPHYTES.

a certain breadth. In the annexed figure, a small cell between four
polyps belonged to a young polyp, which was one of these new buds.
The young continue enlarging, till the adult size is attained, and then
the intervals going on to increase, other buds open. The elevated
lines, which striate radiately the spaces between the cells or stars,
indicate what we have before stated, that the visceral lamellae are
prolonged beyond the visceral cavity, through the interstitial spaces
between adjoining polyps ; and it is possible that the new bud pro-
ceeds from one of these lamellae, though appearing at the middle of
the interstitial space.

77. When the prolate growth is attended by a widening of the
disks, the buds, as stated, open in the widening disk. In the Mean-
drine zoophytes (plate 8, fig. 1, and plate 14), bud follows bud, and
the widening continues, until the disk, instead of being circular, as in
the Astrcea argus, or in the germ-polyp with which the Meandrina
commenced, has at last a long linear form, often very flexuous, and
contains a large number of polyp mouths; and, beneath, as many
polyp stomachs, all communicating apparently with the same vis-
ceral cavity, or connected with one another by a system of large
interlamellar spaces. In the Merulinse, we have foliaceous corals
illustrating well this mode of growth ; and they are the analogues, in
this division of the AstrseidiB, of the Echinopores, among the pre-
ceding. The lines of polyp mouths continue extending outward,
separated by narrow lamellate ridges, and the new buds open near
the margin of the folium, on the surface of the extending disks
(plate 15).

b. The length of these meandering disks, and their flexuous furca-
tions, seem sometimes to be indefinite. Yet in other species they
have their limits. After elongating for a while, a ridge forms across,
and a subdivision is produced. The proper Astrseas, with prolate
disks, differ from the Meandrinas in this subdivision taking place
after the opening of each new mouth in the disk, in consequence of
which, the form may become a little oblong, but is soon restored to
a circular shape again. This is illustrated in the following figures,
which show the progress of external changes.

The simple disk becomes oblong (fig. 36), and a new mouth opens. A
subdivision commences (fig. 37) as growth goes on, and finally the
disk entirely subdivides (fig. 38), and each part is surrounded by its own
circle of tentacles. This division appears to commence whenever the
number of lamella} — which is constantly increasing — has reached the

UJflTE ?7

ORDER ACTINOIDEA.

limits that belongs to the adult animals. In the corallum, it may
be seen to begin by the union of two opposite calcareous lamellae,
and the gradual formation of other lamellfe, each side of the united
pair, in completion of the circle in each cell.

Fig. 35.

Fig. 36.

Fig. 37.

Fig. 38.

This process resembles somewhat the spontaneous fission of the
monad, and is compared to it by Ehrenberg. From the illustrations
given, it appears to be altogether analogous to budding exterior
to the disks, and differs only in the position of the point from
which budding commences. This subdivision, though sometimes
apparently central, yet often separates only a small portion of the
parent; and, instead of being a fission of an individual, it results by
a slow divergent growth of the parent and bud. In the Meandrinae,
Merulinse, and others, the disk-buds open successively in long series,
without any proper subdivision of the polyps. Moreover, the Astrsea
stellulata, A. stelligera, and A. intersepta, bud exterior to the disks, and
sometimes also within the disks. The Merulinse occasionally exhibit
a few cells very similar to those of the Echinopora, thus bringing
together these two divisions in the Astraa family.

c. In the Monticulariae, the elongating lines of disks are united by
cross-lines, so that the whole surface appears like a single reticulate
disk, with numerous polyp-mouths distributed over it, and having
small scattered conical prominences, around which the tentacles are
clustered. These species are thus closely related to the Meandrinse,
and the prominences are the remains of the ridges (plate 13, fig. 13).

78. Relation of the Fungida, to the Astrceidce. In the Astrseidse, the
lamellse of the cells, which striate the interstices in massive species,
are generally interrupted half-way between adjoining cells, as in fig.
34 : in other words, each polyp has its limits distinctly marked in the
corallum. But in the Fungidse, which are closely allied species,
there are no cells, and the lamellse are continuous from centre to
centre. We are aided in understanding the relation of the two
families, by observing that in some Meandrine species, there are
along the bottom of the trench, one to three narrow lamellee, running

ZOOPHYTES.

Fig. 39.

uninterruptedly from one polyp-centre to another. If the polyp-disks,
therefore, should be coalescent in a plane in all directions, instead of
in simple meandering lines, there would be no proper interstices
between the polyps, and no cells, and the lamelte would be con-
tinuous in every direction, from one centre to another. It hence
appears, that the peculiarities of the Fungidse consist in the absence
of all interstices between the stars, and a uniform continuation of a
single compound disk-surface over the whole. The process of budding,
therefore, although seemingly like that of the Echinopora, is actually
identical with that of the Merulinae, in which buds open in the extend-
ing disks. The compound free Fungidse, the Agariciae, the Pavonse,
are equally good examples of the characters here explained. In the
Polyphyllise, the union of adjacent polyps is so close, that there is
not even a separate series of tentacles to each polyp-mouth, and this
character separates these species from the allied Herpetolithi.

79. Modes of branching. In species of Astraida3, which form cali-
cularly-branched coralla, the disks widen and subdivision takes place
as in the Astrsea above explained, except that the subdivision con-
tinues in progress until the two polyps are
distinct at base, and each forms a separate
branch. The annexed figure represents the
whole process. On one branch, two polyp-
mouths already exist in the enlarged disk,
and at the extremity of the other, furcation
has commenced ; the furcation seen below,
is an example of the subdivision completed.
The difference between separation by this
divergent growth, and the spontaneous fission
of a monad, is obvious. The MussaB, Eu-
phyllia3, Caulastra383, grow, and bud, and
branch, in this manner ; and the process goes
on so regularly that the zoophytes are usually
perfect hemispheres; the size of the branches,
their length before furcation, and the intervals
between them, being very uniform in the same
species.

This mode of branching by furcation is analogous in many respects
to that which proceeds from the growth of a budding-cluster.

b. Branches also form by a successive accumulation of buds, nearly
as in the OculinaB. The foliaceous species result from prolate growth,

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 79

new series of polyps developing successively near the margin : the
same foliaceous corals often form elongating processes or stems. One
or more polyps at a point in a folium begin to bud and grow prolately
upward; and bud follows bud, until the protuberance becomes a branch.
This may be seen in some foliaceous Merulinse,* and the ramose
species are other examples of the same.

c. These ramose species branch, either by furcation or by lateral
shoots. The latter process does not differ from that just described.
In the former, the polyps at apex commence simultaneously two or
more lines of buds, which lengthen out in the cumulate manner
elucidated. This same principle is illustrated in many Meandrine
corals. The lines of polyps, as above stated, result from a succes-
sion of buds in a single series. These lines frequently furcate or
give out lateral branches ; the polyp, at the extremity of a line, by
originating side-buds, each commencing a separate series, produces
thus the furcation. The margin of almost any Meandrina, or of the
folium of a Merulina, affords examples of this. The process is con-
nected with the increasing breadth of the margin, like the marginal
growth and budding of an Astrsea.

In the foliate corals, the folia are constantly subdividing or be-
coming lobed, on the principle explained in the latter part of § 74 a.f

80. Relation of the Astrceidce to the recent CaryophyUidce. The
distinction in the mode of budding, and the prominent peculiarities
of their coralla, as laid down (§ 48), seem to draw a wide line of
division between the Astrseidse and Caryophyllidse. Yet, as in other
departments of nature, there are in fact no such lines ; gradual transi-
tions, much to the annoyance of the systematist, link the whole
together. By observing the transitions, we may distinguish more
definitely where the distinctions actually lie. The Astrsas, which
commence this transition, instead of budding from near the centre of
the parent, or its summit disk, give out buds exterior to the same, as
in the A. argus. The polyps differ commonly from those of other
Astraas, in being more prominent above the general surface, and the
aggregated individuals are not coalescent so nearly to their summits.
The interstices are lamello-striate as before, though hardly as promi-
nently so. Following down the transition, we find certain species
(A. microphthalma and A. ocellina) in which the polyps stand their
diameter in height above the general surface. The union of the

* Plate 15, figure 1. f See the remarks under the genus Pavonia.

80 ZOOPHYTES.

polyps in these is much less near the summits than in the A. argus ;
and budding, therefore, from the extending margin, approaches infe-
rior budding in position and in character. Moreover, the stria3 of the
surface, which are prominent lamellae in the dichastic Astrseas (in
which the lateral union is most complete), become almost obsolete in
these species ; and they have, therefore, very nearly the characters of
the Oculinse among the Caryophyllidse. The Echinopores are other
examples of prominent polyps, and obsolescent striaB to the coralla.
The transition is thus so gradual that scarcely a line of demarcation
can be laid down : and, in the A. ocellina, although the buds open
near the extending margin on the upper surface, as in the Astrseas
and Echinopore, the cell has generally a porous connexion internally
with a preceding one.

Yet, in separating the A. argus and allied species from the Astraeas,
and placing them with the CaryophylliaB and Gemmiporae, as proposed
by Ehrenberg, we should overlook the prominent affinities of the ani-
mals themselves as well as of their coralla ; and even also the true
relations indicated by the mode of budding.

In view of the above, it appears that the Caryophyllidse ought to
have prominent polyps, which is almost invariably the case ; this is
shown by their prominent calicles, except in certain species (Astroites),
in which only the bases of the polyps secrete lime.

81. Among the CyathophyllidaB, there is exemplified a mode of
terminal budding, which should properly be classed with lateral
budding, as it is not connected with a prolate growth of the upper
part of the polyp, and the buds proceed actually from the lower part
of the animal, although opening upward. It is illustrated in the
following outline figures, made as long ago as 1749, by Fougt,*

Fig. 40. Fig. 41. Fig. 42.

Although old, they illustrate sufficiently well the mode of budding to
which we refer. In figure 40, each succeeding polyp seems to come
from the centre or mouth of the one below, the parent yielding its

* Linn. Amcen. Acad., i., tab. i.

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 81

existence at the developement of the young, which thus starts from it.
In figure 33, three polyps proceed together from the centre of the
parent ; and, in 34, the new polyps sprout just exterior to the centre.

Nothing in the history of corals seems more remarkable than this
strange mode of reproduction. Yet the fact, that the Tubularise and
some Sertularidee, drop their flowers, and renew them at intervals, as
explained in J 18, appears to be quite analogous. In these Cyathophyl-
lidse, the parent, at the budding period, appears to lose its tentacles
and disk, as in the Tubularise, which may disappear by the with-
drawal of nutriment, needed for the new developements in progress ;
life remains only about the centre, and from this part, the germ rises
and the young is produced, the parent surrendering its existence at the
birth of its successor, or soon afterward. In the second of the above
figures, three young proceed from the ashes of the parent, instead of one.
The third figure shows that many germs may exist and grow out from
different parts of the summit in the same course of changes. This
process is closely related to the interrupted mode of increase ex-
plained in t) 62.

82. From the preceding discussions, we perceive that glomerate,
foliaceous, and ramose forms may occur under each mode of budding
and growth. Yet glomerate zoophytes are most common among the
Astrseacea, and here alone they assume hemispherical or globular
shapes of perfect symmetry ; branching and foliaceous species are
few in number in this tribe, and are distinguished by having the
buds open a little below the apex, as well as by their lamello-striate
surface. The Madreporacea and Caryophyllacea present occasional
glomerate forms, usually of rude shape ; but generally they are ramose,
and often foliaceous. The branches are not lamello-striate, and the
buds open at the extreme apex or margin. The Alcyonaria may pro-
duce branching coralla through their foot-secretions, and occasional
segregate forms, like the Tubipores ; but none are yet known which
are properly massive.

Both massive, foliate, and ramose species often belong to the same
genus, and in some instances, as before stated, a coral is thin foliaceous
in one part, and glomerate in another, or covered with rudimentary
branches.

In conclusion, the principal distinctions, as to modes of growth
among zoophytes, are as follows :

1. Acrogenous, when polyps grow upward indefinitely, death taking
place at a corresponding rate below ; and the reverse, non-acrogenous.

82 ZOOPHYTES.

2. Aggregate, when the polyps of a compound zoophyte are united
to one another by their sides.

3. Segregate, when the buds are separate from the parent, except
at base, each forming a distinct shoot or branch.

Aggregate corals are covered with calicles when the polyps secrete
lime to their summits, but are united to one another laterally only by
the lower part of the body.

In aggregate zoophytes, without acrogenous growth in the polyps,
when (a) budding takes place in a single extending plane, more or less
oblique, explanate forms are produced, as in the Gemmipora and
Echinopora, the former by inferior, the latter by superior budding;

(b) when budding takes place upward, in an ascending cumulate
series, more or less cylindrical stems are formed, as in the Oculinae,
branching Echinopores, and also the branch-like processes on the
Merulinse.

In aggregate zoophytes, with acrogenous growth in the polyps, when

(c) budding is not limited to certain polyps, nor lost by age, glomerate
forms are produced, often regularly hemispherical or globular; — (d)
when the polyps, after a certain age, lose the function of budding, and
consequently this budding power is limited to a number of the younger
polyps, — a budding-cluster, — ascending stems are formed, as in the
cumulate process; — (e) when the function of budding is limited to a
particular polyp (parent-polyp), similar ascending stems are formed.

Branching takes place by furcation (f), through the gradual accu-
mulation of buds from a parent-cluster, which widens the cluster
beyond its normal limits; — or (<?), through a periodical developement
of buds in a parent-cluster at apex, widening in the same manner the
extremity, and, for the same reason, leading to a subdivision ; — or (h),
where there is no proper parent-cluster, as is exempliiied in the
cumulate process, by a periodical budding at apex, each bud giving
origin to a separate branch. The two last, are but varieties of the
same process, and the first is closely allied to the second.

Branching takes place by lateral shoots (z), when a polyp on the
side of a branch receives budding functions and becomes a parent-
polyp ; — or (k), when a cluster of polyps, on the side of a branch or
stem, become gemmating.

In segregate species, without acrogenous growth, when (I) the
buds proceed as shoots from the base of the polyps, the zoophyte
forms single lines of individuals, which, by coalescence, often become
reticulated, as in the Aulopora ;— or, with acrogenous growth (m),

ORDERACTINOIDEA. 83

the polyp forms an ascending stem, either cylindrical or turbinate.
Branching takes place (n] either by lateral shoots, as in the Caryo-
phyllise, or (o) by subdivision or furcation at apex, as in the Mussse,
Euphyllise, &c. ; and the coralla of these species are, in both in-
stances, styled caliculato-ramose. When (p) the branches are laterally
in contact, as in the Columnarise, or are united transversely at inter-
vals, as in the Tubipores, fasciculate forms result.

83. We thus perceive the principal steps by which corals take on
their specific forms, and see reason for the fact that these forms are con-
stant in the same species. The many varied shapes of zoophytes, — the
tree, the shrub, the clustered leaves, globes and hemispheres, clubs,
twigs, and coral network, — require for their explanation only the few
principles here adduced. The germ-polyp, growing upward and
budding as it grows, gives rise to the various branching and nodular
zoophytes, while by growth laterally, the explanate or oblique foliated
species originate. In the upward mode of growth, when all the
polyps bud equally, globes and hemispheres are produced ; but if the
gemmating power is retained only by the recent polyps, the zoophyte
lengthens into stems and cylinders. When, in this last process,
budding takes place symmetrically, the zoophyte is erect; if unsym-
metrical, it is oblique or horizontal ; and the zoophyte, when erect, is
cylindrical or a flattened plate, according as buds form alike on all
sides of a centre, or open in two opposite directions. In some acro-
genous species, there is a terminal polyp,— parent-polyp, — from which
the buds proceed; in others, a terminal cluster of polyps. The former,
ramify by lateral shoots, common polyps changing to parent-polyps,
and thus becoming the germs of branches, which take their direction
from the position of the budding-polyp ; the latter, branch generally
by furcation at summit, the size of the terminal cluster determining
the diameter of the branch, and indirectly occasioning the furcation.

In other species still, each polyp gives out its single polyp in suc-
cession, and the continued accumulation produces the rising stem,
which ramifies either by the processes just mentioned, or from buds
at apex, forming periodically and becoming the germs of branches.

There is much to surprise and interest us in tracing out the simple
causes of results so remarkable. The small polyp, incapable even of
extending its arms without a drop of water to inject them, is enabled,
by means of a simple secretion in its texture, in connexion with the
process of budding, to rise from the rock and spread wide its branches,
or erect, with solid masonry, the coral domes, in defiance of the waves

84 ZOOPHYTES.

that break over them. The microscopic germ of a Gorgonia developes
a polyp barely visible to the naked eye, which has the power of pro-
ducing a secretion from its base. The polyp buds, and finally the
growing shrub is covered with branches and branchlets, many a
mere thread in thickness, which stand and wave unhurt in the
agitated waters. The same secretions fix it to its support, and so
strongly, that even the rock comes away before the zoophyte will
break from its attachment. Tens of thousands of polyps cover the
branches, like so many flowers, spreading their tinted petals in the
genial sunshine, and quiet seas, but withdrawing when the clouds
betoken a storm.

" Excelsior" is the grave motto of the zoophyte. Ever upward,
they continue growing and elongating, although death is at work
below, with as rapid progress. A beautiful provision protects the
branching coral-tree — often the work of ages — from being destroyed
by the dissolving waters, when exposed, on the death and removal of
the polyps. Certain minute incrusting corals — the Bryozoa and Ser-
tularidae, together with Nullipores — make the surface their resting-
place, as soon as it is laid bare, and go on spreading and covering the
dead trunk, and so prevent the wearing action of the sea. The
Madrepore may thus continue to enlarge beyond its adult size; the
Caryophyllia may multiply almost endlessly its cylindrical branch-
ings, although the living animal but tips the extremities of each ; for
protection is given at once, when needed, and the polyps die, only to
leave the surface to other forms of life, more varied and no less strange.

Finally, the coral becomes subservient to a still higher purpose
than the support of polyps and nullipores. The debris, produced
by the waves over a reef, settles into the many crevices among the
dead trunks, and fills up the intervals, often large, between the scat-
tered coral-patches ; and, by this combined action of living growth
and detritus accumulations, a solid rocky basement is formed, and
kept in constant increase. In this way the coral-reef gradually nears
the surface, and finally becomes the foundation of one of the fairest of

" The sea-girt isles,

That, like to rich and various gems, inlay
The unadorned bosom of the deep,"

the coral polyps now yielding place to the flowers and groves of the
land, which fulfil their end in promoting the comfort and happiness
of man.

CHAPTER V.

THEORY OF ZOOPHYTIC GROWTH AND REPRODUCTION,
AND OP ORGANIC DEVELOPEMENT IN GENERAL.

IN the preceding pages, we have dwelt upon the structure of the
simple polyp, and traced out the principal steps in its germinating
and gemmating processes, to the production of the various compound
forms of life, which this class of animals presents. We propose to
inquire into some of the relations which the several individuals in a
compound mass, sustain to one another, and to illustrate the structure
of these animals, and the nature of the organic forces within them.

The process of budding opens to us an illustration of the laws or
principles of growth and reproduction, in actual and visible progress,
and requires, therefore, our first consideration in these investigations ;
and since vegetation affords us parallel facts, there will be occasion
in these discussions, to recur often, and at length, to the vegetable
kingdom, and not so much to exhibit merely the relations of plants
to zoophytes, as to elucidate, by means of the facts which both pre-
sent, the general larvs of organic developement.

84. The reader has already perceived the relation between the posi-
tion of buds and the form of the zoophyte, and that in connexion with
the mode of growth, they determine its character even to the size and
direction of each branch, and the number and length of the branch-
ings. The facts have shown, moreover, that there is a simple law
governing the formation of buds, and a system in their developement.
In the Madrepores, which bud from a parent-polyp, — the apical one
of each branch, — new branchlets form at certain intervals ; of the
hundreds of polyps, on the lateral surface of the branches, only here
and there one at nearly regular intervals, becomes capable of budding,
and so gives origin to a branchlet : and of the budding-polyps, which
are thus developed, the most of their branchlets are often short;

86 ZOOPHYTES.

gemmation soon ceasing, except in certain shoots, at still longer inter-
vals, which continue growing and lengthen out into large branches.
This principle admits of some irregularity, arising from an unequal
amount of nourishment, or a difference of exposure, but in general
there is a remarkable uniformity. And it is due to this fact, that
species have their specific characters displayed in their modes of
branching; that some species spread widely, with long even branches,
and others, with numerous crowded ramifications ; and, moreover, the
individuals of a species are alike in their general forms.

This principle determines the distance of a lateral polyp from the
apex of a branch, before it can commence to bud, as well as the dis-
tance separating branches. The Gorgonia setosa, the subject of our
illustrations, in § 74, is a beautiful exemplification of this subject, and
well merits farther remark. In this species, the lateral polyps rarely
bud and form branchlets nearer than six to nine inches from the
apex, — eight inches is the average distance, — and, as there are about
eighty polyps on the lateral surface to an inch in length, it follows,
that generally more than six hundred polyps are situated above the
first branchlet. And, moreover, as the branchlets are about a third
of an inch apart on each side, polyps enough are added, by budding,
to lengthen the apex correspondingly before another side-polyp buds,
and another branchlet starts.

What is here indicated, but that the process of budding exerts an
inductive influence for some distance from the centre of action, — that
there is a concentration of nutriment and offerees required, measured
by the interval between the budding centres? In the Gorgonia, just
alluded to, some hundreds of polyps are thus, in one sense, tributary to
the budding polyps at the extremity; for, until the budding apex has
grown beyond to a certain distance, one of the side-polyps, though
ready to bud, cannot summon gemmating force enough to develope
buds ; but when the former is so far removed, that the required
nutriment and vital force are supplied, then the excess, which goes
on increasing, concentrates upon one of the side-polyps below. The
lateral polyp, which becomes a new centre of gemmation, is a
certain distance above the preceding branchlet, owing to the fact,
that this branchlet exerts its influence for a short distance around
itself, though already considerably elongated. The same principle is
illustrated even in the irregularities or apparent exceptions. When
side branches form low on the stem, the intervals are often much
larger than above stated, owing to the less amount of nutriment

ORGANIC DEVELOPEM EN T. 87

which these half-covered polyps receive ; while at the extremity, in
the purer waters, with a large supply of nutriment and more active
vitality, the intervals are short.

This principle is not limited to zoophytes : there is evidence that
it prevails throughout the animal kingdom ; and most decidedly and
beautifully is it exhibited in the vegetable kingdom.

85. In the vegetable kingdom, we have, in general, compound
individuals, analogous to those among zoophytes. The plant com-
mences with a single bud — a simple individual rises from the ground,
the germ of the tree which is in time developed. This parent-
individual enlarges and lengthens, and, after a while, buds shoot out
from its sides, which become new lateral individuals. Some of these
lateral buds, as the stem lengthens, begin themselves to bud and
form branchlets, and, at still longer intervals, now and then one con-
tinues budding and growing, till a large branch is formed. There is
thus a perfect parallelism with the mode of growth in the zoophyte;
the same law, with regard to interval, holds, and the same general
principle with reference to a gemmating influence. The terminal bud
is analogous to the apical polyp, and the lateral buds to the lateral
polyps ; moreover, the branchlets and branches are formed by the
continued gemmation of certain of the lateral buds, the particular
bud, which becomes a parent-individual, depending, in each case, on
its distance from other parent-individuals; for, only within such
certain distances, is sufficient vital force and nutriment concentrated
on any centre or budding point.*

The distinction in plants of budding and ova-bearing individuals,
should be here remembered, as it leads us to still closer analogies
between plants and zoophytes. The former produce leaves, and'
lengthen out the extremity of the branch, as the summit polyp of the
growing Madrepore or Oculina. The latter take the form of a flower,
and develope ovules or seeds.

It is altogether probable that buds alone proceed from the bud-
ding polyps at the extremity of a branch in zoophytes. It is defi-
nitely stated, by Milne Edwards, with regard to an Alcyonium
(§ 54), that the side of a' polyp, which gave out buds, produced no
ovules; and, as all sides of an apical or parent-polyp in a Madrepore

* The other modes of branching among zoophytes are illustrated among plants ; but
it is sufficient for our present purpose to refer particularly to the above. Branching, by
periodical budding at apex (§ 82, h), is exemplified in some species, and the same prin-
ciple, depending on intervals, holds, as has been explained.

^£&&~^ti^
/%,?' of Tn* -<^

lUKIVBESUY

88 ZOOPHYTES.

bud alike, though successively, there are certainly strong reasons for
admitting the above supposition. In the Sertularia tribe of zoophytes,
the analogy is perfect ; for, it is well known that buds and ovules are
never simultaneously produced by an individual polyp. Budding
lengthens the branches, and vesicles of ovules proceed like a cluster
of flowers from the side of some polyp on the branch, that long
before had ceased to bud.

86. We may glance here at a few interesting relations between the
structure of a flower and of an Actinia, which, although not essential
to the subject before us, may suggest some deductions in illustration
of each. The flower or plant individual, has, in general, its radiate
series of sepals and petals, — one or both, — for the elaboration of the
parts within : so has the polyp its star or coronet of tentacles, which
often contribute to the aeration of the nutrient fluids. The flower
contains, in other internal series, stamens and pistils (spermatic and
ovarian organs), concentric with the sepals and petals : the Actinoid
polyp includes within, corresponding series of organs around the
centre, part of which are ovarian, and part spermatic, and these organs
have some relation in number to the number of tentacles. The
clusters of ovules, which form from the ovarian lamellae, have, there-
fore a very similar situation in the polyp to the ovules or seeds of a
common flower; the circular series of ovarian lamellae corresponding
to the circular series of carpels or the placenta within, and the ovules
they form to the seed produced within the carpels. The coincidences
are as near as are consistent with the different modes of nutrition in
the two kingdoms of nature, and they may be received as sufficient
evidence, if such were needed, that the flower is a simple plant-
individual.

Between the budding individuals in plants and the budding Acti-
noid polyp, there seems to be a less perfect resemblance ; for the
budding polyps in these zoophytes are similar to the oviparous polyps
in external form and in the number and character of their tentacles.
Yet, as it has been shown by physiologists, that the green leaves of
the leaf-bud and the petals of the flower, are nearly identical organs
in origin and structure, — the latter being only a variety of the former,
— the discrepancy is more apparent than real. The parts of a
flower, though seemingly in circles, have a spiral arrangement, as
well as the leaves of the leaf-bud ; and the difference in general form
arises from the fact that the leaf-spire is long drawn out, owing to the
continued and rapid elongation of the bud, while in the flower, the

ORGANIC DEVELOPEMENT. 89

spires are extremely short, great concentration being required for the
new developements which are to take place. The spiral arrange-
ment, observed in the vegetable kingdom, has not been detected in
the tentacles of an Actinia. Yet as this arrangement is due merely
to developements taking place successively from the different sides or
reproductive points of an individual, in regular order, it is altogether
probable that something similar to it may yet be made out. Repro-
duction is an exhausting process, and on this account it does not take
place twice successively from the same side.*

In the developement of polyps in the Oculina, a spiral arrangement
is apparent (§ 67); but, as the number of budding points in these
polyps is twenty-four, and only five in very many plants, as great a
regularity cannot be expected in the former as in the latter ; for the
intervals between the budding points are so small, that slight causes,
especially a freer exposure to the external waters from being less
crowded by the polyps in one part than another, will affect the posi-
tion of the point from which the next bud proceeds.f

* Since this work was put to press, the author has found that Agassiz describes the
plates of the Echini, as developed in a spiral order. See Agassiz on the Echinodennata.

f From the above analogies, it would seem that the gemmating individuals in plants,
as well as the oviparous, consist of several leaves combined, and, therefore, that we can-
not properly speak of each leaf as a complete individual in itself. Yet the conclusions
we would deduce, follow equally well whichever view be adopted. A few other analdgies
between the plant and zoophyte may be noticed here, on account of their bearing upon
the point just discussed.

The developement of flowers exhausts the energies of a plant, sometimes so far as
to lead to immediate decline and death. There is a species of palm, which flowers, and
soon after dies." The Century Plant is another remarkable example.*1 Have we not an
analogous fact in the strange mode of reproduction in certain Cyathophyllid®, represented
in the figures, to § 81 ? The parent, in this case, surrenders its existence soon after the
developement of a young bud, which, when completed, actually stands upon the dead
remains of its progenitor, preparing to make the same self-sacrifice. A still more per-
fect analogy to this process is found in the growth of the Colchicum and some allied
plants, in which the root of one year dies as it developes the bud of the next. And the
general process of growing and dying, in corresponding progress (§ 62), has frequent
illustrations in the vegetable kingdom ; for instances of which, we may refer to the
Botanical Text-book, by Dr. A. Gray,c or other Treatises on Vegetable Physiology. In

" The Corypha or Talipot tree. Gray's Botanical Text.book, 2d edit., New York, 1845, p. 165.

" Ibid., p. 168.

c See Botanical Text-book, p. 63, § 86. " The Solomon's Seal and Diphylleia offer simple illustrations.
They make an annual growth by the developement of a bud, which, rising into the air, forms the flower-
ing stalk of the season ; this falls away in autumn, leaving a broad scar, and meanwhile a new bud is

90 ZOOPHYTES.

87. We pursue the subject by looking more minutely into the
elements engaged in the process of budding, to ascertain how the
principles drawn from the visible bud or polyp bear upon the internal
structure of the same. Plants afford us examples that illustrate the
facts in both kingdoms of nature. Growth, in its simplest condition
in plants, takes place by the budding of minute cellules, each in suc-
cession from a preceding ; and although vascular tissue and woody
fibre are added to the higher species, to give strength, yet, in all

the interrupted surface of other Cyathophyllidce (§ 62), a similar effect appears to be
indicated, but dependent probably upon the developement of ovules rather than buds,
(and the preceding case may possibly be the same), the narrowing of the polyp being
consequent, as Ehrenberg suggests, on reproduction. This exhaustion is a well-known
fact in the animal kingdom ; the peculiarity in the case in question, is only in the mode
of exhibiting it, and the extent to which it is carried. There is an analogy in the polyps
of certain zoophytes, dropping off and reappearing at intervals (§ 18), to the fall of the
flowers and leaves of a plant. Moreover, some species (Sertularidae) lose, from age,
their lower branches like vegetation, the trunk or stem, as in the vegetable kingdom, still
remaining alive. Buds often spring from a wound in a plant in greater numbers than
elsewhere ; and the Hydra affords an example of the same fact among polyps.

The growth of palms has some resemblance to increase, among zoophytes, from a
terminal cluster ; while budding from a parent-polyp, and the consequent lateral branch-
ing, produces forms more like those of our common trees. In the former, the buds pro-
ceed from the summit alone, and produce a lengthening cylinder, whose size depends on
the size of the cluster ; and, as the polyps lose the power of budding, they are turned
out from the summit cluster to join those of the lateral surface, just like the bases of the
falling leaves in the palm. This mode of increase, is still more like that in the Lyco-
podium ; for, in this genus, there is no internal growth, as there is in the palms : it is
simply acrogenous, like the elongating coral stem.

The explanate corals appear to be represented in the incrusting or foliaceous lichen,
and the massive hemispheres and globes in the globular Cacti ; and not only in external
form, but in actual constitution, for the Cactus consists of an aggregation of plant-indi-
viduals, as the Astraea is composed of individual polyps united.

Farther, we state that the modes of reproduction are as varied in the zoophyte as in
the plant. As we may obtain a perfect plant from a section, which includes, with a
leaf, its budding axil, so we may cut up a polyp, and, almost to the same extent, form
perfect individuals from sections : and, as the leaf will sometimes grow without the axil,
so in the rare instance of the Hydra, the tentacle alone is said to develope a complete
individual.

Moreover, the mode of aeration, in many species, by the general surface, instead of
by special organs, affords another striking analogy to the vegetable kingdom.

produced at apex, to form the stalk of the next season, and so on. In this manner, the rhizoma slowly
moves onward, from year to year, the scars marking the annual growth, and the more ancient portions
gradually decaying, as new parts are formed at the other extremity."

ORGANIC

'ear

£lFOtf9

DEVELOPEMENT.

/».

Fig. 45.

43.

instances, the budding leaf-bud or flower proceeds from some one or
more of these cellules, which develope new powers of secretion
within themselves. These gemmating cellules go on developing
new cellules in lines, which frequently subdivide, until, in connexion
with the other attending conditions of growth, the bud forms and
developes, and the branch commences.

88. The principal steps in the process, are exemplified in the
annexed figures. Figure 43, is a branch of
the natural size, of one of the coralline Algse,
taken from a clump, an inch and a half
high, and three or four inches through.*
The lower part is covered with minute dots
about TIU of an inch in diameter, which are
magnified in figure 44. Figure 45 represents
one of the longitudinal vessels of the inte-
rior, magnified one hundred and fifty diame-
ters, consisting of oblong cellules, a b, b c.
These cellules are 1-5^—17? of an inch long.
From the summit of one (at b), a cellule pro-
ceeds laterally, which gives out two smaller
cellules, and these two others, and so on, and
the last connect with the sporules (not here
figured), which constitute the surface dots
alluded to : about five hundred sporules
being clustered in a single one of these dots.
These sporules are each about ufa* of an inch long. Thus we trace

out the beginning of the germinant process in the first cell which
takes its outward course, and follow the progress of developement, till
prepared to form sporules at the extremity.

With reference to the germinant process, in this case, it should be
remarked first, that it is not apparent within a third to half an inch
from the extremity of a branch, for sporules are formed only below
this distance : above this, the necessary nutriment is drawn off by
the growing summits, the younger parts of the coralline; as in
the zoophyte, germination does not take place, except where the parts
are beyond the influence of the reproductive force at the budding
apex. As the alga lengthens above, the sporidia form below succes-
sively, at nearly equal distances, in analogy with the branching of
zoophytes.

* I have illustrated this point from dissections of a species of Liagora (L. rubriceps, D.),
obtained in the Feejees.

92 ZOOPHYTES.

89. In the process of germination, above illustrated, a cellule forms
laterally from the apex of a longitudinal cellule (b, figure 45). This
new germ-cellule enlarges, until that reproductive agency, whose
over-accumulation started its existence, has attained its maximum
in the new cellule ; and, going on to accumulate from the vital
action within, new cellules bud out from that now formed : and so
cellules bud from one another, two from each preceding, till they are
prepared to form the sporules at the extremity. The cellules decrease
in size ; and if the view just expressed is correct, — that the same
amount of force causes the successive buddings, — the process in the
formation of sporules consists, in part, in the successive condensation
of the germinating material of the future sporule, until it is collected
into a space not jh the size of the ordinary cellules in the plant,
and a gradual concentration of its germinant powers. The final
cellule at last gives rise to one or more sporules : apparently the mere
result of continued budding, and a farther elaboration and concen-
tration of the germinating product. Some facts, however, seem to
show that the consummating change may consist in the union of a
final cellule, with some other which is antheridial in its nature ; and
after this union, the sporules bud out from the combined cellule, or
form by mere spontaneous fission of the same.*

I have dwelt upon this example, not because there is any novelty
in this developement of successive cellules, but from its affording so
simple and apposite an illustration of the germinant process. The same,
in the opinion of the best physiologists, is the general mode of deve-
lopement in other plants, except that anthers intervene to afford
material to aid in the final elaborations. And in animals, the process
of growth by cellules, and the modes of developement, are quite
analogous.

90. The germinating process may be illustrated by a few more
comparisons between plants and zoophytes. The Aulopora has been
described ($ 65) as sending out slender creeping shoots at base,
which, after reaching to a certain length, develope a polyp, from

* The character of the sporules and their position, as observed, are shown on the last
plate of the Atlas : figure la, the Liagora rubriceps natural size ; b, a branch magnified
with the sporidia below ; c, sporidia magnified one hundred and fifty diameters ; d, part
of transverse section of stem, showing the internal cellules cut across and partly disar-
ranged ; e, e', longitudinal cellules magnified one hundred and fifty diameters ; /, longi-
tudinal cellules, with the lateral branch of cellules, and the sporules at apex ; g, one of
the sporules magnified four hundred diameters.

ORGANI CDEVELOPEMENT. 93

which, when adult, similar shoots proceed. Compare this with the
strawberry and its creeper, which, in like manner, after growing
to a certain length, developes a bud of leaves, — the plant-individual,
— again to send out other creepers, and form, at intervals, other
leaves. Here we see that the bud acquires a certain length before
it is finally perfected ; the line of cellules, with which the forming
bud begun, was gradually acquiring the requisite elaborations, and
concentration within, to develope the new individual. And after
the distance is reached, the process is still gradual in both cases.
The polyp rises first as a small protuberance, which gradually
lengthens into its tubular cylindrical base, and finally the polyp-
flower is formed at apex. Very similar, as is well known, is the fact
with the strawberry.*

91. The production of a branch in zoophytes, at a single budding
process (§ 70), is another of those singular facts, which appear to find
their analogies rather among vegetables than animals ; and we see it
exhibited on a large scale in the thyrse of lilac blossoms. The
general principles of the process are shown in the figures of the
Alga, on page 91. The budding cellules, from b to m, if viewed
as separated from the coralline, form together a similarly ramose
branch : and if, instead of each cellule, there were elongated series,
and the whole, with accompanying tissues and fibres, formed a
prominent ramose branch, instead of being embedded, as in the
coralline, we should have a clump of flowers like the lilac blossom:
or, if still partly embedded, the cluster would resemble that of the
Alcyonium. This subdivision of the flower stems in the lilac,
takes place at nearly regular intervals, and these intervals decrease
towards the flowers, as in the cellules of the Alga. The process
appears to be similar, except, that instead of one cellule, we have a
series of them before subdivision, precisely as we have a series in the

* There is little doubt that were the cases equally well brought out to view in all the
steps, we should find as much reason to say that the ovarian lamellae of the polyp are
altered tentacles, as that the seed-vessels and petals of a flower are altered leaves. The
same kind of cellules, under different circumstances, originate both. Excessive nourish-
ment is known to cause the production of leaf-buds in place of flowers, and also to make
a petal from a stamen ; and for the reason, as has been explained, that the latter, in each
instance, differs from the other only in requiring, for the production of its few peculiar cha-
racters, a slower and more quiet and concentrated action of the forces at work, while the
former may result from a less delicate process of vital chemistry. Only under circumstances
in the utmost degree favourable, will certain chemical compositions take place, and here,
in like manner, — for the difference is in the resulting combinations, — the forces must be
nicely balanced and not of too rapid application.

94 ZOOPHYTES.

Aulopora and strawberry-creepers, before the final developement of
the complete individual. This budding of cellules, moreover", is
closely analogous to the budding of polyps and branches in the
zoophyte.

92. The ovarian vesicles, which pullulate from the sides of a
branching Sertularia (§ 14), contain the ovules arranged on the same
general plan as the polyps of a branch formed by the process of
budding, though much contracted. They communicate internally
with an axis, branching from the trunk of the zoophyte, just as the
several polyps of a branchlet communicate internally with its tubular
axis. There is the same condition of things in this case as in the
last-mentioned, — the same process of branch developement : — and all
cases of the production of numerous ova in animals, appear to be
analogous. The fact, that the kind of ramification is similar to that
of the zoophyte, as a whole, is not peculiar ; for the same is true of
the lilac thyrse : and generally among plants, the mode of branching
in the flower clump, is but a miniature representation of that which
characterizes the whole plant.*

* Professor E. Forbes has drawn a comparison between the vesicle of a Sertularia
and a flower, in which he compares each ovule of the vesicle to the carpels or parts gene-
rally of the flower-bud (§ 14). The analogy, as exhibited by this distinguished physio-
logist, is highly interesting, and was the result of much minute research. But, while
admitting the correctness of the analogy, in a certain light, we may doubt if the compa-
rison gives us a correct idea of the actual nature of these vesicles. In the Actinia, with
its circle of tentacles, and its inner series of ovaries and spermatic organs, we appear
to have the true analogue of the flower, as perfect as can be presented by animal life.
And in the vesicle of the Sertularia, we see the analogue simply of one of the clusters
of ovules in an Actinia. These clusters project into the interior cavity in the Actinia,
as the animal has ovarian lamella: there, but become external in the Sertulnria ; in other
respects, the cases are wholly identical. It is, therefore, more in accordance with the
developements in other zoophytes, to consider the vesicle as the analogue of a cluster of
flower-buds ; and we may, with much justice, compare it to the branching clump of
flowers proceeding from a single budding-point, — the axil of a single leaf. Professor
Forbes's comparison holds only on the ground of the general analogy which subsists
between all reproductions ; the same principle presiding over the origin of a flower, or
a leaf, or the cellules that give origin to the leaf. The cluster of seed attached to a pla-
centa, of ovules to an ovarian lamella, the external vesicle of a Sertularia, and a compound
flower-bud, are therefore proper analogues.

The observations afford exemplifications of the fact, that each ovule is connected in
origin with the production of a certain part of the general ovarian envelope ; and this is
as true of the internal clusters of an Actinia, as the external of a Sertularia. In the
latter, the fact becomes apparent, through the horny secretions of the exterior, which
conform to certain principles, exhibited in the production of a calicle.

ORGANIC DEVELOPEM EN T. 95

It is a just conclusion, therefore, that while the polyp, by its form,
and its mode and direction of growth, and mode of budding, determines
the general form of the zoophyte ; or, the bud, that of the plant, — the
cellule, by its form, mode, and direction of growth and mode of repro-
duction, determines the general form of both flower-bud and polyp,
plant and zoophyte.'

93. The analogy between plants and zoophytes is, therefore, not
one calculated to embarass us by suggesting false affinities. On the
contrary, the two orders afford interesting and important illustrations
of the organic processes in each. We may say farther, that the
modes of developement throughout the animal kingdom are here
elucidated, and, also, with no less truth, that the principles which
flow from these facts, bear upon all the elaborations in organic beings.

The tentacles of an Actinia, as also the lamellse, which correspond,
are often but eight or ten in number in the young when first deve-
loped; but afterwards, as the Actinia grows, and the interval between
two lamellae increases beyond the normal breadth (for the species), a
new lamella begins to form ; and so other lamellae, in succession,
appear. Here the same law depending on breadth of interval holds,
as in the developement of branches on a tree or a zoophyte. As these
intervals widen by growth, there is unappropriated nutriment and
vital force, and these acting upon the cellules intermediate commence
the formation of a lamella. So, also, this principle, which deter-
mines the scattered character of the leaves on a tree, or of processes
or branchlets over a coral branch, determines the closer or more
scattered distribution of the hairs on a leaf or an animal. A cer-
tain space around the reproductive point, is tributary to each hair,
and the size of this space is determined by the distance to which
the reproductive centre can exert an influence. This space is
measured by the intervals between adjacent hairs. But let this
interval enlarge, by the growth of the part, beyond this amount, and
immediately there is an excess of force and nutriment, which com-
mences the formation of a new hair. We might add illustrations,
but this will suffice. Reproduction proceeds on the same principles,
whether a hair or an animal is the result. The same is admitted
with respect to the developement of germinating functions in ani-
mals ; for it is a recognised fact, that while the growth of the body is
in progress, the vital forces and nutrition are dispersed in every
direction ; but, on reaching the limits of growth, — that is, the limit
in radiate extent, to which the peculiar structure of the animal is

96 ZOOPHYTES.

able to carry on the reproductive processes of growth, — the vital
forces and nutriment become directed within, and the new function
of germination is developed. The whole animal and vegetable king-
doms contain throughout illustrations of this principle.

94. We have thus prepared the way for the following law, which
holds equally, whether the germ-cellule be that of an organ of an
animal or plant, or that from which a living being itself proceeds : —
The developement of a germ, from a cellule or duster of cellules, requires
the concentration of a specific amount of vital force, and a certain tri-
butary space where this force exists ; proper nutrition being afforded,
reproduction necessarily takes place ; and, when existing reproductive
centres cannot appropriate all the reproductive force and nutriment, new
reproductions commence.*

* The existence of vital force as a cause has been of late doubted, and its supposed
effects attributed to mere chemical forces. This is not the place for a display of argu-
ment upon this subject : neither does the point seem to require it. The single fact, often
urged, that inorganic matter takes on angular forms, and organic rounded, seems to decide
the question. The perfect individual in the former, has plain faces of fixed angular
dimensions, and proceeds from attractions in straight lines, having fixed mathematical
relations. Solidification is in fact only the union of particles by these axes, which are
assumed generally at the time the change of condition commences. Crystallization and
solidification are, therefore, one and the same process ; for the particles of a solid are
always possessed of this crystalline attraction, although they may constitute together an
amorphous mass. Even those so-called organic substances, which the chemist claims to
have made, still show the same powers of crystallization on becoming solid.

But in the tissues of plants and animals, there are no planes or solid angles, except
such as may result from pressure. Where, indeed, is there the slightest analogy to a
crystal in an oblong cellule filled with fluids ? And in the budding of cellules from one
another, and the formation of linear series, what resemblance to a solid filament of
crystals ? Crystals or crystalline masses are secreted by organic life ; but these proceed
from, and never take the place of, living cellules. There must, therefore, be some con-
trolling influence, which prevents the particles from uniting into crystal shapes, and
moulds them into growing cellules, — some power which makes the curving outline as
characteristic of the organic kingdom, as straight lines and fixed angles of the crystal
kingdom. This power or influence is called vitality. By it, the constituent molecules
of a germ are themselves controlled, and are enabled also to bring other molecules into
the same living state.

The functions of a germ, however, are not simply its vitality; chemical attractions are
a principal source of the various compositions and decompositions in progress ; and all
those causes that influence chemical combinations, such as light, heat, and electricity,
and the various laws under which such combinations take place, are here in action.
Chemical inertia plays an important part in continuing processes which have been begun.
It is possible that some compounds are formed, which chemistry, without vitality, would

ORGANIC DEVELOPEM EN T. 97

95. The applications of the law laid down, seem to extend even to
determining the number of germs which may proceed from different
animals, and afford some data for ascertaining the amount of germi-
nant force in each. We observe that the centres of reproduction are
more numerous as the nervous system is smaller or less concentrated.
The production of hair from the epidermis illustrates this fact; but a
small portion of force and nutrition is brought to bear upon any one
point, and these points are often exceedingly near, although varying
according to the amount of vital force and nutrition. In the lowest
animals, consisting of cellular tissue mostly, a concentrated nervous

not effect, and this is generally admitted ; and, if so, vitality must be considered one of
the causes influencing chemical combinations.

But it may be a question whether this vital influence admits of accumulation in an
organized structure, as electricity, for example, may be accumulated under certain cir-
cumstances, in a properly constructed machine : — whether we may speak of vital farce,
as in the case supposed, of electrical force; — and whether the former, by accumulation,
effects changes in a manner corresponding to what the latter is known to do. Although
analogy is a dangerous basis for argument, yet we may venture an affirmative reply to
the above queries. In animals, nerves convey and serve to concentrate the vital force, and
the levers of the organic structure are thus, through the muscles, put in action. In late
investigations by Matteucci, the force of electricity, applied as a moving power to the
muscles of limbs, has been calculated ; and why not, in like manner, estimate the force
of vitality ? The same distinguished investigator has ascertained, by direct experiment,
that no electric currents circulate along the nervous cords of living animals." Admitting
that this accumulation of vital force is possible, we may understand why certain chemical
combinations take place only in more advanced states of an organic structure, when its
organization is more complete. Its concentration may be required for other purposes
than muscular action, and, if any where, would be especially so in the function of
reproduction.

In the discussions in this chapter, the principle here urged, with regard to vital force,
has been assumed, as seemingly most consonant with the various operations to be
explained ; it has appeared more satisfactory, than to refer the developements or changes
simply to the abundance or absence of proper nutriment, as is done by many physiolo-
gists. If the latter proves still to be a true and complete statement of the case in living
beings, or if the force in action is some other known power, the principles adduced in
the preceding and following pages will no less stand, although some modification may be
required of the mode of expressing them. The whole subject is beset with difficulties,
and it certainly becomes one venturing upon it to move with caution. This chapter will
hardly be perused by a reader more ready to doubt the views presented, than the author,
when its first lines were written. The results have gradually forced themselves upon his
mind from the developement of the various facts, which the study of the structure and
growth of zoophytes gradually opened to view.

• See Electrical Magazine, 1845, 490, 495, 497.
25

98 ZOOPHYTES.

system cannot exist, but if muscular fibre be added, the nervous may
receive its different degrees of developement.

There is abundant reason, therefore, in their constitution, for the
larger number of ovules in the inferior animals; for, from their
nature, they can concentrate only a small amount of reproductive
force on any centre ; and, as the cellular tissue produces myriads of
hairs, so animals of this composition may produce immense numbers
of small ovules. Add muscular and nervous tissue, and the animal
system may concentrate a much larger amount of force and nutriment,
proceeding from a wider sphere of action.

As the species among the inferior grades diminish in size, there is
also a consequent decrease — the general constitution being the same
— in the number of germs they produce ; and, in the simple monad,
we appear to have a single isolated sphere of reproduction, producing
its single germ : the texture is mostly cellular tissue, and the size
must be just that required to give vital force enough for a single
germ; for when this animal enlarges, by nutriment received, so as to
exceed its normal size, there is a tendency at once to form two
centres ; and, as enlargement goes on, subdivision actually takes
place, and two animals are formed of the one. The enlarged size
produces more vital force than can belong to a single animal so con-
stituted.* In larger animals, of similar constitution with the monad,
the number of ovules produced is very large, for the reason, that the
animal can concentrate on any single cellule only a small amount of
vital force, and, as there is a large amount present, the germs must
be numerous. As we ascend in the scale of being, the number of
young diminishes.

In the higher species, where a large nervous system is to result
from the germinant cellule, the force required is greater than when
this cellule is the germ of an inferior species, with an imperfect
nervous system. The physical structure of the animal must there-
fore be larger to produce the vital power needed for the elaborations
that originate 'the germinant cellule of an animal of the higher
grades. Size is, therefore, an important element in the system of
organic life.

96. Although the question is complicated by many circumstances

* The relation between the number of germs and size is still farther illustrated by the
visceral lamellaj in different species of Astrsoas, as exhibited in the closing paragraph
of § 43 b.

ORGANIC DEVELOPEMENT. 99

in action influencing the amount of vital force produced by the indi-
vidual and its concentrating energies, which cannot be estimated,
yet there is reason to conclude, that, for the production of a single
germ, there is required a determinate amount of force, characteristic
of each species, which is equivalent to that which the animal can
bring to bear upon1 a single germinant cellule. This amount being
fixed, may be one element at the basis of species, of specific characters
and specific distinctions. It aids in producing the elaborated cel-
lule or cellules, which, with the envelopes (constituting thus an ovum
or ovule), give origin to the young individual. It is possible that
some mode of designating this force may yet be ascertained.

97. In view of these considerations, we are led to conclude that the
law of developement laid down, determines not only the intervals
between the polyps, branchlets, and branches of zoophytes, or the
leaves and ramifications of trees, but presides over the whole animal
and vegetable economy, limiting the number of reproductive centres,
and the extent of their sphere of influence, equally in the formation
of ordinary cellules, or the production of germs or individual animals.

It appears farther that a cellule — the germ of a species — has cer-
tain powers distinct from, though perhaps connected with, their
powers of secretion ; and these are different for different species.
They are — 1. A specific budding force, which fixes the size and fre-
quency of buds, each cellule enlarging, till this force has reached its
maximum, and then budding from the excess afterwards accumu-
lating. 2. A specific number of budding points, which determines the
number and relative position of the cellules that may bud from a pre-
ceding cellule. 3. A specific budding angle, which fixes the angular
divergence that a budding cellule may make with a preceding. These
powers are wholly independent of any thing like catalysis, or any
known chemical forces, and there is no reason to believe that any but
creative energy can change them.

98. From the facts brought forward, it is obvious that although
zoophytes are so much like plants in their forms and flowers that we
might almost fancy them to have been modelled after the trees and
shrubbery of the land ; although as simple in their system of aeration,
and similar in the position of their reproductive organs, and in the
character of the budding process ; yet the two classes of objects have
nothing essential in common, except in those points, which depend
upon the general principles of organic life, and in which all animals
are equally allied to plants. The nature of their tissues and their

UiriVEESITT

100 ZOOPHYTES.

mode of developement, — the character of their food, it consisting of
organized and not unorganized matter — the peculiarities of the pro-
cess of digestion and the ejection of excrementitious matter — the
influence exerted on the atmosphere by the aeration of the circu-
lating fluid — as well as their voluntary motions, remove zoophytes far
from the vegetable kingdom. The fact of an imperfect nervous sys-
tem, explains the apparent resemblances. The simplicity of their
internal organization is due to this ; and it also accounts for the great
number of possible organic centres in a polyp, each exerting an
influence around only to a very limited extent, capable of budding
out a young animal, either while connected with other parts of a
polyp, or when separated as an artificial section. It is even probable
that the radiate form, characteristic of the lower orders of animals,
and also of a great part of the vegetable kingdom, is due to the simple
laws of organic developement, which, in these cases, are either un-
controlled by other directing forces that act through the developing
nervous system, or are so controlled only to a very limited degree.*

* See farther, the note to § 108.

CHAPTER VI.

GENERAL REMARKS ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION OP ZOOPHYTES.

99. HEAT, light, pressure, and means of subsistence, influence
more or less the distribution of all animals ; and to these causes
should be added, for water species, the nature or condition of the
water, whether fresh or marine, pure or impure, still or agitated.
Next to the character of the water, heat is the most prominent limit-
ing agent for marine animals, especially as regards latitudinal extent,
while light and hydraulic pressure have much influence in determining
their limits in depth.

Although these causes fix bounds to species and families, they do
not necessarily confine tribes of species to as small limits. This is
sometimes the case, and is nearly so with a large group of zoophytes;
yet other tribes and orders include species whose united range com-
prises all the zones, from the equator to the polar ices, and every
depth, to the lowest affording traces of life which man has explored.

Order Hydroidea.

100. The Hydroidea are met with in all seas and at great depths,
as well as at the surface. The tropics, and the cold waters of the
frigid zone, have their peculiar species, and a few are found in fresh
waters. The rocks and common marine plants of the sea-coast, the
dead or living shell, or the floating Fucus of the ocean, are often
covered with these feathery corals ; and, about reefs, they occasionally
implant themselves upon the dead zoophyte, forming a mossy covering,
taking the place of the faded coral blossom.

The species are most abundant, however, in the waters of the

102 ZOOPHYTES.

temperate zone, and are common upon some portions of our own
coast.

Order Actin&idea.

101. The Actinoidea are marine zoophytes. All oceans have their
species, yet in the torrid zone they more especially abound, and display
most variedly their colours and singular forms.

The soft Actinidae and the Alcyonaria have the widest range,
occurring both among the coral reefs of the equatorial regions, and,
to the north and south, beyond the temperate zone. The Mediter-
ranean affords species of Gorgonia, Corallium, and Alcyonium, besides
numerous Actiniae. The coasts of Britain have also their Alcyonia
and Actinias, and from far in the northern seas, come the Umbellularia,
and some other species of the Pennatula family.

Among the coral-making Actinaria, the Madrepore and Astraea
tribes are almost exclusively confined to the coral-reef seas, — a region
included between the parallels of 28° north and south of the equator,
— while the Caryophyllia family are spread as widely as the species
of Actinia. Several species of Caryophyllidae occur in the Mediter-
ranean, and others in the high northern seas, and they are met with
at depths of several hundred feet. They are also common among
the coral-reefs of the tropics.

The Madreporacea and Astraeacea, with the Gemmiporidae, are the
principal constituents of coral reefs. The temperature limiting their
geographical range is about 68° F., this being the winter temperature
of the ocean on the outskirts of the reef-growing seas. The waters
sometimes sink to 66° or even 64°, but this appears to be a temperature
which they can endure, and not that in which they germinate. The
extremes which they will survive prove only their powers of endurance,
and do not affect the above statement ; for their geographical distribu-
tion will be determined by the temperature which limits their powers
of germination.

The temperature in the warmest parts of the Pacific varies from 80°
to 85°, and here Astraeas, Meandrinas, Madrepores, &c., are developed
with peculiar luxuriance, along with thousands of other strange and
beautiful forms of tropic life. From the above temperature to 72°,
does not appear to be too great a range for the most fastidious species.
At the Sandwich Islands, which are near the northern limits of the
coral seas, Porites and Pocilloporae prevail, and there are very few
species of the genera Astrsea, Mussa, and Meandrina, which are com-
mon nearer the equator.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. 1Q3

102. The range of these reef-forming corals in depth is singularly
small. Twenty or perhaps sixteen fathoms will include very nearly
all the species of the Madrepore and Astraea tribes.* Temperature
has little or no influence in occasioning this limit, as 68° F. will not
be found under the equator short of a depth of one hundred fathoms.
Light and pressure, the latter affecting the amount of air for aeration,
are probably the principal causes. The waves, moreover, not reach-
ing, when most powerful, to a greater depth than fifteen or twenty
fathoms, cannot aid in renewing the expended air below, as they do
at the surface.

In recapitulation we state that the Astrseacea, Madreporacea, and
the Gemmiporidse among the Caryophyllacea, are, with few excep-
tions, confined to the coral-reef seas,f and to within twenty fathoms
of the surface. The Caryophyllida3 extend from the equator to the
frigid zone, and some species occur at a depth of two hundred
fathoms or more. The Alcyonaria have an equally wide range with
the Caryophyllidse, and probably reach still farther towards the poles.
The Hydroidea range from the equator to the polar regions, but are
most abundant in the waters of the temperate zone.

103. Besides the above-mentioned limiting causes, there are others
of importance, one of which only may be alluded to in this place, the
remaining belonging more properly to the Geological Report on
Coral Reefs and Islands. The cause referred to, is that proceeding
from original sites or centres of distribution. There is sufficient
evidence that such centres of distribution, as regards zoophytes, are
to be recognised. The species of corals in the West Indies are, in
many respects, peculiar, and not one can with certainty be identified
with any of the East Indies. The central parts of the Pacific Ocean
appear to be almost as peculiar in the corals they afford. But few
from the Feejees have been found to be identical with those of the
Indian Ocean. A more complete acquaintance with the corals of these
different seas may multiply the number of identical species; but ob-
servations, thus far made, seem sufficient to establish as a fact that a
large part of zoophytes are confined to a small longitudinal range.
This will be seen from the following table, exhibiting, in a general
manner, as far as known, their geographical distribution. Each
column gives the number peculiar to the region specified at top.

* The evidences on this point will be presented in the Report on Coral Islands,
t The exceptions belong mostly to the genus Euphyllia.

104

ZOOPHYTES.

(

III

"3 o y5

•S

a o e

(9 TB

o" §

tii

1 j«

«= w ^5

«|S

(2 g

TRIBE ASTR.EACEA.

Fam. Astrseidae, ....

139

Fungidse, . . . .

TRIBE CARYOPHYLLACEA.

Fam. Caryophyllidae, . .

Gemmiporidse, . .

TRIBE MADREPOHACEA.

Fam. Madreporidee, .

Favositidse, . . .

Poritidse, ....

117

162

428

From this table, it appears that only twenty-seven species out of
three hundred and six are known to be common to the East Indies
and Pacific Ocean. With regard to those common to the East and
West Indies, for which no column is assigned, there is but one, — the
Meandrina labyrinthica, — about which much doubt remains.

104. We have no authority for accrediting to the West Indies any
species of the genera Fungia, Pavonia, Herpetolithus, Merulina,
Monticularia, Gemmipora, Anthophyllum, Pocillopora, Sideropora,
or Seriatopora, all of which are common in the opposite hemisphere.
The Agaricise, with the exception of a single osculant species, are
confined to the sub-genus Mycedia, exclusively West Indian, which
contains very firm compact corals, with an Astrsea-like character.
The Millepores are the only known Favositidse, and but half a dozen
Madrepores have yet been distinguished. The Manicinse, Caryo-
phyllifB, and Oculinfe, are more numerous in the West Indies than
elsewhere, and the Ctenophyllise (Meandrinae, with stout entire
larnellte,) have been found only in the West Indies. The genus
Porites contains several species, but they are uniformly more fragile
and more porous species than those I have seen from the Pacific
and Indian Oceans ; and the polyps, as figured by Lesueur, are more
exsertile, approaching, in this particular, the Gonioporae.

CHAPTER VII.

CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES.

105. ZOOPHYTES constitute an order of the group or sub-kingdom
RADIATA. The limits of this sub-kingdom have of late been the
occasion of much discussion. In order to explain their relations to
other animals, a few remarks upon the general system of arrange-
ment in the animal kingdom are here offered.

In Cuvier's Classification of Animals, the division Radiata includes
all invertebrate animals not comprised in either of the other sub-king-
doms, Articulata and Mollusca. Consisting thus only of refuse species,
and not limited by positive characters, as Owen states, we should
not expect that the group could be a natural assemblage. No line of
subdivision, however, has yet been made out, which has met with
general favour ; yet greater precision has been given to our views of
the affinities that run through the animal kingdom, by appealing to
the nerves, the seat of sensibility and sentiment, as a basis in classi-
fication ; and, in this manner, the subdivisions have been charac-
terized as follows by Dr. Grant.

I. The Vertebrata, having a brain arid a spinal cord, constitute the
SPINI-CEREBRATA ; — II. The Mollusca, having the nerves forming
generally a transverse series of ganglia disposed around the eso-
phagus, the CYCLO-GANGLIATA ; — III. The Articulata, having no
proper brain, and the main cords, which run the length of the body,
double, the DIPLO-NEURA ; — IV. The Radiata, having a radiate struc-
ture in the body, and the nervous ganglia arranged in a circle,
the CYCLO-NEURA. The orders of these sub-kingdoms are given as
follows :

I. SPINI-CEREBRATA or VERTEBRATA. Mammalia, Aves, Reptilia,
Amphibia, Pisces.

106 ZOOPHYTES.

II. CYCLO-GANGLIATA or MOLLUSCA. Cephalopoda, Pteropoda, Gas-
teropoda, Conchifera, Tunicata.

III. DIPLO-NEURA or ARTICULATA. Crustacea, Arachnida, Insecta,
Myriapoda, Annelida, Rotifera, Entozoa.

IV. CYCLO-NEURA or RADIATA. Echinoderma, Acalephse, Polypi-
phora (zoophytes), Poriphora (sponges), Polygastrica.

An objection might be made to this system, on the ground of the
apparent absence of nerves in some of the lower orders. But a real
absence can hardly be concluded, from our inability to distinguish
them. Many of these animals show by their voluntary motions and
sensibility that nervous influences traverse the body : moreover,
nervous matter is secreted only in lines. We can, therefore, only
infer the indistinctness, and not the absence of nerves, from our in-
effectual efforts to trace them out ; and we must consequently be
guided by general structure, in determining the relations of groups,
when the nerves fail of giving aid.

106. The above arrangement fails, in some respects, of presenting
a clear idea of the system in nature, although highly philosophical in
its general features. A study of the animal kingdom, as has been
lately shown, brings to light, lines or general systems of developement
branching up from the lowest infusoria to the higher grades of life.
It is not true that the forms among the lower grades are actually
copied in any of the imperfectly developed young of the superior;
yet there is some general analogy, sufficient to indicate that the former
commence on the same system of developement with some of the
latter, although carried essentially out of the direct upward line by
the peculiar vital forces of the species. The Rotifera are decidedly
Crustacean in type. The stout mandibles are precisely those of some
of the Cyclopidse, even in position, and also in general form; and in
certain peculiarities in the mode of reproduction, the animals are closely
similar; yet no young Crustacean is ever a Rotifer. The latter
belongs to the same system of developement with the former, but
is a distinct branch, from the regular line, characterized by peculiar
natatory organs, which appear to be analogues of the branchial or
basal appendages to the feet in Crustacea. The Bryozoa,* or Flus-

* The Bryozoa have been placed near the Rotifera ; but the absence of mandibles, as
well as their peculiar type of structure, separates them widely from these crustaceoid
species and allies them as closely to the Tunicata, with which they were first associated
by Thomson, under the name of Polyzoa. Lister has a finely illustrated article on this
subject, in the Philosophical Transactions, for 1834, p. 365.

CLASSIFICATION OP ZOOPHYTES.

•

troid polyps, illustrate the same principles, and are as nearly allied to
the Tunicata as the Rotifers to the Crustacea. It is a side-deve-
lopement from the imaginary line, which connects the Infusoria
with the Tunicated Molluscs. The Entozoa afford other examples,
one branch of them passing into Crustacea, through the Lernseidse
and Caligidse, and 'the other into the Annelida. The Lernsoid divi-
sion appears to reach the Polygastrics in the Acephalocyst.

These remarks are intended to support no monad or Lamarckian
theory, but only to elucidate the established principle that there are
in nature certain distinct systems or types of developement. Each
species is developed with some reference to one or the other of these
systems, but, through the agency of the vital forces peculiar to it, —
forces which, there is reason to believe, only creative power can change.

107. In accordance with these principles, the several orders of
animals may be arranged as follows :

I. VERTEBRATA.

III. ARTICPLATA.

Insecta, Myriapoda,
Arachnida,

II. MOLLUSCA.
Cephalopoda, Pteropoda,
Gastropoda, Conchifera,

Crustacea, Annelida, Tunicata.

IV. RADIATA.

Echinodermata,
Rotiiera, Entozoa, Zoophyta, Acalephse, Bryozoa.

V. PROTOZOA or INFUSORIA.

108. A radiated structure characterizes the simplest form of animal
life.* Passing up from the monad globule, this structure has its

* As suggested in the close of § 98, it appears to be more than a plausible conjecture,
that we may attribute the radiated structure to the ordinary uncontrolled principles of
cellule budding ; the results of which are seen in the varied forms of zoophytes and
vegetation. It gives origin to the radiated form of the flower; and the spiral arrangement
of the leaflets, — the result of a succession in the developements, — is one of the conse-
quences of it (§ 86). The nervous system, in its lowest condition, conforms to this cha-
racter ; but, as it becomes more perfect, it has a peculiar mode and direction of develope-
ment,— as the zoophyte has its peculiar characteristics in this respect, — and thus developing,
it guides all the other elaborations ; for it seems to be the channel along which vital
influences operate. The developement of nerves, therefore, carries the animal structure
more or less widely from the radiate type. This is well illustrated in the relation of the
Rotifers and Crustacea, the former, as shown above, having the general structure of the
latter under a radiate form. The Rotifers have, as organs of motions, a series of plates
arranged in a circular series around the mouth at one extremity of the animal. In the

108 ZOOPHYTES.

•

highest developement in the Echinoderms. Among zoophytes, the
Hydra forms the first step upward, in which the digestive cavity is a
mere sac, which will work equally well turned inside out, and the
mode of reproduction is extremely simple. From this group, we
pass to the Actinia, in which there is a distinct stomach and a series
of fleshy lamellae around the internal cavity, — the first rudiments of
an isolation of the functions of digestion and generation, — but the
circulating fluid is only the elaborated chyle, mingled with more or
less water from without. A step farther, and we find the develope-
ment of separate organs for the functions of the liver and of genera-
tion in the Echinoderms, and in some species a circulating system.

Whether the Acalephse or Zoophyta are highest in the scale, we do
not intend to indicate above. The young of some zoophytes are
acalephs in form, even to organs of sight, and the young of some
acalephs are much like polyps : moreover, the adult acaleph is often
quite analogous in its radiately subdividing alimentary channels, to
the same in the Fungia.

Through the Bryozoa, the infusoria are connected with the Tuni-
cata and the other Molluscs ; and through the Rotifera and Entozoa,
they connect with the Articulata, thus passing each way, out of the
true Radiate type, into that which characterizes the higher sub-
kingdoms. The Bryozoa, Rotifera, and Entozoa, may be arranged
in the sub-kingdom Radiata, or with the Mollusca and Articulata,
whose types of structure they exhibit, though under a Radiate form.

The Echinoderms, although so strikingly peculiar in some species,
— the Echini, — yet, through the Holothuriss, bear closely upon the
Articulata; while the Acalephs incline toward the Mollusca.

The animal kingdom is throughout a network of affiliations, yet
there are main trunks and larger branches, to which the smaller
anastomosing ramifications are subordinate. Systems of 3s and 5s,
look pretty to the mathematical eye, and have some foundation in
nature ; yet, in tracing affinities, it is better first actually to ascertain

Crustacea, the same or analogous organs, together with the mouth, become lateral, owing
to the developement and projection of the cephalic ganglion — and its accompaniments
constituting the head — beyond to one side of the circular series of the natatory plates ;
these natatory plates, about the Rotifer's mouth, becoming, at the same time, the branchia;
and the attached maxillary organs about the Crustacean's mouth. The transition from
the Crustacean to the Radiate type is also shown in the passage of the Caligi into the
Epizoa. This subject admits of a long series of illustrations, which are reserved for
another place.

CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES. 1Q9

relations, and then to map them out, rather than force the devious
windings of nature into circles large and small.*

109. Subdivisions of Zoophytes. The orders Hydroidea and Acti-
noidea, have already been laid down as the primary subdivisions of
zoophytes. The order Actinoidea has been again divided into the
sub-orders Actinaria and Alcyonaria. The Alcyonaria, according to
most authors, constitute one of the grand divisions equivalent to
Hydroidea and Actinoidea. But the general identity in structure
and mode of reproduction, and other coincidences stated in the pre-
ceding pages, seem fully to justify the arrangement adopted. In the
subordinate groupings, the actual character of the animals has been
considered of superior importance to the mere absence or presence
of coral secretions. Olivi long ago correctly stated that the consi-
deration of the presence or absence of calcareous secretions was of
no more importance in zoophytes, than in the Mollusca.f

110. The farther subdivision of the sub-order Actinaria, into the
four tribes Astreeacea, Caryophyllacea, Madreporacea, and Antipa-
thacea, is based upon the structure of the polyps and their mode of
budding. The fleshy Actiniae belong to this sub-order, and possibly
we may yet find among them representations of all the several tribes.
Yet, as they are not budding species, excepting the Zoanthidse, and
their distinctive internal characters have not been laid down, they
have all been retained for the present in the same tribe, Astreeacea.
The Antipathi have been arranged by some with the Gorgonise, and
by others of late, with the Bryozoa.J They have no relation to the
latter, and but little to the former ; their tentacles are quite similar in
appearance to those of the Madrepores, although but six in number.
The family FungidaB has not hitherto been recognised as a distinct

* The Bryozoa, Rotifera, and Entozoa, are by no means the only links between the
Protozoa and the other sub-kingdoms ; on the contrary, the direct affiliations, and the
analogical connexions which arise from parallel gradations of developements in separate
and often distant groups, are numerous, and a long series of investigations will be required
before they can be fully made out. In the Baccillarias, and others of the Pseudopoda, we
appear to distinguish the Echinoderm and Acaleph form developed in an infusorial struc-
ture. The sponges, also, belong here, if animal, as Dujardin urges,* and seem, in like
manner, to represent the Zoophyta.

f Zoologia Adriatica, Bassano, 1792. See Blainville's Man. d'Actin., p. 30.

$ Ehrenberg, op. cit., 357 ; also, M. Perty, Allgemeine Naturgeschichte, as quoted in
Oken'slsis, 1841, p. 371.

* Annales des Sci. Nat., x., 5, 1838.
28

HO ZOOPHYTES.

group among the Astrseacea, yet it rests on characters of striking
importance (H 43, 78).

111. As the characters laid down for many of the received genera
were not drawn from a study of the animals, it has been found neces-
sary to vary their limits, restrict, extend, divide, or unite, according
to the facts thus ascertained. These changes have been made cau-
tiously, and no new names introduced, except after long deliberation.
On account of the various uses of the same name, by different
authors, it has been sometimes extremely difficult to decide on the
one to be received and retained. The admirable principles published
by the British Association, in 1843, have been followed in such cases.
An instance of the difficulty alluded to, will be found illustrated in
full under the family Caryophyllidse, where the authorities for the
different names of the genera adopted, are given, and the final
reasons for restoring the name Caryophyllia to the Cladocorse of
Ehrenberg.

The genus Explanaria of Ehrenberg, made up in part of certain
Astraeas, and of some of Lamarck's Explanarise and Gemmiporse, has
been disbanded, for reasons stated under the genus. The genus
Porites, as employed by late authors, contains two distinct genera, or
if we include fossil species, so called, four distinct genera. Its sub-
division, therefore, was unavoidable. The Porites spumosa is the
type of one of the recent genera, which I have called Manopora; the
species are closely related to the Madrepores. The Porites glomerata
and clavata are types of the other genus (Porites), which is so
decidedly peculiar in its characters, that it was necessary to establish
it as the type of a separate family, Poritidse (\ 40).

Other remarks, upon the changes that have been found unavoid-
able, will be made in the course of the following pages containing
descriptions of the genera and species. Those genera, whose places
in the system are not determined, are placed in an Appendix.

112. A few of the transitions among the genera are pointed out in
the following tables :

1. Transitions of the Astrceidce to the Fungidce.

f Monticularia .... ) „ • \ IT . r.t. C Fungia,
, „. , . 1 „„ . . „, . , .... > ravoma 1 Hernctolithus \ .•

( Meandrma ^ Manicina, Tndacophylha ( / . J Zoopilus,

Antrsea ? ( Merulina > •" ( Polyphyllia.

( A. orbicellie — Echinopora, Phyllastrsea ... )

CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES.

2. Transitions of the Astrceidce to the Caryophyllidce and Madreporacea.

Caulastrsea
Astrtea 1

[A. orbicellce

Cyathophyllidse . .

S Mussa I Fungia \ Stephanoph.
\ Euphyllia J Cydolites ^ Desmoph.
f A. rotulosa .... Cyathina
A. pleiades .... Stylina

| A. 'tnicrophthalma .
^Echinopora . . .

Anthoph.
) Oculina

Turbinolia,
Caryophyllia,

Dendrophyllia, T „. .

,-, r .' Madrepora,

Gemmipora I „ .

•t-lm > Goniopora, Porites,

Heliopora.

Astroiti8

Astrteopora

3. Transitions of the Madreporidce to the Caryophyllidce.

Madrepora .

x 1 Siderop.

Manopora JAIre°P-|
[_ Porites
Mad. labrosa [

Caryophyllia,
Turbinolia.
IPocillop., Seriatop. ) Cyathina,
Millepora ^ Oculina.
Favosites, Heliopora "J Stylina,
Catenipora Anthophyllum,
[ Astroitis,
. . Goniopora j Astreeopora,

Zoanthidte.

It is impossible in tables, or in any manner on a plane, to give a
correct and complete idea of all the interlinkings of genera ; circles
give a regularity to the reticulations, which is not found in nature.
The passage of the Madrepores into the Manoporee (table 3), and
from these into the Alveoporse, is almost a direct line ; from the
last, the line branches either way into the Porites and the Sideroporae,
and the Sideroporse pass into a network of species of the family
Favositidse, the Seriatoporse of which appear to lead the way to the
Oculinse. The Porites, through the Gonioporse, graduate into the
Astrseoporae, and thence to the Astroites on one side and the Gemmi-
porse on the other. The Madreporse also pass into the Gemmiporse,
and likewise into the Dendrophyllige, which two groups are closely
allied though distant in the table ; the four lines thus meet in the
Caryophyllia family, the genera of which have their principal grada-
tions, as shown above. By a study of the other tables, the relations
of the groups will be made out without particular explanation. The
Actinaria graduate towards the Alcyonaria, through certain Actiniae,
with four or eight lobed disks.

The following table contains a general view of the Classification of
Zoophytes, to which the principles discussed appear to lead, together
with the characteristics of the several subdivisions.

CONSPECTUS DISTRIBUTIONS ZOOPHYTORUM.

ZOOPHYTA.

ANIMALIA RADIATA ssepius basi affixa, superne tentaculis coronata
cum ore central! edentate, et intus, tubo cibario uniforo : androgyna ;
ovipara et gemmipara : nervis inconspicuis (?) : circulatione excorde
laxissima : sensus organis specialibus nullis.

ORDO I.— ACTINOIDEA.

Ventriculo stomachum includente lamellis radiatis generativis sep-
tato ; ovulis ore ejectis.

SUB-ORDO L— ACTINARIA.

Tentaculis 6, 12, aut pluribus, ssepissime non papillosis et apice
perforatis: ssepe coralligena; corallis calcareis, (rarissime cornels,)
cellis radiatis.

TRIBUS I.— ASTR^EACEA.

Multitentaculata, tentaculis subseriatis aut sparsis; ssepe gemmi-
para, gemmatione superiore, polypis superne lateraliter prolatantibus :
ssepe coralligena, corallis calcareis, cellis multi-radiatis, lamellis ultra
cellas productis, itaque superficie corallorum aggregatorum lamello-
striata.

FAMILIA I. ACTINID.E. Animalia non coralligena, ssopius affixa.

Genera. Actinia, Anthea, Adamsia, Edwardsia, Ilyanthus, Capnea, Actinecta, Epi-
cystis, Actinodendrum, Lucernaria, Metridium, Actineria, Heterodactyla, Epicladia.

FAMILIA II. ASTR.SID*:. Calcareo-coralligena ; tentaculis margine disci dispositis,
discis interdum seriatim tantummodo confluentibus : corallorum cellis excavatis, stellis cir-
cumscriptis, interdum lobatis aut lineatis ; lamellis corallorum aggregatorum in medio
septo saepius interruptis.

TABULAR VIEW OF THE CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES.

ZOOPHYTES.

ANIMALS of the class Radiata : usually attached at base : having a
coronet of tentacles above, and an edentate mouth at the centre :
within, an alimentary cavity, to which the mouth is the only opening:
androgynous; gemmiparous and oviparous : nerves indistinct (?) : cir-
culation very imperfect : no special organs of sense.

ORDER I.— ACTINOIDEA.

Visceral cavity enclosing the stomach, and divided into compart-
ments by radiated lamellaB, having reproductive functions; ovules
ejected through the mouth.

SUBORDER I.— ACTINARIA.

Tentacles 6, 12, or more, in number, not papillose, (with few ex-
ceptions,) and perforate at apex : often coral! igenous ; coralla calca-
reous, very rarely corneous, cells radiate with lamellae.

TRIBE I.— ASTILEACEA.

Tentacles many, in imperfect series or scattered ; when gemmi-
parous, gemmation superior, the polyps widening above: often coral-
ligenous ; coralla calcareous, cells multiradiate, lamellae prolonged
outward beyond the cells, and hence the surface in aggregate coralla
is lamello-striate.

FAMILY I. ACTINIDJS. Not coralligcnous, usually attached.

Genera. Actinia, Anthca, Adamsia, Edwardsia, Ilyanthus, Capnea, Actinecta, Epi-
cystis, Actinodendrum, Luccrnaria, Metridium, Actineria, Heterodactyla, Epicladia.

FAMILY II. ASTH^EID^E. Calcarco-coral I igenous ; tentacles arranged along the mar-
gin of the disks; disks sometimes confluent in simple series; coralla, with excavate cells,
stars circumscribed, sometimes lobed or linear; lamella1, in aggregate coralla, interrupted
usually along the middle of the septa.

ZOOPHYTES.

Genera. Euphyllia, Ctenophyllia, Mussa, Manicina, Caulastrsea, Tridacophyllia,
Astrrca, Meandrina, Monticularia, Phyllastraca, Merulina, Echinopora.

FAMILIA III. FUNOIDJE. Coralligena ; discis non circumscriptis, tentaculis sparsis,
brevibus et ssepe obsoletis: simplicissiina et aggregato-gemmata ; aggregatis, discis, un-
dique conflucntibus, interstitiis nullis: corallis superficie larnello-striatis et ssepius stel-
latis, cellis veris nullis; lamellis, aggregatis, ex uno ad alium centrum productis.

Genera. Fungia, Cyclolites, Herpetolithus, Halomitra, Polyphyllia, Zoopilus, Pavonin,
Agnricia, Psammocora.

TRIBUS II.— CARYOPHYLLACEA.

Multitentaculata; saepissime gemmipara, gemmatione inferiore,
gemmis lateralibus, raro (sicut in quibusdam Cyathophyllidis) sur-
sum crescentibus, polypis superne non prolatantibus : ssepe coralli-
gena, corallis calcareis, cellis multiradiatis, superficie interstitial! non
latnello-striata.

FAMILIA I. CYATIIOPHYLLID^E. Coralligena ; polyporum singulorum corallo interne
ad medium ssepius transversfe obliqu&ve septato et ccllul s >.

Genera. Cyathophyllum, Calophyllum, Amplexus, Caninia, Arachn<iphyllum, Acer-
vularia, Cystiophyllum, Clisiophyllum, Michelinia, Columnaria, Sarcinula.

FAMILIA II. CARYOPHYLLID.S:. Coralligena; tenlaculis confertis, elongatis ; oribus
longe exsertis : corallo intcrnfe non transversfe septato, cellis multiradiatis (radiis duo-
decim superantibus), caliculis margine tenuibus ; interstitiis nunquam lamello-slriatis.
(Lamellis fere integris.)

Genera. Ecmesu's, Cyathina, Stephanophyllia, Turbinalia, Desmophyllum, Culicia,
Caryophyllia, Dendrophyllia, Oculina, Anthophyllum, Stylina, Astroitis.

FAMILIA 111. GEMMIPORID.E. Coralligena; tentaculis brevibus, marginalibus, 2-3
seriatis, disco lato, paulo convexo ; corallis porosis, caliculis margine crassis, lamellis
fere sequalibus, non exsertis.

Genera. Gcmmipora, Astrosopora (?).

FAMILIA IV. ZOANTHIDJE. Non Coralligena, extus subcoriacea ; tentaculis brevibus,
marginalibus, 2—3 seriatis, disco sajpe convexo, margine radiate striato et interdum
valde reflexo.

Genera. Isaura, Zoantha, Palythoa.

TRIBUS III — MADREPORACEA.

Tentaculis uniseriatis, duodecim (raro pluribus), interdum obso-
letis; gemmipara, gemmatione laterali : Coralligena, corallis calcareis,
cellis parvulis, radiis 6-12, aut obsoletis ; superficie interstitiali non
lamello-striata.

FAMILIA I. MADREPORID.F.. Polypis 12-tcntaculatis, basi medio non coralligenis ;
itaque cellis profundissimis, ad medium corallum usque productis.
Genera. Madrepora, Manopora.

CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES. 1 j 5

Genera. Euphyllia, Ctcnnphyllia, Mussa, Manicina, Caulastraea, Tridacophyllia,
Astraea, Meandrina, Monticularia, Phyllastraea, Merulina, Echinopora.

FAMILY III. FUNGIDJE. Coralligenous ; disks not circumscribed, tentacles scattered,
short, and often obsolete : simple or aggregato-gemmate ; when aggregate, the disks
every way confluent without interstices : coralla, generally with a stellate surface, and
without proper cells ; lamellae, in aggregate species, continuous between adjacent polyp-
centres.

Genera. Fungia, Cyclolites, Herpetolithus, Halomitra, Polyphyllia, Zoopilus, Pavcnia,
Agaricia, Psammocora.

TRIBE II.— CARYOPHYLLACEA.

Polyps having numerous tentacles in two or more series : mostly
gemmiparous, gemmation inferior, buds lateral ; rarely (as in some
Cyathophyllidse) growing upward above the summit of the parent,
but summits of polyps (the disks or adjoining margins) not prolate:
generally coralligenous ; coralla calcareous, cells many-rayed, inter-
stitial surface not lamello-striate.

FAMILY I. CYATHOPHYLLIDSE. Coralligenous, the corallum of each polyp internally
at middle, usually transversely or obliquely cellular.

Genera. Cyathophyllum, Calophyllum, Amplexus, Caninia, Arachnophyllum, Acer-
vularia, Cystiophyllum, Clisiophyllum, Miehelinia, Columnaria, Sarcinula.

FAMILY II. CARYOPHYLLIDJS. Coralligenous ; tentacles crowded and long, mouths
long exsert ; corallum internally not transversely cellular ; cells many-rayed (rays more
than twelve), margin of calicles thin, interstices not lamello-striate. (Lamellae nearly or
quite entire.)

Genera. Ecmesus, Cyathina, Stephanophyllia, Turbinalia, Desmophyllum, Culicia,
Caryophyllia, Dcndrophyllia, Oculina, Anthophyllum, Stylina, Astroitis.

FAMILY III. GEMMIPORID.E. Coralligenous, tentacles short, marginal, in 2 to 3 series,
disk broad and a little convex : coralla porous ; calicles with a stout margin, lamellas
even and not exsert.

Genera. Gcmmipora, Astraeopora (?).

FAMILY IV. ZOANTHID.E. Not coralligenous, exterior subcoriaceous ; tentacles short,
marginal, in 2 or 3 series ; disk often convex with the margin radiately striate and some-
times much reflexed.

Genera. Isaura, Zoantha, Palythoa.

TRIBI: III.— MADREPORACEA.

Tentacles in a single series, 12 (rarely more), sometimes obsolete;
gemmiparous, gemmation lateral : coralligenous, coralla calcareous,
cells quite small, rays 6 to 12 or obsolete ; interstitial surface not
lamello-striate.

FAMILY I. MADREPORIDJ.. Polyps with 12 tentacles, not secreting lime at middle
part of base ; and hence the cells deep, extending to the centre of (he corallum.
Genera. Madrcpora, Manopora.

116 ZOOPHYTES.

FAMILIA 11. FAVOSITID.E. Polypis 12-tcntaculatis, basi seriatim coralligcnis, itaquo
cellis fundo calcareis, et mcdio corallo transverse septatis, raro solidis.

Genera. Alveopora (Alveojwrina) ; Sideropora, Seriatopora, Pocillopora, Stcnopora,
Constcllaria, Favosites, Catenipora (Favositince) ; Heliopora, Heliolitcs, Millepora (Helio-
porince).

FAMILIA III. PORITIDJE. Polypis tentaculis interdutn duodecim superantibus, tota
basi omnino porose coralligenis ; corallis undique aequaliter porosis, cellis paulo pro-
fundis aut superficialibus et medio corallo vix dispiciendis, radiis fere obsoletis.

Genera. Porifes, Goniopora.

TRIBUS IV.— ANTIPATHACEA.

Animalia 6-tentaculata, secretiones corneas basi elaborantia.

FAMILIA I. ANTIPATHID^!. Animalia carnosa, axem corneum s]>inulosum tcgentia.

SCBORDO II.— ALCYONARIA.

Animalia 8-tentaculata, tentaculis papillosis, papillis apice perfo-
ratis : ssepe coralligena, corallis calcareis aut cornels, raro siliceis,
cellis nunquam radiatis.

FAMILIA I. PEXNATFLID^E. Nunquam afFixa, aut libera, aut basi dcfossa.

Genera. Renilla, Pennatula, Veretillum, Funiculina, Virgularia (Pennatulina:) ; Pa-
vonaria, Umbellularia (Pavonarinee).

FAMILIA II. ALCYONID.E. Carnosa, penitus saepe calcarco-spiculigera.

Genera. Rhizoxcnia, Anthclia, Xenia (Xeninee); Ammothea, Sympodium, Nephthya,
Alcyonium {Alcyonince) ; Spoggodia (Spoggodinfe).

FAMILIA III. CORNTJLARID^E. Corallis tubulatis, corneis.

Genus. Cornularia.

FAMILIA IV. TUBIPORID.E. Corallis tubulatis, calcareis.

Genera. Aulopora, Telesto, Tubipora, Syringopora.

FAMILIA V. GORGONIDJE. Secretiones epidermicas basi elaborantia, et ssepissime
alias quoque calcareas internas.

Genera. Corallium (Coralliince) ; Hyalonema, Briareum, Gorgonia, Primnoa, Be-
bryce ( Gorgonince) ; Isis, Mopsea, Melitasa [Isince).

ORDO II.— HYDROIDEA.

Ventriculo tubulifortni, simplicissimo ; ovulis e lateribus externe
enascentibus.

FAMILIA I. HYDBIDJE. Ovulis singulis ; gemmis lateralibus, et pullis maturis dc-
ciduis : corallis nullis.
Genus. Hydra.

CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES.

FAMILY II. FAVOSITIDJ?. Polyps with 1'2 tentacles, secreting lime periodically at
base, and hence the cells have a calcareous bottom and in the interior of the corallum are
transversely septate, rarely solid.

Genera. Alveopora (Alveoporinee) ; Sideropora, Seriatopora, Pocillopora, Stenopora,
Constellaria, Favosites, Catenipora (Favositines) ; Heliopora, Heliolites, Millepora,
( Helioporince) .

FAMILY III. PORITID.E: Polyps with rarely more than 12 tentacles, forming porous
calcareous secretions continuously at base ; coralla every where equally fine-porous,
cells shallow or superficial and scarcely traceable within the corallum, rays indistinct.

Genera. Porites, Goniopora.

TRIBE IV.— ANTIPATHACEA.

Animals with 6 tentacles, forming at base corneous secretions.

FAMILY I. ANTIPATHID.E. Animals fleshy, enveloping a corneous spinulous axis.

SUBORDER II.— ALCYONARIA.

Animals with 8 tentacles; tentacles papillose, papillae perforate
at apex: often coralligenous; coralla calcareous or corneous, rarely
siliceous, cells never radiate within.

FAMILY I. PEN:VATULID,E. Never attached, but either free or with the base buried in
the mud.

Genera. Renilla, Pennatula, Vcretillum, Funiculina, Virgularia (PennatuZinee) ;
Pavonaria, Umbellularia (Pavonarince).

FAMILY II. ALCYO.VID.*:. Fleshy, usually containing disseminated calcareous granules.

Genera. Rhizoxenia, Anthelia, Xenia (Xeninee) ; Ammothea, Sympodium, Nephthya,
Alcyonium (Akyonince) ; Spoggodia (Spoggoditiee).

FAMILY III. CORNULARID.E. Forming corneous tubular coralla.

Genus. Cornularia.

FAMILY IV. TUBIPORID.B. Forming calcareous tubular coralla.

Genera. Aulopora, Telesto, Tubipora, Syringopora (?).

FAMILY V. GORGONID.E. Forming basal epidermic secretions, and often, also, other
tissue secretions, the latter separable from the former.

Genera. Corallium (Coralliime) ; Hyaloncma, Briareum, Gorgonia, Primnoa, Bebryce
(Gorgonince) ; Isis, Mopsea, MelitDea (Isimc}.

ORDER II.— HYDROIDEA.

Animals with the internal cavity tubular and quite simple : ovules
growing outward from the sides.

FAMILY I. HYDRID.E. Ovules single ; buds lateral, young falling off when full grown :
not coralligenous.
Gcmis. Hydra.

11§ ZOOPHYTES.

FAMILIA II. SERTVLARID.E. Ovulis in vesiculo inclusis, gcmmis latcralibus persis-
tcntibus : corallis corncis, caliculis sessilibus.

Genera. Antcnnularia, Plumularia, Sertularia, Thuiaria, Thoa, Pasythca.

FAMILIA III. CAMPANULARID^E. Ovulis in vesiculo inclusis, gcmmis lateralibus per-
sistentibus ; corallis corneis, caliculis pedicellatis.

Genera. Laomcdea, Campanularia.

FAMILIA IV. TUBULARIDJJ. Gcmmulis nudis caduceis, juxta tentaculos enasccntibus ;
animalia ssepe coralligcna, corallis corneis, tubulatis.

Genera. Pennaria, Tubularia, Syncoryna, Corydendrium, Eudendrium, Coryna,
Hydractinia.

A BRIEF REVIEW OF THE PRINCIPAL SYSTEMS OF CLASSIFICATION OF FORMER AUTHORS.

— The principal systems of classification in this department of Zoology, arc those of
Lamarck, Lamouroux, Schweiggcr, Blainville, Ehrenbcrg, and Milne Edwards.

LAMARCK. — This author included under the head of Polyps, the Infusoria and Rotifera,
together with the Corallina3 (Algae) and Sponges. The following are his subdivisions,
as given in the second edition of his work on Invertebrate Animals, with their equiva-
lents, where there are such, in the system adopted.

ORDO I. POLYPI CILIATI. Includes the Infusoria and Rotifera.

OHDO II. POLYPI DENUDATI, or naked polyps. A group of unrelated genera, compris-
ing the Hydrse, part of the Zoanthidae, and part of the Tubularidae.

ORDO III. POLYPI VAGINATI, or coralligenous polyps, subdivided as follows :

1. " Polypiers fluviatiles," somefresh-u-ater Bryozoa with the Spongillro.

2. " Polypiers vaginiformcs." The Hydroidea, excepting the Hydrce, together with
some Bryozoa and Coralline Algae.

3. " Polypiers d reseau." Mostly Bryozoa.

4. " Polypiers foramines /" compact calcareous corals with small cells, without
rays. The Tubiporae of the Alcyonaria, and the Favosites, Catenipora: and Milleporae of
the Madrepore tribe, with some others.

5. " Polyjners lamelliftres." Calcareous with rayed cells. The coralligenous As-
trasacea, Caryophyllacea, and the Madreporacea, excepting the Favosites, Catenipora?,
and Milleporas.

6. " Polypiers corticiftres." The Antipathi and Gorgonidas, with many of the
Coralline Algas.

7. " Polypiers empates." The Sponges, with some of the Coralline Alga?.
ORDO IV. POLYPI TUBIFERI. The family Alcyonidie.

ORDO V. POLYPI NATANTES. The Pcnnatulidaj from among the Alcyonaria, together
with the family of Encrinites, which belong with Echinodcrms.

LAMOUROUX. — Lamouroux, excluding the first order of Lamarck, arranges Zoophytes
in three groups. 1. Those tJuit arc flexible or not entirely stony ; 2. Those that are
stony and not Jlexibk; and 3. Those that arc Jleshy (sarcoid) wit/tout a central axis.
He included in the first division, the Hydroidea, part of the Bryozoa, the Corallin:r,
Sponges, and Gorgonidae ; in the 2d. The remainder of the Bryozoa, the Caryophyllia,
Astnca, and Madrepore trites, together with the " Foramines" of Lamarck ; and in the
3d. The Alcyonia, Zoanthidsc, and other unallied species.

SCHWEIGGER. — Schweiggcr divides Zoophytes into Z. MONOIIYLA, and Z. HETERO-

CLASSIFICATION OF ZOOPHYTES. [ ] 9

FAMILY II. SERTULARIU.E. Ovules enclosed in ovarian vesicles ; buds lateral, per-
sistent : coralla corneous, calicles sessile.

Genera. Antennularia, Plumularia, Sertularia, Thuiaria, Thoa, Pasythea.

FAMILY III. CAMPANULARID.E. Ovules enclosed in ovarian vesicles ; buds lateral,
persistent ; coralla corneous, calicles pedicellate.

Genera. Laomedea, Campanularia.

FAMILY IV. TL-BI-L.AIRID^E. Caducous gcmmules growing from near the base of the
tentacles, and naked ; often coralligenous, coralla corneous, tubular.

Genera. Pennaria, Tubularia, Syncoryna, Corydendrium, Eudendrium, Coryna, Hy-
dractinia.

HVLA, separating thus the fleshy species from the others ; the former including Lamarck's
orders, I., II., IV., and the latter, the remainder of his orders. The Zoophyta Heterohyla
are subdivided as follows :

1. Lithoplii/ta nullipora. Nullipores, lately shown to be of vegetable nature, secre-
ting lime.

2. Lithophyta porosa. The Madrepore tribe, excluding the Favosites and Catcnipora?.

3. Lithophyta lamellosa. The coralligenous Astrceacea and Caryophyllacea.

4. Lithophyta jbtuhua. Lamarck's "Polypiers foramines."

5. Ceratophyta sjjo/igiosa. Sponges, and some Alcyonida?.

6. Ceratophyta tubulosa. The Hydroidea (excluding the Hydridre), the Tubularidse
in part, and some of the Bryozoa.

7. Ceratopliyt.a foliacca. Bryozoa.

8. Ceratophyta corticosa. The Antipathi and Gorgonidcc.

9. Pennce marina;. The Pennatulidffi.

BLAINVILLE. — Blainville includes under the name Zoophytes, the fleshy Aclinice as
well as the coralligenous species, and also the Echinoderms, Acalephce, and Sponges.
The Sponges constitute his " Amorphozoaires" and the other species, the " Aclinozo-
aires." The " Actinozoaires" are distributed as follows :

CLASS I. " CIRRHODKRMAIRES," including the Echinoderms.

CLASS II. " AHACIINODERMAIHES." The Acalcphir.

CLASS III. " ZOANTIIAIHES." The Actinidoc, Zoanthidas, together with the coralligenous
Astra?acca, Caryophyllacea, and Madreporacea, excluding from the last the Antipathi,
Milleporse, and Favosites, nearly as was done by Lamarck.

CLASS IV. " POLYPIAIRES." Includes the Milleporm, under which name Blainville
follows Lamouroux in comprising various unallied genera, characterized by the small
non-radiate cells of the corallum ; and in other divisions, the Bryozoa and Hydroidea.

CLASS V. " Zooi'iiYTAiREs." Corresponding to the Alcyonaria.

We perceive in this classification a great advance beyond those preceding it. The
Alcyonaria, before widely distributed, are here united in a single group : the Actinidoc
are arranged with the coral polyps ; the Bryozoa are mostly grouped together, and the
Hydroidea arc brought into close association, although still the Hydra forms a sub-class
next to the Sertularidaj, instead of being united with them.

EHRENBKHC. — Khrcnberg divides Zoophytes — his Anthozoa — into the two orders,
Zoocorallia and Phytocorallia. The former, " Animal Zoophytes" contains the fleshy

120 ZOOPHYTES.

species and unattached coralligenous species ; and the latter, " Plant Zoophytes" the
attached coralligenous species.*

The order ZOOCORALLIA includes the following subdivisions :

THIBE I. ZOOCOHALLIA POLYACTITSTA. Comprises his families Actinina, Zoanthina,
and Fungina, corresponding respectively to the families Actinidae, Zoantlwkc, and the
free Fungidae, along with the genus Turbinalia of the Caryophyllia tribe.

TRIBE II. ZOOCORALLIA OCTACTINIA, or species with 8 rays to the polyps. Com-
prises his families Xenina, Tubiporina, Halcyonina, and Pennatulina, or all the Alcyo-
naria but the Gorgonidos, which fall into his second order.

TRIBE III. ZOOCOKALLIA OLIGACTINIA, corresponding to Hydroidea, and including
his families Hydrina, Tubularina, and Sertularina.

The order PHYTOCORALLIA, is subdivided as follows :

TRIBE IV. PIIYTOCOHALLIA POLYACTINIA. Includes the families Ocellina, and De-
dalina ; the former corresponding to the Caryophyllidte. and Cyathophyllida:, except (hat
the Turbinalise are excluded by Ehrenberg, and some Astrajas are introduced under the
genus Explanaria ; and the latter corresponding nearly to the -Astrccidos and Fungida!,
except that the free Fungidx are separated.

TRIBE V. PHYTOCORALLIA DODECACTINIA. Comprises the families Madreporina and
Milleporina, the first including the Poritidte and part of the Madreporida3, and the second,
the remainder of the Madreporidos of the system adopted.

TRIBE VI. PHYTOCORALLIA OCTACTINIA, including the families Isidea and Gorgonina,
corresponding to the Gorgonidoe.

TRIBE VII. PHYTOCORALLIA OLIGACTINIA, including the single genus Allopora.

This system removes the free Fungidse far from the attached species, and the same
principle carried out should place in different families the free and attached Cyathophylla,
Euphylliac, and others. The natural group Alcyonaria is divided, and the parts arc
widely separated. Notwithstanding these singularities arising from the undue importance
allowed to the characters of his Orders, the system exhibits throughout the comprehensive
acumen of its distinguished author, and was the first that rested its distinctions solely on
the structure of the animals, or the living zoophytes.

MILNE EDWARDS. — In the philosophical system of Milne Edwards, the Bryozoa con-
stitute the order Polypes tuniciens ; and other Zoophytes (our Zoophyta), his Polypes
parcnchymates. This second order he subdivides as follows :

1. " Sertulariens." Corresponding to the Hydroidcn.

2. " Zoantliaires." Corresponding to the Actinaria.

3. " Alcyoniens." Corresponding to the Alcyonaria.

The Alcyonia group, which is bound together by important characters, is thus kept
united; and the other groups are equally well defined in their limits and characteristics.
The " Zoanthaires" and " Alcyoniens," constitute together our Actinoidea, a group which
is equivalent, as a whole, rather than ils parts, to the " Sertulariens" (Hydroidea),

' These orders are characterized by Elircnbcrg as follows (op. cit., pp. 255, and 299) :
ZOOCORALLIA. Corpore aut omnino molli, aut Cephalupodum more intus lapidem generante (seeernente
ncc excernente) hinc soepe omnino Hbr.ra ct, prater formam, animalium charactercs omncs pcrlcctius
scrvantia. PIIVTOCORALLIA, Corpore aut lapideam aut corneam matcriam agglutinantcm seeernente ac
dorso (solca) exccrnentn ejusque ope semper adnato (Ostrearum more).

ZOOPHYTA,

ORDER I.— ACTINOIDEA.

SUB-ORDER I.— ACTINARIA.
TRIBE I.— ASTR^EACEA.

Zoophyta aut omnino carnosa, aut coralligena ; tentaculis numerosis,
multiseriatis, aut sparsis. S<zpe gemmata, gemmatione superiore,
polypis superne lateraliter prolatantibus. Coralligenis, corallis calr
careis, cellis multiradiatis, lamellis ultra cellas productis, itaque super-
jicie corallorum aggregatorum lamello-striatd.

Zoophytes, either wholly fleshy or coralligenous; tentacles numerous,
in more than one series, or scattered. Often budding ; buds termi-
nal or sub-terminal, the polyps widening above by growth. Coralla
calcareous, lamellae of cells numerous, intersecting the interstices
between cells in massive species.

The polyps of the Astrseacea are described in the preceding pages
(M 19, to 29, and 42). The general appearance of the corals usually
distinguishes them at a glance from other species. When massive,
the whole surface is marked with the radiating lamellse, those of one
cell extending and meeting those of the next, instead of being con-
fined to the cell itself, as in the Madreporacea and recent Caryophyl-
lacea (H 48, 76).

122 ZOOPHYTES.

FAMILY I.— ACTINID^E.

Astrceacea non coralligena, simplicissima, scepius basi affixa.
Non-coralligenous Astraeacea, not budding, usually attached at base.

The appearance, general characters, and habits of the Actinia have
been already considered, and little remains to be added here, except to
mention some of the varieties of structure, and the groupings or
genera in consequence adopted. The most common form is that of a
cylindrical animal, with a coronet of simple slender tentacles en-
circling the mouth. The base, by which it attaches itself, is often
much spreading, and the same is also true of the upper extremity or
disk. The margin of the disk is very undulating in some species,
or appears as if gathered into a few large folds ; and that of the base
is either entire, undulating, gash-lobed, or edged by shallow crena-
tures. The tentacles may be much longer than the body, or rudi-
mentary,— in a dense circle, fringing the disk, or scattered over its
whole surface, — either equal or very unequal, with sometimes the
inner and sometimes the outer series much the longest : and in shape,
they may be terete and pointed (subulate), — the usual shape, — or
they may terminate in an obtuse point, or even rounded head. The
exterior surface is either smooth, granulous, lined with striae or
simply with coloured markings, papillose, tuberculate, or covered
with small suckers (suctorial vesicles), like those of the cuttle-fish :
and often the margin of the disk is edged with a series of rather
prominent tubercles, which seem to be rudimentary tentacles, or may
at least correspond to these organs. Though usually in several
series, there are a few species described, in which the tentacles
appear to be in a single series. The tubercles of the surface are
sometimes distinctly perforated ; but this perforate character is not
confined to the tuberculate species.

From this, the common variety, there is a passage to others, in
which the tentacles are subdivided, branched, or papillose, or fur-
nished with suctorial vesicles, and these sucker cups sometimes cover
the surface of the disk. In some species, which bury themselves in
the sand, and thus prevent the aeration of the body through the sides,
one or more series of tentacles are often delicately lobed and frosted
with mossy projections or papillae, thus spreading a larger surface

TRIBE I ASTR^EACEA. 123

than the ordinary tentacles could do, for the process of aeration : and
these appendages may be either external and marginal, or they may
be scattered among the other tentacles, or may take the place of
all the ordinary tentacles, and cover a large part of the disk. Such
species are usually furnished with suctorial vesicles, either upon the
fringe-tentacles, disk, or sides, or both, which enable them to gather
around them the sand, pebbles, and shells, beneath which they lie
concealed. Nothing can exceed the beauty of the embroidery with
which these species are decorated.*

Besides the above modifications, there are some species which
swim free in the ocean, and for this purpose have an air cavity in the
base of the animal, formed by drawing together the sides of the base;
and, within the cavity, there is a broad disk composed of air-cells,
which answers as a float for the animal. This structure was first
figured and accurately described by Lesueur. " This disk is formed
of a multitude of small membranes, placed one on another, the largest
at the upper part, the rest diminishing in size to the point where this
disk is in contact with the bottom of the cavity ; its membranes in
this place are solid and pressed together, particularly towards the
centre, where is a small conic, hard, opaque nucleus, whence these
membranes seem to have their origin, and form the disk. This air-
bladder disk is easily separated from the cavity which encloses it."f

* It has been questioned whether these fringe-appendages, especially when marginal,
should be considered the analogues of tentacles. The relation which has been shown to
exist between the size of the animal, the number of its visceral lamella, and the number
and position of its tentacles, affords some ground for deciding upon this point. From the
facts stated in § 25, it appears that the normal number of tentacles in the Actiniae is quite
large, and each corresponds to an interval between the numerous visceral lamella?, of
which there are, in the species referred to, about seven to a breadth of a fourth of an
inch. In species, therefore, which have, along with these fringe-appendages, compara-
tively few simple tentacles, as inner series, it is a fair inference, that the fringe is actually
an analogue of the outer tentacles. The same conclusion also follows with regard to the
tubercles of the margin, which characterize many species.

The elongate lobes to the disk, which distinguish the Lucernarire, and which are fur-
nished with suctorial vesicles without proper tentacles, may arise in part from the pro-
duction of the tentacles in sets, instead of their separate developement. And in the
Alcyonaria, which have but eight tentacles, and appear to be related to the Actiniae
through the Lucernarire, it is quite possible that each fringed tentacle should be viewed
as the analogue, generally, of more than a single tentacle in an Actinia ; this would be
inferred from the usual relation between the size of the animals and the number of these
organs.

t Lesueur, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad. i. 182, and figure 6, pi. 7.

124 ZOOPHYTES.

The genera of Actinidae are characterized as follows :

I. Tentacles not in any part papillose or laciniately lobed.

A. Tentacles simple, wittiaut suctorial vesicles.

GENUS I. ACTINIA. (Linn.) Tentacles simple, retractile, sometimes
obsolescent; attached at base. (Includes the Discosoma of Leuckart,
the Actinoloba and Actinocereus of Blainville, the Cribrina of Ehren-
berg.)

GENUS II. ANTHEA. (Johnston.) Resembling Actinia, but the ten-
tacles not retractile. (Johnston's British Zoophytes, 220. The name
is from avdos, a flower.)

GENUS III. CAPNEA. (Forbes.) Body cylindrical and invested with
a thick lobed epidermis, adhering by a broad base ; tentacles simple,
very short. (E. Forbes, Esq., Mag. Zool. and Bot. vii. (1840)
80. The genus is near the Zoanthidse.) The name is from x<x*v»i,
chimney.

GENUS IV. ILYANTHUS. (Forbes.) Resembling Actinia, but body
tapering to a point below, and probably free or buried in the mud :
tentacles simple, retractile. (E. Forbes, Esq., Mag. Zool and Bot.
v. 180, (1840). The name is from i\vs, mud, and avdos, flower.)

GENUS V. EDWARDSIA. (Quatrefages.) Free, vermiform, middle
part covered with an epidermis more or less thick arid opaque ; lower
extremity transparent, rounded, arid this, as well as the upper ex-
tremity, retractile. (A. de Quatrefages, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xviii.
(1842) 65. The genus may be near the Zoanthidae. May be identi-
cal with the Moschata of Renieri ?).

GENUS VI. ACTINECTA. (Blainville.) Near Actinia in general
form, but free, and having an air cavity, and cellular float, in the base
of the animal. (Blainville, Man. d'Actin. p. 318. The name of the
genus is from actinia and necto, to swim. This genus includes the
Minyas of Cuvier, which was incorrectly characterized. Ehrenberg
also refers here the Moschata of Renieri, a free, vermiform Actinia,
having many of the characters of the Edwardsia of Quatrefages.)

B. With suctorial vesicles upon Hie. tentacles or disk.

1. Margin of disk not deeply lobed.

GENUS IV. EPICYSTIS. (Ehrenberg.) Tentacles not branched, part,
or all of them, or the disk, furnished with suctorial vesicles. (Ehren-
berg, Berlin Trans. 1832, p. 268. Includes the Actinodendrum of
Ehrenberg, but not of Blainville.)

GENUS V. ACTINODENDRUM. (Blainville.) Tentacles branched, ex-
tremities enlarged and covered with numerous suctorial (?) vesicles
(Blainville, Man. d'Actin. p. 320.)

TRIBE I. — AST R^ ACE A. 125

2. Upper margin of the animal 4 or 8 lobe d.

GENUS VI. LUCERNARIA. (Mutter.} Suctorial appendages covering
the extremities of the lobes. (Muller, Zool. Dan. Prod. 232.)

IF. Some or all of the tentacles papillose or frondescently lobed ; with or without suc-
torial vesicles.

GENUS VII. METRIDIUM. (Oken.) With numerous simple tenta-
cles like those of the Actiniae, and, besides, frondescent or papillose
appendages, corresponding to other tentacles, or pertaining to the
base of the simple ones. (Includes the Heterodactyla of Ehrenberg.
The genus Sarcorhinanthus of Lesson, (from <rap?, flesh, and the genus
Rhinanthus, in botany,) falls in part here, or includes another genus
with the inner tentacles clavate and vesiculigerous, for which Ehren-
berg has proposed the name Europala.}

GENUS VIII. ACTINERIA. (Blainville.} All the tentacles either
subdivided or more or less papillose, often very short. (Blainville,
Man. d'Actin. 322; includes the Metridium, Epicladia, and Mega-
lactis, of Ehrenberg, and probably the Thalassianthus of Leuckart.)

The number of genera here given is less than has been received,
and it may be necessary to follow Ehrenberg in subdividing the last
two groups, according as the tentacles are furnished or not with suc-
torial vesicles. The presence of these vesicles characterizes Ehren-
berg's genera Heterodactyla and Epicladia.

GENUS I.— ACTINIA.*

ActinidcB basi scepius affixes. ; tentaculis simplicissimis et nudis, retrac-
tilibus.

Actinidse usually attached at base ; tentacles simple and naked,
retractile.

The species of Actinia? are characterized with difficulty. Colour,
the particular mention of which constitutes half of many descriptions,
is generally of little importance, the same species presenting very
different shades. Yet the arrangement of the colours, especially if
in stripes, or bands, is often characteristic. It should be observed,

* The descriptions of the species of Actinidse beyond, have been prepared for this
Report by Mr. Joseph Drayton, of the Expedition, by whom the drawings were made at
sea. They are made out from the notes of Mr. J. P. Couthouy, who had charge of the
department during the earlier part of the cruise, and also from his own observations.

126 ZOOPHYTES.

moreover, that the smooth exterior sometimes graduates into the
pustulate ; moreover, the number of tentacles and of the series of
tentacles, is less in young individuals.

The genus Discosoma of Leuckart, which comprised the depressed
species with rudimentary or obsolete tentacles, is not retained, inas-
much as the length of the tentacles, considered as a generic character,
is of slight importance. The flat disk shape belongs also to some
species with prominent tentacles. The genus Actinoloba of Blain-
ville is distinguished by an undulated or sublobate margin, a cha-
racter which fades insensibly, as we trace it through the different
species of Actinia.

Ehrenberg's Cribrinae do not appear entitled to constitute a distinct
genus ; the lateral perforations which characterize them occurring
in naked as well as tuberculate species. This author also subdivides
the genus Actinia into the sub-genera, Isacmcea, those with equal ten-
tacles ; Entacmaa, those with the inner tentacles longest ; Ectacmcea,
those with the outer tentacles longest ; and Mesacmcea, those with the
medial longest.

The genus Adamsia has been instituted by E. Forbes, Esq., for
the Actinia maculata of Adams, and is characterized as follows : body,
when expanded, bilobate, adhering by a broad base ; tentacles subre-
tractile, simple.

I. TENTACULIS suiu:uns.

1. Margine superno uniseriatim tuberculato. — (Upper margin uniseriately tuberculate.)
a. Tentaculis disci dimidio fongioribus. — ( Tentacles longer than Jialfthe disk.)

1. ACTINIA FLAGELLIFERA (Dray ton).

A. extus levis, medio 1|" crassa, infra supraque valde dilatata (2J"
lata), basi late lobata, margine superno uniseriatim tuberculata ; ten-
taculis longissimis (2-3") flagelliformibus, 3-seriatis ; ore prominulo,
elliptico.

Exterior smooth; 1| inches broad at middle, upper and lower ex-
tremities much dilated (2J inches broad), margin of the summit
with a single series of rather large tubercles; tentacles very long
(2 to 3 inches), flagelliform, in 3 series; mouth somewhat promi-
nent, elliptical.

TRIBE I. — ASTR J& ACE A. 127

Plate 1, fig. 1. Animal, natural size; a, the same, with part of the
tentacles removed showing the disk ; b, c, d, extremities of the inner,
middle, and outer tentacles, respectively, magnified about three dia-
meters, from drawings by J. P. Couthouy ; e, tentacles of another
variety.

On rocks near Funchal and Camera de Lobos, Madeira. — Ex. Ex.

" Of an amber-brown colour; very contractile; when the animal is
fully expanded, almost flat, and base irregularly lobed; three rows of
tentacles of a delicate pea-green colour, two to three inches long, with
the extremities of a beautiful lake colour, the inner row (5), under the
microscope very delicately granulated, and furnished with a short
fibrous penicillation at the ends, which the animal apparently with-
draws or protrudes at pleasure, the middle row having the termina-
tions gradually tapering and smooth, and the external row strongly
marked with transverse striae or rugae, and pointed at tip. A single
range of tubercles surrounds the upper edge of the disk outside of the
tentacles. The mouth is elliptical, usually a little elevated, giving
the appearance of a flat truncate cone to the upper surface, which is
of a delicate purple, with lines radiating to the tentacles. The tenta-
cles are never wholly contracted.

" A singular feature in the economy of this zoophyte, and one
which, in connexion with the peculiar structure of its tentacles, might
justify the formation of a new genus for it, is the remarkable pecu-
liarity it exhibits of closing upon every object presented. On attempt-
ing to detach one from the rock, I was astonished to find that instead
of contracting at the touch like the generality of Actiniae, its tentacles
immediately closed upon my fingers, adhering to them as if furnished
with suckers; and this so strongly, that these organs were broken
off — remaining on the hand — before relinquishing their hold. Sub-
sequent attempts were made with the same results, and after con-
tinued irritation, the animal, in no instance, could be made wholly to
contract them. A slight stinging sensation was produced by much
handling them. Several specimens were taken on board and placed
in a jar of water, but died in a short time, notwithstanding the water
was frequently changed. After the first day, they lost nearly all
their power of adhesion by the tentacles, and never fully expanded,
although they fixed themselves very firmly by their base. They
possess, like many of the family, a limited power of locomotion by

12g ZOOPHYTES.

means of their base, which supplies the place of a foot; one of
them, which was left at the bottom of a jar at night had ascended
about six inches on the side by the next morning. The only organs
which could be discovered apparently connected with the faculty of
attaching themselves to objects, were the delicate fibrous penicilla-
tions on the extremities of the inner series of tentacula. None of the
others appeared to be tubular, yet all of them, more or less, possessed
this power.

" Having a number of Monodontas too much crowded in a large jar
of water, I took out half a dozen and placed them in a jar with the
Actinia. On looking at them about three hours after, I found that
instead of climbing like the others to the top of the water, they re-
mained just where they had fallen, closely withdrawn into their shells.
Supposing them dead, they were taken out, when they directly began
to emerge ; and when returned to the jar with the other Monodontas,
they were all, in less than five minutes, clustered around its mouth.
On placing them again in the jar with the Actinia, though kept there
for two hours, they did not once show themselves out of the shell.
Once more placing them along with the other shells, they exhibited
their former signs of life and activity. The experiment was repeated
several times with a large Littorina with the same results, evincing
fear of the Actinia on the part of the molluscs." — J. P. COUTHOUY.

2. ACTINIA PUSTULATA (Couthouy).

A. extus pustulata, medio cylindrica et 2" crassa, infra supraque valde
dilatata (fere 3"), basi angustissime (1-1J'") inciso-lobata, margine
superno tuberculata, tuberculis remotis, breviter tentaculiformibus ;
tentaculis subcequis, prcelongis (fere 2") et validioribus, subulatis,
biseriatis ; ore oblongo (f") valde prominente, intus sex-partito : con-
tracta, cylindrico-hemispherica.

Exterior pustulate, at middle cylindrical and 2 inches broad, upper
and lower extremities very much spread (nearly 3 inches in
breadth), base at margin inciso-lobate with the lobes very narrow
(1 to l£ lines), upper margin tuberculate, the tubercles remote and
like rudimentary tentacles; tentacles nearly equal, quite long (nearly
2 inches) and stout subulate, in two series ; mouth oblong (^ of an

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 129

inch), very prominent, with six lobes within : animal, when con-
tracted, of a cylindrico-hemispherical form.

Plate 1, fig. 2, animal, expanded, natural size; a, a view of the
mouth and disk ; b, animal contracted.

t
Common on rocks at low tide off Praya Grande fort, Rio de Janeiro.

Prevailing colour, of body, bronze ; a line of dark ochreous red on
upper edge of disk and outside of the tentacles ; tentacles, dull pale
yellow, approaching to ochre; rudimentary tentacles with tips white;
mouth reddish-brown, interrupted by a ring of green, and terminating
in a white orifice, the inner edge of which is marked with a bright
vermilion hue ; disk, from base of tentacles to mouth, olive-green. —
J. DRAYTON.

" The contracted animal resembles the upper half of a fig. When
expanded, the disk is sometimes three inches in diameter, and the
whole exterior surface has a pustular appearance. The base is divided
into numerous protuberant small lobes, and dilates very much at
times. The upper margin of the animal just exterior to the tentacles
is coarsely beaded, and surrounded by a range of short rudimentary
tentacles, with white tips and ochreous base. The mouth is very
protuberant, and the oblong opening is rendered sexpartite by as
many deep rugae : this was constant in some fifty species, examined.
When fully expanded, the disk is spread out like a broad rim beyond
the body, and the base dilated in like manner. The colours of this
Actinia are very variable, but the prevailing hue appeared to be a
very deep olive-green for the body. Some individuals had the body
of a crimson or purple colour, and the tentacles a deep green ; others,
the body a light brown, and the tentacles bright red with yellow
cloudings. In many places they were grouped together in clusters
of hundreds, and through the clear water, when calm, they presented
the appearance of beds of submarine flowers, whose depth and bril-
liancy of colour of innumerable shades, are not surpassed by any of
the flowers of the land." — J. P. COUTHOUY.

3. ACTINIA VERATRA. (Drayton.)

A. extus papillosa, medio 2J" crassa, infra supraque valde (3|") dila-
tata, basis margine undulata, margine superno uniseriatim tubercu-

130 ZOOPHYTES.

lata ; tentaculis subcequis, prcelongis (If"), spar sis, fere 3-seriatis,
subulatis, nullis marginalibus ; ore 1' oblongo, prominente.

Exterior papillose, at middle 2£ inches broad, upper and lower extre-
mities very much dilated (3| inches in breadth), margin of base
undulate, upper margin uniseriately tuberculate; tentacles sub-
equal, quite long (1| inches), scattered, nearly in 3-series, subulate,
none marginal ; mouth an inch long, prominent.

Plate 1, figure 3, animal natural size.

On the rocks of the shores at Wollongong, N. S. Wales. Exp. Exp.

Body, deep green and covered with small tubercles or papillae of
same colour as body ; tentacles, bright grass-green, and peculiar in
being situated midway between the mouth and edge of disk; disk
bright orange, and darker between the base of the tentacles and the
mouth ; somewhat in folds by the contraction of its edge, on which
is a row of green tubercles ; colour of mouth green ; of the opening,
flesh-colour.

Another variety of this species was seen with the body a dull grass-
green : tentacles and disk, pale sage-green. — J. DRAYTON.

b. Tentaculis disci dimidio brevioribus. — (Tentacles shorter than half the disk.)

4. ACTINIA CLEMATIS. (Drayton.)

A. depressa, extus pustulata, media 2£" crassa, infra supraque vaMe
dilatata, disco latiore (4"), plicato-lobato, margine uniseriatim tuber-
culato, tuber culis sesquilinearibus ; tentaculis brevibus (§"), validis,
numerosis (fere 5-seriatis), disci portione nudd dimidio latitudinis
angustiore ; ore oblongo ($"),prominulo.

Depressed, exterior pustulate, at middle 2£ inches broad, upper and
lower extremities much dilated, the upper most so and 4 inches
broad, with the margin lobed and uniseriately tuberculate, tubercles
a line and a half broad; tentacles short and rather stout, numerous
(nearly in 5 series), the uncovered portion of the disk less than half
the whole diameter; mouth oblong (§ of an inch), but little pro-
minent.

TRIBE I.— ASTR^EACEA. 131

Plate 1, figs. 4 and 5, different varieties, natural size.

Valparaiso, Chili. Exp. Exp.

In one variety, the body, with the disk and tentacles, is of a deep
rich green colour ; the centre of the disk a little paler, the marginal
tubercles a bright yellow, and the under part of the foot yellow. In
another, the body is a deep crimson, with the tubercles of the lateral
surface deep green, and the marginal tubercles vermilion ; the ten-
tacles dark lake, and the central part of the disk, a paler lake ; under
surface of the base, a bright orange, approaching to vermilion. The
disk is very broadly dilated, and forms four or five lobes or folds, by
an upturning of the margin. — J. DRAYTON.

5. ACTINIA FLORIDA. (Dray ton.)

A. confertim papillosa, 2-2£" alta, media 2J" crassa, infra supraque
parti dilatata (3"), basis margine undulata, margine superno uni-
seriatim tuberculata, subplicata; tentaculis brevibus (5-6'") subcequis,
subulatis, validis, confertis, 5-subseriatis ; ore prominente.

Exterior crowdedly papillose, height 2 to 2£ inches, at middle 2^
inches thick; lower and upper extremities sparingly dilated (3
inches in breadth), margin of base undulate, upper margin unise-
riately tuberculate, somewhat plicate ; tentacles short (about half
an inch), nearly equal, subulate, stout, crowded, in 5 imperfect
series ; mouth prominent.

Plate 2, figs. 6, 7, 8, different varieties, natural size.

Shores of San Lorenzo, off Callao, Peru. Exp. Exp.

The disk of this species is usually in five folds, and the tentacles
cover a breadth of half to three-fourths of an inch. The surface of
the disk, between the tentacles and the mouth, is strongly marked by
numerous radiating lines. One variety has a royal smalt colour, with
the small papillae of the surface a fine ultramarine, the disk a paler
blue, and the marginal tubercles pearly white. Another is verdigris
green, with the papillae of the same colour, and the marginal tubercles
yellow. Another (fig. 8), apparently the same species, though a little
higher (near 3 inches), has the papillae of the lateral surface of a sap-

132 ZOOPHYTES.

green colour on a reddish ground, with the tentacles a dull purple,
the disk between the tentacles and the mouth light grayish-green,
the mouth flesh-colour, and the under surface of the base scarlet. —
J. DRAYTON.

Figure 26 may be the young of the above species. — J. DRAYTON.

6. ACTINIA TABELLA. (Draytori).

A. extus kvis, medio vix I" crassa, infra supraque valde dilatata
(fere 2"), basis margine late lobata, margine superno uniseriatim
tuberculata ; tentaculis brevibus (4'"), subcequis, validis, subu-
latis, confertis, ^-subseriatis ; ore oblongo, prominente : contracta,
subglobosd.

Exterior smooth, animal scarcely an inch thick at middle, with the
upper and lower extremities very much dilated (nearly two inches
in breadth), margin of base broad lobed, upper margin tubercu-
late; tentacles short (4 lines), sub-equal, stout, subulate, crowded,
__ in 4 imperfect series; mouth oblong and prominent: form of animal,
subglobose when contracted.

Plate 2, fig. 9, animal natural size; a, same, contracted.

On the rocks of False Bay, Porto Praya, Cape de Verds. Exp. Exp.

Colour of animal throughout, a deep crimson, except the marginal
tubercles, which are rather large and of a bright violet colour. When
contracted, the form is nearly pyriform or subglobose, and the tenta-
cles wholly disappear ; the surface has fine parallel linings running
perpendicularly, which are hardly perceptible when expanded. —
J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA GRAMINEA. (Dray ton.}

A. extus levis, basi valde dilatata (2"), profunde lobata, et margine
uniseriatim pustulata; supra subcylindrica, 1" crassa; disco parce
latior, margine superno uniseriatim tuberculato ; tentaculis brevibus
(3—4'"), subcequis, subulatis, subvalidis, conferfim 3-seriatis, orepromi-
nuh, orbiculato : contracta, plano-conicd.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 133

Exterior smooth, base very much dilated (to 2 inches in breadth),
and deeply lobed with the margin finely pustulate in a single line;
above, nearly cylindrical and an inch thick, with the disk scarcely
broader; upper margin uniseriately tuberculate; tentacles short
(3 to 4 lines), subequal, subulate, rather stout, crowdedly in 3
series ; mouth a1 little prominent, circular : form of contracted ani-
mal a very low cone.

Plate 2, fig. 10, animal natural size; a, disk and tentacles; b, the
same, contracted.

False Bay, Porto Praya, island of St. Jago, Cape de Verdes, in
crevices along the rocky shores. Exp. Exp.

The base of this species is deeply divided into about 1 0 lobes, and
on the outer margin of each, there is a range of minute tubercles.
The colour of the exterior is a light green, delicately lined vertically
with straw colour ; tentacles light yellowish green ; disk greenish and
finely radiated with light yellow ; the prominent mouth bright blue,
with white around the opening. The tubercles of the upper margin
are much smaller than in the A. lobelia. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA DIADEMA. (Dray ton.}

A. sparsim verrucosa, basi dilatata (1|"), et late kbata ; supra, cylin-
drica, 1" crassa, disco non latiore, margine superno uniseriatim tuber-
culato ; tuberculis prominentibus ; tentaculis brevibus (3-4'"), subce-
quis, subulatis, subvalidis, confertim 4-seriatis ; ore scepe elevato :
contractd, alto-hemisphericd.

Body covered with scattered verrucse ; base a little dilated (1J inches
in breadth) and broad lobed; above, cylindrical, an inch thick
and the disk not broader; superior margin, with a single series of
prominent tubercles; tentacles short (3 to 4 lines), subequal, subu-
late, rather stout, crowdedly in 4 series; mouth often much ele-
vated : form of animal when contracted a prolonged hemisphere.

Plate 2, fig. 11, animal expanded, natural size; a, a view of the
disk and prominent mouth ; 5, the animal contracted.

134 ZOOPHYTES.

Rocks exposed to the surf, Porto Praya, Cape de Verdes. Exp. Exp.

The tentacles cover nearly the whole face of the disk, and have a
crimson or dark lake colour. The exterior surface is purplish, with
the scattered verruc«, and the base, which is divided into 10 lobes,
bright blue. The tubercles of the upper margin are very prominent
and of a pale red colour. The disk is pale pink, deepening towards
the mouth. When contracted, the animal much resembles a thimble
in shape, and the tentacles are not entirely concealed. — J. P.
COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA PRIMULA. (Drayton.}

A. pumila, vix 1" crassa et alta, infra supraque parce dilatata, bast non
lobata, margine superno tuberculata ; tentaculis brevibus (2-3'") et
exiguis, 3-seriatis ; are prominulo, $" oblongo ; Jatere tineis coloratis
verticalibus picto, lineis scepe interruptis.

Small, scarcely an inch high and broad, sparingly dilatate at each
extremity, at base not lobed, upper margin tuberculate ; tentacles
short (2 to 3 lines) and slender, in 3 series ; mouth somewhat pro-
minent, a third of an inch long; sides marked vertically with
coloured lines, which are sometimes interrupted.

Plate 2, figs. 12, 13, 14, 15, different varieties, natural size.

Shores of San Lorenzo, in tide pools. Exp. Exp.

In one variety, the exterior is of a flesh colour, with many dark
orange parallel vertical lines; the tentacles are white at base, with
orange tips ; disk yellowish brown ; the margin of the same with its
tubercles green ; mouth pale flesh-colour. Another has the exterior
of a pink colour at base, with bright green above and vertical dotted
lines of carmine; a carmine disk, bright yellow tentacles, and the
marginal tubercles dull green. In another, the outer range of ten-
tacles is white and the others red, the disk and mouth light blue,
and the tubercles white : in another, white, clouded with pink and
green, and dotted with crimson ; the outer tentacles are white, the
others brilliant carmine, disk pale lake, marginal tubercles green.

Figure 15 appears to be the same species. The threads passing

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 135

from its mouth are the spermatic cords, which are often protruded in
a relaxed or exhausted state of the animal.

Figure 16 is another individual, having the general characteristics
of the above, with prominent green tubercles to the margin, but no
distinct tentacles : it is probably another species, — J. DRAYTON.

2. Margine superno non tuberculato. — (Upper margin not tuberculate.)
a. Tentaculis capitatis, longis.—( Tentacles long and capitate.)

ACTINIA CLAVIGERA. (Drayton.)

A. turgide urceolata, 2J" crassa, verticaliter et transverse lineata, basis
margine vix lobata; tentaculis 1" longis, crassimis, apice rotundato-
capitatis, 3-seriatis ; ore prominulo.

Turgid urceolate, 2J inches through the middle, vertically and trans-
versely lined ; margin of base scarcely lobed ; tentacles very stout,
an inch long, round capitate, in 3 series ; mouth a little prominent.

Plate 2, fig. 17, the animal natural size.

Wilson's Island, Paumotu Group, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

The general colour of the body is deep orange, marked with longi-
tudinal double lines, which are crossed transversely by single ones.
The tentacles are whitish, with a band of purple near the middle, and
two smaller bands nearer the apex ; they are nearly one-sixth of an
inch thick at base, and terminate in a rounded head, which is an
eighth of an inch in diameter. The disk is deep brown, with in-
distinct radiating lines. The mouth is whitish. — J. DRAYTON.

b. Tentaculis subidatis out filiformibus, disci dimidio longioribus. — ( Tentacles subu-
late or filiform, longer than half the disk.)

ACTINIA IMPATIENS. (Couthouy.)

A. subcylindrica, 1-1 J" crassa, inter dum valde elongata et contorta ;
latere levis, et supra corrugato-striata et subtiliter tesselate picta, bast

136 ZOOPHYTES.

parce dilatata; tentaculis subcequis, 1" longis, validis, subulatis, 2-seri-
atis; ore prominente, intus 8-partito.

Nearly cylindrical, 1 to l£ inches in diameter and height, sometimes
very much elongated and writhing ; sides smooth, but somewhat
corrugato-striate, and above, colour delicately tesselated ; base
sparingly dilated; tentacles subequal, an inch long, stout, subulate,
in 2 series ; mouth prominent, with 8 lobes within.

Plate 3, fig. 18, animal, natural size ; a, the disk and tentacles ; b,
c, d, e, f, forms sometimes assumed by the animal, sketched by J.
P. Couthouy.

Among the crevices of rocks, in tide-pools, Orange Harbour, Terra
del Fuego. Exp. Exp.

The body has nearly a flesh colour, except near the summit, where
it is finely chequered with green ; the tentacles and disk are deep
crimson; the mouth has a small opening and a pale yellow colour. —
J. DRAYTON.

ACTINIA MONILIFERA. (Dray ton.}

A. extus kvis, 1" crassa, infra supraque dilatata (1J")> basis margine
crenulato et monilifero, prope marginem quoque supernum superficie
pariter monilifera ; tentaculis exiguis,fere 1" longis, 3-seriatis ; ore
prominente.

Animal, with the exterior smooth, an inch in diameter, below and
above dilated (to l£ inches), margin of base crenulate, and the sur-
face adjoining appearing beaded ; the surface near the upper
margin also beaded ; tentacles quite slender, nearly an inch long,
in 3 series ; mouth prominent.

Plate 3, fig. 19, expanded animal, natural size.

Obtained at low tide, at upper extremity of Bay of Islands, New
Zealand.

The colour of the body is pale dull brown, with lines or irregular
cross markings of a deeper colour. The bead-like structure gives it

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 137

the appearance of a beautifully ornamented pedestal. The tentacles
are coloured with eight or ten bands alternately white and brown.
The disk is dull yellow, and mouth dark flesh colour. — J. DRAYTON.

• ACTINIA PRETIOSA. (Dana.}

A. cylindrica, oblonga, l£-2'" crassa, tentaculis 2-seriatis, exiguis, 2'"
longis, subcequis ; extus kvis, sed maculis minutis,floriformibus, quin-
quelobatis, remote sparsis, aliis punctiformibus ; ore prominulo,
oblongo.

Cylindrical, oblong, 1 J to 2 lines in diameter ; tentacles in 2 series,
slender, 2 lines long, subequal ; exterior surface smooth, but here
and there a minute prominent spot looking like a flower with a
simple 5-lobed corolla, besides other scattered dots.

Plate 3, fig. 20, animal enlarged ; a, natural size.

The Feejee Islands, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

This small species was found attached to a fragment of coral in
Sandalwood Bay, in the Feejee Group, island of Vanua-levu. It
may possibly be a young individual. It was nearly two-thirds of an
inch long when fully expanded, and part of the slender tentacles were
turned inward and part outward. The exterior is peculiar in having
distantly distributed over the surface minute rosette-like spots, as
exhibited in the figure. The general colour is faint flesh-tint; the
rosettes are rich carmine, with a white border, and look like gems
over the surface ; the tentacles are yellowish, with orange bases,
and a bright red spot within, just above the point of attachment.

Figure 21, represents a young animal of some species of Actinia,
found swimming free at the Feejees.

ACTINIA LINEOLATA. (Couthouy.)

A. hemispherico-conica, valde depressa, \\" lata; latere kvis, verticaliter
brunneo-lineata ; tentaculis 24, biseriatis, 6-8'" longis, subvalidis ;
disco parvulo, lineis pallidis radiato ; ore parvulo, orbiculato, non
prominulo.

138 ZOOPHYTES.

Animal a low depressed rounded cone, 1| inches broad, sides smooth,
vertically lined with brown; tentacles 24, in 2 series, 6 to 8 lines
long, rather stout ; disk small, radiated with whitish lines ; mouth
small, circular, not prominent.

Plate 3, fig. 22, animal natural size ; a, view of disk and tentacles.

On small stones just below low water mark, Forge Cove, near
Orange Harbour, Terra del Fuego. Exp. Exp.

The diameter of this species is sometimes one and a half inches,
though rarely found over half an inch. The body becomes nearly
flat on contraction. Colour a pale ochre, on which are disposed a
number of longitudinal lines of an amber colour, and arranged in
regular order, a broader one alternating with two narrower, so as
to leave between each of the broader lines, three ochreous ones of
the same width. Near the inferior margin, the colours are fainter,
giving it the aspect of being surrounded by an indistinct zone. The
tentacles have a pale flesh colour. The disk is purplish-brown, with
flesh-coloured lines extending from base of tentacles to near the centre,
of a pale ochre colour. Mouth retaining a circular form, even in con-
traction, with convex ridges on its margin, which correspond to the
tentacles. The tentacles of this species were constantly and very
actively in motion, and it shifted its position much more frequently
than usual, gliding readily over the smooth surface of the jar in which
it was kept, by the contractions and expansions of its base.

The young were observed in several instances to be ejected from
the mouth. They were at first attached to the parent by a white
filiform pedicel, about a quarter of an inch long, which appeared like
an extension of the base. In about five minutes after the expulsion,
they separated with the pedicel still attached : shortly after, it gradu-
ally contracted, disappeared, and in a quarter of an hour they attached
themselves to the bottom, and fully expanded. They resembled the
parent, but were paler and more transparent. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA. CRUENTATA. ( Couthouy )

A. conico-subhemispherica, basi parce dilatata, latere concentrice corru-
gata et tuberculata, tuberculis parvulis, suctoriis, verticaliter seriatis,

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 139

infra obsoletis ; tentaculis numerosis, fere 1" longis, subfsquis, validis ;
ore promincnte, intus k-partito ; disco lineis pallidis radiato.

Conico-subhemispherical, sparingly dilated at base, sides concentri-
cally wrinkled and tuberculate, tubercles small, suctorial, vertically
seriate, obsolete .below ; tentacles numerous, nearly an inch long,
subequal, stout ; mouth prominent, four-cleft within ; disk radiated
with whitish lines.

Plate 3, fig. 23, natural size; a, disk with the tentacles.

Saddle Island, entrance of Orange Bay, Terra del Fuego. Exp. Exp.

This brilliant species, which for its colour may vie with any of
its tropical congeners, was obtained at low water among the rocks,
where it was buried in the sand, with its tentacles barely visible.
When expanded, its form is subconical, the base being consider-
ably more dilated than the disk. In contraction, it resembles in
form the upper half of a fig. The ground colour is a faint purplish
red, on which are numerous longitudinal lines of darker red, which
toward the disk deepen into crimson, with a tinge of purple. Be-
tween these lines are a series of small perforate sucker-tubercles of a
rose-white colour, most apparent near the disk, and disappearing
wholly at the basal margin. To these suckers, the sand and small
gravel adhered with considerable tenacity. They had a yellow colour
when fully expanded, and were -jV of an inch in diameter. The ten-
tacles are numerous, long, subulate, (about forty-six were counted,)
of an intense blood-red. From their base to the mouth, the colour
is a brownish purple, alternating with narrow pale ochreous lines.
The mouth is orange-red at base, deepening towards the summit into
the colour of the tentacles. When fully expanded, the mouth ex-
hibits four distinct protuberances. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA DECORATA. (Couthouy.)

A. subcylindrica, medio 1J" crassa, basi late dilatata et sinuose lobata,
lateribus supra nudis, infra tuber culiferis, tuberculis perforatis ;
margine superno non tuberculato ; tentaculis f " longis, filiformibus,
(vix £'" crassis), 3-seriatis, confertis, externis brevioribus : contractd,
conico-rotundata.

140 ZOOPHYTES.

Subcylindrical, at middle 1J inches in diameter, base broadly dilated
and sinuously lobed ; sides naked above, below tuberculiferous and
tubercles perforate ; upper margin not tuberculate ; tentacles f of
an inch long, filiform (scarcely J of a line thick), in 3 series,
crowded, the external a little shorter : when contracted, shape
rounded-conical.

Plate 3, fig. 24, three individuals, one of them contracted and the
other expanded, natural size.

Lagoon of Honden Island, attached to a dead Natica. Exp. Exp.

The body has a rich blood-red and orange colour, which is darkest
at the middle, and is surrounded about one third up from the basal
margin by an irregular zone of small white perforate tubercles, from
which it occasionally protrudes a slender flesh-coloured vermiform
organ to an inch in length [spermatic cords?]. From these tubercles
to the margin of the spreading base, the body is veined longitudinally
with purplish-brown lines, having dull blue broader ones between.
The margin itself is reddish-brown. The tentacles are long and
slender, with the outer shortest, which are finely maculated with
purplish-brown and white. The margin of the disk is of an umber
colour, inside of which there is a zone of white, then one of purplish-
brown, then a second of white, then another of paler brown, and a
third white zone around the prominent mouth. The edge of the
mouth is rich orange ; the aperture is linear. The white zones of the
disk are crossed and interrupted by bands radiating from the mouth,
and deepening from a light brown at middle, to purple at the margin
and at the mouth. When fully expanded, the disk is cyathiform and
not flat, as usual ; and the tentacles lie spread out flat, so that it
resembles a beautiful aster. It contracts very rapidly, but is slow in
expansion. It is very sensitive to light. The body colour presents a
streaky appearance, and has a downy look, difficult to represent in a
drawing. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

The fact that the exterior tentacles are the shortest, might remove
the species from this division; but the difference in length is small.

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA.

c. Tentaculis disci dimidio brevioribus. — (Tentacles shorter than half the disk.)

ACTINIA PAUMOTENSIS. (Couthouy.)

A. depressa, extusdevis, medio 6" crassa, supra latissime dilatata (12"),
margine superno sublobata aut plicato-undulata, non tuberculata;
tentaculis numerosis, subcequis, fere 1J" longis, validis, subulatis,
portionem disci majorem tegentibus; disco radiato, et subtus kviter
tuberculato ; ore prominulo.

Depressed, exterior smooth, 6 inches thick at middle, above very
widely dilated (12 inches), upper margin sublobate or plicato-
undulate, riot tuberculate ; tentacles numerous, subequal, nearly
1J inches long, stout, subulate, covering the larger part of the
disk ; disk rather strongly marked with radiating lines, and below
faintly tuberculate ; mouth but little prominent.

Plate 3, fig. 25, animal half the natural size.

From the coral reefs, island of Raraka, Paumotu Archipelago.

The colour of the body is light brown; disk, yellowish flesh colour;
mouth flesh colour, and not very prominent. The tentacles are faint
yellowish-white, tipt with lake, and marked with eight or nine trans-
verse lines. — J. DRAYTON.

This species was truly magnificent when seen spread out in the
water, the disk expanding at least a foot in diameter, and densely
covered with large tentacles, tipt with bright lake ; the margin undu-
lating, so as to form numerous lobes, each of which had the appear-
ance of being a separate Actinia, and the whole resembling a beautiful
bouquet, — J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA MOLLIS. (Couthouy.}

A. medio 1" crassa, basi parce dilatata, disco valde dilatata et incequa-
liter 5-lobata, margine crenulato, tentaculis numerosis, brevissimis,
clavatis, in triangula radiata 20 dispositis ; ore k-lobato.

Body 1 inch in diameter at middle, at base sparingly dilated ; disk
much dilated, and unequally 5-lobed ; margin crenulate, tentacles

142 ZOOPHYTES.

numerous, very short, clavate, arranged in about 20 radiating trian-
gular groups ; mouth 4-lobed.

Plate 3, fig. 26, the expanded animal, natural size ; 27, the same
in one of its positions ; b, outline of the mouth showing its form.

Lagoon of Clermont Tonnerre. Exp. Exp.

The body is very soft and easily injured. The colours sloughed
off in forty-eight hours, but the specimen lived about six days, and in
that time diminished its size full two-thirds. The sides of the fresh
specimen were streaked with interrupted lines of a delicate lake,
except near the margin of the base, which is colourless, and a zone of
dark ochre above, where it is marked vertically by short dark brown
lines. The margin of the disk forms five irregular lobes ; it has a
faint ochreous colour as far as the innermost tentacles, but thence to
the mouth the colour is pale rose, with numerous radiating lines of
lake like those on the body. The tentacles are colourless, except at
their tips, which are opaque white. They are short, clavate, and,
when contracted, resemble little pimples; they are not in concentric
series, but constitute about twenty groups of a triangular form, the
apex towards the centre.

This zoophyte was continually shifting its position by means of its
foot or base, which it used almost precisely like the gasteropod mol-
luscs. It also altered its form greatly, sometimes stretching into a
long cylinder, or curving and contracting in every way, and some-
times it was almost flat. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA ACHATES. (Dray ton.)

A. subcylindrica, medio 1" crassa, supra dilatata (l£") et profunde
sinuoso-lobata, lobis quinque aut sex ; extus levis ; tentaculis 3-seriatis,
brevibus (viz 2'") et exiguis (£"'), submarginalibus, ore prominuk
6-partito.

Subcylindrical, about an inch through at middle, above dilated and
profoundly sinuoso-lobate ; lobes 5 or 6 ; exterior smooth ; tentacles
in 3 series, quite short (2 lines) and slender (£ of a line), submar-
giual ; mouth a little prominent, 6-partite.

Plate 3, fig. 28, expanded animal, natural size ; a, the disk showing
its lobed form.

TRIBE!. — ASTR^ACEA. 143

Dredged up in thirty fathoms, off the east coast of Patagonia.

The general colour of the exterior is a light ochre. The disk has
a brownish salmon tint, and the tentacles are a pale shade of the
same, or slightly purplish.

ACTINIA PAPAVER. (Drayton.)

A. extus levis; depressa, medio 2J" crassa, infra supraque valde dilatata
(3"); basis margine leviter crenulato, margine superno non tuber cu-
lato, vix undulato ; tentaculis numerosis, fere |" longis, validis, subu-
latis, 3-seriatis; ore f" oblongo, prominente.

Animal, with the exterior smooth ; body depressed, 2J inches thick at
middle, much dilated above and below (3 inches in breadth);
margin of base faintly crenulate, upper margin not tuberculate,
scarcely undulate; tentacles numerous, nearly | of an inch long,
stout, subulate, in 3 series ; mouth | of an inch long, prominent.

Plate 4, fig. 29, animal natural size.

From the rocks exposed to the surf, Wollongong, Illawarra, New
South Wales. Exp. Exp.

This species is found most abundant on rocks exposed to the surf,
a little above low-water mark ; they are, therefore, for a short time
exposed out of water, at the receding of the waves, until the tide
covers them again. The colour of the body is a rich brownish-
purple, with regular longitudinal lines of a darker purple, crossed by
finer transverse lines ; tentacles red, the inner darkest ; disk and sides
of mouth a deep brownish-purple ; mouth within, dark orange.

Another variety of this species was seen with a brownish-green body
and disk, and tentacles of the same colour, but paler. — J. DRAYTON.

ACTINIA PLUVIA. (Dray ton.)

A. minute tuberculata, medio (2J") crassa, infra supraque valde dila-
tata (3J"), basis margine undulata, margine superno non tuberculata;
tentaculis subconfertis, 3-seriatis, 6'" longis, validis, subulatis; disco
valde radiato; ore prominulo, 6-8'" oblongo.

144 ZOOPHYTES.

Minutely tuberculate or papillose, at middle 2£ inches in diameter ;
upper and lower extremities much dilated (3| inches in breadth),
margin of base undulate, upper margin not tuberculate ; tentacles
somewhat crowded, in 3 series, 6 lines long, stout, subulate ; disk
strongly marked with radiated lines; mouth a little prominent, 6 to
8 lines long.

Plate 4, fig. 30, animal natural size ; a, part of the surface of one
of the varieties.

From rocks, island of San Lorenzo, Callao, Peru.

This Actinia varies much in colour. Some are bright orange
throughout, with the tentacles a little darker, and the disk paler. In
others, the tentacles are of a dull red : others, a very pale red, with
the mouth a very deep red. In others, the ground colour of the body
is a dark brownish-green, papillae bright orange, tipped with small
white beads or dots (fig. 30 b). The tentacles are over a line thick at
base. The orange or salrnon-coloured species, on an attempt being
made to detach it from the rocks, ejected the water from all its ten-
tacles to a distance of 2 or 3 feet. — J. P. CDUTHOUY.

ACTINIA KETICULATA. (Couthouy.)

A. extus kvis et reticulate corrugata, subcylindrica, li" alta et 2J"
crassa, cum disco valde dilatato (3£"), margine kviter 5-lobato, non
tuber culato ; tentaculis numerosis, brevibus (3'"), non turgidis, por-
tionemque disci majorem tegentibus, internis paululo majoribus, ore
prominulo, 6-8'" oblongo.

Exterior smooth and reticulately corrugate, subcylindrical, one and a
half inches high, and two and a half thick, with the disk very much
dilated (3J inches in breadth), and margin somewhat five-lobed,
not tuberculate ; tentacles very numerous, quite short (3 lines),
not turgid, and covering the larger part of the disk, the inner a
little the largest; mouth somewhat prominent, 6 to 8 lines long.

Plate 4, fig. 31, the expanded animal, natural size ; a, the same
contracted, of nearly a hemispherical form.

Orange Harbour, Terra del Fuego. Exp. Exp.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 145

This Actinia was found near the watering cove, Orange Har-
bour, adhering to stones and shells. The body is of a fulvous orange
(sometimes olive-brown), with an indistinct zone of black surrounding
the superior margin, and covered with a sort of raised network, pro-
duced by the corrugations of the external envelope. This reticulation
is most apparent and very regular, when the animal is fully expanded ;
but in a state of contraction (fig. 31, a) it disappears, and assumes a
simple rugose appearance. The disk is broadly dilated, and the five
lobes, or folds, are never effaced so as to leave the disk circular.
Tentacles short, subulate, and disposed in nine or ten close alternate
series; colour olivaceous; the inner ones largest, decreasing to mar-
ginal ones, which are mere papillse. The prominent mouth is of a
velvet purplish-black, coloured with olive at the margin of the
opening. The disk from base of tentacles to the mouth, is of a bright
ochreous colour, with strong radiating lines, crossed by others of a
pale olive-green. The protuberant mouth is oblong and rigid.

In detaching the specimen from the rock, the base was lacerated
so as to expose the ovaries. It was placed directly in a jar of water,
and the next morning there were about fifty small ones adhering to
the bottom of the jar, from the size of a pin's head to three-eighths of
an inch in diameter. These little ones were observed to have the body
proportionally much longer than the parent, with fewer series of ten-
tacles— the smallest had but two, and the largest five. They seemed
to be in full enjoyment of all the functions of life, attaching them-
selves quickly to the jar, shells, or even living animals, ten of them
having crawled upon a Sigaretus, and fixed themselves on his back.
This Actinia is remarkable for the opacity of all its parts; the colours
are all soft and rich, but even in the young they lack that transparency
usually met with in these zoophytes. A number of small Crustacea
(Spheroma and Gammaridse) were found in the stomach, captured
probably by means of the tentacles, to which every thing sticks that
comes in contact with them. — J. P. COUTIIOUY.

ACTINIA FUEGIENSIS. (Couthouy.}

A. subcylindrica, 2" crassa, extus levis, supra infraque parce dilatata,
basis margine paulum undulata; tentaculis undique r emote que spar sis,
turgidis, 3'" longis ; ore parvulo, orbiculato, 5-partito: contracta, valde
depressa, convexa.

146 ZOOPHYTES.

Subcylindrical, 2 inches in diameter, exterior smooth, upper and
lower extremities sparingly dilated, margin of base slightly undu-
late; tentacles throughout remotely scattered, turgid, 3 lines long;
mouth small, circular, 5-cleft : form of animal when contracted very
much depressed, convex.

Plate 4, fig. 32, expanded animal, natural size ; a, upper view of
the disk ; b, animal contracted.

From rocks, on the shores of Orange Harbour, Terra del Fuego.

The tentacles in this species have nearly ' the form of a grain of
wheat," and are of a grass-green colour ; they are scattered over the
disk about a line or a line and a half apart, and nearly in five series.
The disk is of a bright orange colour, and the body externally a
darker orange, with transverse parallel lines or markings of dark
brown ; the mouth is but little elevated, 5-lobed, and of a pale orange
colour, with quite a small opening. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA NYMPH^EA. (Drayton.}

A pumila, 8'" alta, extus kvis, infra supraque dilatata (1"), basi bene
crenata, crenaturis 1J'" latis, lateribusque pariter lineis verticalibus
notata ; tentaculis brevibus (2-2£"'), 3-seriatis, exiguis, ore promi-
nulo, i" oblongo : contractd, truncato-conicd valde depressd.

Small, 8 lines high, exterior smooth; upper and lower extremities
dilated (1 inch in breadth); margin of base regularly crenate, cre-
natures a line and a half broad, sides correspondingly marked with
vertical lines ; tentacles short (2-2£ lines in length), in 3 series,
slender; mouth a little prominent, and one-sixth of an inch long :
the form of the contracted animal a very low depressed truncated
cone.

Plate 4, fig. 33, expanded animal, natural size ; a, the same con-
tracted.

Valparaiso, Chili. Exp. Exp.

This species has a whitish exterior, marked vertically with pale
ochreous lines, about a line and a half apart. The disk is of a pale

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 147

purplish tint, and the tentacles are yellow. It is near the primula,
but the vertical lines are more distant, and the margin of the disk is
not tuberculate. — J. DRAYTON.

, ACTINIA RUBUS. (Dray ton.)

A. pumila, 9'" alta, extus levis; infra, supraque dilatata (fere 1" lata),
basi crenata, crenaturis 1'" lata, lateribusque lineis verticalibus scepe
interruptis notata ; tentaculis brevibus (2J'"), 2-seriatis; ore promi-
nulo,fere *" oblong o.

Small. | of an inch high, exterior smooth ; upper and lower extre-
mities dilated (nearly an inch broad), base crenated, and crenatures
a line broad, sides marked with vertical interrupted lines ; tentacles
short (2£ lines in length), in 2 series ; mouth a little prominent,
nearly a sixth of an inch long.

Plate 4, fig. 34, animal natural size ; a, same, contracted.

Valparaiso, Chili. Exp. Exp.

The colour of the body is ash-brown, marked vertically with
slate-coloured dotted lines. The tentacles are white; disk rich
purple ; mouth the same, except at the opening, which is whitish. —
J. DRAYTON.

ACTINIA GEMMA. (Dray ton.)

A. pumila, subcylindrica, %" crassa, extus tuberculata, tuberculis con-
tiguis ; disco vix dilatato ; tentaculis brevibus (2J'"), 2-seriatis, sub-
exiguis : contractd, pyriformi.

Small, nearly cylindrical, £ an inch thick, exterior with contiguous
tubercles ; disk scarcely at all dilated ; tentacles short (2£ lines
long), in 2 series, rather slender ; animal, when contracted, pyri-
form.

Plate 4, fig. 35, the expanded animal, natural size; a, the same
contracted.

False Bay, Porto Praya, Cape de Verdes. Exp. Exp.

148 ZOOPHYTES.

The body, when contracted, is pyriform. The general colour of
the exterior is a dusky gray or ash, with small tubercles of a pale
blue, arranged in a regular series, with undulating longitudinal lines
or wrinkles between. The disk scarcely extends beyond the body,
and is irregularly indented. The two ranges of adhering tentacles
have a pale yellow colour, faintly tipped with light carmine or rose,
and wholly disappear on contraction. Only three individuals of this
species were found, and these were adhering to a Buccinum. —
J. P. COUTHOUY.

ACTINIA CURTA. (Dray ton]

A. pumila, valde depressa, 6-8'" lata et viz l£'" alta, basi dilatata et
lobata, sed disco vix dilatato; tentaculis subcequis,3'" longis,2-seriatis,
subvalidis.

Small, very much depressed, 6 to 8 lines broad, and scarcely l£ lines
high, dilated at base and lobed, but disk scarcely at all spreading ;
tentacles subequal, 3 lines long, in 2 series, rather stout.

Plate 4, fig. 36, animal natural size ; a, upper view of the same.

False Bay, Porto Praya, Cape de Verdes. Exp. Exp.

Only two specimens of this curious Actinia were found. One in
a dead shell of Cyprsea Leonida, and the other, inside of an empty
shell of Purpura neritoidea. The colour of the body is green,
clouded with dark brown ; the dilated part of the base is rich blue;
the tentacles yellowish-green, darker at base, and the disk ochreous
yellow. The mouth is a little prominent and elliptical. — J. P.
COUTHOUY.

II. TENTACCLIS EXTERNIS VALDE MINOHIBUS.

ACTINIA RHODORA. (Couthouy.)

A. subhemispherica, l£" crassa, extus levis, basi dilatata et parce lobata;
tentaculis subulatis, 3-seriatis, internis 1" longis, externis vix £", sub-
validis, ore turgido valdegue eminente, 6-partito.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 149

Subhemispherical, 1 J inches thick, exterior smooth, base dilated and
sparingly lobed ; tentacles subulate, rather stout, in 3 series, the
internal 1 inch long, the external a third of an inch ; mouth very
turgidly prominent, 6-cleft within.

Plate 4, fig. 37, expanded animal, natural size ; a, upper view of
the disk and tentacles.

Hospital Island, Rio de Janeiro. Exp. Exp.

The unequal tentacles and the almost globular projecting mouth,
6-cleft within, are striking characters of this species. The general
colour of the body is a bright lake, with paler vertical lines ; the ten-
tacles have a reddish ochre tint, becoming bluish at base ; and the
disk, which is of a bright lake, is strongly marked with lines running
from the base of the tentacles to the rnouth prominence. The mouth
is of a bright rose-red colour, deeper within. When expanded, the
species presents a flat disk, having the appearance of a beautiful
aster. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

III. TENTACULIS INTEHNIS VALDE MINOKIBUS.

ACTINIA ARTEMISIA. (Pickering.)

A. suburceolata, medio 2J" crassa et valde turgida, disco paulum dilatata,
lateribus per tubercula seriata verticaliter notatis, tuberculis promi-
nentibus, infra obsoletis ; tentaculis 3-seriatis, subulatis, validis, internis
semipollicaribus, externis potticaribus ; disco kviter radiato ; ore par-
vulo, lobato.

Suburceolate, at middle very turgid and 2J inches through, disk
somewhat dilated ; sides studded with vertical series of prominent
tubercles, which become obsolete below ; tentacles in 3 series, stout,
subulate, the inner half an inch, the exterior an inch, in length ;
disk faintly radiate ; mouth small, lobate.

Plate 4, fig. 38, animal natural size ; a, a view of the disk and
tentacles.

Abundant in Discovery Harbour, Puget's Sound, Northwest Coast
of America.

150 ZOOPHYTES.

The general colour of the exterior of the body is a yellowish-green.
The tubercles have a dark sap-green colour; they become obsolete
below, yet the green line continues to the base of the animal. The
colours of the tentacles are various and shaded like those of the prism ;
the disk is dull greenish, becoming darker towards the base of the ten-
tacles, and the mouth is flesh-coloured. — J. DRAYTON.

This species occurs, buried in the sand, and also attached to pebbles
or shells, two or three inches below the surface. When left by the
tide, it is easy to mistake the hole in the sand which covers them, for
the water-tubes of a Mya. On contracting, water spurts from various
small lateral orifices, as from a watering-pot. — C. PICKERING.

GENUS II.— METRIDIUM.— OKEN.

Actinidce basi affixes, aliis tentaculis simplicissimis, nudis, et aliis tenta-
culis vel appendidbus frondescentibus, aut marginalibus, aut spar sis.

Actinida? attached at base, having some simple naked tentacles and
other frondescent tentacles or appendages, either marginal or scat-
tered over the disk.

METRIDIUM PRETEXT™. (Couthouy.)

M. cylindricum, maximum, 2J" crassum et scspe 6" elongatum, extus leve,
basi vix dilatatum et margine bene crenatum, crenaturis 2'" latis ; ten-
taculis internis, 2-seriatis, longis (1^") et flagelliformibus, subvalidis ;
externis paulo brevioribus, 3'" latis, frondescenter ladniatis aut subti-
liter bbatis, latere coalitis et apice tantum liberis, superfaie ports
tubulatis paudbus instructd.

Very large cylindrical, 2£ inches in diameter, and often 6 inches
long, exterior smooth, base scarcely dilated and neatly crenate at
margin, with the crenatures a sixth of an inch broad ; inner tenta-
cles long (1J inches) and flagelliform, rather stout; external a little
shorter, 3 lines wide, frondescently laciniate or delicately lobed,

TRIBE!. — ASTR^ACEA. 151

coalescing by their sides with only the apex free ; a few tubulate
pores over the surface.

Plate 5, fig. 39, animal natural size ; a, under surface of exterior
tentacular appendages; b, upper view of disk.

Harbour of Rio> de Janeiro. Exp. Exp.

This splendid species has a flesh-red exterior, shading into orange
above, and finally into a rich purple directly beneath the disk. The
inner tentacles resemble those of the common Actinise. The ex-
ternal tentacular appendage extends around the summit of the animal
like a ruffle or fringe, and consists of about fifty spatulate divisions,
the margins of which are ornamented with numerous short frondes-
cent lobes and tufts. These divisions adhere to one another to within
rather more than a fourth of an inch from the extremity, and here,
between each, there is an irregular indentation. Small tubular orifices
are irregularly scattered over the surface of these lobes, which are for
the most part surrounded by short mossy foliations. While the upper
surface is nearly flat, the under surface of each division is convex,
and over it are scattered small tubercle-like projections, apparently
corresponding to the orifices above. This tentacular fringe is capable
of great dilatation and contraction, the diameter varying at different
times from two to four inches. Sometimes it is elevated nearly per-
pendicularly, and the summit has the shape of a cup or goblet; again
it curves inward and nearly conceals the disk ; again the fringe like
the richest embroidery hangs gracefully drooping from the margin.

The foot or base of the animal is a bright vermilion, and the same
colour is diffused in fine dots over the body on a light yellow ground,
besides forming vertical lines or stripes of rather indistinct outline.
These lines are continued into the crenatures or small prominences
that margin the base, and the bottom of the base itself is radiately
striated to correspond with the same. The upper surface of the ten-
tacular fringe has the lobes alternately dark olive-green and brownish,
clouded with a light ash tint. The disk is marked with alternate
stripes of orange and brown radiating from the mouth to the tentacles,
where these colours pass into a pale dull red : this shade charac-
terizes the tentacles, which are also marked with ashy ocellations near
their base, and sometimes near half way to their tips.

This species adheres to stones like other Actinids, but is found
covered with sand, with its disk expanded just level with the surface.

152 ZOOPHYTES.

The specimens affording this description were obtained in two fathoms
water, off Santa Cruz. Smaller specimens were seen in sandy pools
left by the tide among the rocks, on the north side of the harbour near
Praya Grande. When molested, they conceal themselves entirely
beneath the sand.

While kept confined, the form was constantly varying ; at one
moment, becoming a flat disk, and the next extended to a length of
six inches. It moved about upon the sides of the glass with consider-
able ease, by means of its exterior tentacular fringe, crawling up the
sides of the jar, a length of sixteen inches, in about five hours. No
stinging sensation was perceptible while handling it; but when the
disk was touched to the tongue or lips, it was very apparent, and the
irritation lasted from twenty minutes to an hour.

Another allied species was observed by Dr. Pickering in the sand
among the rocks outside of the harbour. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

METRIDIUM CONCINNATUM. (Dray ton.}

M. depressum, medio 2" crassum, infra supraque' dilatatum, disco 3"
lato, valde radiato, margine plicato-lobato ; lateribus tuberculosis, tuber-
culis suctoriis ; tentaculis internis subulatis, validis, sparsis, J" longis,
canaliculatis, et fere triangulatis ; fimbrio-tentaculis externis,fere %"
longis et l-l£"' latis, frondescenter laciniatis.

Depressed, 2 inches in diameter at middle ; upper and lower extremi-
ties dilated ; disk 3 inches broad, strongly radiate, margin plicato-
lobate; sides tuberculous, tubercles suctorial; inner tentacles half
an inch long, stout, subulate, scattered, channelled and almost tri-
angular ; fringe-tentacles external, nearly J an inch long, and 1 to
1J lines broad, frondescently laciniate.

Plate 5, fig. 40, animal natural size ; a, one of the tentacles ; b, a
transverse section of the same. 41. The animal as it occurs half-
concealed in the sand.

San Lorenzo, Callao, Peru. Ezp. Exp.

The ground colour of the body is ochreous-olive, while the vesicles
are olive-green. The inner tentacles have nearly the colour of the
body, though paler, and are faintly striped with pale purple. The

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 153

disk is purple, with strong radiating lines ; another variety has a
green ground with ochreous tubercles. — J. DRAYTON.

This species resembles the prcetextum, and was found, like that, bur-
rowing in the sand. The body is covered with large tuberculiform
suckers, to which fragments of shells and pebbles adhere; the delicate
foliated appendage's look like embroidery, and one of a brown tint
alternates with three white ones. The tentacles are subtriangular,
the outside being slightly concave. Specimens were seen extending
to more than three inches in diameter. — J. P. COUTHOUY.

METRIDIUM MUSCOSUM. (Dray ton.)

M. valde depressum, 1" altum, et 2£" crassum, lateribus per vesicula
suctoria armatis; disco margine vixplicato, leviter radiato; tentaculis
subulatis fere |" tongis, validis, 3-seriatis, appendidbusfrondescentibus
undique sparsis, vix 3'" superantibus.

Much depressed, an inch high, and 2£ inches in diameter; sides fur-
nished with suctorial vesicles; disk faintly radiated, scarcely plicate
at the margin ; tentacles subulate, in three series, nearly | of an
inch long, stout, and scattered among them are numerous fron-
descent appendages, not over three lines in length.

Plate 5, fig. 42, the expanded animal of the natural size ; 43, the
same, as it lies embedded in the sand.

From sandy pools among the rocks, left by the tide, Wollongong,
Illawarra, New South Wales. Exp. Exp.

The animal becomes quite thin when much dilated, and the base
spreads to about two and a half inches in diameter. The body has a
yellowish sage-green colour, with longitudinal and transverse markings
of brown, and it is covered, not very thickly, with suckers, to which
fragments of shells, pebbles, &c., adhere; the suckers project consi-
derably, and are of a purplish-brown colour. There are three ranges
of subulate tentacles, of the same colour as the body, and about three-
fourths of an inch long ; the middle range is opaque, and is marked
by four white and four umber-coloured bands. Near the base of each
tentacle, the animal is furnished with short leafy appendages, more

154 ZOOPHYTES.

simple in form than those of the preceding species. The disk has a
rich purplish-brown colour, and the mouth is bright green, with the
interior vermilion.

FAMILY II.— A

Animalia multitentaculata. Tentacula margine discorum disposita.
Disci aut simplices, aut seriatim gemmantes et lineis confluentes.
Coralla calcarea, cellis radiatis excavatis, lamellis, corallis aggregatis,
ex uno ad alium centrum non productis, sed media septi scepius inter-
ruptis, itaque stellis circumscriptis.

Animals with numerous tentacles arranged along the margin of the
disks, and covered by the same on contraction. The disks either
simple, or budding in lines and long-confluent. Coralla calcareous,
with concave radiate cells ; lamellae, in aggregate species, not con-
tinuous from one centre to another, but generally interrupted half-
way; the stars, therefore, circumscribed.

The Astraeidae are various in their forms and modes of growth.
The massive species assume hemispherical shapes, rarely nodular,
with the surface of the coralla, in some cases, pitted with concave
stellate cells (Astraeae), and, in others, marked with meandering chan-
nels and ridges (Meandrinse, some Mussae, Ctenophylliae, and some
Manicinse) ; in the former, each cell is covered, when alive, with a
polyp-flower ; and, in the latter, the confluent disks and tentacles of a
series of polyps occupy the channels. In a few species, the cells are
confluent also across the ridges (Monticulariae), and, consequently,
instead of ridges, conical prominences cover the surface, which have
a stellated structure from the lamellae that meet and constitute them
0 77).

In many of the Astraeidaa, the several calicles form distinct branches
($ 79) (Euphylliae, Mussae, Manicinse, Caulastreeae); and in these, the

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 155

cells may be simple, belonging to a single polyp, — or a long line or
series may be united, so as to form a meandering trench. There are
thus the simple and meandrine forms of the calicularly branched
species, as well as of the aggregate. Like the latter, these segregate
zoophytes are usually hemispherical, remarkably perfect in sym-
metry, and often many feet in diameter.

Besides these, there are also foliated species. The folia are some-
times clustered in convex clumps (Merulinae), and each leaf is grace-
fully and delicately modelled, the ridges of the surface constituting
its nervures. The cells are indistinct, and lie in furrows between the
ridges, and the species, therefore, are properly foliaceous Meandrinse ;
the lamellae of the ridges are a little oblique, owing to the mode of
grow th. Branching forms also occur of the same general character.

A few of the foliaceous Astrseidse (Echinoporse) have the surface
simply striated and spinulous, and the cells are circular and some-
what prominent (§ 76). A branching species of this genus is a con-
necting link between these corals and the Oculinse.

Other foliate species (Tridacophyllise) have large expanded cells,
partially enclosed by ascending folia, which are striated with narrow
and nearly entire lamellae. The folia correspond to the septa of other
species, which are here thin and leaf-like. Other cells often occur on
the surfaces of the folia, in which case, they resemble the Pavonise.

Besides the instance of the branching Echinopora uniting this
family to the Caryophyllidse, through the Oculinae, there are also cer-
tain tubular AstrseaB, which approximate in their coralla closely to
other CaryophyllidaB, and especially to the genus Astreopora and
Astroitis, in which, as the species are massive, the mode of budding
cannot always be easily determined. The many transverse dissepi-
ments, uniting the lamellse by their lateral surfaces, will seldom fail,
however, to distinguish the Astrseas. The characters separating them
from the Cyathophyllidoe, will be stated in the remarks upon that
family.

The corals of this family are confined, with rare exceptions, to the
coral-reef seas.

The annexed table gives a view of the genera of Astraeidae, as used
by different authors since Lamarck.

156

ZOOPHYTES.

•£• d

§ o

•o
c
ca
<u

•c

IT ^

I 8,

*•— >. "^^ OD

r< S -

o S

•1 •«
i 1

o -

I -I

*5 RJ

03 JS

'E I

o o

I S

CO .S

1 -8

.2 8,

^ .S

•g.

g g

a QO

M ^

? - 5 "8

S n «J -3

£ > "3- a

S ! a I J

- ^ £'

•s * 5

^ o a

3 'C d

.2 •§ ;§

o S s

S S S

.BZ

•§. 8
§ -§

3 g

Echinopora,

TRIBE I. — ASTRJEACEA. 157

The genera of Aslrseidse may be arranged and characterized from
the coralla as follows :

I. Lamcllce of /lie cells large, and entire or nearly so; coralla caliciilarly branched, or
stipitate (cxplanato-glomerate).

GENUS I. EUPIIYLLIA. Coralla calicularly branched, calicles subturbinate, lamellae
thin, bottom of the cell' very narrow and often concealed by the large lamellae.

GENUS II. CTENOPHYLHA. Coralla explanato-glomerate, meandrine ; lamellae vory
stout and remote.

II. Lamella of the cells dentate or denticulate, rarely entire and then minute ; coralla
calicularly branched or glomerate, the septa rarely foliaccous.

GENUS III. MUSSA. Calicularly branched or explanato-glomerate ; calicles subturbi-
nate, cells large and concave, sometimes meandrine ; lamellae coarse and dentate, very-
unequal and unequally exsert (6 or 7 in a breadth of a fourth of an inch, and half of
these smaller).

GENUS IV. MANICINA. Calicularly branched or explanato-glomerate; cells large,
meandrine ; lamellae very even and numerous, and neatly denticulate, rounded above.

GENUS V. CAULASTH.EA. Calicularly branched ; cells small (hardly exceeding half
an inch), concave, lamellae unequally exsert, nearly entire; branches nearly cylindrical,
calicles not turbinate.

GENUS VI. THIDACOPHYLLIA. Cells large, septa thin foliaceous, prominent, cristate.

GENUS VII. ASTR^EA. Glomerate ; cell nearly or quite circular, rarely lobed.

GENUS VIII. MEANDRINA. Glomerate, not stipitate ; cell a narrow meandering trench
(trench not exceeding a fourth of an inch in breadth).

GENUS IX. MONTICULARIA. Glomerate; no distinct cells ; surface of coralla covered
with small lamello-radiate cones; internal texture very cellular.

III. Coralla explanate or foliaceous.

GENUS X. PHYLLASTR.EA. Erect, calicles large and distinct, affixed laterally to the
foliaceous corallum.

GENUS XI. MERULINA. Spreading-foliaceous or ramose ; surface covered with ob-
lique lamellar ridges or lamello-radiate prominences, with shallow trenches or celts
Ix-twccn ; internal texture very compact.

GENUS XII. ECHINOPORA. Foliaceous or ramose; surface finely echinulato-striate,
calicles small, nearly hemispherical and cchinulate.

GENUS I.— EUPHYLLIA.*— DANA.

Astrceidce simplicissimce, ant segregato-gemmata, raro liberce ; zoophylis
hemisphe.rids. Tentacula oblonga, subcequalia. Coralla calicttlato-
ramosa, caliculis subturbinatis, aut rotundatis aut valde compress's,
interdum meandrinis ; lamellisfere integris ; cettd fundo angustissimd.

* From EU, ueU or handsome, and (puXXov, leaf, alluding to the neat entire lamellae of
the cells.

158 ZOOPHYTES.

Quite simple or segregato-gemmate, rarely free; zoophytes hemi-
spherical. Tentacles oblong, subequal. Coralla having the calicles
stibturbinate, either circular or much compressed, sometimes mean-
dering ; Iamella3 nearly or quite entire ; cell very narrow at bottom.

The Euphyllia? grow either solitary or in large convex cespitose
clumps, consisting of segregate polyps; and there is a gradual transi-
tion from the simple species to others with long sinuous cells (some-
times six inches in length), containing several confluent polyp-disks.
No species are known in which the cells are much less than half an
inch in their longest diameter, and their texture is generally firm,
breaking with difficulty, except at the margin. The lamella? are
usually large and evenly thin, and either have a straight or convex
margin ; and when the latter, they often so fill the cell that the bottom
is concealed from view : if the former, the bottom is still very narrow.
The exterior of the calicles, although sometimes spinuloso-striate,
is generally nearly or quite smooth. Even the free species are at-
tached when quite young, and often the scar of the fracture by which
they became free may be distinguished. Some of the species resem-
ble the Mussse and Caulastrsea3, but they are distinguished from the
former by their entire lamella?, and from the latter by their firmer
texture, and from both, by the large and broad lamellae nearly filling
the cell.

These zoophytes have a wider range than the other Astraeidse, some
species occurring in different parts of the temperate zone.

The compound Euphylliee have been united hitherto, since the
dismemberment of Lamarck's genus Caryophyllia, with the genus
Mussa — the Lobophyllia of Blainville; and the simple species have
constituted a part of the bid genus Turbinalia. If a comparison be
made of the animals of these zoophytes (plate .6) with those of the
Mussa (plate 7), sufficient reason will be seen for the separation pro-
posed, which is farther strengthened by the characters of the coralla.
The genus Flabellum was instituted by Lesson for a recent free
compressed species (E. pavonina,) with a lunate outline. But the
rotund shapes pass into the compressed by gradual transitions, both
in this genus, and the genera Mussa and Manicina. The genus
Diploctenium, of Goldfuss, has been referred by Blainville to this
division of the genus.

The descriptions beyond, are preceded by an enumeration of the
species, to show their arrangement, arid also to indicate, by an aster-
isk, those that have been examined by the author.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 159

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Solitary or non-budding.

*1. E. pavonina. 4. E. rubra.

2. E. anthophyllum. *5. E. spinulosa.

*3. E. sphenjscus.

II. Compound; cells simple or lobed.

6. E. glabrescens. *9. E. aperta.

*7. E. gracilis. *10. E. rugosa.

*8. E. aspera. *11. E. turgida.

III. Compound ; cells mostly long meandering.

*12. E. meandrina. *14. E. cultrifera.

*13. E. sinuosa.

I. Euphyllise simplicissimse.

1. EUPHVLLIA PAVONINA. (Lesson.) Dana.

E. solitaria, libera, cuneiformis, superne semicircularis ; tentaculis
numerosis, validis, f" longis, subcequis. Corallum inferne acute
carinatum, aut rectum aut obtuso-angulatum, medio leviter peduncu-
lalum ; eztus leve, vix plicatum, radiate substriatum ; cella 2" longd,
et ad aperturam 1" fata, profundissimd ; lamellis non ezsertis, sub-
denticulatis.

Solitary, free, cuneiform, semicircular above in outline; tentacles
numerous, stout, three-quarters of an inch long, subequal. Coral-
lum below acutely carinate, edge either straight or forming an
obtuse angle at centre, at middle a small pedicel; exterior smooth,
scarcely plicate, radiately substriate ; cell two inches long, and one
broad at the aperture, very deep, lamella? not exsert, subdenticulate.

Plate 6, fig. 5, corallurn, natural size ; 5 a, the animal expanded ;
fig. 6, the corallurn of another variety ; 6 a, profile of same.

Sandwich Islands, according to Lesson, who states that a large
number of specimens were brought to England by the Blonde. The
Expedition did not meet with it.

This species is one of the free cuneiform Euphyllise. Its flabellate

160 ZOOPHYTES.

or fan-shaped form suggested to Lesson his generic name Flabellum,
which was proposed for this species. The inferior edge is quite sharp,
and forms, according to Lesson's figures, a very low obtuse angle
(about 150°) at the centre, where there is a small prominence, which
is the remains of the pedicel. In some of the specimens examined by
the author, the edge was often quite straight, and in others formed a
re-entering angle at centre. The sides are flat or a little concave, and
the exterior has a little the appearance of tortoise-shell. The lamellae
are regular, subdenticulate or finely plaited on each surface, and a
little undulate near the bottom of the cell, which is very narrow-
linear.

The animal, as represented by Lesson, closely resembles in general
characters our E. rugosa, evincing the propriety of uniting his genus
Flabellurn with Euphyllia. An outline is given from Lesson's plate,
in order to show this resemblance.

Flabellum pavoninum, Lesson, Illust. do Flabellum pavoninum, Lamarck, 2d ,ed.,
Zool., plate 14. ii. 365.

2. EUPHYLLIA ANTHOPHYLLUM. (Ehrenberg.) Dana.

E. erecta, compressa, affixa ; 4^'" lata et alia. Corallum margine in-
tegrum ; aperturd oUongci ; Jamellis inclusis, denticulatis latere granu-
losis : extus obsolete striatum.

Erect compressed, attached, 4£ lines high and broad. Corallum with
the margin entire; aperture oblong ; lamellce included, denticulate,
with the lateral surface granulous : exterior obsoletely striate.

This species is arranged by Ehrenberg in his genus Monomyces, a
notice of which is appended at the close of the Astrseacea. The de-
scription is brief, but appears sufficient to warrant our referring the
zoophyte to the genus Euphyllia, among the non-budding species.
The specimen described belonged to the Royal Museum at Berlin.

Monomyces anlhophyllum, Ehrenberg, Gen. xlvii., sp. 2.

3. EUPHYLLIA SPHENISCUS. (Dana.)

E. simplicissima, libera, cuneiformis, inverso-deltoidea, superne arcwtta
basi truncata ; carnea et luteo-viridescens, ore valde elongato, disco

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 161

transverse rubro-vittato ; tentaculis numerosis, attenuatis, diaphanis,
apice carneis. CoraUum extus leve, concentrice subplicatum; cella pro-
funda, oblongo-eUiptica, apertura ad eztremitates bene rotundatd ;
lamettis integris, regularibus, inczqualibus, truncatis, non exsertis.

Not budding, free, cuneiform, in outline inverted deltoid, with the
summit arcuate, and truncate at base ; flesh-coloured and greenish-
yellow ; mouth very long, disk transversely banded with red, ten-
tacles numerous, attenuate, diaphanous, with flesh-coloured tips.
Corallum smooth without, very faintly concentrically plicate; cell
deep, oblong-elliptic, with the aperture regularly rounded at each
end ; lamellae entire and regular, unequal, truncate, not exsert.

Plate 6, fig. 1 o, animal unexpanded, showing the partly-opened
oblong mouth, with the vertically-plaited inner surface of the lips ; —
1 b, animal expanded ; — 1 c, one of the tentacles; — 1 d, profile section of
corallum ; — 1 e, a small specimen, with side processes.

Coral reefs, Singapore, East Indies, in two to three fathoms water.
Exp. Exp.

This species is distinguished from the rubra by its very symmetri-
cal outline ; it is about one and a quarter inches by five lines in
breadth at top, and the sides converge downward evenly to an edge
at bottom half an inch long, this edge having been produced by a
fracture of the pedicel when young.

The lamellaB have a straight margin, and three smaller lamella
alternate with a larger. The exterior is smooth without vertical
striaB. At bottom, the cell is a mere line.

This very common species has evidently been confounded with the Turbinolia rubra
of Quoy and Gaymard, which was named Caryophyllia compressa, by Blainville ; also,
with the Turbinolia compressa of Lamarck, which is a fossil species, more oblong-trian-
gular, and tapering below nearly to a point. (See Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. des Polyp.
51, pi. 74, figs. 22, 23.) The Turbinolia cuneata is distinguished from this species by
nearly the same characters as the compressa. (See Turlrinolia cuneata,, Gold fuss, Petref.
53, pi. 15, fig. 9, a, b, and Flabellum cuneatum, Michelin, Icon. Zooph., 45, pi. 9,
fig. 13.)

4. EUPHYLLIA RUBRA. (Q. $ G.) Dana.
E. simplicissima, affixa, subcuneiformis, infra paulo distorta, superne

162 ZOOPHYTES.

paulo arcuata, 1" longa, basi £" et scepe dilatata; disco subluteo, 4-
rubro-vittato, oblongo-elliptico, ore valde elongato, roseo; tentaculis
longis, albidis, diaphanis. CoraUum extus viz striatum, lamellis non
exsertis, regularibus, incequalibus.

Not budding, attached, subcuneiform, below somewhat distorted,
above a little arcuate, 1 inch in greatest breadth, base £ inch broad
and often dilated ; disk yellowish, with 4 transverse red bands,
oblong-elliptic, mouth very long and rose-coloured ; tentacles long,
whitish, diaphanous. Corallum having the exterior faintly striate ;
lamellae not exsert, regular, unequal.

Cook's Straits, New Zealand, in twenty -four fathoms. — Quoy and
Gaymard.

This species resembles the preceding ; but the corallum is attached
and less regular in outline below, often being distorted and curved a
little to one side, instead of evenly symmetrical. The lamellae are
described as alternately large and small. The figure of the animal,
by Quoy and Gaymard, must be incorrect, as it represents but a single
row of tentacles.

Turbinolia rubra, Q. & G., Voy. de 1'As- , Cuvier, Reg. Anim., Paris, 1837, pi.

trolabe, iv. 188, pi. 14, figs. 5-9. 82, fig. 5 ; copy from the Astrolabe.

Caryophyttia compressa, Blain. Man. 344.

5. EUPHYLLIA SPINULOSA. (Dana.)

E. simplicissima, affixa, compresso-subturbinata, paulo distorta, apice
viz convexa (10'" et 5'" lata), infra attenuata et basi I" crassa.
Corallum aperturd subellipticum, latere verticaliter subtiliter lamello-
striatum et spinuloso-denticulatum ; lamellis apice rotundatis, 1'" ex-
sertis, subintegris.

Not budding, attached, compressed subturbinate, a little distorted,
scarcely convex at summit where it is 10 lines by 5 in breadth,
below attenuate, and i of an inch thick at base. Corallum having
a subelliptical aperture, sides fine lamello-striate vertically and
spinuloso-denticulate ; lamellse rounded above, a line exsert, sub-
entire.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 163

Plate 6, fig. 2, corallum, natural size ; a, profile of transverse
section.

Cape Frio, entrance to the harbour of Rio de Janeiro. Exp. Exp.

The spinulous exterior of this species is characteristic. The cell
has a linear bottom, and is about a fourth of an inch deep.

NOTE. — The Turbinolia amicorum, of Blainville, probably belongs near the above,
but no description of it has yet been published. It is from the Friendly Islands, Pacific
Ocean. (Man. d'Actin. 341.)

2. Euphyllise segregato-gemmatse, non meandrinse.

6. EUPHYLLIA GLABRESCENS. ( Chamisso an d Eysenhardt. )

E. furcate ramosa, 2" alta ; discis simplicibus, tentaculis plurimis, 1"
longis, clavatis, Jlavis. Corallum ramis £" crassis, extus glabriusculis,
ca.lie.ulis angulosis, pollicaribus, centra profundissimo, margine integris
vel obsolete denticulatis.

Segregato-gemmate, furcately ramose, 2 inches in height; colour
yellow ; tentacles many, an inch long, clavate. Corallum with the
branches \ an inch thick, exterior nearly smooth ; calicles angular,
an inch wide, very deep at centre, margin entire or obsoletely
denticulate.

The Radack Archipelago, Pacific Ocean. — Chamisso.

Caryophylliaglabrescens,Cha.m\ssoandEy- Lobophyllia glabrescens, Blainville, Man.

senhardt, Nov. Act. Nat. Curios., vol. x. d'Actin. 355. The reference by Blainville

, Lamarck, 2d edit. ii. 356, No. 13 a. to plate liii. fig. 3, of his Atlas, is wrong;

, Ehrenberg, op. cit. Gen. Iviii. sp. 4. the figure represents the L. angulosa.

7. EUPHYLLIA GRACILIS. (Dana.}

E. furcate ramosa, convexa, discis scepius simplicibus. Corallum caliculis
subturbinatis, vix 2'" remotis, extus kviter striatulis, cella scepius $"
latd, inter dum 1" ekngata ; hmellis latissimis, tenuissimis, paululum
exsertis.

164 ZOOPHYTES.

Convex, furcato-ramose ; disks mostly simple. Corallum having the
calicles subturbinate, scarcely 2 lines distant, the exterior minutely
striate; cell usually £ an inch broad, sometimes 1 inch long ; lamellae
very broad, extremely thin, a very little exsert.

Caribbean Sea. Esper. — West Indies, Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc.

The small size of this species readily distinguishes it. The lamellae
meet or overlap at the middle of the cell, and are very fragile. The
exterior is finely striate, but not spinulous or properly denticulate.

Madrepora fastigiata (?), Esper Pflanz. i. Caryophyllia fastigiata (?), Ehren., op. cit.

95, tab. 8. Esper's figure represents the Gen. Iviii. sp. 5.

branches a little too cylindrical, and the Esper's tab. 8, A, which he gives as a

striae somewhat denticulate. variety of the above, has the cells of the

Caryophyllia angulosa, in part, Lamarck, same breadth, but two inches long.

2d ed. ii. 355, No. 13.

8. EUPHYLLIA ASPERA. (Dana.)

E.furcato-ramosa, hemispherica ; discis scepius simpKcibus et suborbi-
culatis. Corallum ramis subdivaricatis, J-f " crassis, caliculis sub-
turbinatis, crasse costato-striatis et spinulosis, infra fere kvibus ;
fameUis in&qualibus, latis, exsertis, oblique truncatis, majoribus iV
remotis et 3 minoribus intermediis.

Furcato-ramose, hemispherical ; disks usually simple and nearly cir-
cular. Corallum with the branches subdivaricate, ^ to | of an inch
thick, calicles subturbinate ; coarsely ribbed-striate and spinulous,
below nearly smooth; lamella? unequal, very broad, exsert, ob-
liquely truncate, the larger TO of an inch apart, and with about 3
smaller intermediate.

Plate 9, fig. 7, part of corallum, natural size; 7 a, profile section
showing the form of the lamellae.

West Indies ?

This species is remarkable for the strongly ribbed spinulous exte-
rior of the calicles (allying it to the Mussae), and the decided line of
division between this live portion, and the smoother dead part below.
The lamellae are broad with the inner margin vertical ; and the oppo-

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 165

site approach at the centre of a cell to within a sixteenth of an inch.
The cells when simple but little exceed half an inch in breadth; but
they often widen in one direction to nearly an inch. The branches
are about an inch and a quarter long before furcation.

The Madrepora capitata of Esper, (Pfianz. Fortsetz., i. 102, tab. 81, fig. 1,)
may be identical with the above. The branches are represented as longer (about one
and a half inches) before furcating, and less divaricate ; but in the size of the calicles
and their ribbed and spinulous exterior, they are quite similar. Lamarck refers to
Esper's figure and species as a variety of the " Caryophyllia fastigiata," a species of
Mussa.

9. EUPHYLLIA APERTA. (Dana.)

E. furcato-ramosa, hemispherica, discis scepius simplicibus. Corallum
ramis %" crassis, subdivaricatis, brevibus, caliculis subturbinatis, %"
longis et latis, remote costatis, cum costis leviter denticulatis et infra
obsokscentibus ; lamellis paucis, tenuibus, 1'" exsertis, majoribus valde
latis |" remotis apice oblique truncatis, et scepius und angustissimd
intermedia.

Furcato-ramose, hemispherical, with the disks mostly simple. Coral-
lurn having the branches | of an inch thick, subdivaricate, short,
calicles subturbinate, | of an inch long and broad, remotely costate,
with the ridges somewhat denticulate and below becoming obsoles-
cent; lamellae few, thin, about 1 line exsert, the larger quite broad
and obliquely truncate at top, £ of an inch apart, and usually with
one quite small intermediate lamella.

West Indies ?

This species resembles much the aspera, but the lamella of the
calicles, and the ridges of the exterior, are fewer and more distant ;
the appearance of the cell is much more open, and the internal texture
consists of large open cellules.

NOTE. — The Madrepora fastigiata of Pallas (Elench. Zooph. No. 175), thus described,
"M. dichotoma, fastigiata, stellis terminalibus, subturbinatis, lamellis integerrimis," Seba,
tab. 109, fig. 1, is near the above, yet appears to be a distinct species. The lamellae in
Seba's figure are a little exsert, and the calicles are two-thirds of an inch in diameter,
with the exterior striate, and the line between the live extremity and the part below,
strongly marked. Seba says that the lamella; are very thin " nequaquam serratte sint,
sed cuspidntoe et equabilem veluti cultri aciem abeant." Seba states that his specimen
came from the shores of Curafoa, in the Caribbean Sea.

166 ZOOPHYTES.

10. EUPHYLLIA RUGOSA. (Dana.}

E. furcato-ramosa, hemispherica ; polypis griseo-rubidis, discis scepius
simplicibus, tentaculis numerosis, validis, §" longis, apicefiavis. Co-
rallum caliculis ^-1" latis, interdum lobatis, 3-4'" remotis, extus sape
transverse rugosis et tenuiter carinato-striatis : lamettis latis, integris,
vix minime exsertis.

Furcato-ramose, hemispherical ; polyps pale grayish red, disks usu-
ally simple ; tentacles numerous, stout, § of an inch long, with
yellow tips. Corallum with the calicles § to 1 inch broad, some-
times lobed, 3 to 4 lines apart ; exterior often transversely wrinkled
and finely carinato-striate ; lamellae broad, entire, scarcely at all
exsert.

Plate 6, fig. 3, a clump of the natural size, with most of the polyps
fully expanded, a few partly so or closed ; 3 a, a tentacle enlarged ;
3 b, a separate calicle ; 3 c, part of a transverse section of a branch ; 3 d,
one of the lamellae ; 3 e, corallum of a young individual, found growing
from the side of one of the calicles.

The Feejee Islands, in shallow water about the reefs. Exp. Exp.

The character of the polyps and the larger size of the branches,
separate this species from the glabrescens, to which it is in many
points similar. The margin of the calicle is thin and fragile. The
clump examined was five inches in diameter, and three high.

Fungus marinus, &c., " lamellis tenuibus, ereciis, non dentatis." Seba,.fig. 4, tab.
116. The figure, though rude, appears to belong to this species.

The Lobophyllia angulosa of Quoy and Gaymard (Voy. de I'Ast. iv. 193, pi. 15,
figs. 1, 2), has some relations to the above, but if the forms of the lamellae and cell are
correctly represented, it belongs to the genus Manicina. The representation of the ani-
mals is wholly unsatisfactory.

11. EUPHYLLIA TURGIDA. (Dana.)

E. hemispherica, furcato-ramosa, discis interdum parce compositis.
Corallum caliculis sapius 1J-2" latis, interdum 3" dilatatis et lobatis,

TRIBE I. — ASTR.EACEA. 167

extus undulatis et subremote leniter carinato-striatis ; lameUis latis-
simis numerosisque, integris, tenuibus, paululum exsertis.

Hemispherical, furcato-ramose, disks sometimes sparingly compound.
Corallum with the calicles mostly 1J to 2 inches broad, at times 3
inches long, and'lobed; exterior undulate and rather remotely faint
carinato-striate ; larnellee very broad and numerous, entire, thin, a
little exsert.

Plate 9, figs. 9 a, 9b, outline of lamellae.

Malacca, East Indies.

This species has much larger polyps than the last, and the carinaB
of the exterior are more remote, and less distinct. The distance
between adjacent calicles is moreover about half an inch. It is still
nearer the meandrina, which, however, has narrower cells, generally
much more sinuous and meandering. The specimen described be-
longs to the collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Phila-
delphia, and was deposited there by Dr. Burroughs.

Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Uranie, pi. 96, fig. 11. This figure may be the above
species imperfectly represented.

Caryophyllia angulosa, in part, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii. 355, No. 13.

3. Euphyllise meandrinae.

12. EUPHYLLIA MEANDRINA. (Dana.)

E. maxima, hemispherica, discis scepius compositis, lineatis et meandrinis.
Corallum ramis raro cylindricis et$" crassis, scepissime compressis in-
ter dum 6" latis, 5-9'" crassis; extus kvibus seupartim subtiliter stria-
tulis et interdumpauk undulatis, margine fragilibus ; lamellis confer-
tis, latis, integris, non exsertis.

Very large, hemispherical, disks mostly compound, linear, and mean-
dering. Corallum, with the branches rarely cylindrical, and ^ of
an inch thick, generally laminato-cornpressed, sometimes 6 inches
broad and 5 to 9 lines thick; exterior smooth or in some parts
finely striate and sometimes surface a little undulate, margin fra-
gile ; lamella? crowded, very broad, entire, not exsert.

168 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 6, figure 4, part of a corallum, natural size ; 4 a, vertical sec-
tion, showing the narrow bottom ; 4 b, transverse section, showing the
cellular texture of the interior.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The branches of this species are often broad sinuous plates, half to
three-fourths of an inch thick; and again there are occasionally others,
which are cylindrical, and belong to a single polyp. The last have
often much resemblance to a single calicle in the E. rugosa, but are
less strongly striated. The lamellae are crowded and so fill the cell
that its bottom is seldom apparent.

Caryophyttia angulosa, in part, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii. 355, No. 13.

Madrepora fastigiata, Esper, i. 95, tab. viii. A. This figure may have been made
from a specimen of this species; yet is much too small, and the striae are too decided. It is
possibly a distinct species. He gives the Caribbean Sea as the probable locality. The
calicles are one-third to half an inch thick, and half to two and a half wide, with the
exterior striate. See E. gracilis.

13. EUPHYLLIA SINUOSA. (Dana.)

E. maxima, hemispherica ; discis compositis, Kneatis, et elongate mean-
drinis. Corallum meandrinse affim, sed cettis sinuosis longioribus,
£" latis, et lamellis paucis, scepius fa" remotis, integris, non exsertis.

Very large, hemispherical ; disks compound, linear, and long mean-
dering. Corallum similar to that of the meandrina, but the sinuous
cells longer, J an inch broad, and the lamellae few and mostly fa of
an inch distant, entire, not exsert.

The few and remote lamellae, and the very open cellular texture,
distinguish this species readily from the preceding, with which it
agrees in general habit. The intervals between the calicles, or the
lobes of the same, are often an inch broad, A single meandering
trench, with all its sinuous lobes, is sometimes two feet long. The
specimen affording the description belongs to the collections of the
Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, arid there is another
in the collections of the Boston Natural History Society. The locality
is not known ; it is probably from the East Indies.

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 169

14. EUPHYLLIA CULTRIFERA. (Dana.)

E grandis, convexa, discis compositis, lineatis, meandrinis. Corattum
cettd §" lata, interdum 5" elongata; extus subleve, vel parce plicatum
et kviter striatulum; lamellis longe exsertis (interdum f") et scepe %"
latis.

Large, convex, disks compound, linear, meandering. Corallum, with
the cell § of an inch broad, sometimes 5 inches long ; exterior
nearly smooth or sparingly plicate, and faintly striate; lamellae
long exsert (sometimes | of an inch), and often J an inch broad.

Plate 9, figure 8 a, 8 b, showing the form of the Iamella3.

East Indies. Dr. A. A. Gould.

The large projecting cultriform lamellae give this species a very
peculiar appearance. The specimen examined was placed in my
hands for description by Dr. Gould, of Boston.

APPENDIX. — Euphyllia Hemprichii. The Strombodes Hemprichii, of
Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea (op. cit. Gen. liii. sp. 1), appears to
pertain to the genus Euphyllia, though, from the concise description,
this opinion is expressed with hesitation. It is thus described : —
" Pollicaris, solitaria, turbinata, disco semipollicari, parum excavate,
stipite tereti curvo, annulis distantibus, membranaceis, concavis alato."
Owing to the rings of the exterior, it resembles some Cyathophylla,
in appearing to consist of a series of cones inverted in one another.

GENUS II.— CTENOPHYLLIA.— DANA.

Astrceidce explanato-glomerata, discis seriatim gemmantibus, itaque
sinuose linearibus. Coratta substipitata, convexa; cellis, fossiformi-
bus, meandrinis; lamellis crassimis, paucis, sub<Equalibus, fere in-
tegris.

170 ZOOPHYTES.

Animals explanato-glomerate ; disks seriately budding, and hence
linear and sinuous. Coralla substipitate, convex ; cells trench-
like and meandering ; lamellae very stout, few, subequal, entire or
nearly so.

The Ctenophylliae have long meandering cells like the Meandrinae,
but are stipitate species, peculiar in their stout, remote, entire lamellae.
The under surface of the corallum is crimpled and striate, especially
near the margin, where the living animal extended : where dead, the
striae are often obsolete and the surface is more or less incrusted with
other corals. The species have some resemblance to the Manicinse,
but they differ decidedly in general habit ; the lamellae of the latter
being thin, evenly crowded, and regularly denticulate. Moreover,
the septum between adjacent cells in the Ctenophylliae is thin, and
nearly solid.

The name of this genus is derived from xras, a comb, referring to
the appearance of the lamellae along the septum, to which allusion is '
made in Lamarck's name, M. pectinata.

This group appears to be related to the Euphyllise, and has been
placed in the same subfamily with them ; yet, as the animals have
not been examined, some other arrangement may hereafter be re-
quired. The type of the genus is the Meandrina pectinata of La-
marck. Ehrenberg, in view of the substipitate character of the
species, places them in his genus Manicina. The species appear to
be confined to the West Indies.

Arrangement of the Species.

1. Ridges sidcate.

*1. C. pectinata. *2. C. quadrata.

2. Ridges entire.

*3. C. pachyphylla. *4. C. profunda.

1. CTENOPHYLLIA PECTINATA. (Lamarck.) Dana.

Corallum collibus sukatis, 5-6'" latis, gyris sinuosis 6-7'" latis, lamettis
rotundatis, fossis 3-4'" proj undis ; super fide inferior e levi sed prope
marginem (ad \"} rugata et remote striatd.

TRIBE I. — ASTRJ3ACEA. 171

Corallum with the ridges sulcate, 5 to 6 lines wide; gyri sinuous,
6 to 7 lines broad, lamellae rounded, fossae 3 to 4 lines deep ; inferior
surface smooth, except within ^ of an inch of the margin, where it
is rugose and remotely striate.

Plate 14, figure 13, outline of the lamellse and trench.

West Indies.

The sulcate (or duplicate) ridges of this species, in connexion with
the very broad gyri, distinguish it readily from the following. The
septum is a line thick at top, an eighth of an inch below, and is a
very little turgid. On the under surface, beyond a fourth of an inch
from the margin, the corallum is smooth and mostly incrusted by
other corals.

Madrepora mceandrites, Ellis and Solander, Meandritia pectinata, Lamouroux, Exp.

161, tab. 48, fig. 1. The figure agrees Meth. 55, tab. 48, fig. 1, and Encyc., pi.

with specimens examined by the author, 485, fig. 1 .

even to the linear lamella at the bottom , Blainville, Man. d'Actin., 357.

of the trench. The Manicina pectinata of Ehrenberg (G.

Madrepora labyrinthica, Pallas Elench. Ixiii. sp. 3) is represented according to

Zooph., p. 297. this author by Seba's fig. 8, tab. Ill,

Meandrina pectinata, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii. (vol. iii.), which is a species with thin

387, No. 4. lamellse. See Mussafragilis.

2. CTENOPHYLLIA QUADRATA. (Dana.)

Corallum collibus scepius sulcatis, subquadratis, 3-4'" latis, gyris 4—5'"
latis,fossis 3'" profundis ; septo scepe 1'" crasso; superfaie inferiore,
ad J", rugatd et striata.

Corallum usually with sulcate subquadrate ridges, 3 to 4 lines broad ;
gyri 4 to 5 lines broad, fossae 3 lines deep, septum often 1 line thick;
lower surface for ^ inch crimpled and striate.

Plate 14, figure 14, outline of the lamellae and trenches.

The gyri are much narrower than in the pectinata, and the lamellae
smaller, though still very stout.

172 ZOOPHYTES.

Lapis corallites, &c., Seba, iii. tab. 112, its gyri with the above, and is similar in
fig. 2. This figure agrees in the size of its stout lamellae.

3. CTENOPHYLLIA PACHYPHYLLA. (Ehrenberg.} Dana.

C. collibus integris, Gothicis, rarn obsolete: sukatis, 5-6'" latis; gyris
5-8'" latis ; lamellis crassis ; septo raw.

Corallum with the ridges entire, Gothic, rarely obsoletely sulcate, 5 to
6 lines wide; gyri 5 to 8 lines broad; lamellae stout; septum thin.

Plate 14, fig. 15, outline of lamellae and trench.

The ridges are as broad as in the pectinata, but they are not sul-
cate. The lamellaB are about seven in number to half an inch of the
fossa, and occasionally there is a small intermediate one ; those of ad-
joining furrows seldom meet at the top of the septum, but pass one
another, and in some instances there is an incipient sulcus. The
lateral surfaces of the lamellae are granulous.

Lapis corallites, &c., Seba, iii. tab. 112, it as having the gyri eight lines broad,

fig. 3, represents a worn specimen ; it and " lamellis crassis, latissimis, collium

agrees in the breadth of the gyri, stout pariete interno membranaceo." Seba's

lamellae, and other characters. figure 2, tab. 112, to which he refers,

Manicina pachyphylla, Ehrenberg, G. Ixiii. has much narrower gyri than stated in

sp. 5. This species is apparently iden- the description, and appears to represent

tical with the above. Ehrenberg describes the quadrata.

4. CTENOPHYLLIA PROFUNDA. (Dana.}

Corallum collibus integris, Gothicis, angustis (4'" latis), gyris 5-6'"
latis, fossis prof undissimis (fere £"), lamellis rarioribus.

Corallum with the ridges entire, Gothic, narrow (4 lines wide), gyri
5 to 6 lines broad, fosses very deep (nearly £ an inch), lamellae
rather thin.

Plate 14, fig. 16, outline of lamellae and trench.

Like the pachyphylla, this species has entire ridges, but they are
much narrower, and the fossae much deeper. Moreover the under

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 173

surface is striated, and when fresh is alive for an inch and a half from
the margin : the lamellae also are much thinner, and the septum hardly
exceeds one-twentieth of an inch in thickness.

GENUS III.— MUSSA.— OKEN.

Astrtzida, maxima, gemmatione segregate et interdum explanato-glo-
meratce. Tentacula numerosa, incequalia, internis tumidis. Corolla
caliculato-ramosa, aut explanato-glomerata ; caliculis crassimis, sub-
turbinatis aut latissime compressis ; cellis suborbiculatis aut elongate
meandrinis, extus crasse lamello-striatis et echinato-dentatis ; lamellis
dentatis vel indso-dentatis, incequaliter exsertis.

Large Astraeidae, segregate, also explanato-glomerate ; tentacles nume-
rous, unequal, the inner tumid. Coralla calicularly branched or
explanato-glomerate ; calicles very stout, subturbinate, with orbi-
culate or lobed cells, sometimes very broadly compressed with the
cells long meandering ; exterior stoutly lamello-striate and echinato-
dentate ; lamellae coarsely dentate or gash-toothed, unequally exsert.

This genus includes the largest coral animals of the Astrsea family.
Two inches in diameter is no unusual size, and when fully expanded
they look like large Actinia?. The broad-tinted disks fringed with
crowded rows of tentacles, the inner differing generally in form and
colour from the outer, make the most beautiful exhibition of living
flowers in the coral seas, especially when a whole corymb or hemi-
spherical group is in full expansion.

The coralla often form regular hemispheres, consisting of calicular
branches. The calicles have large concave cells, arid stout gashed
lamella? very unequal and unequally exsert, with the exterior ribbed
with extensions of the same dentate lamellae. There are only six or
eight lamellae in a breadth of a fourth of an inch, and half of these are
usually obsolescent. In size, the Mussae thus far known vary from
three-quarters of an inch to three and a half inches in diameter. In
a few species the cells are very long meandering, and belong to a
large number of united polyps. The tentacles in these species margin

174 ZOOPHYTES.

the meandering cell, through its whole length, and between, at inter-
vals, are the polyp mouths. The calicularly branched species pass
gradually into the massive, as in the genus Manicina, and these re-
semble the Meandrinse, except in their larger size, the thicker and
fewer lamellae, coarser dentation, and in being usually stipitate.

These corals differ from the Euphylliae in their open concave cells,
with a broad bottom, and their thicker gashed lamellae. They pass
into the Caulastrseee, which have smaller concave cells, and also more
cylindrical and fragile branches, and more crowded, nearly entire,
lamellae.

The Mussae are confined, as far as known, to the coral-reef seas.
Species occur both in the East and West Indies, and in the Pacific.

The genus Mussa as established arid characterized by Oken,* a
German author distinguished for the originality of his views, and his
innovations in all branches of science, has nearly the limits of La-
marck's Caryophyllia, a name long prior in date. As the species,
which Oken referred to his genus, belong, with one exception, to the'
group before us, it seems obligatory, Caryophyllia being otherwise
used, to retain for it Oken's name, in preference to Blainville's Lobo-
phyttia, subsequently given to these zoophytes. In mentioning Blain-
ville's Lobophyllia, Ehrenberg significantly adds, "vox hybrida."
This genus is the Caryophyllia of Ehrenberg, excepting that a few
species are separated, which belong to the genus Euphyllia, and some
massive meandering species are added.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Calicularly branched, cells simple or somewJiat lobed.

1. M. fastigiata. 4. M. corymbosa.

*2. M. carduus. *5. M. cactus.

*3. M. angulosa. *6. M. costata.

II. Calicularly branched, cells mostly sinuous or meandering.

*7. M. sinuosa. *10. M. cerebriformis.

*8. M. cytherea. *11. M. regalis.

*9. M. multilobata.

HI. Massive, meandering.

*12. M. crispa. *15. M. gyrosa.

*13. M. dipsacea. *16. M. recta.

•14. M. fragilis. *17. M. sinuosa.

* Oken's Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, Zoologie i. 73. Published at Jena in 1815.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 175

I. Caliculato-ramosfe, cellis simplicibus aut paulum lobatis.

1. MUSSA FASTIGIATA. (EUis.) Dana.

M. fastigiata, discis< scepius suborbiculatis. Corallum ramis crassis,
caliculis remote costato-angulatis, non dentato-echinatis, §-1" latis
(raro J") ; lamettis vix dentatis, apice subacutis.

Fastigiate; disks usually nearly circular. Corallum with the branches
stout ; calicles remotely ribbed-angular, not dentato-echinate, § to 1
inch broad (rarely £ an inch), lamellae scarcely toothed ; subacute
at apex.

West Indies. .Ellis.

This species, here based on Ellis's figure, is peculiar in having
pointed lamellae but sparingly notched, and the exterior of the calicles
angular or polygonal, without spines or teeth ; though near the Eu-
phyllise, it is represented with the open concave cell of a Mussa.

Madrepora fastigiata, Ellis and Solander, Caryophy Ilia fastigiata, Lamouroux, 50,

152, tab. 33. tab. 33.

Madrepora capitata, var. Esper, Fortsetz. Lobophy Ilia fastigiata, Blainv. Man. 356.

i. 102, tab. 82 — copy of Ellis's figure. The Caryophy Ilia fastigiata of Ehrenberg,
Mussa capitata, Oken, op. cit. 74. is a much smaller species, and probably

Litlwdendron capitatum, Schw. Hand. 416. the Euphyllia aspera.

Caryophyllia fastigiata, Lamarck, 2d ed. The M. fastigiata of Pallas appears to be

ii. 355, No. 12. Two or three Euphyl- a Euphyllia (see note to page 165. Seba's

lisa are here included. No. l,tab. 109, may be the above species.)

2. MUSSA CARDUUS. (PoHas.} Dana.

M. maxima, discis suborbiculatis. Corallum caliculis crassimis (2J-
3£") elongato-turbinatis, fere orbiculatis, exlus undique valde lamelh-
striatis et serratis ; cella concava, margine rotundata ; lamettis crasse
serrato-dentatis.

Very large; disks nearly circular. Corallum having the calicles very
stout (2£ to 3£ inches broad), very long turbinate, nearly circular;
exterior every where (above and below) strongly lamello-striate and

176

ZOOPHYTES.

sharp serrate ; cell concave, margin rounded, lamellae coarsely ser-
rato-dentate.

Plate 8, fig. 8, section of cell showing the outline of lamellae.

West Indies.

This large species is distinguished by the length and size of the
calicles or calicular branches, and the serrate lamellae that crowdedly
striate the exterior for several inches from the summit. In Peale's
Museum at Philadelphia, there is a single turbinate branch or calicle,
which is four inches long and three broad at top, with a slightly ellip-
tical outline.

Madrepora carduus, Ellis and Solander,
153, tab. 35. A good figure; specimen
from the West Indies.

Madrepora lacera, Pallas, Zooph. No. 173.

, Esper, i. 148, tab. 25, fig. 2. A

young individual (?), a short cylindrical
calicle, two and a half inches in diameter,
and two-thirds of an inch high, and very
similar to the extremity of a calicle in
Ellis's figure.

Caryophyllia carduus, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii.
357, No. 15.

, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. 50, tab. 35.

Mussa lacera, Oken's Zool. i. 73.

Loljophyllia carduus, Blainv. Man. 356.

Caryophyllia lacera, Ehrenberg, op. cit.
G. Iviii. sp. 6.

Several of Seba's figures on tab. 108, 109,
and 110 (Thes. iii.), are generally re-
ferred to as young of this species ; but
the correctness of these references may

be doubted. No. 2 and 4, tab. 108, re-
presenting specimens from "New Spain,"
look like attached Fungis: the first is two
and a half inches in diameter, the second
three and a half; and the pedicel in each
is very short, and about one-third the
diameter.

Seba's No. 2 and 3, tab. 109, appear to
be figures of a branching species with
shallow calicles one and two-third inches
broad, and the height scarcely half their
breadth. A specimen of this kind was
obtained by the author in the Sooloo Sea,
the calicle of which was one and a half
inches wide, with the cell spreading and
nearly one-third as deep, the lamellse
very unequal and remote, and the mar-
gin of the cell uneven from the unequal
and unequally prolonged lamellae. As
the specimen is an imperfect one, it is
not here named.

3. MUSSA ANGULOSA. (Pallas.} OJcen.

M. grandis, discis scepins suborbiculatis, interdum lobatis. Corallum
ramulis brevibus, caliculis 1-14" latis, interdum 4^-5-lobatis extus
undique lamello-striatis et dentato-echinatis ; celld margine rotundatd;
lamellis tenuibus, bene serrato-dentatis.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA.

177

Large ; disks usually nearly circular, sometimes lobed. Corallum
large, branches short; calicles suborbicular, from 1 to l£ inches
broad, often lobed (sometimes with 4 to 5 lobes), exterior every
where lamello-striate, and dentato-echinate ; cell with a rounded
margin ; lamellse thin, regularly serrato-dentate.

Plate 8, figure 4, section of cell showing the outline of lamellae.

West Indies.

In many characters this species resembles the carduus, but the cali-
cles are much smaller and shorter. It differs from the following in
the thin lamellse, and their teeth continuing regularly over the apex ;
also in the strong dentate lamello-strise of the exterior, which are dis-
tinct far down the branch. There are eight or nine of these lamellse
on the exterior in half an inch of breadth.

Fungus marinus foliolis erectis serratis,
&c., Seba, iii. 200, tab. 109, fig. 6. A
fastigiate clump eight inches high, and
nearly as broad above, with the stem an
inch or less in diameter below. The fas-
tigiate form may not be characteristic, as
it probably grows in hemispherical clumps,
like other species of the genus.

Madrepora angulosa, Esper, Pflanz. i. 92,
tab. 7. Smaller but otherwise like Seba's.
From " Curassao," Caribbean Sea. The
calicles are strongly lamello-striate and
serrate for two to three inches from the
summit.

, Pallas, Zooph. No. 174. " M. dicho-

toma fastigiata, stellis terminalibus, tur-
binato-angulosis, lamellis dentatis."

Lilhodendron angulosum, Schw. Handb.
416.

Caryophyllia angulosa, in part, Lamarck,
2ded. ii. 355, No. 13.

, Lamouroux, Encyc., 173.

, Ehrenberg, G. Iviii. sp. 3.

Mussa angulosa, Oken, Zool., 73.

Iiobophyllia angulosa, Blainv. Man. 355.

The Lobophyttia angulosa, of Blainville,
includes also one or two species of Eu-
phyllia. The species so called by Quoy
and Gaymard, Voyage de 1'Astrolabe, iv.
193, pi. 15, rigs. 1,2, appears to be a
Manicina. The Caryophyllia angulosa
of the same authors, Voyage de 1'Uranie,
pi. 96, fig. 9, may be the Euphyllia
tumida.

4. MUSSA CORYMBOSA. (Forskol.) Dana.

M. fastigiata, pattide fuscescens ; discis scepius suborbiculatis, totis aurets,
medio glabris, margine tumido, papilloso, papillis bursiformibus, vix
lineam altis; tentaculis parvulis. Corallum, caliculis incequalibus,
1-1 i" latis, subturbinatis, scepe compressis et angulosis ; lamellis
valde dentatis, margine caliculi non revoluto, subacuto.

178 ZOOPHYTES.

Fastigiate ; pale fuscous, disk usually nearly circular, gold-yellow,
centre smooth, margin tumid papillose, papillae bursiform, scarcely
a line high, tentacles small. Corallum erect, fastigiate; calicles
unequal, 1 to 1| inches broad, subturbinate, often compressed and
angular; lamellae strongly dentate; margin of calicle not re volute,
subacute.

Red Sea. Forskal, Ehrenberg.

The above description is from Ehrenberg, who collected specimens
in the Red Sea. He remarks that the calicles are less spinulous than
in the angulosa, and longer.

Madreporacorymbosa,corymbiramisapice Caryophyttia corymbosa, Lamarck, 2d ed.
crassioribus, striato-aculeatis, slellis ter- ii. 356, No. 13 b.

minalibus, sditariis, repando-lobatis, , Ehrenb., op. cit., G. Iviii. sp. 2.

Forskal, Desc. Anim. Egyp., p. 137. Lobophyllia corymbosa, Blainv. Man. 356.

5. MUSSA CACTUS. (Dana.)

M. bene hemispherica ; discis virentibus, scepius suborbiculatis ; tenta-
culis interms bursiformibus, albis, et apice brunneis, externis paulum
elongatis et brunneis. Corallum ramis crebris, caliculis suborbiculatis
interdum ^-3-lobatis, 1-1J" crassis, subturbinatis, extus irregulariter
lamello-striatis et serratis ; lamellis in&qualibus, valde dentatis, apice
rotundatis, cum 3-5 dentibus subtriangulatis,

Regularly hemispherical; disk usually suborbiculate, green; inner
tentacles bursiform, pearl-white and brown at tip, outer a little
elongate and brown. Corallum having the branches crowded,
calicles sometimes 2 to 3-lobed, 1 to 1J inches thick, subturbinate,
exterior irregularly lamello-striate and serrate; lamellae unequal,
strongly dentate, rounded at apex, with 3 to 5 subtriangular teeth.

Plate 7, fig. 1, hemispherical clump natural size, with part of the
polyps expanded ; 1 a, tentacle enlarged ; 1 b, vertical section of a
calicle ; 1 c, transverse section.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species differs from the angulosa in having the lamellae thicker

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 179

and more coarsely toothed, and the exterior less regularly lamello-
striate. The branches are more crowded, the calicles having intervals
of about one-third of an inch between them. The larger lamellae pro-
ject about one-third of an inch above the margin of the cell. It
appears to be near the corymbosa, but differs in its polyps.

6. MUSSA COSTATA. (Dana.)

M. hemispherica, discis scepius suborHculatis. Corallum ramis crebris
caliculis §-14" latis, vix turbinatis, elongatis ; extus, costato-angulatis,
raro dentatis ; lamellis valde incequalibus, dentatis, majoribus apice
late truncatis et scepe ^3-inciso-dentatis.

Hemispherical; disks usually suborbiculate. Corallum having the
branches crowded ; calicles § to 1 \ inches broad, scarcely turbinate,
elongate, exterior ribbed angular, with rarely a tooth ; lamellae very
unequal, dentate, the larger broad, truncate at apex, and often
2-3-gash-toothed.

Plate 7, fig. 2, a calicle natural size ; 2 a, 2 b, lamellae.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species differs from the preceding in its truncate lamellae and
ribbed calicles, rarely dentate on the exterior. The calicles are usually
simple, and nearly straight, but sometimes one to three lobed, and are
from two to three inches long, with intervals between of one-eighth to
one-quarter of an inch. The larger lamellae are exsert about one-third
of an inch.

II. Caliculato-ramosse ; cellis sscpe elongatis et sinuosis.

7. MUSSA SINUOSA. (Lamarck.)

M. hemispherica, discis elongatis meandrinis. Corallum ramis f-lj"
crassis, scepius valde compressis, extus striatis et longe serrato-dentatis ;
cellis interdum simplicibus, scepe sinuosis et 2-5" elongatis, lamellis
crassis, late dentatis et inciso-dentatis, J— J" exsertis ; caliculis £" se-
junctis.

180 ZOOPHYTES.

Hemispherical; disks usually elongate and meandering. Corallum
with the branches | to l£ inches thick, usually much compressed,
exterior striate and for an inch or more serrato-dentate ; cells some-
times simple, but often sinuous and 2 to 5 inches long ; lamellae
stout, broad dentate and inciso-dentate, J to £ an inch exsert ; inter-
vals between the calicles, nearly half an inch broad.

Plate 8, fig. 1 a, 1 b, 1 c, outline of cell and lamellae.

East Indies, Esper, Gmelin. — Red Sea, Ehreriberg.

The frequent sinuous character of the cells at once distinguishes
this species from the preceding ; yet some single calicles are very
similar to those of the cactus. The lamellae are very unequal. The
cells at bottom are finely convoluto-porous. The calicles are mostly
about $ of an inch broad at top ; but they vary from \ to 1 \ inches.
They are larger, more irregular, and are separated by wider spaces
than in the cytherea.

Madrepora angulosa, var. y, Ellis and So- Caryophyttia simiosa, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii.

lander, 153, tab. 34. The figure is 357, No. 14.

good ; it represents a convex clump nine , Lamour., Exp. 50, pi. 34 ; Encyc.,

inches in diameter. 173.

Madrepora cristata, Esper, i. 150, tab. 26. Lithodendron cristatum, Schweig. 416.

Probably the same species, though the Lobophyllia sinuosa, Blainv. Man. 356.

calicles are not quite so long and sinuous. Caryophyllia cristata, Ehrenberg, op. cit.

The exterior though striate is but spar- G. Iviii. sp. 1. The animal is stated to

ingly echinate. From the China Sea. resemble that of the M. corymbosa.

8. MUSSA CYTHEREA. (Dana.}

M. bene hemispherica, discis scepius linearibus et meandrinis. Corallum
ramis scepius valde compressis, £" crassis et §"-5" latis, creberrimis
extus superne striatulis et parce echinatis ; cella scepe elongato-sinuosa
(5"); lamellis majoribus valde exsertis, cum 3-5 minoribus intermediis,
apice late subtruncatis et 2—3-incisis.

Regularly hemispherical ; disks mostly linear and meandering. Co-
rallum having the branches usually much compressed, £ an inch
thick, and § to 5 inches broad, closely crowded ; exterior striate
above, and sparingly echinate ; cell often 5 inches long and sinu-

TRIBE!. — ASTRJEACEA. 181

ous ; larger lamellae much exsert with 3 to 5 smaller intermediate,
subtruncate at apex and 2-3-gash-toothed.

Plate 7, fig. 3 a, 3 b, 3 c, section of cells showing the outline of the
lamellae.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The sinuous cells ally this to the preceding species, but they are
much narrower, and the intervals between are quite evenly one-fifth
of an inch. The species is a peculiarly neat one, very evenly sym-
metrical in its hemispherical shape, and with the lamellae very un-
equally prominent, the larger with subtruncate summits, standing at
nearly equal distances considerably above the others.

9. MUSSA MULTILOBATA. (Dana.)

M. castanea, disci's linearibus, sinuosis, multilobatis, late virentibus.
CoraUum meandrimtm, caliculis §" crassis ; ceUa valde gyrosd, ad
fundum 3-4 lamellis; lamellis rotundatis, crasse dentatis, minoribus
alternis, dentibus subtriangulatis.

Animal chestnut-brown ; disks long, sinuous, and multilobate, bright
green. Corallum meandrine, calicles § of an inch wide, cell very
much gyrose, at bottom 3 or 4 longitudinal lamellae ; lamellte with
a convex apex coarsely toothed, teeth subtriangular, large and
small lamellae alternate.

Plate 8, fig. 2, the animal not fully expanded; 2 a, 2b, profile of
lamellae.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen is a single turbinate calicle, four inches high ; at
base it is but half an inch in diameter, but above it spreads to a
breadtli of five inches by three, and contains a very sinuous trench,
with several lobes, some two inches long, the whole including about
twenty polyp mouths. The intervals between adjacent lobes are
about one-eighth of an inch broad. The exterior is nearly smooth,
somewhat striate above, with occasionally a few sharp teeth on the
striae. Along the bottom of the cell, extend three or four lamellae,
connecting the different polyp-centres.

182 ZOOPHYTES.

Fungus marinus lapideus foliolis erectis, serratis, &c., Seba, iii. tab. 109, fig. 4. An
upper view of a calicle similar in its lobes to the above. The gyri are three-eighths to
one inch broad, and the whole measures six inches by three in breadth ; including all its
sinuosities, the cell is about twelve inches long.

10. MUSSA CEREBRIFORMIS. (Dana.')

M. maxima, hemispherica, discis linearibus, sinuosis, kmgissimis. Coralr
lum meandrinum, cellis j|" latis, et kmgissimis, lobis scepe rectis et 1'
longis, ad cellce fundum 1-2 lamellis; lamettis tenuioribus, vix rotun-
datis, dentatis.

Very large, hemispherical ; disks very long, linear, and sinuous.
Corallum meandering ; cells | of an inch broad and very long, the
lobes often straight and a foot long ; at bottom of cell one or two
longitudinal lamellae ; lamellae rather thin, scarcely rounded above,
dentate.

Plate 8, figure 3, transverse section ; 3 a, 3 b, profile of lamellae and
cell.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This noble species grows in regular hemispheres several feet in
diameter, consisting of very large sinuous meandering plates. It
resembles the last, and might be an older specimen of the same ; but
the lamelte are thinner, and, instead of three or four, there are only
one or two longitudinal lamellae connecting the polyp-centres at the
bottom of the cell. The texture of this species, moreover, is more
open, and its exterior less decidedly striate than in the multilobata ;
nine to twelve lamellae meet at each polyp-centre, but they are
scarcely convoluted at their junction.

11. MUSSA REGALIS. (Dana.)

M. subhemispherica, polypis grandibus, scepe lateraliter coalitis, discis
elongatis, sinuosis. Corallum meandrinum, caliculis 1-1 J" latis, in-
terdum £" sejunctis sed scepe coalescentibus. extus striatis, non echina-
tis; cellis profundis (scepe 1") interdum 6" elongatis; lamellis ince-
qualibus, dentatis, fere %" exsertis.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 183

Subhemispherical, polyps large, often laterally coalescing, disks form-
ing long sinuous lines. Corallum meandrine, calicles 1 to 1^
inches broad, sometimes £ of an inch apart, but often coalescing ;
exterior striate, not echinate; cells very deep (often 1 inch), some-
times 6 inches long ; lamellae unequal, dentate, nearly £ an inch
exsert. ,

Plate 8, fig. 5, section of cell, showing outline of lamellae and cells.

East Indies.

This beautiful species is remarkable for the size and depth of its
trenches, and the frequent lateral coalescence of adjoining calicles;
the intervals, when any exist, are seldom over a line and a half wide,
and these usually become less below, or disappear entirely, by a coa-
lescence of the sides. The description is taken from a specimen
kindly submitted to the author by Dr. Harris, of Cambridge, Mass. ;
it was brought from the East Indies by Captain John Codman, of
Dorchester.

III. Aggregatsc, meandrina;.

12. MUSSA CRISPA. (Lamarck.) Dana.

M. stipitata, explanato-glamerata, effusa, convexa, discis lineate sinuosis.
Corallum margine tenui, crispo et sublobato ; infra, striatum, pli-
catum, et parce spinulosum ; supra, gyris sinuosis, prope |" latis
(raro 1"), ad marginem dilatatis; collibus £— §" latis ; lamettis crassis,
incequalibus, valde serratis.

Stipitate, explanato-glomerate, spreading, convex; disks linear and
sinuous. Corallum with the margin thin, crispate, sublobate ;
below, striate, plicate, and sparingly spinulous; above, with sinuous
gyri near | of an inch broad (rarely 1 inch), dilating at the border
of the corallum ; ridges £ to § of an inch broad ; lamellaB stout,
unequal, strongly serrate.

Plate 8, fig. 6, view of the lamellae.

Indian Ocean, Lamarck. — Singapore, Exp. Exp.

184 ZOOPHYTES.

This is a subfoliaceous species, spreading outward from a central
pedicel, and covered above with sinuous ridges formed of stout,
coarsely-toothed lamellae. Four or five of the larger lamellae cover
half an inch in breadth, and between these there are one to three
smaller lamellae. The fossae are two-thirds of an inch deep, and along
the bottom run two or three lamellae which unite the convoluto-porous
polyp-centres. The septa are thin. The specimen in the Expedition
collections is eight inches in diameter.

Meandrina crispa, Lamarck, ii. 388, No. 6. 5, to which Lamarck refers as of this

, Blainville, Man., 357. species, more probably represent the

The figures by Seba, iii. tab. 108, No. 3 and Manicina fissa.

13. MUSSA DIPSACEA. (Dana.}

M. brevissime turbinata, convexa, discis breviter linearibus, fere simpli-
cibus. Corallum valde robustum ; cellis £-f " latis, §-2" ekmgatis,
scepe lobatis, lamellis crassioribus, tenuiter dentatis, 1'" exsertis, mino-
ribus alternis ; collibus interdum obsolete sukatis, septis angustissimis
(£-!'"), solidis.

Very short, turbinate, convex, disks short, linear, and almost simple.
Corallum very firm ; cells £ to § of an inch broad, and § to 2 inches
long, often lobed ; lamellae quite stout, slenderly and neatly dentate,
1 line exsert, alternately smaller ; ridges sometimes obsoletely sul-
cate, septa very thin (£ to 1 line), solid.

Plate 8, fig. 9, section of cell, showing outline of lamellae.

This species has something of the habit of the crispa, but is smaller,
with much shorter gyri, and finer dentations to the lamellae. It differs
from the fragilis in its shorter and narrower gyri, its scarcely sulcate
ridges, and much stouter lamellae. The specimen examined be-
longs to the collections of the Boston Natural History Society. It is
about one and a quarter inches high, and two and a half in diameter.

The Madrepora lactvca of Esper, as figured in tab. 33, (Pflanz. Fortsetz. i.), ap-
pears to be the above species. There is a general resemblance, although the ridges are
too broad and flat at top, and the cells appear too much obstructed by the lamellae.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^E ACE A. 185

14. Muss A FRAGILIS. (Dana.)

M. glomerata, vix stipitata aut partim incrustans, convexa. CoraUum
fragile, infra valde et acute lamello-striatum ; supra, gyris J-§" latis,
ad marginem dilatatis; collibus 4-5'" latis, rotundatis etpkrumque sul-
catis; septo $" crasso et ad apicem duabus lineis cakareis longitudi-
nalibus iV" sejunctis ; lamellis fragilibus, tenuiter dentatis et apice
denticulatis.

Glomerate, scarcely stipitate or partly incrusting, convex. Corallum
fragile ; below, strongly and acutely lamello-striate ; above, gyri £
to § of an inch broad, dilating at the margin of the corallum ; ridges
4 to 5 lines broad, rounded and somewhat sulcate ; septum £ of an
inch thick, and at top two longitudinal calcareous lines TV of an inch
apart; lamellae fragile, dentate, with the teeth slender, at apex
denticulate.

Plate 8, fig. 7, outline of lamellae and transverse profile of trench.

West Indies, Bermudas. J. Redfield.

The thin and fragile lamellae, slenderly dentate, approximate this
species to the Manicinse. The trenches are nearly triangular in outline.
The polyp-centres at the bottom of the trenches consist of aggregated
points, but are hardly convolute. The specimen examined was fur-
nished the author, for description, by Mr. J. Redfield of New York.
It differs decidedly from the crispa in its more convex form, thinner
lamellae, sulcate ridges, and more numerous and slender dentations.

Fungus marinus, foliolis erectis, pertenuibus, non dentatis, cui nomen est Brassices
Pompeiance, Seba, iii. tab. 109, No. 9. Represents a worn specimen probably of this
species, and is a good figure of many specimens seen by the author (see plate 8, fig. 12).
The two thread-like lines along the septum are ^ of an inch apart as in the above, and
the gyri are of nearly uniform width. The coral being quite cellular, the ridges are
often worn off nearly smooth, in beach specimens. Lamarck refers Seba's figure to
his Meandrina (Mussa) gyrosa, which, as figured by Ellis, has very stout and firm
septa, and is a much heavier and more solid species.

Another allied species is common in worn specimens in our collections, which has the
gyri 5 to 9 lines broad, and less regular than in the preceding, and the two thread-like
lines along the septum twice as near, with minuter cellules between them. It grows to a
large size, at least a foot in diameter. Beach specimens have the ridges less worn off
than in thcfragilis. This is probably Seba's No. 10, tab. 109. The species may also

186 ZOOPHYTES.

be Ehrenberg's Manicina gyrosa (G. Ixiii. sp. 4), as his description agrees better with it
than with Ellis's gyrosa (tab. 51, fig. 2), to which he refers. He describes it as follows : —
" Quadripollicaris, turbinata, disco leviter convexo, stellis meandricis, gregatim collibus
perfectius discretis, 6'" latis, lamellis tenuioribus, angustis, collibus perpendicularibus,
pariete membranaceo, apice subacutis, leviter truncatis." He adds, " habitus, non cha-
racter Maniciruz. An novi generis prope Polyastram collocandi typus=Polyastra stipi-
tata: Podasteria?"

Seba's No. 8, tab. Ill, appears to be the M. fragilis ; but he states that the lamellae
are not dentate : " Lamellis non dentatis, erectis, tenuissimis implicatis." May the edges
have been broken ? The ridges are more than half an inch broad, and resemble the
above in form and appearance. Lamarck refers this figure to his Meandrina pectinate,
and Ehrenberg to the same species (his Manicina pectinata) : but the character " very
thin lamellae" removes it from that species.

15. MUSSA GYROSA. (Ellis.) Dana.

M. glomerata, conveza, discis kngis, sinuosis. Corattum gyris
latis, septis crassis, media fere solidis.

Convex, glomerate, disks long and sinuous. Corallum with the gyri
£ to § of an inch broad, septa stout, at the centre nearly solid.

East Indies ( ? ). Esper.

This large species is described by authors from worn specimens
only. It is distinguished in this state by its stout and compact promi-
nent rounded septa or ridges, and its sinuous gyri, which, in Ellis's
figure, are scarcely more than half an inch wide.

Madrepora gyrosa, Ellis and Solander, 163, Meandrina gyrosa, in part, Lamarck, 2d

tab. 51, fig. 2. From a worn specimen. ed. ii. 388, No. 7.
, Esper, Fortsetz, i. 100, tab. 80, fig. 1. , Lamouroux, Exp. 55, pi. 51, fig. 2.

A copy of Ellis's figure. , Blainville, Man., 357.

16. MUSSA RECTA. (Dana.)

M. glomerata maxima, discis longissimis, scepe rectis. Corallum gyris
1" latis ; septis crassis, solidis, vix cellulosis ; lamellis incequalibus.

Glomerate, very large, disks very long, and often straight. Corallum

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 1Q7

with the gyri 1 inch broad ; septa stout, solid, scarcely cellular ;
lamellae unequal.

Plate 8, fig. 11, worn fragment of the corallum; 4 a, vertical sec-
tion of the same.

Wake's Island, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

The long and often straight trenches, an inch wide, distinguish
this species from the preceding, when in worn specimens, the only
condition in which it was met with ; four smaller lamellae appear to
intervene between the larger, and these last are a fourth to a third of
an inch apart. The septum in the worn specimen is about an eighth of
an inch wide, and obtusely rounded. The polyp-centres are convoluto-
porous and a little prominent. In a vertical section, the transverse
dissepiments on the lateral surface of a lamella are seen to be very
numerous and delicate, forming neat lines, running obliquely across
them.

17. MUSSA NOBILIS. (Dana.}

M. glomerata, subhemispherica, aut planiuscula, discis sinuosis, viren-
tibus ; ore albido ; tentaculis brevissimis. Corallum gyris 1-1 J"
latis ; lamellis incequalibus, spinoso-dentatis, minoribus alternis ; cotti-
bus integris.

Glomerate, subhemispherical or nearly plane; disks long sinuous,
green ; mouth white ; tentacles very short. Corallum, with the
gyri 1-1 £ inches broad ; lamellae unequal, spinoso-dentate, small and
large alternating ; ridges entire.

Plate 8, fig. 10, worn fragment of the corallum.

Port Carteret, New Ireland, Quoy and Gaymard. — Wake's Island,
Pacific, Exp. Exp.

The above description is by Quoy and Gaymard. The size of the
trenches is taken from their figure, which they state to be two-thirds
the natural size. They represent the lamellae as very coarsely dentate.

Worn specimens were obtained at Wake's Island, which have

188 ZOOPHYTES.

the trenches one to one and a half inches wide, lamellae stout, and ap-
parently large and small alternate ; ridges very stout (a fourth of an
inch thick), nearly solid, with some transverse cellules. In a vertical
section, the transverse dissepiments and cellules are very coarse.
The name sinuosa, being elsewhere in use, has above been changed.

Meandrina sinuosa, Quoy and Gaymard, Meandrina sinuosa, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii.
Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 227, pi. 18, figs. 4, 5. 389, No. 10.

GENCJS IV.— MANICINA.— EHRENBERG.

Astrizida out aggregate, aut segregate gemmata, et explanato-glomeratce ;
discis raro simplicibus, scepissime seriatim gemmantibus, et elongate
sinuosis. Corolla substipitata, convexa ; cellis fossiformibus, mean-
drinis ; margine bene rotundato ; lamellis subcequalibus, tenuibus, et
argute denticulatis.

Animals aggregate or segregate, and explanato-glomerate ; disks rarely
simple, very commonly seriately budding, and becoming long and
sinuous. Coralla substipitate, convex; cells fossiform, meandering,
with the margin rounded; lamellae even, thin, neatly and distinctly
denticulate.

The coralla of the Manicinae are distinguished by their thin and
very even lamellae, finely denticulate both within the cells and over
the exterior of the calicle, where they appear as neat and regular as
within : there are ten to twelve lamellae in a quarter of an inch, seven
or eight of which are equally prominent, and the others obsolescent.
The cells are large. Some species have the calicles separate branches,
like the Mussae ; but from these, there is a gradual transition to spe-
cies in which the adjacent calicles throughout are united by their
lateral surfaces, with only a single ridge between the cells. In some
of them only the inner parts of a group have the ridges thus dupli-
cated, while the outer remain single. The bottom of the trenches are
throughout finely porous.

The species differ from the Meandrinae, in growing from a short pedi-
cel or central point of attachment. Moreover they are larger species,

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 189

none having the gyri less than a third of an inch broad. The even
and more crowded lamellae, simply and regularly denticulate, and the
porous bottom of the trenches, distinguish them from the Mussse.
They grow to a large size, but none, as far as is known, reach the
gigantic dimensions of some Astrseas.

Worn specimens of this genus are recognised by their stipitate form,
evenly though faintly striate exterior, porous or semisolid line along
the centre of the trench, and the regular lamellae usually seven or
eight to a quarter of an inch — though sometimes ten or eleven, espe-
cially at the margin of the trench.

The MariiciiiEe are confined to the coral-reef seas, and are most
abundant in the West Indies.

This genus was instituted by Ehrenberg, for certain of Lamarck's
Meandrinse, characterized by growing from a pedicel or central at-
tachment. Ehrenberg also included, though with an expression of
doubt, some of the massive meandrine Mussa?, besides the groups
Ctenophyllia and Tridacophyllia.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Calicles separated by open intervals. (Segregate species.)
*1. M. amarantum.

II. Calicles coalescing laterally, and forming for the most part a single ridge, usu-
ally sulcate, between adjacent fossce. (Aggregate species.)

2. M. fissa. *5. M. hispida.

*3. M. areolata. *6. M. prserupta.

*4. M. meandrites. *7. M. dilatata.

1. MANICINA AMARANTUM. (Dana.)

M. segregato-gemmata, grandis, convexa ; discis sinuosis. Corallum cali-
culis meandrinis ; fossis \-\\" profundis, scepius perpendicularibus et
J" latis, sed margine 1" dilatatis, fundo angustissimis et non porosis ;
collibus,fere 2'" crassis.

Segregato-gemmate, large, convex ; disks sinuous. Corallum having
the calicles meandrine ; fossa 1 to 1 J inches deep, usually perpen-
dicular and \ of an inch broad, but often dilating to 1 inch towards
the margin, at bottom very narrow and not porous; ridges rounded,
near 2 lines thick.

190 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 9, fig. 1 , part of a corallum, natural size.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This beautiful species is remarkable for the size and depth of its
calicles, their never coalescing by their sides, and the neat regularity
of the denticulate lamellae. The lamellae project about one-eighth of
an inch above the septum, which is very thin ; about three-fourths of
an inch down in the cell, they abruptly enlarge, narrowing the cell,
and then extend half an inch below this width with an entire margin.
One specimen in the Expedition collections measures four inches in
height and six in breadth. One meandering trench with its windings,
is six inches long, and contains ten polyp mouths. It is probable
that it grows in hemispherical forms.

Amarantum saxeum, Rumphius, Amb. vi. 244, tab. 87, fig. 1 ; probably a reduced
figure of the above species.

This species appears to have been confounded with thefissa and areolata.

The Turbinolia Geaffrmji of Audouin (Savigny, fig. 1, pi. 4, Desc. de 1'Egypte), is
near this species, but has the exterior striate for half an inch only. Ehrenberg's Mani-
cina Hemprichii, is referred by him to Savigny's figure; yet "lamellis validissime spi-
nosis," appears to be a distinctive character, as the lamellae are denticulate in the figure
by Savigny. Ehrenberg's description is as follows: " 5-pollices lata, 3" alta, breviter
turbinata, margine sinuoso, leviter revoluto, sinubus maximis, nee margine coalitis,
lamellis validissime spinosis" (Gen. Ixiii. sp. 1). A Mussa, allied to the multUobata ?

NOTE. — Var. stricta. In the collections at Peale's Museum, Philadelphia, there is a
specimen resembling the amarantum, but smaller. The following are its distinguishing
characters (plate 9, figures 2 a, 2 b). Fossa one-sixth to one-eighth of an inch broad, and
dilating near the margin to three-fourths of an inch ; about three-fourths of an inch deep,
and abruptly narrowed one-third to one half an inch from the top ; ridges about one-
eighth of an inch thick. The specimen is two inches high and three broad, and may
have come from the West Indies.

2. MANICINA. FISSA. (Ehrenberg.}

M. stipitata, conveza, sapius aggregata ; discis sinuosis. Corallum mar-
gine tenue, lobatum, et late plicatum; collibus fere J" latis, subtrun-
catis et sukatis,septis laze cellulosis, fa" crassis ; fossis profundissimis
(scepe 1"), irregularibus, ad marginem dilatatis ; lamellis laxis,
foliaceis.

Stipitate, convex, mostly aggregate in structure ; disks sinuous. Co-

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 191

rallum having the margin thin, lobate, broadly plicate; ridges nearly
% an inch broad, subtruncate and sulcate ; septa openly cellular, £
of an inch thick, trenches very deep (often 1 inch), irregular, dilate
ing at the margin ; lamellae lax, foliaceous.

West Indies ( ? ).

The deep, irregular trenches, large duplicate ridges, and lax folia-
ceous lamellae, make the species easily recognisable. Along the sum-
mit edge of the septum, run longitudinally two calcareous lines (edges
of plates) about £ of an inch apart with an open cellular space between.
The species has the lax habit of a Ctenophyllia, and the lamella ap-
pear also from Ellis's figure to be entire. It may be found necessary
on farther examination of specimens to transfer it to another genus.

Ellis and Solander, tab. 51, fig. 1.; but Manicina fissa, Ehrenberg, op. cit., G.

without name or description. Lamarck Ixiii. sp. 6.

refers Ellis's figure to the Meandrina Folia tenuissima fragilia, non dentata,

pectinata — our Ctenophyllia pectinatu. Seba, iii. tab. 108, figs. 3 and 5.

3. MANICINA AREOLATA. (Ellis.) Ehrenberg.

M. breviter turUnata, margine sinuoso-plicata, gyris £-§" latis, parct
sinuosis, plids pkrumque coalitis. Corallum collibus saepius duplicatis,
latis, et valde concavis ; fossis $" profundis, lamellis basi paulum dila-
talis.

Short turbinate, sinuoso-plicate at margin, gyri £ to § of an inch broad,
sparingly sinuous, folds for the most part coalescing. Corallum
with the ridges generally duplicate, broad, and strongly concave;
fossce $ of an inch deep, lamellae a little dilated at base.

Plate 9, fig. 3, profile vertical section, natural size.

•^

West Indies.

This species has not the entire or subentire ridges of the prcerupta
nor the deep fossae of the hispida. The form and general character
are well represented in Ellis's figure 5, plate 47. The fossae are about
two lines wide, except where dilated at the margin. The species un-
dergoes a change of form as it enlarges by growth, and more study of
it at the localities is necessary before its variations and all its distinc-

192 ZOOPHYTES.

tive characters can be laid down. The following may be varieties,
although presenting some striking peculiarities of habit.

P- angusta. Semi-globose; gyri very sinuous, half to two-thirds of
an inch wide ; ridges throughout stout and sulcate (often one-quarter
to one-third of an inch broad), abrupt; fossae one-third of an inch deep,
mostly one and a half lines wide, lamellae strongly dilatate at base.
The most striking peculiarity is its more massive character, the ridges
being in no part simple; the fossae are narrower, much more sinuous
than in the areolata.

7- gracilis. Subturbinate, gyri sparingly sinuous, scarcely exceeding
one-third of an inch in breadth ; and ridges mostly simple instead of
becoming duplicate by coalescence, one to one and a half lines thick;
fossae one to one and a half lines wide and dilating at the extremities
of the folds. The specimens are often a simple sinuous calicle, with
the folds seldom coalescing laterally. In this non-coalescent character,
and the narrower gyri, it appears to differ from the areolata of Ellis.

Madrepora areola, Linn., ed. xii., p. 1274, , Blainville, Man. 357.

and Pallas's Zooph. 295. Mceandra areola, Oken, Zool. i. 70.
, Esper. i. 84, tab. 5. Indifferent Manicina areolata, Ehrenberg, G. Ixiii. sp.

figures of worn specimens. 11.

Madrepora areolata, Ellis and Solander, , Leuckart de Zoophytis coralliis, et

161, tab. 47, fig. 5. A good figure. speciatim de genere Fungia, 4to. Friburg,

Figure 4, of the same plate, is usually 1841, pi. iii. fig. 3.

referred to as the same species; but it Seba's figure?, tab. Ill, usually referred to

appears to be quite distinct. this, is another species without sulcate

Meandrina areolata, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii. ridges, and appears to be the prcerupta.

388, No. 5. Lesueur's figure of the M. areolata, Mem.
, Lamour., Exp. Meth. 55, tab. 47, du Museum, vi. tab. 16, fig. 11, may be

fig. 5 ; Encyc. 508. this species, yet it is doubtful.

NOTE. — The figures 23 to 27, tab. 112, of Seba's Thes. iii., " fungi marini, oblongi,
parietibus crassis, erectis compressis, &c.," represent worn specimens of perhaps more
than one species of this genus, including the areolata. Ehrenberg has instituted the spe-
cies Manicina Manica for specimens resembling Seba's, which he thus characterizes.
" Bipollicaris, pollicem alta, turbinato-calycularis, supra plana, margine gyrosfe plicato,
meandrica, collibus prseruptis, lamellis angustissimis, denticulatis, arenosis, sulcis latissi-
mis, pallii margine tenui, diaphano, pedicello acuto." (G. Ixiii. sp. 10.) The turbinate
form is probably a young state of all the species.

TRIBE I. — ASTRJ3ACEA. 193

4. MANICINA MEANDRITES. (Esper.) Ehrenberg.

M. breviter turbinata, convexa, aggregata ; gyris sinuosis, aqualibus,
f " latis. Corallum fossis et collibus bene triangulatis, his fere suba-
cutis, scepius sukatis.

Short turbinate, convex, aggregate ; gyri sinuous, and of nearly uni-
form width, | of an inch broad. Corallum with the fossae and
ridges triangular, the latter nearly subacute, and usually sulcate.

West Indies.

The even triangular ridges and trenches distinguish this species.

Fungus lapideus, major, undulatus, Hans Meandrina pectinata, Schweig. Hand. 420.
Sloane's Jamaica, i. 56, tab. 18, fig. 5. Manicina mceandrites, Ehrenb., op. cit.
Madrepora mceandriles, Esper, i. 79, tab. 4. Gen. Ixiii. sp. 7.

5. MANICINA HISPIDA. (Ehrenberg.)

M. brevissime turbinata et semiglobosa ; gyris 8-9'" latis. Corallum
collibus 3-4'" latis, passim truncatis et concavis ; fossis J" profundis;
lamellis subito declivibus, basi dilatatis, latere hispidis ; septis perpen-
dicularibus.

Very short, turbinate, and semiglobose; gyri sinuous § to ^ of an
inch broad. Corallum with the ridges ^ to $ of an inch wide,
every where truncate and concave; lamellae abruptly inclined, dila-
tate at base, laterally hispid ; septa perpendicular.

West Indies.

Manicina hispida, Ehrenberg, op. cit., G. Ixiii. sp. 8.

6. MANICINA PR^ERUPTA. (Ehrenberg.)

M. turbinato-semiglobosa, gyris fere §" latis. Corallum collibus fere
perpendicularibus, et scepius integris, lamellis basi parce dilatatis,
apice subtruncatis, latere arenosis ; fossis 4-5'" profundis, 2-4'" latis.

194 ZOOPHYTES.

Turbinato-globose ; gyri about f of an inch broad. Corallum, sparingly
dilated at base ; ridges nearly perpendicular, and mostly entire ;
lamellae subtruncate at apex, lateral surfaces arenose ; fossae 4 to 5
lines deep, 2 to 4 lines broad.

West Indies. Ehrenberg.

This species is near the areolata, but has the ridges entire or nearly
so, and not over two lines wide ; the septa are about a line in width,
and the texture is quite open cellular. The lamellae are a little dilated
at base.

Manicina prcerupta, Ehrenberg, op. cit. Fucus marinus, &c., Seba, No. 7, tab. Ill ;
Gen. Ixiii. sp. 9. agrees with a specimen before the author.

APPENDIX. — Manicina dilatata. Ellis's figure 4, tab. 47, differs
decidedly from the areolata in its more varying fossae, dilating some-
times to an inch, and nearly half an inch deep. The species is here
merely indicated, as only worn specimens have been seen by the-
author.

Esper's Madrepora natans (Pflanz. i. tab. 23) appears to be near
the Manicina hispida. It is hemispherical in shape, and has high
nearly perpendicular ridges, rounded and sulcate above, with the
trenches irregular and averaging £ of an inch wide. It is represented
by Esper as light enough to float. He mentions a specimen a foot in
diameter.

The Manicina interrupta of Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea, appears
to belong to another genus. The description is as follows : " Lati-
tudine disci quadripollicari, duplo latior quam alta, turbinata, turnida,
collibus latis, sulco tenui medio lamellas latas, integras, granulatas
truncatasque dividente, collium pariete angusto, membranaceo, recto,
cristis 4'" distantibus." (Op. cit. G. Ixiii. sp. 2.) In its broad entire
lamellae it seems to approach the Euphylliae.

GENUS V.— TRIDACOPHYLLIA.— BLAINVILLE.

Astrceidce aggregates ; animalibus amplioribus, lateribus late explanatis et
assurgentibus ; tentaculis minutis. Coralla substipitata, septis tennis-

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 195

sime foliaceis, lamello-striatis, cellas amplas includentibus, scepe paucis
oririmis (sicut in Pavoniis) lateralibus.

Aggregate Astreeidse ; animals quite broad, with the sides expanded
explanate, and assurgent ; tentacles minute. Coralla substipitate ;
septa thin foliaceous, lamello-striate, enclosing broad cells, and
often having on the lateral surface a few oririmes similar to those
of the Pavonice.

The animals of the Tridacophylliee are thin and broad, with the
sides spreading widely, and rising into thin, erect, foliated crests.
Deep among the folia, in the live specimens, lie the broad polyp-disks
encircled by an irregular series of minute tentacles. The sides of the
folia often bear other polyps, which more resemble those of the Fungia
tribe than of the Astreeidee ; and in the corallum, the radiated oririmes
corresponding, are quite Pavonia-like. Thus, while these corals are
closely related to the Manicinae on one side, from which they differ
principally in their foliaceous septa, they are also through the Pavonise,
near the Fungidse.

The Tridacophyllise are confined to the warm coral-reef seas.

The genus Tridacophyllia was established by Blainville for the
Pavonia lactuca of Lamarck. Ehrenberg places this species in his
genus Manicina.

1. TRIDACOPHYLLIA LACTUCA. (Pallas.} Blainvilk.

T. subhemispherica. Corallum septis foliaceis tenuissimis, scepe 3-4"
altis, profundissime et fragiliter laciniatis ; cellis amplis profundis,
et paucis oririmis lateralibus ; lamellis angustissimis, subdenticulatis,
granulosis, supra obsoktis : super fide inferiore remote striatis.

Subhemispherical. Corallum, with very thin foliaceous septa, often'
3 to 4 inches high, very deeply laciniate, and fragile ; cells large
and deep, with a few lateral oririmes ; lamellae very narrow, sub-
denticulate, granulous, becoming obsolete near the upper margin
of the folia ; under surface remotely striate.

Plate 9, figure 10.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.—West Indies (?). Pallas, Ellis.

196 ZOOPHYTES.

This beautiful species grows in hemispherical clumps, often a foot
in diameter. The slender laciniations of the upper margin of the
crest-like folia are half or three-quarters of an inch long, and are
extremely fragile. Owing to their brittleness, specimens in collec-
tions are often deprived of them. The large cells are mostly one to
two inches in breadth.

According to Quoy and Gaymard, the animal has a grayish-green
glaucous disk, without tentacles. The latter character is probably
incorrect, as these organs were distinctly seen in the following species.
They are very short, and often will not expand, except after being left
quiet for a considerable time in pure ocean water.

Perinagna et valde elegans concha fungi- , Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. 53, tab. 44.

formis, &c., Seba, iii. tab. 89, fig. 10. Tridacophyllia lactuca, Blainville, Man.

Madrepora lactuca, Pallas, Zooph. 289. 362, pi. 56, fig. 1 — a much reduced

, Ellis and Solander, tab. 44. figure, with the crests broken.

, Esper, Fortsetz, i. 7, tab. 33 A., a , Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast.

copy of Seba's figure ; 33 B. from Ellis. iv. 221, pi. 18, fig. 1 — not good, unless
Pectinia lactuca, Oken's Zool. i. 68. it belong to a different species with sub-
Pavonia lactuca, Lamarck, ii. 377, No. 3. entire and not deeply laciniate crests.
, Schweig. Handb. 414. Manicina lactuca, Ehrenb., G. Ixiii. sp. 12.

Tridacophyllia manicina. — The Madrepora lactuca of Ellis (Ellis and Solan-
der, tab. 44, and Esper, tab. 33, B.), of which the West Indies is given as the locality,
appears to be another species with the foliated crests scarcely laciniate. A worn speci-
men resembling it, belongs to the collections of the Boston Natural History Society. It
is nine inches in diameter, and has a massive base four to five inches thick, with the
foliate septa one to two inches high. When these ridges are worn away, the specimen
resembles a light coarsely cellular Manicina or meandrine Mussa, with the cells one
half to three-fourths of an inch wide. The Manicina lactuca of Ehrenberg (Gen. Ixiii.
sp. 12), though made identical with the Tridacophyllia lactuca of authors, appears to be
Ellis's species.

2. TRIDACOPHYLLIA P^EONIA. (Dana.}

T. convexa, disco brunneo, £—1" lato, rugato, extra tentaculos griseo-
virescente ; tentaculis minimis. Corallum septis foliaceis vaKdioribus,
minoribusque, fere 2" altis ; cellis scepius 1" latis, rarissime oririmis
later alibus; lamellis numerosis, superne non obsoletis, paulum granu-
losis ; super -fide inferiore striatd, striis densioribus.

Convex ; disk brown, £ to 1 inch broad, rugate, exterior to the tenta-

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 197

cles grayish-green; tentacles minute. Corallum with the foliaceous
septa less thin and large than in the lactuca, about 2 inches high ;
cells usually 1 inch broad, very rarely with lateral oririrnes; lamella?
numerous, and not becoming obsolete at the margin above, some-
what granulous ; under surface with more crowded stria3 than in

the lactuca.

Plate 9, fig. 11, natural size; 11 a, section of corallum, with outline
of lamellae.

The Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles the preceding, but is smaller, and the crests
stouter and less deeply laciniate-lobed, with the striating lamella? con-
tinued to the top edge, and not becoming obsolete. There are seldom
if ever any lateral polyps to the folia, and the under surface of the
corallum is more closely striated. The only specimen collected was
a small convex clump, four inches broad and three high. Seba's
figure, referred to under the lactuca, is near this species, and if not
taken from a much worn specimen of the former, may be identical
with it.

GENUS VI.— CAULASTRjEA.— DANA.

Astr&idcz segregato-gemmatoe, cespitosce; caulibus polypisque subcylindri-
cis. Corolla fragilia, extus striata, inter dum denticulata; celld sub-
orbiculatd, late excavatd ; lamellis incequaliter exsertis, subintegris,
valde numerosis.

Segregato-gemmate, cespitose, with the stems and calicles subcylin-
drical. Coralla fragile, exterior striate, sometimes denticulate ; cell
nearly orbicular, broadly excavate ; lamella? unequally exsert, sub-
entire, very numerous.

The corals of this genus grow in broad convex cespitose clumps,
seldom regularly hemispherical like the Mussa?. Though near them
in many characters, they are much smaller (about half an inch in
diameter), more cylindrical, and have thin and nearly entire lamella?

198 ZOOPHYTES.

to the cell, of which there are about ten to a quarter of an inch in the
species examined ; moreover the stems break rather easily, while the
Mussae are very firm in texture. The broadly concave cell, as well as
the last character mentioned, separates them from the Euphylliae.
They approach the Caryophylliae, but increase by disk buds and sub-
division ; and besides, the coralla internally have the numerous trans-
verse dissepiments of the Astraeidae. They differ from the Manicinae
in not having the lamellae rounded above and regularly denticulate.

The polyps of the only live species examined, never fully expanded;
they had a bright green disk, and appeared to be similar to the Mussae.

The name of the genus is derived from xauXos, a stem, in allusion to
the cylindrical stems which constitute the clump.

The species appear to be confined to the coral-reef seas.

The Caulastrseae fall within Lamarck's genus Caryophyllia, Oken's
genus Mussa, and Schweigger's Lithodendrum. To this genus pro-
bably belong some of the Lithoderidra of Michelin. Schweigger's
name was introduced in place of Lamarck's Caryophyllia and Ocu-
lina, by him erroneously united, and has no claims to a place in the
Science ; and, besides, its signification (stone-tree} is inapplicable to
any of the included species, except the Dendrophylliae and Oculinae.

1. CAULASTRJEA FURCATA. (Dana.)

C. caulibus rectis,furcatis, vix undulatis, 3-5'" crassis; disco late virente.
Corallum undique obtuse striatum, leve; ramulis 1-2" elongatis, 4-6'"
animatis ; caliculis scepe tumidulis, ellipticis vel orbiculatis ; lamellis
numerosis, 1'" exsertis, suUntegris, subcequis, supra scepius angustatis.

Stems straight, furcating, scarcely undulate, 3 to 5 lines thick; disk of
the polyps bright green. Corallum every where obtusely striate,
smooth; branchlets 1 to 2 inches long, alive for 4 to 6 lines; calicles
often a little tumid, elliptical or orbicular; lamellae numerous, 1 line
exsert, subentire, subequal, usually narrowing upward.

Plate 9, fig. 4, animal unexpanded ; 4 a, one of the calicles ; 4 b,
transverse section of the same ; 4 c, an enlarged lamella.

The Feejee Islands, in shallow water on the coral-reefs. Exp. Exp.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 199

The cespitose clumps are about four inches high, and consist of
crowded, erect, furcating stems, which are nearly cylindrical, slightly
undulate, and obtusely lamello-striate externally. There are hardly
two lamello-striae to a line in breadth. The stems break rather easily,
and branch or furcate every inch or two, and the intervals between
adjacent calicles are two to three lines broad ; there are about thirty-
six lamellse to the cell, half of which extend to the centre of the bottom
of the cell, which is much convolute.

2. CAULASTR^EA DISTORTA. (Dana.)

C. caulibus contortis, 3-5'" crassis. Corallum extus undique striatum,
ramulisbrevioribus, 3-6'" animatis; caliculis scepe tumidis et distortis,
extus lamello-striis spinulosis ; lamellis numerosis subcequalibus, 1'"
exsertis, later e subtiliter plicatis.

Stems contorted, 3 to 5 lines in diameter. Corallum every where
striate ; branchlets shorter than in the preceding, alive for 3 to 6
lines ; calicles often tumid and distorted with the exterior lamello-
strise finely spinulous; lamellae numerous, subequal, 1 line exsert,
their lateral surfaces finely plicate.

Plate 9, figure 5, corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

There is a general resemblance in the size and habit of this species
to ihefurcata; but the spinulous exterior to the calicles, and their dis-
torted forms, appear to separate it from that species. Yet it is pos-
sible that the specimens may have formed the outer branches of a
clump of the preceding.

3. CAULASTRJEA UNDULATA. (Dana.)

C. hemispherica, caulibus arrectis, 6-7'" crassis, creberrimis (£" remotis),
subcylindricis, undulatis. Corallum longe rugate striatum et denti-
culatum; caliculis £" latis, interdum dilatatis ; lamellis numerosis, tri-
angulatis, apice subacutis, etpaulo exsertis, subdenticulatis ; celld conica,
fundo angusta.

200 ZOOPHYTES.

Hemispherical clumps, stems straight, crowded (£ of an inch distant),
subcylindrical, undulate. Corallum thick, throughout rugately
striate and denticulate, calicles £ an inch broad, sometimes dilated
and compressed; lamellae numerous, triangular, subacute at apex
and a little exsert, subdenticulate; cell conical, bottom narrow, arid
of very open texture.

Plate 9, figure 6, profile section of calicle.

The long undulate stems, nearly cylindrical, are striate and finely
denticulate over the exterior for several inches in length, and so
closely and erectly branched that the intervals in the clump between
the calicles are but one-eighth of an inch broad. The line of demar-
cation between the live and dead part of the calicle is scarcely distinct.
The bottom of the conical cell is very open cellular, being formed of
only a few entangled fibres. The clump examined is five inches
high, and was probably from the West Indies.

This species approaches the Madrepora fastigiata of Esper (i. 95,
tab. 8); but the cells are more open, the lamellae less broad, and the
branchlets, judging from Esper's figure, much more crowded.

GENUS VII.— ASTR^EA.— LAMARCK.

Astrceidce aggregates; discis simplicibus, raro distomatis aut tristomatis;
tentaculis brevibus. Corolla convexa, scepius bene hemispherica, in-
terdum arrecto-gibbosa, aut glomerato-incrustantia ; cettis ezcavatis,
multi-radiatis, suborbiculatis, interdum angulatis, aut sublobatis ;
lamellis usque ad medium septi longiusve productis.

Aggregate Astraeidae; disks simple, rarely two or three mouthed; ten-
tacles short. Coralla convex, usually neat hemispherical, rarely
erect-gibbous, or glomerato-incrusting ; cells excavate, many-rayed,
nearly circular, sometimes angular or somewhat lobed ; lamellae ex-
tending over the surface between the cells, and usually interrupted
at the middle of the septum.

The Astraeae, though sometimes irregularly nodular or gibbous, usu-

TRIBE I. — ASTUTE ACE A. 201

ally grow in symmetrical hemispheres, often of large size. Six feet is
a common size, and twenty feet is sometimes met with. The whole
surface of these domes, as seen about the living reefs, is a continuous
cluster of polyp-flowers. In some species each polyp or flower has a
bright emerald centre, bordered by rays or tentacles of purple ; in
others the whole polyp is bright purple, or some shade of red, yellow,
or brown. The prevailing colours are copper arid emerald green,
bright purple, deep brown, purplish-brown, and a reddish, yellowish,
or dark umber, with intermediate tints. Some shade of umber usually
characterizes the live coral, when unexpanded. A single species was
observed with strongly spinous or echinate lamellse (A. echinata),
which appeared to have no tentacles, except the elevated fleshy points
covering the spines ; it is an instance of secretion of lime by the ten-
tacles, and the production of spines or slender teeth by this process.

The most important characters distinguishing the Astraeas, are,
their mode of growth (H 76 to 79); their massive forms; their concave
multiradiate cells covering uniformly the whole surface, the rays of
which are prolonged out of the cells so as to striate the interstitial
spaces — though interrupted near half way across ; and the many
transverse dissepiments which unite the lamellae by their lateral sur-
faces to one another. These dissepiments, when oblique and very
numerous, subdivide the cellules of the star, seen in a transverse sec-
tion, as shown in figures 4c, 4d, plate 11; but when nearly horizontal
or less crowded, they are hardly apparent, except in a vertical section
(figures 2 a, 2b, plate 10). This character of the transverse sections
is important in the description of these corals, and when the cellules
are subdivided they will be described as decompound ; and otherwise
as simple. The cells are either wholly immersed, or they stand a little
prominent, with the intervening ridges more or less deeply sulcate
instead of entire. They vary much in depth in different species, — in
some the depth exceeding the diameter, while in others it is much
less.* In many, a number of prominent points encircles the porous
bottom of the cell, forming a kind of corona. The points are appen-
dages or teeth to the larger lamella? ; and cells characterized by them
are described as coronate within.

In a transverse section of a corallum, as shown in figure 1 c,

* We may use the term profundior, quite deep, when the depth exceeds the diameter ;
profunda, deep, when the depth about equals the diameter ; sub-prqfunda, or viz pro-
funda, rather deep, when less than the diameter, but more than half the same ; and
paulo profunda, s/iallow, when half the breadth or less.

202 ZOOPHYTES.

plate 10, the lamellse of the stars may be traced into the intervening
septum, (except when it is very thin,) and the limits of the star may
often be seen to be produced by a thickening of the lamellse till they
coalesce laterally ; and when the septum is broad, the lamellae often
narrow again after this coalescence, leaving cellules between in the
middle of the septum. In some species these cellules are linear or
> -shaped, and in others they are polygonal and in two series. Occa-
sionally they are entirely wanting, from the compactness of the coral-
lum : yet even in these cases the lamellse composing the septum may
be usually distinguished.

The greater part of Astrseas increase by disk buds, and sponta-
neous subdivision; the disk of the polyp, and the cell of the corallum,
gradually widening by growth, and finally separating into two por-
tions, which become independent (§ 79). A few widen only exterior
to the disk or in the interstices, instead of the cells, and buds in this
case open in the interstitial spaces between three or four cells (& 76 d)
Those species which increase in the latter way, are in general dis- .
tinguished by having 'the calicles more distant and prominent than
the others, or with wider and more concave interstices. The process
as it goes on in the Astrcea argus, may be easily studied. The lamella?
which intersect the septum, extending from either side half way across
it, become separated a little at the middle of the septum, in conse-
quence of this widening ; and thus, in the medial point between three
cells, these lamellse actually begin to radiate around an open space.
This is the commencement of a new star, and a new polyp ; the bud
soon after opens. There are some species, the A. stellulata, stettigera,
intersepta, in which increase takes place both by these interstitial buds
and by the dichastic process.

Though the cells of Astrseas are usually simple, and contain only a
single polyp mouth, except during the process of subdivision, yet in a
few species they become elongated, so as to contain three or four
mouths, and thus approach the Meandrinas ; and in the same speci-
men, simple and oblong linear cells are intermingled. The A. defor-
mis is an example, and were it not that the simple cells are the most
numerous, it should be placed near the Meandrina dedalea, and M.
spongiosa. The M. spongiosa appears to be often a true Astraea in its
characters, and the A. varia closely resembles some of its varieties.

These corals are confined, with rare exceptions, to the coral-reef
seas, and contribute largely to the construction of reefs, both in the
Pacific and in the East and West Indies.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 203

The mode of budding separates the Astraeae from the Caryophyllia
and Cyathophyllum families. Yet in some massive species the distinc-
tion is not readily observed, especially between the Astrseas and cer-
tain Cyathophylla, which agree in the general character of the cells.
When treating of the Cyathophyllidae, the distinguishing character-
istics will be more particularly dwelt upon. The lamello-striate
surface of the Astrsese will afford an almost invariable character for
distinguishing them from the recent species of the Caryophyllia tribe ;
and adding to this the many transverse dissepiments between the
lamellae, which are remote, if at all existing in the latter, and there
will be little chance for confounding them. The Astraeae, however,
graduate into the Caryophyllia) through the small Orbicellce, the A.
ocellina and A. myriophthalma, closely resembling Oculinee, and
hardly distinguishable, except by their glomerate or incrusting forms
and general habit. (See farther under Oculina.) The same transition
also takes place through the A. pleiades and the Astroites. These
last species exhibit their Caryophyllia character, however, in the fact
that the aggregated polyps are united only by the lower parts of the
animals, as is evinced by their becoming long exsert when expanded :
moreover, we perceive in their coralla that the new cells open in the
interstices, although but a fraction of a line in breadth ; while all
Astraeas, with similarly narrow interstices, bud in the disks. They
are thus similar to the Porites among the Madreporacea.

The genus Astraa was so named by Lamarck, in allusion to the
stellate cells, and was instituted with nearly the same limits as here
adopted.* The Astrceoporce were separated from it by Blainville, and
the A. palifera was arranged by the same author with his genus
Gemmipora; and these changes have been here adopted. A few
other species, having the stars of the Pavoniss, have been placed in
this work with that genus : these are in part the Siderastraeae of
Blainville, and are characterized by the absence of proper cells, and
the lamellae being uninterruptedly continuous between the polyp
centres or oririmes.

* Astrcea, the goddess Justice in ancient mythology, " lived upon the earth, as the
poets mention, during the golden age, which is often called the age of Astrsea ; but the
wickedness and impiety of mankind, drove her to heaven in the brazen and iron ages,
and she was placed among the constellations of the Zodiac under the name of Virgo."

" Virgo csede madentes

Ultima crelestum terras Astreea rcliquit." — Ovid, Met. i. 150.

204 ZOOPHYTES.

The distinction alluded to, of species with short calicles or dupli-
cate ridges, and those with the cells separated only by simple ridges,
was first made the ground for a subdivision of this genus by Oken,
who instituted for the former the genus Favia. Ehrenberg afterwards
adopted the same subdivision, but with more accurately defined cha-
racters. But the two groups pass by gradual transitions into one
another. Moreover, in the Manicinse, the same specimen often
shows both the simple and deeply sulcate ridge, according as the
coalescence is more or less complete, evincing the little importance of
this character as a generic distinction.

A more important subdivision is suggested by Blainville, who
places the species with regular circular cells (a regularity arising from
their not increasing by disk buds), in his genus Tubastrcea. Ehren-
berg, who first pointed out the source of their peculiarities, separates
the same species under the generic name Explanaria, one of La-
marck's genera, but much changed in its application. This author,
moreover, separates his Explanariae from the Astrrea tribe, and places -
them with the Caryophyllacea. While we fail to see the propriety of
so wide a separation from the Astraeidae (§& 67, 80), there is still some
reason for a subdivision of the genus. As the two modes of increase
by disk buds and interstitial buds, are sometimes presented by the
same species, the groups are introduced only as subgenera. The sub-
genus including the Tubastraeae of Blainville, may be called Orbi-
cella. The other Astraea simply; or Fissicella, alluding to the mode
of growth and budding by subdivision, if a significant name be re-
quired. The name Tubastrcea of Blainville, is rejected on account of
its formation from words of different languages; as it has not been gene-
rally adopted, no inconvenience can result from this course, required
as it is by usage and law.

The Orbicellae have fixed limits to the size of the adult cells, and
number of lamella? and tentacles; the cells are circular or ellip-
tical, and quite regular. The Fissicellse increase constantly in the
breadth of their disks and cells, and the number of lamellae ; the cells
therefore are often oblong, and some may be seen in the progress of
subdivision ; occasionally they are a little flexuous and lobed, and thus
pass into the Meandrinae. The passage also into the Echinoporss,
may be distinguished in the erect-lobed species — the tesserifera and
others allied — in which the young appear near the upper margin in
the ascending cell.

Among the Astreeoid corals increasing interstitially, there are some

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. OQ5

species that have the interstices between the cells quite flat, and the
lamellae minute, closely crowded, and slightly prominent; they much
resemble some of the aggregate species of the Fungia family, and
are near the Psammocorse. They may possibly be shown to have the
essential characters of the Fungidae, but are for the present arranged
here, in the subgenus Siderina. They form part of the group Sideras-
trrea of Blainville.

Arrangement of the Species.

SUBGENUS 1. ORBICELLA. Cells nearly circular, more or less prominent, not sub-
dividing by growth, or rarely so ; stars with distinct limits formed by the coalescence
laterally of the lamellae, and therefore cells appearing tubular and separated by inter-
stices.

I. Calicles prominent, cells more than 2 lines broad, lamellce in adult cell, 36 or 48.

1. A. Orb. radiata. *5. A. Orb. curta.

*2. A. Orb. argus. 6. A. Orb. rotulosa.

*3. A. Orb. glaucopis. *7. A. Orb. coronata.

*4. A. Orb. patula.

II. Calicles more or less prominent, cells less than 2 lines broad, lamettce in adult cell,
18 or 24.

*8. A. Orb. hyadcs. *13. A. Orb. stelligera.

*9. A. Orb. excelsa. 14. A. Orb. crispata.

*10. A. Orb. pleiades. *15. A. Orb. microphthalma.

*11. A. Orb. annularis. *16. A. Orb. ocellina.

*12. A. Orb. stellulata.

SUBGENUS 2. SIDERINA. Cells not subdividing by growth, interstices flat, stars with
limits along the middle of the interstices, and cells not appearing tubular; lamella? minute
and crowded.

*17. A. Sid. galaxea.

SUBGENUS 3. FISSICELLA. Cells subdividing by growth and budding.

A. CONVEX OR ROUNDED.

a. Cellules of the stars in a transverse section decompound, lamellae even.

I. Calicles prominent.

*18. A. speciosa. *21. A. pandanus.

19. A. uva. *22. A. puteolina.

20. A. ananas. *23. A. pallida.

II. Calicles immersed, ridges someu-hat sukate or entire.

*24. A. dipsacea. *27. A. fusco-viridis.

*25. A. porcata. *28. A. virens.

*26. A. flexuosa. *29. A. echinata.

OQ6 ZOOPHYTES.

*30. A. fragilis (cellules sparingly decomp.) *32. A. magnifica.
*31. A. tenella. *33. A. filicosa.

b. Cellules of the stars in a transverse section scarcely decompound or not at all so.

I. Ridges sulcate or entire, lamellce unequally exsert.

*34. A. versipora. *37. A. dcformis.

*35. A. denticulata. *38. A. varia.

*36. A. pectinata.

II. Ridges narrow, entire, nearly naked at summit, lamellie unequal, but hardly at
all exsert, cellules of stars sometimes sparingly decompound.

*39. A. rigida.

III. Ridges entire or sulcate, lamella even; cells not coronate within, cellules of stars
not decompound or scarcely so.

40. A. reticularis. *42. A purpurea.

*41. A. pctrosa. *43. A. pulchra.

IV. Ridges entire, lamellce even, cells coronate within; cellules of stars simple (cells
often very regularly polygonal).

44. A. pentagona.
*45. A. favistella.
*46. A. eximia.
*47. A. sinuosa.

48. A. melicerum.

*53. A. abdita.
*54. A. tesscrifera.

56. A. complanata.

57. A. hcliopora.

58. A. Hemprichii.

*49. A. parvistella.

*50. A. favulus.

*51. A. cerium.

*52. A. intersepta (hardly coronate).

B. ERECT LOBED.

*55. A. robusta.

C. UNARRAKGED SPECIES.

59. A. halicora.
*60. A. cyclastra.
61. A. favosa.

SUBGENUS I.— ORBICELLA.

I. Caliculis prominentibus, cellis 2'" latioribus.

1. A. ORBICELLA RADIATA. (Ellis.)
A. convexa. Corallum caliculis 1-1 V" remotis, cyttndricis, 5-6'" latis,

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. OQ7

margine rotundatis ; interstitiis concavis, radiato-striatis ; cellis pro-
fundis aut subprofundis ; lamellis angustis.

Convex. Corallam with the calicles 1 to H lines distant, cylindrical,
5 to 6 lines broad, rounded at the margin ; interstices concave, ra-
diately striate ; cells deep ; lamellae narrow.

West Indies. Ellis and Solander. Lamarck.

The very prominent calicles with wide concave interstices separate
this species from its congeners. It resembles the A. speciosa ; but dif-
fers in its more remote calicles, and also its interstitial mode of bud-
ding. The internal texture, as figured by Ellis, is quite coarsely
cellular.

Mad. radiuta, Ellis and Solander, 169, tab. , Lamour., Exp. 57, tab. 47, fig. 8 ;

47, fig. 8. Encyc., 132.

Mad. astroitis, var. Pallas Zooph., 320. A. Tubaslrcearadiata, Blainville, Man. 368.

Astrcea racliata, Lamarck, ii. 404, No. 1. Explanaria radiata, Ehrenberg, G. 1. sp. 6.

2. A. ORBICELLA ARGUS. (Lamarck.)

A. subhemispherica ; polypis 5'" latis,prom.inulis ; lamellis 48.* Corallum
subsolidum, caliculis brevissime conicis, polygonis, et 1'" allis, extus
confer tim regulariterque striatis et denticulatis; cellis orbiculatis, 3'"
latis, paulo profundis, fundo latis ; lamellis tenuibus, denticulatis:
transverse secto, stellis multiradiatis, cellulis simplicibus; septis fere
solidis, paucis cellulis lineatis vel > -formibus.

Subhemispherical, polyps mostly 5 lines broad, a little prominent, with
48 internal lamellse. Corallum nearly solid; calicles very short,
conical, polygonal, 1 line high, exterior crowdedly and very evenly
striate arid denticulate; cells circular, 3 lines broad, rather shallow,
broad at bottom; lamellaB thin, denticulate, in a transverse section,
stars multiradiate, with the cellules simple; septa nearly solid, with
a few linear or > - form cellules.

Plate 10, fig. 1 a, transverse section; 1 b, vertical section; also, p. 75.

* The number here given includes all the lamella;, large and small, in the adult calicle,
or what is equivalent, the number of strice on the exterior of the calicle.

208 ZOOPHYTES.

West Indies.

The argus is a neat species, distinguished by its low conical ca-
licles, rather less than half an inch across, finely striate, with forty-
eight minutely denticulate lamello-striaB, when of adult size ; the cells
are nearly circular, and a fourth of an inch broad ; the lamellae are
thin and about ten of them extend to the fundus, which is about one-
third the breadth of the star. The septa present only occasional cel-
lules, either in a vertical or transverse view. In a vertical section, the
dissepiments on the surface of the lamella? are seen to be numerous,
quite fine, and nearly horizontal, a little oblique downward.

Mad. cavernosa, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 18, tab. Aslrea argus, Lamour., Encyc., 131.

37. A. Tubastrcea cavernosa, Blainville, Man.,

Astrea argus, Lamarck, ii. 404, No. 2. 368.

3. A. ORBICELLA G-LAUCOPIS. (Dana.)

A. maxima, hemispherica ; poli/pis prominulis ; lamellis 48. Corallum
subcettulosum : transverse secto, stellis suborbiculatis, 4-5'" latis, ten-
uiter 24:—26-radiatis, cellulis simplicibus ; septis subcellulosis, cettulis
lineatis et > -formibus, numerosis.

Very large, hemispherical ; polyps a little prominent, with 48 la-
mellse. Corallum subcellular : stars in a transverse section, subor-
biculate, 4 to 5 lines broad, finely 24 to 26-rayed, with the cellules
simple ; septa subcellular ; the cellules linear and > - shape, nume-
rous.

Plate 10, figure 2 a, a vertical section; 2b, transverse section; both
natural size.

The Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This coral, of which the author has seen only a worn speci-
men, grows in large hemispheres. The specimen measures fifteen
inches in length, and is but a section of a larger mass, which, from
the angle of divergence between the sides, must have been at least
three feet in diameter. There is some resemblance in a transverse sec-
tional view to the argus, but the stars are much larger, with a greater
number of rays, and the septa have more numerous cellules, the la-

TRIBE I. — ASTUTE A C E A. 209

mellae not being so completely united together. In a vertical section, the
centre of the cell is subfilameritous, and the dissepiments on the sur-
faces of the lamellae are few, minutely delicate, almost horizontal and
nearly parallel.

4. A. ORBICELLA PATULA. (Dana.)

A. maxima, hemispherica, fusco-umbrina ; poly-pis 6-8'" latis, discispalr
lide radiateque griseis. Corallum cellulosum ; caliculis polygonis,
patulissime conicis aut subplanis, bene confertimque striatis et denticu-
latis ; cettis paululum excavatis, non coronatis, lamdlis incrassatis, spi-
noso-denticulatis : transverse secto, stellis multiradiatis, radiis crassis,
fere contiguis ; septis subcellulosis, cum paucis ceUulis angustis.

Very large, hemispherical, dark-umber coloured ; polyps 6 to 8 lines
broad, with the disks radiated with pale gray. Corallum cellular;
calicles polygonal, flat conical, or nearly flat, evenly and crowdedly
striate without, and denticulate ; cells very shallow, not coronate ;
lamellae incrassate, spinoso-denticulate : in a transverse section, stars
many-rayed, rays thick and nearly contiguous; septa with a few
narrow cellules.

Plate 10, fig. 14, part of a corallum with the animals unexpanded;
a, section showing outline of cells and ridges, and the dentation of the
lamellae ; b, an enlarged view of the same; c, d, vertical sections, natu-
ral size ; e, transverse section.

The Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

5. A. ORBICELLA CURTA. (Dana.)

A. convexa ; poly pis prominulis, 3-4'" latis, lamellis 48. Corattum mi-
nutissime cellulosum; caliculis breviter conico-rotundatis, extus con-
fertim regulariterque striatis et subtiliter denticulatis ; cellis orbicu-
latis, 2$'" latis, subprofundis, intus subcoronatis ; lamellis fere
ceque exsertis, denticulatis : transverse secto, stellis fere multiradiatis,
cellulis parce subdivisis ; septis sapius minute cettulosis, cellulis lineatis
vel > -formibus.

Convex ; polyps a little prominent, 3 to 4 lines broad, with 48 internal

210 ZOOPHYTES.

lamellae. Corallum very minutely cellular ; calicles short, round,
conical, crowdedly and evenly striate and finely denticulate with-
out; cells orbicular, 2£ lines broad, rather deep, subcoronate within ;
lamellae almost equally exsert, denticulate : in a transverse section,
stars with many rays, and cellules sparingly subdivided ; septa
usually minutely cellular, with the cellules linear or > - shape.

Plate 10, fig. 3, a, enlarged profile view of cell and larnellee ; b,
enlarged transverse section ; c, vertical section, natural size.

The Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is smaller than the preceding, and the corallum is more
minutely cellular within. The lamellae are a little unequally promi-
nent, approaching thus the coronata ; but the much less inequality,
and the cross partitions in the stars are distinguishing characters, as
well as the more conical shape of the calicles and their more evenly-
striated exterior. The striae are forty-eight in number in adult cali-
cles. The lamellae are mostly hollow; and in a vertical section, they
are often deeply pectinato-erose, or penetrated by oblong cellules, the
pectinations and cellules being directed obliquely, a little upward and
inward.

6. A. ORBICELLA ROTULOSA. (Ellis.)

A. subglobosa ; polypis prominulis, lamellis 36 (?). Corallum, caliculis
brevissime cylindricis ; lamellis incequalibus et valde incequaliterque
exsertis, paucis ; cettis 2— 2£'" latis, per 6-8 denticulos coronatis.

Subglobose, polyps a little prominent, with 36 (?) internal lamellae
Corallum with the calicles very short cylindrical; lamellae un-
equal and very unequally exsert ; cells 2 to 2£ lines broad, with
a corona of 6 to 8 teeth.

West Indies. Ellis, Lamarck.

This is a handsome coral, with neat circular calicles, hardly a
quarter of an inch in diameter, having the margin set around with
unequally prominent lamellae, the larger projecting about half a line.
This character gives a bristly aspect to the surface. It differs from

TRIBE I.— ASTR^ACEA. 211

the coronata in the fewer rays, rather larger cells, and more finely
striate exterior to the calicles. Ellis represents the points of the
corona within the cell as but six to eight in number, and the interme-
diate lamellae between the larger, as obsolescent.

Mad. rolulosa, Ellis and Sol., 166, tab. 55. Favia rotulosa, Ehrenberg, G. lix. sp. 7.

Astrcea rotulosa, Lamarck, ij. 405, No. 4. Esper's Madrepora aeropora, (Pflanz. Fort-

, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. 58, tab. 55; setz. i. tab. 38) may be this species

Encyc., 129. badly represented.

7. A. ORBICELLA CORONATA. (Dana.)

A. convexa, subglobosa ; polypis prominulis, 2£-3'" latis, lamettis 36.
Corallum subcellulosum, caliculis breviter cylindricis ; lamettis in-
cequalibus et in&qualiter ezsertis, numerosis ; cellis 2'" latis, orbicu-
latis, subprofundis, intus per 10-12 denticulos coronatis: transverse
secto, septisfere solidis, sceperaris cettulis, inter dum numerosis ; stellis
multiradiatis, cellulis simplicibus.

Convex, subglobose ; polyps a little prominent, 2£ to 3 lines broad,
with 36 internal lamellae. Corallum subcellular ; calicles very
short cylindrical with the lamellae unequal and unequally exsert,
numerous; cells 2 lines broad, circular, rather shallow, coronate
within with 10 to 12 minute points: in a transverse section, septa
nearly solid, often with delicate cellules, which are sometimes nu-
merous ; stars many-rayed, cellules simple.

Plate 10, fig. 4 a, part of corallum, natural size; b, calicle enlarged;
c, outline of cell and lamellae ; d, vertical section natural size ; e, trans-
verse section, enlarged ; f, the same, showing natural size.

Tahiti, and also the Feejee Islands, and Wake's Island, Pacific
Ocean. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles the preceding ; but the rays to the cells and
the points of the corona are more numerous and crowded. The cali-
cles are placed obliquely in the specimen examined, so that one side
is often nearly a line higher than the other, which is sometimes almost
lost in the sides of the next cell. In a vertical section the part below
the cell is very fine cellular, while the septa, unless broad, are quite
solid ; when broad, there is a row of cellules along the middle.

ftnbvBi

V /». of

USIVEESITT]

212 ZOOPHYTES.

II. Caliculis parvulis, 2'" angustioribus.

8. A. ORBICELLA HYADES. (Dana.}

A. convexa, arrecto-glomerata ; polypis vix 2'" latis, lamellis 24. Co-
rallum percellulosum ; cettis orbiculatis, 1J'" latis, margine annulato
(sicut in pleiades) ; lamellis tenuissimis ; inter stitiis angustis, sapius
concavis : transverse secto, stellis 24,-radiatis ; septis valde cellulosis.

Convex, erect glomerate and gibbous ; polyps scarcely 2 lines broad,
with 24 internal lamellae. Corallum light cellular ; cells circular,
1J lines broad, with the margin annulate as in the pleiades ; lamellae
very thin ; interstices narrow, mostly concave : in a transverse sec-
tion, stars with 24 rays, septa spongy cellular.

Plate 10, fig. 15, transverse view, natural size.

West Indies. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc.

This species resembles the pleiades, but the stars of the worn sur-
face are larger, and have twenty-four nearly equal rays, the interme-
diate not being obsolete. The interstices in a vertical section are very
delicately cellular and irregularly so, as the rays of the stars seem to
be interrupted. In the transverse section, the septum contains gene-
rally a single imperfect series of delicate cellules which are seldom
angular. In these last characters the species approaches the Caryo-
phyllacea. The cellules of the stars are deep and never decompound.
The rays meet in a very narrow fund us which is scarcely convoluted.
The specimen affording this description is a subturbinate mass six
inches high, four and a half wide at top, with the summit nearly
flat.

9. A. ORBICELLA EXCELSA. (Dana.)

A. arrecto-glomerata, 5" alta et 2" lata ; polypis parvulis, (vix 2'" latis}
lamellis 24. Corallum robustum ; cettis orbiculatis, vix l£'" latis,
margine prominulo, 24 lamellis sub&qualibus, denticulatis ; inter stitiis
sfepius £'" latis : transverse secto, stellis fere 1<±-radialis ; septis par ce
cellulosis, interdum cellulis uniseriatis.

TRIBE I. — ASTR-iEACEA. 213

Erect glomerate and gibbous, 5 inches high and 2 broad; polyps
small (scarcely 2 lines broad), with 24 internal lamellae. Corallum
firm ; cells circular, scarcely 1 J lines broad ; margin a little promi-
nent, with 24 subequal denticulate lamellae ; interstices usually £ a
line broad : in a transverse section, stars about 24-rayed ; septa
sparingly cellular, pellules sometimes uniseriate.

Plate 10, fig. 16, transverse view, natural size.

West Indies. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc.

The erect mode of growth of this species is somewhat like the
last, but the texture is more solid and the rays of the star less delicate
and even. Only a worn specimen has been seen by the author. In
this the interstices are flat or slightly concave, and have very faint
radiated strise. The lamellae of the cells barely meet in the centre.
This species differs from the stellulata and annularis in having the
twelve intermediate lamellae of the star nearly as prominent as the
others; hence in a transverse section, about twenty-four rays may be
distinguished in the larger cells. In a vertical section the transverse
dissepiments are quite oblique, and occasionally the cellules of the
stars in a transverse section are subdivided by them.

10. A. ORBICELLA PLEIADES. (Ellis.)

A. convexa, polypis lj'" latis, lamellis 24. Corallum percelluhsum,
debile ; cellis orbiculatis,fere !£"' latis, margine annulate, tenuissimo ;
interstitiis concavis, laxe cellulosis, angustis (£"') : transverse secto,
lamellis duodecim tenuissimis, aliis intermediis obsoletis.

Convex ; polyps 1 J lines broad, with 24 internal lamellae. Corallum
very light and delicately cellular; cells orbiculate, nearly l£ lines
broad, margin annular and very thin ; interstices concave, loose
cellular, narrow (about J of a line) : in a transverse section, lamella?
12, very thin, the intermediate obsolete.

Plate 10, fig. 5 a, transverse section, natural size; 5 b, same en-
larged ; 5 c, vertical section, natural size.

East Indies. Ellis, Lamarck. — Wake's Island, Pacific Ocean.
Exp. Exp.

214 ZOOPHYTES.

This species is remarkable for its very light, almost spongy texture,
and its regularly circular cells, with a neat and extremely thin border,
as seen on a worn surface. The rays are delicate and about twelve in
number. The porous centre of the star is about a third the whole
diameter. Only a worn specimen has been seen by the author, and
Ellis's figure was made from a similar one.

Mad. pleiades, Ellis and Sol., 169, tab. 53, -* — , Latnour., Exp. Meth. 58, tab. 53,

figs. 7, 8. figs. 7, 8 ; Encyc. 131, pi. 486, figs. 7, 8.

Astrcea pleiades, Lamk. ii. 408, No. 11. A. Tubastrcea pleiades, Blainv., Man. 368.

11. A. OEBICELLA ANNULARIS. (Lamarck.)

A. polypis parvulis (1J'"), lamellis 24. CoraUum cellulosum ; cellis
orbiculatis, 1'" vix superantibus, 10-12 radiis tenuibus et aliis inter-
mediis obsoktis ; interstitiis plano-concavis : transverse secto, septis
cellulosis cum cettulis minutis in media scepissime uniseriatis, raro
biseriatis.

Polyps small (l£ lines broad), with 24 internal lamellae. Corallum
cellular ; cells orbiculate, scarcely over a line broad, 10 to 12 slender
rays, and others intermediate obsolete ; interstices plano-concave :
in a transverse section, septa cellular, with the cellules minute,
usually in a single medial series, rarely in two series.

Plate 10, fig. 6, transverse section of corallum, natural size.

West Indies. Ellis, Lamarck.

This species has circular cells nearly of the size in the pleiades, but
the texture is much heavier, and the cellules of the septa in a trans-
verse section are mostly in a single series along the middle of the
same, leaving a solid ring around the star nearly a quarter of a line
thick. The porous centre of the star rather exceeds one-third the
breadth of the same. The author has seen a worn specimen from the
Barbadoes ; it was three inches in diameter, and had a convex surface.

Mad. annidaris, Ellis and Solander, 169, A. Tubastrcea annularis, Blainville, Man.

tab. 53, figs. 1, 2 ; a good figure of a 368.

worn specimen. Explanaria annulata, Ehrenb., G. 1., sp. 7.

Astrcea annularis, Lamk., ii. 405, No. 3. The A. annularis, of Quoy and Gaymard,

- , Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. 58, tab. 53, (Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. 209, pi. 17, figs. 17,

figs. 1,2; Encyc. 131, pi. 486, figs. 1, 2. 18,) is another species (see A. speciosa).

[UIUVBB.5ITT]

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 215

12. A. ORBICELLA STELLULATA. (Ellis.}

A. convexa et scepe undulata; polypis 1^'" latis, discis raro gemmatis et
dichasticis ; lamellis 24. Corallum subcellulosum ; cellis orbiculatis,
I'" latis, raro oblongis, vix profundis ; lamellis tenuibus, supra septum
regulariter prominulis ; inter st^tiis scepius concavis: transverse secto,
septis subsolidis, interdum cdlulis interrupt^ uniseriatis, et rarissime
biseriatis; stettis 10-12 r adits et aliis intermediis obsoktis.

Convex and often undulate ; polyps l£ lines broad, disks sometimes
budding and dichastic; 24 internal lamellae. Corallum subcellular;
cells orbiculate, 1 line broad, rarely oblong ; lamellae thin, a little
prominent above the septum, and evenly so ; interstices usually
concave, yet often entire: in a transverse section, septa solid or
nearly so, sometimes with cellules interruptedly uniseriate, and oc-
casionally biseriate; stars 10 to 12-rayed, other intermediate rays
obsolete.

Plate 10, figure 7 a, transverse section, natural size; b, vertical
section, do.

West Indies.

In a transverse sectional view, the stellulata has considerable resem-
blance to the annularis, but the septum is much more solid, and cel-
lules are only occasionally observed. It resembles also the stettigera;
but the lamellae of the surface are alternately smaller, and the stars,
in a transverse section, have more rays, and a less solid centre. From
the intersepta, it differs in its even entire lamellae, not truncate, and in
its more solid texture.

This species grows to a breadth of five inches or more.

Mad. stellulata, Ellis and Solander, 165, , Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. 58, pi. 53,

tab. 53, figs. 3, 4, this figure is nearly figs. 3 and 4; Encyc. 131, pi. 486, figs,

correct. The texture is well shown in 3 and 4.

fig. 3, and the unequal lamelte, with The Astrea stellulata of Lamarck (p. 408,

about ten larger, and a distinct, rather No. 12), under which this author refers,

prominent bottom, in fig. 4. The cells with a query to Ellis's figure, is a diffe-

are more distant in figure 3 than in the rent species, placed in the genus Astraeo-

specimens met with. Ellis's specimen pora by Blainville, and so described in

appears to have been partly worn. this work.

216 ZOOPHYTES.

13. A. ORBICELLA STELLIGERA. (Dana.}

A. convexa et subgibbosa ; polypis 1J'" latis, discis raro gemmatis et
dichasticis ; lamellis 18. Corattum subcellulosum ; cellis parvulis (|";
latis), bene orbiculatis, interdum oblongis, vix profundis, intus minute
coronatis ; inter stitiis concavis; lamellis parce prominulis, supra sep-
tum eleganter radiatis, intus abruptis : transverse secto, septis fere
solidis, stettis pauciradiatis (6-8 radiis majoribus).

Convex and subgibbous ; polyps 1 J lines broad, disks rarely budding
and dichastic; 18 internal lamellae. Corallura subcellular; cells
quite small (| of a line broad), neatly orbiculate, sometimes oblong
and dichastic, rather shallow, within minutely coronate; interstices
concave; lamella slightly prominent, neatly radiating upon the
septum around the cell, abrupt within : in a transverse section,
the septa nearly solid, stars few-rayed (6 to 8 larger).

Plate 10, fig. 9, surface of corallum, natural size; 9 a, profile of
cell and lamellae ; b, lamella enlarged ; c, vertical section, natural
size ; d, transverse do. ; 9 e, transverse section enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The neatly radiate lamellae that form a border to each star, upon
the septum, together with the very compact texture and the shallow
coronate cell, abrupt within, form good characters for distinguishing
this species. The circle of radiating lamellae consists of fifteen to
eighteen ; they are quite even and have a gradual outward slope.
The interstices are generally more than half the breadth of the cell.

14. A. ORBICELLA (?) cRispATA. (Lamarck.)

C. incrustans, cellis suborbiculatis, infundibuliformibus, margine sepa-
ratis, multilamellosis, lamellis denticulatis.

Corallum incrusting; cells nearly circular, infundibuliform, separated
along the ridge, multilamellate ; lamellae denticulate.

Indian Ocean. Perm and Lesueur.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 217

Lamarck, who gives the above description, states that the species
is near the A. heliopora, and also resembles a little the Madrepora
astroites of Esper (see A. galaxea). The stars are small and neat,
a little unequal, and appear somewhat crispate.

Astraa crispata, Lamarck* ii. 416, No. 25. Astrtza crispata, Blainville, Man. d'Actin.,
, Lamouroux, Encyc., 128. 370.

15. A. ORBICELLA MICROPHTHALMA. (Lamarck.}

A. glomerata, fusco-virescens ; polypis prominulis, 1-1 J"' latis, tenta-
culis albidis, minutis ; lamellisZk. Corattum subcettulosum ; caliculis
breviter globoso-cylindrids, extus granulate striatis, scepe contiguis ;
ceUis %'" latis, subprofundis ; lamellis minutis, scepius 12 paulum
exsertis et 6 vix majoribus ; interstitiis subtilissime granuhsis :
transverse secto, septis parce cettulosis, stellis irregulariter pauci-
radiatis.

Glomerate ; greenish fuscous ; tentacles whitish, minute ; polyps a
little prominent, 1 to 1J lines broad ; lamellae 24. Corallum sub-
cellular, having short globoso-cylindrical calicles, granulato-striate
without, often contiguous ; cells j| of a line broad, rather deep ;
lamellae minute, usually about 12 somewhat exsert, and 6 a little
the most so ; interstices very finely granulous : in a transverse sec-
tion, the septa with few cellules, stars irregularly few-rayed.

Plate 10, fig. 11, surface of corallum, natural size; 11 o, animal
enlarged; 11 b, calicle enlarged; 11 c, vertical section enlarged;
11 c', same, natural size ; 11 d, transverse section, natural size; 11 e,
same, enlarged.

New Holland Seas. Peron and Lesueur. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The small, unequally prominent, globoso-cylindrical calicles of this
species, with six of its minute lamellae a little more exsert than the
others, give the corallum a peculiar appearance. In a transverse sec-
tion the septa are nearly compact, and often as broad as the stars. It
is near the following species, but the calicles are a little larger, and
besides, that has in general twelve of the lamellae equally prominent,
and the interstices nearly smooth.

218 ZOOPHYTES.

Astrcea microphtJudma, Lamarck, ii. 409, Astrcea microphihalma, Lamour., Encyc.,

No. 10. 130.
, Blainville, Man., 370. Favia microphthcdma, Ehreub. G. lix. sp. 1 .

16. A. ORBICELLA OCELLINA. (Dana.)

A. glomerata et lobata, scepe incrustans ; polypis vix 1'" superantibus,
lamellis 24. Corallum caliculis globoso-cylindricis, minoribus, non
lineam super antibus, et s&pius 12 lamellis minutis teque exsertis, inter-
stitiisferenudis; celld profunda : transverse secto,s eptis subsolidis et
stellis pauciradiatis.

Glomerate and lobed, often incrusting ; polyps scarcely exceeding a
line in breadth, lamellte 24. Corallum with the calicles globoso-
cylindrical, as in the microphthalma, but smaller, with 12 minute
lamellae equally exsert ; interstices nearly naked ; cell deep : in' a
transverse section, septa nearly solid, and stars few-rayed.

Plate 10, fig. 10.

Sandwich Islands.

This species forms lobed glomerate masses, having an ascending
mode of growth. The calicles are unequal, and in the lower concave
portions of the corallum, are almost wholly immersed, while in other
parts they are sometimes nearly a line exsert. Like the preceding,
the internal texture below the cells is very minutely cellular. It is
sometimes found in thin incrusting plates, and thus forms a passage
between the Astrseas and the Echinopores.

This species and the preceding are also near the Oculinse ($ 80).

SUBGENUS II.— SIDERINA.
17. A. SIDERINA GALAXEA. (Ellis.)

A. incrustans et glomerata, inter dum subglobosa, polypis non prominulis.
Corallum subcellulosum; cellis immersis subprofundis, scepius l£"' latis,

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 219

(raro 2'") ; lameUis angustissimis et subtilissime denticulatis, 6-12 pro-
minulioribus ; collibus plants, viz lineam latis, minutissime et confertis-
sime lamello-striatis : transverse secto, stellispolygonis, scepius 2'" latis,
confertim multiradiatis, centra solidis.

Incrusting and glomerate, sometimes subglobose. Corallum subcel-
lular; cells immersed, rather deep, mostly 1J lines broad, lamellae
very narrow, and very minutely denticulate, 6 to 10 a little more
prominent than the others ; septa plane, scarcely a line broad, very
closely and finely lamello-striate : in a transverse section, stars
polygonal, mostly 2 lines broad, crowdedly multiradiate, with the
centre solid.

Plate 10, figure 12, surface of corallum natural size; 12 a, same,
another variety; 12 b, transverse section of the variety fig. 12, natural
size ; 12 c, same enlarged ; 12 d, transverse section of the variety
fig. 12 a.

West Indies, Martinique. Lamouroux. — East Indies, Lamarck,
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad.

This species occurs in subglobose masses, and also as incrustations.
Both varieties are common in the West Indies ; one specimen of the
former (part of the surface of which is represented in fig. 12.), is 2£
inches in diameter and appears to have had no point of attachment.
The incrusting specimens (figure 12 a) are convex, and sometimes
nearly hemispherical. The two varieties may possibly be different
species, but the characters observed do not appear to be sufficient to
distinguish them. The lamellae of the cells are minute, and nearly in
contact laterally, with about twelve a little prominent in the largest
cells, and three smaller intermediate, making forty-eight in all. In
the majority of the cells which are smaller, the number is less. The
buds open in the interstices and the cells are never dichastic. The
species has close relations to the Mycedia and Psammocorae.

Mad. galaxea, Ellis and Sol., 168, tab. 47, Astrcea galaxea, Lamour., Exp. 60, tab. 47,

fig. 7. fig. 7 ; Encyc., 126.

Mad. Astroites, Esper, Pfianz. Fortsetz. i. , Lamarck, ii. 418, No. 31.

12, tab. 35, an incrusting specimen ; the A. Siderastrcea gcdaxea, Blainville, Man.

cells are about the size above given ; 370.

Esper states that 4 or 5 of the lamella Astrcea galaxea, Lesueur, Mem. du Mus. vi.

are a little larger than the others. 285, pi. 16, fig. 13, Lesueur states that

220

ZOOPHYTES.

Ellis's figure is very good, but gives quite
a different one himself.
Astrcea astroites, Ehrenberg, G. Ix. sp. 1.
Ehrenberg's specimen was from the An-
tillas; he describes it as follows, referring
to Ellis's figure, with a query: "incrus-

tans, effusa, parum pulvinata, 4-6'" alta,
stellis contiguis, planis, radiatis, intcqua-
libus, 5-6-gonis, sesquilinearibus, inter-
stitiis nullis." It is probably a different
species ; especially as he states that it
increases by spontaneous fission.

SUBGENUS III.— FISSICELLA.

A. SlTBGLOBOSA, AUT CONVEXA.

a. Stellarum cellulis, corallo transverse secto, decompositis ; (lamellis regularibus.)
I. Caliculis prominulis.

18. A. SPECIOSA. (Dana.}

A. hemispherica ; polypis prominulis, 4-6'" latis. Corallum percellulo-
sum ; caliculis scepius subcylindricis et 1— 1 J'" prominulis, scepe paulum
remotis, margine bene rotundatis ; cellis profundis, et abrupte dedivis,
intus vix coranatis ; lamellis bene regularibus et denticulatis : trans-
verse secto, stellis tenuissime multiradiatis ; cellulis decompositis, septis
percellulosis.

Hemispherical ; polyps a little prominent, 4 to 6 lines broad. Coral-
lum light cellular; calicles usually subcylindrical, and 1 to 1J
lines prominent, often somewhat remote, margin neatly rounded ;
cells deep, abrupt within, and scarcely at all coronate ; lamellse
neatly even and denticulate : in a transverse section, stars many-
rayed ; rays very thin and cellules decompound ; septa very cellular.

Plate 11, fig. 1, part of the corallum, natural size; 1 a, vertical sec-
tion of cell, and profile of lamellae ; 1 b, lamellse enlarged ; 1 c, trans-
verse section of corallum, natural size ; 1 d, vertical section, natural
size.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

TRIBE I. — ASTRJGACEA. 221

This is a neat species, with large prominent subcylindrical calicles
often a little distant, and deep cells. The texture is light cellular ;
the dissepiments within are extremely delicate, and on the lateral sur-
face of the lamelke they are quite oblique. The species resembles
the A. Orbicella radiata, but besides being more light and delicate in
texture, it increases by disk buds.

Madrepora radiata, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 74, near the speciosa, in having prominent,

tab. 61. A characteristic figure, though nearly cylindrical, circular calicles, with

coarse. Esper alludes to the lightness of plano-convex interstices ; but the figure

the coral, and its very cellular texture. they give as representing it, has the in-

The Astrcea annularis, of Quoy and Gay- terstices a simple ridge, perhaps a little

mard (Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. 209, pi. 17, sulcate. The calicles are described as

figs. 17, 18), as described by them, is three or four lines in diameter.

19. AsTRjEA UVA. (Esper.}

A. polypis prominulis, scepe 9'" latis. Corallum caliculis l£-2'" promi-
nulis, subangulatis, rotundato-conicis, contiguis (itaque sulcis inter-
mediis subacutis), extus confertim lamello-striatis et denticulatis ; ce.ttis
4-5"' latis, s&pe elongatis.

Polyps prominent and often 9 lines broad. Corallum with the
calicles 1£ to 2 lines prominent, subangular and rounded conical,
contiguous (and hence the intermediate sulcus subacute) ; exterior
crowdedly lamello-striate and denticulate ; cells 4 to 5 lines broad,
and often elongated.

China Sea. Esper, from M. Chemnitz. — Red Sea, Ehrenberg.

This coral resembles somewhat the A. Orb. argus, in its conti-
guous conical cells and striated exterior, but has much larger calicles,
which elongate and subdivide. Esper's figure represents a convex
mass 4£ inches across, with some of the calicles nearly an inch long.
He states that the lamellae within the cell are minutely appendiculate
at base.

Mad. uva, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 32, tab. 43. Favia uva, Ehrenberg, G. lix., sp. 5 ; Eh-

Astnea uva, Schweig. Handb. 419. renberg states that the animal has a

Ast/'cea ananas, /3 uva, Lamk. ii. 406. brown colour.
No. 5.

222 ZOOPHYTES.

20. ASTRjEA ANANAS. (Ellis.}

A. subhemispherica ; polypis 3-5'" latis. Corallum caliculis rotundatis,
subangulatis, scepe oblongis, incequalibus, contiguis ; interstitiis con-
cams ; cellis 2-3'" latis; lamellis denticulatis.

Subhemispherical ; polyps 3 to 5 lines broad. Corallum with rounded
or convex calicles, subangular, often oblong, unequal, contiguous ;
interstices concave ; cells 2 to 3 lines broad ; lamellae denticulate.

West Indies. Ellis, Lamarck.

The calicles are much smaller than in the preceding, and are con-
vexly rounded instead of conical.

Lesueur describes a coral, which he refers to the species figured by
Ellis, as having polyps without tentacles ; but it is probable that they
were only unexpanded in the specimen under examination. His.
figure agrees nearly with Ellis' s, and he states that the cells are some-
times trilobed.

Mad. ananas, Ellis and Solander, 168, calicles a little distant, as in the spe-

tab. 47, fig. 6. ciosa, but more conical ; cells four to

Astrcea ananas, Lamk. ii. 406, No. 5. five lines long, one and a half to two

, Schweig. Handb., 419. lines broad, and many-rayed. Ehren-

, Lamour., Exp. 59, tab. 47, fig. 6 ; berg refers this figure to his Explanaria

Encyc. 127. (our Orbicella) ananas, which he makes

, Lesueur, Mem. du Mus. vi. 285, pi. identical with the ananas of Linnaous.

16, fig. 12. From the very elongate calicles, the spe-

-, Blainville, Man. 369. cies probably represents one of the Fissi-

Favia ananas, Oken's Zool., i. 67. cellss.

Favia porcata, var. Ehrenb., G. lix. No. 6. The Astrcea ananas of Quoy and Gay-

Mad. ananas ? Linn. Syst. Nat., ed. xii. mard (Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. 207, pi. 16,

1275. figs. 6, 7) appears to be the porcata of

Esper's M. ananas (i. tab. 19), has the Esper. (See A. porcata.}

21. ASTRJEA PANDANUS. (Dana.)

A. subglobosa, brunneo-fuscescens ; polypis J" latis. Corallum cellulosum ;
caliculis rotundatis, subangulatis, contiguis, subtequalibus ; cellis sub-
orbiculatis, scepe oblongis, 3-4'" latis, subprofundis, intus obsolete
coronatis ; lamellis cequalibus, utrinque subtiliter denticulatis : trans-

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 223

verse secto, septis biseriatim cellulosis; stellis multiradiatis cum cellulis
valde decompositis.

Subglobose, colour dark brown ; polyps J an inch broad. Corallum
quite cellular, with rounded calicles (as in the ananas), subangular,
contiguous, subequal ; cells nearly circular, often oblong, 3 to 4
lines broad, rather' shallow, obsoletely coronate within ; lamellae
even, finely denticulate within and without : in a transverse sec-
tion, septa biseriately cellular; stars many-rayed, with the cellules
much decompound.

Plate 11, fig. 2, the polyps unexpanded; 2 a, a few cells, natural
size ; 2 b, vertical section of cell, with profile of the lamellae, enlarged ;
2 c, vertical section of corallum, natural size; 2d, transverse section.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This coral has the rounded prominent calicles of the ananas of
Ellis, and is near that species. The specimen in the Expedition col-
lections is nearly globular, and is about four inches in diameter.

22. ASTR^A PUTEOLINA. (Dana.)

A. hemispherica; poly pis J" latis. Corallum percellulosum ; caliculis
subpolygonis, parce prominulis; collibus 2£"' crassis, rotundatis et
sukatis; cellis profundioribus, et fere perpendicularibus, viz coronatis ;
lamellis regularibus, subtiliter denticulatis.

Hemispherical ; polyps J an inch broad. Corallum light cellular ;
calicles subpolygonal, a little prominent; ridges 2J lines thick,
rounded and sulcate ; cells deeper than broad, nearly perpendicular,
scarcely coronate within ; lamellae even, finely denticulate.

Plate 11, fig. 3, cells of corallum, natural size; 3 a, section of cells,
showing profile of lamellce ; 3 b, vertical section, natural size.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This is a light species, with very deep cells, rounded sulcate ridges,
and even, finely denticulate, lamellae. It is near the fragilis, but

224 ZOOPHYTES.

the calicles are larger and deeper, the ridges broader, and the texture
more coarsely cellular within. As the calicles are but little distinct,
it forms a connecting link between the preceding species and the next
division.

23. A. PALLIDA. (Dana.)

A. hemispherica; polypis 6-8'" latis, discis pallide ccesiis, tentaculis
albidis, internis bursiformibus. Corallum aperte cellulosum, calicu-
lis conico-cylindricis, l-l£'" altis, contiguis, extus remote lamello-
striatis, et subtilissimc denticulatis ; cellis 5-6'" latis, subprofundis,
intus coronatis ; lamellis tenuibus, apice angustis et paulo incequaliter
exsertis, parce dentatis: transverse secto, septis l-2-seriatim cellulosis ;
stellis vix multiradiatis cum cellulis parce decompositis.

Hemispherical ; polyps 6 to 8 lines broad, disk pale bluish-gray, ten-
tacles whitish, the interior bursiform. Corallum open cellular ;
calicles conico-cylindrical, 1-1 J lines high, contiguous, exterior re-
motely lamello-striate and finely denticulate; cells 5 to 6 lines broad,
rather shallow, within coronate; lamellae thin, narrow above and
somewhat unequally exsert, sparingly dentate : in a transverse sec-
tion, septa with large cellules in 1 or 2 series; stars scarcely multi-
radiate with the cellules sparingly decompound.

Plate 10, fig. 13, natural size; 13 a, tentacles enlarged of the two
series; 13 b, cells in outline; 13 c, vertical section of cell, with pro-
file of lamellae and ridges; 13 c', same, natural size; 13 d, transverse
section of corallum ; 13 e, vertical section of same.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This coral resembles the denticutata, but has a broader sulcus to the
ridges, less unequal lamellae, which are also thinner, narrower at apex
and not vertical within the cell. The calicles are nearly cylindrical,
and in the specimen seen, were placed obliquely against one another,
like those of the A. Orb. coronata. The lamellae over the exterior of
the calicles are even, thin, nearly half a line apart, and almost as
much prominent. It is possible that the species may be one of the
Orbicellae.

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 225

II. Caliculis immersis ; collibus aut paulum sulcatis, aut integris.

24. ASTRJEA DIPSACEA. (Lamarck.}

A. convexa, subhemispherica ; polypis sape 8'" latis. Corallum percelr
lulosum, cellis 4-6'" latis, subangulatis et sape lobatis, vix profundis,
intus non coronatis ; collibus subtruncatis, interdum sulcatulis ; la-
mettis tenuibus, lacerato-dentatis, non confertis,fereregularibus: trans-
verse secto, stellis multiradiatis, cum cettulis decompositis ; septis 1'"
crassis, L-2-seriatim large cellulosis.

Convex, subhemispherical ; polyps often 8 lines broad. Corallum light
cellular; cells 4 to 6 lines broad, subangular and often lobed, rather
deep, not coronate within; ridges subtruncate and sometimes slightly
sulcate; lamellae thin, lacerato-dentate, not crowded, nearly even: in
a transverse section, stars many-rayed with the cellules decompound;
septa a line thick, cellular, cellules large and in one or two series.

Plate 11, fig. 4 o, vertical section of cell and ridges, showing profile
of the lamellae and internal cellules, natural size ; 4 b, the same through
the longer diameter of an oblong cell ; 4 c, vertical section of corallum,
natural size ; 4 d, transverse section, natural size.

West Indies.

This species is remarkable for the size and irregular form of its
cells (which are sometimes lobed and an inch long), the fragile lace-
rato-dentate lamellse, and its coarse cellular texture. It approaches the
flexuosa; but the texture is much more cellular, and the lamellse more
distant and more raggedly toothed.

Mad.favosa, Ellis and Sol., 167, tab. 50, magnis, 4-5'" latis, angulatis, margine

tig. 1, the cells are a little too regular. lato, echinato, lamellis serrato-dentatis,

Astfcea dipsacea, Lamk., ii. 411, No. 16. dentibus majoribus intus cavis (nee per-

, Lamour., Exp. Meth. 59, tab. 50, foratis)."

fig. 1 ; Encyc., 129. The Astrcea abdita of Quoy and Gaymard,

A. Dipsustrcea dipsacea, Blainv. Man. 373. as figured by them, comes near the dip-

The A. dipsacea of Ehrenberg, from the sacea in internal texture and general size

Red Sea (op. cit. G. lx., sp. 13), may be of the cells (Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. 205, pi. 16,

a different species. It is described as figs. 4 and 5), which are described as

follows :" Sesquipedalis et bipedalis, sub- sometimes confluent, 9 or 10 lines long,

globosa, superficie soepius inccquali, stellis rounded or polygonal, rather shallow,

226 ZOOPHYTES.

with large and uniform lamella? strongly error occurs generally in their drawings,

denticulate. The animals are sulphur- The A. dipsacea of Quoy and Gaymard

yellow. The form of the tentacles given, (ibid. 210, pi. 17, figs. 1,2) is a different

flat and lanceolate, is altogether impro- species, too imperfectly figured to be re-

bable, and their distant arrangement in a cognised,
single series must be incorrect ; the same

25. ASTR^A PORCATA. (Esper.)

A. convexa, subglobosa, fusco-castanea ; polypis 5-6'" latis. Corallum
cellulosum, subrobustum ; cellis 3— 4'" latis, subprqfundis, intus breviter
coronatis ; collibus fere planis, obsolete sulcatis, 1-2'" crassis ; la-
mettis regularibus, incrassatis, denticulatis, denticulis ad apicem sub-
tilissimis : transverse secto, stellis multiradiatis cum cettulis decom-
positis ; septis subcettulosis, cellulis minutis, sparsis.

Convex, subglobose ; dark chestnut-brown. Corallum cellular, rather
firm ; cells 3 to 4 lines broad, rather shallow, short coronate within ;
ridges nearly flat, obsoletely sulcate, 1 to 2 lines thick; lamellae
even, incrassate, denticulate and very finely so at apex: in a trans-
verse section, stars many-rayed, with the cellules decompound ;
septa subcellular, cellules minute and scattered.

Plate 11, fig. 5, polyps unexpanded, natural size; 5 a, profile of
the lamellae and ridges, natural size ; 5 b, same, enlarged ; 5 c, verti-
cal section of corallum, natural size ; 5 d, transverse section, natu-
ral size.

East Indies. Esper. — Tongatabu. Exp. Exp.

The broad interstices nearly flat, and finely striated with an obso-
lescent sulcus, easily distinguish this species. The cells are about
half as deep as their breadth, and the lamellae which project a little
unequally into the cell are short appendiculate at base, and a little
thickened at the edges.

Madrepora porcata, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz. i. 88, tab. 71, figs. 1-3. " Mad. com-
posita, globosa, stellis insequalibus, immersis, interstitiis planis, porcis radiantibus granu-
latis." Esper's figure represents well the specimen in the Expedition collections.

Lamarck and Ehrenberg appear to have described other species under this name.
Lamarck's description (No. 7.) is as follows : " A. subglobosa, stellis inajqualibus, irregu-
laribus, oblongis, margine elevatis, interstitiis granulatis." Ehrenberg refers to Ellis's

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 227

ananas as the porcata, and also to Esper's cellufasa, tab. xl. (our A. favistella), besides
the figure above referred to. His description is as follows : " Subglobosa, stellis insequa-
libus, irregularibus, oblongis, ssepe dividuis, 2-3'" longis et latis, margine elevatis, inter-
stitiis dilatatis, lamellosis, sulco depressis, denticulatisque, lamellis dentatis." (Op. cit. G.
lix. sp. 6.)

The A. ananas of Quoy and Gaymard (Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. pi. 16, fig. 6.), approaches
this species in some of its characters, but is too imperfectly described and figured to be
identified.

26. ASTR^EA FLEXUOSA. (Dana.}

A. flexuoso-convexa ; poly pis 6-8'" latis, discis rubro-brunnescentibus,
tentaculis pallidis apicemque flavis. CoraUum robustum, subcellulo-
sum ; caliculis scepe contortis, cellis 4-7'" latis, profundis, intus nan
coronatis ; collibus \%- 2'" crassis, undulatis, rotundatis, obsolete
sukatis ; lamellis bene regularibus, confertis, crassioribus, denticulatis :
transverse secto, stettis multiradiatis cum cellulis decompositis ; septis
scepe !£"' super antibus, solidis, cellulis paucis.

A. flexuoso-convex ; polyps 6 to 8 lines broad; disks brownish-red,
tentacles pale, with the tips yellow. Corallum firm and subcellular ;
calicles often contorted ; cells 4 to 7 lines broad, deep, not coro-
nate within; ridges 1J to 2 lines thick, undulate, rounded, obso-
letely truncate ; lamellae even, crowded, rather stout, denticulate :
in a transverse section, stars multiradiate, with the cellules decom-
pound ; septa often exceeding 1 J lines, solid, with few cellules.

Plate 11, fig. 6, polyps partly expanded, natural size ; 6 a, tentacle,
enlarged ; 6 b, another in outline ; 6 c, view of opening of mouth,
enlarged ; 6 d, profile of cell, ridges and lamella? ; 6 e, vertical section
of corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The firm subcellular corallum and even denticulate lamellae dis-
tinguish this species from the dipsacea ; and the flexuous ridges, often
slightly sulcate, larger cells and coarser texture, from i\\efusco-viridis.
It forms convex masses, four to five inches in diameter, with an
uneven or flexuous surface.

228 ZOOPHYTES.

27. ASTR^EA FUSCO-VIRIDIS. (Quoy <Sf Gaymard.}

A. convexa ; poly pis 5-7'" latis ; discis late virentibus, inter dum partim
brunneis. Corallum robustum, subcellulosum ; caliculis scepius ob-
longis ; ceUis 4-6'" latis, vix profundis, intus obsolete aut non coro-
natis; collibus rotundatis, integris; lamellis bene regularibus, confertis,
denticulatis : transverse secto, stellis multiradiatis cum cellulis decom-
positis ; septisfere solidis.

Convex; polyps 5 to 7 lines broad, disks bright green, sometimes
partly brown. Corallum firm and subcellular; calicles usually
oblong ; cells 4 to 6 lines broad, rather deep, obsoletely or not at all
coronate within; ridges rounded, entire; lamellae even, crowded,
denticulate : in a transverse section, stars many-rayed, with the
cellules decompound ; septa nearly solid.

Plate 11, fig. 7, animal unexpanded; la, another variety enlarged;
7 b, vertical section, natural size ; 7 c, profile of cell, and lamellae
enlarged.

Tongatabu. Quoy and Gaymard. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This common Pacific species resembles the last. The disks vary
from green throughout to a small green centre, with the rest brown ;
and it is possible that there may be other varieties in which they are
brown throughout. The live specimen examined expanded only so
far as to show the tips of the crowded tentacles.

Astrcea fusco-viridis, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. pi. 17, figs. 8, 9. The
figure may be recognised by the size and green disk ; but the tentacles should be crowded
and not in a single series.

28. ASTR^A VIRENS (Dana.)

A. convexa, undique late virens, polypis i" latis. Corallum cellulosum,
vix robustum ; cellis subprofundis, angulatis et scepe oblongis (4-6'"),
intus vix coronatis ; collibus rotundatis integris, lamellis regularibus
confertis, denticulatis, apice spinoso-denticulatis : transverse secto,
stellis multiradiatis cum cellulis valde decompositis ; septis £'" crassis,
fere solidis, cellulis minutis, sparsis.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 229

Convex ; whole surface bright green, polyps ^ an inch broad. Co-
rallum cellular, not very firm ; cells rather shallow, angular, and
often oblong (4 to 6 lines), scarcely coronate within; ridges rounded,
entire ; lamellae even, crowded, denticulate, at apex spinoso-denti-
culate : in a transverse section, stars many-rayed, with the cellules
much decompound ; , septa £ a line thick, cellules minute and
scattered.

Plate 11, fig. 8, polyps unexpanded ; 8 a, portion of corallum, na-
tural size ; 8 b, profile of cell and lamellae, enlarged ; 8 c, vertical
section of corallum, natural size ; 8 d, transverse section of same.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has some resemblance to the favistetta, but the very
numerous rays to the stars, and their decompound cellules, distin-
guish it. The teeth at the summit of the ridge, though small, are
usually acute and spiniform, and often the two central ones are
smaller than the others, giving an appearance of a faint sulcus.

29. ASTRJEA ECHINATA. (Dana.)

A. convexa, brunneo-nigrescens et undique papillosa ; polypis6-8'" latis,
discis nigricantibus, vix depressis. Corattum cellulosum, valde echi-
natum ; cellis subprofundis, suborUculatis vel oblongis, 5'" latis, intus
non bene coronatis ; collibus rotundatis, non sulcatis ; lamellis regu-
laribus, infra S-A-denticulatis, supra septum echinatis, (3-4 dentibus,
1-1 £"' elongatis) : transverse secto, stellis multiradiatis, cum cellulis
decompositis ; septis subcellulosis, cellulis oblongis scepe interrupte
uniseriatis.

Convex ; brownish-black, surface papillose ; polyps 6 to 8 lines broad,
disks nearly black. Corallum cellular, surface strongly echinate ;
cells rather shallow, nearly circular or oblong ; 5 lines broad, not
distinctly coronate; ridges rounded, not sulcate; lamellse even, with
3 or 4 small teeth within the . cell, and 3 or 4 spines 1 to 1 J lines
long over the septum : in a transverse section, stars many-rayed,
with the cellules decompound ; septa somewhat cellular, cellules
oblong and often interruptedly uniseriate.

230 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 12, fig. 1, natural size; 1 a, vertical section of corallum and
cells, with profile of lamellae, natural size ; 1 b, transverse section.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The spiniform teeth which give the echinate character to this spe-
cies, stand crowded over the whole surface, and are a line or more
long. In a vertical section the coral has a strikingly lamellate struc-
ture throughout, and on the surface of the lamella the transverse
dissepiments, which are quite oblique, arch over (though with some
irregularity) from centre to centre, and are not lost in a solid septum,
as in most Astraas.

The animals were not observed to have tentacles ; and it is pro-
bable that the papilla? of the surface over the spiniforrn teeth corre-
spond to those organs. The fleshy surface of the live zoophyte was
quite thick, and lay in small folds around each disk.

30. ASTHMA FRAGILIS. (Dana.)

A. subglobosa, polypis 4-5'" latis. Corallum percelluksum ; cellis subor-
biculatis et scepe oblongis, profundis, intus breviter coronatis ; collibus
rotundatis, sukatulis, 1'" crassis ; lamellis regularibus, subtiliter
ekganterque denticulatis, tenuissimis : transverse secto, stettis multi-
radiatis cum cellulis parce decompositis ; septis f" crassis, fragiliter
cellulosis, cellulis scepius uniseriatis.

Subglobose, polyps 4 to 5 lines broad. Corallum light cellular ; cells
circular or oblong, deep, short coronate within; ridges rounded,
slightly sulcate, a line wide ; lamelte even, finely and neatly denti-
culate, very thin: in a transverse section, stars many-rayed, with
the cellules sparingly decompound ; septa f of a line thick, fragile
cellular, cellules usually uniseriate.

Plate 12, figure 2 a, profile of cell, ridges and lamellae, natural size;
2 b, same enlarged ; 2 c, vertical section of corallum, natural size ; 2 d,
transverse section of the same.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This light cellular species with slightly sulcate ridges, is related to
the dipsacea; but the cells are smaller, the lamellae very even, thin,

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 231

and finely denticulate, and the cellules of the star in a transverse sec-
tion are but sparingly decompound. In a vertical section the lamella?
and lines of cells are irregularly curving.

31. ASTR.EA TENELLA. (Dana.}

A. hemispherica, pohjpis 3-5'" latis. Corallum percettulosum, fere spon-

giosum ; caliculis polygonatis, scepe oblongis : transverse secto, stellis

l£-l(j-radiatis, radiis tenuissimis, cettulis grandibus circum centrum

porosum eleganter dispositis, et margine aliis parvulis scepius biseri-

atis ; septis angustissime filiformibus.

Hemispherical; polyps 3 to 5 lines broad. Corallum very light cel-
lular ; calicles polygonal often oblong ; in a transverse section, stars
very slenderly 14 to 16 rayed, with large radiate cellules around the
porous centre, and at the margin other small cellules in one or two
series; septa delicately filiform.

Plate 13, fig. 1, transverse section of corallum, slightly enlarged
(about a sixth); 1 b, vertical section of same, natural size.

Wake's Island, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

This coral was met with only in worn specimens. It is very light
and cellular, and extremely neat in its stars and texture. It appears
to have simple stars about a fourth of an inch in diameter, with septa
a line or more wide, consisting of three or four series of minute sub-
quadrate cellules; but the cellules properly belong to the stars, and
the true septum is a delicate line. In a vertical section the trans-
verse dissepiments are seen to be quite oblique and not very much
crowded, and from this the appearance above described proceeds.
The porous centre of the star is about a line broad.

32. ASTR^EA MAGNIFICA. (Blainvilk.)

A. conveza, subhemispherica. Corallum percettulosum ; cellis scepe elon-
gatis et paulo flexuosis, 2-3'" latis et interdum 8'" longis, angulatis,
profundis, intus breviter coronatis; collibus angustis (viz 1'") integris
obtusis, perpendicularibus ; lamellis bene cequalibus, subtiliter ekgan-

232 ZOOPHYTES.

terque pectinato-denticulatis : transverse secto, stellis multiradiatis cum
cettulis valde decompositis ; septis £'" crassis, uniseriatim aperteque
cettulosis.

A. convex, subhemispherical. Corallum light, cellular; cells often
elongated and a little flexuous, 2 to 3 lines broad and sometimes 8
long ; angular, deep, short coronate within ; ridges narrow, scarcely
a line thick, entire, obtuse, perpendicular; lamellae neatly even,
finely and elegantly pectinato-denticulate : in a transverse section,
stars many-rayed, with the cellules much decompound ; septa £ a
line thick, with large cellules in a single series.

Plate 12, fig. 3 a, outline view of cells; 3 b, transverse section of
corallum, natural size ; 3 c, vertical section of same.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This is a light cellular coral, distinguished by its angular and fre-
quent flexuous calicles, deep cells, narrow, entire, perpendicular ridges,
with the lamellae very even, minutely and beautifully denticulate.
The specimen in the collections is a convex mass five inches in dia-
meter. It appears to be the A. magnified, of Blainville.

Astrcea (Favastrcea) magnified, Blainville, The Astrcea halicora of Ehrenberg may be
Man. 374, plate 54, fig. 3; without de- near this species, but the description is
scription. too concise to determine their identity.

33. ASTR.EA FILICOSA. (Dana.}

Corallum percettulosum, subrobustum; cellis profundioribus, 5-8'" latis,
suborbiculatis, perpendicularibus ; collibus lamellisque angustis : trans-
verse secto, stellis multiradiatis, lamellis robustis, cettulis decompositis ;
septis subcellulosis, cettulis oblongis interrupte uniseriatis.

Corallum quite cellular, yet firm ; cells very deep, 5 to 8 lines broad,
suborbiculate, perpendicular; ridges and lamellse narrow: in a
transverse section, stars multiradiate, lamellae stout, cellules decom-
pound; septa somewhat cellular, cellules oblong, mostly in a single
interrupted series.

Plate 12, fig. 4, cells of a worn corallum, natural size; 4 a, trans-
verse section of corallum, natural size ; 4 b, vertical section of same.

TRIBE I. — ASTR.&ACEA. 233

Wake's Island, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

This description is taken from a worn specimen, which is remark-
able for the depth and size of the cells, looking like impressions made
with the end of the finger. In a vertical section, the part below the
centre of a cell for a width of a third of an inch, is extremely cellular
or filamentous in structure; and in the septum, there is a vertical
series of lunate cellules, about a line wide, convex upward. Although
so cellular, the coral is still firm, owing to the stoutness of the lamellae
and of the parts of them which extend into the septa.

b. Cellulis stellarum, corallo transverse secto, aut parce aut minime decompositis.
I. Collibus sulcatis aut integris ; lamellis incequalibus et incequaliter ezserlis.

34. ASTRJEA VERSIPORA. (Lamarck.)

A. subglobosa. Corallum ceUulosum, robustum ; cellis profundioribus,
subangulatis et scepe oblongis (4—6'"), intus subcoronatis ; collibus
sulcatis ; lamellis inaqualibus, et incequaliter exsertis, aspere den-
ticulatis, angustis, verticalibus.

Subglobose. Corallum cellular, firm, surface rough ; cells deeper
than broad, subangular, and often oblong (4 to 6 lines), subcoronate
within ; ridges sulcate ; lamellae unequal and unequally exsert,
roughly denticulate, narrow, vertical.

Plate 12, fig. 5 a, profile of cells, ridges, and lamellae, natural size ;
5 b, transverse section of corallum, natural size.

East Indies. Lamarck. — Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

This coral resembles the denticulata in its ragged surface ; but
the sulcus is broader or more distinct, the cells are less regular,
usually smaller, and much deeper than their breadth.

A specimen from Singapore, in the Expedition collections, has a
subglobose shape, and is four or five inches in diameter. The texture
is coarse cellular, with two rows of large cellules (seen in a transverse
section) along the septa. The stars are few-rayed, with rarely a
cross partition dividing the cellules. The coronal teeth are less pro-
minent and regular than in the denticulata, owing to the fact, that the
lamellae extend perpendicularly far below them before reaching the

234 ZOOPHYTES.

bottom of the cell. These teeth are usually confined to six or eight
of the larger lamellae. The lamellae are crowded together below, and
the bottom of the cell is scarcely seen.

Mad. cavernosa(Tj Forsk. Anitn. Egyp. 132. Astrcea versipora, Lamour., Encyc., 130.

Astrcea versipora, Lamk., ii. 414, No. 19. Favia versipora, Ehrenberg, op. cit. G.

A. Dipsastrcea versipora, Blainville, Man. lix. sp. '2. ; states that the animal has a

373. pale-brown colour, with a green disk.

35. ASTR^EA DENTICULATA. (Ellis.)

A. subglobosa. Corattum cellulosum ; cellis suborbiculatis, semipolli-
caribus, subprofundis, intus coronatis ; cottibus leviter sukatis ;
lamettis incequalibus, et incsqualiter exsertis, verticalibus, apice sub-
truncatis.

Subglobose. Corallum cellular ; cells somewhat circular, half an inch
wide, rather shallow, coronate within ; ridges slightly sulcate ;
lamellae unequal and unequally exsert, vertical, subtruncate at
apex.

Plate 12, fig. 6, outline view of a cell, natural size; 6 a, profile of
cell and lamellae ; 6 b, transverse section of corallum, natural size ;
6 c, vertical section of the same.

East Indies. — Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

The unequally exsert lamellae give a ragged appearance to the
surface and cells. The depth of the cells scarcely exceeds two-thirds
the diameter.

A specimen from the Pacific Ocean, in the Expedition collections,
answering to the description of this species, has a coarsely cellular
texture ; the septa, in a transverse section, consist partly of large
cellules in a single series, and the stars are few-rayed, with rarely a
cross partition to the cellules. The lamellae are nearly entire on the
inner vertical margin, but have often two or three teeth at apex.

Mad. denticulata, Ellis and Solander, tab. teeth within the cell is scarcely appa-

49, fig. 1 ; corresponds with the speci- rent.

mens examined, except that the inequa- Astrcea denticulata, Lamk., ii. 413, No. 18.

lity of the exsert lamellae is hardly dis- Astrcea denticulata, Lamour., Exp. Meth.

tinct enough, and the corona or circle of 59, tab. 49, fig. 1 ; Encyc., 130.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 235

A. Dipsastrcea denticulata, Blainville, The A. dipsacea of Quoy and Gaymard,

Man. 373. may be this species.

Favia denticulata, Ehrenb., G. lix. sp. 4,

36. ASTHMA PECTINATA. (H. 6f Ehrenberg.}

A. subglobosa, brunnea. Corallum, cellis 3-6'" longis, scspe oblongis et
flexuosis, profundis, intus coronatis ; collibus vix sukatis ; lamellis
margine verticalibus. apice truncatis, asperis.

Subglobose ; brown. Corallum with the cells 3 to 6 lines long, often
oblong and flexuous, deep, coronate within ; ridges scarcely sulcate ;
lamellse with the inner margin vertical, truncate at apex, rough.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

This description is taken from Ehrenberg. The species in its
vertical and deep cells, coronate within, and the lamellae truncate at
apex, is near the versipora, from which it is separated by its entire or
scarcely sulcate ridges.

Astreea pectinata, Ehrenb., G. lx., sp. 7. Madrepara favus ? Forskal, Egyp., 132.
, Lamarck, 2d ed. ii. 412, No. 16 a. " Stellis margine coadunatis, rigidis."

37. ASTR.EA DEFORMIS. (Lamarck.)

A. subglobosa. Corallum cellis 4-6'" longis, angulatis, interdum ob-
longis et irregularibus ; collibus angustis, integris ; lamellis alternis,
asperis, truncatis, exsertis.

Subglobose. Corallum with the cells 4 to 6 lines long, angular,
sometimes oblong and irregular ; ridges narrow, entire ; lamellse
alternate, asperate, truncate, exsert.

Indian Ocean ? Lamarck. — Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Lamarck states that this species is near the denticulata in general
habit, but differs in having no sulcus to the ridge, or rarely an obso-
lete sulcus.

236 ZOOPHYTES.

Specimens obtained in the Feejees apparently of the above species,
have the following characters (see plate 12, figs. 7, 7 a, 7 b, 7 c, 7 d).

Corallum cellular and rather light, and appearing coarse and rough
from the unequally prominent triangular lamellae ; cells angular, often
oblong and lobed ; two and a half to three lines broad, and some-
times seven lines long, not coronate within ; ridges subtriangular,
entire ; lamellae very unequal, not crowded, narrow at apex, and often
subacute, strongly denticulate : in a transverse section, septa not half
a line thick, stars few-rayed, with the cellules simple. It is near the
Meandrina dedalea in habit, and if distinct may be called the A. deda-
lina.

Astreea deformis, Lamk., ii. 414, No. 20. Astrcea deformis, Lamouroux, Encyc., 129.

" Stellis majusculis insequalibus, irregu- , Ehrenberg, G. Ix. sp. 8.

laribus, multilamellosis ; lamellis supra A. Dipsastrcea deformis, Blainv. Man.,

marginem elevatis ; sulco nullo." 373.

38. ASTR^EA VARIA. (Dana.)

A. hemispherica, potypis s&pius 3'" latis, discis interdum distomatis aut
tristomatis. Corallum percellulosum ; cellis angulatis, subprofundis
aut profundis ; collibus lamellisque triangulatis etfere acutis; lamellis
tenuibus, incequalibus et incequaliter exsertis, subtiliter denticulatis ;
septis vix %'" crassis.

Hemispherical, polyps mostly 3 lines broad, disks sometimes 2 or 3
mouthed. Corallum light cellular; cells angular, deep or rather so,
ridges and lamellae triangular and nearly acute above ; lamellae thin,
unequal and unequally exsert, finely denticulate ; septa scarcely
half a line thick.

Plate 12, figs. 13 a, 13 b, sections of cells of different varieties, giving
profile of lamellae.

West Indies.

This species resembles closely the Meandrina spongiosa in its
lamellae and ridges, and may be only a variety of that species. Yet
large convex specimens present throughout the Astraea form of the
cell, with only a few, here and there, oblong. It appears to have the
same relation to the M. spongiosa, that the A. dedalina has to the M.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 237

dedalea. The cells appear open, owing to the unequal lamellae, and
are sometimes slightly coronate within.

II. Collibus angustis, integris, apice subnudis ; larnettis viz exsertis sed vaZde in-
cequalibus.

39. ASTRJEA RIGIDA. (Dana.}

A. subglobosa ; polypis 6-10'" latis. Corattum robustum ; cettis angulatis,
5'" latis et interdum 8-10'" elongatis, scepe lobatis, intus non coronatis;
collibus apice fere nudis, integris, tenuibus ; lamettis dentatis, valde
incequalibus, non confertis: transverse secto, septis solidis, 1'" crassis;
stellis vix multiradiatis, cellulis latis, parce decompositis.

Subglobose; polyps 6 to 10 lines broad. Corallum firm; cells angular,
5 lines broad, and sometimes 8 to 10 long, often lobed, not coronate
within; ridges thin, entire, and naked at summit; lamellae dentate,
very unequal, not crowded : in a transverse section, septa solid or
with rarely a cellule, a line broad ; stars hardly many-rayed, cellules
large, and sparingly decompound.

Plate 12, fig. 8 a, section of cell and ridges, showing profile of la-
mellae, natural size ; 8 b, a cell bisected ; 8 c, size and form of cells on
surface of corallum ; 8 d, transverse section, natural size.

West Indies.

The bare thin ridges, and distant unequal dentate lamellae, with the
large and often lobed cells, and thin but solid septa, are the prominent
characteristics of this common West India species. The bottom of
the cell is scarcely convoluted at centre, as the larger lamellae almost
meet.

III. Collibus integris, aut subintegris ; lamellis bene regularibus ; cellis non coronatis ;
cellulis stellarum, corallo transversl secto, parcl aut non decompositis.

40. ASTRJEA RETICULARIS. (Lamarck.)

A. subglobosa. Corallum cellis angulatis, scepe oblongis et subflexuosis,
profundis, centra radiatis ; collibus subnudis, apice levibus.

238 ZOOPHYTES.

Subglobose. Corallum with the cells angular, often oblong and sub-
flexuous, deep, radiate from the centre ; ridges nearly naked, smooth
at apex.

Plate 12, figure 9 a, section of cells and ridges, with the lamellae,
natural size ; 9 b, size and form of cells ; 9 c, transverse section of
corallum.

West Indies?

Lamarck, from whom this description is taken, farther remarks that
the lamellae are prominent only towards the bottom of the cell, the
upper part of the ridges, as well as the top, being nearly bare. It
approaches the favosa, but differs in the character just stated, and in
its smaller stars.

To this species appears to belong the West India specimen figured
on plate 12 (figure 9, a, b, c.) It is a firm and rather heavy species;
the cells are angular, about a quarter of an inch broad, though often
oblong, and half an inch long, with the depth scarcely two-thirds the
breadth ; the lamellae are nearly even, very finely denticulate, and are
barely distinguished over the top of the ridge with a magnifying
glass : they are not appendiculate at base. In a transverse section
the septa are half a line thick, and quite solid ; the stars angular,
sometimes lobed, with the cellules not decompound. The specimen
has some resemblance to the rigida, but the lamellae are more even,
closer, and not dentate.

Astrcea reticularis, Lamk., ii. 414, No. 21. Linn. Amren. Acad. i. tab. 4, fig. 16,
Lamarck refers to the fossil, Mad. favosa, which is beyond doubt a distinct species.

41. ASTR^EA PETROSA. (Dana.)

A. convexa. Corallum subcellulosum, robu§tum : transverse secto, stellis
interdum orbiculatis sed scepius oblongis lJ-2£"' latis, et l£-5"'
longis, multiradiatis, radiis bene tenuibus, cettulis simplicibus ; septis
1'" crassis et persolidis.

Convex. Corallum subcellular, firm : in a transverse section, the
stars orbiculate, commonly oblong, 1J to 3 lines broad, and 1£ to 5

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 239

lines long, many-rayed, rays very thin, with the cellules simple ;
septa a line thick and quite solid.

Plate 12, fig. 12 a, transverse section of corallum, natural size ; 12 b,
vertical section of same.

The very compact septa, and the neat thin rays and rather small
star, readily distinguish this species from the others described.
Besides, the cellules below the star, in a vertical section, are more than
half a line long. The nitida is similar in its solid septa, but the
cellules below the star are very minute. The ridges are sulcate.

Mad. detrita, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz. i. Astrcea detrita, Blainv., Man. 367.

26, tab. 41, a figure of a worn specimen, An apology can hardly be required for

from the China Seas, sent him by M. changing a specific name derived merely

Chemnitz. from the fact that the specimen examined

Astrcea detrita, Lamk., ii. 406, No. 6. was a worn one (detritum).

42. ASTHMA PURPUREA. (Dana.}

A. hemispherica ; polypis J" latis, discis late virentibus, tentaculis nume-
rosis, purpureis. Corallum subcellulosum, robustum ; cellis angu-
latis, subprofundis, 4-5'" latis, intus non coronatis ; collibus triangu-
latis, subtiliter sukatulis ; lamellis confertis, rzqualibus, subtilissime
denticulatis, apice fere integris et paululum prominulis : transverse
secto, stettis suborbiculatis, multiradiatis, cellulis simplicibus, angustis-
simis ; septis sottdis, cellulis paucis, minutissimis.

Hemispherical; polyps half an inch broad, disks bright-green, tenta-
cles numerous, purple. Corallum subcellular, firm ; cells angular,
rather shallow ; 4 to 5 lines broad, not coronate within; ridges tri-
angular, very delicately sulcate ; lamellae crowded, even, very finely
denticulate, nearly entire, and but slightly prominent at apex ; in a
transverse section, stars nearly circular, many-rayed, cellules sim-
ple, very narrow ; septa solid, cellules rare and very minute.

Plate 12, fig. 10, natural size; 10 a, cells, do.; 10 b, profile of cell
and lamelke, enlarged; 10 b', same, natural size; 10 c, vertical sec-
tion, enlarged; 10 d, same, natural size;. 10 e, transverse section,
enlarged four diameters, from a part of the corallum where the cells
were small.

240 ZOOPHYTES.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The minute channel along the summit of the ridges is a striking
character; and also the solid septa, and the crowded, even, minutely
denticulate lamellae. It approaches the pentagona, but the sulcus and
the absence of the corona of teeth within the cell, distinguish it from
that species.

43. ASTHMA PULCHRA. (Dana.}

A. convexa, umbrina ; collibus apice pallidis, tentaculis brunneis. Coral-
lum subsolidum, robustum; cellis angulatis, incequalibus, scepius 3-4'"
latis, subprofundis, intus non coronatis ; collibus triangulatis, integris ;
lamellis cequalibus, confertis, tenuibus, fere integris: transverse secto,
stellis multiradiatis cum cellulis simplicibus ; septis persolidis: verti-
caliter secto, porulis subtilissimis.

Convex ; umber-coloured, top of ridges pale, tentacles brown. Co-
rallum subsolid, firm; cells angular, unequal, mostly 3 to 4 lines
broad, rather shallow, not coronate within; ridges triangular, en-
tire ; lamellae even, crowded, thin, nearly entire, but little promi-
nent over the septum : in a transverse section, stars many-rayed,
with the cellules simple : septa quite solid : in a vertical section
cellules under the star very minute.

Plate 12, fig. 11, polyps partly expanded, natural size; 11 a, polyp
enlarged ; 11 b, section of cells, showing outline of lamellae, enlarged
two diameters; lie, same, natural size ; 11 d, vertical section of coral-
lum, enlarged ; lie, same, natural size; II f, transverse section of
corallum, enlarged three diameters.

Feejee Islands- Exp. Exp.

This species is near the petrosa in the size of its cells and its solid
septa, but the stars are more angular, and the texture below the cells
is very minutely cellular. It also resembles the purpurea, which
differs, however, in the delicate channel along the middle of the
ridges.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 241

IV. Collibus integris; lamellis cequalibus; cettis intus coronatis; corallo transversl
secto, cettulis steUarum simplicibus.

44. ASTR^EA PENTAGON A. (Esper.) Ehrenberg.

A. semigbbosa. Corallum cettis angulatis scepius pentagonis, 4J-5'"
latis, incequalibus, inter dum oblongis, intus bene coronatis; centra,
appendice columnari ; collibus angustis, obtusis vel subacutis.

Semiglobose. Corallum with the cells angular, usually pentagonal,
4J to 5 lines broad, unequal, sometimes oblong, neatly coronate
within, a columnar appendage at centre ; ridges narrow, obtuse, or
subacute.

East Indies. Esper.

Ehrenberg gives four and a half inches as the breadth of a specimen
of this species. Esper describes the cells as rather shallow, and
usually pentagonal in form, and the lamellae as alternately large and
small. His figure represents the corona within the cell as consisting
of nine or ten teeth, and surrounding a prominent point at centre.

Mad. pentago?ia, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 13, Aslrtea. pentagona, Ehrenberg, op. cit., G.
tab. 39. The cells in the figure are badly lx. sp. 5.
shaded, and scarcely appear excavate.

45. ASTHMA FAVISTELLA. (Dana.)

A. subhemispherica. Corallum cellulosum ; cettis bene polygonatis, sub-
prof undis, scepius 3-4'" latis, intus coronatis ; collibus fere I'" crassis,
integris, Gothicis, subacutis; lamellis subintegris, cequalibus : trans-
verse secto, stellis vix multiradiatis, cum cettulis simplicibus ; septis
J'" angustioribus, cettulis minutissimis, aut obsoletis, uniseriatis.

Subhemispherical. Corallum cellular, rather light; cells neatly an-
gular, rather shallow, mostly 3 to 4 lines broad, coronate within;
ridges about a line thick, entire, Gothic, subacute; lamellae sub-
entire and very even, abrupt within: in a transverse section, stars
scarcely many-rayed, with the cellules simple ; septa not half a line
thick, with very minute cellules, uniseriate, sometimes obsolete.

242 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 13, figure 2, cells of corallum, natural size; 2 a, 2 b, sections
of cells ; 2 c, transverse section of corallum, natural size ; 2 d, vertical
section of same, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has not the columella of the pentagona, and moreover
the lamellae are very even. The depth of the cell is little more than
half the diameter. The corona at the bottom of the cell consists of
nine to twelve thin, prominent, rounded teeth. It approaches in its
corona and angular cells the magnified ; but the cells are much less
deep, less flexuous, and the cellules of the star are not decompound.

NOTE. — Plate 13, figures 3 a, 3 b, represent sections of a worn specimen of a light
cellular coral from Wake's Island, which may be identical with the above. The stars
are less angular, the septa a little more cellular, and the cross dissepiments on the
iamellfe, as seen in a vertical section (figure 3 b), are a little more remote, being about
half a line distant.

Mad. cellulosa ( 1 ), Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz. i. 25, tab. 40 ; from a worn specimen.

46. ASTHMA EXIMIA. (Dana.}

A. conveza. C. cellulosum, robustum ; cellis eleganter polygonatis, scepius
2'" latis, vix profundis, intus coronatis ; collibus J'" latis, abruptis,
acutis ; lamettis angustissimis, subintegris, non exsertis : transverse
secto, septis vix £'" crassis, solidis ; stellis multiradiatis, cum cellulis
profundis, simplicibus.

Convex. Corallum cellular, firm ; cells very neatly polygonal, mostly
about 2 lines broad, rather deep, coronate within ; ridges about half
a line wide, abrupt, acute ; lamellae very narrow, subentire, not at
all exsert : in a transverse section, septa scarcely £ a line thick,
solid, stars many-rayed, with simple, deep, cellules.

Plate 13, figure 4 a, section of cells and ridges, showing profile of
lamellee; 4 b, size and form of cells ; 4 c, transverse section of corallum,
natural size ; 4 d, vertical section, natural size.

Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

The cells are remarkably neat in their polygonal forms, with thin
acute ridges and very narrow lamellae, which striate with remarkable

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 243

regularity the nearly vertical sides of the cells. The corona consists
of about ten prominent though small teeth. The process of subdivi-
sion in the cells is finely shown in this coral ; the dividing partition
cuts straight through the centre of the cell, without a converging or
rounding of the sides, as in species which are not polygonal. The
texture in a vertical section, is coarsely cellular below the stars, the
cellules being more than half a line long, and it is owing to this that
in a transverse section the cellules of the stars are deep ; the septum is
quite solid. The species resembles the last, but is smaller in its cells,
thinner and neater in its ridges, and more completely solid in its
septa.

47. ASTRJEA SINUOSA. (Dana.)

A. convexa. Corallum subcellulosum, cellis subangulatis, vix 2'" latis,
scepe flexuosis et longis (6'"), profundis, intus confertim coronatis ;
cottibus 1-1 £'" crassis, rotundatis, abruptis, integris : lamellis cequa-
libus, subintegris: transverse secto, stellis vix multiradiatis, cum celr
lulis simplicibus ; septis %'" latis, fere solidis.

Convex. Corallum subcellular ; cells subangular, hardly 2 lines
broad, sometimes lobed and flexiious and 6 lines long, rather deep,
crowdedly coronate within, ridges rounded, 1 to 1£ lines thick,
abrupt, entire ; lamellae even, subentire : in a transverse section,
stars scarcely rnany-rayed, with the cellules simple ; septa J a line
thick and nearly solid.

Plate 13, fig. 5, cells of corallum, natural size ; 5 a, section of cells
and ridges, showing profile of lamellae, natural size ; 5 b, transverse
section of corallum ; 5 c, vertical section of same.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has thicker septa than the favistella, more rounded
ridges, more irregular cells, and a closer texture within. The cells
are usually quite narrow, and appear half closed below by the crowded
corona.

244 ZOOPHYTES.

48. ASTR^EA. MELICERUM. (Ehrenberg.}

A. effusa, 3'" alta, pentagon* affinis. Corallum cellis 2£'" latis, colu-
melM nulla, interstitiis paulo latioribus, subtruncatis.

Effuse, 3 lines high, allied to the pent agona. Corallum with the cells
2£ lines broad, columella none, interstices a little broader, sub-
truncate.

This species forms an incrustation attached to a strombus ; the
locality is unknown.

Astraa melicerum, Ehrenberg, G. lx., sp. 6.

49 . ASTRJEA PARVISTELLA. (Dana.)

A. convexa. Corallum cellulosum ; cellis angulatis, 1'" latis, raro oblongis,
paulo profundis, intus conspicue coronatis ; collibus vix %'" crassis,
rotundatis ; lamellis minutis, cequalibus : transverse secto, stellis vix
multiradiatis, cum cellulis simplicibus; septis subsolidis, vixfy" crassis:
textura sub cellis aperte cellulosd.

Convex. Corallum cellular ; cells angular, a line broad, rarely ob-
long, shallow, distinctly coronate within ; ridges scarcely £ a line
thick, rounded ; lamellae minute, even : in a transverse section,
stars scarcely many-rayed, with the cellules simple ; septa nearly
solid, scarcely J of a line thick : texture below the cells coarsely
cellular.

Plate 13, fig. 6, cells of corallum, natural size; 6 a, transverse sec-
tion of corallum, enlarged ; 6 b, same, natural size ; 6 c, vertical section,
natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is singular, considering the small size of the polyps, in
having the internal texture below the cells quite coarsely cellular. The
corona of minute teeth nearly fills the cells. It is a rather heavy coral.
In habit it resembles the favistella, though much smaller in its cells
and ridges.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 245

50. ASTHMA FAVULUS. (Dana.)

A. convexa. Corattum subcellulosum ; cellis 1"' latis, angulatis, inter-
dum 3'" longis, viz prof undis, intus obsolete coronatis ; collibus viz 1'"
crassis, Gothicis vel rotundatis, abruptis, integris; lamettisfere cequa-
libus, suUntegris: transverse secto, stellis viz multiradiatis, cum cel-
lulis simplidbus; septis viz £'" crassis, fere solidis, cellulis paucis :
texturd sub cellis subtilissime cellulosd.

Convex. Corallum somewhat cellular, cells 1 line broad, angular,
occasionally 3 lines long, rather deep, obsoletely coronate within ;
ridges scarcely a line thick, Gothic, or rounded, abrupt, entire ;
lamellae nearly equal, subentire : in a transverse section, stars
scarcely many-rayed, with the cellules simple; septa scarcely J
a line thick, nearly solid, with occasional minute cellules: texture"
below the cells very minutely cellular.

Plate 13, fig. 7, cells of corallum, natural size; 7 a, section of cells
and ridges, showing also profile of lamellae ; 7 b, transverse section of
corallum, natural size ; 7 c, vertical section of the same.

Feejee Islands. Ezp. Ezp.

This species has much smaller cells than the sinuosa, which it some-
what resembles, and they are scarcely coronate within ; besides, the
cellules internally below the cells are very minute, and singularly
neat and regular. The lamellae also are not so even, some few pro-
jecting a little more into the cells than others.

51. ASTR.EA CERIUM. (Dana.)

A. convexa. Corattum subcellulosum, robustum ; cellis angulatis, 1J'"
latis ; collibus angustis : transverse secto, stellis viz multiradiatis,
(ferme 12 radiis majoribus) cum cellulis simplidbus, et apertis ; septis
solidis, fere $" crassis : verticaliter secto, cellulis bene cequalibus,
£"' latis, et septis solidis.

Corallum subcellular, firm ; cells angular 1J lines broad ; ridges quite
narrow : in a transverse section, stars scarcely multiradiate (about

246 ZOOPHYTES.

12 larger rays) with simple open cellules ; septa solid, nearly £ a
line thick : in a vertical section, cellules neatly equal, J a line
broad, and septa linear and solid.

Plate 13, fig. 8.

Wake's Island, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

This species, of which I have seen only worn specimens, resembles
much the parvula in general appearance; but the cells are a little
larger, and the internal texture neater and more regular in its cel-
lules ; the septa are one half broader in a transverse section, and the
stars appear with less crowded rays. The masses break with a
straight grain, and almost columnar surface, while in the parvistella,
the texture is curved and irregular with more uneven cellules. Judg-
ing from the worn specimens, it may be inferred that the cells have a
general resemblance to those of the species just mentioned, though
somewhat larger and deeper.

52. ASTR^EA INTERSEPTA. (Esper.)

A. convexa, discis scepius gemmatis et dichastids. Corallum cellulosum,
robustum; cellis parvulis (vix 1'" latis), suborbicuhtis, subprofundis,
intus vix coronatis; collibus pkmis, inter dum duplicatis, lamellato-
scabris; lamellis paululum exsertis, et circum cellas radiatis, apice
truncatis,fragilibus, intus abruptis: transverse secto, stellis paucira-
diatis, cum cellulis simplicibus; septis J-J'" crassis, subcellulosis, cellu-
lis interrupte uniseriatis.

Convex; disks often budding and dichastic. Corallum cellular, firm;
cells minute, nearly circular, less than a line broad, rather shallow,
scarcely coronate within ; ridges flat, sometimes duplicate, lamello-
scabrous; lamellae a little exsert and radiate around the cells upon
the septum, truncate at apex, fragile, abrupt within: in a trans-
verse section, stars few-rayed, with the cellules simple; septa | to
J of a line thick, subcellular, cellules interruptedly in a single
series.

Plate 13, fig. 12, surface of corallum, natural size; 12 a, cells
enlarged; 126, lamella? and section of cell, natural size; 12 c, lamella?
enlarged; 12 d, transverse section, enlarged; 12 e, vertical section,
natural size.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^E ACE A. 247

East Indies. Exp. Ezp.

This coral is remarkable for its very small cells and the rough
appearance of the surface, owing to the arenose fragile lamellae,
which are prominent around the cell ; these lamellce are about one-
third of a line wide at the truncate apex, and a quarter of a line high
above the septum. The stars in a transverse section contain six or
eight large lamella, with smaller intermediate.

This species buds both in the intervals and by subdivision of
polyps. In habit, it appears to be near the A. Orb. stellifera, and the
allied, rather than the Fissicellae; yet it approaches the A. parvistella
and A. favulus.

Madrepora intersepta, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz., i. 99, tab. 79. A recognisable figure,
except that the interstices are more frequently duplicate in the specimen examined.

The Astrcea intersepta of Lamarck (No. 28, ii., 417) appears to be another species. It
is thus described : " A. incrustans, superficie reliculata, stellis subangulatis, contiguis,
margine mutico, lineolis notato; axe centrali." From the "Austral Seas."

The Astrcea galaxea of Quoy and Gaymard (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 216, pi. 17, figs. 10,
14) is a species from Port Royal, New Holland, near the above, but probably distinct.
It is described as forming incrustations, either subglobose or plain, with circular multi-
lamellate cells one and a half to two lines broad, rather shallow and minutely coronate
within ; the lamellae are rounded, finely serrulate, and alternately larger. The figure
represents upwards of thirty lamella to a cell.

B. LOBATO-RAMOS^! ET ANGtTLATJ3.

53. ASTHMA ABDITA. (Ellis.}

A. glomerata et gibbosa aut lobato-ramosa, angulata. CoraUum cellis
angulatis, 4-6'" latis, paulo profundis, patulis ; collibus acutis et
scepe tenuibus ; lamellis crenulato-dentatis.

Glomerate, gibbous or lobato-ramose and angular. Corallum with
angular cells, 4 to 6 lines wide, shallow, patulous; ridges acute
and often thin ; lamellae crenulato-dentate.

East Indies.

This irregularly lobed species is remarkable for the sharp ridges
between the calicles, which are usually quite thin and trenchant.

Mad. abdita, Ellis and Solander, 162, tab. Mad.favosa, var. 2, Esper, Fortsetz. i. tab.
50, fig. 2; a characteristic figure. 45 A, fig. 2; from Ellis.

V~H 1 V
CA.

248 ZOOPHYTES.

Astrcea ahdita, Lamarck, ii. 415, No. 22. , Ehrenberg, G. Ix. sp. 12.

, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 59, tab. 50, The A. ahdita of Quoy and Gaymard (Voy.

fig. 2; Encyc., 128. de 1'Ast. iv. 205, pi. 16, figs. 4, 5), is
, Blainville, Man. 373. different species, near the dipsacea.

54. ASTR.EA TESSERIFERA. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.}

A. glomerata et lobato-ramosa, polygonata ; fusca. Corallum ceUulosum ;
ceUis angulatis, 5-6'" latis, paulo profundis, patulis, intus non coro-
natis ; collibus subcrassis et triangulatis, apice tenuibus et scepe pellu-
cidis ; lamellis valde denliculatis : transverse secto, stellis multiradi-
atis, septisfere solidis.

Glomerate, erect, lobed and polygonal ; fuscous. Corallum cellular,
rather light ; cells angular, 5-6 lines broad, shallow, patulous, not
coronate within ; ridges rather stout and triangular, apical thin
and often pellucid ; lamellae strongly denticulate : in a transverse
section, stars multiradiate, septa nearly solid.

Plate 13, fig. 9 a, b, c, sections of cells, natural size, showing pro-
file of lamellae; 9 d, transverse section of corallum, natural size.

Red Sea. (Ehrenberg.}

This species resembles in habit, the abdita, but the edges are less
thin and more obtuse. The cells are not subdivided in the middle by
the dichastic process ; on the contrary, it is usually a small part from
the upper side which is separated.

The edges at the upper extremity of the ascending lobes, are some-
times much prolonged and translucent.

Astrcea tesserifera, Ehrenberg, G. Ix. sp. lide dentatis." Ehrenberg refers with a
11 ; "stellis angulatis, patulis, semipol- query to Esper's fig. 2, tab. xlv.
licaribus, margine rotundatis, lamellis va-

55. ASTHMA ROBUSTA. (Dana.}

A. lobato-glomerata et polygonata, tesseriferse affinis. Corallum robus-
tum, subcellulosum ; cellis 4—6'" latis, angulatis, paulo profundis,
patulis, intus breviter coronatis ; collibus triangulatis ; lamellis angus-

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 249

tissimis, spinoso-denticulatis : transverse secto, stellis multiradiatis,
radiis confer tis, cellulis minutis ; septisfere solidis.

Lobed glomerate, lobes ascending and polygonal, as in the tesserifera.
Corallum firm and little cellular; cells 4 to 6 lines broad, angular,
shallow, patulous, short coronate within ; ridges triangular ; lamellae
narrow, spinoso-deriticulate : in a transverse section, stars multira-
diate, and rays closely crowded, with minute cellules; septa nearly
solid.

Plate 13, fig. 10, part of corallum, natural size; 10 a, section of
cells, showing profile of lamellse ; 10 b, the same enlarged ; 10 c,
transverse section of corallum, natural size ; 10 d, vertical section of
same.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The corallum is heavier and more solid than in the tesserifera.
Within a line of the margin of a cell, the lamellae are hardly one-fifth of
a line wide, while they are twice this in the tesserifera. They appear
as mere striations of the surface. The cellules between the lamellse of
the cell are much shorter ; and the cell has a much closer and more
compact appearance. The centre also is less loosely porous, and the
cellules through the corallum are very minute, the rays of the star
being crowded, and the transverse dissepiments numerous.

C. SUPPLEMENT: UNARRANGED SPECIES.

56. ASTR^A COMPLANATA. (H. 6f Ehrenberg.)

A. effusa, brunnea. CoraUum pulvinatum, spinulasum ; cellis magnis,
4^-5'" latis, subrotundis, plants; interstitiis angustis, depressis, pas-
sim obsoktis.

Effuse; brown. Corallum pulvinate, spinulous; cells large, 4 J to 5
lines broad, nearly circular, plane ; interstices narrow, depressed,
every where obsolescent.

The Red Sea. (Ehrenberg.)

Favia complanata, Ehrenberg, G. lix. sp. 3.

250 ZOOPHYTES.

57. ASTRJEA HELIOPORA. (Lamarck.)

A. planulata. Coralium cellis orbiculatis, majusculis, multiradiatis,
margine separates; lamellis extus superneque incrassatis ; centra pa-
pilloso.

Planulate. Coralium with the cells circular, rather large, many-rayed,
the lamellae separated along the ridges between the cells, incrassate
above and without ; centre papillose.

The " Austral Seas." Lamarck.

Lamarck states that this handsome species has the stars but little
excavate, neatly rayed, with the lamellae thickened above, especially
towards the margin of the cells, and a furrow along the ridges.

Astrcea heliopora, Lamarck, ii. 415, No. 24. Astrcea heliopora, Blainville, Man. 369.

NOTE. — Figures 11 a, 11 b, pi. 13, represent sections (natural size) of a coral from
Wakes Island, Pacific Ocean, which we have been unable to refer to any described species.
May it be the above? It is a heavy coral, characterized by large stars, very stout
lamellae, and coarse cellules.

58. ASTR.EA HEMPRICHII. (Ehrenberg.)

Coralium cellis incequalibus, 5-5J"' latis, pentagonis aut hexagonis, sub-
prof undis; inter stitiis acute cristatis; lamellis valide denticulatis.

Coralium with the cells unequal, 5 to 5£ lines broad, pentagonal or
hexagonal, rather shallow ; interstices acutely cristate ; lamellee
strongly denticulate.

The Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Astrcea Hemprichii, Ehrenberg, op. cit. G. Ix. sp. 9.

59. ASTR.EA HALICORA. (Ehrenberg.}

A. globosa. CoraUum cellis 3J'" latis, scepe pentagonis, subprofundis ;
lamellis stellarum contiguarum continuis, interdum alternis, intersti-
tio nullo.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 251

Globose. Corallum, with cells 3J lines broad, often pentagonal, some-
what shallow, lamellae of contiguous stars continuous, sometimes
alternate, interstices none.

The Red Sea.

This species, according to Ehrenberg, is near the Hemprichii, but
has smaller cells and lamella more delicately toothed.

Astrcea halicora, Ehrenberg, op. cit. G. Ix. sp. 10.

60. ASTR^A CYCLASTRA. (Dana.)

A. flexuoso-convexa, polypis 3-5'" latis. Corallum ceUulosum ; cettis
orbiculatis, margine prominulis et collibus scepius sukatis: transverse
secto, stettis multiradiatis, radiis 24-30 tenuibus, cellulis parce decom-
positis ; septis £— 1'" crassis, medio cellulosis, cettulis 1-2-seriatis.

Flexuoso-convex, polyps 3 to 5 lines broad. Corallum cellular, cells
circular, margin a little prominent and ridges usually sulcate : in a
transverse section, stars many-rayed (24-30), rays thin, with the
cellules sparingly decompound; septa J to 1 line thick, cellular
along the middle, cellules in 1 or 2 series.

The round cells resemble those of the Orbicellae, and they have an
oblique position, nearly as in the coronata ; but, although closely
allied to that division of the genus, it multiplies generally by disk-
buds. In a worn specimen in the cabinet of Prof. C. U. Shepard, of
New Haven, the cells are shallow tubes, one and a half to two lines
deep, the lamellae being worn off within. The convoluto-porous
centre at bottom occupies about half the whole breadth ; the lamellae
are very thin, and about twenty-four extend to the porous centre.
In a vertical section the texture, though firm, appears very cellular ;
the transverse dissepiments on the lateral surface of a lamella are
oblique, quite regular, and three or four to a line in length ; the tex-
ture of the middle of a cell is minutely and irregularly porous ; the
cellules of the septa are distinct, and generally in a single vertical
series. In a polished transverse section, the cellules are narrow, sur-
rounded by a nearly solid ring, about a quarter of a line thick, and
are confined to the middle of the septum.

252 ZOOPHYTES.

61. ASTR.&A FAVOSA. (Lamarck.)

A. subglobosa. Corallum cellis majusculis, incequalibus, angulatis mar-
gine subacuto, parietibus lamettosis, lamettis dentatis.

Subglobose. Corallum with the cells rather large, unequal, angular,
margin subacute, sides larnellose, lamellse dentate.

East Indies.

Astrcea favosa, Lamarck, ii. 413, No. 17. Lamarck here separates Esper's Madre-
pora favosa (Fortsetz. i. tab. 45, fig. 1) from the favosa of Ellis, which he names
dipsacea. He also unites with the favosa of Esper a fossil found near Givet in France.
The recent specimens are described as having the cells a little smaller than in the denti-
culata, angular and strongly concave, with the margin nearly acute and not bristled with
lamellae. " Ces etoiles donnent a la masse 1'aspect d'un gateau alveolaire." (Gault. Ind.,
back of tab. 19. — Schweig. Handb. 419. — Blainv. Man. 375.)

GENOS VIII.— MEANDRINA.— LAMARCK.

Astraidce aggregate; discis animalium seriatim gemmantibus et remote
vel hand dichasticis, itaque linearibus, sinuosis. Tentacula utroque
disci margine seriata. Corolla cellis fossiformibus, et gyrosis ;
lamettis tenuibus, usque ad medium septi longiusve productis. ( Gyris
latitudine semipollicem non superantibus.}

Aggregate Astrseidse; disks seriately budding and remotely or not
dichastic, and hence linear, sinuous; tentacles forming a series
along either margin of the linear disk. Coralla, with trench-like,
gyrose, cells ; larnellee thin, prolonged out of the cell to the middle
of the septum or beyond. (Gyri not exceeding half an inch in
breadth.)

The Meandrinae are Astrseas, in which the polyp disks — and con-
sequently the cells — are confluent in sinuous lines. They increase
by disk-buds, and differ from Astrseas only in the formation of a suc-
cession of buds, without an attendant subdivision of the disks and a
separation of the polyps. Those species of Astrsea, in which the

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 253

disks become elongated, and sometimes sinuous, with two or three
polyp mouths, show a transition to the Meandrinse. This is exempli-
fied in the A. dipsacea, A. uva, A. deformis, and A. favosa. The
length of the trenches is often limited in the different species, inas-
much as the number of polyp-buds, which may thus form, without
an external subdivision, has generally its limits.

The union of the polyps, which are contained in the same cell, or
under the same disk, appears to be of the most intimate kind ; there
is a free internal communication from one polyp to another of the
same series, in place of the imperfect cellular connexion, which sepa-
rates two Astrsea polyps (§ 77).

The Meandrinae attain the same gigantic dimensions as the Astraese,
and with equal symmetry of form. The sinuous lines of polyps, pre-
senting the same varied tints as in the preceding groups, give great
beauty to the zoophyte when alive and expanded ; the domes seem to
be covered with a network of flowering vines.

These corals are confined to the warm coral-reef seas, and grow
within twenty fathoms of the surface.

This genus was separated from the old Madrepora by Lamarck, to
include the corals with meandering cells. Ehrenberg instituted the
genus Manicina for the species which grow from a central attach-
ment (explanato-glomerate), from which we have separated the Cteno-
phyllise and the massive meandering Mussse. The species retained
as Meandrinse are simply meandering Astrase. Independently of the
mode of growth, the Mussa are readily distinguished from them by
their larger size, the coarse dentation of the lamellse, and having one
or more lamellse ranging along the bottom of the trench ; the Mani-
cince, by their larger size and neat denticulation ; and the Ctenophyllice,
by their very stout, remote, and nearly entire, lamellae.

The genus Astrsea affiliates with the Meandrinae along several lines.
The A. dipsacea is thus related to M. cerebriformis ; A. favosa and
reticularis, to M. labyrinthica and M. phrygia ; A. deformis to M.
dedalea; and the A. favulus to M. filograna.

The species dedalea and spongiosa might be transferred without
impropriety to the genus Astrsea, as the trenches are very short, and
many contain but a single cell.

254 ZOOPHYTES.

Arrangement of the Species.

A. CONVEX OH HEMISPHERICAL NOT GIBBOUS OR CLAVATE.

a. Septa acute or subacute at apex.

I. Gyri short.

*1. M. dedalea. *2. M. spongiosa.

II. Gyri long.

*3. M. labyrinthica. *8. M. phrygia.

*4. M. strigosa. *9. M. gracilis.

*5. M. interrupta. *10. M. tenuis.

*6. M. rustica. *11. M. filograna.

*7. M. valida.

b. Septa stout and truncate at apex.
*12. M. cerebriformis. *13. M. truncata.

B. GIBBOUS OR CLAVATE.

*14. M. mammosa. 16. M. caudex.

15. M. cylindrus.

A. M. CONVEXjE, HEMISPHERIC.E, NON i; I Kilos K NEC LOBATO-RAMOSJB.

«. Septis apice subacutis aut acutis.
I. Gyris brevibus.

1. MEANDRINA DEDALEA. (Ellis.)

M. hemispherica ; discis subgyrosis, brevibus, scepius pollicem Imgitudine
non super antibus ; gyris 3'" latis. Corattum cettulosum ; collibus
acuto-triangulatis ; fossis 3'" profundis ; lamellis valde incequalibus
et incequaliter exsertis, eroso-denticulatis ; septis basi viz J'" crassis.

Hemispherical ; with the submeandering disks short, seldom over an
inch long ; gyri 3 lines broad. Corallum with the fossse 3 lines
deep, ridges acute-triangular ; lamellae much unequal and unequally
exsert, eroso-denticulate ; septa scarcely J a line thick at base.

Plate 14, figs. 12 a, 12 b, sections of cells, of a specimen from the
Feejees, showing profile of lamellee, natural size; 12 c, vertical section
of the corallum, natural size.

East Indies. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 255

The short gyri and rather steep triangular lacerate ridges are strik-
ing characters of this species. The septa are not over half a line
thick, and the erose lamellse projecting above unequally, give the
ridges a ragged appearance. The bottom of the cell is convolute-
porous, but very narrow. Of the larger lamellse that reach the centre
of the cell, there are about ten to half an inch ; with the intermediate,
there are about sixteen in all, in this distance : the corallum is conse-
quently quite open cellular.

This species grows in hemispheres, which are sometimes six inches
in diameter.

Mad. dcedcdea, Ellis and Solander, 163, tab. Meandrina dfedalea, Lamk., ii. 387, No. 3.

46, fig. 1 ; a good figure. , Lamour., Exp. Meth., 55, tab. 46,

, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 63, tab. 57, figs. fig. 1 ; Encyc., 508.

1 and 2. Figure 1 is from Ellis. , Blainville, Man., 357.

2. MEANDRINA SPONGIOSA. (Dana.)

M. globosa aut hemispherica, discis interdum simplidssimis, scepius linea-
ribus et subgyrosis; gyris 3—4'" latis, raro 2" longis. Corallum per-
ceUulosum, non robustum ; cottibus triangulatis ; fossis profundis ;
septis tenuibus et interdum inflatis ; lamellis subremotis, apice suba-
cutis, subcequalibus, tenuissimis, kviter eroso-denticulatis.

Globose or hemispherical ; disks sometimes quite simple, but usually
linear and subgyrose ; gyri 3 to 4 lines broad, and rarely 2 inches
long. Corallum very light cellular ; ridges triangular ; fossae deep ;
septa thin, but also often inflated ; lamellae rather distant, subacute
at apex, subequal, very thin, delicately eroso-denticulate.

Plate 14, figure 17 a, section of fossae and profile of lamellae.
West Indies? Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc.

This species has the general habit of the dedaka, but the texture
is very cellular and more fragile, and the lamellae thinner, more
even, and less deeply denticulate. The cells are sometimes simple,
even over a considerable surface, but in general they are from half to
one inch in length, and sometimes two inches and a half. The bot-
tom of the fossae is very loosely convolute ; and the depth fully equals
the breadth at top or even exceeds it. While the septa are quite thin

256 ZOOPHYTES.

in some parts, they are below much inflated and spongy in others;
the summits are usually very fragile, and often thinner than paper.

The Mceandrina deedalea of Lesueur, from Guadaloupe, (Mem. du Mus., vi. 281, pi.
16, fig. 9,) appears to be this species. He describes it as having either simple or com-
pound disks, the longest containing seven or eight confluent polyps. The tentacles were
in two ranges along the sides of the cells. Colour fine reddish-brown, with green and
brown. Ridges of corallum angular, with the furrows either elongate or a simple star ;
the lamellae denticulate, and alternating with those of the adjoining furrow, and so united
as to form a zigzag line along the summit. — Esper, Fortsetz. ii. tab. 87 ?

The Aslrcea varia has the general habit of this species, excepting that the cells are
simple.

II. Gyris valdc elongatis.

3. MEANDRINA LABYRINTHICA. (Ellis.)

M. hemispherica ; discis linearibus longissimis, gyrosis; gyris 3-4'" latis.
Corallum subcellulosum, robustum; collibus triangulatis, subacutis,
apice fere nudis ; septis viz turgidulis ; lamellis subcequalibus, denti-
culatis, basi paulum dilatatis ; transverse secto, septis solidis, vix \'"
crassis, paucis cellulis.

Hemispherical; linear disks very long and gyrose; gyri 3 to 4 lines
broad. Corallum subcellular, firm ; ridges triangular, subacute,
nearly naked at top ; septa very slightly turgid ; lamellae nearly
even, denticulate, somewhat dilatate at base: in a transverse sec-
tion, septa solid, with rarely a cellule, scarcely 1 line thick.

Plate 14, fig. 1, section of fossae and profile of lamellse.

The West Indies and Bermudas. — The Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

The M. labyrinthica is one of the largest and best-known species of
the genus. Its hemispheres are sometimes six feet or more in dia-
meter. The thickness of the solid septa, and the triangular ridges
bare at top, are its most obvious characters. The bottom of the fossae
is narrow convolute-porous. The lamellae are even and numerous,
about sixteen being counted in half an inch. In worn specimens, the
ridges, owing to the thick solid septa, always remain more or less
prominent.

According to Lesueur, who examined a live specimen at St. Thomas

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 257

in the West Indies, the mouth has six vertical folds on each side,
encircled with red and yellow mingled with green. The tentacles
are long, red, with small white spots, and are eighteen to twenty in
number to each polyp; the ridges between the disks are brownish-red.

Lapis corallites globosus, &c., Scba, Thcs. Mceandra labyrinthiformis, Oken, Zool.

iii. tab. 112, fig. 7; a figure of a worn i. 70.

specimen. M. Platygyra labyrinthica, Ehrenb., G.

Mad. labyrinthica, Ellis and Solander, 160, Ixii. sp. 1. Ehrenberg's specimens were

tab. 46, fig. 3 ; a good figure. from the Red Sea. He refers to Savigny's

Madrepora mceandrites, Esper, i. tab. 4 A. figure 4, tab. 5 (Desc. de 1'Egypte), as a

Meandrina labyrinthica, Lamk. ii. 386, representation of the species ; and if

No. 1. the figure is correct, it may be dis-
, Lamour., Exp. Meth. 54, tab. 46, fig. tinct from the true labyrinthica of the

3 ; Encyc. 507. West Indies : the gyri are rather nar-
, Lesueur, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. of rower, and the ridges less prominent.

Philad., i. 180, pi. 8, fig. 11 ; figure and The animals according to Ehrenberg

description of the polyps. have a bright green disk, with the ridges
, Blainv., Man. 357, pi. 56, fig. 4 ; fuscous. This author also states that

the figure is reduced, and imperfect. they have no tentacles.

4. MEANDRINA STRIGOSA. (Dana.}

M. hemispherica : discis linearibus prcelongis, gyrosis ; gyris bene regu-
laribus, 2£"' latis. Corallum cellulosum, subrobustum ; fossis fundo
porosis : transverse secto, septis Jiliformibus, viz $'" crassis, lamellis
cequattbus, tenuissimis, numerosis.

Hemispherical ; linear disks very long, gyrose ; gyri evenly 2J lines
broad. Corallum cellular and rather light ; bottom of trench con-
voluto-porous : in a transverse section, septa filiform, hardly J of a
line thick ; lamellae equal, very thin, numerous.

Plate 14, figure 4 a, transverse section of corallum, natural size; 4
b, vertical section of same.

West Indies ?

Only a worn specimen of this species has been seen by the author.
This was part of a large hemisphere, probably several feet in diameter.
The septa were not at all prominent, having been worn down even with
the intermediate cell. The thin septa, less than a third of a line thick,

258 ZOOPHYTES.

and the narrower gyri, distinguish it from the labyrinthica. There
are twenty to twenty-two equal lamellfe to half an inch ; and in a ver-
tical section, obtained by fracture, these thin lamellae form very deli-
cate striations of the surface. Obsolescent intermediate lamellee may
be distinguished between some of the larger lamellae.

5. MEANDRINA INTERRUPTA. (Dana.)

M. convexa et undulata ; discis linearibus sublongis (sive brevissimis,
sive longis), scepe lobatis, subgyrosis; gyris 2-2|'" latis, paulum ince-
qualibus. Corallum subcellulasum, robustum ; septis solidis, triangu-
latis ; fossis fundo porosis : transverse secto, septis irregularibus fere
1'" crassis, omnino solidis; lamettis tenuibus, majoribus alternis et con-
fertis, minoribus obsokscentibus.

Surface convex and undulate; linear disks rather long (some very
short and others long), often lobed and subgyrose, gyri 2-2| lines
broad, somewhat unequal. Corallum firm; fossae porous at bottom :
in a transverse section, septa irregular, nearly a line thick, solid ;
lamellae quite thin, alternately large and small, crowded, the smaller
obsolescent.

Plate 14, figure 18, transverse section of corallum.

West Indies.

The breadth of the gyri is nearly the same as in the strigosa and
rustica, but their irregularities and the alternately small lamellae, re-
gular, though nearly obsolete, distinguish the species. The septa,
moreover, are much stouter than in the strigosa, and in worn speci-
mens are triangular ridges, often quite uneven ; the lamellae are much
thinner than in the rustica. The larger lamellae, in a section, are even
and about eighteen to half an inch ; or counting the obsolescent inter-
mediate lamellae there are in all thirty-six to forty in this distance.
In this particular the species differs widely from the phrygia.

6. MEANDRINA RUSTICA. (Dana.)
M. hemispherica; discis linearibus viz longis, gyrosis ; gyris 2|-3'"

TRIBE I. — ASTR.EACEA. 259

latis. Corallum cellulosum, robustum ; fossis fundo subcellulosis :
transverse secto, septis f '" crassis, lamettis subcrassis cequalibus.

Hemispherical ; linear disks not long, gyrose ; gyri 2£ to 3 lines broad.
Corallum cellular, firm; fossae at bottom subcellular: in a trans-
verse section, septa ^ of a line thick, lamelke rather stout, equal.

Plate 1 4, figure 5 a, transverse section of corallum, natural size ; 5 b,
vertical section of same.

Wakes Island, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

In a beach specimen of this species, the only kind seen, the ridges
are worn down, as in the last. The section of the cell presents a
simple series of cellules alternating with stout lamellae, of which there
are about sixteen to half an inch. In a vertical section the surface is
coarsely striate, owing to the stoutness of the lamellae. This character
distinguishes it from the strigosa, which it approaches in the breadth
of its gyri : the septa are also thicker than in that species. It differs
from the labyrinthica in its narrower and much shorter gyri, thinner
septa, and the lamellae not quite as crowded.

7. MEANDRINA VALIDA. (Dana.)

M. subhemispherica ; gyris tortuosis et gyroso-lobatis, 3-4'" latis. Co-
rallum subcellulosum, robustum ; septis medio subcellulosis, subacutis,
fere triangulatis, 3'" altis et basi fa" crassis, lamellis tenuissimis.

Subhemispherical ; gyri tortuous and tortuously lobed, 3 to 4 lines
broad. Corallum subcellular, firm ; septa somewhat cellular at
middle, subacute, nearly triangular, J of an inch high, and fa thick
at base ; lamellae quite thin.

Plate 14, fig. 11 a, worn surface, natural size; 11 b, outline of fossa
and septa, do.

Worn specimens of this species have the septa very prominent,
owing to their unusual thickness and texture, while at the same
time, the lamellae are very thin : the remains of the lamellae of the
ridges in some parts barely striate faintly the surfaces of the septa.

260 ZOOPHYTES.

The bottom of the fossae between the septa, is one-eighth or one-tenth
of an inch broad, and contains on either side of a central porous line,
a series of nearly square cellules alternating with the thin lamellae, of
which there are about seventeen to half an inch. The fossa? are
larger and more irregular, and the septa much stouter, than in the
interrupta.

8. MEANDRINA PHRYGIA. (Ellis.) Lamarck.

M. subhemispherica ; discis linearibus longis, nunc rectis nunc jlezuosis ;
gyris 2— 2£'" latis. Corattum cellulosum, robustum ; collibus fere
triangulatis ; lamellis subacutis, eroso-denticulatis, remotis, valde in-
cequalibus, intermediis obsolescentibus ; fossis triangulatis ; fundo
lamello-lineatis et non porosis cum lamella longitudinali interrupt^ et
paulum crispa : transverse secto, septis J'" crassis.

Subhemispherical ; linear disks long, straight or flexuous in different
parts ; gyri 2 to 2£ lines broad. Corallum cellular, firm ; ridges
nearly triangular; lamella? subacute, eroso-denticulate, remote, very
unequal, the intermediate smaller lamellae obsolescent ; fossae trian-
gular, lamello-linear at bottom, and not porous, with the longitu-
dinal lamella interrupted and somewhat crispate : in a transverse
section, septa J of a line thick.

Plate 14, fig. 8, surface of corallum, natural size ; 8 a, section of
same, showing profile of lamella? ; 8 b, vertical section.

East Indies. Ceylon. — Rev. G. A. Apthorp.

The phrygia forms large convex masses, often a foot in diameter,
characterized by rather narrow gyri, with the lamellae lacerato-denti-
culate and triangular, the smaller obsolescent, and the larger remote,
leaving large intervals and cells between, of which there are ten or
twelve to half an inch. These characters give the corallum rather a
jagged surface. The lamella? project a little, and unequally, above
the septum, nearly as in the dedalea. The internal texture is rather
coarsely cellular.

Mad. phrygia, Ellis and Solander, 162, not made prominent above the septum,
tab. 48, fig. 2. The septum is repre- which consequently appears to be bare,
sented too thick, and the lamellae are Mad. jihgrana ? Gualtieri Ind. Test. tab.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 261

97 ; " Meandrinis costis tcnuissimis, acu- Meandrina phrygia, Lamouroux, Exp.
tis, magis undosis et nonnihil concate- Meth. 56, pi. 48, fig. 2.

natis, lamellatis, interstitiis angustis." ,Deslongch.,Encyc.509,pl.485,fig.2.

Meandrina phrygia, Lamk., ii. 389, No. 8. , Blainville, Man. 357.

9. MEANDRINA GRACILIS. (Dana.}

M. conveza; discis linearibus longis, rectis vel tortuosis (sicut phry-
gia) ; gyris fere 2'" latis. Corallum cellulosum, subrobustum ; colr
libus Gothicis, abrupte declivibus, 1'" altis ; lamellis subtiliter eroso-
denticulatis, fere cequalibus, numerosis, vix exsertis ; fossis angustis-
simis, fundo lamello-lineatis et non porosis : transverse secto, septis
f-1'" latis, subcelluksis.

Convex ; linear disks long, straight or tortuous (as in the phrygia} ;
gyri nearly 2 lines broad. Corallum cellular, rather firm ; ridges
Gothic, abrupt, a line high ; lamellae finely eroso-denticulate, equal
or nearly so, numerous, but little exsert ; fossaa very narrow, lamello-
linear at bottom and not porous : in a transverse section, septa | to
1 line broad, subcellular.

Plate 14, fig. 6, surface of corallum, natural size ; 6 a, section of
same, showing profile of lamellae ; 6 b, transverse section of same,
natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This is a neat species, growing in irregularly convex masses, some-
times nearly hemispherical, with narrow gyri, and rather thick septa,
though thin and acute at apex. There are twenty to twenty-four
lamellae to half an inch ; and in this respect, as well as the equality of
the lamellae, and their less ragged edges, the species is very distinct
from the phrygia. The septa are much thicker and more solid than
in the tennis, and the lamella, moreover, are more crowded, and the
gyri less narrow.

Ellis's figure of the phrygia represents follows, from a worn specimen in the

tolerably well this species, except that Royal Museum, at Berlin : " Semipedalis,

the lamellce are not numerous enough. semiglobosa, anfractibus perangustis, lon-

The M. phrygia of Ehrenberg (G. Ixii. sp. gis, lamellis parvis, remotiusculis, per-

4), may belong here. He describes it as pendicularibus, colles referentibus."

262 ZOOPHYTES.

10. MEANDRINA TENTHS. (Dana.)

M. subhemispherica ; discis linearibus tortuosis, virentibus, tentaculis
parvulis, brunnescentibus ; gyris l£"' latis. Corallum percellulosum ;
cottibus Gothicis, abruptis, 1'" altis ; fossis angustissimis, fundo
lamdlo-lineatis et non porosis ; lamellis numerosis, cequalibus, sub-
tiliter denticulatis : transverse secto, septis vix J'" latis, seriatim
cellulosis.

Subhemispherical ; linear disks tortuous, of a green colour ; tentacles
small, brownish; gyri l£ lines broad. Corallum very cellular,
rather light ; ridges Gothic, abrupt, a line high ; fossae very narrow,
lamello-lineate at bottom instead of porous; lamellae numerous, even,
finely denticulate : in a transverse section, septa hardly £ of a line
thick, seriately cellular.

Plate 12, figure 7, enlarged view of part of the zoophyte ; 7 a, one
of the tentacles enlarged ; 7 b, section of cells showing profile of la-
mellae, natural size ; 7 c, lamella of same, enlarged ; 7 d, transverse
section of corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp. — Tongatabu. Quay 4- Gaymard.

This species differs from the gracilis, which it most resembles, in its
narrower and more sinuous gyri, and very thin cellular septa. The
lamellae also are not quite as close ; there being about twenty to a half
inch.

Meandrina cerebriformis, Quoy and Gay- 2, 3 ; the disk is represented of a slate-
mard, Voy. de PAst. iv. 234, pi. 18, figs. blue tint.

11. MEANDRINA FILOGRANA. (Esper.) Dana.

M. convexa vel planiuscula ; discis linearibus subtortuosis ; gyris 1J'"
latis. Corallum cottibus rotundato-triangulatis, fere 1'" altis ; lamel-
lis subtilissime denticulatis, confertissimis ; fossis repandis, fundo con-
voluto-porosis.

Convex or nearly flat; linear disks subtortuous; gyri l£ lines broad.
Corallum with the ridges rounded, triangular, nearly a line high ;

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 263

lamellae very finely denticulate, and very much crowded ; fossae re-
pand, at bottom convolute-porous.

West Indies.

The porous bottom of the cell, as well as the very much more
crowded lamellae, separates this species from the gracilis and tennis.
There are thirty-six to forty lamellae to half an inch, and fifteen to
twenty of these are slightly appendiculate at base. It grows to a
breadth of two or three inches.

Madrepora filograna, Esper, Pflanz. i. 139, of Lamarck, which he describes as fol-

tab. 22, fig. 1; the figure is characteristic, lows : " Globosa, subgibbosa, anfractibus

although coarse, and represents well, in superficialibus, angustissimis, tortuosis ;

an enlarged view, the porous bottom of lamellis parvis, remotis, collibus filiformi-

the cell. The lamellae are not sufficiently bus. — East Indies." (ii. 389, No. 9.

crowded. This is not the M. filograna Deslongchamps, Encyc., 509.)

b. Septis crassis, apice truncatis.

12. MEANDRINA CEREBRIFORMIS. (Lamarck.}

M. hemispherica; discis linearibus pralongis, tortuosis ; gyris 5'" latis.
Corallum cettulosum, robustum ; collibus 3'" latis, perpendicularibus,
subrotundatis et obtuse, sukatis ; septis apice J" crassis; lamellis
numerosis, denticulatis, tenuibus : transverse secto, septis subcellulosis.

Hemispherical ; linear disks very long and tortuous ; gyri 5 lines
broad. Corallum cellular, firm ; ridges 3 lines broad, perpendicu-
lar,- somewhat rounded and obtusely sulcate above ; septa £ of an
inch thick at apex; lamellae numerous, denticulate, thin : in a trans-
verse section, septa subcellular.

Plate 14, figure 2, section of trenches and ridges, showing also pro-
file of lamellae.

Bermudas and West Indies.

This species like the labyrinthica grows to a large size. It is the
common brain coral. The ridges are broad, and usually somewhat
sulcate at top, and perpendicular within the cell, with sometimes a
constriction in the sides half way to the bottom, proceeding from an

264 ZOOPHYTES.

indentation of the lamellae. The lamellae are thin and crowded (about
twenty-one" to half an inch), rounded above, and project a little above
the septum. The septa when worn bare of the lamellae are truncate,
with an irregular line of small cellules along the centre of the top.
The bottom of the fossa? is convolute-porous.

Lapis corattinus globosus, &c., Seba, Thes. Meandrina cerebriformis, Lamk., ii. 386,

iii. fig. 6, tab. 112, a figure of a fresh No. 2.

specimen, badly represented : figure 5 , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 508.

may be this species, or perhaps the valida; , Blainville, Man. 357.

figure 1 is probably the following. M. Platygyra cerebriformis, Ehrenb. Gen.

Mad. labyrinthifarmis, Esper, Pflanz. i. 74, Ixii. sp. 3.

tab. 3; this figure is referred by Lamarck Figure 8, plate 96, Voyage de 1'Uranie, by

to his labyrinthica ; yet it has the sul- Quoy and Gaymard, would hardly be re-

cate ridges and other characters of the cognised as a representation of a Mean-

cerebriformis. drina. The M. cerebriformis, in the

, Linn. ed. xii. 1274. Voyage de 1'Astrolabe, pi. 18, figs. 2, 3,

is our M. tennis.

13. MEANDRINA TRUNCATA. (Dana.}

M. hemispherica ; discis linearibus, longis et twtuosis; gyris 4-5'" latis.
Corallum subcellulosum, robustum ; septis apice truncatis et large J"
crassis, solidis ; fossis paulo latioribus, fundo lineatis.

Hemispherical ; linear disks long and tortuous ; gyri 4 to 5 lines broad.
Corallum subcellular, firm ; septa at apex truncate and full J of an
inch thick, solid; fossae a little broader, narrow-linear at bottom.

Plate 14, fig. 3, section of cells and ridges of worn specimen, natural
size ; 3 a, worn surface.

This description is taken from a worn hemispherical specimen, a
foot in diameter, in the Boston Museum. The septa are bare at
top and flat, and the cells deep triangular, with a very narrow
linear bottom. It resembles much a worn specimen of the M. cere-
briformis, but the septa have not a series of fine cellules along the
centre, and they consequently wear flat instead of becoming a little
depressed at middle.

Lapis corallinus globosus, undulatus, pli- glabris, Seba, Thes. iii. tab. 112, fig. 1 ;
cis crassis inter se convolutis, supernl from a worn specimen.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 265

B. GlBBOS^E AUT CYLINDRIC.E.

14. MEANDRINA MAMMOSA. (Dana.}

M. gibbosa et crasse mammiUata, effusa ; discis linearibus tortuosis; gyris
4" latis. Corallum' collibus triangulatis, apice subacutis etfere nudis ;
septis crassis et solidis ; famellis tenuibus, subintegris ; fossis 2-3'"
profundis.

Gibbous and coarsely rnammillary, effuse; linear disks tortuous;
gyri \ of an inch broad. Corallum with the ridges triangular, sub-
acute and nearly naked at apex ; septa stout and solid ; lamellae thin,
subentire; fossse 2 to 3 lines deep.

Plate 14, fig. 10, section of trench and ridges; 10 a, outline sketch
of surface of corallum.

This is a remarkable species, growing in broad spreading masses,
with a very uneven mammillary surface, the rounded knobs being
often two inches across. A specimen in the Boston City Museum, is
a foot in breadth.

15. MEANDRINA CYLINDRUS. (Ehrenberg.}

M. cylindrica, erecta. Corallum collibus convexis, obtusis, lined saepe
angustioribus, 2-3'" distantibus, lamellis crassis, incequalibus, disten-
tis, alternis majoribus.

Cylindrical, erect. Corallum with the ridges convex, obtuse, often
narrower than a line, 2 to 3 lines distant, lamella? stout, unequal,
somewhat inflated, the alternate larger.

Ehrenberg established his subgenus Dendrogyra, for this species,
from the Antillas, and another (the caudex) in the Berlin Museum.
The cylinders are stated to be half a foot high and two inches in
thickness.

Meandrina Dendrogyra cylindrus, Ehrenb., G. Ixii. subgen. ii., sp. 1.

266 ZOOPHYTES.

16. MEANDRINA CAUDEX. (Ehrenberg.}

M. erecta, crassa, cylindrica. Corallum collibus dilatatis, plants, lamel-
lis crassis, paucis, paululum prominulis, alternis majoribus, fossis
lineam latis.

Erect, stout, cylindrical. Corallum with the ridges dilatate, flat,
lamella? stout, few, a little prominent, the alternate larger, fossa? a
line broad.

This species by Ehrenberg is his Dendrogyra caudex. The cylin-
ders are four inches thick, and the sulci a little narrower than in the
cylindrus.

Meandrina Dendrogyra caudex, Ehrenb., Ixii. subgenus ii., sp. 2.

APPENDIX. — The two following species are imperfectly described
by Ehrenberg.

M. Platygyra lamellina. " Quadripollicaris, subglobosa, larnellis
denticulatis, dilatatis, cristis obtusis, 2-4"' distantibus, 3'" altis.''
" Lamellis latis, cristis obtusis insigne." Red Sea.

M. Platygyra spatiosa. " Novempollicare, incrustans, anfractibus
angustis, parum angulosis, distantia 2£ linearum, lamellis crassis,
spatiosis, latis, mediis fere contiguis, sulco angustissimo." A worn
specimen in the Berlin Museum.

GENUS IX.— MONTICULARIA.— LAMARCK.

AstrceidcB aggregates, discis seriatim reticulatimque gemmantibus et non
dichastids, interstitiis conicis ; tentaculis basi conulorum dispositis.
Corolla cellulosa, cettis nulMs, superfaie conulis lamello-radiatis tectd.

Aggregate Astraida?; disks seriately and reticulately budding, and
not dichastic, with no interstices between the polyps, but small
cones, around which the tentacles are arranged. Coralla cellular;
cells none, surface covered with small lamello-radiate cones.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 267

The Monticularise are Meandrinae in which the polyps are confluent
across the ridges, in consequence of which, the ridges are reduced to
mere conical prominences, consisting of lamella? radiating more or less
regularly from the centre. The polyp mouths are situated in the in-
tervals between the prominences, as is shown in plate 13, figure 13 b,
and around these prominences the tentacles are clustered. The spe-
cies form convex masses, either subglobose, incrusting, or gibbous,
the last rising into knobs or rudimentary branches ; and the texture
within is cellular throughout. There are some explanate and branch-
ing corals which have the surface-cones of the Monticulariae, but the
internal solid texture of the MerulincE, into which they graduate, and
with which they are here arranged.

These corals are confined, as far as known, to the coral-reef seas,
and within twenty fathoms of the surface.

This genus was instituted by Lamarck, and named in allusion to
the little cones or monticles of the surface. The genus Hydnophora,
of Fischer (Oryct. de Moscou), includes the same species, and some
fossils of doubtful character (partly Agaricioid], which he unites with
them.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Convex or subglobose.
*1. M. microcona.

II. Gibbous.

*2. M. lobata. *3. M. polygonata.

1. MONTICULARIA MICROCONA. (Lamarck.)

M. conveza, subhemispherica ; discis cinnerascentibus ; tentaculis nume-
rosts, pallide brunneis. Corallum cellulosum ; conulis parvis, fere
cequalibus, scepius obsolete compressis ; lamellis subtiliter serrulatis.

Convex, subhemispherical ; disks ash-coloured, tentacles numerous,
pale brown. Corallum cellular; conelets small, nearly equal, usu-
ally obsoletely compressed ; lamella? finely serrulate.

Plate 13, fig. 13 a, enlarged view of the surface of the corallum ;
13 b, enlarged view of the live zoophyte ; 13 c, transverse section of
corallum, enlarged; 13 d, vertical section, enlarged ; 13 e, polyps in-

268 ZOOPHYTES.

jured, and part of the spermatic cords and lamellae extruded ; 13 f,
the same extruded from the mouth.

East Indies and Pacific Ocean. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

Specimens of this species from the Feejees have the cones of the
surface often quite regular and nearly cylindrical in outline, about a
line and a half high, and a line in diameter, with the intervening
spaces reticulate cellular, as represented in the figure referred to. It
forms small subhemispherical masses incrusting below. In one spe-
cimen the cones are almost uniformly compressed and more conical,
as described by Ellis and Lamarck. The texture of the corallum is
very cellular.

Mad. ezesa, Ellis and Solander, 161, tab. , Deslongchamps, Encyc. 556.

49, fig. 3. , Blainville, Man. 363.

, Pallas, Zooph. 290. , Ehrenberg, G. Ixviii. sp. 1.

Monticularia microconos, Lamk. ii. 393, Monticularia ezesa, Schweig., Handb. 420.

No. 4. Hydnophora Pullasii, Fischer, Oryct. c]e
, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 56, tab. 49, Mosc.

fig. 3.

NOTE. — The Madrepora exesa, of Esper (Pflanz. i. 163, tab. 31, figs. 1, 2), may
be part of an Agaricia, as appears from the character of the surface, shown in his
figure 2. This is, however, doubtful. It is the Monticularia meandrina of Lamarck
(ii. 394, No. 5). Esper's figure 3 of this plate is the Hydnoplwra Esperi of Fischer,
(Oryct. de Mosc. pi. 34, fig. 4.) Lamarck refers it to the microcoiia, from which it
differs very essentially.

2. MONTICULARIA LoBATA. (Lamarck.)

M. incrustans et crasse gibbosa aut gibboso-lobata, lobis erectis, £-2"
crassis, apicefere planis. Corallum percelluksum ; conulis confer tis,
incequalibus, compressis, pracipue ad apicem etfere 2'" altis ; lamellis
subserrulatis.

Incrusting and prominently gibbous or gibboso-lobate, with the lobes
erect, £ to 2 inches thick, and nearly flat at top. Corallum light
cellular; conelets crowded, unequal, compressed, especially so over
the apex, where they are nearly 2 lines high ; lamellae subserrulate.

East Indies.

TRIBE I. — ASTR.EACEA. 269

The large subangular knobs or lobes covered with compressed
cones loosely lamello-radiate, afford a ready character for distinguish-
ing this species. At the summits the cones are often a fourth of an
inch in breadth, sometimes a little flexuous and quite thin. The
general texture of the corallum is very cellular and light.

Monticularia lobata, Lamk., ii. 392, No. 2. , Deslongchamps, Encyc. 556.

, Lamour., Exp. Meth. 56. , Blainville, Man. 363.

3. MONTICULARIA POLYGONATA. (Lamarck.)

M. gkmerato-kbata, subramosa. Corallum conulis confertis, compressis,
incequalibus ; lamettis serrulatis.

Glomerato-lobate, subramose. Corallum with the conelets crowded,
compressed, unequal ; lamellae serrulate.

Lamarck states that this species is strikingly different in shape
from the preceding. Blainville mentions Japan as the locality.

Monticularia polygonata, Lamarck, ii. 393, , Deslongchamps, Encyc. 556.

No. 3. Monticularia polygonalis, Blainville, 363.

GENUS X.— PHYLLASTR^EA.— DANA.

Astraida explanata, foliacece ; polypis sursum spectantibus, prominenti-
bus. Coralla striata, viz echinulata, caliculis grandibus lateraliter
affixis.

Explanate Astrseidse, foliaceous; polyps prominent and opening up-
ward. Coralla striated, scarcely echinulate ; calicles large and
laterally attached to the folia.

The Phyllastraese are peculiar, among the foliated Astrseidae, in
having the polyps attached by one side, to the folia. In other respects
they are near the Echinopores, especially the E. aspera. The calicles
are quite prominent, and the surface of the corallum is striate, and

270 ZOOPHYTES.

nearly smooth. The name alludes to the foliated character of the
species, and the resemblance of the cells to those of the Astraeae, and
is from the Greek ipuXXov, leaf.

The only species observed was met with at the Feejees.

PHYLLASTR^IA TUBIFEX. (Dana.)

P. foliacea, erecta, unifrons, scepe lateraliter revoluta et marginibus
coalita, itaque scepe ampliter tubulata ; fusca, discis Icete virentibus,
tentaculis numerosis. Corattum apice fragile, extus verticaliter stri-
atum, striis crassis, incequalibus et scabriculis ; caliculis valde pro-
minentibus, J" latis, sursum spectantibus ; lamellis paucis, crassis,
scepe distortis.

Foliaceous, erect, unifacial, often laterally revolute and united by the
vertical margins, thus forming large tubes; fuscous, disks bright-
green, tentacles numerous. Corallum thin, margin fragile; surface
vertically striate, striaB coarse, unequal, and scabrous; calicles very
prominent, J of an inch broad, opening upward ; lamellae few and
stout, often distorted.

Plate 16, fig. 4, the zoophyte, natural size, with the polyps unex-
panded ; 4 a, enlarged view of polyp, partly expanded ; 4 b, cells and
surface of corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The thin erect folia are sometimes curved and crested, but often
form clustered tubes or hollow cylinders, flattened or irregular in
shape. The upper margin of the coral is very fragile and eroso-den-
tate ; and below it is in no part over a line and a half thick. The
back surface is finely striate. The clusters grow to a height of six
inches, and are five or six in breadth. The specimens when alive,
had a fine chestnut-brown colour, to within half an inch of the
margin ; and this part was pale yellow. The calicles have some
resemblance to the larger . calicles on the incipient branches of the
Echinopora aspera.

TRIBE I. — AS TRIAGE A. 271

GENUS XI.— MERULINA.— EHRENBERG.

Astrceidcz tenuiter explanate aut cumulato-ramosce ; polypis parvulis,
discis scepius seriatim gemmantibus (sicut Meandrinis), itaque discis
collibusque lineatis, venose furcatis, aut reticulatis. Corolla fere solida ;
lamellis parvulis obliquis.

Thin explanate or cumulato-ramose; polyps very small, disks usually
budding seriately (as in the Meandrince), the disks and ridges there-
fore linear, venosely furcate, or reticulate. Coralla nearly solid;
lamellae quite small, oblique.

The Merulinse are the most graceful of foliaceous corals. The folia
are neatly curved and lobed, and through the ridges of the surface, they
often appear to have even the neuration of a leaf. Though sometimes
isolated, they usually grow in large clumps, consisting of leaves spread
out one above the other, and the whole clustered into convex or hemi-
spherical forms of perfect symmetry. The folia, though delicate and
nearly as thin as paper at the margin, are still firm, owing to the solid
compactness of their texture. The polyp mouths are usually confined
to the upper surface. The mode of budding is that of the Meandrinae :
the margin extends through the prolate growth of the animals and
opening of disk-buds, and as these new buds are formed in lines,
which often give off other divergent lines of buds, the ridges are linear,
and often furcating. But this Meandrina character passes imper-
ceptibly into that of the Monticularia, in which lines of buds are reti-
culately coalescent, so that only small radiated cones cover the surface,
instead of ridges. Again there is a passage on the other side into an
Astrueoid form, in which each cell instead of being long linear is very
short. The explanate or ramose form, and the oblique position of the
cells and of the lamellae of the ridges, are the generic characteristics.
The Astrsea abdita and the allied species, approach the nearest among
the Astraeas to this genus. The foliaceous forms pass gradually into
the ramose (H 77 and 79 b).

One or two branching species of the genus so resemble the Monticu-
lariae in the cones of the surface, that they should fall into that genus
were it not for their mode of growth and very compact texture.

The ampttata, the species for which Ehrenberg instituted the genus
Merulina, is one of the Agariciee of Lamarck.

272 ZOOPHYTES.

The species of this genus appear to be confined to the warm coral-
reef seas.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Ezplanate.

*1. M. ampliata. *4. M. crispa.

*2. M. regalis. 5. M. folium.

*3. M. speciosa.

II. Ramose.

*6. M. scabricula. *8. M. rigida.

*7. M. laxa.

I. Merulince explanatce.

1. MERULTNA AMPLIATA. (Lamarck.) Ehrenberg.

•

M. late explanata, varie undata, margine labata, unifrons. Corallum
cottibus rotundatis, vix 1'" altis, scepe reticulato-coalitis et cettas obli-
quas includentibus ; lamellisfere cequalibus, serrulatis.

Broad explanate, variously undulate and with the margin lobed,
unifacial. Corallum with the ridges rounded, scarcely a line high,
often reticulately coalescent and enclosing oblique cells; lamellae
even, serrulate.

Plate 15, fig. 2, cells and ridges, enlarged ; 2 a, lamellae of surface,
enlarged.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The fronds of this species are large and appear to be seldom clus-
tered. The specimens are often eight or ten inches in breadth, and
somewhat concave, with occasional nodular appendages or incipient
branches rising from the surface and often coalescing. The thick-
ness is hardly a line, yet the folia are strong and ring when struck.
The ridges are round and more even or less ragged in appearance than
in the following species; the septa also are rotund. The lamellae are
nearly even, and are distinct along the bottom of the cells or furrows.

Mad. ampliata, Ellis and Solander, 157, , Esper, Fortsetz. i. 96, tab. 77. figs.

tab. 41, figs. 1, 2; the under surface is 1, 2, 3; the enlarged view, figure 3, is
better figured than the upper. good ; the others are badly drawn.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 273

Agaricia ampliata, Lamk. ii. 381, No. 4. , Blainville, Man. 361 : also Pavmiia

, Lamour., Encyc., 13; A. flabtllina, ampliata, 365.

Exp. Meth. 54, tab. 41, figs. 1, 2. Mi/cedium ampliatum, Oken, Zool., i. 70.
, Schweigger Handb. 415. Merulina ampliata, Ehrenb. G. Ixiv. sp. 1.

2. MERULINA REGALIS. (Dana.)

M. late explanata, unifrons, varie lobata et plicata, et in hemispheram
ampliter instructa, foliis 3-6" latis ; umbrina, discis virescentibus,
tentaculis, moraine seriatis, minutis. Corattum collibus angustis, fere
1'" altis ; lamellis laxis.

Broad explanate, unifacial, variously lobed and plicate, and forming
a broad open hemispherical clump ; folia 3 to 6 inches broad ;
umber-coloured, disks greenish, tentacles minute, forming a series
along the margin of the disk. Corallum with the ridges narrow,
nearly 1 line high ; lamellae lax.

Plate 15, fig. 1, outline sketch of part of the corallum, natural size;
1 a, part of the live zoophyte; 1 b, enlarged view, showing the ten-
tacles ; 1 c, view of the cells and the ridges enlarged ; 1 d, 1 e, la-
mellae enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species forms hemispherical clumps, sometimes four feet in
diameter, consisting of large subimbricate folia, which are often
coalescent. The ridges of the surface are more ragged than in the
ampliata, and less neatly rounded and even, or a little compressed
laterally. The under surface resembles that of the ampliata, but is
less coarsely granulous.

3. MERULINA SPECIOSA. (Dana.)

M. tenuissime explanata, unifrons ; foliis aggregatis, 1-3" latis, valde
crispis, confertim implicatis, scepe crenato-lobatis. Corallum collibus
%'" altis, inter dum obsoktis, lamellis subtilibus, confer tis.

Very thin explanale, unifacial ; folia aggregated, and crowdedly im-

274 ZOOPHYTES.

plicate, 1-3 inches broad, very much crispate, often crenato-lobate.
Corallum with the ridges £ a line high, sometimes obsolete, lamellse
minute and crowded.

Plate 16, fig. 1, part of corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This is a very delicate species, growing in clusters a foot or more
across, with the leaves more rolled and crispate, and the ridges much
smaller and less separate than in the preceding species. The adjacent
folia are but little coalescent.

4. MERULINA CRISPA. (Dana.}

M. tenuissime explanata, foliis crispis et undique coalitis, parvulis, sub-
laciniatis, interioribus Ufrontibus. Corallum collibus lamellisque laxis,
incequalibus, valde aspens.

Very thin explanate ; folia crispate and every where coalescing, small,
sublaciniate, the inner bifacial. Corallum with the ridges and
larnellse lax, uneven, arid very rough.

Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This small species is distinct in its frequent coalescence, and the
bifacial character of the interior folia, arising from the union of two
by their back surfaces, or from a single folia folding back upon itself,
and the two approximated surfaces growing together. The lamellae
of the ridges are lax and uneven. Only a beach specimen was ob-
tained by the author.

5. MERULINA FOLIUM. (Lamarck.} Dana.

M. tenui-ezplanata, paulo concava, late orbiculato-lobata. Corallum
subtus leviter radiato-striatum ; superne conulis in&qualibus, ad mar-
ginem extenuatis, et obsolescentibus.

Thin explanate, somewhat concave, with broad rounded lobes. Co-
rallum below, faint radiato-striate ; above, the surface covered with
unequal cones, diminishing and obsolescent at the margin.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 275

East Indies. Lamarck.

This species is supposed to grow from a central attachment. It has
the surface of a Monticularia, and is united with that genus by La-
marck. It is placed here on the ground of its compact texture and
mode of growth.

Monticularia folium, Lamarck, ii. 392, Monticularia folium, Deslongchamps, En-
No. 1. eye. 556.
, Blainville, Man. 363, pi. 57, fig. 1.

II. Merulirue ramosce.

6. MERULINA SCABRICULA. (Dana.)

M. ramosa, ramis subdivaricatis, £" crassis, stzpe coalitis; flavo-umbrina,
virescens, tentaculis minutis. Corattum ramis subangulatis et ob-
solete compressis, apice truncatis; lamellis confertis et apice non
lazioribus, transversis, subcequalibus, scabrose serrulatis ; collibus
brevibus, obliquis, obtusis.

Ramose, branches subdivaricate, often coalescing, ^ of an inch
thick ; colour yellowish-umber, greenish ; tentacles minute. Co-
rallum with the branches subangular, and obsoletely compressed,
truncate at apex, lamellae crowded, and not becoming more lax at
apex, transverse, even, scabrosely serrulate ; ridges short, oblique,
obtuse.

Plate 16, fig. 2, view of corallum ; 2 a, view of the animals, en-
larged ; 2 b, transverse section of branch, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are even-topped, much branched, six to eight inches
high, and a foot across, and the branches often coalescing, even at the
tips. They are usually alive for three and a half inches. The neatly
crowded transverse lamellae of the small ridges, and the obtuse trun-
cate extremities of the branches, as broad as below, and with the
lamella as close and even, at once distinguish the species.

276 ZOOPHYTES.

7. MERULINA LAXA. (Dana.)

M. ramosa, ramis divaricatis scepe coalitis, I £-3'" crassis, scepe alatis et
compressis, interdum %" latis et subpalmatis. Corallum collibus par-
vulis, acutis, interdum elongato-conids ; lamettis laxis, valde obliquis
et assurgentibus, apice valde laxioribus.

Ramose, branches divaricate, often coalescent, with the branches an-
gular, often alate and compressed, 1£ to 3 lines thick, sometimes £
an inch broad and subpalmate ; ridges small, acute, sometimes
elongato-conical ; lamellse lax, very oblique and ascending, much
more lax at apex.

Plate 16, fig. 3, corallum, natural size.

Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The specimens of this species seen by the author are apparently
but fragments of the complete clump. They are arboriform in shape
and about six inches in height The loose oblique lamellae and sharp
angular branches distinguish it from the preceding. In one small
specimen, possibly a distinct species, the branchlets were only a line
to a line and a half in diameter.

Corallum tenerum ramosum, plumatile, ports intus stellatis, &c., Seba, Thesaurus iii.
tab. 116, fig. 5. This appears to be the above species. It resembles most nearly the
slender variety mentioned.

8. MERULINA RIGIDA. (Dana.)

M. valde ramosa, ramis proliferis, interdum coalitis, 3-6'" crassis, conu-
los contiguos undique gerentibus; ramulis attenuatis scepe curvatis ;
animalibus Monticulariis affinibus. Corallum conulis lamello-radi-
atis incequalibus, vix compressis, apice ramulorum laxis, attenuatis,
obsolescentibus ; lamettis granulosis.

Very much ramose, branches proliferous and sometimes coalescent,
3 to 6 lines thick, covered with small contiguous cones ; branchlets
attenuate, often curved ; animals like those of the Monticularice.
Corallum with small lamello-radiate cones, which are unequal

TRIBE I. — ASTR.EACEA. 277

and scarcely compressed, at apex of branchlets, lax and attenuated;
lamellae granulous.

Plate 17, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; I a, one of the conelets,
enlarged ; 1 b, animals, enlarged ; 1 c, part of a transverse section of
stem, enlarged.

/ •

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species forms crowdedly branched clumps a foot high. The
branches are irregularly angular, owing to the conical prominences
that cover them. The cones are close in contact at base, and are
nearly an eighth of an inch high, and the same in breadth. The
branchlets are two or three inches long, and subacute, and the cones
above become lengthened and oblique, and have a looser texture, re-
sembling the preceding species. The branches are a third to half an
inch in diameter. The corullum is very compact, and in this respect
the species differs from the MonticulariaB, which it resembles in its
surface and polyps.

GENUS XII.— ECHINOPOR A.- LAMARCK.

Astrceidce exphnatce aut cumulato-ramosce, polypis prominulis, perpen-
diculariter insitis, gemmatione marginibus (non discis] prolatantibus
(Orbicellis ajjines). Corolla striata, et echinulata, fere solida ; cali-
culis convexis, echinulatis.

Explanate or cumulato-ramose ; polyps a little prominent, placed per-
pendicularly with the surface of the zoophyte; the margin and not
the disks widening by growth, in budding (as in the Orbicellce).
Coralla striate and echinulate, nearly solid ; calicles convex, echi-
nulate.

The Echinopora grow in much stouter folia than the Merulinse,
and have scattered cells over the surface instead of furrows, on account
of their budding in the widening upper margin, instead of the disks, of
the polyps. The coralla are distinguished by their finely echinulato-
striate surface, and slightly prominent rounded calicles. The foliated
species and ramose have the same relation as explained in the remarks

278 ZOOPHYTES.

on the Merulinse. The latter resemble somewhat the Oculinae, but
the summit of a branch is prolonged by the prolate mode of marginal
growth, and the polyp appears some distance short of the apex ;
whereas in the Oculinse the bud forms the extremity of the branch,
and is immediately connected with one preceding.

The polyps in the species examined when alive, appeared to have
no tentacles, except the prominences over the spines of the calicles.
The calicles have a broad shallow cell arid contain six to twenty
lamellae, more or less raggedly dentate or denticulate, which extend
to the centre and are separated by deep cellules. The exterior animal
tissue often dries over the cell, and reduces its aperture to one-third
its actual diameter.

The Echinoporse are but a step removed from the Merulinae, bear-
ing the same relation to them as the Orbicellae to the other Astraeae.
Occasionally we observe a cell subdividing from the opening of a
disk-bud.

The Echinoporee are confined to the coral-reef seas.

This genus was instituted by Lamarck for a single species brought
by Peron and Lesueur from New Holland, and was named in allu-
sion to the echinate surface of the corallum. Blainville unites it
with some of Lamarck's Explanarise, and names the genus Echinas-
trcea. Ehreriberg suggests their arrangement along with the Madre-
poridae, from which they are quite distinct, and appears to have
placed one species in his genus Expkmaria.

Arrangement of the Species.

. I. Foliaceous, bifacial.
*1. E. undulata.

II. Foliaceous unifacial.

2. E. rosularia. *4. E. reflexa.

3. E. ringens. *5. E. aspera.

III. Ramose.

*6. E. horrida.

1. ECHINOPORA UNDULATA. (Dana.}

E.foliacea; erecta, bifrons, undulata. Cwallum tenue, utraque super-
faie leviter striatum et spinuloso-asperum ; cettis sparsis vix tumidis,
6—8-radiatis.

TRIBE L — ASTR^ACEA. 279

Foliaceous, erect, bifacial, undulate. Corallum very thin, on each
surface fine striate and spinuloso-asperate, with scattered cells
scarcely tumid, 6 to 8 rayed.

Plate 17, fig. 3, corallum, natural size ; 3 a, cell of the same.

Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The specimen of this species in the collections is a single undulate
folium, four inches high and five broad, in no part more than an
eighth of an inch thick. It is very firm and solid in texture and
rings when struck. The cells are on both surfaces and have a dia-
meter of nearly one and a half lines. The spinules of the surface
are solid. It was attached by one side.

2. ECHINOPORA ROSULARU. (Lamarck.)

E. explanato-foliacea, suborbiculata, unifrons. Corallum supra striato-
asperum, caliculis echinatis ; infra, striatum.

Explanato-foliaceous, suborbiculate, unifacial. Corallum above striato-
asperate, calicles echinate, below striate.

New Holland Seas. Peron and Lesueur.

Lamarck states that the species forms undulate expansions a foot
or more broad, and appears to have been attached below by the
middle.

Echinopora rosularia, Lamk., ii. 397, , Lamouroux, Encyc., 297.

No. 1. Echinastrcea rosularia, Blainville, Man.,
, Schweigger, Beobacht. tab. 7, fig. 379, pi. 56, fig. 2.

64 ; also, Handb., p. 415.

3. ECHINOPORA RINGENS. (Lamarck.) Blainville.

E. subturbinatum, lobalum. Corallum cettis irregularibus, subconfluen-
tibus, sinuosis, contiguis ; margine crasso, convexo.

Subturbinate, lobed. Corallum with irregular cells, subconfluent,
sinuous, contiguous ; margin thick, convex.

280 ZOOPHYTES.

West Indies? Lamarck.

This species is remarkable, according to Lamarck, for the irregu-
larity of its cellules, and for the numerous serrate and denticulate
lamella? which cover their sides; and also for the thick and convex
border of the cells. The species is one of the Explanariee of La-
marck, arid was transferred by Blainville to his genus Echinastraea.
It may be doubted whether it belongs here.

Explanaria ringens, Lamk., ii. 400, No. 5. Echinastraa ringens, Blainville, Man.,
, Lamouroux, Encyc., 386. 378.

4. ECHINOPORA REFLEXA. (Dana.}

E.foliacea, unifrons ; foliis suberectis, lateribus reflexis et scepe margini-
bus coalitis (itaque scepe tubulatis] ; umbrina, ore parvulo, tentaculis
nullis ( ? ). Corattum supra spinuloso-striatulum, caliculis spinulosis,
tumidis, l£'" paulo superantibus, lamellis majoribus 10-15, denticula-
tis ; extus, prope marginem obsolete striatulum.

Foliaceous, unifacial ; folia suberect, sides reflexed and often coalescing
by the margin (thus forming tubes); colour, umber; mouth quite
small; tentacles none, except the minute tubercles over the spines.
Corallum above finely spinuloso-striate; calicles spinulous, tumid,
rather more than J of an inch broad ; large lamellae 10 to 15, denti-
culate ; outer surface, near the margin only, obsoletely fine striate.

Plate 17, fig. 2, corallum, natural size; 2 a, animal enlarged; 2 b,
transverse section of a folium, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This coral forms large clusters of somewhat spreading folia growing
from a common base, to a height of ten inches or more. The folia are
often contorted and reflexed. The upper edge is thin and acute, and
for half an inch translucent; but below, the folia are one-third to
half an inch thick. The spinules of the surface are seen to be tubular
when broken across; they are less than a third of a line long. The
exterior surface is dead and mostly incrusted by other corals to within
half an inch of the margin, and on this part the fine stria? are scarcely
perceptible without a glass.

TRIBE I.— ASTR^EACEA. 281

Madrepora lamellosa (?) Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz. i. tab. 58, " Mad. polymorpha, laminis
latissimis, plicatis, sinuato-repandis, striis exasperatis, stellis sparsis, prominulis, deriticu-
latis." Esper states that only the upper surface is spinulous.

Tab. 52 of Ellis and Solander resembles some specimens of this species in general form,
but differs in its cells.

The E. rosularia of Lamarck approaches this species, but grows in spreading explanate
fronds from a central attachment, instead of erect.

5. ECHINOPORA ASPERA. (Ellis.} Dana.

E. explanata, partim incrustans, margine tennis et undulata ; supra,
scepe gibbosa et cumulato-subramosa ; polypis grandibus, J— J" latis.
Corallum supra crasse lameUo-striatum et valde spinoso-dentatum, cali-
culis 3-6'" latis, prominulis, sive hemispherids sive obsoktis.

Explanate, partly incrusting, margin thin and undulate ; sometimes
gibbous above and cumulato-subramose ; polyps large, \ to \ an
inch broad. Corallum above coarsely lamello-striate and strongly
spinoso-dentate ; calicles 3 to 6 lines broad, somewhat prominent,
occasionally hemispherical, often wholly immersed.

East Indies.

The aspera is a broad explanate species with an undulate and usually
convex upper surface, from which rise occasional irregular protube-
rances and stout incipient branches, consisting of several aggregated
polyps. It grows to a large size and has a rough or echinate appear-
ance from the prominent spinoso-dentate lamellae that cover the surface.
A specimen from Ceylon, examined by the author, had a thickness of
three-quarters of an inch about the centre, but a thin and rather fragile
reflexed margin. Over the surface the calicles are but little convex,
and in the more concave parts they are quite obsolete; but on the
protuberances and incipient branches, they are subglobose, and vary
from one-fifth to half an inch in breadth. The lamellae of the stars
are very prominent, and have the exterior margin much thickened
and jaggedly dentate. The centre of the cell is surrounded by a series
of deep cellules, as in the other Echinoporss.

Mad. aspera, Ellis and Solander, 156, tab. inches in breadth, with the calicles half
39 ; the figure represents a specimen ten to three-quarters of an inch distant.

282 ZOOPHYTES.

Agaricia aspera, Schweig. Handb. 415. , Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. 57, pi. 39;

Explanaria aspera, Lamarck, ii. 399, Encyc. 385.

No. 4. Tridacophyllia aspera, Blain., Man. 362.

The Explanaria gemmacea of Lamarck appears to be a gibbous variety of the aspera.
While part of the Ceylon specimen agrees well with Ellis's figure, another part, as de-
scribed above, has the characters of the gemmacea, the calicles being more or less oblique,
acervate, prominent, and tumid, often only a fourth of an inch in diameter, or even
smaller. (Lamarck, ii. 399, No. 3.)

The Explanaria Hemprichii of Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea (op. cit. G. 1. sp. 1),
has many of the characters of this species, yet is probably distinct; he thus describes it:
" Octopollicaris, membranacea, explanata, semi-orbicularis, libera, centro affixa nee stipi-
tata, margine sublobata, stellis 3'" latis, tumidis, margine involute, apertura lineam, rarius
sesquilineam lata, cum interstitiis rudius denticulato-asperis et lamelloso-sulcatis, sulcis
lamellisque 12-24." "Animal tentaculis destitutum, disco laste viridi, glabro pallio
fusco."

The Stephanocara Hemprichii of Ehrenberg, a Red Sea species (op. cit. G. xlvi. sp. 1),
may be an Echinopora, judging from the brief description given; some specimens of the
aspera answer nearly to his description, which is as follows : " Octopollicaris et pedalis,
nunc explanata, effusa, mine ramoso-fraticulosa, spinuloso-aspera, stellis tumidis, 3 lineas
apertis, margine parum prominulis, parum profundis ; formcB ramosce ramulis divaricatis,
stellato-nodosis. Animal tentaculis destitutum, fuscescens, disco acruginoso, glabro:" " la-
mellis cum spinularum discretarum corona media disci."

6. ECHINOPORA HORRIDA. (Dana.}

E. ramosa, ramis crebris, tortuosis, interdum coalitis : umbrina, tenta-
culis nullis sed tuberculis minimis elongatis sparsis. Corallum ramis
§~i" crassis, ramulis ruditer attenuatis et apice scepe laciniato-alatis ;
caliculis tumidis, 2'" latis, echinatis, cellis 15-18-radiatis ; interstitiis
vix striatis, sed spinulis scepius sparsis.

Ramose, branches crowded, tortuous, sometimes coalescing; umber-
coloured, without tentacles, but with small scattered elongate tuber-
cles. Corallum with the branches §— J of an inch thick, branchlets
rudely attenuate and apex often laciniate and alate; calicles tumid,
2 lines broad, echinate ; cells 15 to 18 rayed; interstices between
cells scarcely striate, but mostly with scattered spines.

Plate 17, fig. 4, corallum, natural size; 4 a, animal enlarged; 4 b,
transverse section, enlarged ; 4 c, enlarged cell.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

TRIBE I. — ASTRJEACEA. 283

The clumps are much branched and crowded, sometimes sixteen
inches high. The branches are very uneven and rough, with unequal
swelling echinate calicles. The texture of the corallum is very solid,
with scarcely a cellule. The cell in a transverse section is seen to be
more than a sixth of an inch deep, with a breadth little less than an
eighth.

FAMILY III.— FUNGIBLE.

Astrceacea animalibus depressis, aut simplicissimis aut aggregato-gem-
matis ; discis non circumscriptis, et undique, zoophytis aggregatis,
omninoque confluentibus, inter stitiis nullis; tentaculis brevibus, spar sis,
interdum obsoktis, contractis non tectis. Corolla cettis veris nullis ;
superficie lametto-striatd, et scepius stellata, stettis non circum-
scriptis ; corattorum aggregator-urn lamellis ex uno centro ad alterum
productis.

Astraeacea having depressed animals, either quite simple, or aggregato-
gemmate; disks without circumscribed limits, and in aggregate
species, all every way confluent, without interstices; tentacles short,
scattered, sometimes obsolete, and when contracted, not covered.
Coralla without true cells ; surface lamello-striate, and usually stel-
lately so, stars not circumscribed ; in aggregate coralla, the lamellae
extending uninterruptedly from centre to centre.

The nature of the Fungidse, and their relations to the other Astree-
acea, are explained in JJ 43, 46, 78. Their forms are among the most
remarkable which corals present. The free or unattached species,
when simple, are circular or elliptical disks, or conical caps, made up
of radiating lamellae ; other compound species assume the shape of
long narrow troughs inverted, rude caps, dishes, or cups ; while the
attached Fungidae grow sometimes in simple leaves, to the side of
other coral rocks, like a lichen against a dead stump, or in hemisphe-
rical clusters of leaves, or as vases, or massive columns. Calicularly
branched species never occur in this family, on account of the absence

284 ZOOPHYTES.

of proper limits to the disks of the animals. The surface is usually
covered with stars, and a central pore or puncture (oririme*), mark-
ing the position of the mouth, is all that exists of a cell. In some
species there is an excavation, like the cell of an Astrsea; but still they
have the central pore, in connexion with the characteristic of the
Fungidae, the continuity of the lamellae from centre to centre, instead
of their interruption along the middle of the septum. The peculiar
nature of these cells is explained in the remarks upon the genera
Agaricia and Psammocora.

The animals of these corals were first figured by Forskal, who exa-
mined a Fungia, at the Red Sea, and has given an excellent repre-
sentation of it. The tinted tentacles scattered over the surface, give a
rich effect to the large umber disks, sometimes a foot or even eighteen
inches in diameter. In some species the tentacles are nearly obsolete,
and very generally, they appear only as inflations of the exterior mem-
brane, over a lamella at its origin. They are seldom if ever suffi-
ciently long to aid the animal in taking its food, and appear to be
used simply for the expulsion of the included water, on contraction,
and the aeration of the nutrient fluids, a function in which every part
of the body, more or less, shares. On contraction they disappear by
simple shrinkage, without being covered, as in the Astreeidse.

The generic divisions of this group, depend on the mode of growth
and budding, and may be distinguished as follows :

Arrangement of the genera of Fungida.

I. Free — not budding; a central oririme above.

\. FrNGiA. Corallum lamello-radiate above, tuberculato-radiate below.

2. CYCLOLITES. Corallum lamello-radiate above, concentric lines of growth below.

II. Free — ezplanato-gemmate.

3. HEHPETOLITHUS. A continuous medial line of large polyps, with others smaller,
scattered either side ; a distinct circle of tentacles to each polyp-mouth. Corallum with
a long medial trench (compound oririme); surface consisting of short denticulate lamellae
scarcely at all radiate, half an inch to an inch long, none extending from the centre to
the circumference.

4. HALOMITRA. Polyps all scattered ; a distinct circle of tentacles to each polyp-
mouth (?). Corallum without a medial trench ; lamellae nearly as in the preceding, but
more radiate and coarsely toothed.

5. POLYPHYLIIA. Polyps all scattered, or an imperfect medial series ; a single ten-
tacle to each lamella, and not a separate circle to each polyp-mouth. Corallum without

* From the Latin os, mouth, and rima, a cleft or fissure.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 285

a proper medial trench; surface consisting of short denticulate lamella less than half an
inch long, imperfectly or not at all radiate.

6. ZOOPILUS. Polyps all scattered. Corallum without a medial trench, surface con-
sisting of long lamellae, with thinner lamella intermediate; only the latter interrupted
by oririmes and short, the polyp-mouths being situated in the intervals between the large
lamellte.

III. Bud/ling; attached. ,

7. PAVONIA. — Foliaceous, unifacial or bifacial, sometimes glomerate or subramose;
polyps not in distinct series, or imperfectly so. Coralla compact, surface plane or without
parallel ridges; no excavate cells, lamella; distinct, and nearly or quite entire.

8. AGARICIA. Foliaceous, unifacial or bifacial ; polyps in more or less perfectly
transverse series. Coralla with transverse ridges and fossa?, sometimes consisting of
coalescent excavate cells, and irregular; lamellae alternately smaller, nearly or quite
entire.

9. PSAMMOCORA. Bifacial and fbliaceous, or glomerate and columnar. Coralla with
or without large excavate cells ; lamellte equal, and very minutely ragged-denticulate and
grnnulous, indistinct.

The following table exhibits the relations of the genera here
adopted, to those used by the authors whose names are placed above
the several columns.

286

ZOOPHYTES.

-
3

•s,

O -1

'So

-a

B
H
O
O

TO
00

'1°

"S.

rt
1

2
'S

g
3

o
as
w

B
K

a "• .s

2. 'to IP

O C «~*

O fe S3

C8
be

w
O
o

H
§

.a .3

111

a
o

TRIBE I. — ASTRJ3ACEA. 287

I. Fungidce li/erfc, lion gcmmata.

GENUS I.— FUNG1A.— LAMARCK.

Fungidce liberce non gemmatce, itaque simplicissimcz ; orbiculares aut
ettipticcB, interdum conicce. Os oblongum. Tentacula sparsa. Co-
rallum superficie supernd profunde radiatd, inferno, lamello-striatd
et tuberculatd, radiatd.

Free Fungidse, not budding, hence quite simple ; orbicular or elliptic,
sometimes conical. Mouth oblong. Tentacles scattered. Coralla
with the upper surface and to some extent the under surface la-
mello-radiate, the latter tuberculate.

The coralla of the Furigise are the mushroom corals of popular lan-
guage. Since the first figure by Forskal,* the animals have been
examined by Eschscholtz,t Quoy and Gaymard,J and Ehreriberg.
The general colour is some shade of umber, occasionally verging
towards purple, and the tentacles have usually a bright green or
purplish tint, though sometimes nearly white or brownish. Quoy
and Gaymard have represented these organs as sometimes an inch in
length ; but in the species examined by the author, and that figured by
Forskal, they are less than half this size. There is sometimes a pro-
minent tooth on each larger lamella beneath the tentacle correspond-
ing. The mouth is large and long, and usually striped vertically with
broad lines of different colours. The disk-shape coralla, consisting of
radiating plates, resemble much a common mushroom inverted ; and
this fact suggested the name of the genus.

When young, the species are attached, as was first shown by Mr.
Stutchbury,^ and sometimes to the under surface of the parent; as
they enlarge, they break off, and the scar may often be distinguished
in the adult corallum. The animals are said to be capable of progres-
sive motion by means of the papilla? below, which, by expanding from
the injected water, raise the coral and serve to push it on, much in
the same manner as a star-fish crawls over a rock. When turned over

* Descrip. Animalium, quro in itinerc oriental! obscrvavit, P. Forskal. Haunirr, 1775,
tab. 48.

t Oken's Isis, 1825, p. 746, tab. 5. fig. 19.

\ Voyage do 1'Astrolabe, Zoophytes, vol. iv. tab. 14. § Linn. Trans, vol. xvi. tab. 32.

288 ZOOPHYTES.

they are unable to right themselves, unless aided by the motion of the
sea-water about them. Stutchbury states that one inverted by him
remained so for several weeks without change. They are usually
found scattered over the reefs, mostly in holes or pools, their large
radiate disks, spotted with the tinted tentacles, contrasting singularly
with the sprigs of Madrepore, and the various massive and foliaceous
species around. They differ from the Herpetolithi in having a single
mouth at centre, and a single stomach, instead of many mouths and
stomachs scattered throughout the whole zoophyte; in other words,
they are large simple animals, not capable of growth by buds : while
in all other Fungidae the polyps are small, in no instance exceeding
an inch and a half in diameter; arid the large zoophytes which they
form are the result of budding.

One or two of the elliptical Fungiae have three or four mouths along
the centre, after attaining considerable size, and form a passage to the
compound species. The animals are still large, as in the Fungise, and
the species are therefore retained with this genus, rather than trans-
ferred to the genus Herpetolithus, which is characterized by numerous
small polyps. The extension of the lamellse, which commence at the
oririme, quite to the margin without interruption, affords an easy
character for distinguishing the Fungis.

The genus Furigia was formed by Lamarck from the Madrepora
of early authors, and included, as characterized by him, all the free
Fungidse, whether simple or compound. Eschscholtz instituted for
the compound species (F. limacina and F. talpa), the genus Herpeto-
lithus* Quoy and Gaymard, having examined a living specimen of
an allied species, proposed for the talpa, the generic name Polyphyllia.
Ehrenberg, in his Memoir on the corals of the Red Sea, formed
the genus Haliglossa, with nearly the limits of Eschscholtz's Herpeto-
lithus, after excluding the Polyphyllis of Quoy and Gaymard. The
old genus Fungia includes, therefore, the recent divisions, — Fungia,
Polyphyllia, and Herpetolithus; and still another, Halomitra, which
it has been necessary to make for the Mitra Pokmica of Rumphius,
some noble specimens of which, though its existence has been doubted,
belong to the Expedition collections. The genus Fungia has recently
been made the subject of an elaborate memoir by Dr. F. S. Leuckart,

* From lg*w, to creep, arid \i66s, a stone. We have followed Leuckart in correcting
the orthography of Eschscholtz, who wrote the name Herpolitlia.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 289

of Freiburg ;* and to him am I indebted for a knowledge of Esch-
scholtz's genus, which had been overlooked by Ehrenberg.

The Ecmesus of Philippi, placed by him near the Fungise, appears
to be a flat Turbinolia, and belongs rather to the tribe Caryophyllacea,
than to the Astrseacea. The PhylJodes of this author includes cuneate
species, and has the same relations.

/ •

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Circular or but little elliptic.

1. F. cyclolites. *8. F. repanda.

*2. F. tenuis. *9. F. integra.

*3. F. glans. *10. F. confertifolia.

*4. F. discus. *11. F. horrida.

*5. F. agariciformis. 12. F. actiniformis.

*6. F. dentata. 13. F. crassitentaculata.

*7. F. echinata.

II. Oblong elliptic.

*14. F. paumotensis. *18. F. Ehrenbergii.

*15. F. dentigera. *19. F. asperata.

*16. F. scutaria. *20. F. Ruppellii.

17. F. pectinata. *21. F. crassa.

I. Orbicidares, aut paulo eflipticee.

1. FUNGIA CYCLOLITES. (Lamarck.)

F.pumila, orUcularis aut subelliptica, ore oblongo; supra convexum et
infra concavum. Corattum subtus tenuissime radiatum; supra lamel-
lis incequalibus, crenulatis, latere asperis.

Small, orbicular, or subelliptical, mouth oblong; convex above and
concave below. Corallum below very finely radiate ; above, with
the lamellae unequal, crenulate, lateral surface rough.

Austral Seas. Peron and Lesueur. Lamarck.

Lamarck states that this is a neat species, very convex above and
slightly concave below, resembling, in general aspect, the agarici-
formis. It may be a young specimen of some other species.

* De Zoophytis coralliis et speciatim de Genere Fungia Observationes Zoologies ; 60
pp. et iv. tab. ; Friburg Brisigavorum, 1841.

290 ZOOPHYTES.

Fungia cyclolites, Lamk., ii. 371, No. 3. , Blainv., Diet, des Sci. Nat., xvii. 216,

, Lamouroux, Encyc., 418. and Man. 337.

, Leuckart, op. cit., 46.

2. FUNGIA TENUIS. (Dana.}

F. pumila, orbicularis, planiuscula, undulata, 1 J-2"' crassa. Corallum
tenue fragileque, margine subacutum; lamellis tenuissimis, subtilis-
sime denticulatis, incequalibus; subtus, subtiliter radiato-striatum, sca-
briculum.

Small, orbicular, nearly flat, and undulate, l£ to 2 lines thick.
Corallum thin and fragile, margin subacute, lamellae very thin,
very finely denticulate, unequal : below very minutely radiato-
striate, and a little scabrous.

Plate 18, fig. 1, outline of a vertical section, natural size.

Pacific Ocean, and probably the Paumotu Archipelago. Exp. Exp.

The specimen is one and a quarter inches in diameter and quite
thin, with a fragile margin. It may be a young individual, but dif-
fers in its very thin corallum from any known species; for the young
of the species of Fungiee are thicker in proportion than adult speci-
mens. It is apparently near the cyclolites, but is not very convex
above, and the lamellae are not crenulate.

3. FUNGIA GLANS. (Dana.)

F. pumila, orbicularis, excelse conoido-rotundata, l£" lata et alta, subtus
concava; media crassima. Corallum lamellis confertis, subtiliter den-
ticulatis: subtus subtiliter striatulum et scabriculum.

Small, orbicular, high conoido-rotundate, 1J inches broad and as
much in height, below neatly concave ; very stout at middle. Co-
rallum with crowded lamell&e, very finely denticulate: under surface
very delicately striate and minutely scabrous.

Plate 18, fig. 2, outline of a vertical section, natural size.

This singular species is as high as broad, and has the concavity

TRIBE I. — ASTRJ3ACEA. 291

below very regular and about one-third of an inch deep; the corallum
is consequently three-fourths of an inch thick at middle.

4. FUNGIA DISCUS. (Dana.)

F. orbicularis, vix undulata, utrinque planiuscula. Corallum lamellis
tenuibus, incegualibus, denticulatis ; lamellis minimis intermediis cre-
nulatis, deinde integris et unidentibus (dente tentaculato), nunc pro-
minuttoribus et postea crenulatis aut denticulatis; subtus radiate
lamello-striatum, et spinosum, sed media striis obsoktis spinulisque
acutis et subtilissimis.

Orbicular, a little undulate, on both sides nearly flat. Corallum with
thin lamellae, unequal, denticulate, the intermediate crenulate, then
entire, and bearing a single obtuse tooth, and afterwards becoming
one of the larger lamellae, and again crenulate or denticulate ; below
radiately lamello-striate and spinous, but about the middle, the striae
obsolete, and the spines acute and very minute.

Plate 18, fig. 3, outline of lamella, above and below ; 3 a, one of the
intermediate lamella?, with the tentacular tooth.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has the finely denticulate lamellae of the dentigera,
though a little coarser ; but the form is circular, the lamellae are not
flexuous, and the tentacular tooth is not, as in that species, prominent
above the general surface of the disk. The largest specimen is three
and three-fourths inches in diameter, and a half to two-thirds of an
inch thick. The spines below, near the margin, are about a line long,
and are often bent or aggregated ; but a central area, for nearly two
inches, is merely rough scabrous, without striaB. In the smaller spe-
cimen, the spinulous striae extend nearly to the centre, and are rather
crowded. It is near the agariciformis, small specimens of which it
resembles; but the lamellae are more crowded, and the intermediate
lamellae in that species, deep between the larger, are scarcely cre-
nulate.

Stutchbury, Linn. Trans, vol. xvi. tab. 32, figs. 5, a, b. The figures appear to repre-
sent the above species. Fig. 1 may be a larger specimen of the same.

292 ZOOPHYTES.

5. FUNGIA AGARICIFORMIS. (Lamarck.)

F. grandis, orbicularis, aut planiuscula aut valde convexa, scepe paulo
undulata ; tentaculis J" longis. Corallum lamellis subtiliter denticu-
latis, tenuibus, incequalibus, dente tentaeulato obsolete ; subtus lamello-
striatum, striis spinosis, subcequalibus, in medio spinulis raw seriatis,
papilliformibus, minutis, interdum obsokscentibus.

Large, orbicular, either nearly flat or much convex, often a little un-
dulate ; tentacles £ of an inch long. Corallum with the lamellae
finely denticulate, thin, unequal, tentacular tooth obsolete ; below,
lamello-striate, striae spinose, subequal, and about the centre, spines
not in series, papilliform, minute, and sometimes obsolescent.

Plate 18, fig. 5, outline of a lamella, above and below.

The East Indies — Singapore and Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp. — Red
Sea. Forskal.

This very common species is distinguished by its finely denticulate
lamellae, not flexuous, and without a distinct tentacular tooth. The
corallum is often undulate and nearly flat on both surfaces, and again
is very convex, with a concavity below two inches deep. One large
specimen in the Expedition collections is seven and a half inches in
diameter, and averages three-fourths of an inch in thickness, with the
centre one and a quarter inches thick. About the centre below, the
spines or papillse are scattered, except in quite small specimens.

j3. tenuifolia. (Plate 18, fig. 6.) A small specimen from Tahiti,
presenting the general characters of the agariciformis, but much more
delicately denticulate. It is two and a half inches in diameter, and
from one-third to two-thirds of an inch thick ; the lamellss are very
thin, and the spines of the under surface are much finer and more
acute than in the Singapore specimens ; about the centre it is barely
scabrous.

Fungus marinus, lamellis tenuibus, subti- , Esper, Pflanz., i. 66, tab. 1. A poor

liter dentatis, &c., Seba, Thes. iii. tab. figure of a worn specimen.

Ill, No. 1. — No. 2 is a smaller spe- , Ellisand Solander, 149, tab.28, fig. 1.

cimen. Fungia agariciformis, (in part,) Lamk. ii.
Mad.fungites, Forskal, Anim. Egypt., 134, 372, No. 5.

tab. 42. An excellent figure of the ani- , Lamour., Exp. 52, tab. 28, fig. 1;

mal, the first and best hitherto given. Encyc., 419.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 293

— , Oken's Zool., i. 74. pedicel may be often seen in small speci-

, Blainville, Man. 337. mens of the above species. The lamellae

, Ehrenberg, G. xiv. sp. 1. according to Ellis are denticulate.

, Leuckart, op. cit. p. 42, and tab. 4, Mad. patella, Ellis and Solander, 148, tab.

figs. 1-4. Leuckart cites, besides other 28, figs. 1—4.

figures, one by Eschscholtz, in Oken's , Esper, Fortsetz. i. tab. 62, figs. 1-6.

Isis for 1825, tab. 5, fig. 19. Fungia patellaris, Lamk., ii. 372, No. 4.

The Fungia patellaris, of Lamarck, as , Lamour., Exp. Meth., p. 52, tab. 28,

figured by Ellis, is probably the young figs. 1-4; Encyc. 419.

of the agariciformis. It is thus described , Blainv., Man., 337; pi. 51, fig. 2, re-

by Lamarck : F. orbicularis, planulata ; presents apparently a beach worn speci-

suhtus mutica, radiatim striata ; lamellis men of Fungia.

incequalibus, latere muricatis. The short Monomyces patella, Ehrenb., G. xlvii. sp. 1.

6. FUNGIA DENTATA. (Dana.)

F. grandis, scepe hemispherica, et subtus profunde concava. Corallum
lamellis incequalibus, inaqualiter dentatis ; dentibus parvulis, sub-
acutis, cum intervallis s&pius acutis; subtus super fide radiatd, cras-
sime omninoque confertim echinatd, spinis, corallo adulto, scepe acer-
vatisfere 2'" longis, in medio vix minoribus, et non seriatis.

Large, often hemispherical, and deeply concave below. Corallum
with unequal lamellae, unevenly dentate ; teeth small and subacute,
with usually acute intervals; below, coarsely and every where
equally crowded echinate, the spines, in adult specimens, often
acervate, and nearly 2 lines long, over the middle scarcely smaller,
and not radiate.

Plate 18, fig. 7, outline of a lamella, above and below, showing a
profile of a section of the corallum.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The more crowded teeth of the lamellse, with acute interstices, and
the long coarse spines below, nearly or quite as large at the centre as
elsewhere, distinguish this species from the repanda. The spines of
the under surface are pointed, and range in radiate series, two-thirds
of the way to the centre, all closely crowded together, and alike pro-
minent. A specimen in the Expedition collections measures seven
inches in diameter, and four in height, and the corallum is one and a
half inches thick at the centre, and two-thirds of an inch at the margin.

294 ZOOPHYTES.

The teeth of the lamellae are about three-fourths of a line long.
Another specimen, of the same size and general form, is one and three-
fourths inches thick at centre, with the lamellae quite stout. The
dentation is coarser than in the agariciformis, and the spines below
much stouter.

Another specimen, probably of this species (Plate 20, fig. 1), was
ten inches in diameter, with the lamellse stout and very unequal, and
the dentations a little larger than above stated ; the spines below were
often a sixth of an inch or more in length, and the series were un-
equal, with the larger nearly a fourth of an inch apart. Within an
inch of the centre, the spines below were quite small.

Madrepora Fitngites variet., Esper, i. 66, tab. 2, fig. 2 ; this figure appears to have
been made from a worn specimen of this species.

7. FUNGIA ECHINATA. (Esper.) Dana.

F. grandis, orbicularis, scepe undulata et interdum convexa ; umbrina,
tentaculis bursiformibi/.s, albidis, vix 3'" longis. Corallum lameUis
incequalibus, inciso-dentatis ; dentibus oblongis, in<zqualibus, s&pe
compositis ; subtus super fide remote lamelk-radiatd et crassime echi-
natci, cum aliis spinis intermediis valde minoribus partim seriatis.

Large, orbiculate, often undulate, and sometimes convex ; umber-
coloured, tentacles bursiform, whitish, scarcely 3 lines long. Co-
rallum with unequal lamellae, inciso-dentate ; teeth oblong, irre-
gular, often compound; below, remotely lamello-radiate and coarsely
echinate, with other smaller spines intermediate, partly seriate.

Plate 18, fig. 9, the animal expanded ; 9 a, a tentacle enlarged, with
the animal integument broken through, as often happens, over the
points or teeth of the lamellae; 9b, profile section of the corallum,
showing outline of lamella ; fig. 8, the same of another variety.

East Indies, and the Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is readily distinguished by the remote radii of the
under surface, very coarsely echinate, and varying from one-third to
half an inch apart, with some smaller intermediate spines. The spines
are often bent and long ; about the centre they are smaller or nearly
wanting, but radiated. The teeth of the inciso-dentate lamellae, vary

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 295

from one to one and a half lines in length, and are often irregularly
incised, and mostly with narrow acute intervals. A specimen from
Singapore, in the Expedition collections, is six and three quarters inches
across, with a thickness of half an inch at the margin, and one inch
at the centre, and the larger radii below, one-third to half an inch
apart: another, seen by the author, was seven inches in diameter, with
a concavity below, one and a half inches deep.

The specimen represented by fig. 9, Plate 18, giving the animal,
has some peculiarities distinguishing it from those of the East Indies
(fig. 8), but yet, is probably identical with them; only a study of the
animals can determine the fact. It is neatly circular and flat, with
the lamellae more deeply inciso-dentate (about one-eighth of an inch);
and the dentation is as coarse where the lamellae first rise to the
surface, as afterwards; moreover, they rise more abruptly. Besides,
the lamellae are less unequal, and the corallurn has not so open an ap-
pearance. Below, the large echinate radiating lamellae are not so dis-
tant, and contrast less strongly with the surface between. The speci-
men measures five and three-fourths inches across, and two-thirds of
an inch in thickness.

Madrepora echinata, Esper, Pflanz. i. tab. Madrepora echinata, Pallas, Zooph. 284.
2, fig. 1, a characteristic figure, showing
the under surface.

8. FUNGIA REPANDA. (Dana.)

F. grandis, suborbicularis, convexa aut planiuscula ; umbrina, tentaculis
albidis, minutis. Corallum lamellis crassis, non confertis, dentatis,
dentibus brevibus (non oblongis), scepe repandis; subtus super fide con-
fertim radiata et crassc papillosa, papillis crassis, rotundatis, et medio
non seriatis, confertis et minoribus.

Large, suborbiculate, convex, and sometimes nearly flat ; umber-co-
loured, tentacles whitish, minute. Corallum with stout lamellae,
dentate, teeth short and not oblong nor crowded, often repand-den-
tate ; below crowdedly radiate and coarsely papillose, papillae stout
and rounded, and about the middle not seriate, crowded and smaller.

Plate 19, fig. 1, animal expanded; 1 a, profile of section, showing
outline of lamellae ; 2, outline of a specimen from the Sooloo Sea; 3, a
large specimen from the Feejees.

296 ZOOPHYTES.

Feejee Islands and the East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species, like the agariciformis, has a central area below, over
which the papilla? are crowded, but not radiate; but these papilla? are
much coarser, and in general rounded obtuse, and the lamella? above
are less even and not so crowded, giving the corallum a very open
appearance ; moreover they are not finely denticulate, although the
short teeth sometimes become almost obsolete. There are no distinct
tentacular teeth.

The smaller specimen, represented by figure 1, is from the Feejees.
It is a double one, consisting of two united individuals, a kind of twin,
measuring three and a half inches in diameter, and half to three quar-
ters of an inch in thickness. The lamella? are short dentate, and the pa-
pillae below are stout and nearly globular. The rudimentary tentacles
are quite peculiar. In another small specimen of the same size, and
probably identical, from the Sooloo Sea (figure 2), the lamella? are
short dentate, and the papilla? below oblong and more slender than on
the Feejee specimen. The lamella? are much stouter than in speci-
mens of the agariciformis of the same size. The large specimen from
the Feejees (figure 3), appears to be the same species ; the lamella?
are neatly repand-toothed, and a few undulating lines may be seen on
the lateral surface parallel with the margin, as in both the smaller
Feejee and the Sooloo specimens. The papilla? below are obtuse, the
larger oblong and little exceeding a line in length ; and they are in
rather crowded radiating lines for two-thirds of the distance to the
centre, beyond which they are shorter and scattered, but numerous.
The specimen is concave below ; it measures seven inches across, and
two inches in height, and the corallum has a thickness of two-thirds
of an inch at the margin and one and a quarter inches about the
centre.

Mad. Fungites, Ellis and Solander, tab. 28, Fungia agariciformis, Lamouroux, tab. 28,
fig. 5 ; the figure is characteristic. fig. 5 ; and Encyc. pi. 483, fig. 1.

9. FUNGIA INTEGRA. (Dana.)

F. grandis, orbicularis. Corallum lamellis incequalibus, obsolete denti-
culatis ; subtus superfaie remote et incequaliter radiatd, radiis cras-
sime echinatis, spinis scepe acervatis, in medio parvulo minutis.

TRIBE I. — ASTRJ3ACEA. 297

Large, orbicular. Corallum with unequal lamellae, obsoletely denti-
culate ; below, remotely and unequally radiate, coarsely echinate,
spines often clustered, minute over a small space at the centre.

Plate 19, fig. 4.

The nearly entire lamellae, approximate this species to the agarici-
formis; but in the coarsely echinate remote radii of the under surface
it is very unlike that species, and approaches most nearly the echinata.
The large series of stout oblong spines below, are about one-third of
an inch apart, and between them are others much smaller and crowded.
The lateral surface of the lamellae is very finely vertically plicate. A
specimen examined by the author measured six inches in diameter,
and was an inch thick at centre, with the oririme a little above an
inch long.

10. FUNGIA CONFERTIFOLIA. (Dana.}

F. grandis, suborbicularis, convexa, subtus paulo concava, CoraUum
lamettis confertis, subcequalibus, undulatis, dentatis out subrepando-
dentatis, dentibus brevibus et subacutis; dentibus tentaculatis obsoletis ;
subtus siiperficie lamelk-radiatu, confertim et crasse echinata, spinis
oblongis, medio paucioribus.

Large, suborbicular, convex, below a little concave. Corallum with
the lamellae crowded, subequal, undulate, dentate, or subrepando-
dentate; teeth short and subacute, tentacular teeth obsolete: below
somewhat lamello-radiate, rays crowded and coarsely echinate, about
the middle less crowded.

Plate 19, fig. 5.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The crowded, nearly even, undulate lamellae of this species at once
distinguish it from all the preceding; it resembles most the dentigera,
but has not the tentacular teeth of that species, and is not so finely
denticulate. About seventeen large lamellee may be counted in a
breadth of an inch. One large specimen in the collections is slightly
elliptical, and measures eleven inches by nine and a half, with a thick-
ness of one and a quarter inches at centre and three-quarters of an inch

298 ZOOPHYTES.

at the margin. The spines below are crowded and large throughout,
except a small space about the centre. A smaller specimen (the one
figured) is circular and five and a half inches across, one and one-
eighth inches thick at centre, and half an inch thick at the margin.
The lamellae are undulate as in the larger specimens, but the teeth are
more unequal. Below, the spines are often one-sixth of an inch long
to within one inch of the centre. Both are nearly flat below and con-
vex above.

Figure 6, plate 19, represents part of an animal of a Fungia, sup-
posed to be this species, from the Samoan Islands. The specimen
from which the drawing was made, was afterwards lost. The ten-
tacles are green and bursiforrn, and the disk is purplish-umber.

11. FUNGIA HORRID A. (Dana.)

F. orbicularis, planiuscula. Corallum lamdlis valde incequalibus, re-
motis, ampliter eroso-dentatis ; subtus, remote lamello-radiatum, et
crassime echinatum.

Orbiculate, nearly flat. Corallurn with the lamellae very unequal,
remote, very coarsely eroso-dentate : below, remotely lamello-radiate,
and strongly echinate.

Plate 19, figure 7.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is remarkable for its coarse and ragged look, the
lamellae being very unequal and distant, and raggedly eroso-den-
tate. Some of the teeth are a fourth of an inch broad, and the
larger have sometimes a carinate process on the lateral surface. In a
young specimen, four inches in diameter, the under surface is radiate
from the centre, and the larger series of spines are about a quarter of
an inch apart, with the spines themselves contorted, and over an
eighth of an inch long ; the intervals between them are finely striate
(six to seven strise), but not echinate. In an adult, six inches in dia-
meter, and two-thirds of an inch thick, the larger series contain clus-
tered spines; and between these are a few less prominent series.
About the centre, for a breadth of two inches, the surface is scarcely
radiate, and the spines are short papilla? and crowded.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 299

This species has some resemblance to the two described by Quoy
and Gaymard ; but the character of the teeth and of the under sur-
face, is quite different. The lamellae also are more unequal and dis-
tant. It is possible, however, that it may prove to be the crassitenta-
culata, on a re-examination of that species.

12. FUNGIA ACTINIFORMIS. ( Quoy <Sf Gaymard. )

F. orbicularis, convexa, subtus planiuscula ; tentaculis longis, cylindricis,
fuscis, apice subluteis. Corallum lamettis sub&qualibus, lobato-den-
tatis ; subtus, lamello-striatum, striis tenuiter denticulatis.

Orbiculate, convex, below nearly flat; tentacles long, cylindrical, fus-
cous, with yellowish tips. Corallum with subequal lobato-dentate
lamellae ; below lamello-striate, with the stria3 finely denticulate.

Island of Cocos. Quoy <$• Gaymard.

Quoy and Gaymard's figure represents the lamellae with rounded
teeth, often nearly a sixth of an inch broad, separated by narrow acute
interstices. This coarse dentation, united with the fine denticulate
striae below, distinguishes the species from the others here described.
The specimen measured four inches in diameter, was regularly convex
above, an inch thick at middle. The tentacles according to the figure
are about an inch long.

Fungia actiniformis, Quoy and Gaymard, , Lamk., 2d ed. ii. 374, No. 10.

Voy. de I'Ast., iv. 180, pi. 14, figs. 1, 2. , Leuckart, op. cit. 46.

13. FUNGIA CRASSITENTACULATA. (Quoy $ Gaymard.)

F. orbicularis, planulata ; tentaculis conicis, crassis, apice luteo-virescen-
tibus. Corallum lamellis incequalibus, valde lobato-dentatis, majoribus
alternis ; subtus, regulariter striatum.

Orbiculate, flat ; tentacles conical, stout, greenish-yellow at tip. Co-
rallum with unequal lamellae, strongly lobato-dentate, the larger
alternate ; below, regularly striate.

300 ZOOPHYTES.

Island of Vanicoro, Pacific Ocean. Quay and Gaymard.

This species is remarkable for the very large teeth of the lamellae,
resembling the preceding, united with regular striations below. The
specimen examined was two and a half inches in diameter, and seven
lines in thickness. The tentacles as figured by Quoy and Gaymard,
are over an inch long.

Fungia crassitentaculata, Quoy and Gay- , Lamk., 2d ed. ii. 374, No. 11.

mard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 182, pi. 14, — , Leuckart, op. cit. p. 47.

figs. 3, 4. , Cuvier, Reg. An., 1837, pi. 83, fig. 1.

II. Oblongo-ellipticee.

14. FUNGIA PAUMOTENSIS. (Stutchbury.)

F. pumila, bene elliptica (2": 1^"), convexiuscula, subtus plana, aut
undulata. Corallum lamellis cequalibus, confertissimis, fere integris,
vel subtilissime denticulatis ; subtus leviter striatum et subtiliter spinu-
losum, in media fere leve.

Small, neatly elliptic (2 inches by li), somewhat convex; below flat
or undulate. Corallum with equal even lamella?, much crowded,
nearly entire or very finely denticulate ; below finely striate and
very minutely spinulous, nearly smooth at middle.

Plate 19, fig. 8, animal, drawn by J. P. Couthouy ; 8 a, outline of
corallum; 9, supposed to be corallum of a young individual.

The Paumotu Islands, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

The even nearly entire and crowded lamellae and elliptic shape,
are the distinguishing characters of this species. There are twenty-
two to twenty-five lamella? in a breadth of an inch. With the size
above stated (the usual adult size), the thickness is about one-eighth
of an inch at the margin, and nearly half an inch at centre. Young
individuals of this species were found attached by Mr. Stutchbury,
and also by my associate Dr. C. Pickering of the Expedition. The
adult coralla usually have a scar below, a fourth of an inch in dia-
meter, indicating the size of the pedicel at the time it was detached.

Fungia paumotensis, Stutchbury, Linn. Trans, xvi. tab. 32, figs. 6 a, 6 b. The
figures are good.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 301

15. FUNGIA DENTIGERA. (Leuckart.)

F. eUiplica aut oblongo-ovata, supra convexa, subtus concava. Coral-
lum lamettis inaqualibus leviter jlexuosis, subtiliter serrulatis; denti-
bus tentaculatis grandibus et prominentibus : subtus radiatim echinu-
latum, papillis confertis exiguis, obtusis.

Elliptical or oblong-ovate, convex above, concave below. Corallum
with the lamellae unequal, gently flexuous, very delicately serru-
late, tentacular tooth large and prominent: below radiately echinu-
late, with the teeth crowded, slender, and obtuse.

Plate 18, fig. 4, a lamella with the tentacular teeth of other lamellae
projecting above it.

Red Sea. Ruppett. — Sandwich Islands.

One of Riippell's specimens measured three and a half inches in
length, by two and two-thirds in breadth. The very finely serrulate,
flexuous lamellae, and the prominent tentacular tooth, to which the
name dentigera alludes, are the distinguishing characteristics. A spe-
cimen from the Sandwich Islands was five and a half inches long,
and three broad ; another seen by the author measured four inches,
by two and a half. The tentacular teeth in the Sandwich Island
specimen, were very stout, and two lines long. Below, the margin,
for a breadth of half an inch or more around, is sometimes in obso-
lescent folds half an inch or more in width.

In other specimens, similar in the delicately minute serrulations of
the lamellae, and the character of the under surface, the tentacular
teeth are obsolete. Whether a distinct species or not, as is barely
possible, can be determined only from a study of the living zoophytes.

Fungia dentigera, Leuckart, op. cit., p. 48, and tab. 3, fig. 1.

16. FUNGIA SCUTARIA. (Lamarck.)

F. oblong o-elliptica (?£" : 4"), utrinque planiuscula. Corallum larnellis
subeequalibus, leviter undulatis, subintegris aut obsolete crenulatis,
oririma semilongitudine paulo minore, dentibus tentaculatis obsoktis:
subtus, confertim et csqualiter papillosum, papillis parvulis, rotundatis.

30-2 ZOOPHYTES.

Oblong-elliptic (7£ inches by 4), nearly flat on both sides. Corallum
with the lamellae subequal, a little undulate, subentire, or obsoletely
crenulate; oririme nearly half as long as the corallum ; tentacular
teeth obsolete : below, crowdedly and evenly papillose; papillae small
rounded, scarcely A a line long.

Plate 19, fig. 10, outline of a section ; 10 a, form of the disk.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

One of the specimens in the Expedition collections measures seven
and a half inches by four in breadth ; and two others of half this length
have similar characters. The lamellae are nearly even, rather stout,
scarcely crenulate, and the papillae small and evenly crowded below.
There are eleven or twelve large lamellae in a breadth of an inch.
The whole is a simple animal.

Fungus marinus obJongus, lamellis tenui- Fungia scutaria, Lamarck, 372, No. 6.

bus, erectis, non denticulatis. Seba, ii., - , Lamouroux, Encyc., 419.

tab. 112, fig. 29; from a small specimen. - , Blainv., Man., 337.

Madreporafungites, Esper, i. 66 ; included - , Ehrenberg, G. xiv., sp. 3.

with other species by Esper. - , Leuckart, op. cit., 49.

17. FUNGIA PECTINATA. (Ehrenberg.}

F. obkngo-elliptica, utrinque plana. Corallum lamellis rudius dentatis,
oririma ad utrumque finem usque productd.

Oblong-elliptic, flat on both sides. Corallum with the lamellee rudely
dentate, oririme continued quite to each extremity.

Indian Ocean (?). Ehrenberg.

Ehrenberg, from whom this description is taken, states that this
species grows to a length of six inches. A young state of the fol-
lowing ?

Fungia pectinata, Ehrenb., G. xiv., sp. 2. figured by Seba, as having non-dent icu-
Ehrenberg refers to Seba's fig. 29, No. late lamella.

112, which has the general characters of , Leuckart, op. cit., 49.

the scutaria, and is both described and

TRIBE I. — ASTR^E ACEA. 3Q3

18. FUNGIA EHRENBERGII. (Leuckart.) Dana.

F. grandis, oblongo-elliptica, interdum medio angustior, subtus scepe
concava. Corallum lamellis crasse, dentatis, dentibus apice rotundatis
et granulosis, intervallis scepius subacutis; oririma ad utrumque finem
fere producta : subtus, confertim echinatum.

Large, oblong-elliptic, sometimes narrower at the middle, below con-
cave. Corallum with the lamellae coarsely dentate, teeth rounded
at apex, and intervals usually subacute, granulous; oririme extend-
ing nearly to each extremity : below, crowdedly echinate.

Plate 19, fig. 1 1.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species often attains a very large size. A specimen in the Ex-
pedition collections, answering very exactly to Leuckart's figure, but
with a simple mouth, instead of three, as in his specimen, measures
five inches in length, and two and a half in breadth. The teeth are a
line long, obtuse and coarsely granulous at apex. Leuckart mentions
one ten inches long, and another, six long and two and a half broad.

j3. gigantea (Plate 19, fig. 12). Other specimens from the Feejees
have many of the characters of the above, but differ in the teeth of
the lamellae not being granulous, and a little coarser, though of the
same shape. One is fourteen inches long, six broad, and three in
height. The oririme is nearly two-thirds the whole length of the
corallum, and is not subdivided. It is probably distinct.

Htrpctolitkus Eltrenbergii, Leuckart, op. cit., 52, tab. 2.

19. FUNGIA ASPERATA. (Dana.}

F. grandis, oblongo-elliptica, latitudine triplo longior, subtus concava aut
pJaniuscula. Corallum oririma mediana semilongitudinem paulo su-
perante, lamellis ruditer spinoseque inciso- dentatis.

Large, oblong-elliptical, length three times the breadth; below, con-
cave or nearly plane. Corallum with the medial oririme a little more
than half its length ; lamellae rudely and spinosely inciso-dentate.

304 ZOOPHYTES.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

This species differs decidedly from the preceding in its sharper,
more incised, and irregular dentation. The intervals between the
teeth are usually very sharp and narrow; the teeth are often subacute
and mostly about a line long (Plate 19, fig. 14). A specimen in the
collections of the Academy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia,
measures nearly fourteen inches in length, by four and a half in
breadth. The oririme is subdivided once towards one side.

Haliglossa echinata, Ehrenberg, G. xv., Fungus marinus, Seba, iii., pi. Ill, fig. 4 ;
sp. 1. " lamellis subtiliter denticulatis." (?)

20. FUNGIA RUPPELLII. (Leuckart.) Dana.

F. grandis, elongata, latitudine duplo longior, convexa, subtus concava.
Corallum lamellis incequalibus, denticulatis, utrinque asperis; denti-
culis incequalibus s&pius laceris, interdum subtruncatis, oririma ad.
utrumque finem fere producta, indivisa: subtus echinatum.

Large, much elongate, twice as long as broad, convex, below concave.
Corallum with unequal lamellae, rough on both surfaces; denticulate,
denticles unequal, usually lacerate, sometimes subtruncate; oririme
continued nearly to each margin, undivided : below, echinate.

Indian Ocean. Leuckart.

The delicately lacerato-denticulate lamell* separate this species
from the others described. One of Leuckart's specimens measured
four and a half inches in length and two and a quarter inches broad.

Herpetolilhus Riippellii, Leuckart, op. cit., 54, tab. 1.

The Fungia echinata, figured in the Reg. Anim., 1837, pi. 82, fig. 2, has the fine
denticulation of the Riippellii, but it is represented as crenato-denticulate. Its length is
a little more than twice its breadth.

21. FUNGIA CRASSA. (Dana.)

F. grandis, elongata, latitudine duplo longior, valde convexa et latere com-
pressa, subtus profunde concava. Corallum crassimum, lamellis crasse
dentatis, non granulosis, dentibus rotundatis, scepe l£-2"' lads, ori-
rima 4-5-partitd : subtus superf.de confertissime echinata.

TRIBE I. — ASTRJEACEA. 305

Large, much elongate, full twice as long as broad, strongly convex
and laterally compressed ; below deeply concave. Corallum very
stout, lamellae coarsely dentate, not granulous, teeth rounded, often
l£ to 2 lines broad, oririme 4 to 5 parted ; below very crowdedly
echinate.

Plate 19, fig. 13.

/ -

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles in its lamellae the gigantea, of which I have
suspected it to be a variety; but it is much compressed laterally,
and often a little distorted, and the teeth are larger. One specimen
measures ten inches long, three and a half broad, and three and
a quarter high, with below a concavity two inches deep, and the
corallum one and a half inches thick. The oririme moreover is
subdivided.

Rumph. Amboyn. vi., fig. 2, tab. 88, may be this species.

GENUS II.— CYCLOLITES.— LAMARCK.

Fungidce liberce, non gemmates, itaque simplidssimee ; ore centrali. Co-
ralla superne centra depressa et lamellis radiata; subtus concentrice
striata, nuda.

Free Fungidae, not budding, and therefore quite simple ; mouth cen-
tral. Coralla above, with a depression (oririme) at centre, and sur-
face radiated with lamellae ; below, concentrically striate, naked.

The Cyclolites are fossil species of small size, resembling closely
the Fungiee ; and some of the latter have distinct traces of concentric
striae below, or lines of growth, somewhat like the former. Yet the
general habit of the two are different, and the Fungiae are always
papillose or echinate on the under surface, with the radiating lines
far the most decided. This genus was established by Lamarck.
Goldfuss unites it with the genus Fungia. Blainville states that the

306 ZOOPHYTES.

Montlivaltia of Laraouroux is a Cyclolites, as he ascertained by an exa-
mination of the original specimen.

Cyclolites, Lamarck, ii. 367. Montlivaltia, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 78,

, Blainville, Man. 335. tab. 79, figs. 8, 10.

Fungia, Goldfuss, Petref., 47. Cydolithas, Ehrenberg, Genus xvii.

II. Fungidte liberce, ezplanato-gemmatce.

GENUS III.— HERPETOLITHUS.— ESCHSCHOLTZ.

Fungidce liberce, gemmatce, explanatce ; polypis uniseratim mediants ma-
joribus et aliis undique sparsis, utrisque tentaculatis, tentaculis brevi-

bus aut obsoletis. Corolla oblonga, oririmd mediana composite!, pro-
fundd, aliisque simplicibus sparsis; lamellis denticulatis, per oririmas

interruptis, itaque brevibus (semipollice non minoribus], vix radiatis ;

superficie inferiors echinatd.

Free Fungidae, budding and explanate ; a single medial series of large
polyps, and others scattered, each with a separate circle of tenta-
cles, which are quite short or obsolete. Coralla elongate, with a
deep medial compound oririme, and others simple scattered ; la-
mellae interrupted at the scattered oririmes, and hence short (not
less than half an inch), scarcely at all radiate, denticulate; under
surface echinate.

The Herpetolithi have the general habit of the Fungioe, with which
they were associated till separated by Eschscholtz. The surface of
the coralla, instead of consisting of long lamellae radiating to the mar-
gin, as in the Fungiae and Zoopili, is made up of short lamellae, extending
only from one oririme to another ; and instead of having a single cen-
tral mouth, polyp-mouths are scattered over the whole surface. They
usually grow in oblong forms, more or less elliptical, either flat, or
convex above, and concave below, and not unfrequently a little con-
torted ; and, in allusion to their shape, they have been familiarly called
sea-tongues ; they have also some resemblance to a large slug, which
suggested the generic name.* Some, turned over, look like oblong

* From 6£iru, to creep, and Xidoj, stone. Ehrenberg's name, Haliglossa, given sub-
sequently to Eschscholtz's, is from aXj, sea, and yXua'tfr], tongue.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 307

troughs or basins. They occasionally attain a length of a foot or
more. The whole surface is crowdedly echinate below. When alive
the general umber tint above, in some species, appears sprinkled with
bright green, from the mouths and short tentacles : the latter are mere
inflations of the membrane over the lamellae around each, mouth.
The Herpetolithi are confined to the warm coral-reef seas.
/ •
Arrangement of the Species.

*1. H. limacinus. 4. H. stellaris.

2. H. interruptus. *5. H. strictus.

*3. H. (oliosus. *6. H. crassus.

1. HERPETOLITHUS LIMACINUS. (Lamarck.} Eschscholtz.

H. angusto-oblongus,planiusculus out convexus. Corallum lamellis laxis,
raro pollice longioribus, nee radiantibus.

Narrow oblong, nearly flat or convex. Corallum with the lamellae lax,
rarely an inch long, not radiating.

Plate 20, fig. 2, profile of vertical section ; 2 a, form of corallum ; 2,
b, c, d, outline of lamellae.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The specimens in the Expedition collections from Singapore are
nearly flat, undulate, and somewhat distorted. They measure ten
inches in length, three in breadth, and half to three-quarters of an inch
in thickness. The lamellae are distant — nearly a line — as is well shown
in Ellis's figure. The spines of the under surface are very short, and
not in series except near the margin. One specimen examined is
seventeen inches long, and deeply concave below (about one and a
quarter inches). The spines below are slender points, which are
every where crowded. Besides the medial line of oririmes, there are
also two lateral imperfect series, near the middle of each lateral half of
the corallum.

Mad . pileus, Ellis and Solander, 159, tab. Pung'ia Umax, Oken, Zool. i. 74.

45 ; a good figure. Fungialimacina, (in part,) Lamk., ii. 373;
Mad. lima, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 77, tab. 63 ; No. 7.

a reduced copy of Ellis's figure.

308 ZOOPHYTES.

Pungia limacina, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth. the oblong Fungiee, the species of which

52, tab. 45; Encyc., 419. is doubtful.
, Blainville, Man., 337 ; his figure 3, Haliglossa limacina, Ehrenb., G. xv. sp. 2,

pi. 51 , is from a worn specimen of one of Herpetolittia limacina, Leuckart, op. cit. 56.

2. HERPETOLITHUS INTERRUPTUS. (Ehrenberg.} Leuckart.

H. obtongus, convexus, subtus concavus. Corattum lamellis inaqualibus,
fasciculatim interruptis, oririmd mediana nee media.

Oblong, convex, and below concave. Corallum with unequal lamellae,
fasciculately interrupted, the medial oririme not in the middle.

This species is described by Ehrenberg from a specimen, in the
Royal Museum at Berlin, ten inches in length. He refers to figure
5, tab. Ill, of Seba. This figure represents a very convex species,
eleven inches long, and nearly six broad, with the margin undulate.
The lamellae are half to two-thirds of an inch long, and finely denti-
culate, and are much more crowded than in the limacina, from which
it is distinguished also by its great breadth and convexity. The
locality is not known.

Fungus marinus,oblongw,grandis, lamel- Fungia limacina, (in part,) Lamk., ii. 373.

lis tenuibus, parvis, erectis, subtiliter Haliglossa interrupta, Ehrenb., G. xv.

dentatis, squamosis ; Pikus Neptuni No. 3.

dictus. Seba, iii. tab. Ill, fig. 5. Herpetolitha inte-mtpta, Leuck.,op. cit. 58.

3. HERPETOLITHUS FOLIOSUS. (Ehrenberg.) Leuckart.

H. oblongus, concavus, subtus concavus. Corallum oririmd composita
mediana, etiam serie utrinque laterali.

Oblong, convex, below concave. Corallum with a medial compound
oririme, and a lateral series on either side.

This description by Ehrenberg, from a specimen in the Royal Mu-
seum at Berlin, is insufficient for distinguishing it, as an imperfect
lateral series may be observed in the limacina. The specimen was a
foot in length. Fig. 3, tab. Ill, of Seba, to which he refers, repre-

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 309

sents a specimen nine inches long and four broad, which is much
wider in proportion to its length than the limacina.

Fungus marinus obliquus, bracleolis valde Haliglossa foliosa, Ehrenb., G. xv. sp. 4.
temtibus, subtiliter denticulatis, erectis, Herpetolittia foliosa, Leuckart, op. cit. 59.
squamosis, Seba, Thes. iii. tab. Ill, fig. 3.

Fig. 3, Plate 20, may be this species. It is from a specimen deeply concave below,
eighteen inches long, and/ three and three-fourths wide, having the spines of the under sur-
face very delicate points, and the lamellae above, rarely three-fourths of an inch long.

4. HERPETOLITHUS STELLARIS. (Ehrenberg.) Leuckart.

H. oblongus. Corattum radiatum, stellatum ; oririmd mediand valde
angustd ; lamellis interruptis, non aperte fasciculatis.

Oblong. Corallum radiate, stellate ; medial oririme very narrow,
lamellae interrupted, not distinctly fasciculate.

Ehrenberg adds that this species approaches the limacina, but has
smaller lamellae, and narrower and shallower oririmes, and the medial
as oblique. The length given for a specimen at Berlin, is nine inches.
He refers to Esper's figure, plate 73, which has the form of a three-
rayed star, each ray about two and a quarter inches wide, and from
two and a half to three and one-fourth inches long. The figure is
copied by Esper, from Boddaert (Lyst. d. Plantdieren), and is very
imperfect. Boddaert states that there are eight or nine small teeth
on the upper edge of the lamellae.

Madrcpora trilinguis, Boddaert, Lyst. d. Mad. Pileus,var., Esper, Fortsetz. i. tab. 73.
Plant. D. Aanhangzel, p. 613, pi. 14, Haliglossa stellaris, Ehrenb., G. xv. sp. 5.
(cited from Esper.) Herpelolitha stellaris, Leuckart, op. cit. 58.

5. HERPETOLITHUS STRICTUS. (Dana.)

H. angusto-oblongus, crassus, utrinque attenuatus, convexus, subtus con-
cavus aut planiusculus. Corallum lamellis tenuioribus, fragilibus, con-
fertissimis, nee radiantibus, subtilissime denticulatis, oririmd mediand
usque ad utrumque finem productd.

Narrow oblong, thick, attenuate at either extremity, convex ; below

310 ZOOPHYTES.

concave or nearly flat. Corallum with thin fragile lamellae, closely
crowded, not radiate, very minutely denticulate; the medial oriri me
continued quite to each extremity.

Plate 21, fig. 1, profile of vertical cross section.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimens in the collections are seven inches long, two and a
half wide, and one inch thick at middle. One is nearly flat below,
and the other has a concavity half an inch deep. The lamellae are
very thin and crowded, about twenty larger being counted in the
breadth of an inch.

6. HERPETOLITHUS CRASSUS. (Dana.}

H. angusto-oblongus, crassimus (margine et media 1J-1J"), extremis
late rotundus, valde convexus et subtus concavus ; umbrinus, tenta-
culis brevibus, late virentibus. Corallum lamellis confertis, nee ra-
diatis ; subtus spinulosum, spinulis crassis.

Narrow oblong, very stout (at margin and at middle 1| to l£ inches
thick), broadly rounded at each extremity, much convex, and below
concave ; colour umber, tentacles very short, bright green. Co-
rallum with the lamellae much crowded, not radiate ; spines below
stout.

Plate 20, fig. 5, zoophyte expanded, natural size ; 5 a, profile of
section of corallum ; 5 o, outline of a lamella ; 5 b, a marginal lamella.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This is a large and heavy species, with the ends broadly rounded.
One specimen is a foot long, somewhat distorted, three and a half
inches broad and three high, with a concavity below an inch deep ;
thickness of the corallum one and a quarter inches. Another is seven
and a half inches long by five broad, and three and a half high. The
lamellae are much crowded, not very thin, and vary from half an inch
to an inch in length. The medial oririme does not extend to the
extremities.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 311

GENUS IV.— HALOMITRA.— DANA.

FungidcB liberce, gemmatce, explanatce, polypis omnino sparsis, (utrisque
longe tentaculatis ?). Coralla convexa ; oririmis grandibus, undique
sparsis; lamettis brevibus (semipollice non minoribus},crassimis,crasse
dentatis, radiatis;, super fide inferiori echinatd.

Free Fungidse, budding and explanate; polyps throughout scattered
(each with a separate circle of large tentacles ?). Coralla convex,
oririmes large, every where scattered; lamellae short and stout (not
less than half an inch), coarsely dentate, radiate ; under surface
echinate.

The coralla of the Halomitrse, though like those of the Polyphyllise
in not having a medial compound oririme, are peculiar in their coarse
and coarsely dentate radiated lamellae. The only species known is
conically cap-shape, and very stout and heavy. The polyps, as may
be inferred from the corallum, appear to have each a distinct circle of
tentacles, like those of the Herpetolithi, and these are probably of
large size. This genus is made for the Mitra Polonica of Rumphius,
the Fungia Pileus of Lamarck, as the coral has not the characters
of either of the other generic groups. The name is from axs, sea,
and jus-pa, mitre.

HALOMITRA PILEUS. (Lamarck.) Dana.

H. maxima, hemispherico-conica. Corallum §-l£" crassum, lam,ellis
crassis, valde inciso-dentatis, scepius J— $" longis (ad peripheriam fere
1^"); subtus, crasse et confertissime radiatim echinatd.

Very large, hemispherico-conical. Corallum § to l^ inches thick,
lamella? stout, strongly inciso-dentate, usually £ to ^ of an inch
long (nearly 1J at the margin); under surface stoutly and very
crowded ly radiately echinate.

Plate 21, fig. 2, cross section; 2 a, outline of lamella ; 2 b, another
variety.

East Indies and Pacific. — The Feejees. Exp. Exp.

312 ZOOPHYTES.

This species is called by the old authors, Neptune's Cap. One of
the Expedition specimens is a foot in diameter at base, and eight inches
high. The lamellae are very stout, with irregular narrow incised den-
tations nearly an eighth of an inch long. They are every where
more or less radiate, and not unfrequently a lateral process passes off
from a lamella to an adjoining centre.

Bonnet de Neptune, Tournefort, Acad. R. Mitra Polonica, Rumph., vi. tab. 88, fig. 3.
des Sciences, 1700, p. 27, with a plate Fungia Pileus, Lamarck, ii. 374, No. 9.
facing p. 30. , Lamouroux, Encyc., 420.

GENDS V.— POLYPHYLLIA.— QUOY & GAYMARD.

FungidcE liberce, gemmates, explanatce ; polypis (zqualiter et omnino
spar sis (raro media remote seriatis], confer tis, oribus et tentaculis un-
dique intermistis. Coralla lamellis brevissimis (semipollice minoribus)
denticulatis, sparsis aut vix radiatis, oririmis sparsis, interdum in-
conspicuis.

Free Fungidce, budding and explanate ; polyps equal and throughout
scattered, rarely remotely seriate along the medial line, crowded,
with mouths and tentacles every where interspersed. Coralla
with very short lamellae (less than half an inch long), denticulate,
scattered or imperfectly radiate ; oririmes scattered, sometimes in-
distinct.

The Polyphyllise resemble caps or inverted cups, oblong basins
or troughs, the under surface being concave and the upper corre-
spondingly convex ; and they are often of large size, a length or dia-
meter of a foot being common with some species. The upper surface
of the corallum consists of a large number of very narrow denticulate
lamellae, and when alive, the whole is bristled with as many tentacles,
a single tentacle corresponding to each ; among the tentacles are scat-
tered the small polyp-mouths. These species consequently differ
from the Herpetolithi and Halomitrse, in being so closely aggregated
that there is only a single tentacle between adjacent mouths ; and it
is due to this that the lamellae are shorter than in any others of the
free Fungidae. They are also in general fragile species.

TRIBE I.— ASTR^EACEA. 313

The Polyphylliae are confined to the warm coral-reef seas.

The animals of the Polyphylliae were first observed and figured by
Quoy and Gaymard, by whom the genus was instituted. The name
alludes to the small lamellse of the surface, and is derived from *oXuf,
many, and <puXXov, leaf. The Lithactinia of Lesson pertains to this
genus.

' Arrangement of the Species.

I. A medial interrupted series of oririmes.

*1. P. talpa. 3. P. sigmoides.

*2. P. leptophylla. 4. P. pelvis (a medial series in adult,

only).

II. Oririmes very distinct, no medial series.
*5. P. fungia.

III. Oririmes indistinct, no medial series.

*6. P. pileiformis. *7. P. galeriformis.

I. Oririmis medianis longitudinaliter seriatis.
1. POLYPHYLLIA TALPA.

P. angusto-oblonga, convexa, subtus concava. CoraUum |" crassum,
oririmis apertioribus, scepe oblique substellatis, medianis seriatis ;
lamellis brevibus, sapius ferme \", sed marginalibus §" longis.

Narrow oblong, convex, below concave. Corallum £ of an inch thick,
oririmes quite distinct, often obliquely substellate, the medial
seriate ; lamellae short, mostly about \ of an inch, but the marginal
§ of an inch, long.

Plate 21, fig. 5 a, lamellae as they radiate from one side of an
oririme ; 5 b, c, outline of lamellae ; 5 d, marginal lamella.

East Indies. (Lamarck.)

This is the Talpa marina, of the old authors. One specimen seen
by the author, measures eight and a half inches in length, three and a
half in breadth, and two and a half in height, with the thickness three-
fourths of an inch. It agrees well with Seba's fig. 6, tab. 111. The
under surface is finely scabrous. The oririmes are one-third to one-

314 ZOOPHYTES.

half an inch apart, and the lamellae of the stars are often obliquely
stellate, and quite thin at the edge towards the oririme. Ehrenberg
mentions a specimen a foot and a half long. This species is peculiar
in its thickness and distinct oririmes, and often substellate lamellae.

Fungus marinus oblongus, lamettis mini- Fungia talpa, Oken, Zool. 74.

mis, squameis, subtiliter denticulatis, Herpolitha talpa, Eschscholtz, Oken's Isis

erectis, in media dorso stellalis ; cui no- for 1825.

men est Talpa marina : ad oras Am- Polyphyllia talpa, Blainv., Man. 339.

boynte, Seba, Thes. iii. fig. 6, tab. Ill ; a , Ehrenberg, G. xvi. sp. 1.

good figure. Agaricia talpa, Schweig., Handb. 415.
Fungia talpa, Lamk., ii. 373, No. 8.

2. POLYPHYLLIA LEPTOPHYLLA. (Ehrenberg.}

P. angusto-obhnga, convexa et subtus concava, extremitatibus rotundata.
Corallum %" crassum ; oririmis apertioribus, profundis, substellatis,
mediants seriatis ; lamellis brevioribus (l£-2'"), prominentioribus
tenuissime denticulatis, et fragilibus, marginalibus 2-3'" longis.

Narrow oblong, above convex, and below concave, extremities rounded.
Corallum \ of an inch thick, oririmes very distinct and deep, often
substellate, the medial seriate; lamellse quite short (IJ to 2 lines),
much prominent, very slenderly denticulate and fragile, the mar-
ginal, 2 to 3 lines long.

Plate 20, fig. 6 a, form of the corallum ; 6 b, c, outline of lamellae.

With the general shape and thickness of the talpa, this species has
smaller and more exsert lamellae, very slenderly denticulate, and those
of the margin are also very much shorter. A specimen in the collec-
tions -of the Boston Natural History Society, is eleven and a half
inches long, nearly four inches broad, and two in height. The lamellae
are very fragile, and project two and a half or nearly three lines above
the bottom of the oririmes.

Polyphyllia leptophylla, Ehrenberg, G. xvi. sp. 2.

3. POLYPHYLLIA SIGMOIDES. (Ehrenberg.}
P. angusto-oblonga, kviter sigmoides, utrinque attenuata. Corallum

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 315

lamellis subsolitariis, talpa tenuioribus et brevioribus ; oririmis medi-
ants seriatis.

Narrow oblong, curving slightly like the letter S, attenuate towards
both extremities. Corallum with the lamellae subsolitary, thinner
and shorter than in the talpa ; medial oririmes seriate.

According to Seba's figure, to which Ehrenberg refers, this species
attains a length of five inches, with a breadth of but one and a quarter
inches. Around the oririmes of the medial series, the lamellae are
substellate, but elsewhere they are subsolitary, and hardly a sixth of
an inch long.

Talpa marina, &c., Seba, Thes. iii., fig. 31, Fungia talpa, (in part,) Lamarck, ii., 373,

tab. 112. No. 8.

Agaricia talpa, (in part,) Schweig. Handb. Polyphyttia sigmoides, Ehrenberg, G. xvi.,

415. sp. 3.

4. POLYPHYLLIA PELVIS. ( Quoy <$• Gaymard.}

P. plus minusve oblonga, convexa, subtus concava ; tentaculis rubro-brun-
neis, apice albidis. Corallum tenue, fragile; lamellis solitariis ince-
qualibus, denticuhtis, granulosis ; oririmis medianis, corallis adultis,
subseriatis.

Somewhat oblong, convex, below concave; tentacles brownish-red,
white at tip. Corallum thin, fragile ; lamellae unequal, denticulate,
granulous ; in large specimens the medial oririmes subseriate.

Port Carteret, New Holland, and also Vanikoro. Quoy $ Gaymard.

The thin and fragile character of the corallum, as well as its shape,
distinguishes this species from the preceding. Quoy and Gaymard
describe it as having the form of a shallow basin inverted, either oval,
round, or subquadrilateral. The series of medial oririmes, in the
largest specimen seen by them, extended from one extremity to the
other, along the longest diameter. The under surface they describe
as undulato-striate. According to the figure given by these authors,
the lamellae are little over a third of an inch in length, and the tenta-
cles, when expanded, are placed obliquely over them.

316 ZOOPHYTES.

Pdyphyttia pelvis, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast. iv., 185, pi. 20, figs. 8-10.
The specimen figured was from Port Carteret. Figure 8, which appears to be of the
natural size, represents a small shallow basin, inverted, three inches long and three-quar-
ters of an inch deep.

NOTE. — Quoy and Gaymard refer here, and with apparent reason, the Litliactinia
novce-hibernice of Lesson (Illust. de Zool. PI. 6). It is described by Lesson as occurring
in broad disks, measuring about five inches by four and three quarters, a little concave
on one side. The corallum is thin, with the lamella: about a fourth of an inch long and
denticulate. Below, the margin, for nearly half an inch, appears, from the figure, to be
striate, and beyond this the points are scattered, though arranged in successive zones
(zones or wrinkles of growth ?) The tentacles are described as of a bistre colour, irised
or rose-coloured above, and bronze below : they are large and inflated, and sometimes ten
to twelve lines long. From Lesson's figure A., which represents a mouth surrounded by
tentacles, there appear to be some stellate oririmes, like those on the medial line in the
talpa. This coral was obtained by Lesson at Port Praslin, New Ireland, upon the coral
rocks, in one or two feet water, while in the Coquille, in August, 1823.

II. Oririmis valde conspicuis, nullis median-is seriatis.

5. POLYPHYLLIA FUNGIA. (Dana.}

P. orbicularis, convexa et subtus concava, polypis omnino sparsis. Co-
rallum subcrassum (4-6'"), oririmis profundis, 1-1|'" latis ; lamellis
non radiatis, valde prominentibus, tenuissimis, incisodenticulatis,
3-5'" longiSj margine s&pe, 6-12'" ; subtus radiate conferlimque
echinulatis.

Circular, convex, and below concave; polyps throughout scattered.
Corallum rather stout (4 to 6 lines thick) ; oririrnes deep, 1 to 1 £
lines broad ; lamellae not radiate, very prominent and thin, inciso-
denticulate, 3 to 5 lines long, and those of the margin 6 to 12 lines;
below crowdedly and throughout radiately echinulate.

The convex circular form of the specimen here described, is quite
regular; it is about an inch in height, and half an inch thick at
middle, and in .diameter four inches. It belongs to the collections of
the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia.

In the absence of a medial series of oririmes it resembles the fol-
lowing species ; but it is very much stouter, and the oririmes are very
distinct.

TRIBE I. — ASTR.E A C E A. 317

III. Oririmis inconsjncuis, nullis medianis seriatis.

6. POLYPHYLLIA PILEIFORMIS. (Dana.)

P. subhemispherica, pikiformis, superne ampliter rotundata ; juniore
inversfi, late patelliformi. Corallum tenue (£"), fragile; lamellis
undique solitariis, 2-3'" longis ; oririmis nullis nusquam conspicuis.

Very large, nearly hemispherical or cap-shape, at top very broadly
rounded ; young specimens broad dish-shape. Corallum thin (£
of an inch), fragile ; Iamella3 every where solitary, 2 to 3 lines long ;
no distinct oririmes in any part.

Plate 21, fig. 4, lamellae, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

In one specimen, of this species, the top of the hemispherical cap
is nearly flat for three or four inches in breadth, and hence, when
young, it has at first the shape of a nearly flat disk. In this respect
it resembles the pelvis, but there is no median trench, as in the adult
specimens of that species : the lamella? are throughout solitary. The
largest individual in the collections is ten inches in one diameter and
eight in the other, with a height of five inches : inverted it looks like
a large dish of this depth. It is very fragile, and of quite even
thickness throughout, with the under surface striate and strongly
scabrous.

7. POLYPHYLLIA GALERIFORMIS. (Dana.)

P. conico-hemispherica, pikiformis, superne anguste rotundata; juniore
inversa, bene pocilliformi. Corallum tenuissimum (J"), fragile ;
lamellis undique solitariis, l£-2"' longis, oririmis nullis nusquam
conspicuis.

P. conico-hemispherical, cap-shape, with the top narrow ; young spe-
cimens inverted neat cup-shape, hemispherical. Corallum quite
thin (\ of an inch), and fragile; lamellae every where solitary; 1J
to 2 lines long ; no distinct oririmes in any part.

318 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 21, fig. 3, zoophyte expanded ; 3 a, lamellae, natural size ; 3 b,
same, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles the pileiformis, but is narrower above, and
more conical in shape, when of large size, in consequence of its com-
mencing as a small cup; the small cup of the young state is the top
of the adult cap. The lamellae are also smaller and uniformly so, and
the corallum thinner. The small cup-shaped specimens, one of which
is figured in the plate referred to, are about three inches in diameter
and two in height, and when alive, they are bristled with tentacles,
looking something like an Echinus. A large specimen measures ten
inches in one diameter, seven inches in the other, and six in height.
Excepting the difference of size, the small and large specimens are
identical in their characters, and alike differ from the pileiformis.

GENUS VI.— ZOOPILUS.— DANA.

FungidcB libera, gemmates, explanatce ; polypis undique sparsis, oribus
radiate seriatis. Corolla lamellis majoribus usque ad peripheriam
radiate productis, intermediis minoribus et per oririmas interrupts.

Free Fungidse, budding and explanate ; polyps every where scattered,
mouths radiately seriate. Coralla with the larger lamellae radiately
prolonged quite to the margin, the intermediate much smaller, arid
these alone interrupted by the oririmes.

In general form and texture the Zoopili resemble the cap-shaped
Polyphyllise (P. pileiformis), but in structure they are quite different.
The polyp-mouths lie between the large ridges of the surface, which
radiate quite to the outer margin. In the corallum these ridges cor-
respond to the larger lamellae : the oririmes are situated between
them, and interrupt the subordinate lamellae at small intervals. These
zoophytes are hence very unlike the other compound free Fungidfe.
The animals are still unknown. From the deep dentations of the
large lamellae of the corallum, and the nearly entire margins of the
smaller crowded lamellae between, it may be conjectured that instead

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 319

of proper tentacles around the polyp-mouths, there is a series of tuber-
culiform organs corresponding to tentacles, arranged along over the
teeth of the large lamellae.

In allusion to the cap shapes produced by the species, the generic
name is derived from £Uov, animal, and «Xo?, a cap.

ZOOPILUS ECHINATUS. (Dana.)

Z. pileiformis, aut inverso patelliformis. Corallum tenue (£"), fragile ;
lamellis majoribus £" remotis, valde dentatis, dentibus angustis, ince-
qualibus, et apice granulosis ; intermediis tenuissimis, confertissimis,
denticulatis ; oririmis non bene conspicuis, ferme £" remotis.

Cap-shape or inverted dish-shape. Corallum thin (£ inch), fragile,
larger lamellae ^ of an inch distant, strongly dentate, teeth narrow,
unequal, and granulous at apex, the intermediate lamellae very thin,
much crowded, denticulate ; oririmes not very distinct, about £ an
inch apart.

Plate 21, fig. 6, corallum, natural size; 6 a, outline of part of a
section.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

One of the specimens in the Expedition collections is ten inches
long, seven broad, and five high ; another, more resembling an in-
verted platter, has nearly the same lateral dimensions, with a height
of three inches. The depression at centre in the specimen figured, is
an accidental distortion, and not the position of a medial oririme. The
larger lamella; project about one-eighth of an inch above the interme-
diate, which are three to six in number, nearly equal, very thin, and
closely crowded.

III. Fungida gemmatce affizte.

GENUS VII.— PAVONIA.— LAMARCK.

Fungida affixa, gemmatce, explanatce aut glomerate aut interdum sub-
ramosce ; potypis obsolescenter tentaculatis, spar sis, raro transverse

320 ZOOPHYTES.

subseriatis. Cor alia super fide stellata et plana, non plicata; oririmis
conspicuis, sed cellis nullis ; lamettis subintegris, alternis plus minusve
minoribus.

Attached Fungidae, budding; explanate, glomerate or subramose;
polyps obsolescently teritaculate, scattered, rarely transversely sub-
seriate. Coralla having the surface plane and stellate, and not
plicate ; oririmes distinct, but cells none ; lamellae nearly or quite
entire, the alternate somewhat smaller.

The Pavonise usually grow in aggregated crest-like folia. Some
species consist of leaves, hardly a line thick, gracefully clustered into
hemispherical clumps ; and others of larger and thicker plates, aggre-
gated so as to intersect and leave angular or polygonal spaces between.
The folia usually coalesce by their margins wherever they come in
contact.

The animals are like those of the Fungise in general character ;
they are quite small, each seldom exceeding three lines in breadth!
When alive and expanded the tentacles appear as mere inflations of
the exterior membrane around each polyp-mouth, and are extremely
short. In the species examined, the general colour of the zoophyte
was some shade of umber or brown, while the mouth and tentacles
were the prevailing bright green. The surface of the corallum is
covered with neat stars, consisting of minute, nearly entire lamellae,
which pass uninterruptedly from one centre to another, and are often
nearly parallel in the intervals. These lamellae are generally alter-
nately smaller, though sometimes very nearly equal; when the latter
they appear much more crowded and numerous. The number in a
breadth of one-fourth of an inch, over the inner part of a folium, varies
in different species (excluding the P. explanulata), from eighteen to
twenty-eight, or generally from twenty-four to twenty-eight. Though
commonly bifacial, they are sometimes unifacial.

Besides the foliaceous Pavoniee described, there are also massive
species, which should be properly included in this genus. They have
been hitherto united with the genus Astraa, yet have all the charac-
teristics of a Pavonia in their stars and polyps. A glomerate form is
no ground for a generic separation.

The Pavoniee have affinities with the AstraidaB through the Trida-
cophyllise, in some species of which, the foliaceous septa are sparsely
covered with oririmes closely resembling those of this genus. They

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 321

differ from the Agaricise in not having the intervals between trans-
verse series of polyps raised into ridges or folds, nor excavate cells
like some of the subgerius Mycedia. The Psammocorse sometimes
resemble the Pavonise, but are distinct, in the lamellae not being so
regular and so nearly entire, and the stars much less neat, or even
indistinct.

The species of this genus are confined to the warm coral-reef seas,
and mostly to the Indian and Pacific Oceans.

The genus Pavonia was instituted by Lamarck for the bifacial foli-
aceous species here included, together with the Tridacophyllise, of
which Blainville made a distinct genus. Some unifacial species,
having the essential characters of the genus, are here restored to it,
which have been placed with the Agaricise. Numerous instances,
— the genera Echinopora, Merulina, for example, — evince that the
mere fact of the polyp-mouths being confined to one surface or not is
comparatively unimportant, as the same species sometimes exemplifies
in its different parts the two modes of growth. The glomerate species
form part of the group Siderastrsea, of Blainville. The Thamnas-
terise of Sauvage, may be in part here included.

The name of the genus alludes to the gracefully spreading forms
often presented by the species, and is from the Latin pavo, peacock.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Unifacial; hypocrateriform.

*1. P. explanulata.

II. Unifacial ; foliaceous.

2. P. crispa. 4. P. elephantotus.

*3. P. papyracea.

III. Bifacial ; folia crispate.

5. P. cactus. *8. P. venusta.

*6. P. prsetorta. *9. P. divaricata.

*7. P. formosa. *10. P. boletiformis.

IV. Bifacial; folia nearly flat and not crispate.

*11. P. frondifera. *13. P. lata.

*12. P. decussata. *14. P. crassa.

V. Glomerate or subramose.

15. P. siderea. *17. P. clavus.

16. P. latistella.

322 ZOOPHYTES.

I. Pavonice unifronles hypocrateriformes.

1. PAVONIA EXPLANULATA. (Lamarck.} Dana.

P. hypocrateriformis, scepe distorta et lobata, centra affixa. Corallum
£"-£" crassum, lamellis confertis, sub&qualibus, majoribus alternis,
laciniato-denticulatis ; oririmis remote spar sis, scepe 2'" langis; super-
fide inferno, echinulato-striatd et porosd.

Hypocrateriform, often distorted and lobed when large, attached below
at centre. Corallum J to | an inch thick, lamellae crowded, sub-
equal, the larger alternate, laciniato-denticulate ; oririmes remotely
scattered, often 2 lines long; under surface echinulato-striate and
porous.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

A specimen of this species in the Expedition collections, has the
shape of a broad somewhat conical disk, supported on a short pedicel ;
it measures six inches by four in breadth, and is two and a quarter
inches deep. The lamellae have a coarse appearance, quite different
from the other Pavonise, there being but about six of the larger to half
an inch in breadth ; there is usually a ragged prominence on some of
the lamellae immediately above an oririme. Other specimens seen by
the author, were three times the above size, and much contorted.

This species might well form a distinct genus. It looks much like
an inverted pedicellate Halomitra.

Mad. pileus, Esper, vol. i. tab. 6 ; the Agaricia ezplanata, Lamouroux, Encyc.

figure, though indifferent, is easily recog- 14.

nised. , Blainville, Man. 361.

Agaricia explanulata, Lamk., ii. 383, , Schweig., Handb. 415.

No. 7.

II. Pavonice unifr 'antes, foliacece.

2. PAVONIA CRISPA. (Ehrenberg.} Dana.

P. pumila (sesquipollicaris], foliacea, hemispherica, frondibus parvis, 4'"
latis, distortis, apice rotundatis. Corallum oririmis crebris in facie
stirpis inferior e, viz 1'" latis.

TRIBE I. — AST R^ ACE A. 323

Small (1J inches), foliaceous, hemispherical, fronds 4 lines broad, dis-
torted, rounded at apex. Corallum with crowded oririmes on the
under surface, scarcely a line broad.

This species, described by Ehrenberg, is near the papyracea, but
is different in form and has smaller and more crowded oririmes.

Agaricia crispa, EhrenS., G. Ixvi., sp. 2 ; locality not known.

3. PAVONIA PAPYRACEA. (Dana.)

P . pumila, foliacea, frondibus solitariis, erectis et valde crispis, tenuissi-
mis (viz £"' crassis), multilobatis. Corallum papyraceum ; lamellis
subtilibus, juxta oririmas prominulis ; oririmis paucis et remotis, !£"'
latis ; super -fide infernd obsolete striata, vix scabriuscula.

Small, foliaceous, fronds solitary, erect, strongly crispate, very thin
(scarcely £ of a line thick), multilobate. Corallum papyraceous,
lamellae very delicate, a little prominent near the oririmes; oririmes
few and remote, 1£ lines broad; under surface obsoletely striate,
very slightly scabrous.

Plate 22, figure 3, corallum, natural size.

The Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

This extremely delicate species grows in small fronds, much crisped
and lobed, and about one and a half inches high, and two broad. The
lamellte are very neat and minute, a little prominent around the ori-
rimes. The few distant oririmes, of rather large size, and the general
mode of growth, distinguish the species from the crispa.

4. PAVONIA ELEPHANTOTUS. (Pallas.} Dana.

P. foliacea, cespitosa, foliis tenuibus, amplis et ampliter crispis, inter-
dum laceris et proliferc productis. Corallum oririmis remotis, gran-
dibus ; lamellis subtilibus, non confertis, denticulatis ; superjicie infe-
riore striata.

324

ZOOPHYTES.

P. foliaceous, cespitose ; folia thin, broad and broadly crispate, some-
times lacerate and proliferously extended. Corallum with the ori-
rimes remote, large ; lamellae thin and delicate, not crowded, denti-
culate; under surface striate.

East Indies. Esper.

This coral, commonly called elephant's ear, forms clumps of spread-
ing and erect leaves, crispately curving, having a finely lamello-striate
surface, and distant scattered oririmes. The lamellae are very narrow
and even, and rather distant. Esper states that the leaves are thin,
and even diaphanous. They frequently coalesce by their back sur-
faces, and thus become bifacial folia. The species is near the Trida-
cophylliae in habit.

Madrepora elephantotus, Pallas, Zooph. 290.
, Esper, i. 126, tab. 18, figs. 1-4; a

clump four and a half inches wide, and

three high.
Agaricia ampliata, var., Lamk., ii. 381,

No. 4.

Mycedium elephantotus, Oken, Zool. i. 69.
Agaricia elephantopus, Schweig. Handb.

415.
Agaricia elephantotus, Ehrenb. G. Ixvi.,

sp. 1 ; Ehrenberg refers with a query to
Esper's figure, and gives the following
description : "Quadripollicaris, stellarum
difHuentium labiis in frondes bipollicares,
crispas et amplas, late venosas, laceras,
proliferasque productis, stellarum centro
tumidulo, fere 6'" lato." Folia some-
times bifacial. Ehrenberg suggests that
if distinct, the species may be named,
megastoma.

lit. PavonicB bifrontes,foliis crispis.

5. PAVONIA CACTUS. (Ehrenberg.)

P. erecta, Jobata, bifrons, lobis foliaceis, crispis, margine rotundatis,
crenulatis, scepe excisis ; polypis virentibus, tentaculis obsoletis. Co-
rallum oririmis semilinearibus, seriebus sulco levi conjunctis, subcon-
centricis, cottibus non omnino obsoletis ; lameUis subtilibus, arenoso-
asperis, obsolete denticulatis.

Erect and lobed, lobes foliaceous, crispate, with the margin rounded,
crenulate, often excised ; polyps green, tentacles obsolete. Coral-
lum with the oririmes half a line broad, series united by a slight
trench, subconcentric, separated by ridges not quite obsolete ;
lamella? minute, arenoso-asperate, obsoletely denticulate.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 325

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

This description is from Ehrenberg. The species appears to be
near the formosa, but grows very differently. Ehrenberg mentions
that it attains a height of six inches.

Pavonia cactus, Ehrenberg, op. cit. G. Ixv. Pavonia cactus, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 378.
sp. 3. No. 4 a.

6. PAVONIA PR^TORTA. (Dana.)

P. cespitoso-hemispherica ; foliis gradllimis, bifrontibus, lobato-subdivisis,
undique valde crispis et intortis. Corallum foliis tenuibus (infra
1-1J'"), margine fere papyraceis, oririmis minutis (vix J'"), scepius
transversim subseriatis cum interstitiis vix minime convexis ; lamellis
subtilissimis, confer tissimis, alternis vix minoribus.

Cespitoso-hemispherical ; folia bifacial, delicate, and lobato-subdivided,
every where strongly crispate and contorted. Corallum with the
folia quite thin (below 1 to 1£ lines), at the margin, nearly like
paper in thickness ; oririmes minute (scarcely J a line), mostly in
imperfect transverse series, with the interstices scarcely at all
convex ; lamellae very delicate and crowded, the alternate but little
smaller.

Plate 22, fig. 5, part of a clump, natural size; 5 a, a separate folium.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The hemispherical clumps of this species, consist of gracefully
turned leaves, closely aggregated, and contorted in every direction,
and very thin at the margin (hardly a fourth of a line for a fourth of
an inch from the summit). The oririmes are much smaller than in
the following species, to which it has some resemblance. This species
and the following were obtained at Tahiti, by William L. Hudson,
Esq., commander of the ship Peacock.

7. PAVONIA FORMOSA. (Dana.)

P. cespitoso-hemispherica ; foliis gracilibus, bifrontibus, lobato-subdivisis,

326 ZOOPHYTES.

curvatis et ampliter subcrispis. Corallum foliis tenuibus, (infra
1J-2'"), margine sapius acutis ; oririmis semilinearibus, stzpe. trans-
versim seriatis, inter slitiis obsolete convexis, et 1-1 J'" latis ; lamellis
subtilissimis, confertissimis, alternis vix minoribus.

Cespitoso-hemispherical ; folia thin, bifacial, lobato-subdivided, curved
and broadly subcrispate. Corallum with the folia thin (below 1 J to 2
lines thick), at the margin usually acute; oririmes J a line long, often
transversely seriate, with the interstices a little convex, and 1 to 1£
lines broad ; lamelke very delicate, much crowded, the alternate
scarcely smaller.

Plate 24, fig. 2, part of a hemispherical clump, natural size.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species grows in hemispherical clumps, like the prcetorta, but
the folia are mostly straight radii to the clump, curving or crispate
laterally, and not contorted in every direction ; and the curves are
large. The oririmes are also larger and more open, and the inter-
stices between series, more raised. It appears to be near the cactus
of Ehrenberg.

8. PAVONIA VENUSTA. (Dana.}

P. cespitoso-hemispherica ; foliis gracilibus, bifrontibus, kbato-subdivisis,
curvatis et valde crispis. Corallum foliis tenuioribus, oririmis par-
vulis scepe %'" superantibus, inter stitiis omnino plants, s&pe 2£"' latis ;
lamellis subtilissimis alternis valde minoribus.

Cespitoso-hemispherical ; folia thin, bifacial, lobato-subdivided, curved

and strongly crispate. Coralla with the folia thinner than in the

formosa; oririmes quite small, often exceeding a little half a line ;

interstices throughout flat, often 2£ lines in breadth ; lamellee very

delicate, the alternate much smaller.

This species in the general form of its folia is intermediate between
the formosa and prcetorta. The interstices between different oririmes
or lines of oririmes are mostly broader and quite flat, with the alter-
nate lamella? so unequal that the smaller are scarcely seen without a

TRIBE I. — AS TRIAGE A. 327

glass. These lamella? are extremely neat, more finely granulous on
the lateral surface than in the formosa, and much thinner than in
the prcetorta. The specimen affording the description belongs to the
collections of the Boston Natural History Society.

9. PAVONIA DIVARICATA. (Lamarck.}

P. cespitosa, plano-hemispherica ; foliis bifrontibus, valde subdivisis,
lobis carinato-angulatis, Jlexuoso-divaricatis, crebris et crassis, J— £"
latis. Corallum lamellis subconfertis, oririmis scepe linearibus.

Cespitose, piano-hemispherical; folia bifacial, very much subdivided,
lobes carinato-angular, and flexuoso-divaricate, crowded and stout,
J to ^ an inch broad. Corallum with the lamellae rather crowded,
oririmes often a line long.

Plate 22, fig. 6, natural size.

Indian Ocean. Lamarck. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The upper surface of a clump of this species, presents closely
crowded angular lobes, with sharp edges and summits. A branch
separated from the clump appears irregularly short-palmate and much
crisped, the lobes twisting in every direction. The clumps are often
a foot or more in diameter.

Pavonia divaricata, Lamk., ii. 378, No. 5. Pavonia divaricata, Blainv., Man., 365.
, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 605.

10. PAVONIA BOLETIFORMIS. (Lamarck.}

P. subhemispherica ; foliis bifrontibus, tenuibus, lobatis, undulatis, sub-
crispis, lobis 1" raro super antibus, margine acutis et scepius sinuosis.
Corallum superficie non carinata ; lamellis laxis ; oririmis scepe ses-
quilinearibus.

Subhemispherical; folia bifacial, thin, undulate or somewhat crispate,
lobed, lobes rarely exceeding an inch in breadth, with the margin
acute and usually sinuous. Corallum with the surface even and
not carinate ; lamellae lax ; oririmes often l£ lines long.

328 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 22, fig. 7, a single leaf of the corallum, natural size.

East Indies. — Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

This is one of the small-leaved species. Their crimpled form, and
the lax appearance of the lamellae (arising in part from the fact that
the intermediate are so small as to be scarcely seen between the
larger), and the non-carinate surface, are the distinguishing charac-
teristics. The oririmes within a third of an inch of the margin are
often short and rather indistinct ; but others below are an eighth of
an inch long.

Mad. cristata, Ellis and Solander, 158, tab. , Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 53, pi. 31,

31, figs. 3, 4 ; represent well the lax figs. 3, 4.

lamellae of the general surface, but not , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 604.

their closer appearance near the margin. , Blainville, Man., 365.

Mad. boletifarmis, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 61, , Ehrenb., G. Ixv. sp. 2; possibly a

tab. 56 ; a poor figure. different species from that figured by Ellis.

Pavonia boletiformis, Lamarck, ii. 378, Agaricia boktiformis, Schweig., Handb.,

No. 4. 415.

IV. Pavonice bif rentes, foliis plamdatis.

11. PAVONIA FRONDIFERA. (Lamarck.)

P . subhemispherica ; foliis bifrontibus, lobatis, lobis 1-3" latis (scepius
1£"), l£"' crassis, planulatis et non crispis, apice rotundatis, scepe ver-
ticaliter coalitis et intersectis ; margine acutis, tenuibus. Corallum
super fide verticaliter carinata ; lamellis confertis, oririmis viz linea-
ribus, raro seriatis.

Subhemispherical ; folia bifacial, lobed ; lobes 1 to 3 inches broad
(usually 1 £ inches), and 1 J lines thick, flat and not crispate ;
rounded at apex, often vertically coalescent and intersecting one
another ; margin acute, thin. Corallum with the surface vertically
carinate; lamellae crowded, oririmes scarcely a line long, rarely
seriate.

The " Austral Seas." Peron 4- Lesueur. — The Feejees and Singa-
pore. Exp. Exp.

The frondifera grows in rounded clumps occasionally a foot across,

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 329

consisting of lobed folia, sometimes subpalmate, intersecting one ano-
ther so as to leave between polygonal areas. This structure distin-
guishes it from the preceding species, and its small size, form, and
vertically carinate surface, from the following.. The carinse are most
prominent at or near the summit of the folia.

18. brevicristata, (Plate 24, figs. 3, 3 a.) A specimen, possibly a
young state of the above, has the folia merely short crests a fourth of
an inch high or less, arising from a solid base. The crests are carinate
as above. The oririmes are very minute, and the stars scarcely half
a line in diameter. The specimen is from the Feejee Islands.

12. PAVONIA DECUSSATA. (Dana.)

P. subhemispherica, foliis bifrontibus, subtenuibus, late paudlobatis
(4~4"), planulatis et erectis, scepe transversim sese intersecantibus (de-
cussatim aggregatis] ; umbrina, polypis obsolete, tentaculatis, tentaculis,
kete virentibus. Corattum subfr agile, super faie obsolete carinatd; la-
mdlis laxis; oririmis sesquilinearibus, subseriatis.

Subhernispherical, folia bifacial, rather thin, broadly lobed (£ to 4
inches), planulate and erect, often transversely coalescent or inter-
secting one another (decussately aggregated) : colour umber, polyps
with the tentacles obsolete, bright green. Corallum rather fragile,
with the surface obsoletely carinate ; lamellae lax; oririmes 1J lines
long, subseriate.

Plate 22, fig. 4, corallum, natural size ; 4 a, animals, enlarged ; 4 b,
section of a plate.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The folia are nearly flat and few-lobed, and are so aggregated and
united transversely by others, as to form an open cellular clump with
subquadrangular spaces among the plates, from half an inch to two
inches broad. The largest plate in the specimens obtained was four
inches broad and nearly as high, sparingly lobed, with the mar-
gin a little curved. The carinae of the surface are barely distin-
guishable, and rarely reach the upper margin ; they are seldom seen
in young specimens. Small nearly circular plates or folia often grow
out as processes from the surface of a large plate. Under the micro-

330 ZOOPHYTES.

scope the lamellae appear very thin, with the lateral surface granu-
lous.

The texture of the corallum is more porous than in most of the
Pavonise, and at the margin it is consequently rather fragile. The
thickness is generally about one-eighth of an inch, though two to three
lines below. The less crowded lamellae, large oblong oririmes, and
scarcely carinate surface, distinguish this species from the frondifera.

13. PAVONIA LATA. (Dana.}

P. maxima, foliis pedattbus, planulatis out paulo undulatis, margine
tenuibus et parce lobatis, basi |-f " crassis. Corallum margine fra-
gile, superficie non minime carinatum ; lamettis laxis ; oririmis sesqui-
linearibus et raw seriatis.

Very large, folia a foot broad, planulate or slightly undulate ; margin
thin and sparingly lobed, £ to f of an inch thick at base. Coral-
lum with the margin fragile and surface not at all carinate ; lamellee
lax; oririmes a line and a half long, and rarely in transverse series.

Plate 23, fig. 1, outline view of corallum ; 1 a, part of the surface,
natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

A frond of this species, in the Expedition collections, measures fif-
teen inches broad and ten inches high ; the margin is divided into a
few low broad lobes. On one side there is a smaller curved plate
attached nearly at right angles with the surface. Two inches from
the upper margin the frond is about one-third of an inch thick. As
the intermediate lamellee are much smaller than the others, the stars
have a very open appearance, as in the decussata, and even more
strikingly so. This species has much larger oririmes, more lax
lamellae, and a thinner and a more fragile corallum, than the crassa ;
and besides its larger size, it differs from the decussata also in its
coarser, stouter, and more open lamellae, and a broader oririme, with
a stony bottom distinctly in view.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 331

14. PAVONIA CRASSA. (Dana.)

P. maxima, foliis 6-9" latis, crassimis, planulatis velpaulum undulatis
aut curvatis, paucilobatis, erectis, decussatim aggregatis et coalitis ;
margine scepius acutis. Corattum robustum, margine non fragile,
superfaie non carinatum ; lamellis confertis ; oririmis vix oblongis,
interdum subseriatis.

Very large, folia 6 to 9 inches broad, very stout, nearly flat or some-
what undulate or curved, few-lobed, erect and decussately aggre-
gated, margin usually acute. Corallum firm, margin not fragile,
surface not carinate ; lamellae crowded ; oririmes scarcely oblong,
sometimes subseriate.

Plate 23, fig. 2, corallum, natural size ; 2 a, surface of same, mag-
nified ; also, plate 24, 1, 1 a, another variety.

Feejee Islands, and Singapore. Exp. Exp.

This species is remarkable for its thick and stout plates, the close
lamellse, and small size of the stars. There are several varieties
deserving mention.

a. ascia (Plate 23, fig. 2). Folia six inches broad, the same in
height, scarcely lobed, a little curved, one inch thick at bottom, and
the same to within three inches of the top, subacute above, a few
obsolete carina3. — Feejees.

/3. obtusa (Plate 24, fig. 1). Folia of the same size as in the last,
but much curved, and with an obtuse undulate margin, one-fourth of
an inch thick ; at bottom, three-fourths of an inch. — Feejees.

y. bculata. Folia nine inches broad, eight high, nearly an inch
through at base, and half an inch, two inches from the upper margin ;
the plates intersect vertically, leaving between, large subquadrangular
spaces, often two to three inches wide. — Singapore.

III. Pavonice glomeratce.

15. PAVONIA SIDEREA. (Ellis 4- Solander.} Dana.

Subglobosa. Corallum oririmis 3-4'" remotis, inter stitiis vix ekvatis ;
lamellis denticulatis.

332 ZOOPHYTES.

Subglobose. Corallum with the oririmes 3 to 4 lines distant, inter-
stices scarcely elevated ; lamellse denticulate.

West Indies ?

This species, figured by Ellis, has the even stellate surface of a
Pavonia. The distance of the oririmes above given, is taken from
Ellis's figure.

Mad. siderea, Ellis and Sol., 168, tab. 49, Siderastrcea siderata, Blainv., Man., 370.

fig. 2. Lesueur's A. siderea (Mem. du Museum,
Astreea siderea, Lamk., ii. 417, No. 30. vi. 286, pi. 16, fig. 14), appears to be a
, Lamour., Exp. 60, tab. 49, fig. 2 ; different species, and is probably a true

Encyc., 126. Astroea.

16. PAVONIA LATISTELLA. Dana.

Incrustans, planiuscula. Corallum oririmis fere %" remotis, inter stitiis
plants; lamettis integris, undulatis.

Incrusting, nearly flat. Corallum with the oririmes nearly \ an inch
distant, interstices flat ; lamellae entire, undulate.

Port Carte ret, New Ireland. Quoy <$• Gaymard.

This species, described by Quoy and Gaymard as identical with
the Astreea dijfluens of Lamarck, is stated by them to have the flat
radiate stars of a Fungia. It is near the S. siderea, but according to
the figure given by these authors, the oririmes are more distant, and
the interstices are not at all elevated or convex. It occurs in thin
incrustations.

Astreea diffluens, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de I'Ast., iv. p. 212, pi. 17, figs. 15, 16 ;
the animal here figured appears not to have been expanded.

17. PAVONIA CLAVUS. (Dana.)

P. arrecto-cylindrica, 1-3" crassa, interdum obsokte compressa, apice
rotundata, interdum lobato-furcata ; poly pis tentaculis obsoletis, Icete
virentibus. Corallum oririmis 1-1 £"' remotis, et dpice minoribus ;
lamellis integris.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 333

Erect cylindrical, 1 to 3 inches in diameter, sometimes a little com-
pressed, rounded at apex, occasionally lobato-furcate ; tentacles ob-
solete, bright green. Corallum with the oririmes 1 to 1| lines
distant, and smaller at apex ; lamellae entire.

Plate 24, fig. 4, corallum, natural size ; 4 a, animal, enlarged ; 4 b,
star of corallum, magnified.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species grows in stout cylinders, attaining a height of six
inches or more, and covering crowdedly areas of considerable extent.
It resembles the siderea, but the stars are much smaller and its mode
of growth quite different. The animals are similar in every respect
to those of the Pavonise.

GENUS VIII.— AGARICI A.— LAMARCK.

Fungidce affixce, oblique ml recte explanatce, unifrontes aut bifrontes ;
polypis transverse seriatis, latere externo valde turgido ; interdum sub-
seriatis et circum ora omnino elevatis ; itaque oribus, in imis fossis
transversis aut cellis, dispositis. Corolla scepius collibus transversis
rugata, interdum reticulata ; lamellis minutis, subintegris confertissi-
mis, minoribus alternis.

Attached Fungidse, oblique or erect explanate, unifacial or bifacial ;
polyps transversely seriate with the outer side prominent; sometimes
subseriate with the parts around each mouth elevated ; hence the
mouths are arranged either at the bottom of transverse fossae or
of cells. Coralla transversely or reticulately colliculate ; lamellae
minute, subentire, crowded, alternately smaller.

The genus Agaricia connects on the one side with the Pavoniae, and
on the other with the Astraeae, and includes properly two groups,
which, however, are connected by gradual transitions. In one, the
folia are unifacial, and grow against the sides of a reef-rock, like the

334 ZOOPHYTES.

lichens against a stump. The outer surface in these consists of a
series of parallel ridges, transversely striated with very minute
lamellae, and having puncture-like oririmes at the bottom of the val-
leys, and rarely upon the ridges. The wave-like appearance of the
surface suggested the name Undaria, which Oken applied to the
group, from unda, a wave; while the mode of growth and general
appearance led to Lamarck's appellation Agaricia, from Agaricus, a
mushroom. As the plates grow nearly erect, the formation of these
ridges is nothing but the extension by growth of the outer or free sides
of the seriate polyps, actually nearly horizontal in position. The
under or back surface is very finely striated, and nearly flat. These
Agariciae are sometimes attached by a margin, and spread only up-
ward ; in other instances, they spread in every direction from the
point of attachment, but more upward than downward, and thus
assume reniform shapes.

In another group — the subgenus Mycedia, — the species are some-
times unifacial, and nearly resemble the preceding; but they are also
often erect and bifacial. The polyps are generally more or less seriate,
but many have distinct cells, or fossae consisting of coalescing cells ;
the ridges, instead of being evenly transverse, have frequently a reti-
culate aspect. The texture of the corallum is peculiar in being very
solid. In the species of Mycedia which connect the two groups, the
transverse ridges are regular about the centre of the frond, but at the
margin they consist distinctly of more or less coalescent cells. The
name adopted for them was given by Oken to a genus including a
characteristic species ; the word is from JAUXIJ, a fungus. The outer
limits of the two groups are very distinct in their appearance, yet
they so pass into one another that they are here retained as subgenera
of one and the same genus.

The Mycediae are peculiar to the West Indies, while the Undariae
are almost exclusively from the Pacific and Indian Oceans. The
former sometimes resemble the Astraeae in their cells, but, as in the
Psarnmocorae, these cells arise only from an enlargement outward of
the parts of the animals around the mouths. The lamellae are much
more minute and crowded than in the true Astraeas, and the animals
have no distinct disks, the whole surface being, properly, a single
compound disk (as explained in $ 78), which follows all the hills and
valleys of the surface.

The Agariciae resemble the Pavoniae, but the latter have a plane or

TRIBE I. — ASTR^ACEA. 335

flat surface, without valleys or cells. They approach also the Psam-
mocorse, but these have the lamellae more or less indistinct and rag-
gedly though minutely denticulate, giving the surface a sanded ap-
pearance.

The genus Agaricia of Lamarck included only the unifacial species
of these two subgenera, together with some other unifacial corals, of
the genus Manopora — Blainville's Montipora — and the A. ampliata.
For the last, as already stated, Ehrenberg instituted the genus
Merulina.

Arrangement of the Species.

SUBGENUS 1. UNDAHIA. Unifacial, superior surface transversely rugate, with minute
oririmes at the bottom of the furrows (rarely others on the ridges) : no distinct cells
in any part. (The species are arranged in the order of the prominence of the ridges,
which, in the planulata, are obsolescent, with some nearly superficial cells.)

*1. A. undata. *4. A. levicollis.

*2. A. rugosa. *5. A. planulata.

*3. A. speciosa.

SUBGENUS 2. MYCEDIA. Unifacial or bifacial ; surface either transversely rugate with
at least the marginal rugae consisting of a series of cells, or else every where reticulate
with fossa; made up of cells. Texture firm, lamellae minute and neatly regular.

I. Unifacial.

*6. A. Myced. cucullata. *8. A. Myced. fragilis.

7. A. Myced. purpurea.

II. Glomerate from an explanate base.
*9. A. Myced. gibbosa.

III. Foliaceous, bifacial. ,

*10. A. Myced. agaricites. *11. A. Myced. cristata.

SUBGENUS I — UNDARIA.

AgaridcE transverse rugatce ; superfaie nusquam cellis nullis exca-
vatd ; oririmis minutis fossarum fundo dispositis.

Transversely colliculate ; no excavate cells in any part ; oririmes
minute and arranged along the bottom of the fossa?.

336

ZOOPHYTES.

1. AGARICIA UNDATA. (Ellis.) Lamarck.

A. latissime explanata, et scepe plano-subcucullata, vix lobata ; margine
tenui et non revoluto ; collibus ehngatis, et subcequalibus, maximis,
scepius J" latis, rotundato-triangulatis, ad extremum obsoletis.

Very broad explanate, and often plano-subcucullate, scarcely lobed,
margin thin and not revolute; ridges long and rather even, mostly
£ of an inch broad, rotundato-triangular, becoming obsolete at the
margin.

Plate 21, fig. 8, surface of corallum, natural size.

West Indies.

A specimen of this species from Key West, in the American Mu-
seum, New York city, measures eighteen inches by twelve ; it is
flat cucullate, and nearly reniform in shape, with an undulate surface,
and a thin subsinuous margin. The ridges are concentric with the
margin, and occasionally interrupted. The largest are about one-
fourth of an inch high, with an obtuse angle at top. Those near the
margin are very small and irregular. The oririmes are distinct in the
furrows, and about a line long. Another specimen, in the collections
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, measures fifteen
inches by eight.

Mad. undala, Ellis and Sol., 157, tab. 40 ; Agaricia undata, Lamour., Exp. Meth. 54,

a poor figure of part of a frond. pi. 40.
, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 98, tab. 78 ; from , Blainv., Man. 361 ; also Pavonia

Ellis. undata, ibid., 365.

Agaricia undata, Lamk., ii. 381, No. 2. Undaria undata, Oken, Zool. i. 69.

2. AGARICIA RUGOSA. (Lamarck.)

A. late explanata, crassa, parce inciso-lobata et interdum amplissime
subpalmata ; margine crasso, valde reflexo ; collibus grandibus, scepe
interruptis et valde incequalibus, basi 2—3'" crassis, apicibus scepe pro-
ductis : polypis subrubidis, tentaculis obsoletis.

Broad explanate, stout, sparingly inciso-lobate, and sometimes wide

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 337

subpalmate, margin strongly reflexed ; ridges large, often inter-
rupted and very unequal, 2 to 3 lines thick at base, with the sum-
mits often much prolonged ; polyps reddish-brown, tentacles ob-
solete.

Plate 22, fig. 1, part of corallum, natural size ; 1 a, the animals
enlarged ; 1 b, longitudinal cross-section, enlarged; 1 c, transverse, do.

" Austral Seas." Peron 4* Lesueur. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species forms large plates, half an inch thick, attached by one
edge to the side of a vertical rock, in one to three fathoms water ; the
upper margin is often deeply lobed, the lobes being two to three inches
long and wide. It differs from the preceding, in its stout reflexed
margin, and very uneven ridges, which have the summit much pro-
jecting, or in peaks, in many parts. The oririmes are numerous along
the bottom of the furrow, and others are occasionally seen on the sur-
faces of the larger ridges.

Agaricia rugosa, Lamk., ii. 381, No. 3. Agaricia rugosa, Blainville, Man. 361.

3. AGARICIA SPECIOSA. (Dana.)

A. cucuttato-explanata, subreniformis, tennis, et margine non reflexa;
cottibus prominentibus, angustis (1-1J'"), subtriangulatis, sub&qua-
libus. Corallum margine fragile, superfaie inferiore subtiliter
striatum.

Cucullato-explanate ; subreniform, thin, margin riot reflexed ; ridges
prominent, narrow (1 to 1J lines), subtriangular, nearly even. Co-
rallum with the margin fragile, and under surface very finely striate.

Plate 21, fig. 7, corallum, natural size.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This is a neat species with even prominent narrow ridges, and the
frond very thin for two inches from the margin. The lamellse of the
corallum are extremely minute, rendering the surface very delicately
striate. The only specimen seen is nearly reniform in shape, and
measures six inches by four in breadth, with the greatest thickness
hardly a fourth of an inch.

338 ZOOPHYTES.

4. AGARICIA LEVICOLLIS. (Dana.)

A. late explanata, paulo undulata, tennis (1J-3'"); collibus elongatis,
fere obsoletis, angustis (l-l£'"). Corallum oririmis seriatis, incon-
spicuis ; super fide inferiore subtiliter striatuM.

Broad explanate, a little undulate, thin (1J to 3 lines) ; ridges elongate,
nearly obsolete, narrow (1 to l£ lines). Corallum with the ori-
riraes seriate, indistinct ; under surface finely striate.

Plate 22, fig. 2, part of corallum, natural size.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species forms large thin fronds, with long narrow nearly obso-
lete ridges, very minute lamellae, about equal under a microscope, and
indistinct seriate oripores. A part of a frond in the Expedition col-
lections measures six inches by twelve in breadth, and the whole
when complete was probably not short of eighteen by twelve.

5. AGARICIA PLANULATA. (Dana.}

A. late explanata, subtus affixa, tennis (!£'"); polypis scepe seriatis,
scepe sparsis. Corallum collibus inter stitialibus obsoletis, et scepe cum
cellis polygonis fere superjicialibus sparsis, 1-2'" latis ; superfcie
inferiore concentrice et radiate plicatuld, striis subtilissimis et paulo
diver gentibus.

Broad explanate, attached by a point on the under surface; thin
lines); polyps either seriate or scattered. Corallum with obsolete
interstitial ridges, or with polygonal cells nearly superficial, and 1
to 2 lines broad; under surface concentrically and radiately faint
plicate, striae very fine and a little divergent.

This species is closely allied to the Mycediae. The corallum is
remarkable for its numerous scattered oririmes at the centre of poly-
gonal cells nearly superficial, and for the obsolete ridges between the
seriate oririmes. The radiate plic;e of the under surface are nearly a
fourth of an inch wide, and give it a peculiar appearance; the striae,

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 339

scarcely visible without a glass, appear slightly to diverge, so as to
meet successively in the depressions. The specimen affording this
description, belongs to the Lyceum of Natural History at Utica, New
York. It is ten inches broad, with a thickness of about an eighth of
an inch, and a thin margin.

SUBGENUS II.— MYCEDIA.

AgaricicE transversim aut reticulate cotticulatce, fossis interdum regulari-
bus, sed scepius cellis distinctis compositis. Corolla robusta, vix minimi
cellulosa.

Surface with transverse or reticulate ridges; fossae sometimes long
and even, but usually consisting of separate excavate cells, clustered
or seriate (cells sometimes distinct only along the fossae near the
margin). Coralla very compact.

I. Mycedia unifrontes.

6. A. MYCEDIA CUCULLATA. (Ellis.) Oken.

A. unifrons, stipitata, subturbinata ; frondibus sape convolutis et bast
coalitis ; supra concava, transverse collicutata, collibus subflexuosis et
irregularibus, etiam multis cellis profundis sparsis. Corallum robus-
tum, subtus subtilissime striatum.

Unifacial, stipitate, subturbinate ; fronds often convoluted and coa-
lescing at base; above concave, with transverse ridges subflexuous
and irregular, and frequent deep cells interspersed. Corallum very
firm and compact, below very finely striate.

West Indies.

When young this coral forms a simple funnel-shaped frond sup-
ported below at centre ; but when larger it consists of several involved
fronds spreading from the same base, or cucullate in arrangement.

340 ZOOPHYTES.

Though not thick the texture is very firm and compact, as in the
other Mycedia?. The ridges are formed by the more or less perfect
confluence of deep unequal cells in transverse or concentric series ;
they are irregular, but have a neatly striate surface. The cells are
one and a half to two lines wide at top.

Mad. cucullata, Ellis and Sol., 157, tab. 42. , Lamour. Exp. 54. tab. 42 ; Encyc.

, Esper, Fortsetz. i. tab. 67 ; from 12, pi. 484.

Ellis. , Blain., Man. 360, pi. 56, fig. 3 ; bad.

Agaricia cucullata,, Lamk. ii. 380 ; No. 1. Mycedium cucullatum, Oken, Zool. i. 69.

7. A. MYCEDIA PURPUREA. (Lesueur.)

A. foliacea, unifrons, pkrumque incrustans ; supra concava, undulata ;
cellis profundis, nunc in sukis irregularibus seriatis, nunc aggregatis,
itaque super fide irregulariter aut reticulate cotticulatd ; polypis obso-
lete tentaculatis, labris luteolis, discis luteo-radiatis. CoraUum mar-
gine acutum ; subtus, subtiliter striatum et concentrice undulatum.

Foliaceous, unifacial, for the most part incrusting, concave above and
undulate, with deep cells arranged either in series or irregularly
grouped, and the surface therefore irregularly or reticulately colli-
culate; polyps with the tentacles obsolete; lip yellowish, and disks
with yellow rays. Corallum with the margin acute; below finely
striate and concentrically undulate.

St. Thomas, West Indies. Lesueur.

Lesueur describes this species as growing to a breadth of eight or
twelve inches, incrusting whatever may be in its way. It is near the
cucullata, but appears from this character to be distinct. According to
the figure the cells are one and a half to two lines broad, and less
frequently seriate than in the cucullata. The tentacles are described
as replaced by mere expansions of the membrane. The mouth is
oblong plicate within, and bordered by a circle of pale yellow, and
exterior to this circle there are eight yellow points, from which proceed
radii of a pale yellow colour, with two or three others much fainter,
between the more distinct. The general colour is purple, passing into
sienna-brown near the border of each polyp.

Agaricia, purpurea, Lesueur, Mem. du Mus. vi. 276, pi. 15, figs. 3, a, b, c.

TRIBE I. — ASTR.EACEA. 341

8. A. MYCEDIA FRAGILIS. (Dana.}

A. unifrons, stipitata, late explanata, et subhypocrateriformis, tenuis-
sima; polypis parvulis, scepius transverse seriatis, seriebus per cottes
elongatas 1 J'" latas separatis. Corallum margine subpapyraceo, longe
pellucido etfragili; fossis vix f" profundis, et ad marginem caliculis
seriatis instructis, cettis (oririmis) $'" latis ; subtus subtilissime stri-
atum et concentrice undulatum.

Unifacial, stipitate, broadly explanate, and somewhat hypocrateriform,
very thin ; polyps small, mostly in series, which are separated by
even ridges 1J lines broad. Corallum with the margin subpapyra-
ceous, and, for a considerable breadth, translucent and quite fragile;
fossae scarcely | of a line deep, and often near the margin composed
of seriate calicles ; cells (oririmes) f of a line broad ; under surface
very finely striate and concentrically undulate.

West Indies. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc.

This species has much the habit and appearance of an Undaria,
and in size and thickness is near the spedosa ; but the oririmes are
like small cells, and the fossa3 consist mostly of a series of them.
Near the margin, there are distinct calicles, many isolated, others in
lines, but each with its own convex exterior. The specimen examined
was six inches by four and a half in breadth, with the concavity an
inch deep; the corallum was about an eighth of an inch thick at
centre, and hardly an eighth of this at the margin, which, for an
inch, was translucent. In the centre of the frond, the ridges become
nearly obsolete. This species has much of the habit of the A. undata,
and might, with equal propriety, be placed among the Undariae.

II. Glomeratce, sed basi explanatce.

9. A. MYCEDIA GIBBOSA. (Dana.)

A. crasse gibboso-glomerata, et angulata, subtus late planulata, parce
undulata et centra stipitata ; polypis scape reticulate subseriatis, scepius
spar sis ; cottibus undique reticulatis, triangulatis, etfere acutis, fossis

342 ZOOPHYTES.

brevibus, 1-3'" latis, et grandioribus fundo scepe reticulatis. Corallum
robustum, subtus subtilissime striatum.

Coarse gibboso-glomerate and angular, below broad planulate, spa-
ringly undulate, and stipitate at centre; polyps often reticulately
subseriate, but generally scattered ; surface reticulate with ridges
which are triangular and nearly acute ; fossae short, 1 to 3 lines
broad, and the larger often reticulate at bottom. Corallum below
very finely striate.

Barbadoes, West Indies.

The specimen affording the above description, has a nearly flat
under surface, measuring seven inches by four in breadth, a little con-
vex and undulate, and finely striate like the unifacial species. But
above at middle it rises into a glomerate gibbous column, four inches
high and one to three broad, with angular prominences, and the whole
surface unevenly reticulate, the larger ridges often enclosing small
polygonal or oblong areas, which are reticulate within with other
smaller ridges. The lamellae are alternately larger, and nearly entire ;
and under the microscope are very thin.

III. Foliacece, bifrontes.

10. A. MYCEDTA AGARICITES.

A. bifrons et erecta, frondibus scepe aggregatis, crassis, semi-rotundis,
polypis transverse seriatis ; collibus transversis, subacutis, scepe flex-
uosis; fossis l£"' latis et 1'" profundis. Corallum robustum.

Bifacial and erect, fronds often aggregated, stout, semicircular in out-
line ; polyps transversely seriate ; ridges transverse, subacute, often
flexuous, fossa? l£ lines broad and 1 deep. Corallum firm and
compact.

West Indies.

A stout, very compact, hard coral, growing in sparse clusters of
sparingly lobed fronds, rounded in outline, with a nearly acute edge,
and a neatly rugate or ridged surface. The furrows are longer and
more even than in the cristata, and not so broad.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 343

Mad. agaricites, Linn. Ed. xii., 1274. , Ellis and Solander, 159, tab. 63;

, Pallas, Zooph., 287 ; the descrip- the figure is not good, if intended to re-

tion by Pallas, and also that in Linnaeus, present this species.

applies even better to the cristata than to Pavonia agaricites, Lamk., ii. 376, No. 1.

this species, to which Lamarck refers , Lamour., Exp. Meth. 53, tab. 63.

them. , Deslongchamps, Encyc. 604.

, Esper, i. 132, tab. 20; characteris- , Blaiuville, Man. 365.

tic, with an enlarged view of the surface. Pavonia cristata, Ehrenb., G. Ixv., sp. 1.

11. A. MYCEDIA CRISTATA. (Lamarck.}

A. bifrons et erecta ; frondibus elongatis et profunde lobatis, lobis rotun-
datis, cristatis ; polypis subseriatis et scepe spar sis; collibus inter dum
transversis, scepius sinuosis et reticulatis, subacutis aut obtusis, cellas
2-2J'" latas includentibus.

Bifacial and erect ; fronds long and deeply lobed, lobes rounded, cris-
tate; polyps subseriate and often scattered ; ridges sometimes trans-
verse, but generally sinuous and reticulate, subacute or obtuse, and
including cells 2 to 2£ lines broad.

West Indies.

This species forms fronds, deeply lobed or even subpalmate, the
lobes being often one to one and a half inches wide, two to three
long, and one-fourth of an inch thick. The corallum has a very firm
stony texture, with the edge of the lobes subacute and often cristate.
The furrows of the surface are much meandering, and there are
many scattered isolated cells, and others with definite outline in the
furrows. This species appears to differ from the agaricites in its
wider and deeper trenches, and its narrower and longer lobes.

/3. tenuifolia. Another specimen examined has the folia more than
one-half thinner, and somewhat crisped, with the polyps scarcely
seriate, except imperfectly so near the margin, the ridges low and
rounded, and often obsolescent, and the oririmes three-fourths of a line
wide, more coarsely stellate and scattered. It may be a different
species. Ellis's figure, referred to under the agaricites, has much
resemblance to it in its cells and surface.

Pavonia cristata, Lamk. ii. 377, No. 2. Pavonia cristata, Blainv., Man., 365.
, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 604.

344 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS IX.— PSAMMOCORA.— DANA.

Fungidce affixce, glomeratce, aut ramose ; polypis obsolete tentaculatis,
non seriatis ; interstitiis interdum planulatis, scepius undique turgide
elevatis; itaque super fide cellis interdum excavata. Corolla porosa;
oririmis minutis; lamellis subtilissimis, minute arenoso^denticulatis,
sczpius irregularibus, alternis non minoribus.

Attached Fungidae, glomerate or ramose ; tentacles of polyps obsolete,
polyps not seriate ; interstices sometimes flat, usually throughout
turgidly elevated, the surface, then, consisting of excavate cells.
Coralla porous ; oririmes minute ; lamellae very minute, often in-
distinct, and very minutely arenoso-denticulate, often irregular,
not alternately smaller.

The large excavate cells, sometimes meandering, of many of the
Psammocorae, give them much the appearance of certain Astrseas, or
Meandrinse, yet they have properly the characteristics of the Fun-
gidae. The lamelke are very minute, even, and granulous, like the
Agariciae (though peculiar in not being entire), and the oririmes are
distinct though small. Moreover, the polyps are without tentacles.
A close examination of the animals shows that the cells arise merely
from the growth or enlargement of the interstitial parts, above the
level of the polyp-mouths. They do not correspond to the visceral
cavity of the animal ; for when expanded, there is no disk, as in the
Astrseas, rising above the bottom of the cell: the surface integument
follows all the excavations and ridges of the surface, precisely as in
the Agariciae. Unlike the Mycedise, the internal texture is quite
porous. There are some branching corals that have the peculiar
lamella? of the Psammocora?, but without excavate cells; as the
former character appears to be of paramount importance, they are
placed in this genus, rather than with the Pavonia?, which have the
lamella? entire, or nearly so. As in the Pavoniae, there are eighteen to
twenty-eight lamella? in a breadth of a quarter of an inch.

The Astrsea galaxea is near the Psammocora? in its fine lamella?,

TRIBE I. — ASTRjEACEA. 345

minutely (though more neatly) denticulate; and an examination of
the animal may require its removal to this genus.

The name of the genus is from the Greek •^•wc. sand, and alludes
to the appearance of the surface. The group includes part of the
Thamnasteriee of Le Sauvage.
/

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Cespitose.

*l. P. obtusangula. *2. P. plicata.

II. Glomerate.

*3. P. fossata. *5. P. exesa.

*4. P. columna.

I. Psammocorce ccspitosce.

1. PSAMMOCORA OBTUSANGULA. (Lamarclc.) Dana.

P. cespitosa, subhemispherica, creberrime ramosa ; ramis multilobatis,
flexuoso-plicatis, obtusis. Corallum oririmis conspicuis, rotundis, £'"
latis, stellis interdum paulo impressis, nusquam seriatis.

In subhemispherical tufts, very closely branched ; branches flexuoso-
plicate, many-lobed, lobes short and obtuse. Corallum with the
oririmes distinct, circular, $ of a line broad, stars sometimes a little
depressed, no where seriate.

Indian Ocean ? Lamarck.

This species has the habit of the Pavonia divaricata, but the surface
has a sanded appearance, owing to the minute scabrous denticulation
of the hardly distinct crowded lamellae, and the angles of the lobes are
rounded : the lamella? become irregular and often confluent or inter-
rupted between the stars. In the comparatively large and distinct
oririme, and the slightly depressed star, this species is very distinct
from the following. The branches of the clump are crowded almost to
contact. The stars are a line in diameter. The clump examined
by the author was three inches across and two and a quarter high.

346 ZOOPHYTES.

Pavomaobtusatigula, Lamk.,ii. 379, No. 7. caris, erecta, lobata, lobis rotundatis,

, Deslongchamps, Encyc. 605. planis, collibus prominulis nutlis, stellis

, Blainville, Man. 365. minimis, j'" latis, planis, vix impressis,

The Pavonia obtusangula of Ehrenberg, in series subconcentricas dispositis, la-

(op. cit. Gen. Ixv. sp. 4,) is thus de- mellis subtilissimis, venoso-filiformibus."

scribed by this author, who queries whe- The locality is not known,
ther it be Lamarck's species : " Bipolli-

2. PSAMMOCORA PLiCATA. (Dana.)

P. cespitosa, plano-convexa, crebro ramosa, ramis J-f " latis, flexuosis
et flexuoso-plicatis, scepe coa/itis, undique obtusis ; polypis umbrinis,
tentaculis obsoktis, albido-virescentibus. Corallum oririmis minutis-
simis, vix conspicuis, in series longitudinales scepe dispositis, stellis
vix dispiciendis, non impressis.

Cespitose, plano-convex, crowdedly ramose, branches \ to f of an inch
broad, flexuous and flexuoso-plicate, often coalescing below, obtuse ';
polyps umber-colour, tentacles obsolete, greenish-white. Corallum
with very minute oririmes, scarcely visible, often arranged in lon-
gitudinal series ; stars hardly distinguishable, not at all depressed.

Plate 25, fig. 2, corallum, natural size ; 2 a, animals enlarged ; 2 b,
surface enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The dense tufts which this species forms, are often ten inches or a
foot across, and somewhat convex above. The branches are much
plicate, as in the last, but the surface is smooth, without any appear-
ance of a depression about the very minute and hardly distinguishable
oririmes. The longitudinal series of oririmes are one to one and a
half lines apart, and the oririmes of the same series about half a line.
This species resembles the Porites plicata, but the plications are
neater, and the cells have not six points about the centre, as charac-
terizes the Porites.

Lamarck's Pavonia plicata (ii. 378, No. 6) may be identical with the above ; but he
refers to Esper's tab. 66 (Fortsetz. i.), which represents the Porites plicata, or an allied
species.

TRIBE I. — ASTRJSACEA. 347

II. Psammocorcs glomemtce.

3. PSAMMOCORA FOSSATA. (Dana.)

P. subcylindrica, 5" crassa, superjicie fere plana, apice plano-rotundatd ;
super fide cellis scepe 1" elongatis, submeandrinis et hexastomatis, aliis
simplicibus, l£'" pwfundis et 1J-2'" latis, excavatd ; collibus rotun-
datis.

Subcylindrical, 5 inches thick, surface nearly even, piano-rotund at
top ; surface with cells often an inch long and meandering, and
containing 6 polyp-mouths, others simple, Ij lines deep, and l£ to
2 lines broad ; ridges rounded.

Plate 26, fig. 2, outline view of corallum ; 2 a, surface of the same,
natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The only specimen of this species seen is five inches high, and the
same in its longest diameter. It has some resemblance to the columna,
but is not flat-topped, the cells are larger and deeper, and many elon-
gate and lobed, or meandering.

The Astrcea Meandrina of Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea (op. cit. Gen. Ix. sp. 14.),
has many of the characters of the above species, and is thus described : " Subpedalis (et
orgyalis?), globosa, stellis contiguis, incequalibus, angustissimis, interdum polHcaribus,
angulosis, polystomis, lamellis subtilissimis, confertissimis, denticulatis et arenoso-asperis,
rotundatis, in crista non confluentibus ; animal fuscum, tentaculis nullis." It is supposed
by Ehrenberg, to be near the Astreea diffluens of Lamarck, which has entire lamellae, and
is incrusting and plano-undate.

4. PSAMMOCORA COLUMNA. (Dana.}

P. erecta ; crassima, subdivisa, lobis erectis, etfere contiguis, compresso-
cylindricis, apice truncatis, 1-3" latis; super fide, plana, cellis pro-
fundis, subangulatis, interdum lobatis, 1'" latis, raro 3'" elongatis
excavatd ; collibus rotundatis.

Erect, very stout, subdivided above, lobes erect and crowded, com-
pressed-cylindrical, truncate at apex, 1 to 3 inches broad, surface

348 ZOOPHYTES.

even, with deep cells, subangular, sometimes lobed, a line broad,
sometimes 3 lines long (and then containing 3 polyps) ; ridges
rounded.

Plate 25, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 a, cell; 1 b, sectional
view.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

A stout massive species, six inches through at base, growing to a
height of two feet, with the erect branches or subdivisions often seve-
ral inches long, the whole clump having a flat top. The smaller lobes
not reaching the level of the top, are sometimes rounded above.

5. PSAMMOCORA EXESA. (Dana.)

P. erecta, crassima, subdivisa, lobis erectis et crebris, subcylindricis,
1-3" crassis, superfaie sape gibbosd, apice rotundatd vel subtrun^
cata ; cellis !£"' latis, irregularibus, fere superficialibus et scepe male
diffluentibus, excavata, collibus obsolescentibus : brunneo-purpurascens,
tentaculis nullis.

Erect, very stout, subdividing above, lobes erect and crowded, sub-
cylindrical, 1 to 3 inches thick, surface uneven and often gibbous,
apex rounded or subtruncate; cells 1J lines broad, irregular, nearly
superficial, often imperfectly diffluent, ridges obsolescent : colour
purplish-brown, tentacles none.

Plate 26, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; la, animals enlarged; 1 b,
a cell magnified ; 1 c, sectional view of interior.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species, in its massive columnar forms, resembles the last, but
the surface is very uneven, the top less flattened, and the cells nearly
superficial with less distinct limits. A specimen in the collections is
four inches through at base, a foot high, with the erect lobes or sub-
divisions several inches long and one to three in diameter. Like the
other Psammocora?, the surface has an arenaceous or sanded appear-
ance to the naked eye.

TRIBE I. — ASTR^EACEA. 349

TRIBE ASTRjEACEA: — APPENDIX.

TURBINALOPSIS.— LAMOUROUX.

Simplidssimce, subcoryiaz aut pyriformes, basi non affixa, ; corallis la-
mello-radiatis, superm excavatis, lamellis alternis minoribus.

Quite simple, subconical, or pyriform, not attached at base. Coralla
lamello-radiate, excavate above: lamellae alternately large and small.

These species have much resemblance to Fungise. They are
oblong-conical in form (nearly like the Fungia glans), with the ex-
terior striate as well as marked usually with concentric lines of
growth. I have been unable to satisfy myself of the exact relations
of these corals, and, therefore, place them in an Appendix.

The genus Turbinalopsis was introduced by Lamouroux, for a
species which he describes as inverted conical and resembling a Tur-
binalia. The structure so closely resembles certain other species,
that it has been inferred that he gave the wrong position to his speci-
men. The species have been placed by Goldfuss, and, after him, by
Blainville, in Schweigger's genus Anthophyllum. Morris, in his
Catalogue of British Fossils, describes them under the generic name
Petraia, which Lonsdale had cited, as used by Count Minister, for
these corals. But Phillips, who adopts, with Lonsdale, the name
Turbinalopsis, states, in his Palaeozoic Fossils, that in the Beitrage
published by the Count in 1840, Petraia had received another appli-
cation, and was given by him to a genus of Gasteropoda.

The name of the genus is a hybrid word, from Turbinalia, and 04/15,
appearance.

Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 84, tab. 82, fig. 4. chison's Silurian Fossils, 692, pi. 16
Phillips, Palaozaic Fossils, p. 1. Blain- bis, fig. 6. Goldfuss, Petref., pi. 13.
ville, Man. if Act., 343. Lonsdale, Mur-

MONOMYCES.— EHKENBERG.

The genus Monomyces of Ehrenberg (No. xlvii.) was instituted for
simple (non-budding) attached species, which, excepting these particu-

350 ZOOPHYTES.

lars, have the general characteristics of the Fungise, Mussse, and
Euphyllise.* Ehrenberg enumerates three species. The M. patella
(Fungia patellaris of Lamarck, and Madrepora patella of Ellis and
Solander) is probably a young Fungia (see p. 293). The M. antho-
phyllum appears to be one of the compressed Euphyllise, and is de-
scribed as follows: — "M. erectus, compressus, stella oblonga, margine
integro, lamellis inclusis, denticulatis, et latere granulosis; 4£"' latus et
altus." The M. ? eburneus (Fungus eburneus of Shaw) is described
as follows : — " M. pollicaris, basi dilatatus, stella 4-lineari, glaber,
eburneus, obsolete striatus, interdurn latere simpliciter gemmascens."
A young Dendrophyllia?

As the animals of the Fungi*, Mussse, and Euphyllise, have for
each group, decided characteristics, it cannot be proper to disregard
these characteristics, and aggregate the simple species merely on the
ground of their not budding. We might, with as much propriety, in
the botanical kingdom, separate from their congeners the simple spe-
cies consisting of a single individual flower (instead of affording many
by budding), and collect them into one genus.

A single specimen, having the characteristics of the Monomyces,
was collected in the Feejees, which we believe to be probably the
young of a Tridacophyllia. It consisted of a delicate fragile disk, an
inch in diameter, stellate, with thin lamellae above, and supported on
a small pedicel three-fourths of an inch in height (plate 22, fig. 8).

TRIBE II.— CARYOPHYLLACEA.

Actinaria multitentaculata, tentaculis in seriebus duabus aut pluribus
dispositis. Scepissime gemmipara; gemmatione inferiore, polypis su-
perne non prolatantibus. Scepius coralligena ; corallis cakareis, cellis
multiradiatis ; super fide coralkrum aggregatorum inter stitiali raro
obsolete vel minime lamelk-striatd.

* " Fungise et Caryophyllice solitarisc fixouque." — EHRENB.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 351

Actinaria with numerous tentacles, in two or more series. Mostly
gernmiparous ; gemmation inferior, the polyps not widening at
summit. Generally coralligenous; coralla calcareous, cells many-
rayed, surface between the cells in aggregate coralla, rarely obso-
letely lamello-striate, or not at all so.

The large number of tentacles of the polyps of this tribe, allies them
to the Astrseacea, and at the same time separates them from the fol-
lowing tribes of Actinaria: moreover, while the inferior gemmation of
the species removes them from the former group, it affiliates them
to the latter. The recent species are strongly marked in their cha-
racteristics : the interstices between the cells are not lamello-striate,
but granulous or porous, or sometimes faintly channelled ; the lamella
are nearly or quite entire, or rarely denticulate ; within the coral, the
lamellee are united to one another laterally only by very distant dis-
sepiments, if any ; the stars in a transverse section are always simple,
the cellules being never crossed by dissepiments ; the cells are very
commonly cylindrical with narrow lamellae arranged neatly around, and
have often a broad bottom, generally porous and convex. These are
their common characteristics, and in connexion with lateral budding,
they afford an easy means of distinguishing the species, although
some of these characters are also presented by some among the
Astraeacea. The distinction between the massive species and the
Astraidse is stated on page 203.

The fossil Cyathophyllidae constitute an intermediate group, com-
bining the inferior gemmation of the recent Caryophyllacea with the
structure of the Astrsea tribe, as is described in the remarks on that
family. The mode of budding is the essential character by which
these species are separated from the Astaeidee.

The recent Caryophyllacea pass into the calicularly branched
Astrseacea by the genus Euphyllia of the latter, in which the lamellae
of the cells are entire or nearly so, and the exterior of the calicles is
often smooth ; and moreover, like the former, they have a wide geo-
graphical range in latitude. Other transitions take place through the
Oculinae, Astroites, and Anthophylla.

A single group in this tribe, the Zoanthidse, form no proper corallum.
It is quite possible that some of the Actinias may also be discovered to
present the characteristics of this group, although their relations to it
are not made apparent by budding.

352 ZOOPHYTES.

FAMILY I.— CYATHOPHYLLID^.

Caryophyllacea cakareo-coralligena. Gemmata, gemmis inferioribus,
aut lateralibus, aut apicalibus sursum nascentibus. Corallum medio
scepius transverse aut oblique septatum, secretionibus animalium calr
careis basi interrupts aut seriatim elaboratis.

Caryophyllacea forming calcareous coralla. Gemmate, with the buds
inferior, either lateral or growing upward from the summits. Co-'
rallum of a polyp usually transversely or obliquely septate at middle,
the coral secretions forming at base sehately or interruptedly.

The species of this family are so nearly related to one another, and
the transitions uniting together the widest variations from the type are
so gradual, that they have generally been classed together, and ori-
ginally, a large part constituted a single genus. Yet as the charac-
teristics of the family can be drawn only from fossilized coralla, there
is much difficulty in seizing those peculiarities which will satisfac-
torily exhibit its unity. Moreover, the early forms of organic life had
generally a wider range of characters than those of the present day,
and seem to have belonged rather to the system of the period, than
to that now existing.

The coralla of the Cyathophyllidse have usually the structure of
the AstrseidaB, with the inferior mode of budding of the Caryophyl-
lidse : in the general character of the stars, and the numerous inter-
mediate dissepiments uniting the lamellse, many of them are near
the former, while others have the simple stars of the latter. The
most striking characteristic in structure consists in the transverse
septa and cellules, which constitute the middle of the corallum; in this
respect, the species most Astraoid, differ widely from true Astrseas.
Many of the species are simple, and in consequence of their not bud-
ding, their connexion with the group is determined by analogies in
general structure, and their transitions.

While, in a transverse section, the star of the Astrseidae and Caryo-
phyllidse, characterizes a large part of the group, there are others
(Cystiophylla) closely allied, in which the lamellae or rays, are barely
traceable about the centre of the cell, and are lost outward, in a gene-
ral cellular texture ; and in some of the same group, the rays are

TRIBE II. — CAR YOPII YLLACEA. 353

wholly wanting, and the texture of the corallum, in a transverse sec-
tion, is simply porous or spumous. It is quite probable that this
absence of distinct lamellae, and the cellular texture instead, may
depend, as in the Porites and Gonioporae, on the polyps being long
exsert when expanded, and only their lower portions, below the visce-
ral cavity, secreting lime.

In a vertical section, the transverse septa are sometimes seen to
extend quite across the whole interior, while in other species, they are
confined to the middle portion, or become almost obsolete. They are
seldom regular in their intervals, or in a single range ; on the con-
trary, there is commonly a confusion of transverse cellules through
the centre of the corallum. In several species, the septa, instead of
crossing transversely, are oblique, and merely overlap about the medial
line; while in others, they extend upwards very obliquely, from either
side, and meet more or less perfectly, in an axis to the corallum. Some-
thing apparently analogous to this is seen in certain Astraeas : the
lamellae instead of being finished out entire, have the inner edge pecti-
nated obliquely upward, the pectinations extending towards a medial
line. Yet the Cyathophyllidae differ essentially in having, for these
oblique lines, prolongations of the intermediate dissepiments which
unite the lamellae, and not of the lamellae themselves. It appears to
be a general principle that, while these intermediate dissepiments are
altogether subordinate to the lamellae in the Astraeidae, in the family
under consideration, they are usually stouter than the lamellae; the
transverse septa alluded to, result from their continuation, and more
or less perfect union, through the central portions of the corallum,
where the radiating lamellae are often wanting. The axis, in species
with oblique ascending septa, is sometimes formed by a convolution
of the septa or plates, as in some Columnarise. In the Sarcinulee, the
septa extend quite from the sides, and appear like a series of funnels
inverted upon one another, with a solid axis along the central line.

Michelin first pointed out that certain species have on one side of
the cell a narrow triangular depression or cavity, with one or more
of the lamellae in part wanting, and designated the group Caninia.
This structure cannot be considered altogether anomalous, when we
consider that some Madrepores and Zoanthidae have one tentacle dif-
ferent in size or colour from the others; and we need not look for an
explanation of it, to an analogy with the siphuncle of the Ammonite.

We observe a farther difference between the coralla of the Astraees

354 ZOOPHYTES.

and CyathophyllidEe. In the former, when the cells are not contiguous,
the limits of the stars are formed by a thickening and lateral coales-
cence of the radiating lamellae; and the interstices, in a transverse
section, constitute a narrow band, often cellular, between the several
stars : but, in the latter, although there may be broad interstices
between the cells, there are none between the stars ; they are sepa-
rated only by a simple thread-like line. The lamellae often become
subdivided, and are united by numerous cross dissepiments. It
appears therefore that there is a decided difference in the structure of
the polyps. In Astraeas with contiguous cells, we have in a transverse
section nearly the same structure as in the Cyathophyllidae ; but,
unlike the species of the group before us, they are dichastic in
budding, the disks of the polyps gradually subdividing by growth.
The interstitial buds of this family are in character like those of the
Porites and Astroites, in which budding is lateral. The summit-buds
of the Cyathophyllidse (J 81), differ decidedly from the disk-buds of
the Astraeas. Their production is attended with a sacrifice of the
parent, and they consequently grow up as prominent young, like the'
lateral buds of a Caryophyllia ; while in the Astrseas, without the
intermitted mode of growth and reproduction, and a prolate growth of
the summits, the young and parent grow on together, with an equal
rate of increase.

The Cyathophyllidse afford examples of both aggregate and segre-
gate zoophytes. Some species form clumps of branches like those of
many Mussse and Euphyllise; while, in others, the adjacent polyps
coalesce and produce solid massive forms. In a few, the polyps are
crowdedly in contact, without coalescing, and in consequence of the
mutual pressure, have a prismatic form ; and the coralla, though ap-
parently solid, may be readily broken into prisms. The same genus,
as in other departments of zoophytes, may contain both solid, branch-
ing, and also simple or non-budding species.

A study of the internal structure of these corals, has led the author
to some changes in the received limits of groups, and also to the intro-
duction of one or two new genera. The generic names of older authors
have, in some instances of late, been misapplied : in obedience to the
principles relating to nomenclature, digested and brought out by the
British Association, a restoration to their original characters has been
attempted ; and where impracticable, their rejection seemed preferable
to retaining them with altered characteristics.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 355

Other errors have arisen from regarding, too implicitly, external
forms, in drawing out generic distinctions. Thus the genera Litho-
dendron and Columnaria, as employed, include species which are
true Cyathophylla ; and some allied species have been referred to the
genus Caryophyllia (Cladocora of Ehrenberg), although differing
totally from them, and all others of the Caryophyllidse, in their trans-
verse structure.

The following are the genera of this family, with their characters.
In presenting this review of them, the author is aware that the subject
requires much farther study before its difficulties will be wholly
removed.

We may subdivide them into the following groups.

1. Those with the cross septa transverse or but little oblique; some-
times nearly or quite obsolete. Includes the genera Cyathophyllum,
Calophyllum, Amplexus, Caninia, Acervularia, Arachriophyllum,
Cystiophyllum.

2. Those with the septa very oblique upward, and converging to a
central line, with sometimes a distinct axis. Includes the genera
Clisiophyllum, Michelinia, Columnaria, and Sarcinula.

I. SEPTIS TRANSVERSIS RECTIS AUT PAULUM OBLIQUIS, INTEHDUM OBSOLETIS.

GENUS I.— CYATHOPHYLLUM.

CyathophylKdce simpttcissimce, ramosce, aut glomerate^. Corallum medio
interno transversl septatum ; cellis concavis, regulariter stellatis, in-
termediis dissepimentis numerosis lamellas conjungentibus, itaque late-
rum texturd angulate cellulosd.

Quite simple, ramose or glomerate. Corallum within transversely
septate ; cells concave, regularly stellate ; numerous intermediate
dissepiments uniting the lamellae, and the outer portions of the
corallum of a polyp consequently angularly cellular.

The type of this genus is the Cyathophyllum dianthus.* The texture

* See Murchison's Silurian System, pi. 16, figs. 12, 12 b ; also figs. 9, 10, and 11 a.

356 ZOOPHYTES.

of the middle is transversely septate, while either side of this medial
portion the texture is cellular. In some species the cellular portion
is very narrow, and these form a transition to the genus Calophyllum;
this texture will in all instances be perceived on polishing down the
exterior, when the surface will appear, as described, angulately cel-
lular. The transverse septa are occasionally much convex above.

In the dianthus, the intermediate dissepiments run obliquely from
above downward and inward ; and the same is true of many other
species. There are others in which these dissepiments run upward
and inward, as represented in plate 26, figures 3, 4, 4 a ; and as the
species have also some difference of habit, they constitute at least a
subgenus, if not a wholly distinct group. The name HELTOPHYLLUM,
has been applied by Mr. James Hall to a specimen of this kind in his
cabinet, and may well be retained. It is represented in his N. Y.
Geological Report, fig. 3, p. 209, and is probably near the Cyatho-
phyllum Helianthoides of Goldfuss, plate 20, fig. 2.

The subgenus Heliophyllum will then contain species having gene-
rally the transverse septa of the Cyathophylla, but with the interme:
diate dissepiments running oblique upward and inward. Plate 26,
figure 3, is a section of part of the same turbinate species, figured by
Mr. Hall ; arid figs. 4, 4 a, are views of sections of a massive Astraeoid
species.

Both solid, ramose, and simple species, are included among the
Cyathophylla; and we do not deem it necessary to separate the cylin-
drical and prismatic species, which have a similar internal texture,
although heretofore referred in part to the genera, Lithodendron, Co-
lumnaria, and Caryophyllia. Should they be separated, a new genus
should be constituted, as they are not true CaryophylliaB, nor Colum-
naria? ; neither do they belong to the Lithodendrum of Schweigger.

GENUS II.— CALOPHYLLUM.— DANA.

Caryophyllida simplicissima, caliculato-ramosce, aut aggregates. Coral-
lum penitus transverse septatum, cellis simpliciter concavis, regulariter
stellatis; intermediis dissepimentis nullis, itaque laterum texturu non
cellulosa.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 357

Quite simple, caliculato-ramose or aggregate. Corallum within trans-
versely septate, cells simply concave, regularly stellate ; no inter-
mediate dissepiments between the lamellae, and the sides of the
corallum, therefore, not cellular.

The Calophylla pass gradually into the Cyathophylla, but still may
be readily distinguished by polishing down the exterior to a depth of
a line, when the edges of the vertical lamellae within are brought in
view, and the absence of intermediate dissepiments is apparent. The
lamellae of the cell sometimes appear split open or subdivided towards
the sides, and occasionally dissepiments may be distinguished between
the separated parts, when not apparent between the several lamellae
themselves. The septa, as may be seen in a vertical section, extend
quite across the interior.

GENUS III.— AMPLEXUS.— SOWERBY.

Cyathopkyllid<2 caulibus subcylindricis, kviter flexuosis. Corallum in-
terne transverso-septatum ; septis latissimis, fere rectis, usque ad latera
productis ; cellis multiradiatis, radiis interdum obsoktis.

Cyathophyllida? with the stems subcylindrical, slightly uneven. Co-
rallum within transversely septate, septa very broad and nearly
straight, extending quite to the sides; cells many-rayed.

The species of Amplexus are distinguished by their uneven cylin-
drical forms, having the internal septa extending quite across the whole
interior. They are thus closely related to the Calophylla, and it may
be a question whether the two genera should not be united in one,
unless it is thought best to pursue the system, apparently impracti-
cable, of forming separate groups of the cylindrical, columnar, and
missive species of the genus Cyathophyllum.

The name Cyathophora has been applied by Michelin to fossil corals
near the above, but massive in structure, and the rays obsolescent.
They are often prismatic, like the Favosites, though larger. They
may be viewed as massive species either of Amplexus or Calophyllum.

358 ZOOPHYTES.

Sowerl>y,MineralCcmchology,\.\65,i>].T2. ramosum, tubulosum ; superficie cellis

Phillips, Palceozoic Fossils, p. 7, pi. 3, immersis; cellis sparsis, per diaphrag-

fig. 8. mata transversa divisis, distinctis, obso-

Michelin, /cow. Zoophyt., 104, pi. 26, fig. 1; lete stellatis ; lamellis subnullis." The

Michelin's genus is thus characterized by species here referred to the genus is from

him : " Fixum, glomerato-globosum vel the Oolite.

GENUS IV.— CANINIA.— MICHELIN.

Cyatlwphyllidtz simplicissimce aut aggregato-gemmata. Corallum peni-
tus transverse septatum, cellis concavis ; stellce radiis uno velpluribus
proximis obsoletis, et infra, septis transversis ad infundibulum de-
pressis ; texturd Calophyllis affine.

Quite simple or aggregato-gemmate. Corallum within transversely
septate; cells concave; one or more rays of the star, on one side,
obsolete, and the transverse septa beneath this part having a funnel-
shaped depression ; general texture like that of the Calophylla.

This genus, instituted by Michelin, includes a few species of Cyatho-
phylla with a depression on one side of the star and some appearance
like a siphuncle. The depression is apparent in all the transverse
septa below. Koninck doubts the grounds on which the genus is
founded ; but Michelin states that he has observed the characteristic
in a large number of specimens. Good drawings of it are given in
his Iconographie Zoophytologique, pi. 16. This peculiarity has not
been observed in any massive species. (Icon., p. 81.)

GENUS V.— ACERVULARIA.— SCHWEIGGER.

Cyathophyllidce ramosce aut aggregates. Corallum vix transverse sep-
tatum, cellis ad summitates acervate proliferis.

Ramose or aggregate. Corallum imperfectly transverse-septate, or
not at all so; cells at summit acervately proliferous.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPH YLLACEA. 359

The Acervularise have a small cup-like cell, prominent within the
summit, and forming its centre, and are very proliferous from the
summits. The characters of the genus require more study before it
can be considered as established on sufficient grounds.

This genus was instituted by Schweigger for the species figured
by Fougt in the Amaenitates Academic* (i., Corall. Bait., tab. 4, fig. 9,
and No. 2), .and thus- described by him: " Madrepora composita, cor-
poribus proliferis e centre pluribus, undique coadunatis; stella con-
vexa, centro concava." The genus is characterized as follows by
Schweigger (Handbuch, p. 418): " Stirps calcarea, e conis approxi-
mates : coni e cellulis lamellosis acervati omnes cellula terminali medio
protracta, e centro depresso prolifera ;" which may be translated :
" Calcareous and made up of approximate cones ; cones acervate and
proceeding from lamellate cells, which have a terminal cell at middle,
and are proliferous from this depressed centre." He names the
species A. baltica. The essential characters of Schweigger's genus
are retained in the above generic description. The convexity of the
summit exterior to the cup-like centre is not a universal character.
The Astrsea ananas, figured by Lonsdale (Sil. System, pi. 16, fig. 6),
belongs to this group as here characterized ; but his Acervularia
baltica, which differs from Schweigger's, is the type of another genus.

The Strombodes of Schweigger may also fall in part into this genus.
The peculiar structure attributed to the species, the formation of
successive layers of cells, appears not to be of generic importance.
He thus characterizes the genus: "Stirps calcarea, e cellulis lamel-
losis in conos acervatis, strata horizontalia constituentes. Coni paralleli,
e cellula cyathiformi proliferi." — (Handbuch, p. 418; see also Gold-
fuss, Petrefakten, 62, pi. 21.) The name is from gT^/Sos, a top, and
refers to the peculiar structure above alluded to. Blainvilte changes
the name to Strombastreea (Man. d'Actin. p. 376). The Strombodes
of Ehrenberg includes those solitary Cyathophylla of Goldfuss, which
from their peculiar interrupted mode of growth appear to consist of a
series of inverted cones ("tanquam conis e centro proliferis"). These
species, " Ringel-Coralle," pass so gradually into others with a nearly
smooth exterior, that the character can hardly be considered as of
sufficient importance for founding a genus. The same principle
carried out would require a subdivision of the genus Cystiophyllum.
Ehrenberg includes in his genus a recent species from the Red Sea,
which is referred to under Euphyllia.

Lonsdale and Phillips apply the name to species which have the

360 ZOOPHYTES.

lamellae twisted about the centre, deriving the name from avjepu, to
twist, thus departing widely from the original signification of the
word and genus, as introduced by Schweigger (Pal. fossils, p. 10;
Silur. System, 691, pi. 16 bis, fig. 4). If the genus, or its name,
merits a place in the science, Schweigger's characteristics of it should
be to some extent retained.

GENUS VI.— ARACHNOPHYLLUM.— DANA.

Cyathophy Hides aggregate, cellis kviter radiatis ; cor alii texturd cellu-
losd, et lamellarum subtiliter cettulosd.

Aggregate Cyathophyllidae, having the cells faintly radiate (the rays
often obsolete towards the margin); texture of the corallum for the
most part cellular; of the radiating lamellae,, very minutely cellular.

This genus includes the Acervularia baltica, of Lonsdale. The
faint rays and the general texture, seem to show a relation to the
Cystiophylla. The rays under a microscope appear very delicately
cellular (Plate 26, fig. 5, 5 a], like the finest lace-work, instead of
being solid plates. The stars or several polyps of a zoophyte, are
without circumscribed limits, in the interior of the corallum. (Silurian
System, pi. 16. fig. 8 to 8 e; Schweigger, Handb. p. 418).

It is possible that these species may prove to belong to the tribe
Astraeacea. The absence on a polished transverse section of circum-
scribed limits to the stars, which appears to be a general character-
istic, shows some relation to the Fungidee. The texture below the
centre of a cell, is very imperfectly, if at all, transversely septate.

GENUS VII.— CYSTIOPHYLLUM.— LONSDALE.
CyathophyUidce simplicissimce aut ramosce. Corolla non radiata, aut

TRIBE II. — C ARYOPHYLLACE A. 361

raro radiis circum aream mediant conspicuis ; laterum, scepiusque toti
coralli, texturd, spumoso-cellulosd.

Quite simple or ramose Cyathophyllidse. Corallum not radiate, or
rarely with distinct rays about the central area ; texture of the sides
and usually of the whole corallum spumoso-cellular.

The peculiar cellular structure of these species, may at once be
detected in the character of the lateral surface, especially after polish-
ing off the exterior, if not before, when the cellules will be found to
differ strikingly from the rectangular cellules of the Cyathophylla.
The species are usually without rays to the cells ; yet in some, faint
lines may be perceived around the central area, and a transition may
thus be traced to the Cyathophyllum structure. The absence of trans-
verse septa along the middle of the corallum has been laid down as
characteristic of the genus, yet it is not universal ; and we perceive
here, also, progressive transitions towards the Cyathophylla.

II. SEPTIS TRANSVERSIS SUKSUM OBLIQUIS ET IN AXEM COEUNTIBUS.

GENUS VIII.— CLISIOPHYLLUM.— DANA.

CyathophyllidcB simplicissimrB, ramosce, aut aggregato-glomeratcK. Co-
rallum cellis radiatis, media interno septis sursum convergentibus ; axe
nullo; lateribus omnino cettulosis.

Quite simple, ramose or aggregato-glomerate. Corallum having the
cells radiate, the middle within consisting of septa and cellules con-
verging upward, but without a distinct axis; texture exterior to this
middle portion cellular.

This genus includes many of the so-called Cyathophylla, both
simple arid massive species. In internal structure they resemble the
Michelinise, but differ in having the structure minutely cellular exterior
to the central convergent portion. The bottom of the cell has usually
a conical prominence, proceeding from the character of the septa
within, and about this centre the lamellae sometimes appear twisted.

362 ZOOPHYTES.

These species with twisted lamellae constitute, in part, the genus
Strombodes, as this name is used by Phillips and Lonsdale. The
name is from the Greek xXitfiov, a tent, and alludes to the A -like figures
which are made by the converging lamella? about the centre, as seen
in a vertical section.

Plate 26, figure 6, section of a simple turbinate species ; figures 7,
7 a, section of a cell in a massive species ; 7 a, represents the central
portion of fig. 7, enlarged.

GEJIUS IX.— MICHELINIA.— KONINCK.

Cyathophyllidce aggregate. Corallum cellis excavatis ; septis olliquis
irregularibus, e lateribus productis et sursum convergentibus, axe
nullo.

Aggregate Cyathophyllida?. Corallum with excavate cells; the whole
interior with oblique irregular septa, converging towards an axial
line ; axis none.

This genus was instituted by Koninck. The species have the inter-
nal texture of the Clisiophylla, except that there is no regularly cel-
lular structure exterior to the central convergent portion. They differ
from the Sarcinulse in having no axis. In the Michelinia tenuisepta,
(Calamopora tenuisepta, of Phillips) the general structure of the coral-
lum is columnar.

Phillips, Geol. of Yorkshire, ii. 201, pi. 2, C. figs. 3a,b; Michelin, Icon. Zooph.,
fig. 30 ; Koninck, Desc. des Anim. foss. 83, pi. 16, fig. 3.
des terrains houilkrs de Belgique, 31, pi.

GENUS X.— COLUMNARIA.— GOLDFUSS.

Cyathophyllidce segregate, glomerate, polypis contiguis, itaque pris-
maticis. Corallum cellis radiatis, medio interno septis cellutisque
sursum obliquis, axeque, composite ; texturd laterum celluhsa.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 363

Glomerate ; polyps laterally in contact, and consequently prismatic.
Corallum having the cells radiate, the middle within consisting of
oblique septa and cellules converging upward into an axis ; texture
exterior to this middle portion, cellular.

In a transverse section of the Columnarise, the outer portions are cel-
lular, as in the Cyathophylla and Clisiophylla, while the inner consist
of oblique septa converging upward into an axis ; and this axis ap-
pears to be made by a convolution of the septa, or their partial coales-
cence. Excepting the existence of an axis, the species are similar
in their essential characters to the Clisiophylla. The columnar forms
into which the coralla break, by a separation of the prismatic cells, are
supposed to characterize all the species of the genus; yet as this is not
necessarily of generic importance, it may prove otherwise.

The genus Columnaria, as given in treatises, comprises, beside the
species here included, some that have the internal structure of the
Cyathophylla, an error which has arisen from allowing too much
importance to mere aggregation and external form. The character of
the axis in some species is noticed by Fleming, Parkinson, Blainville,
and others. The Lithostrotion of Lhywd is synonymous with the
Columnaria of authors. The name is of prior date ; but, besides its
imperfect application — meaning a stone pavement — it was given pre-
vious to the Linnsean period without reference to system, and is there-
fore not entitled to authority.

Plate 26, fig. 9, part of transverse section ; 9 a, lateral surface ; 9 b,
and 10, vertical section through the middle of different species.

Goldfuss, Petref. 72, pi. 24 ; Blainville, Man. strotion. Also Fleming's Brit. Animals,
350 ; Lhywd, Lithophylacii Brittannici 508, and Parkinson's Organic Remains,
Iconographia, Epist. v., tab. 23, Litho- ii. pi. 5, figs. 3 and 6.

GENUS

Cyathophyllidce cespitosce aut fasciculatce ; caulibus cylindricis. Coral-
lum cellis multiradiatis, septis internis simplicibus, sursum obliquis,
conicis, e lateribus productis ; axe conspicuo.

364 ZOOPHYTES.

Cespitose or fasciculate Cyathophyllidse ; stems cylindrical. Corallum
having the cells multiradiate ; internal septa simple, oblique up-
ward, conical, and extending quite from the sides ; axis distinct.

The internal texture in this genus, as seen in a vertical section, is
quite open, without dissepiments, excepting the oblique septa which
occupy the whole interior, and appear like a series of inverted cones
traversed by a central axis (plate 20, fig. 11). The species are closely
related to the Columnarine : the principal difference consists in the
extension of the septa quite across the interior to the sides, and the
consequent absence of the exterior cellular texture; the septa more-
over are more regular and sometimes constitute each a simple plate.
The species have some resemblance to the Stylinse and Caryophyllise,
but differ in internal structure.

This genus was instituted by Lamarck for a few unlike species,
characterized by consisting of parallel stems or tubes. The Madre-
pora organum of Linnseus, is the best determined, and appears entitled
to rank as the type of the genus, and has been so considered in this
place. The characters have been drawn from Fougt's and Schweig-
ger's figures, and from a specimen examined by the author. Other
cylindrical fossil species, similar in external habit, belong to the
genera Amplexus, Cyathophyllum, or some one of the preceding
groups.

Fougt, Amcen, Acad. i. tab. 4, fig. 6, and ii. 340; Blainville, Man., 348; Goldfuss,
No. 1 ; Schweigger, Beobacht., pi. 7, fig. Petrefakten, p. 73.
66, and Handb., 419 ; Lamarck, 2d ed.

FAMILY II.— CARYOPHYLLID^.

CaryophyUacea coralligena ; polyporum oribus longe exsertis, tentaculis
oUongis. Coratta penitus non transverse septata, et superfaie nun-
quam lameUo-striatis ; cellarum margine acutis et tenuibus; lamellis
fere integris.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 365

Coralligenous Caryophyllacea ; polyp-mouths long exsert, tentacles
oblong. Coralla within not transversely septate, surface not lamello-
striate ; cells with the margin acute and thin ; lamellae nearly or
quite entire.

Among the various forms of the Caryophyllida?, we observe trees
occasionally five or six feet in height — shrubs and bushy clumps of
various dimensions — convex masses covered with cylindrical calicles
— clusters of large leaf-like expansions enrolled in one another — and
tiny cups of goblet shape. Hemispherical domes like those of the
Astrseas are not met with; and the folia are rather thick and cellular,
with large curves and an obtuse polypiferous edge, instead of thin,
sharp-edged, and compact, with the graceful arabesque forms of the
Merulinse.

The polyps of this group were first observed and figured, though
incorrectly, by Donati. They have since been examined by Cavo-
lini, Lesueur, Quoy and Gaymard, Ehrenberg, Broderip, Milne
Edwards, and others. They are distinguished in most if not all in-
stances, by having the mouth very much protruded when fully ex-
panded, sometimes so as to form an inverted cone rising from the
centre of the disk. The tentacles are clustered around the prominent
mouth, in a crowded circlet.

This family includes a part of Lamarck's genus Caryophyllia, along
with his Oculinae, and TurbinaliaB, and some other fossil species. As
the CaryophylliaB of this author have been variously distributed by
different writers, a tabular view of the subdivisions proposed by the
principal systematists in this department of science, is here given, with
the genera adopted in this work. The genus Oculina, which has
participated somewhat in the various changes, is also added, together
with those genera of Astraacea which Lamarck's genus embraced.

366

ZOOPHYTES.

o S

2
3

c»

-a

•a

•s I
a °

o
co

-
C

.8-

g
13

.1
g

CS
CO

H
«

f !

.S £

=3 3

•f. £ £ jf I

I I M :i

S C B w

Q <! O •< O

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 367

The Astrseacea were first separated by Oken, whose Mussse were
characterized by the coarse lamello-striate surface of the calicles, a
peculiarity which extends to the coralla of all except some Euphylliae,
and is their most striking character. Oken's genera exhibit the inde-
pendent spirit, or disregard for all previous authorities, which charac-
terizes the whole of his Natural History. Schweigger's changes were
unfortunate in every- respect, as he united the Oculinee, with a large
part of the Caryophyllise of Lamarck (including Oken's Mussse), into
one group, which he called Lithodendrum ; the remaining species of
Caryophyllia formed his Anthophyllum : and to add to the confusion,
more recent authors have adopted his names with a wholly diffe-
rent signification. Lithodendrum may better be rejected. We follow
Ehrenberg in retaining the name Anthophyllum for the Caryophyllia
fasciculata of Lamarck, and the allied species, a group which embraces
half the species enumerated as Anthophylla by Schweigger. The
others given by him, are the Cyathina cyathus, and the Caryophyllia
anthophyllum, and cespitosa. Blainville's subdivisions were made
with discrimination, and the name Caryophyllia was retained by him
for the typical part of Lamarck's genus Caryophyllia, the same por-
tion that contains the species to which the name was first applied.*
This author adopted the Oculina of Lamarck, and instituted the
genus Dendrophyllia for the arborescent Caryophyllias. Ehrenberg
proposed a farther subdivision of the group, and separated with good
reason the Cyathinae and Desmophylla. But the name Caryophyllia
was applied by him to the group previously named Lobophyllia by
Blainville, and Mussa by Oken. The Oculina3 and the Dendro-
phyllife of Blainville, were also united by him, although distinct in
many points, and strikingly so in their mode of growth and budding
0467,71).

In concluding upon the genera which a proper regard for previous
authorities required should be adopted, the genus Cladocora of Ehren-
berg seemed entitled to the original name Caryophyllia. Besides
containing one of the species to which the name was early applied,
it constitutes the principal part of Blainville's Caryophylliae, and is the
typical group of the family Caryophyllidse, as well as of Lamarck's

* The word Caryophyllia is from xaguov, a walnut, and alludes to a resemblance
in the cup-like cell and its radiating plates, to the cavity of a halved walnut. The name
was applied by Rumphius (1705) to one of the Caryophyllidse as this term is here em-
ployed, and was so used by Pallas.

ZOOPHYTES.

genus Caryophyllia. Oken's Galaxea, as it should have been Caryo-
phyllia, after Lamarck, is not retained for any of the subdivisions.

The Calamophylliee appear to be either CaryophylliaB or Antho-
phylla.

The remaining species of this family were placed by Lamarck in
his genus Turbinolia, a group which embraced some simple Eu-
phyllise, free species related to the groups Cyathina, Caryophyllia or
Dendrophyllia, besides others, which will probably be made into a
distinct genus. The Stephanophyllia, of Michelin, although near
Fungia in form, appears to be related to Turbinalia ; and the same
is probably true of the Ecmesus and Phyllodes, of Philippi.

The genera of this family may be characterized as follows :

A. POLYPS NOT EXSERT ; CALICLES PROMINENT : SOMETIMES SOLITARY.

a. Cells with a corona of points within, at the base of the lamelloe.

1. ECMESUS. Free; disk-shape.

2. CYATHINA. Attached ; turbinate.

b. Cells not coronate within.

I. Zoophytes free wlten adult.

3. STEPHANOPHYLLIA. Free ; disk-shape ; flat below, with prominent lamellce.

4. TURBINALIA. Free; turbinate, sometimes compressed.

II. Zoophytes attached ; simple or ramose.

5. DESMOPHYLLUM. Simple ; lamella arranged in groups or fascicles.

6. CULICIA. Simple ; calicle smooth without, fragile ; lamellae inciso-denticulate.

7. CARYOPHYLLIA. Simple, or calicularly ramose, with only the tips of the branches
alive ; lamellae nearly or quite entire.

8. DENDROPHYLLIA. Patrio-ramose, arborescent (each branch with an apical parent-
polyp and an axial star) ; cells with the lamellae nearly entire.

9. OCULINA. Cumulato-ramose, arborescent, branches without an axial star.

III. Zoophytes attached ; glomerate.

10. ANTHOPHYLLUM. Calicular tubes united by a separable spongy base; the ex-
terior smooth or faintly striate ; cell with a depressed centre.

11. STYLINA. Calicular tubes united by a cellular base or by plates at intervals ; the
exterior striate; centre of cell becoming prominent and exsert.

B. POLYPS LONG EXSERT ; CALICLES NEARLY OR QUITE OBSOLETE.

12. ASTROITIS. Corallum glomerate ; cells concave.

TRIBE II. — C ARYOPH YLLACEA. 369

A. POLYPIS NON SALIENTIBUS ; ZOOPHYTORUM GEMMANTIUM CALICULIS PROMINENTIBt'S.

a. Cellis intus coronatis.

GEJTOS I.— ECMESUS.— PHILIPPI.

Caryophyllidce non gemmatce, liber a; disciformes, subtus planiuscula.
Coralla superne lamellis radiata et mediopapittis coronata.

Non-budding Caryophyllidse, free; disk-shape, and nearly flat below.
Coralla above radiate with lamellae, and coronate with papillae about
the centre.

This genus includes certain fossil species, and was instituted by
Philippi. As no specimens have fallen under the observation of the
author, it is arranged here with some hesitation.

Philippi, Leonhard und Bronn's neues Jahrb., 1841, 662, Tert. Calabr. The genus is
characterized by Philippi as follows : " Liberum, disciforme, eccentricum, subtus planius-
culum, suborbiculare ; pagina superior papillis centralibus lamellisque divergentibus, alter-
nis majoribus, formatur; papillae vero centrum non occupant, sed margin! propiores
sunt."

GENUS II.— CYATHINA.— EHEENBERG.

Caryophyllidce non gemmates, affixce; turbinatce; polypis Caryophylliis
affinibus. Caliculorum lamellis fere integris, cellis intus coronatis.

Simple, attached, turbinate; polyps like those of the Caryophylliae.
Coralla with the lamellae nearly or quite entire, cells coronate
within.

The Cyathinse are solitary polyps, subturbinate in form, and some of
them two or three inches high. The calicle is either smooth or striate
without, and nearly goblet shape. The bottom of the cell is broad and

370 ZOOPHYTES.

either porous or tessellated, and around it at the base of the lamellae
there is a circle of small prominent points, similar in character to
those in the Astrcea pentagona. The species have hitherto been
found only in the European seas.

This genus was instituted by Ehrenberg from the Caryophyllia of
Lamarck. The name of the genus is from xuodos, a cup, alluding to
their goblet shape.

Arrangement of the Species.

*l. C. cyathus. 3. C. Smithii.

2. C. pezita. *4. C. turbinata.

1. CYATHINA CYATHUS. (Lamarck.) Ehrenberg.

C. davato-turbinata, 2" alta. Corallum viz striatum ; lamellis fere
integris, crassioribus, paulo exsertis, rotundatis ; cellis profundis,
fundo papilloso.

Clavato-turbinate, two inches high. Corallum nearly smooth with-
out ; lamellae entire or nearly so, stout, a little exsert, rounded above;
cells deep, papillose at bottom.

Mediterranean Sea, where, according to E. Forbes, it ranges in
depth from five to ninety fathoms.

Ellis's figure represents the bottom of the calicle as consisting
throughout of stout prominent papillae.

In the Mad. anthophyllum of Esper, the bottom is composed of
several stony pieces of various shapes fitted closely together, and
forming a rounded prominence. A similar figure is given in Leach's
Miscellany, i. 134. A specimen of this kind, examined by the author,
was one and a half inches high, eight-tenths of an inch by six-tenths
in breadth at top, diminishing to half this below ; the exterior smooth;
the lamellae quite stout and rounded above, and projecting about an
eighth of an inch above the margin of the cell ; the larger, about
thirty-two in number ; at bottom, the papillae of the corona, sixteen in
number, a line high, and with obtusely rounded summits, surrounding
a prominent convex centre, consisting of stony granulous pieces fitting
together like a pavement. If a distinct species from Ellis's, this should
be called, retaining Esper's name, the C. anthophyllum.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 371

Another different specimen has the following characters: height
one and three-fourths inches ; breadth at top half an inch ; exterior
smooth; lamellae thin, the larger, twenty-one in number, alternating
with three smaller, of which the middle is the largest ; corona consist-
ing of nineteen thin lamellae, pertaining each to the base of the medial
one of the intermediate lamellae ; centre consisting of an aggregation
of small ragged poin-ts (about sixteen) forming a convex top, much
below the corona in elevation. A young individual of the cyathus?

Marsilli Phys., 122, tab. 28, fig. 128. Caryophyllia cyathus, Lamarck, ii. 346,

Mad. cyathus, Ellis and Sol., 150, tab. 28, No. 1.

fig. 7. , Lamour., 48, pi. 28, fig. 7 ; Encyc.

Mail, anthophyllum, Esper, i. tab. 24. 167, pi. 482, fig. 2.

Anthophy Hum cyathus, Schweig. Handb. , Leach's Zool. Misc., i. 134, pi. 59.

417. — , Blainv., Man., 344, pi. 55, fig. 6.

Galaxea cyathus, Oken's Zool., 72. Cyathina cyathus, Ehrenb. Gen. xlv. sp. 2.

NOTE. — The Cyathina flezuosa of Ehrenberg is concisely described as follows: " Bi-
tripollicaris, disco subpollicari (minore quam in Desmophyllo diantho) planiore, lamellis
non truncatis." The locality is not known.

2. CYATHINA PEZITA. (Ehrenberg.}

C. pumila, 3'" alt a, 1'" cr asset, subjlexuosa. Corallum lamellis intus
truncatis, stilis senis mediis, flexuosis, singularibus, nee lamellis maxi-
mis oppositis.

Three lines high, and 1 thick, subflexuous. Corallum having the
lamellae truncate within; six medial points, flexuous, single, not
placed opposite the larger lamella?.

This description is from Ehrenberg. The species is very much
smaller than any other known. A young individual ?

Cyathina pezita, Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. xlv. sp. 3.

3. CYATHINA SMITHII. (Broderip.} Dana.
C. subpumila, fere cylindrica. Corallum extus bene striatum ; lamellis

372 ZOOPHYTES.

incequalibus, scepius 3 intermediis minoribus, parti plicatis et kviter
crenulatis ; fundo obsolete tuberculato, particulis saxeis instructo.

Rather small, nearly cylindrical. Corallum decidedly striate without;
lamellae unequal, mostly with 3 smaller intermediate, sparingly
plicate and lightly crenulate; bottom obsoletely tuberculate, and
consisting of stony pieces.

Coast of Devonshire, T. Smith, Esq. — Cornwall, Mr. Coutch.

From the drawing by W. J. Broderip, the species is nearly cylin-
drical, a little larger above, half an inch high, and but little exceed-
ing this in diameter. The lamellae are but a little exsert, with the
larger fourteen to twenty in number. Johnston states the size as
varying from two-tenths to half an inch in height, with a diameter of
from three-tenths to one inch. The animal has two or three crowded
rows of tentacles, and a prominent mouth when expanded. The colour
varies, being at times, according to Dr. Coldstream, either "white,
yellowish, orange-brown, reddish or fine apple-green, with the ten-
tacles usually paler."

Caryophyllia cyathus, W. J. Broderip, .la- Caryophyllia Srnithii, J. B. Harvey, Lou-
meson's new Edinb. J., viii. (1830), 312. don's Mag. Nat. Hist, new ser. i. 474,

Caryophyllia Smithii, Stokes and Bro- fig. 55; also Proceed. Zool. Soc. 1834,

derip, Zool. J., iii. 481, pi. 13, figs. 1-6. part ii. 28.

, Buckland, Bridgewater Treatise, pi. , G. Johnston, Brit. Zooph. 207, fig. 30,

54, figs. 9-11. on page 206.

The Caryophyllia cyathus, of Dr. Fleming (Wernerian Trans, ii. 249, and British
Animals, p. 509), is described as containing 40 to 50 larger lamelloe ; exterior striated ;
the bottom a prominent ridge " composed of curled plates on each side of a substance
similar to the plates of the gills." The specimen was from the island of Papa Stour,
Zetland. It requires farther examination.

4. CYATHINA TURBINATA. (Dana.}

C. pumila, (6-9'" alta], turbinata, infra valde attenuata. Corallum
subtiliter striatum ; papittis ferme 12, parvulis, tenuissimis et fra-
gilibus ; lamellis vix exsertis, 3-5 intermediis minoribus.

Small, turbinate, below much attenuated. Corallum finely striate,
papillae about 12, small, very thin and fragile, lamella? scarcely
exsert, with 3 to 5 intermediate smaller.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 373

This small species occurs in curved turbinate forms, (and probably
also erect,) seven lines high, four and a half by three and a half in
breadth at top, and one line at base ; it is finely striate to the base,
with the exterior surface a little undulate. The larger lamellae are
hardly half a line exsert. The bottom is linear, and consists of ragged
points. Young state of the cyathus?

The Cyathina cyathus of Leuckart (De Zooph. Coral, figs. 5-7, pi. 4), resembles this
species. It is from the Mediterranean, is three-fourths of an inch high, seven by five
lines in breadth above, and one and three-fourths lines at bottom ; it is coronate, with six-
teen thin papillae, each papilla belonging to the middle lamella of the three intermediate.
The striae of the exterior are finely denticulate. Leuckart adds " An species diversae ?"

Philippi suggests that the Monomyces eburneus of Ehrenberg may be the young of
the C. cyathus. (Wiegm. Arch., viii. 44.)

b. Cellis intus non coronatis.
I. Zoophylis adultis liberis.

GENUS III.— STEPHANOPHYLLIA.— MICHELIN.

Cyathophyllidce non gemmatce, liberce, disciformes, subtus planiusculce.
Corolla superne lamettis prominentibus radiata.

Non-budding Cyathophyllidae, free and disciform; below, nearly flat.
Coralla above, radiated with prominent lamellae.

The lamellae in the species which is the type of Michelin's genus
stand quite prominent around the centre, and are somewhat dentate.
The appearance is much like that of a Fungia. The name alludes
to the crown-like corallum, and is from <r<re<?avov, a crown. Some of
the species referred here by Michelin, appear to belong to the Ec-
mesus of Philippi.

Michelin, Diet, des Sci. Nat. Sup., i. 484 ; also Iconog. Zooph., 31, pi. 8, fig. 1.

374 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS IV.— TURBINALIA.— LAMARCK.

Caryophyttida non gemmata, liberce, turbinatce, scepe compresscB; ceM
coralli scepius late excavata.

Non-budding Caryophyllidse ; free, turbinate, often compressed ; cell
of the corallum usually broad, excavate.

The Turbinalise are known only in the fossil state. Like the
Fungise, they are attached when young. The form is usually turbi-
nate, or compressed turbinate, and the exterior is commonly fine
striate. The cell is more or less broadly concave, and the texture of
the sides somewhat porous.

The genus Phyllodes has been proposed by Philippi for compressed
cuneate species, with the base crenato-lobate. Still another distinct
group appears to be contained in the genus, characterized by having
a solid stellate bottom to the cell. The remainder are free Dendrb-
phylliae, with which group they agree in texture, the character of the
cell, and the smooth or finely striated exterior.

This genus has included some of the free Euphyllia? ; but the
latter differ from them by the same characters, as from the simple or
young Dendrophyllise, viz. : the very narrow bottom of the cell (in-
stead of broad and porous) often quite concealed by the lamellee; the
thin compact sides, scarcely at all cellular; and the exterior striatures
of the calicles, corresponding to the lamell* within. Moreover, we
may conclude from analogy that, like the Dendrophyllise, the animals
of the TurbinaliaB differ in having a prominent subrostriform mouth.
From the turbinate Cyathophyllid*, they are removed by their tex-
ture below the cell, as they have nothing of the transverse septa cha-
racterizing those corals.

This genus was instituted by Lamarck. The name is from the
Latin, turbo, a top, and alludes to the turbinate shape of the species.
Ehrenberg suggested the change in the orthography from Turbinolia
to Turbinalia, the former being incorrect.

Turbinolia, Lamarck, ii. 359. Turbinalia, Ehrenberg, G. xviii.

The genus Phyllodes is thus characterized by Philippi (Leonhard und Bronn, neues
Jahrb., 1841, 662), Tert, Calabr. " Liberum 1 explanatum, cuneatum, et in altera
extremitate lobatum ; pagina superior lamellis a busi truncata radiantibus medianis

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 375

erectis, literalibus oblique ineumbentibus, instructa." This arrangement of the lamellae
is common to the species here included, and the free cuneate Euphyllise constituting the
genus FlabeUum of Lesson.

11. Affixes; simplicissimce ant ramosce.

GENUS V.— DESMOPHYLLUM.— EHKENBERG.

Caryophyllidce non gemmate, simplicissimce, affixes. Corolla infundi-
buliformia; lamellisfere integris, in plures fasciculus dispositis.

Not budding, quite simple, attached. Coralla infundibuliform ; lamellae
nearly entire, and arranged in a series of groups or fascicles.

The Desmophylla are distinguished from the other species of this
family by the grouping of the lamella, a character apparent over
the exterior as well as vi ithin the broad shallow cell. The genus was
instituted by Ehrenberg for the Caryophyllia dianthus, and named
from fctffjwi, bundle, and <puXXov, leaf.

DESMOPHYLLUM DIANTHUS. (Esper.) Ehrenberg.

D. bipotticare, disco pollicari, basi flexuosa. Corattum lamellis impari-
bus ternis, in 12 fasciculus approximatis, mediis solis majoribus fere

12, omnibus intus truncatis.

Two inches in height, with the disk an inch broad, and at base
flexuous. Corallum with the lamella? in 12 groups of threes, the
middle of each larger, all truncate within.

East Indies.

The description of the above species, as well as of the following, is
by Ehrenberg, from specimens in the Royal Museum at Berlin.

Mad. dianthus, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 85, tab. Mussa dianthus, Oken, Zool. i. 73.

Desmophyllum dianthus, Ehrenb., G. xliv.
Caryophyllia dianthus, Blainv., Man. 344. sp. 1.

376 ZOOPHYTES.

DESMOPHYLLUM STELLARIA. (Ehrenberg.)

D. poUicare, disco semipotticari. Corattum lamellis in \2fasciculas dis-
positis, mediis ternis majoribus, subcequalibus.

An inch in height, disk half an inch broad. Corallum with the lamellae
in 12 groups of threes, the middle one larger, all subequal.

Desmophyllum stettaria, Ehrenb., G. xliv., sp. 2.

GENUS VI.— CULICIA.— DANA.

Caryophyllidce non gemmates, affixes, pumilce, subcylindricce ; polypis
Caryophylliis affinibus. Corolla fragilia, extus no?i striata; lamellis
inciso-denticulatis ; celld paulo profundd, inter dum vix depressd.

Non-gemmate Caryophyllidee, attached, quite small and subcylindrical;
polyps like those of the Caryophylliss. Coralla fragile and delicate,
exterior not striate; lamellae inciso-denticulate ; cell shallow and
sometimes scarcely at all excavate.

The Culiciae have the rostriform mouth and tentacles of the Caryo-
phyllise ; but the cells of the tiny cups (their coralla) contain minutely-
incised lamellae, the points of which, along with other points at the
centre, sometimes fill the whole cell, or form its bottom and sides.
The aspect is very peculiar, and united with other characters appear
to authorize the institution of a new genus ; in the established groups,
the lamellae are either entire, or nearly so. Six larger lamellae some-
times stand a little prominent, giving an appearance of a six-rayed
star within the cell. Three species were obtained, and the largest
was hardly a line and a half in diameter.

The name of this genus is from xu^iwov, a little cup.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. C. stellata. *3. C. truncata.

*2. C. tenella.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 377

CULICIA STELLATA. (Dana.)

C. simplicissima, cylindrica, fere 3'" alta et 1J'" lata ; pallido-ochrea,
tentaculis numerosis, subcequalibus. Corallum margine integrum ;
celld subprofunda ; lamellis 24, sex latioribus superne integris stellce
instar, cum 3 interm'ediis valde minoribus subtiliter incisis.

Quite simple, cylindrical, nearly 3 lines high, and 1 £ broad ; pale-
ochreous in colour, tentacles numerous and subequal. Corallum with
the margin thin and entire; cell rather deep ; lamellae 24 in number,
6 broader than the others, and above entire, having the arrange-
ment and appearance of a star, with 3 smaller intermediate delicately
incised.

Plate 28, fig. 5, calicles scattered over dead coral, natural size; 5 a,
animal enlarged ; 5 b, tentacle enlarged ; 5 c, calicle enlarged ; 5 d,
two of the lamella? enlarged.

Singapore. Exp. Exp.

This species is at once distinguished by the six larger lamellse,
broad above, and appearing like a star of six rays, while the interme-
diate are very narrow, and gradually widen towards the bottom. It
occurred scattered quite thickly over the surface of a dead coral.

CULICIA TENELLA. (Dana.}

C. simplicissima, cylindrica, 2'" alta et 1J'" lata. Corallum margine
tenuissimum et acutum; celld subprofunda; lamellis 24, subaqualibus,
majoribus pkrumque integris sed apice basique incisis, intermediis
minoribus incisis.

Quite simple, cylindrical, 2 lines high and 1J broad. Corallum with
a very thin and acute margin; cells rather deep; lamellae 24, sub-
equal, the larger for the most part entire, but incised at apex and
at base, the smaller intermediate incised.

Plate 28, fig. 6, calicle enlarged, 6 a, natural size ; 6 b, three of the
lamella? enlarged.

378 ZOOPHYTES.

Port Jackson, New Holland, attached to the base of a Melitsea. Exp.
Exp.

The lamellae are more nearly equal than in the preceding species,
and appear less crowded, and without a distinct star of six rays ; the
thin margin of the calicle, moreover, extends a little above them.

CULICIA TRUNCATA. (Dana.)

C. simplicissima, fere cylindrica aut subturbinata, 1J'" aha et lata.
Corallum apice planum, cella non excavatd sed lamellis subtiliter laci-
niatis repletd, majoribus alternis, 12.

Quite simple, nearly cylindrical or subturbinate, 1^ lines high and as
many in breadth. Corallum plane at top, cell not excavate, but
filled with the minutely laciniate lamella, which are twenty-four in
number, large and small alternate.

Plate 28, fig. 7, calicle enlarged ; 7 a, same natural size.

The Feejee Islands, attached to the dead part of an Echinopora.
Exp. Exp.

The lamellae fill up the cell and give a flat top to the calicle ; and
the minute teeth, which appear like dots about the centre, are ar-
ranged symmetrically, six forming an inner circle, and twelve another
circle around them.

GENUS VII.— CARYOPHYLLIA.— LAMARCK.

CaryophyttidcR affixce, segregato-gemmatce ; polypis sapius cylindricis,
ore longi exserto, tentaculis numerosis. Coratta caliculato-ramosa ;
ramis apice animatis et striatis, quot lamellis tot striis ; infra mor-
tuis, striis obsolescentibus.

Attached Caryophyllidae with segregate growth and gemmation; po-
lyps usually cylindrical, mouth long exsert, tentacles numerous.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 379

Coralla caliculato-ramose ; alive only at the tips of the branches,
and in this part usually striate, with the striae equalling the lamellae
in number; but below, where dead, the striae becoming obsolete.

The Caryophyllise form branched clumps, usually much crowded
and cespitose, and rarely arborescent. They are distinguished by
having only the tips -of the branches alive; each polyp-bud forming
a distinct branch, and lengthening it by gradual outward growth, the
parts below becoming dead as it progresses. When alive they are all
tipped with polyps, "les fleurs du corail." The coralla are rather
fragile, and in this respect, as well as their mode of growth, they are
distinct from the Oculinae. The cells are concave, resembling much
those of the Dendrophyllise. The lamellae are very slightly if at all
exsert, and are generally crowded and subequal.

In the young state the Caryophyllise are simple, cylindrical or tur-
binate polyps, and the calicles resemble much a Turbinalia. It is
still doubtful whether there are actually any simple or non-budding
species, as those so reported may have been the young of branching
species. These remarks apply equally to the genus Dendrophyllia ;
and in this early state, the species of that genus can scarcely be
distinguished from the Caryophylliss, as the essential characteristics
of these genera depend on the mode of budding and growth. It
appears, however, that the calicles of the Caryophylliae have the striae
of the exterior corresponding each to a lamella of the cell, while the
Dendrophylliee are much more finely striated when at all so ; and in
general, moreover, the lamellae of the Caryophylliae appear more even
and crowded, except in the large species.

The simple species will be thrown into an Appendix, either to this
genus or Dendrophyllia, according as the striaa of the exterior surface
correspond or not to the lamellae of the cells.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. C. cespitosa. *4. C. arbuscula.

*2. C. conferta. *5. C. cornigera.

*3. C. flexuosa. 6. C. anthophyllum.

1. CARYOPHYLLIA CESPITOSA. (Lamarck.}

C. cespitosa, caulibus elongato-cylindricis, suberectis, confertim fascicu-
latis, vix 2'" crassis ; poly pis late aurantiads. Corallum ramis

380 ZOOPHYTES.

striatis, scabriculis, inter dum coalitis; cellis concavis ; lamellis subce-
qualibus.

Elongate cylindrical stems, nearly erect and crowdedly fasciculate,
scarcely 2 lines in diameter; polyps bright orange. Corallum
with the branches striate, slightly scabrous, sometimes coalescing ;
cells concave ; lamellae subequal.

The Mediterranean Sea; ./Egean Sea, where, according to E.
Forbes, it occurs in water not exceeding six or eight feet in depth.

Acropora cespitosa, &c., Gualtieri Ind., Cladocora Icevigata, Ehrenb., G. li. sp. 4.

back of tab. 61. Cladocora cespitosa, E. Forbes, Rep. Brit.

Mad.flexuosa, Ellis and Sol., 151, tab. 31, Assoc. for 1843, pp. 151, 153, 155.

figs. 5, 6. Ehrenberg's C. cespitosa, is another species ;

Mad.fascicularis (?), Esper, i. 157, tab. 29. Ellis's figure, tab. 31, is referred to under

Caryophyttia cespitosa, Lamarck, ii. 352, his kevigata, which he thus describes :

No. 8. " Bipollicaris, tubulis 2'" latis, fascicu-
, Lamour., 49, tab. 31, figs. 5, 6; latis, cylindricis, subacqualibus, extus

Encyc., 171. substriatis, glabris, parce ramosis, rccti-

, Bertolonii, Amaen. Ital., 247. usculis, elongatis, ore oblongo, laminis

-, Blainville, Man., 345. internis, prope apicem concavis aut rectis,

Galaxea cespitosa, Oken's Zool., i. 73. prole interdum coalescente."

Anthoph. cespitosum,Schv/e\g. Handb. 417.

2. CARYOPHYLLIA CONFERTA. (Dana.)

C. breviter cespitosa, subconvexa, caulibus flexuosis valde confertis, ferme.

2'" crassis, et 2'" animatis. Corallum caliculis subtiliter striatulis,

ferme 36 lamettis subaqualibus, majoribus alternis, paululum exsertis.

Short cespitose, somewhat convex, with the branches flexuous and
much crowded, nearly 2 lines in diameter, alive for 2 lines.
Corallum with the calicles very finely striate, about 36 subequal
lamella?, alternately larger, a very little exsert.

Plate 30, fig. 6, part of corallum, natural size.

This species has the flexuous branches of thefazuosa, but they are
nearly as small as in the cespitosa.

The Cladocora cespitosa, of Ehrenberg may belong here ; it is described as follows :
" Tripollicaris, tubulis 2'" latis, fasciculato-glomeratis, cylindricis, subotqualibus, extus

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 381

distincte striatis et arenoso-scabris, ramulosis, nee elongatis, ore rotundo ; lamellis denti-
culatis, sub apice convexioribus." One variety of the species, with calicles scarcely two
lines in diameter, was received by Ehrenberg from the West Indies.

Seba's fig. 9, tab. 108, Madrepora tubulosa, tubulis discretis, informant piles spkericce
concretis ; aliis dicitur Acropora, a West Indian species, may be the above.

3. CAR'YOPHYLLIA FLEXUOSA. Lamarck.

C. cespitosa, ramis cylindricis, 3-4'" crassis, flexuosis, et confertis, sape
coalitis. Corallum caliculis striatis, lamellis incequalibus, 8-12 ma-
joribus, 3-5 intermediis minoribus.

Cespitose, branches cylindrical, 3 to 4 lines thick, flexuous and
crowded, often coalescent. Corallum with the calicles striate, la-
mellEe unequal, 8 to 12 larger, 3-5 intermediate smaller.

Plate 30, fig. 5, part of corallum, natural size.

West Indies (?).

The specimens of this species agree well with Ellis's figure in the
size and unequal lamellae of the cells, in which characters it differs
from the preceding. The branches are alive for a fourth or a third of
an inch, and below this are scarcely striate, though very decidedly so
above. The bottom of the cell is prominent or convex. The terminal
branches seldom exceed two-thirds of an inch in length.

Ellis and Solander, tab. 32, fig. 1. figured in the Amsen. Acad. i. 96, tab.

Caryoph. flexuosa, Lamk., ii. 352, No. 7. 4, fig. 13, and Esper, iii. Pet. tab. 6,

, Lamour. Exp. Meth., p. 49, tab. 32, is quite a different species, with smaller

fig. 1 ; Encyc. 170, pi. 482, fig. 4. branches, and if not identical with the

Cladocoraflexuosa, Ehrenb., G. li. sp. 3. cespitosa, is intermediate in its characters

The Madrepora flezuosa of Linnteus, as between that species and the conferta.

4. CARYOPHYLLIA ARBUSCULA. (Lesueur.)

C. pumila, laxe ramosa et subarborescens ; ramis divaricatis et scepe
Jkxuosis, cylindricis, l£-2'" crassis; polypis 30-32-tentaculatis, tenta-
culis conicis in duas series dispositis, rufis et virentibus, et apice. puncto
albido. Corallum kviter striatulum, caliculis margine denticulatis,
lamellis majoribus alternis.

382 ZOOPHYTES.

Small, loosely ramose and subarborescent ; branches divaricate and
often flexuous, cylindrical, l£ to 2 lines thick; polyps with 30 to 32
tentacles, tentacles conical, in two series, rufous arid greenish, with
a white spot at apex. Corallum faint striate; calicles denticulate at
the margin, larger lamellae alternate.

Plate 30, fig. 7, corallum, natural size ; also, fig. 24, p. 62.

St. Thomas, West Indies. Lesueur.

This small, neat species, grows differently from the preceding, in
flexuously branched stems, sometimes six or seven inches high. The
calicles at the extremity are only a line long; below this, the branches
are dead and more or less incrusted over, and the striae, though distin-
guishable, are nearly obsolete.

Caryophyllia arbuscula, Lesueur, Mem. du the following characters : Verticillatim

Mus. vi. 275, pi. 15, fig.. 2. ramosa, erecta, squamosa, ramis stri-

, Lamk., 2d ed. ii. 354; No. 11 b. ato-carinatis, subtilissime scabris, calicu-

The Cladocora candelabrum, of Ehrenberg, lis turbinatis \" latis, sub apice tumeriti-

from St. Thomas, appears to be near the bus, ibique saepe inflexis, aperlura \—\\'"

above, yet is probably distinct. It has lata, lamellis 32—36.

5. CARYOPHYLLIA CORNIGERA. (Lamarck.)

C. maxima, laxe ramosa, divaricata et flexuosa ; ramis scepe f" crassis,
ramulis subcylindricis, 4—8'" crassis, et 1-3" elongatis ; polypis stra-
mineis. Corallum striatum, scepe undulatum.

Very large, loosely ramose and arborescent; branches often ^ of an inch
thick, branchlets subcylindrical, 4 to 8 lines thick, and 1 to 3 inches
long; polyps straw-yellow. Corallum striate and often undulate,
margin of the calicles uneven.

Mediterranean Sea, near Marseilles, from a depth of 150 fathoms.
Marsilli.

This species, well figured by Marsilli and Esper, is remarkable for
its large and long branch-like calicles, with brown extremities for an
inch or more, (dark coffee-colour, according to Marsilli), to which
distance the live polyps extend ; this colour is, however, lost on bleach-
ing. Marsilli states that when first obtained the extremity was straw-

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 383

yellow. In a specimen in the Boston City Museum, the branchlets
slightly taper towards their bases, and some of them are several inches
long without lateral shoots. It is near the anthophyllum in habit. It
also resembles somewhat the DendrophylliaB, but differs in each calicle
becoming a distinct branch, and in only the tips of each branch being
alive.

Madrepore rameux a calices de substance , Esper. i. 98, tab. 10.

aisle de froisser, Marsilli, Hist. Phys. de Car. cornigera, Lamk., ii. 353, No. 10.

la Mer, 137, tab. 30, fig. 136-139. Dendmphi/lliacornigera,B[ainv.,Maii.35t.

Maf!/-epomramea,var.,Pa\\as,Zooph.No. Clodocora? anthophyllum, Ehrenb. G. li.

176 ; " stellis terminalibus cylindraceis." sp. 1.

6. CARYOPHYLLIA ANTHOPHYLLUM.

C. cumulato-fasciculata, polypis longe turtinatis ; ramulis scepe 3" elon-
gatis ; apice 6'" latis et infra valde attenuatis. Corallum superficie
obsolete striatum et paulum undulatum.

Cumulato-fasciculate, polyps long turbinate ; branchlets often 3 inches
long, J an inch wide at top, and very much attenuated below.
Corallum with the surface obsoletely striate, and somewhat undulate.

East Indies. Lamarck.

Though resembling the preceding, the branchlets or calicles are
very much more attenuate below, and the clump, as figured by Ellis,
looks like a cluster of slender horns, branching from one another.

Anthophyllum saxeum, Rumph. Amb. vi., Car. anthophyllum, Lamk., ii. 353, No. 9.

tab. 87, fig. 4; a reduced figure, perhaps , Lamour., Exp. Meth., 49, tab. 29;

of this species, to which it has been re- Encyc., 172.

ferred, yet as much like the cornigera. , Blainville, Man. 344.

Mad. antlurphyttites, Ellis and Sol., 151, Anthophyllum antkophyllites, Schweig.

tab. 29. Handb. 417.
, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 89, tab. 72 ; much Galaxea anthophyttites, Oken's Zool., i. 72.

like Ellis's figure. Cladocora antliophyttum, Ehr. G. li. sp. 1.

APPENDIX. — The following species have been observed only in the
simple state, and may or may not be budding species.

C. solitaria. (Lesueur.) Cylindrical, three to four lines high, and
scarcely three lines broad ; tentacles twenty-two in number, in two

384 ZOOPHYTES.

series, diaphanous, dotted with white. Calicle circular, margin entire
or nearly so, above slightly striate without ; fifteen to sixteen larger
lamellae alternating with smaller. Guadaloupe, West Indies (Lesueur,
Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., i. 179, pi. 8, fig. 10; Mem. du Mus.,
vi. 273, pi. 15, fig. 1 ; Lamk., 2d ed. ii. 350, No. 6 a.)

C. pocillum. (Dana.} Turbinato-cylindrical, four and a half lines
broad at top, and three high ; exterior striate half way to the base and
granuloso-scabrous, lamello-striae nearly equal; twelve lamellae larger,
very broad and exsert, rounded above, granulous ; three intermediate
smaller, and one-half narrower. West Indies. Plate 30, fig. 8, na-
tural size.

C. dilatata. (Dana.} Turbinato-cylindrical, three lines high, and
the same in breadth at summit; twelve lamellae larger, quite broad,
subacute at apex, a little exsert, and very prominent on the exterior
halfway to the base; the intermediate three, much narrower, nearly
equal, and scarcely at all prominent on the exterior ; the lateral sur-
face of the calicle hence smooth, except the twelve large carinating
lamellae. Barbadoes, West Indies. Plate 30, fig. 9, calicle, natural
size ; 9 a, transverse section, showing profile of larger and smaller
lamellae.

GENUS VIII.— DENDROPHYLLIA.— BLAINVILLE.

CaryvphyUida. aggregato-gemmatce, patrio-ramoscz, arborescentes ; ore
bnge exserto. CoraUa subcellulosa ; caliculis cylindrids ; lamdiis in-
clusis inesquaKbus ; celldprofundd,fundo latd ; extus levibus aut subti-
liter striatis.

Aggregato-gemmate, patrio-ramose, arborescent ; polyp-mouths long
exsert. Coralla subcellular ; calicles cylindrical ; lamellae included,
unequal ; cell deep, broad at bottom ; exterior smooth or fine striate.

Like the Madreporae, the Dendrophylliae bud from an apical polyp,
and their forms are consequently dendroid, or in imitation of trees, as
the name suggests.* Some species attain a height of five or six feet.

* From the Greek SivSgw, a tree.

TRIBE II— CARYOPHYLLACEA. 385

The branches are covered rather remotely with large cylindrical
calicles, or when alive, with prominent cylindrical polyps, each open-
ing at summit a flower of many rays, often of emerald green, orange
and scarlet tints.

Though closely similar to the Caryophylliae, the Dendrophylliae
produce much stronger and more durable coralla, owing to their mode
of growth ; the lateral polyps in the latter add by their secretions to
the thickness and strength of the enlarging branch, while in the
former, each branch is the sole production of a single lengthen-
ing polyp, and is nearly filled by its axial star. Only the summit
of a branchlet is alive in a Caryophyllia, while in a Dendrophyllia,
each branch is a colony of aggregated polyps. Moreover, the striae
on the exterior of the calicles, when they exist, are more nume-
rous than the lamellae of the cell, instead of corresponding to them,
as in the Caryophylliae. From the Oculinse they differ widely in
mode of growth ; and a fragment of a branch may be distinguished
by the central axial star^which does not exist in that genus; moreover,
they form less compact coralla, the surface being either striate or sub-
cellular, and the interior more or less porous. They have more dis-
tant and much larger polyps and calicles, and more numerous lamellae
to the cells than the Madrepores.

The species of Dendrophylliae grow in waters of all temperatures,
and to a depth of at least one hundred fathoms.

This genus was established by Blainville, from the Caryophyllia of
Lamarck. Ehrenberg united it with the genus Oculina.

A few simple species, apparently of this genus, judging from the
striae and lamellae, are thrown into an Appendix, as they may be
young of ramose forms.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Arborescentiy ramose.

*1. D. ramea. *3. D. nigrescens.

2. D. micrantha.

II. Sparingly ramose, or calicles simple clustered.

4. D. aurantiaca. *6. D. diaphana.

*5. D. coccinea. 7. D. rubeola

386 ZOOPHYTES.

1. DENDROPHYLLIA RAMEA. (Linn.) Blainvilk.

D. arborescens, maxima, interdum 5' alta, ramis elongatis, teretibus,
ramulis apice 4-5'" crassis. Corallum undique subtiliter undulato-
striatum, caliculis 3-5'" latis et 4-8'" longis, paulo profundis.

Large arborescent, sometimes 5 feet in height; branches long and
terete, branchlets 4 to 5 lines thick at summit. Corallum through-
out, finely undulato-striate; calicles 3 to 5 lines broad, and 4 to 8
long, rather shallow.

Mediterranean; Cape Negro, Coast of Africa. — Madeira. Exp. Exp.

This is one of the largest of arborescent corals, easily distinguished
by its large, distant calicles, and undulato-striate surface (see fig. 31,
page 70). The bottom of the cell is broad and usually convex and
prominent. The lamellae are unequal, and in the adult cell, they are
forty-eight in number, of which twelve are large.

Grand Madrepore rameux, Marsilli, Hist. Lithodendrum rameum, Schweig., Handb.

Phys. de la Mer.,tab. 31, fig. 144, &c. 416.

Madrepora maxima arborea, Shaw's Tra- Dendrophylliaramea, Bluinvillc, Man. 344,

vels, foi., Oxford, 1738, append, p. 48, pi. 53, fig. 2.

with a figure of a specimen from theAfri- , Cuvier, Reg. Anim. 1837, pi. 83, fig.

can coast, in the Mediterranean. 1 ; the animal by Milne Edwards.

, Tournefort's Inst., tab. 340. Oculina ramea, Ehrenb., G. xlviii. sp. 8.

Madrepora ramea, Linn., ed. xii. 1280. Donati's figure, plate 7, in his Natural His-

, Pallas, Zooph., 302, No. 176. tory of the Adriatic, and also Phil. Trans.

, Ellis and Solander, 155, tab. 38. Abridg. x. 154, pi. 5, fig. A., is usually

, Esper, i. 98, tab. 9, and tab. 10, A. referred to this species, but appears to

, Bertolonii Amsen. Ital., 249. be a subarborescent Caryophyllia. For

Caryophyttia ramea, Lamk.,ii.354, No. 11. a copy of the animals and cells, see Ellis

, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 50, pi. 38. and Solander, tab. 32, figs. 3-8. The

Matrepora ramea, Oken, Zool. i. 71. bifid tentacles must be an error.

2. DENDROPHYLLIA MICRANTHA. (Ehrenberg.) Dana.

D. habitu ramese. Corallum caliculis crebrioribus, cum ramis angus-
tioribus (2£-3'" crassis) ; cettisprofundioribus, inter stitiis porosioribus.

Resembling the ramea in habit. Corallum with the calicles more

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 387

crowded, branches smaller (2£ to 3 lines), cells deeper, interstices
more porous.

This description by Ehrenberg, was taken from a specimen eight
inches in height, in the Royal Museum, at Berlin. The locality is
not known.

Oculina micranlhus, Ehrenberg, op. cit. G. xlviii. sp. 7.

3. DENDROPHYLLIA NIGRESCENS. (Dana.}

D. arborescens, 3' alia, ramis elongatis, fere in piano digestis ; nigre-
scens, ore longe exserto, et apice radiate striato, Iceteque virente cum
margine brunneo, tentaculis pallido-brunnescentibus. Corallum super-
fide subcelluhsum et non striatum, caliculis cylindricis vel subturbi-
natis,fere 3'" latis et 3-4'" longis, subfragilibus, cellis profundis.

Arborescent, and 3 feet high, branches long, and nearly in a single
plane; almost black, with the mouths of the polyps long exsert,
green and radiately striate at summit, with a brown margin;
tentacles pale-brownish. Corallum with scattered pores over the
surface, and not striate, calicles cylindrical or subturbinate, nearly
3 lines broad, and 3 to 4 lines long, rather fragile, cells deep.

Plate 30, fig. 1, branch, natural size; 1 «, animal enlarged; 1 b,
tentacle ; 1 c, part of branch near extremity, showing the surface and
a calicle ; 1 d, vertical section of a calicle ; 1 e, transverse section,
near base of zoophyte; \f, ditto, near apex.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has the general habit of the ramea, but the branches
are more slender and flexuous, and not striate. It retains the black
colour on drying, unless worn off by exposure, when it becomes white.
The specimen is three feet high, two inches in diameter at base, and
the upper branchlets one-fourth of an inch thick. The cells contain
nine to twelve large lamellae, and about three intermediate smaller,
which last are nearly obsolete at the summit of the branches. The
normal number of lamellae is forty-eight. A large specimen was
dredged up in fourteen fathoms water, by Lieutenant Emmons, and
others smaller were found by the author near the surface.

388 ZOOPHYTES.

4. DENDKOPHYLLIA AURANTIACA. (Quoy <$• Gaymard.} Dana.

D. humilis, subramosa ; aurantiaca. Corallum tenuiter striatum, striis
denticulatis ; caliculis cylindrids vel paulo elliptids ; lamellis majori-
bu.s alternis, subdenticulatis.

Low, subramose ; orange. Corallum finely striate, striae denticulate,
calicles £ an inch broad, cylindrical or a little elliptic, lamellae alter-
nately large and small, somewhat denticulate.

New Holland, at Port Royal George, and Port Jackson. Quoy 6f
Gaymard.

The specimen as figured by Quoy and Gaymard, is a subramose
cluster, an inch and a half high, consisting of a few large striated
calicles, six to eight lines in diameter ; but according to the descrip-
tion, the species is only half an inch in length — " n'a qu'un derrii-
pouce de longueur." As it is not stated how much the figure is en-
larged, if at all, it is difficult to determine whether the species is
identical or not, with the following, with which it has many points in
common.

LobophyUia aurantiaca, Quoy and Gay- Lobophylliaaurantiaca,'B\a}nv.,'Man.355.
niard, Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. 195, pi. 15, figs. CaryophyUia aurantiaca, Lamarck, 2d cd.
7, 11. The figure of the animal is bad. ii. 354, No. 11 a.

5. DENDROPHYLLIA COCCINEA. (H. $ Ehrenberg.} Dana.

D. humilis (l£")> subramosa, coccineo-aurantiaca, polypis grandibus,
18-20-tentaculatis. Corallum striatulum, caliculis cylindrids, ince-
qualibus, aperturd angulosd, fere £" laid.

Low subramose (1 J inches high), yellowish-orange, polyps large, with
18 to 20 tentacles. Corallum finely striate, calicles cylindrical,
unequal, aperture angular, nearly £ an inch broad.

Plate 30, fig. 4, corallum of specimen from the Feejees, natural size.

The Red Sea. Ehrenberg. Singapore and Feejee Islands. Exp.
Exp.

TRIBE 1 1. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 3§9

The specimens in the Expedition collections, agree nearly with the
above description by Ehrenberg. They are about an inch and a half
high, and consist of a few calicles half an inch in diameter, and
smaller. In those of large size there are ten to twelve large lamella?,
with four to five narrower intermediate. The aperture is circular or
elliptical instead of angular; the exterior is striate and a little sca-
brous, with the stria? punctate. The specimen from the Feejees has
the calicles about half an inch long, while in that from Singapore
they are from an inch to an inch and a half in length, and are arcuate.

Oculina coccinea, Ehrenberg, G. xlviii. sp. 6.

6. DENDROPHYLLIA DIAPHANA. (Dana.}

D. humilis, subramosa, fusca, polypis 3-4'" latis. Corallum caliculis
cylindricis, vix ellipticis, extus tenuissime striatis et scabriculis, parie-
tibus tenuibus et diaphanis, margine integris ; celld profundiore (fere
£") ; lamettis 6-10 majoribus et 2-3 intermediis valde minoribus.

Low, subramose, fuscous, polyps 3 to 4 lines broad. Corallum a
cluster of cylindrical or slightly elliptical calicles, very finely striate
without, and somewhat scabrous, sides thin and diaphanous, margin
entire; cell quite deep (nearly £ an inch); 6 to 10 larger lamelte,
and 2 to 3 intermediate much smaller.

Plate 30, fig. 3, corallurn, natural size.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The thin diaphanous walls of the calicles are quite peculiar ; the
specimen seen is a cluster of seven or eight polyps, each about
half an inch long. The cell appears peculiarly open, the large
lamellae being few in number, and the intermediate very much nar-
rower.

7. DENDROPHYLLIA KUBEOLA. (Quoy 4- Gaymard.}

D. cespitosa, vix ramosa ; polypis 2'" latis, subrubris, tentaculis tenuibus.
Corallum caliculis cylindricis, 2— 3'" longis, substriatis, apice truncatis,
margine integris; celld conica ; lamettis majoribus alternis.

390 ZOOPHYTES.

Cespitose, scarcely ramose; polyps about 2 lines broad, reddish; ten-
tacles slender. Corallum with cylindrical calicles, 2 to 3 lines long,
somewhat striate, truncate at summit, margin entire; cell conical;
the larger lamellae alternate with smaller.

New Zealand. Quoy 4- Gaymard.

According to the figure by Quoy and Gaymard, this species occurs
in small groups of calicles. The exsert mouth when the animal is
expanded is very prominent, and has the shape of a reversed cone.
The edge of the calicle is described as very even and entire.

Dendrophyllia rubeola, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 197, pi. 15, figs. 12-15.

APPENDIX. — Species, observed only as a simple polyp.

D. scabrosa. {Dana.} Turbinato-cylindrical, half an inch high, and
the same in breadth ; exterior finely striate and villoso-scabrous or
spinulous, margin nearly entire; cell deep (nearly half an inch) la-
mellae very unequal, about twelve larger, and mostly three smaller
intermediate, the latter denticulate. Colour, when fresh, nearly black.
The sides are much thicker than in the diaphana, and cellular. The
adult cell probably contains forty-eight lamella. Singapore. Exp.
Exp. Plate 30, fig. 2, calicle natural size.

GENUS IX. — OCULINA. — LAMARCK.

CaryophyUidce aggregato-gemmatce ; polypis uni-gemmatis, gemmis sin-
gulis seriatim enascentibus et caules elongatas divaricate ramosas
cumulantibus. Corolla persolida, super jide levi ; caliculis subcylin-
dricis ; lamettis integris, plus minusve exsertis.

Aggregato-gemmate, one bud proceeding from each polyp, the succes-
sion forming elongating stems, divaricately ramose. Coralla solid
with the exterior smooth ; calicles subcylindrical ; lamellae entire,
more or less exsert.

The Oculina3 are remarkable for the compactness of their coralla,
there being scarcely a cellule within or without, excepting those of

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 391

the stars. The surface is smooth, or faintly striate about the calicles.
The branches have not an axial star, like the Dendrophyllise ; each
polyp starts as the apical one, and becomes afterwards oblique and
lateral. The cells vary in size from one line to three-fourths of an
inch. The lamellae, in some species, are slightly exsert, and very
even, with the centre of the cell broad and convex; in others they are
much exsert, and give the corallum a bristled aspect.

These species pass into the Astraeas through the A. micropthalma,
a glomerate and incrusting species, whose cells have nearly the cha-
racters of those of this genus. They are also like the branching
Echinopores among the Astrseidee, in their cumulate mode of budding
and growth. The species with prominently exsert lamellae resemble
in their cells the Anthophylla.

The Oculina? have a wide range, being found both in the tropics
and the cold regions of the north. Some species have been brought
up from a depth of one hundred and fifty fathoms. The known
species are mostly confined to the West India and European seas.

The genus Oculina was made by Lamarck, from the Madrepora of
early authors, for the species here included, and a few with minute
polyps which are transferred to Ehrenberg's genus Allopora. It
forms part of the Lithodendrum of Schweigger, and is the Matrepora
of Oken. The Dentipora of Blainville belongs to this genus.

The Allopora are compact species, like the Oculinae, but the cells
are minute, and the lamella are marginal crenulations, not traceable
to the bottom of the cell ; moreover, they grow in flabellate forms.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Calicles with tlie lamellce much exsert.

1. O. hirtella. *2. O. horrescens.

II. Calicles with the lamelke but little exsert and even.

3. O. prolifera. *7. O. pallens.

4. O. axillaris. *8. O. virginea.
*5. O. varicosa. *9. O. diffusa.
*6. O. oculata.

392 ZOOPHYTES.

I. Lamellis valde exsertis et incequalibus.

1. OCULINA HIRTELLA. (Linn.} Lamarck.

O. ramosa, crassa, ramis inferne inter dum coalitis et scepe 1" crassis,
apice J". Corallum, caliculis fere 2'" latis, lamellis valde exsertis et
incequalibus, apice truncatis.

Ramose, stout, branches below sometimes coalescing and often an
inch thick, above at apex a fourth of an inch. Corallum with the
calicles nearly 2 lines thick, lamellae very much exsert and un-
equal, truncate at apex.

East Indies. Lamarck.

The unequal exsert lamellae distinguish this species and the follow-
ing from the other Oculinae. The calicles are about one-sixth of an
inch long.

Mad. hirtella, Pallas, Zooph., 313. Oculina hirtella, Deslongchamps, Encyc.,

, Ellis and Solander, 155, tab. 37. 574.

Oculina hirtella, Lamk., ii. 455, No. 2. , Blainville, Man., 380.

, Lamouroux, 63, tab. 37. , Ehrenberg, G. xlviii. sp. 5.

2. OCULINA HORRESCENS. (Dana.}

O. cespitosa, ramosissima, ramis valde coalitis, ramulis brevibus, 2—3'"
crassis. Corallum caliculis prominentibus, fere !£"' latis, lamellis
incBqualibus, 10-12 majoribus valde exsertis.

Cespitose, much branched, branches much coalescing, branchlets
short, 2 to 3 lines thick. Corallum with prominent calicles, nearly
i£ lines broad, lamella? unequal, 10 to 12 larger, much exsert.

Plate 28, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 a, section of stem and
calicle, enlarged ; 1 b, calicle, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species, like the hirtella, has a bristled look, owing to the pro-

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 393

jecting lamellae. It forms a clump eight or ten inches high, and a foot
or more across, crowdedly branched. The upper branchlets are seldom
over an inch long. Near the apex the calicles are very oblique.
The larger lamellae are cultriform, rounded at apex, and project over
the outer surface of the calicle.

The hirtella, which it resembles, is coarser, and the calicles are twice
stouter.

II. LameUis paululum ezsertis ei cequalifous.

3. OCULINA PROLIFERA. (Pallas.} Lamarck.

O. ramosa, subdichotoma, reticulato-coalescens ; polypis maximis, axiUa-
ribus vel terminalibus et scepe lateribus proliferis. Corallum caliculis
turbinatis, scepe 6'" crassis; lamellis paulum exsertis, subcequalibus,
revolutis.

Ramose and subdichotomous, reticulato-coalescent ; polyps very large,
axillary or terminal, and their sides often proliferous. Corallum
with the calicles turbinate, often 6 lines thick ; lamellae a little exsert,
subequal and somewhat revolute.

Norwegian Sea. Pallas.

A very coalescent species with large turbinate calicles, growing to a
height of two feet or more. The species has some of the characters of
the Gary ophy Ilia anthophyllum.

Corallium album, lapidosum, fyc., Seba, iii., inch in diameter, and one-half to one inch

tab. 116, No. 3 ; the branches are every in length.

where coalescent, and the calicles one-half , Esper, Pflanz. i. 104, tab. 11. Esper

to two-thirds of an inch in diameter, with states that the calicles are very various in

a length of one to two inches. size, and sometimes an inch in diameter.

Madrcpora prolifera, Linn. Pall. Zooph., p. Oculina prolifera, Lamarck, 456, No. 5.

307. , Blainville, Man. d'Act., 380.

, Gmel. Syst. Nat., 3780. — , Lamouroux, Exp. 64, pi. 32, fig. 2.

, Ellis and Solander, tab. 32, fig. 2; Matrepora prolifera, Oken, Lehrbuch der

in this figure, which is a simple branch, Zoologie, i. 71.

the calicles are one-third to one-half an Lith. proliferum, Schweig. Handb., 416.

394 ZOOPHYTES.

4. OCULINA AXILLARIS. (Ellis.) Lamarck.

O. ramosa, dichotoma, ramis brevibus, divaricatis ; polypis remotis,
grandibus, terminalibus et azillaribus. Corattum caliculis turbinatis,
3-4'" crassis, lamellis paulum exsertis, cequalibus.

Ramose, dichotomous ; branches short, divaricate ; polyps distant,
large, terminal and axillary. Corallum with turbinate calicles, 3
to 4 lines in diameter, lamellae a little exsert, even.

East Indies. (Lamarck.)

Mad. azittaris, Ellis and Sol., 153, tab. , Lamour., Exp. Meth., 64, pi. 13,

13, fig, 5. fig. 5.

Oculina axittaris, Lamarck, ii. 456, No. 4. , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 575.

, Blainville, Man., 380.

5. OCULINA VARICOSA. (Lesueur.)

O. arborescens, 1' alta, laxe ramosa, ramulis elongatis, scepe divaricatis.
Corallum caliculis undique usque ad apicem divaricatis, brevibus,
apice 1J'" latis, basi valde tumida seu hemispheric^ ; ferme 24 la-
mellis subcequalibus, paulum exsertis.

Arborescent, a foot high, loosely ramose ; branchlets long and often
divaricate. Corallum with the calicles every where, quite to the
apex, at right angles with the axis of the branch, short, l£ lines
broad at top, the base much inflated or hemispherical; lamellae
about 24 in number, subequal and even; a little exsert.

Figure 28, page 67.

West Indies, St. Thomas. Lesueur.

The varicosa resembles the pattens in form, but is rather stouter,
the branchlets being mostly a quarter of an inch in diameter; and the
calicles are erect, even about the summits, instead of being very
oblique. The swelling bases of the calicles, as seen on the larger

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 395

branches, also distinguish it. The cells are about a sixteenth of an
inch deep. The branches are spreading, and seldom coalesce.

Oculina varicosa, Lesueur, Mem. du Museum, vi. 291, pi. 17, fig. 19.

6. OCULINA OCTJLATA.

O. ramosissima, ramis tortuosis, impkxis et valde coalitis, polypis par-
vulis. Corallum caliculis sparsis, scepius obsolescentibus, sed prope
apicem prominentibus et cylindrids, l-l^'" latis, lamellis vix exsertis.

Very ramose, branches tortuous, implicate and much coalescing.
Corallum with scattered calicles, mostly obsolescent, but towards
the extremities of the branchlets prominent and cylindrical, 1 to \\
lines broad, lamellae slightly exsert, or not at all so.

West Indies.

The much-coalesced branches, and the very short calicles of the
general surface, and oblong cylindrical calicles of the extremities
(sometimes one-fourth of an inch long), are the distinguishing pecu-
liarities of this common species. It grows at times to a height of a
foot and a half, and branches nearly in a plane.

This species is the virginea, in part, of Lamarck ; the virginea of
the older authors is a Mediterranean species, and appears to be dis-
tinct from the above.

Corallium album, Seba, Thes. iii., tab. 116, , Lamour., Exp. Meth., p. 63, pi. 36.

Nos. 1, 2; the calicles in No. 1 are a , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 574.

little larger than in No. 2, but they ap- , Ehrenb., G. xlviii., sp. 1.

pear to be the same species. Matrepora oculata, Oken. Zool., i. 72.

Madiepora oculata (?), Pallas, Zooph., Lithodendrumvirgine>im,Sch-we\g,llandb.

No. 179. 416.
, Esper, i., tab. 12, 13; neither figure Dentipora virginea, Blainv., Man., 382,

is characteristic. pi. 60, fig. 1 ; not a good figure ; also,

Oculina virginea, in part, Lamarck, ii. 455, Dentipora anastamozans (?), 382.

No. 1.

7. OCULINA FALLENS. (Ehrenberg.)

O. arborescens (!£' aha], laxe ramosa, interdum coalita, caule 6-8'"
crassd, ramis et ramulis gracilibus, attenuatis, scepe 2-4" longis, et

396 ZOOPHYTES.

supernl £" crassis. Corallum caliculis prominentibus, 1J'" latis ;
superne obliquis et aperturd ellipticis, et paulo prominulis, inferne
erectis et rotundatis et ad basin super fide tumidd radiate striatuld cir-
cumdatis ; lamettis paululum exsertis.

Arborescent, (1J feet high,) loosely ramose, sometimes coalescing;
stem 6 to 8 inches thick, branches and branchlets slender, attenuate,
often 2 to 4 inches long, and above £ of an inch thick. Corallum
with prominent calicles, about 1 \ lines broad ; towards the summits
oblique, with an elliptical aperture, and but little prominent; below
erect and circular, and surrounded at base with a tumid elevation,
which is faintly radiate-striate.

Figure 29, page 67.

West Indies. — St. Thomas. Ehrenberg.

A neat arborescent species, with rather distant branchings, flexuous
branchlets, and shallow calicles. On the branches the calicles are
surrounded at base by a depression, and outside of this, a low elevation,
which is marked radiately with faint striae. This prominence some-
times looks like a low rounded ridge between adjoining calicles. The
species is much larger than the dijfusa, with the branchlets much
longer. The oblique calicles at summit and more slender branchlets,
distinguish it from the varicosa. The above description was taken
from specimens examined by the author.

Oculina pollens, var. /3. Ehrenberg, G. xlviii. sp. 4.

8. OCULINA VIRGINEA. (Linnceus.) Blainvilk.

O. ramosa, ramis gracilibus (1-3'"), divaricatis et tortuosis. Coral-
lum caliculis 1-1^'" latis, paucis, scepe alternatim dispositis, undique
usque ad apicem, prominulis et erectis ; lamellis subcequalibus, pau-
lulum exsertis.

Ramose, branches slender ( 1 to 3 lines in diameter), divaricate and
tortuous. Corallum with the calicles 1 to 1J lines broad, often
alternately arranged, every where even to the summits of the
branches, prominent and erect; lamellse nearly equal, a little exsert.

TRIBE II. — C ARYOPHYLLACEA. 397

The Mediterranean Sea. Esper. — Off Marseilles, at a depth of 150
fathoms. Marsilli.

This slender branching species differs from the diffusa and pattens,
in having the calicles towards the summit of the branchlets erect
instead of oblique, and the alternate arrangement often gives the
slender branches a zigzag form. The upper branchlets are about an
eighth of an inch in' diameter, and an inch to an inch and a half in
length. It grows to a height of eight inches or more.

Madrepore avec des rameaux a calices et very similar to that by Marsilli, presenting

blanc comme du corail, Marsilli, Hist. slender, divaricate, flexuous branches,

Phys. de la Mer., 139, tab. 30, fig. 140, with short erect calicles, faintly striate

with enlarged details in figs. 141, 142, without, containing about twenty-four

143. equal lamellae, a little exsert.

Mad. virginea, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii. Acroporaalha,&,c.. (?), Gualtieri Index, &c.,

1281 : " M. caulescens, subdichotoma frontispiece,

recta, solida, stellis alternis eminentibus." Matrcpora virginea, Oken, Zool., i. 72.

, Pallas, Zooph., No. 180. Oculina virginea, in part, Lamarck, 455.

, Esper, i. 112, tab. 14. This figure is , Blainv., Man., 380.

9. OCULINA DIFFUSA. (Lamarck.}

0. pumila, ramosissima, diffusa, ramis divaricatis et scepe coalitis,
ramulis ^-1" longis et 1^'" crassis. Corallum caliculis prominulis,
1'" latis, numerosis, inferne erectis cum bast radiate striatd, superne
valde obliquis, minoribus, et aperturd ellipticis ; lamellis paululum
exsertis, subcequalibus.

Small, much branched, branches divaricate, and often coalescing,
upper branchlets £ to 1 inch long, TO of an inch thick. Corallum
with the calicles a little prominent, 1 line broad, rather numerous,
below, erect, with the base around radiately striate, above, very
oblique, smaller and elliptical ; lamellse a little exsert, even.

West Indies. Mauger. Lesueur.

A small species, much branched, with the branchlets short, and
calicles crowded at the summits.

Oculina diffusa, Lamk., ii. 456, No. 3. Oculina pattens, var. a. Ehrenb., G. xlviii.
, Blainv., Man., 380. sp. 4.

100

398 ZOOPHYTES.

III. Glomerate, cellis tubulatis, laxl aggregatis.

GENUS X.— ANTHOPHYLLUM.— SCHWEIGGER.

GaryaphyllidcE. aggregator, glomeratce. Corolla tubulos caliculatos mas-
semque cakaream spongiosam interstitialem, composita ; caliculis
prominentibus, parietibus persolidis et scepe leviter striatis ; lamellis
integris, scepius exsertis.

Aggregato-gemmate, glomerate. Coralla consisting of calicular tubes,
and a separable spongy calcareous base ; calicles prominent, with
very solid sides, often faintly striate; lamellae entire, generally
exsert.

The Anthophylla form clusters of tubes, which project above the
spongy base, by which they are surrounded below. The lamellae are
often very prominent, and bristle the surface of the corallum; and in
the live zoophyte, each corresponds to a tentacle of the animal, and is
formed by secretions, within one of these organs. In one species
examined, a series of bright green tentacles surrounded the top of the
tube, like a string of emerald beads, while above, was a corona of
other erect tentacles, tipped with pale green. A large mass covered
with these tubular polyps, each with its emerald necklace, is one
of the most beautiful objects of coral growth. In other species the
lamellae are short, and the animals more resemble the ordinary coral
polyp.

These species form rude masses, either nodular or subcylindrical,
and more or less lobed or subdivided. The tubes in the species
known, vary from an eighth to a third of an inch in diameter, and
usually taper downward.

The Anthophylla, in the compact or solid walls of their tubes, as
well as their frequent prominent lamellae, approach more nearly to
the Oculinae, than to the Dendrophylliae and Caryophylliae, and might
form a subfamily along with that genus, and the Stylince.

This group, which is part of the Gary ophy Ilia of Lamarck, is re-
ferred to the Sarcinula of that author, by Blainville, as one of his
Sarcinulse is apparently of this genus. The species constitute the
larger part of Schweigger's genus AnihophyUum ; and Ehrenberg, in

TRIBE II.— CARYOPHYLLACEA. 399

consequence, adopted for it Schweigger's name. As the lamellae are
often much exsert, and the cell appears as if filled with a cluster of
them, with their summits projecting out, the name (from avflos, flower,
and ipuXXov, leaf) is not inappropriate. It is in part the Acropora and
Caryophyttites, of early authors.

The fossil Anthophylla of Blainville, fall mostly into the genus
Turbinalopsis of Lamouroux.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Glomerate, often lobed.

1. A. musics le. *4. A. cespitosum.

*2. A. fasciculatum. *5. A. hystrix.

3. A. astreatum. 6. A. cuspidatum.

II. Erect cylindrical or club-shaped stems.
*7. A clavus.

1. ANTHOPHYLLUM MUSICALE. (Linnaeus.) Schrveigger.

A. coraUi tubulis elongato-turbinatis, scepe curvatis, striatis, raro 2'"
latis, massd spumosd laminisve spumosis connexis.

Corallum consisting of long turbinate and often curved tubes, striate
without, and hardly 2 lines in diameter, connected by a spongy
mass or a series of spongy plates.

Indian Ocean.

This species differs from the other Anthophylla in the smaller size
of its tubes. They are gradually attenuate below, and curved, and
the paste in which they are embedded, is often in successive layers
instead of being solid.

Mad. musicalis, Linn., ed. xii. 1278. Galaaxa musicalis, Oken, Zoo]., i. 73.

, in part, Esper, i. 160, tab. 30, fig. 2. Anthophyllum musicale, Schweig. Handb.

Caryophyllia musicalis, Lamk., ii. 350, 418.

No. «. , Ehrenberg, G. Ivi. sp. 4.

, Lamouroux, Encyc., 170. Sarcinula musicalis, Blainv., Man., 348.

2. ANTHOPHYLLUM FASCICULATUM. (Linnceus.) Dana.
A. coratti tubulis clavato-turbinatis, scepe curvatis, e massd spongiosd

400 ZOOPHYTES.

surrectis ; caliculis £" altis, compressiusculis, sapius 3'" latis ; lamellis
1-1^'" exsertis, cultriformibus.

Corallum consisting of clavato-turbinate and often curved tubes, rising
from a spongy base ; calicles half an inch high, a very little com-
pressed, mostly a fourth of an inch broad ; lamellae 1 to 1J lines
exsert, cul triform.

East Indies. — Vanikoro. Quoy $ Gaymard. — Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

The calicles in this species vary from an eighth to a third of an
inch in diameter, but are generally about a fourth of an inch. There
are twenty-six to thirty lamellae in the larger calicles, and about
twelve of these are much the largest and nearly equal.

Mad. caryophyllites, Pallas, Zooph., 313, , Lamour., Exp. Meth., 48, tab. 30 ;

No. 183. Encyc. 169.

Caryophyllum saxeum (?), Rumph., Am- , Blainv., Man., 345.

boyn., tab. 87, fig. 3. , Quoy & Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast.,

Mad.fascicularis, Linn., ed. xii. 1278. iv. 190, pi. 15, figs. 3-6. The drawing

, Ellis and Solander, tab. 30. of both the corallum and the animal is

Caryophyllia fasciculate, Larnk., ii. 349, imperfect.

No. 4. Galazeafascicularis, Oken, Zool., i. 73.

3. ANTHOPHYLLUM ASTREATUM. (Lamarck.)

A. glomerato-globosum. Corallum caliculis brevissimis, truncatis, e
massd spumosd surrectis; lamellis margine eminentioribus.

Glomerato-globose. Corallum with very short calicles, truncate,
rising from a spumous base ; lamellae elevated above the margin
of the cell.

Lamarck states that the tubes are not turbinate, and the calicles
are very short. Described from a worn specimen of the cespitosum ?

Caryophyllia astreata, Lamk., ii. 350, No. Anthophyttum astreatum (?), Ehrenb., G.

5. He refers with a query to Esper's Ivi. sp. 2. "Tubulis striatis, 2j'" latis,

tab. 30, fig. 1, which appears to be a indistincte turbinatis, subcylindricis, pallii

worn specimen of the cespitosum. appendicibus celluloso-laminaribus, inter-

, Lamouroux, Encyc., 170. ruptis, subtilioribus."

Sarcinula astreata, Blainv., Man., 348.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 4Q1

4. ANTHOPHYLLUM CESPITOSUM. (Esper.} Dana.

A. glomeratum, scepe erectum et lobatum. Corallum caliculis prope 3'"
latis, compressiusculis, supra leviter striatulis, e massti spumosd J" sur-
rectis ; lamellis tenuissimis, papyraceis, paulum remotis, 6-9 valde
latioribus, %'" exsertis, oblique truncatis.

Glomerate, often erect and lobed. Corallura with the calicles about
| of an inch in diameter, a little compressed, very faintly striate
above, projecting £ an inch from a spumous base; lamellae very
thin, papyraceous, rather remote, 6 to 9 much broader than the
others ; £ a line exsert, obliquely truncate.

Plate 28, fig. 4, natural size ; also fig. 23, page 62.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This common species forms large glomerate masses, a foot or more
across, and more or less lobed or subdivided, occasionally rising into
stout subcyliridrical forms. The evenly thin, truncate, and slightly
exsert lamellae give the cell a neat, and also a peculiarly open ap-
pearance. The larger lamellae almost meet at centre, leaving hardly
a line of interval, and the cell is very shallow. When broken off near
the bottom, the cell presents a distinct star of six or eight rays, meet-
ing at the centre, with smaller lamellee between. These characters
distinguish the species from the fasciculatum, in which the lamellae
have not the paper-like thinness, arid are more exsert. The calicles
vary much in size ; but they are generally a fourth of an inch in their
longest diameter, with the exterior faintly striate above.

Mad. cespitosa, Esper, i. tab. 27. Esper Antkophyllum Esperi, Schweigger, Handb.
seems to have incorrectly considered his 417.
species the Mad. cespitosa of Linnaeus.

5. ANTHOPHYLLUM HYSTRIX. (Dana.}

A. glomeratum ; tentaculis bursiformibus, Icete virentibus, et aliis apice
pallide virentibus, coralligenis, itaque erectis lamdlam cakaream inclu-
dentibus. Corallum caliculis 6-8'" altis, et scepe 4-5'" latis, com-
pressiusculis, extus remote carinatis, e massd spumosd surrectis ;
lamellis cultriformibus, scepe 3'" exsertis, apice subacutis.

101

402 ZOOPHYTES.

Glomerate ; a series of bursiform tentacles of a bright green colour,
and others with pale green tips, which are coralligenous and there-
fore erect, and enclose a calcareous lamella. Corallum with the
calicles 6 to 8 lines high, and often 4 to 5 broad, somewhat com-
pressed, exterior remotely carinate, rising from a spongy base ;
lamellae cultriform, often 3 lines exsert, apex subacute.

Plate 28, fig. 2, corallum, natural size ; 2 a, animal, enlarged ; 2 b,
tentacle, enlarged ; 2 c, calicle, natural size ; 2 d, section of calicle ;
2 e, texture of spongy part.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The sharp projecting lamellae give a bristled appearance to the
corallum, as in the cuspidalum. It differs from that species in its
smaller size, its calicles not turbinate, and crowded together with
intervals between of but a line in width. The projecting lamellaB of
the exterior are sharp and thin. The specimen is a convex mass,
the margin of which is free and spreading, with small horizontal
calicles.

6. ANTHOPHYLLUM CUSPID ATUM. (Esper.} Dana.

A. glomeratum; tentaculis clavatis, purpurascentibus, apice albis, disco
late viridi. Corallum tubulis compressiusculis, angulosis, caliculis
turbinatis, £-1" latis, scepe valde irregularibus, lamellis longe exsertis.

Glomerate; tentacles clavate, colour approaching purple, white at
tips; disks bright green. Corallum with the tubes much com-
pressed, angular ; calicles turbinate, £ to 1 inch broad, often very
irregular, lamellae long exsert.

Red Sea, Ehrenberg. — The China Seas, Esper, who received it from
M. Chemnitz.

The large size of the calicles distinguishes this species from the other
Anthophylla.

Madrepora cuspidata, Esper, i. 155, tab. Gcdaxea cuspidala, Oken. Zool., i. 73.

28 ; a species with long turbinate calicles Antlwphyllum fasciculare, Ehrenberg, op.

of the size above mentioned, with the la- cit. Gen. Ivi., sp. 1. "Tubulis com-

mellse one-third to one-half of an inch pressis, angulosis, 4" altis, turbinatis,

exsert, and nearly acute at apex. stellis 5-!" latis, lamellis exsertis," &c.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 403

7. ANTHOPHYLLUM CLAVUS. (Dana.)

A. daviforme et subdivisum, erectum, 1J' altum. Corallum caliculis
cylindricis, parvis, 2-3'" longis et l£"' latis, et massd spumosd sur-
rectis ; lamellis paulum exsertis, truncatis.

Claviform and subdivided above, erect, a foot and a half or more high.
Corallum with small cylindrical calicles, 2 to 3 lines long, and 1£
broad, rising from a spongy base; lamellaB a little exsert, truncate.

Plate 28, fig. 3, corallum, natural size ; 3 a, calicle, enlarged ; 3 a',
natural size ; 3 b, section of part of stem.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is peculiar in its erect cylindrical or clavate forms, two
to four inches in diameter, and in its small calicles. The tubes of the
interior of the corallum, are flexuous and crowded, and may be easily
separated from the spongy base which unites them. Large areas are
covered by these coral stumps.

APPENDIX. — The Anthophyllum spherula of Ehrenberg, was de-
scribed from a worn specimen in the Museum Nat. Cur. at Berlin, as
follows: "Globosum, pollicare, tubulis 1" nunquam latioribus, totis cel-
luloso-concatenatis, ubi partim liberi cernuntur, substriatis, caliculis
rotundis, margine paululum prominulis, radiis 12-24, interstitiis inter-
dum profundius impressis, irregularibus." Op. cit. Gen. Ivi., sp. 3.

The Madrepora divergens and chakidicum of Forskal (op. cit. p.
136), are probably of this genus, as suggested by Blainville, and the
chalcidicum may be identical with the fasciculatum.

GENUS XI.— STYL1NA.- LAMARCK.

Caryophyllidce fasciculato-glomeratce. Corolla tubulis cylindrids stri-
atis, per dissepimenta transversa et scepe massam celluksam connexis
stellarum centra exsurgenti.

404 ZOOPHYTES.

Fasciculate-glomerate; tubes of the coralla cylindrical and striate,
connected by transverse septa and often also by a cellular base;
the centre of the cells exsurgent.

The Stylinse, as Blainville suggests, resemble the smaller species of
Orbicellse, especially the A. pleiades; but they are distinct in the hori-
zontal septa of the interstices, and the absence or paucity of trans-
verse dissepiments in the tubes ; and in this last respect they have
the characters of the Caryophyllise. The star in a transverse section
is a simple series of rays radiating from a central spot, sometimes
quite large ; and in a vertical section, the same simple structure is seen.
The centre of the cell is often observed to be quite prominent, and on
this character the genus was first founded. Milne Edwards states
that the exsert centre is not constant, but forms and disappears at
intervals by a peculiar process of growth.*

The Stylinae are near the Anthophylla, but differ from them in the
transverse plates of the interstitial material uniting the tubes; and,
moreover, the tubes are in general decidedly striate, and minute dis-
sepiments form cellules in the stria?. The mode of growth by which
the centre of the cell becomes prominent is also peculiar.

The Sarcinulre, according to Milne Edwards, differ but little from
the Stylinse; and Blainville unites them to the Anthophylla: but the
Sarcinula organum, figured in the Ama3n. Acad., i. tab. 4, fig. 6, has
no relation to either of these groups, and is allied to the Columnaria3.
See the remarks upon the Cyathophyllidse.

STYLINA ECHINULATA. (Lamarck.}
S. crassa, fasciculata, sessilis, corallo stylis truncatis superm echinato.

Massive fasciculate, sessile. Corallum above echinate with truncate
styliform prominences.

* Speaking of the cells Milne Edwards says : " Elles sont d'abord tubiformes et lamel-
leuses cotnme des Astrees, mais bientot elles se remplissent, s'etalent, et ferment ainsi une
cloison transversale surmontee d'un mamelon central, et dont la forme ressemble un
peu a celle d'un chapeau de cardinal ; de cette cloison horizontale s'eleve un nouveau
tube qui, a son tour eprouve des modifications analogues et ainsi de suite, de facon que le
meme Polypier presente taritot les caractferes d'un Styline tantot ceux d'une Sarcinulc." —
Lamarck, 2d ed. ii. p. 339.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 405

The " Austral Ocean." Peron and Lesueur.

Lamarck adds to this description that the species consists of vertical
and parallel tubes, forming a thick mass, resembling a Tubipore or
Favosite.

Stylina echinulata, Lamk., ii. 339, No. 1. — , Blainv., Man., 351, pi. 62, fig. 5.

, Schweig., Beobacht., tab. 7, fig. 63 ; , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 708.

Handb., p. 420.

APPENDIX. — The Sardnula perforata was described by Lamarck
from a specimen brought by Peron and Lesueur, from the "Austral
Seas," and from the description, it appears to have been a beach-worn
specimen, although not fossil. It consisted of an aggregation of
straight, parallel tubes, nearly contiguous, with filled interstices, and
open at both ends; they were striated by longitudinal laminae within,
and, according to Blainville's figure, were an eighth of an inch in dia-
meter. (Lamarck, ii., 340, Sarcinula, No. 1 ; Blainville, Man. d'Act.,
348, pi. 62, fig. 6.) It is not a Stylina; neither does it seem entitled
to form, of itself, a genus; and not being confident as to where it
should be referred, it is simply noticed in this place.

B. GLOMERATE; CALICCLIS BKEVISSIMIS, POLYPIS LONGE EXSERTIS.
GENUS XII.— ASTROITIS.— BOCCONE.

Caryophyttidce aggregates, polypis basi tantum coralligenis, itaque salien-
tibus. Corolla caliculis viz prominulis, cellis concavis, fere contiguis,
lamellis subcequalibus, inclusis.

Aggregate Caryophyllidse, forming coral secretions only at base ; and
polyps, hence, appearing to be long salient. Coralla with the cali-
cles scarcely at all prominent ; cells nearly contiguous, concave ;
lamellaB included and even.

The species of this genus are remarkable for their long salient
polyps. The coralla are somewhat Astraoid, but they are formed
by secretions only in the lower parts of the polyps. The Astrseae,
with narrow interstices, bud in the disks by subdivision, while these

102

406 ZOOPHYTES.

bud interstitially, like the Porites, and other massive species with late-
ral gemmation. They have but sparingly the transverse dissepiments
between the lamellse of the corallum, which belong to the Astraeae.

The typical species of this genus is included with Caryophyllia by
Lamarck, with Astraa by Blainville, and with Cladocora by Ehren-
berg, from all of which groups it is separated by its long salient polyps.
Ehrenberg states that Boccone in his Museo di Fisica (Venice, 1694),
called it Astroites. Quoy and Gaymard suggested the name Astroidea.

ASTROITIS CAL1CULARIS. (BoCCOHC.)

A. ghmerata, incrustans, animalibus purpureis vel aurantiacis. Co-
rallum tubulis 2J'" latis, contiguis et interdum spumose connexis ; cettis
excavatis, orliculatis et scepe angulatis, fundo latis et prominulis.

Glomerate, incrusting, animals purple or orange. Corallum with the
tubes 2J lines broad, contiguous, and sometimes with cellular inter-
stices ; cells excavate, circular or angular, bottom of cell broad, and
somewhat prominent.

Mediterranean ; Bay of Algesiras, off Algiers, and elsewhere.

Mad. calicularis, Cavolini, Pol., Mar. i. tab. Caryophyllia calycularis, Lamk., ii. 348,

3, figs. 1-5 ; the polyps of this coral are No. 2.

figured by this author, who describes them , Lamouroux, Encyc., 169.

as of a purple colour, and remarks upon , Milne Edwards, Cuvier's Reg. Anim.

their great beauty. 1837, pi. 83, fig. 2.
, Delle Chiaje, Anim. senza Vert, di Anthophyttum ca/ycw&zre,Schweig.,H.4I7 .

Nap., ii. pi. 17, fig. 7. Astrcea calycularis, Blainv., Man., 367.

, Pallas, Zooph., 314, No. 186. Cladocora calycularis, Ehrenb., G. Ii. sp. 2.

-, Esper, i. p. 117, tab. 16, figs. 1,2; Astroidea lutea, Quoy and Gaymard, Ann.

Esper figures a specimen with cells one- des Sciences Naturelles, x. pi. 9 B ; and

fourth to half an inch in diameter. Astrtza calycularis, Voyage de 1'Astro-

Astroites calycularis, Walch, Naturf., 49, labe, iv. 200, pi. 15, figs. 10-23 — includ-

No. 8. ing figures of the polyps, of an orange

, Boccone, Museo di Fisica, i. pi. 5. colour.

ASTROITIS VIRIDIS. (Quoy $ Gaymard.) Dana.
A. subglobosa, polypis valde exsertis, griseis, tentaculis viridibus. Co-

TRIBE II.— CARYOPHYLLACEA. 407

rallum porosum, cellis immersis, 2'" latis, polygonis, compressis,
conicis ; lamellis cequatibus, denticulatis ; margins, rugosis.

Subglobose, polyps much exsert, grayish, tentacles green. Co rail urn
porous, with immersed cells, 2 lines broad, polygonal, compressed,
conical ; lamellae even, denticulate ; margin rugose.

Island of Vanikoro. Quay $ Gaymard.

This species is added to the genus with hesitation. Quoy and
Gaymard describe it as occurring in rounded or ovoidal masses, as
large as a pear; its cells quite deep, with the sides vertical. The
polyps are salient, more than half an inch, with a prominent (tres-
developpe), buccal disk. The species has much analogy with the
Goniopores, but the deep cells with denticulate lamellae are peculiar.

Astrcea viridis, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 204, pi. 16, figs. 1-3.

NOTE. — The genus Goniopora is placed in the family Poritidae, on the ground of a
general similarity of the polyps and their coralla, to those of the Porites. Yet it may be
equally proper, if not more so, to add them in this place, and consider them the represen-
tatives among the Caryophyllacea, of the Porites, in the tribe Madreporacea.

FAMILY III.— GEMMIPORID^.

Caryophyllacea polyporum discis latis, sape convexis el margine tenta-
culatis, tentaculis brevibus. Coratta porosa, super fide non striatd;
cellis margine parietibusque crassis ; lamellis indusis, angustis etfere
cequalibus.

Caryophyllacea with broad, often convex, disks to the polyps, having
the tentacles marginal and short. Coralla internally porous, surface
granulous and not striate, margin and sides of the cells stout ; la-
mellae included, narrow and neatly even.

408 ZOOPHYTES.

The Gemmiporidae assume glomerate and broad foliaceous forms.
The latter are often of large size, and consist of plates sometimes a foot
or more in width, either standing like broad vases on a pedicel, or
clustered and rolled around one another, resembling some large-leaved
plants. The whole interior of the plates or vases is covered with
polyp-flowers, and fresh buds are constantly appearing at the margin,
as explained in § 66. The polyps have a broad convex disk, which
is fringed around with short tentacles in two or more series.

The cells of the corallum are nearly cylindrical, and are evenly set
around with narrow and entire lamellae, appearing often like mere
strise of the inner surface. The calicles are thick with a granulous
exterior like the whole corallum, and the margin, though sometimes
subacute, is always stout. In a transverse section, the cells of the
corallum consist of a neat star of cellules radiating from a porous
centre.

The Gemmiporidse are confined to the warm coral-reef seas.

This family includes but two genera :

Gemmipora. Calicles prominent, cylindrical or conico-cylindrical'.

Astreqpora. Calicles obsolete or nearly so.

GENUS I.— GEMMIPORA.— BLAINVILLE.

Gemmiporidce foliacea aut glomeratce. Corolla porosa, super faie granu-
losa, caliculis cylindrids aut conico-cylindricis.

Foliaceous or glomerate. Coralla porous, with a granulous surface
and cylindrical or conico-cylindrical calicles.

The genus Gemmipora was established by Blainville from the Ex-
planaria of Lamarck, a mixed group united only on the ground of their
unifacial explanate form. The glomerate species were arranged by
Lamarck with the Astrseas. Ehrenberg, adopting the name Expla-
naria for the Orbicellse, with which he united one or two of the Gem-
miporce, placed the remainder of the Gemmiporse under Turbinaria,
a name which was proposed for this group by Oken, previous to the
introduction of Blainville's Gemmipora. The word is so near Tur-
binalia, one of Lamarck's genera, that Blainville's, which has been

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 409

generally adopted, may better be retained. Moreover, Oken's name
was introduced without any reference to the previously formed genera
of Lamarck.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Glomerate.
*1. G. palifera.

II. Ezplanate from a central pedicel.

*2. G. peltata. 4. G. crater.

*3. G. patula. *5. G. cinerascens.

III. Foliaceous ivith tlie folia clustered.

*6. G. frondens. *7. G. brassica.

I. Gemmiporce glomeratce.

1. GEMMIPORA PALIFERA. (Lamarck.} Elainville.

G. glomerata, scepe subglobosa et hbata ; polypis flavescentibus, tenta-
culis brevissimis. Corattum caliculis valde confertis, cylindricis, 1-3'"
altis, et !£"' crassis, apicepaulo minoribus, margine crassis.

Glomerate, often subglobose and lobed ; polyps yellowish, tentacles
very short. Corallum with the calicles much crowded, cylindrical,
1 to 3 lines high, and l£ lines in diameter, and a little smaller at
summit; margin thick and stout.

Plate 29, fig. 2, corallum; 2 a, transverse section, enlarged; 2 b,
animal, enlarged.

The Austral Seas. Lamarck. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

Forms irregularly rounded masses, sometimes subdivided or lobed,
and crowdedly covered with stout cylindrical calicles. One specimen
in the Expedition collections is six inches in diameter and four thick.
The cells contain about thirty even lamellse, and are a line deep, with
the bottom small and flat.

Astrcea palifera, Lamk., ii. 409, No. 14. Gemmipora palifera, Blainv., Man. d'Act.,
, Lamouroux, Encyc., 130. 387.

103

410 ZOOPHYTES.

II. G. explanaUe, centra stipitatce.

2. GEMMIPORA PELTATA. (Esper.} Blainville.

G. explanata; fronde stipitatd, saepe peltata et superne concavd, scepe varie
plicato-contortd, margine 2—3'" crasso. Corallum caliculis cylindricis,
inter dum obsoktis, plerumque 3'"- latis et margine crasso, lamellis
ferme 32.

Explanate; frond stipitate, often peltate, usually concave above, often
variously plicato-contorted when of large size ; margin 2 to 3 lines
thick. Corallum with the calicles cylindrical, sometimes obsolete,
mostly 3 lines broad, with a stout margin and about 32 lamellae to
the cell.

East Indies. — The Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

When of small size, or but four or five inches in breadth, the form
of the species is that of a shallow basin supported below at centre ;
but on growing beyond this size, the margin becomes contorted in
broad folds. One large specimen of this kind, obtained at the Feejees,
measures sixteen inches in breadth, and twelve in height The cali-
cles are sometimes a third of an inch in diameter, and about the lower
parts of the concavities are obsolete. The cells are two to three lines
deep, and have a broad and somewhat convex bottom.

Madrepora peltata, Esper, Fortsetz., i. 27, Explanaria crater, Schweig., Handb., 419.

and ii. p. 15, tab. 42, and 86, fig. 2; Gemmipora peltata, Blainv., Man., 387.

characteristic figures : the first is nearly Turbinaria cupula, Ehrenb., G. 49, sp. 1 ;

flat and peltate, the second is convex above Ehrenberg's T. peltata has smaller cali-

instead of concave. The larger calicles cles than the cupula, and the description

are from three to four lines in diameter. does not agree as well with Espcr's figure.

3. GEMMIPORA PATULA. Dana.

G. explanata ; fronde stipitatd, infundibuliformi, et scepe varie plicato-
contorta, margine l£-3"' crasso. Corallum caliculis brevibus, cylin-
dricis, 2'" latis, margine subacutis, multis brevissimis aut obsoktis.

Explanate; frond stipitate, infundibuliform, and often variously pli-

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 4H

cato-contorted ; 1 to l£ lines thick at the margin. Corallum with
the calicles short, cylindrical, 2 lines in diameter ; margin subacute ;
many very short or obsolete.

This species has the general habit of the peltata, but grows in some-
what thinner fronds, with smaller calicles, which, at margin are nearly
acute. It attains a breadth of ten or twelve inches. It appears to
be the peltata of Ehrenberg, and, as that name is applied to another
species, we have changed it as above.

Turbinaria peltata, Ehrenberg, G. xlix. sp. 2.

4. GEMMIPORA CRATER. (Pallas.) Blainville.

G. explanata ; fronde stipitatd, infundibuliformi, margine I'" crasso.
Corallum caliculis brevibus, fere !£"' latis.

Explanate; frond stipitate, infundibuliform, margin a line thick.
Corallum with the calicles short, nearly l£ lines in diameter.

East Indies.

This species has much smaller calicles than the preceding. The
slightly larger calicles and thicker fronds distinguish it from the cine-
rascens. Esper and Pallas describe it as finely striate without.

Madrepora crater, infundibuliformis, stri- Explanaria infundibulum, Lamk., ii. 398,

ata, Pallas, Zooph., 332. No. 1.
, Esper, Fortsetz., i. 91, tab. 74, and , Lamouroux, Encyc., 385.

Fortsetz., ii., tab. 86, fig. 1 ; the first Turbinaria crater, Oken, Zool., i. 67.

figure is cup-shaped, six inches broad, Explanaria crater, Blainv., Man., 387, pi.

finely striate below, with a stout obconi- 56, fig. 6 ; a reduced figure, badly drawn.

cal pedicel, and scattered calicles within.

5. GEMMIPORA CINERASCENS. (Ellis.} Dana.

G. explanata ; fronde stipitata, late hypocrateriformi, scepe plicato-con-
torta, tenui, margine J'" crasso. Corallum extus rugatnm ; intus
caliculis brevibus, L'" latis, conicis vel globoso-conicis, cellis §'" latis et
profundis.

412

ZOOPHYTES.

Explanate; frond stipitate, broad, hypocrateriform, often plicato-con-
torted, thin (margin but £ a line thick). Corallum wrinkled with-
out; within calicles short, a line in diameter, conical or globoso-
conical, cells § of a line broad and deep.

Plate 30, fig. 11, surface of corallum magnified.

East Indies, Singapore. Exp. Exp.

The cinerascens in its very thin frond, approaches the following
species, but grows from a central pedicel. The under surface is
wrinkled for an inch or two from the margin. Under the microscope
the surface of the corallum presents minute, irregular, distant gra-
nules, and pores still more distant, as shown in the figure. It grows
to a height of a foot or more. The surface, when weathered, has
usually a light bluish-ash colour.

Mad. cinerascens, Ellis and Sol., 157, tab.

43 ; a characteristic figure.

, Esper, Fortsetz., i. 84, tab. 68.

Explanaria mesenterina, Lamk., ii., 399,

No. 2 ; more than one species may be

here included.

, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 57, pi. 43.

Tarbinaria cinerascens, Oken, Zool., i. 67.
Explanaria cinerascens, Schweig., Handb.,

419.
Gemmipora mesenterina, Blainv., Man.,

387.
The Turbinaria microstoma, of Ehrenberg,

Gen. xlix., sp. 3 ; appears to be identical
with the cinerascens of Ellis, of which
it may be a small specimen. His de-
scription is as follows : " Quadripollica-
ris, cinerascens, cyathiformis, stellulis
(caliculis) apice angustioribus, subconicis,
i'" latis, intcrstitiis glabris, parcius exe-
sis." The locality is not given. The
Explanaria cinerascens of Ehrenberg
(op. cit. Gen. 1. sp. 2) is another species,
as indicated by its mode of growth, and
the character of its surface; it may be the
G. brassica.

3. G.foliacece,frondU>us aggregatis.

6. GEMMIPORA FRONDENS. (Dana.}

G. explanata; frondibus aggregatis, suberectis, sinuatis, margine §'"
tenuibus, inter dum lobatis; polypis flams. Corallum extus non ru-
gatum, intus caliculis confertis, brevibus, subcylindricis et globoso-coni-
cis, cellis profundis, apertura £-§'" ^"-

Explanate; fronds clustered, suberect, sinuate, margin § of a line
thick, sometimes lobed ; polyps yellow. Corallum not wrinkled

TRIBE II. — C ARYOPH YLLACE A. 413

without; within, calicles crowded, short, subcylindrical or globoso-
conical, cells deep, aperture £ to § of a line wide.

Plate 30, fig. 10, corallum, showing its form, and a single lobe with
the calicles, natural size; 10 a, appearance of an animal partly ex-
panded ; 10 b, section of folium enlarged ; 10 c, surface magnified.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species grows in clusters of leaves nearly erect, some of which
are six or eight inches high, and four or five broad, much bent and
curved, and not unfrequently lobed. The thickness below is often
one-third of an inch. The absence of wrinkles from the back sur-
face, except perhaps faint traces within a fourth of an inch of the
margin, and the structure of the surface under the microscope, dis-
tinguish the species from the following ; and both of these characters,
with the mode of growth, separate it from the preceding. The polyps
of the specimen examined never fully expanded.

7. GEJIMIPORA BRASSICA. (Dana.)

G. explanata, frondibus basi cucullate convolutis, tenuibus, maximis.
Corallum extus omnino rugatum ; intus caliculis spar sis, conico-cylin-
dricis, cellis paulo profundis, apertura %'" latis.

Explanate ; fronds cucullately infolded with one another at base,
thin, very- large. Corallum with the exterior every where wrinkled;
within, calicles rather remotely scattered, conico-cylindrical, cells
shallow, \ a line broad at the aperture.

Plate 29, fig. 1, corallum; \b, transverse section of calicle, seen
from above, enlarged ; 1 c, calicle enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species forms large clumps, consisting of leaves, rolled around
one another, sometimes two and a half feet or more high, and two feet
in breadth. The folia are nearly straight vertically, and very thin,
scarcely exceeding an eighth of an inch in any part. The under
surface is wrinkled for six inches or more from the margin, in which
it differs strikingly from the two preceding species. The granules of

104

414 ZOOPHYTES.

the surface, as seen under the microscope, are in much shorter series,
and less crowded than in thefrondens.

The Explanaria dnerascens of Ehrenberg (op. cit. Gen. 1. sp. 2) is near the above,
though probably distinct. It is described as follows : — " Subpedalis, varife plicata et
sinuosa, processibus saepius infundibuliformibus, intus sterilibus (nee extus),caliculis line-
aribus, semiglobosis, interstitiis gyrose asperis; animalis pallii colore nigro-fusco." " In-
fundibula hujus formae aperte non e gemmis sed e pallii plicis coalitis oriunda."

GENUS II.— ASTR^EOPORA.— BLAINVILLE.

GemmiporidcB glomerate, ; polypis sparsis ; coraUi caliculis obsoletis,
cellis profundioribus, cylindrids ; interstitiis porosis.

Gemmiporidae, with glomerate mode of growth ; polyps scattered ;
calicles of corallum obsolete, cells quite deep, cylindrical ; inter-
stices porous.

The Astroeoporse are massive corals with scattered cells hardly pro-
minent, though sometimes nearly hemispherical. The lamellae are
narrow as in the Gemmiporse. The texture of the corallum is porous,
with no traces of a lamellar texture, in which respect, as well as in
the deep cylindrical cells, the species are very distinct from the As-
traas.

This genus contains two groups, which when the animals are studied
may constitute different genera. In one of them the coralla have the
fine porous (almost compact) texture and surface of a Gemmipora,
and in the other, a coarser porous texture, with a decidedly echinulate
surface.

From the absence of calicles it is probable that the polyps are salient
when expanded.

These species are confined to the coral-reef seas.

The Astrseoporse were separated from the genus Astrsea of Lamarck,
by Blainville.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. A. pulvinaria. 3. A. fungiformis.

2. A. punctifera. *4. A. stellulata.

TRIBE II.— C AR YOPH YLLACE A.

415

1. ASTR^EOPORA PULVINARIA. (Lamarck.) Blainvitte.

A. glomerata, scepe globosa, incrustans ; tentaculis 24 velpluribus, brun-
mscentibus. Corallum valde porosum, undiquepulvinato-echinulatum;
caliculis fere hemisphericis et basi contiguis, interdum obsolescentibus
et remotis ; cellis valde profundis, |'" latis.

Glomerate, often globose, incrusting ; tentacles 24 or more, brownish.
Corallum very porous, surface pulvinato-echinulate ; calicles nearly
hemispherical, and contiguous at base, sometimes nearly obsolete
and distant; cells very deep, ^ of a line broad.

Plate 29, fig. 3, corallum, natural size ; 3 a, animal, partly expanded,
enlarged ; 3 b, cell, enlarged ; 3 c, animal, less expanded ; 3 d, vertical
section of corallum, enlarged.

The " Austral Seas." Peron 4- Lesueur. — The Feejee Islands.
Exp. Exp.

The masses sometimes have an undulating surface, and occasionally
are spheroidal or globular. One of the latter kind in the collections
is four inches in diameter ; and one of the former, six inches broad,
with a thickness of two to three inches. The cells are mostly a line
and a half deep, and the lamella are vertical, but much less crowded
than in the stellulata. On different parts of the same specimen the
calicles are crowded or distant, nearly obsolete or conoido-hemisphe-
rical.

The polyps of the specimen examined were but partly expanded,
showing only the extremities of twenty-four tentacles in two series
(3 a). When less expanded the cells were closed by a radiated mem-
brane having an opening at centre, as shown in fig. 3 c.

Astrea pidvinaria, Lamk., ii. 409, No. 15.

, Lamouroux, Encyc., 130.

Astreapora pulvinaria, Blainville, Man.,
383.

The Astrea myriophilialma of Lamarck, is
near the above. Lamarck states that he
separated it with some hesitation from the
pulvinaria on account of its less promi-

nent and less crowded calicles, an unim-
portant character, as our specimens show.
Esper's tab. 54 B, fig. 2 (Pflanz. Fortsetz.
i.), to which Lamarck refers with a query
under A. myriophthalma, is a worn frag-
ment of a Madrepora (ii. 407, No. 9. —
Astrceopora myriophthalma, Blainville,
Man., 383).

416

ZOOPHYTES.

2. ASTR^EOPORA PUNCTIFERA. (Lamarck.} BlainviUe.

A. globosa. Corallum cettis suborbiculatis, incequalibus, exiguis, inter-
stitiis levibus, poroso-punctatis.

Globose. Corallum with the cells nearly circular, unequal, small ;
interstices smooth, poroso-punctate.

East Indies. Lamarck.

Lamarck states that the species is globular like a cannon-ball,
without any point of attachment. The cells are small and unequal,
and not prominent.

Astrea punctifera, Lamk., ii. 407, No. 8. Astreoporapunctifera^umv., Man. d'Act.,
, Lamouroux, Encyc., 132. 383.

3. ASTRJEOPORA FUNGIFORMIS. (BlainviUe.)

A. stipitata, subfungiformis. Corallum porosum ; cettis immersis, ellip-
ticis,fere 2'" latis,fundo convexis et porosis.

Stipitate, subfungiform. Corallum porous, cells immersed, elliptical,
nearly 2 lines broad, with a convex and porous bottom.

Astrceopora fungiformis, BlainviUe, Man., 387.
, Michelin, Guerin, Mag. de Zool., 1840, pi. 2.

4. ASTR.EOPORA STELLULATA. (Lamarck.} BlainviUe.

A. glomerata, superficie undulata. Corallum subtiliter porosum, cellis
orbiculatis, 1-2'" remotis, fere \'" latis, valde profundis, margine
elevatis; lamellis minutis, verticalibus ; inter stitiis planiusculis, subti-
lissime arenosis.

Glomerate, with an undulate surface. Corallum very minutely porous;
cells circular, 1 to 2 lines distant, nearly a line broad, very deep ;
margin elevated ; lamelte minute and vertical ; interstices nearly
flat, very finely arenose.

Seas of America (?). Lamarck. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 417

Lamarck states that the cells are deep, with very finely striated
sides, which is true of the specimens examined by the author. Blain-
ville's figure well represents it, except that the lamellae are not suffi-
ciently numerous, the number varying from twenty-four to thirty in
the Feejee specimens. The surface is nearly smooth, and the cells
are about a line deep.

The masses collected were about five inches in breadth, with a thick-
ness of two to three inches. The polyps had a yellowish colour.

Astrea stellukita, Lamarck., ii. 408, No. Astreopora stellulata, Blainv., Man., 383, pi.
12. 60, fig. 4.

FAMILY IV.— ZOANTHID^.

Caryophyllacea simplicissima, out gemmata ; extus subcoriacea ; polypis
discis latis, convexis, margins, radiate striato et interdum valde re-
jhxo; corallo nullo, sed zoophytis scepe arenulas corallicas induden-
tibus.

Caryophyllacea either budding or simple ; exterior subcoriaceous ;
polyps with broad convex disks having the margin radiately striate
and sometimes much reflexed ; no coral secretions, but coral sand
often included in their texture by the growing zoophytes.

The coriaceous exterior with no corallum within, and the radiated
margin of the disk, are the most striking peculiarities of the Zoan-
thid<e. The species grow either as simple animals, or by budding
form compound zoophytes. The buds pass out from near the base of
the polyps, producing either^simple lines, incrusting plates, or thick
masses (§ 65). The polyps are all large, the diameter of the disk
varying from a third of an inch to an inch, and the height from half
an inch to an inch and a half. (See farther, pp. 39-42.)

This family includes three genera, distinguished by their mode of
budding and growth.

105

418 ZOOPHYTES.

G. 1. ISAURA. Simple and not budding.

G. 2. ZOANTHA. Budding and forming lines of polyps.

G. 3. PALYTHOA. Budding, and forming incrusting plates or convex
masses.

The species of Palythoa, in which the surface is very prominently
mammillate when unexpanded, have been made into a separate genus ;
but the transitions from the species in which the union is basal, to
those which coalesce by their sides to their very summits, is so gra-
dual, that it is deemed preferable to retain all in a single genus.

GENUS ISAURA. — SAVIGNY.

Zoanthidce non gemmates., simplicissimcB.
Non-budding, simple, Zoanthidse.

The genus Isaura, as instituted by Savigny, comprised also, in part,
the budding Zoanthidse. Ehrenberg considers the group identical
with the genus Hughea of Lamouroux, and adopts this name, as Sa-
vigny's, though of earlier date, had been used for a genus of plants.
Ellis's figure (Ellis and Solander, tab. 1, fig. 3), for which Lamour-
oux's genus was formed, represents a simple polyp, having a small
disk and fifteen to twenty rays, without the radiated margin to the
disk that characterizes the Zoanthidse. Its characters are too little
known to be received, without farther examination, as the type of the
genus.

Arrangement of the Species.

1. I. Hemprichii. *3. I. aster.

2. I. Savignii. *4. I. speciosa.

1. ISAURA HEMPRICHII. (Ehrenberg.) Dana.
I. semipotticaris, nigro-fusca; disci radiis 20-24.
Half an inch high, nearly black ; rays of the disk 20 to 24.

Red Sea, near Tor. Ehrenberg.
Hugliea Hemprichii, Ehrenberg, G. x., sp. 1.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 419

2. ISAURA SAVIGNII. (Audouin.} Dana.
I. quadrilinearis, clavata, gracilior, pallidior.

Four lines high, clavate, more slender than the Hemprichii, and paler
in colour.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Hughea Savignyi, Ehrenberg, G. x. sp. 2. planches de Savigny, 1'Egypte, Polypes,
Palythoa Savignii, Audouin, Explic. des tab. 2, fig. 1.

3. ISAURA ASTER. (Dana.)

I. potticaris, 2-3'" crassa, extus cinerascens disco, semipollicari, brun-
neo, radiis numerosis, pallide luteo-virescentibus ; tentaculis biseriatis,
olivaceis.

An inch high, and 2 to 3 lines thick, with the exterior ash-coloured,
disk half an inch in diameter, brown, with numerous pale greenish-
yellow rays; tentacles in two series, olive green.

Plate 30, fig. 2, zoophytes, natural size ; 2 a, same, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The tentacles which fringe the broad disk are about a sixth of its
diameter in length : those of the outer series have a pale greenish-gray
colour ; immediately around the mouth the disk is green.

4. ISAURA SPECIOSA. (Dana.)

I. robusta, f " alta et 2-4'" lata, pallida, disco 8'" lato, viridi, props mar-
ginem brunnescente ; tentaculis brevibus, triseriatis, serie externd luted,
intermedia umbrino-virescente, internd viridi.

Stout, | of an inch high, and 2 to 4 lines thick, pale; disk 8 lines
broad, deep-green, but becoming brown near the margin ; tentacles

420 ZOOPHYTES.

short, in three series, the outer yellow, the intermediate umber, with
a tinge of green, and the inner deep and rich green.

Plate 30, fig. 1, zoophytes, natural size; 1 a, same magnified.

The Balabac Passage, north of Borneo. Exp. Exp.

The fringe of tentacles margining the disk is very short. The
green colour of the disk belongs to the radiated lines, these being
separated by narrower lines of brown. A single one of these rays
has a yellowish-white colour, indicating some peculiar function in
the tentacle with which it communicates.

GENUS ZOANTHA.
ZoanthidcB e stolonibus repentibus gemmatce.

Zoanthidae budding from creeping shoots.

The Zoanthse form long lines of polyps, rising from a creeping, root-
like shoot, which is attached to some support.

This genus was instituted by Cuvier, in his Elements of Zoology,
but was first restricted to the Zoanthidse by Lamarck, who included
in it all the known species of the family. Lesueur and Lamouroux,
by introducing other genera, reduced it to its present limits. The
name is derived from £uov, animal, and avdos, Jlorver.

Arrangement of the Species.

1. Z. Ellisii. 4. Z. dubia.

2. Z. sociata. 5. Z. Bertholetii.

3. Z. Solandri.

1. ZOANTHA ELLISII. (Bosc.)

Z. polypis elongatis (scepe 2") davatis, tentaculis filiformibus.
Polyps often 2 inches long, clavate, tentacles filiform.
West Indies. Ellis.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 421

The long filiform tentacles of this species, if correctly given by
Ellis, are quite unlike most of the Zoanthidae. The breadth of the
disk is but half the length of a tentacle, and the disk moreover is not
radiated; the polyp expanded is nearly three-fourths of an inch broad.
(See figure 26, p. 66.)

Actinia sociata, Ellis, Phil. Trans., 57, t. Zoanthus Ellisii, Bosc. ii. 224.

19, figs. 1,2. , Lamouroux, Exp. 89, pi. 1. figs.

, Ellis and Solander, 5, tab. 1, figs. 1, 2.

1, 2. Zodtitha Ellisii, Lamk., ii. 77, No. 1.

Hydra sociata, Gmel. Syst. Nat., 3868. Zoanthus sociatus, Ehrenb., G. xi., sp. 1.

2. ZOANTHA SOCIATA. (

Z. polypis 2" altis, subviolaceis disco semipotticari virescente ; tentacuhs
tenuibus, brevibus, luteis.

Polyps 2 inches high, and subviolaceous, disks half an inch in diame-
ter, greenish ; tentacles slender and short, yellowish.

Guadaloupe, West Indies. Lesueur.

The tentacles in this species, according to Lesueur, are sixty in
number, and in two rows.

Zoanlhits sociata,Lesueur,Jour. Acad. Nat. , Blainville, Man., 328. Lesueur sug-

Sci. Philad., i. 176. gests that this may be the sociata of Ellis.

3. ZOANTHA SOLANDRI. (Lesueur.)

Z. polypis crassioribus, 2" altis, disco fusco-rubescente, tentaculis bre-
vibus.

Polyps stouter than in the sociata, 2 inches high, disks reddish-
brown, tentacles short.

West Indies, St. Thomas. Lesueur.

The exterior colour is reddish-yellow; when the animal is con-
tracted the summit is marked with deep-blue angular spots and white
lines. Tentacles about sixty in number.

106

422 ZOOPHYTES.

Zoanthus Solandri, Lesueur, op. cit., 177, Zoanthus Solandri, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 78,
pi. 8, fig. 1 ; well figured, with impor- No. 2.
tant dissections. , Blainv., Man., 329, pi. 50, fig. 2.

4. ZOANTHA DUBIA. (LeSUCUT.)

Z. polypis minoribus cylindricis, disco media viridi ; tentaculis oreque
luteis; tentaculis biseriatis, numerosis.

Smaller than the sociata, cylindrical ; disk green at centre, tentacles
and mouth yellow ; tentacles in two series, very numerous.

Guadaloupe, West Indies. Lesueur.

Grows in close clusters or bunches upon marine bodies, asfuci, &c.,
and is about a third smaller than the sociata.

Zoanthus dubia, Lesueur, op. cit., 177. Zoanthus dubia, Blainville, Man., 329.

5. ZOANTHA BERTHOLETII. (Audouin.) Ehrenberg.

Z. reticularis, polypis quadrilinearibus et 1J-2"' latis, subcylindricis ;
tentaculis clavatis, contractis mammilliformibus.

Reticulate; polyps 4 lines in height, and l£ to 2 lines broad, subcylin-
drical, with the tentacles clavate ; when contracted mammilliform.

Red Sea. Savigny.

Palythoa Bertholetii, Audouin, Explication Zoanthus Bertholetii, Ehrenb., G. xi., sp. 2.

des Planches de M. Savigny, 1'Egypte, , Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 78, No. 3.

Polypes, pi. 2, fig. 3.

GENUS PALYTHOA.— LAMOUROUX.
Zoanthidce explanato-gemmatce ; polypis latere coadunatis.

Zoanthidffi with explanate gemmation ; polyps united to one another
laterally.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 423

The Palythose form incrusting plates or convex masses. When
the polyps are united by their bases only, the plates are thin, and the
polyps when contracted form rounded or cylindrical prominences over
the surface ; but as the union becomes more general, and they coa-
lesce by their sides above as well as at base, the plates are thicker and
the polyps less prominent ; and when the coalescence extends quite
to their summits, the unexpanded zoophytes are convex, with nearly
a flat surface.

The genus Palythoa was separated from Zoantha by Lamouroux.
Lesueur subsequently subdividing the Zoantb.83, instituted the two
genera Mammittifera and Corticifera, the first including the Palythoa?,
with mammilliform prominences when contracted ; and the second,
those in which these prominences are obsolete or nearly so. Schweig-
ger's genus Cavolinia, and Oken's Tethya, fall into this group.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Polyps united only at base, forming when contracted very prominent mammilla;
over the surface.

1. P. denudata. 3. P. nymphcea.

2. P. auricula. 4. P. fuliginosa.

II. Polyps united nearly to their summits ; surface of the contracted zoophyte mam-
millate.

5. P. mammillosa. 6. P. ocellata.

III. Polyps united quite to their summits; surface of the zoophyte scarcely at all
mammillate.

7. P. glareola. 9. P. argus.

8. P. flavo-viridis. *10. P. csesia.

I. Palythoce basi tantum coadunake.

1. PALYTHOA DENUDATA. (Cavotini.} Dana.

P. purpurea, polypis basi tantum coadunatis, valde prominentibus, cylin-
dricis et davatis ; 1-2'" crassis et 6-9'" longis ; tentaculis triseriatis,
serie extimd minore.

Purple ; the polyps united only at base, very prominent, cylindri-
cal, and clavate, 1 to 2 lines thick, and 6 to 9 high ; tentacles in
three series, the outer smallest.

424 ZOOPHYTES.

Near Naples, Mediterranean Sea. Cavottni.

Madrepora denudata, Cavolini, Pol. Mar., Mammillifera denudata, Ehrenb., G. xii.

tab. 3, fig. 6. sp. 1.

Cavolinia rosea, Schweig., Handb., 411.

2. PALYTHOA AURICULA. (Lesueur.) Dana.

P. rubescens ; polypis basi tantum coadunatis, prominentibus, turbinatis,
3'" latis, et 3-6'" altis ; discis 4'" latis, virescentibus ; tentaculis 26-
30, rubescentibus.

Reddish ; polyps united only at base, prominent, turbinate, 3 lines
broad, and 3 to 6 high ; disks 4 lines broad, greenish ; tentacles
26-30, reddish.

St. Vincent and Dominica, West Indies, covering the rocks at the
entrance of the port. Lesueur.

Mammillifera auricula, Lesueur, Jour. Mammillifera auricula, Blainville, Man.,
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., i. 178, tab. 8, 329, pi. 50, fig. 3.
fig. 2.

3. PALYTHOA NYMPH^EA. (Lesueur.) Dana.

P. auriculae affinis, rubro-lutescens ; discis luteis et tentaculorum basi
virentibus, tentaculis fere 50 biseriatis pallide brunneis, oribus pro-
minentibus.

Resembling the auricula, yellowish-red ; disks yellow, with a green
circle at the base of the tentacles; tentacles about 50 in number, in
two series, and of a light brown colour ; mouth prominent.

St. Christopher, West Indies. Lesueur.

Mammillifera nymphcea, Lesueur, Jour. Mammillifera nymphcea, Blainville, Man.,

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., i. 178. Lesueur 329.

states that " the mouth is divided on each The Alcyoiiium mammillosum, of Esper,

side by four or five folds, and rises in the Pflanz. iii., tab. 7, is near the nympluea.
form of a button."

TRIBE 1 1. — CARYOPIIYLLACEA. 425

4. PALYTHOA FULIGINOSA. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.} Dana.

P. flavo-fusca, poly pis basi tantum coadunatis; contractis 2$'" latis,
altioribus; expands 1" longis, davatis, discis margins 32-dentatis,
tentaculis davatis, obtusis, fusco- et albo-fasciatis, fere 64 in serie
duplici, internet, validiore.

Brownish-yellow, polyps united only at base, when contracted 2^
lines broad, and quite prominent; when expanded an inch high,
clavate ; disks with 32 teeth to the margin ; tentacles clavate, ob-
tuse, banded with brown and white, about 64 in 2 series, the inner
larger.

The Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Mammillifera ftdiginosa, Ehrenberg, G. xii., fig. 3. Ehrenberg suggests that the
Palytfioa, Peril, of Audouin, may be the above species.

II. Palythoce breviter mammillosce — polypis latere coadunatis, sed apice Kberis.

5. PALYTHOA MAMMILLOSA. (Ellis.} Lamouroux.

P. polypis latere coadunatis, contractis apice prominentibus, $-1" allis,
fere 3'" latis.

Polyps laterally united, but with quite prominent summits when con-
tracted, £ to 1 inch high and nearly 3 lines broad.

Coasts of Jamaica.

AlcytHiium mammillosum, Ellis and So- PaJythoa stellate, Lamour., Exp., 70, tab.

lander, 179, No. 5, tab. 1, figs. 4, 5. 1, figs. 4, 5.

— , Linn., Gmelin, 3815, No. 16. Tethya mammiUosa, Oken's Zool., i. 82.

— , Lamk., ii. 601, No. 9. Cavolinia mammiUosa, Schweig., H. 411.

Sloann's Jamaica, 1, tab. 21, figs. 2, 3. Mammillifera mammiUosa, Blainv., Man.,
PttJi/thoa mammiUosa, Lamour., Pol. flex., 329.

361. , Ehrenb., G. xii., sp. 2.

107

426 ZOOPHYTES.

6. PALYTHOA OCELLATA. (Ellis.) Lamouroux.

P. mammillosse affinis, ferruginea ; potypis latere coadunatis, sed apice
prominentibus, 3'" latis, lateribus mgosis.

Similar to the mammillosa, rust-coloured ; polyps united by their
sides, but prominent above, 3 lines broad, sides wrinkled.

St. Domingo, West Indies. Ellis.

Alcyonium oceUatum, Ellis and Sol., 180, Mammillifera ocettata, Blainv., Man., 330.

tab. 1, fig. 6. Pali/thoa ocelluta, Lamour., Exp., 70, tab.

, Lamarck, ii. 601, No. 8. 1, fig. 6.

Sloanc's Jamaica, i., tab. 21, fig. 1. , Ehrenb., G. xiii., sp. 2.

III. Pa-lytfwfe vix minimi mammi/losee, polypis usque ad apicem latere coadunatis.

7. PALYTHOA GLAREOLA. (Lesueur.} Dana.

P. polypis brevibus, latere usque ad apicem coadunatis, discis violaceis,
centro albidis, tentaculis 20, quorum quatuor subrubidis.

Polyps short, and united by their sides quite to the summits, disks deep
violet, whitish at centre; tentacles 20, four of which are grayish-red.

Guadaloupe, on the volcanic rocks of Pointe Noire. Lesueur.

Corticifera glareola, Lesueur, Jour. Acad. longer, being three times as long as broad ;

Nat. Sci. Philad., i. 178, pi. 8, figs. 6, 7. the tentacles and the centre of the disk

, Blainville, Man., 331, pi. 50, fig. 1. are yellow; when not expanded, several

The Corticifera flava, of Lesueur (ibid. p. lines may be observed radiating from the

179) is described as closely resembling aperture.

the preceding, but the animals are much

8. PALYTHOA FLAVO-VIRIDIS. (H. $ Ehrenberg.)

P. polypis usque ad apicem coadunatis. late flavo-viridis ; discis margi>>e
16-crenatis et 16-tentaculatis ; tentaculis hyalinis uniseriatis ; lamellis
internis 32.

TRIBE II. — CARYOPHYLLACEA. 427

Polyps united to their summits, bright greenish-yellow; disks mar-
gined with 16 crenatures, and as many tentacles; tentacles hyaline,
and in a single series; internal lamella 32 in number.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

flavo-virulis, Ehrenberg, G. xiii., The Alcyoniitm titberculosum, of Esper

sp. 1 ; Ehrenberg suggests that this spe- (Pflanz., iii. 68, tab. 23), resembles this

cies may prove identical with the Jlava, as well as the following species. It was

which is imperfectly described by Lcsueur. received by him from the Indian Ocean.

9. PALYTHOA ARGUS. (H. $ Ehrenberg.)

P. flavo-fusca, scape subglobosa ; polypis contractis 6—10'" latis ; discis
margine 20-crenatis, tentaculis 40, paliide fuscis, in serie duplici,
majoribus internis, obtusis, davatis ; lamellis internis 32.

Brownish-yellow, often subglobose ; polyps, when contracted, 6 to 10
lines broad; disks with 20 crenatures to the margin; tentacles 40,
pale brown, in two series, the internal larger, obtuse, clavate ; vis-
ceral lamella 32 in number.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Pali/lhoa urgus, Ehrenberg, G. xiii., sp. 3.

10. PALYTHOA C^ESIA. (Dana.)

P. convexa, umbrina; polypis contractis 4-6'" latis ; discis umbrinis,
sed medio ccesiis aut paliide violaceis, extus margine crenulatis ; tenta-
culis valde numerosis in serie duplici umbrinis.

Convex ; colour umber ; polyps, when contracted, 4 to 6 lines broad ;
disks umber-coloured, except the centre, which is pale grayish-
violet; outer margin of the disks crenulate ; tentacles very nume-
rous, in two series, umber-coloured.

Plate 30, fig. 3, and 3 a to 3 h.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has been particularly described on pages 40-42.
Corticifcru aggregata (?), Lesson, Coquille, Zooph., pi. 8, fig. 3; island of Bolabo'a.

428 ZOOPHYTES.

TRIBE III.— MADREPORACEA.

Actinaria tentaculis duodecim (rarissime pluribus] uniseriatis, alternis
inter dum minoribus: gernmipara; gemmatione inferior e: coralligena;
corallis calcareis, cellis 6-12 radiatis aut lamettis obsoletis, superficie
interstitiali non lamello-striata.

Actinaria with the tentacles 12 in number (rarely more), in a single
series, the alternate sometimes smaller: gemtniparous; gemmation
inferior: coralligenous ; coralla calcareous, with the rays of the
cells 6 to 12 in number or obsolete, interstitial surface not striated
with the prolonged lamellae of the cells.

The polyp of the Madrepore tribe is a simple star-shaped animal of
twelve rays, presenting generally bright green, red, or umber tints.
The rays or tentacles are at times nearly obsolete, or are reduced to
rounded crenations of the circular disk, and in species of this cha-
racter, lilac, yellow, and green colours of different shades have been
observed.

The corallum is at once recognised by the few rays to the cells, the
number being twelve or less, and sometimes the whole are obsolete.

Among the forms of these zoophytes there is nearly every variety
that occurs in the Actinaria; but the glomerate are never as neatly
regular as among the Astrseas, while the ramose forms are singularly
varied and beautiful. Segregate ramose forms, like those of the Cary-
ophylliaB, are never met with ; and only among the fossil Favositidse,
do we find coralla consisting of separable columns — a structure arising
from the fact that the polyps (as in the Columnarise) are united late-
rally only by their outer non-secreting integuments.

This tribe includes three families, as already explained : the Ma-
dreporidBe, the Favositidse, and the Poritidse.

The following table contains the received genera of this tribe, and
exhibits their relations to the corresponding genera adopted by the
distinguished authors whose names are placed above the several
columns.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA.

429

2 ®

i— i

i— <

S 2 •

8-
S 1

i.
I

1-1 >r

| |_|

M O

$ g
1 1

•a •£«

rz3 ^

1 £

J5 £

b <

1 s

R-

1— <

_§"

g g

T3 ® t»

•"§ So g -f

o
0

'•3 g g" j£

SCH WE]

cb
i— i

|l|l |

g o '5 g s-

Ilia f

S 02

Seriatopora

Madrepora

1
• Favosites.

Catenipora.

,^j

* ^ FN^»— »

' -

BLAINVILI

o'
co

g g g g g -

1 I 1 I 1 I

1 i 1 1 1 S

S eu !S •«! o3 02

Seriatopora.

Pocillopora.

[ Favosites.
' Alveolites (pat

Catenipora.

I ! !

"^ "e5 ^

CQ £ 3l

Goniopora.

••^ ~Y ^mf

EHKKNH

2 a" =

0 5 C w'

2 o o o

5T" Cl* DC •*—

I ! 1 1

s S

E
O

o
O2

Pocillopora.

>• Calamopora

i i

fi^, ^5

^*~ "^

•

**s

S s,' g

»^S

•s*

»«^

K -x

S rt S -3

91 •

s - -g

^ c • -S §

H -g q K) H

5 *i K

g G «T S g

1 S l| 1

•g •£ fl g v
§ g 9 JE "a

S a- S •< 02

Seriatoporf

Pocillopora

Favosites,

Catenipora,

•1 1 i
1 J* i

3J Q> ^Z

H £E S

108

430 ZOOPHYTES.

The characteristics of the coralla in the several genera, are as fol-
lows :

FAMILY I.— MADREPORID.E.
Cells deep and without cross septa.

GENUS 1. MADREPORA. Branches with an apical calicle, and distinct lateral caliclcs
upon the branchlets. Cells deep, 6-12 radiating points within, which are sometimes
obsolete.

GENUS 2. MANOPORA. No apical calicle ; calicles all obsolete, or irregular ; coralla
quite porous ; cells as in the Madreporae.

FAMILY II.— FAVOSITID.E.
Cells with cross septa within the coralla ; rarely, solid below.

SUBFAMILY 1. ALVEOPORIN^E. Coralla very light porous; cells deep, and with
radiating points within, as in the Madreporae.

GENUS 1. ALVEOPORA. Cells contiguous, with very thin cribrate parietes.

SUBFAMILY 2. FAVOSITIN^E. Cells with radiating entire lamellos, often becoming
obsolete; contiguous, at least at the summits of the coralla.

GENUS 2. SIDEROPORA. Coralla with obtuse branches ; cells containing a distinct
star of six rays, meeting in a short columella at centre — not seriate, distinctly traceable
within the coral lum.

GENUS 3. SERIATOPORA. Coralla with very slender terete branches, often pointed :
cells seriate ; texture very solid, and cells, therefore, not traceable within the coralla.

GENUS 4. POCILLOPOHA. Coralla with the branches never terete ; surface usually
verrucose, and cells traceable within, except when quite slender ; texture mostly very com-
pact ; lamellae nearly obsolete.

GENUS 5. FAVOSITES. Coralla consisting of agglomerated prismatic cells.

GENUS 6. CATENIPORA. Coralla consisting of single lines of cells, forming mean-
dering vertical plates, which plates often intersect one another.

SUBFAMILY 3. HELIOPORINjE. Cells circular, not contiguous.

GENUS 7. HELIOPORA. Cells with narrow radiating lamellse; texture of the inter-
stices minute tubular.

GENUS 8. HELIOLITES. Cells with narrow lamellse ; interstices irregularly cellular.

GENUS 9. MILLEPORA. Cells very minute ; rays obsolete ; texture of the interstices
quite compact or sparingly porous.

FAMILY III.— PORITID^.

Cells shallow, hardly traceable within the coralla, which are throughout fine-porous.

GENUS 1. POHITES. Coralla glomerate or furcato- ramose ; cells not over a line in
diameter ; (polyps with twelve short tentacles.)

GENUS 2. GONIOPORA. Coralla glomerate or columnar ; cells over a line in diame-
ter; (polyps with sixteen to twenty-four tentacles.)

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 431

FAMILY I.— MADREPORID^E.

Madreporacea polyporum basi medio non coralligena; itaque, corallorum
cdtts valdt profundis et penitus non transverse septatis.

Polyps not coralligehous at middle of base; cells of the corallura
therefore, very deep, and not crossed by septa within.

The Madreporidse include the most common branching corals. As
many of them bud from a parent or apical polyp, their forms are often
arborescent, and among them are found some of the largest of coral
trees. Besides these there are shrubby clumps, reticulate fronds,
vases, and large foliated species, as elsewhere explained.

This family comprises but two genera, which are closely related,
although separated widely by previous authors. The genus Madre-
pora, includes species which bud from a parent-polyp, with which
each branch terminates. They have regular calicles, and the branches,
although not always erect, are neat and cylindrical, except when this
character is lost by their coalescence. But two or three species
are known in which the apical polyp cannot be distinguished, and
these form a connecting link between this genus and the following.

The genus Manopora comprises incrusting, glomerate, and foliaceous
or branched Madrepores, in which there is no proper apical polyp,
and the calicles are either obsolete or very irregular. The deep cell,
traceable far within the corallum, without any cross divisions, sepa-
rates these zoophytes from those of the following families. These
cells are never over half a line in diameter.

The Madreporidse, with one or two exceptions, have been found
only in the coral-reef seas.

GENUS I.— MA DRE FOR A.— LINN.

Madreporidce patrio-ramosce ; arbwescentes, cespitosce, interdum reticu-
latce aut coalescenter foliacece. Corolla ramis teretibus; caliculis re-
gularibus.

432 ZOOPHYTES.

Patrio-ramose ; arborescent, cespitose, or through coalescence, reticu-
late or foliaceous. Coralla with the branches terete (very rarely
compressed) ; calicles regular.

Madrepore corals are the most common species in collections, and
are generally distinguished by their cylindrical branching forms,
covered with small calicles, each of which contains a minute cell.
The forms of the calicles are quite various. The principal are as
follows (see plate 31) :

1. TuUform. Cylindrical in shape (figures 2 a, 3 a). The apex
may be either transverse (figs. 3 a), or oblique (figs. 35, 11 c, 12 b,

c, d), and when oblique the aperture is usually oblong. They may
also be spreading, or close appressed to the branch (figs. 3 a, 9 a, 8 a).

2. Nariform. A compressed calicle, resembling in shape a nose
inverted (fig. 4 a). It is triangular in profile, with the upper side,
which contains the aperture, nearly at right angles with the stem.
In some instances the outer lip of the calicle is elongate, producing a
rostrato-nariform shape ; and in others the nariform calicle is tubular

.at base — tubo-nariform (fig. 5 a, 45).

3. Cochkariform. A short, stout, erect, cylindrical calicle, with a
broad apex, and the upper side partly wanting (fig. 10 a, 10 b).

4. Dimidiate. A tubular calicle bisected vertically nearly to its
base (fig. 7 a).

Labellate (from labellum, the lower lip}. Long-lipped, or in shape
nearly like the blade of a shovel, the upper side of the calicle being
entirely wanting, and the lower thin and nearly flat (fig. 6 a, 6 b, 6 c).
It passes into the dimidiate form.

The cells are internally more or less perfectly radiated with minute
teeth. Of the twelve lamellae to which the teeth belong, half are often
smaller, or quite obsolete; sometimes only two opposite, the inner and
outer, can be distinguished, and of these the outer is usually largest:
these last occasionally meet and bisect the cell vertically. Figures 25,
3 c, 4c, and others on plate 31, represent some of the varieties.

The most important characters for distinguishing species are as
follows :

1. The mode of growth : a, erect, arborescent, stems solitary ; b, erect,
arborescent, and clustered (fruticose}; c, spreading obliquely upward,,
and much ramose, forming an even top clump (corymbed or fastigiate) ;

d, spreading nearly horizontally, and often from a pedicel, with the
branchlets above nearly simple, digitiform, or spiciform, and forming

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 433

an even top clump (cespitose) ; spreading each way from a central
pedicel, and concave above (vasiform, or vase shape) ; spreading hori-
zontally or obliquely, and coalescing into a solid plate, without branch-
lets above (foliate}. A few species grow in erect plates clustered on a
common base, often incrusting, without any apical polyp, and these
form the transition to the genus Manopora.

2. The size of the branches and branchlets : in adult specimens this
character admits of but little variation ; the size of the branchlets is
quite uniform in the same species.

3. The frequency of branching: which determines whether the
branchlets are short, or long and tapering, crowded or few (confertim
out laxe ramosa}.

4. The angle of branching : when this angle is small, the branches
and branchlets are closely ascending (stride ramosa) ; when as great
as 60°, — the usual angle, — the clumps are quite open ramose (late
ramosa) ; when near 90° or reversed, they are divaricate.

5. The character of the branches and branchlets: whether terete or
not, straight or curved, simple or proliferous, evenly or unevenly
covered with calicles, coalescent or not, as well as their size and posi-
tion as alluded to above.

6. The form and position of the calicles, and the character of their
exterior surface, whether harsh and striate, or appearing smooth, and
either very fine striate or simply minute granulous, under the micro-
scope.

7. When the branches coalesce, as they sometimes do, into a solid
plate, rudiments of the constituent branches or branchlets may gene-
rally be detected at the margin, and. as in other cases, the size of these
free branchlets is an important distinctive character.

In describing the species, I have generally followed Ehrenberg, in
giving the definite dimensions of the calicles and branches, having
ascertained, by much study, the advantage to be derived in deter-
mining species, from a knowledge of the actual limits of variation in
this respect.

The cespitose species appear to vary in shape somewhat according
to the depth at which they grow. In those near the surface, the
branches spread more nearly horizontally, and are consequently more
crowded and more completely coalescent; while those at greater
depths have a more ascending mode of growth, and the less coale-
scent branches appear longer and more subdivided. In the one case,
the clump is nearly flat below, while in the other it is subturbi-

109

434 ZOOPHYTES.

nate. All the cespitose species, however, are not subject to this vari-
ation.

Among the species of Madrepora, there are some in which one of
the tentacles of the polyps is long and flexible. This was observed
in a cespitose species (M. prostrata) having thin labellate calicles.
But whether it belongs or not to all the horizontally growing species
with similar calicles, remains to be determined. This character may
hereafter lead to a subdivision of the genus, and a separation of the
species having labellate calicles, (M. conigera, efflorescens, cytherea,
spicifera, hyacinthus, surculosa, millepora, prostrata, subulata, tur-
binata, and convexa,) as a distinct group.

Madrepores are among the most important of reef-forming corals,
and grow in great profusion about the outer reefs, as well as within
the bays, channels, and lagoons, enclosed by coral barriers. Some
species attain a large size, though compared with the forest trees of
the land, trees of coral growth dwindle to mere nursery saplings.
The staghorn Madrepore (M. cervicornis) is sometimes six to eight
feet in height, and the vase corals spread to a diameter of four or fi-ve
feet. Huge plates of a foliate Madrepore are often thrown on the
shores of some of the Pacific islands, measuring six feet square and
three to six inches in thickness, which are but portions of a zoophyte,
probably three or four times as large. The species called Neptune's
Chair (M. palmata), from the West Indies, grows in stout, deeply
divided plates, spreading from a common footstalk or pedicel ; and
occasionally the whole coral plant is six or seven feet high and nearly
as many broad, with the pedicel six or eight inches through.

The genus Madrepora* of early authors included all coral zoophytes
with stellate cells, and thus embraced the Astrsea and Caryophyllia
tribes, along with the Madreporacea. It was restricted by Lamarck
to the limits here adopted.

The Seriatopora, Sideropora, and Pocilloporse, differ from the
Madreporae, not only in the closed bottom of the cell, and the trans-
verse septa within, but also in the absence of all calicles, the nearest
approach to which is found in a slight vaulting above, or a promi-
nence of the upper side of the cell.

* Madrepora is an Italian word, from the Latin mater, motJier, and poms, pore, used
for a porous stone: because it produces stone? See a note by Ehrenberg, op. cit. Berlin.
Trans., 1832, p. 345.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 435

The species of this genus are multiplied in this treatise much
beyond what is found in preceding works, the nine of Lamarck being
increased to more than sixty. The author has had the advantage of
a large collection of specimens from known and unknown regions ;
and these specimens, with but two or three exceptions, have been
perfect, full-grown clumps, instead of mere fragments. Many of the
species would be confounded if studied only from a detached branch-
let : even the tall arborescent species, and the spreading cespitose
frond, might, in many instances, be thus thrown together. A general
survey and close investigation of the subject has rendered the multi-
plication unavoidable. Ehrenberg, in his Memoir on the Corals of
the Red Sea, describes twenty-one species : but, in most instances,
the descriptions are unfortunately concise; and, as they are unaccom-
panied by drawings, it has been a perplexing task to identify them,
and the more so as the names of Lamarck's species have been given
in several instances to species wholly different.

Arrangement of the Species.

A. Horizontal or oblique foliate, without proper branchlets above.

I. Caliclcs tubiform.

*1. M. palmata. *3. M. flabellum.

*2. M. alces. *4. M. cyclopea.

II. Calicles labellate (surface ofcoraUum covered with incipient conical branctdets).
*5. M. conigera.

B. Horizontal or oblique, with erect or ascending branchlets above, which form a clump
with an evenly concave or convex top — vasiform or cespitose.

I. Calicles thin labellate.

*6. M. efflorcscens. *11. M. millepora.

*7. M. cytherea. *12. M. prostrata.

*8. M. spicifera. *13. M. subulata.

*9. M. hyacinthus. *14. M. convexa.
*10. M. surculosa.

II. Calicles quite thin ; round-narifbrm, or appressed-tiibiform.

*15. M. aculeus. *17. M. tubicinaria (suffruticose).

*16. M. tenuis.

III. Calicles stout, nariform or tubiform.

*18. M. paxilligera. *21. M. globiceps.

*19. M. nasuta. *22. M. effusa.

*20. M. digitifera. *23. M. corymbosa.

436

ZOOPHYTES.

*24. M. appressa.

*25. M. echidnoea.

*26. M. plantaginea.

*27. M. cerealis.

*28. M. acervata.
*29. M. valida.
*30. M. retusa.

C. Fastigiate, calicles short, and round nariform ; branches much and closely subdi-
vided, erect.

*31. M. ramiculosa.

D. Arborescent, branches evenly covered with proliferous branchlets or clusters.
*32. M. echinata. *34. M. rosaria.

*33. M. carduus. *35. M. florida.

E. Arborescent or fruticose, branches either not proliferous, or unevenly so.
I. Calicles thin and fragile, labellate, round nariform, or tubiform.

*36. M. implicata. *41. M. cribripora.

*42. M. gravida.

*37. M. tortuosa.

*38. M. aspera.

*39. M. hebes (cespitose ?).

*40. M. exigua.

*43. M. virgata.
*44. M. horrida.

II. Calicks stout, tubiform, dimidiate, or nariform.

*45. M. formosa.
*46. M. brachiata.
*47. M. arbuscula,
*48. M. robusta.
*49. M. hystrix.
*50. M. divaricata.
*51. M. abrotanoides.
*52. M. austera.

w
01 C

S2
2 o

*53. M. cervicornis.

*54. M. prolifera.

*55. M. nobilis.

*56. M. secunda.

*57. M. gracilis.

*58. M. humilis.

*59. M. pocillifera.

F. A few long stems, simple, or rarely branched, from a common base.
*60. M. deformis. *61. M. cuspidata.

G. Erept plates in place of proper branches, and no distinct apical polyp.
*62. M. labrosa. *64. M. cuneata.

*63. M. securis.

A. Ramis ramulisque coalitis et laminas solidas expansas instruentibus.
I. Culiculis tubiformibus.

1. MADREPORA PALMATA. (Lamarck.)

M. ponderosa, latissime foliata, frondibus oblique expansis, basi subcon-
volutis, profunde kbatis ; lobis scspe 2-3' longis, 1-2' latis, et 1-2"

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 437

crassis ; margine extimo paulum laciniato J" crasso. Corallum infra
breviter caliculatis, caliculis nariformibus ; supra, caliculis cylindricis,
valde incequalibus, scepe 2'" longis et l£"' latis, el apice obliquis, aliis
rotundo-nariformibus, aliis obsoktis ; Stella conspicud.

Ponderous, very broad foliate ; fronds spreading obliquely, subcon-
volute at base, deeply lobed ; lobes often 2 to 3 feet long, and 1 J
broad, with a thickness of 1 to 2 inches ; outer margin a little laci-
niate, J an inch thick. Corallum below, short caliculate, calicles
nariform; above, calicles cylindrical, with an oblique apex, very
unequal, many 2 lines long and l£ broad, others round nariform,
and others obsolete ; star distinct.

Plate 31, fig. 11 a, view of cell, enlarged; 11 b, c, d, e, different
calicles, natural size.

West Indies, where it is a very common species.

This widely spreading foliate Madrepora, sometimes attains a height
of six feet or more, with a pedicel nearly a foot in diameter. Other
specimens are but one or two feet high, with a few spreading fronds
3 or 4 feet broad, and these have given rise to the familiar name of
the species, Neptune's Chair. The calicles are larger and stouter, and
more acervate than in the akes, the lobes are much broader, and the
margin much thicker.

Corattium porosum, album, latissimum, Seba's figure 3, tab. 113, and Esper's 81,

muricatum, Sloane's Jam., i. tab. 17, fig. which is a reduced copy of Seba's, be-

3 ; .a good figure. long to the M. alces, an East India spe-

Mad. muricata, var., Esper, Fortsetz. i. cies ; and Ehrenberg appears to have

tab. 51 . derived his description of the palmata, in

Mad. palmata, Lamk., ii. 446, No. 1. part at least, from specimen's of that

, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 503. species.

, Blainville, Man., 389.

2. MADREPORA ALCES. (Dana.}

M. crasse foliata, frondibus profunde digitato-lobatis ; lobis angusto-
ebngatis, seu ligulatis, (scepe 2' longis, 2-4" latis, et £-lJ" crassis).
Corallum infra caliculis brevibus confertis ; supra tubiformibus, in-
aqualibus, 2-2£"' longis et £"' latis, erectis, nunquam nariformibus,

438 ZOOPHYTES.

multis obsoletis ; stelld conspicud, duabus lamettis infra fere conni-
ventibus.

Stout foliate, fronds deeply digitate lobed ; lobes narrow, oblong, or
ligulate, often 2 feet long, 2 to 4 inches wide, and J to l£ inches
thick. Corallum below, with short crowded calicles; above, calicles
tubiform, unequal, 2 to 2£ lines long, and | of a line broad, erect,
never nariform, many obsolete; star distinct, two lamellae nearly
uniting below.

Plate 31, fig. 12 a, view of cell, enlarged ; 12 b, c, d, e,f, different
calicles, natural size.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The long narrow lobes of this spreading digitate species, at once
distinguish it from the palmata. The calicles are less stout and none
are nariform, although many are obsolescent, and others are reduced
to immersed cells. They are also more distinctly stellate. The lobes
are often convex below, and concave above, and at the extremity are
about half an inch thick.

Corallium grande, cornu cervini forma ; Mad. muricata var., Esper, Fortsctz. i.
ramis latis, plants, porisimmersis,tubu- tab. 83; reduced from Seba.

lalis, intus slellatis, Seba, Thes. iii., tab. Mad. palmata, in part, of Lamarck.
113 ; a good figure.

3. MADREPORA FLABELLUM. (Lamarck.)

M. expanse foliata, frondibus subcrassis, basi convolutis, margine ramulis
incipientibus viz J" crassis composite. Corallum infra caliculis bre-
vibus confertis ; supra tenuiter tubiformibus, scepe 1J'" longis et
£-§'" latis, nunquam nariformibus, totidem in seriebus acervatis,
multis cellis immersis ; stelld viz conspicud.

Spreading foliate, fronds rather stout, convoluted at base, the margin
consisting of incipient branchlets scarcely \ of an inch thick. Co-
rallum below, with short crowded calicles ; above, calicles slender
tubiform, often 1£ lines long and £ to § of a line broad, never nari-
form, sometimes acervate in lines, many immersed cells; star scarcely
distinguishable.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 439

Plate 31, fig. 13 a, view of cell, enlarged; 13 b, c, d, e, different
calicles, natural size.

West Indies.

This species has the general habit of the palmata, but is much
smaller and thinner. The margin is scarcely over an eighth of an inch
thick, and the flattened -incipient branchlets there apparent, show that
the fronds are made by the coalescence of slender branches. The
tubiform calicles are almost small enough to admit of being inserted
into the cells of the palmata. The specimens seen by the author
were from fifteen to twenty inches in height, and consisted of a few
fronds, spreading nearly horizontally.

Mad. Jlabcllum, Lamk., ii. 447, No. 2. nata, flabellata, erecta, margine superiore

, Blainville, Man., 390. non cristate, sed in ramulos teretes polli-

, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 503. cem crassos subacutos, basi sua mox in

The Heteropora flabellum, of Ehrenberg truncum conpressum confluente, diviso,

(Gen. Ixix. sp. 2), appears to be a differ- stellulis (caliculis) inaequalibus crebro

ent species. The following is his de- tubulosis, levibus." Perhaps the coni-

scription: " Pedem alta et lata, expla- geral

4. MADREPORA CYCLOPEA. (Dana.)

M. latissimc foliata, ponderossima, frondibus expansis, lobatis, 3-6"
crassis, 6' vel plures latis, supra tuber culis rotundis grandibus (2-3"
crassis) remote sparsis. Corallum supra crebro caliculatum.

Very broad foliate, and ponderous, fronds spreading, lobed, 3 to 6
inches thick, and 6 feet or more broad, with large, rounded, remotely
scattered knobs (2 to 3 inches thick). Corallum above, having the
calicles crowded.

Wake's Island, Pacific Ocean. Exp. Exp.

Only worn specimens of the corallum of this huge species of Ma-
drepore have been seen by the author. These were massive plates,
six feet square and four to six inches thick, which had been thrown
up by the waves on the shores. They were parts of a large spreading
species, which grew probably like the palmata, and attained a breadth
of at least twenty feet. The knobs of the surface are incipient

440 ZOOPHYTES.

branches, two or three inches thick, and the same in length, with a
broadly rounded top.

II. Calicitlis labellatis (ramulis incipientibus, conuliformibns).

5. MADREPORA CONIGERA. (Dana.)

M. late foliata, frondibus crassis, margine lobatis et totidem profunde
subdigitatis ; supra, conos crassos subacutos undique ferentibus ; infra
super fide plant! . Corallum infra brevissime caliculatum; supra cali-
culis valde confertis, labellatis, labello elongato et fere erecto, subcom-
planato ; stettd obsolete!, duabus lamellis vix latioribus.

Broad foliate, fronds stout, lobed at margin, and sometimes deeply
subdigitate; above, covered with short and stout subacute cones;
below, surface plane. Corallum below having very short calicles ;
above, calicles much crowded, labellate, lip elongate, nearly erect,
and almost flat; star obsolete, two of the lamellae scarcely broader.

Plate 32, fig. 1, part of corallum in outline, natural size; la, one
of the incipient branchlets, ditto.

Singapore. Exp. Exp.

The short stout cones — rudimentary branchlets — that cover the
surface of this foliate Madrepore, and its long-lipped erect calicles, at
once distinguish it. The cones average an inch in height, and are
half to three-fourths of an inch broad at base ; but a few are two
inches high and an inch at base. The calicles above are long and
crowded. One frond in the Expedition collections measures twenty
inches by twelve, and is over an inch and a half thick where stoutest,
and half an inch or nearly so at margin ; the plate is but a fragment
of the complete zoophyte. Another specimen is a single lobe, four-
teen inches long, two to three inches wide, and one and a quarter
thick.

TRIBE II I. — MADREPORACEA. 441

B. Vasiformes, aut cespitosae.
I. Caliculis fragilibus, labellatis.

6. MADREPORA EFFLORESCENS. (Dana.}

M. vasiformis (?}, ramis in laminam solidam £-|" crassam coalitis,
prope marginem, retrculatam et per ramos conjunctos costatam ; infra
plana ; supra ramulis crebris brevissimis, marginalibus %" longis,
et ^" crassis, medianis nunquam teretibus \" longis, acervatis et pro-
liferis. Corallum infra breviter caliculatis ; supra ramulorum cali-
culis labellatis, labello elongato et erecto, apicali cylindrico 1'" longo
et $'" lato.

Vasiform (?), branches coalescing into a solid plate £ to f of an inch
thick, which is reticulate only near the margin, and ribbed with the
coalescing branches; below flat; above, having very short crowded
branchlets, the marginal £ an inch long and ^ of an inch in diame-
ter, but those of the middle of the frond not terete, a fourth of an
inch long, acervate and proliferous. Corallum below with short
calicles; above, the calicles of the branchlets labellate, lip long and
erect, the apical calicle cylindrical, a line long and J a line broad.

Plate 33, fig. 6, fragment of corallum, natural size.

Ceylon, East Indies. Rev. G. A. Aphthorp.

This species approaches the cytherea in the proliferous clusters of
calicles about the middle of the frond in place of proper branchlets,
but differs essentially in the branchlets being coalesced into a solid
plate; and, moreover, the branchlets near the margin are much
shorter and more slender. The largest specimen examined was a
fragment six inches in breadth ; in its stoutest part it was three-fourths
of an inch in thickness. The solid frond resembles the flabellum ;
but that species is without branchlets above, and has tubular calicles.

7. MADREPORA CYTHEREA. (Dana.)

M. vasiformis, pedicellata, fronde latissimu, 1-2" crassa, ramis reticu-
lato-coalitis ; infra complanalis, ramulis nullis ; supra, ramulis con-
Ill

442 ZOOPHYTES.

fertis, |-1" longis, sa.pt brevissimis et acervato-proliferis. Corallum
ramulorum caliculis labellatis, labetto elongato, vix complanato ; api-
cali, elongate cylindrico, 2— 2£'" longo et f '" lato.

Vasiform, pedicellate ; frond very broad, 1 to 2 inches thick ; branches
reticulately coalescent ; below complanate, without branchlets ;
above branchlets crowded, £ to 1 inch long, often very short and
acervato-proliferous. Corallum having the calicles labellate; lip
long and scarcely at all flattened ; the apical calicle long cylindrical;
2 to 2£ lines long and ^ of a line broad.

Plate 32, figs. 3 a, 3 b, fragments of corallum, natural size ; 3 a,
weathered specimen.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The vases are often four feet in breadth, and stand on a pedicel one
to two feet in height. In one specimen the upper part is placed ob-
liquely, arising from an oblique position in the pedicel while growing.
The coalescing branches of the frond are not so far flattened and
united as to lose their individuality ; the open intervals are numerous,
yet narrower than the branches. The squarrose appearance of the
branchlets of the corallum, especially of those about the middle portion
of the vase, resembling proliferous heaps of calicles, allies the species
to the preceding. The branchlets, toward the margin, are about an
inch long, and have long calicles ; those of the margin itself are much
clustered.

In weathered specimens (fig. 3 a), the calicles, just below the apex,
are sometimes worn off, leaving the apical calicle apparently a third
to half an inch in length.

8. MADREPORA SPICIFERA. (Dana.)

M. vasiformis, fronde latissimd, £-lJ" crassd ;* infra stricte reticulatd
et complanatd ; supra ramulis subsimplicibus £-1" longis, 2'" tenuibus,
subacutis. Corallum ramulorum caliculis imbricatis, labellatis, labello
subcomplanato, truncato, stellu inconspicud.

* In stating the thickness of the frond in this, and other instances following, and also
the preceding, the ivliak thickness to Hie summits of the branchlets is included.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 443

Vase-shaped, fronds very broad, \ to 1^ inches thick; below closely
reticulate and complariate ; above with nearly simple branchlets, £
to 1 inch long, 2 lines in thickness, subacute. Corallum having the
calicles of the branchlets imbricate, labellate ; lip somewhat flat-
tened, truncate; star indistinct.

Plate 33, fig. 4, specimen from the Feejees, natural size ; 4 a, frag-
ment of same; 4 b, and 5, fragments of specimens from Singapore:
plate 31, figs. 6 a, b, c, calicle of Feejee variety, enlarged.

Singapore and the Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species forms shallow, fragile vases, sometimes three feet broad,
raised on short pedicels, and bearing above small slender branch-
lets, covered closely with thin appressed calicles. The under sur-
face of the corallum is naked, excepting a few appressed tubular
calicles towards the margin. The delicate branchlets are neatly
terete and not proliferous near the summit, though often furcate
below, or two or more rising apparently from the same base. The
terminal calicle is about three-fourths of a line broad, and not tumid,
being an even prolongation of the body of the branchlet ; the other
calicles are nearly half a line broad, and about a line and a half long.
On the main branches and the bases of the branchlets, the cells are
immersed, without calicles, and the texture of the corallum is very
spongy.

In a Feejee specimen, which is but seven inches across, the lip of
the calicles is longer than in those from Singapore, and the intervals
in the reticulate frond are few and about an eighth of an inch wide,
while these intervals in the latter are more numerous and about a fourth
of an inch in width. It may be a young specimen of the cytherea.

/8. abbreviata (fig. 5). In some of the specimens from Singapore,
which have the general habit of the preceding, the branchlets (which
vary from a fourth of an inch to one inch in length) are much more
obtuse, with the apical calicle scarcely at all prominent; the lateral
calicles, moreover, are much shorter, and more closely crowded.

j. eudadia. This name is applied to a specimen resembling, some-
what, the preceding; but presenting some peculiarities which may
distinguish it as a separate species. The under surface of the frond is
remarkable for being covered with stout obsolescent calicles, which are
rather crowded, and render the surface uneven. The branchlets above
are very neat, regularly tapering, and subacute, about three-fourths of

444

ZOOPHYTES.

an inch long, one and three-fourths to two lines thick at base, with in-
tervals between of but a fourth of an inch; and they are crowdedly and
evenly covered with small thin calicles. The branches of the frond
are very closely coalescent, with the open intervals about one-eighth
of an inch wide. The specimen is a shallow vase, one foot in diame-
ter, and belongs to the Boston Natural History Society.

LitJwdendrum cakareum sessile, Rumph.
Amboyn., pi. 86, fig. 2.

Madrepora corymbosa, in part, of Lamarck.

The Heteropom microclados, of Ehrenberg,
(op. cit. Gen. Ixix., sp. 4), as described,
is not far from the above species ; but his
queried reference to Ellis's figure, plate
57, — a shrubby species, — would imply

that it is quite different. It is thus de-
scribed : " Pedalis, prostrata, repens, ra-
mosa, ramis reticulato-coalitis, horizontali-
bus, ratnulis erectis, spiniformibus, semi-
pollicaribus ct pollicaribus, divisis, apice
tubuloso-asperis, stellis levibus hispidisve,
semilinearibus, myxatis, striatis, apicali-
bus I'" latis, integris."

9. MADREPORA HYACINTHUS. (Dana.)

M. vasiformis, pedicellata, fronde 1-1 \" crassd, ramis parce coalitis ;
infra ramulis crebris divaricatis, J-£" longis, scspe proliferis ; supra
ramulis gracilibus (^"),fere simplicibus, totidem proliferis, £-f" elon-
gatis. Corallum caliculis tubo-labellatis, crassioribus, 1-1J'" longis,
labello non minime complanato, cellis apertis ; stelld inconspicua ;
apicali cylindrico, prominulo.

Vasiform, pedicellate, frond 1 to 1J inches thick, branches sparingly
coalescent ; below, branchlets crowded and spreading, J to £ inch
long, often proliferous ; above, branchlets slender (^ of an inch
thick), nearly simple, sometimes proliferous, £ to f of an inch long.
Corallum having the calicles tubo-labellate, not fragile, 1 to 1J
lines long, lip not at all flattened ; cells open with an indistinct star,
apical calicle cylindrical, prominent.

Plate 32, fig. 2, fragment of corallum, natural size, showing the
character of the upper and under surface.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has some resemblance to the spicifera, but the nu-
merous branchlets of the under surface, directed obliquely downward,
as well as the stouter calicles, somewhat tubiform, and much firmer,
afford striking distinctive characters. The branchlets of the corallum

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 445

below, are muricate nearly like those above. The calicles near the
apex are one to one and a half lines in length. The specimen in the
collections is a vase five inches across, on a short stout pedicel. The
tips of the branches when fresh have a violet tinge.

10. MADREPORA SURCULOSA. (Dana.}

M. cespitosa, breviter crasso-pedicellata, hta, vix concava aut convexius-
cula,fronde 1^-2" crassd, ramis coalitis ; infra, compkmatis, ramulis
nullis ; supra, ramulis crebris, erectis, spidformibus, et subacutis, 1-2"
longis, sape paulum angulosis, apice proliferis. Corallum ramu-
lorum caliculis confertis vix labellatis, 1-1 J'" longis, lobelia elongate
non complanato; subapicalibus minirnis ; apicali cylindrico |'" lato ;
stella inconspicud.

Short and stout pedicellate, broad, and slightly concave, flat or a little
convex; frond 1£ to 2 inches thick, branches coalescing; below,
flattened, and with no spreading branchlets ; above, branchlets
crowded, erect, spike-shape, tapering, and nearly acute, 1 to 2 inches
long, often a little angular, proliferous at apex. Branchlets of the
corallum with crowded calicles, 1 to 1^ lines long, scarcely label-
late, elongated lip not flattened, the subapical calicles becoming
very small, the apical cylindrical, and f of a line broad ; star in-
distinct.

Plate 32, fig. 4, corallum (small specimen), natural size; 4 a,
branchlet, ditto; fig. 5, probably the same, from Tahiti.

Society and Feejee Islands, and East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The clumps of this very common species are nearly flat above, with
a stout and short pedicel below. They grow to a breadth of eighteen
inches or more. The pedicel enlarges upward, and often the frond is
solid below for half its diameter. The branchlets are tapering and
subacute, and near the summit very many are peculiarly proliferous
with several rudimentary branchings or cylindrical calicles: at base
they are often half an inch through and angular, appearing to consist
of two or three coalesced branchlets. The branchlets of the margin
are neatly tapering, and their calicles are scarcely more spreading than
those of the inner branchlets. The under surface of the frond bears

112

446 ZOOPHYTES.

numerous rather short tubular calicles, rendering the surface quite
uneven.

/3. turbinata. The corallum resembles closely the above, in its
smaller branchlets, both as regards their tapering form, their calicles,
and the proliferous extremities. But instead of spreading horizontally
and forming a solid or reticulate frond, the branches spread obliquely
upward, and are several inches in length. The specimen in the col-
lections is a turbinate clump, twelve inches broad at top, and the
same in height, and has nearly the form of an inverted cone. The
branches are one half to three quarters of an inch thick below ; the
smaller branchlets are one to two inches long, nearly a fourth of an
inch in diameter below, and often very proliferous at summits. The
upper branchlets of the margin are as regular as those of the middle
of the group, and the calicles not more spreading. The specimen is
from Tahiti.

7- dijfusa. The branchlets are proliferous as above, and similar in
size and form, but the branches are one half to three quarters of an inch
thick, and distantly coalescent, with very large spaces ; moreover the
branchlets are more remote, the intervals between being often an inch.
A specimen belonging to the Boston Natural History Society, ap-
pearing to be about a fourth of a whole frond, measures eighteen
inches by fifteen in breadth. Though placed here as a variety of the
surculosa, it has more of the habit of the subulata in the character of
the frond, from which species it differs, however, in the length and
characters of its branchlets. It is probable that the surculosa assumes
the open character here described when it attains a large size.

LitJwdendrum calcareum sessile? Rum- Heleropom corymbosa(1), Ehrenb., G. Ixix.

phius, tab. 86, fig. 2 ; a reduced figure? sp. 16.
Mad. corymbosa, in part, Lamk.

11. MADREPORA MILLEPORA. (Ehrenberg.} Dana.

M. cespitosa, breviter pedicellata, lata, paulum convexa, ramis laxe re-
ticulatim coalitis ; infra, ramulis paucis, nudis, appressis ; supra,
ramulis bene teretibus, 2" longis, vix \" crassis, subsimplicibus. Co-
rallum ramulis obtusis, caliculis breviter labellatis, confertim imbri-
catis, \'" latis; stelld inconspicud, duabus lamellis valde latioribus ;
apicali,fere 1'" lato et %'" exserto ; ramukrum marginalium caliculis
valde laxioribus.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 447

Short pedicellate cespitose, broad, a little convex, branches openly
reticulato-coalescent; below, a few naked branchlets appressed into
the plane of the frond ; above, branchlets very evenly terete, 2
inches long and scarcely \ of an inch thick, nearly simple. Co-
rallum with the branchlets obtuse, calicles short labellate, crowded
imbricate, £ a line broad, star indistinct, two of the lamellae very
prominent ; apical calicle nearly a line broad arid J a line exsert ;
calicles of the marginal branchlets very much spreading.

Plate 33, fig. 2, part of corallum, natural size ; 2 a, branchlet, ditto.

East Indies, where it is common. Exp. Exp.

This species is remarkable for its gracefully branched frond, its
even cylindrical branchlets covered very neatly and closely with thin
and fragile calicles. The spreading calicles of the outer branchlets
contrast strongly with the close imbrication of those within. The
fronds grow to a foot and a half or more in diameter; they are some-
times attached by one side, and at others have a broad central pedicel.
The thickness from the under surface to the tips of the branchlets is
about three inches.

The branchlets are not tapering, and have much closer calicles
than the surculosa, and besides are not proliferous at apex ; they are
much longer and larger than in the spicifera. The frond is sometimes
solid at centre below.

Hctcmjjom millepora, Ehrenberg, G. Ixix. Madrepora corymbosa, in part, Lamarck,
sp. 5. No. 4.

12. MADREPORA PROSTRATA. (Dana.}

M. cespitosa, prostrata, summitate plana, ramis remote coalitis ; infra
non complanatis, ramulis paucis, cellis immersis ; supra ramulis bate
cylindricis, subsimplicibus, \" crassis : polypis viridibus tentaculorum
uno longiore. Corallum ramulis obtusis, caliculo apicali curto, £'"
lato ; aliis confertis, labellatis, latis et patentibus, labello valde com-
planato, cellis stellatis, duabus lamellis paulo latioribus.

Cespitose, prostrate, with a flat top, branches remotely coalescing;
below, not flattened, branchlets few, and cells all immersed; above,
branchlets neatly cylindrical, nearly simple, \ of an inch thick:

448 ZOOPHYTES.

polyps green, and having one of the tentacles much longer than the
others. Corallum having the branchlets obtuse, the apical calicle
short, y of a line broad ; other calicles crowded, labellate, broad and
spreading, with the lip much flattened ; cells stellate, two of the
lamellae a little the broadest.

Plate 33, fig. 1, part of corallum, natural size ; 1 a, one of the polyps,
enlarged ; 1 b, same, partly expanded, an upper view ; 1 c, branchlet,
natural size ; 1 d, calicles, enlarged ; 1 e, same in profile ; 1 f, trans-
verse section of branch, enlarged.

Feejee Islands, and Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

This species, as observed by the author, grows horizontally, from a
lateral attachment. It is distinguished by its neatly terete branches
and branchlets, and broad equal calicles closely crowded upon one
another, and standing nearly erect on the surface of the branchlets.
The branches are sometimes proliferous, but never acervate so as to
lose their terete forms. Its stellate cells, as well as other characters,
remove it from the surculosa.

Madrepora pocillifera, var., B. (?) Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 238, pi. 19,
fig. 8.

13. MADREPORA SUBULATA. (Dana.)

M. prostrata, plana, ramis laxe intricatis, remote coalitis, ramosis, £"
crassis ; infra, ramulis paucis subnudis et infrondem appressis ; supra,
ramulis undique teretibus, subulatis, paulum undulatis, subacutis, 2£"
longis et 2—3'" crassis, subsimplicibus. Corallum caliculis labellatis
fere obsoletis, ramulorum marginalium caliculis diffusioribus et paula
grandioribus ; stella obsokta, duabus lamellis valde latioribus; caliculo
apicali valde exserto (!'"), fere £'" lato.

Prostrate, plane above ; branches loosely intricate, and remotely coa-
lescing, ramose, J an inch thick ; below, branchlets few, nearly
naked, and appressed into the plane of the frond ; above, branchlets
every where terete, subulate, a little undulate and subacute, 2£
inches long and 2 to 3 lines thick, nearly simple. Corallum having
the calicles labellate, but quite small and very short or scarcely
prominent, those of the marginal branchlets more spreading and

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 449

somewhat larger; star obsolete, two lamellae quite broad; apical
calicle very exsert (1 line), nearly or quite | of a line broad.

Plate 33, fig. 3, part of corallum, natural size ; 3 <z, branchlet, natural
size.

The East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in th'e collections, is a large frond, measuring sixteen
inches by twelve in breadth, with a short pedicel on one side, by
which it was laterally attached. It is a neat species with long aci-
cular, and nearly naked branchlets, evenly terete, and not proliferous
above. It has something of the habit of a Seriatopora in the appear-
ance of its branchlets. The cell is very small, and two large lamellae
bisect it deep within.

14. MADREPORA CONVEXA. (Dana.}

M. late cespitosa, breviter pedicellata, superne convexa, ramis fere hori-
zontalibus reticulalo-coalitis ; infra complanatis cum paucis ramulis
nudis subangulatis ; supra ramulis medianis teretibus, raro angulatis,
subsimplicibus, totidemproliferis, 2-2i" longis et J" crassis, margina-
libus ruditer acervato-proliferis. Corallum caliculo apicali curto,
cylindrico, ?'" lato ; aliis labellatis, fragilibus, labello lato et elongate,
valde complanato, stelld conspicud, 6-radiata, duabus lameUis latioribus.

Broad cespitose and short pedicellate, convex above, branches nearly
horizontal, reticulato-coalescent; below flattened with a few naked
subangular branchlets ; above branchlets of the central portions
terete, rarely angular, nearly simple, sometimes proliferous, 2 to 2£
inches long, and \ of an inch thick; the marginal branchlets rudely
acervato-proliferous. Corallum with the apical calicle short, cylin-
drical, * of a line broad ; other calicles labellate, fragile, lip broad
and elongated, much flattened ; star distinct, 6-rayed, two lamellae
broader than the others.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species forms low circular clumps, convex above, ten inches
or more in diameter, supported on a stout pedicel. The corallum is

113

450 ZOOPHYTES.

distinguished from that of the surculosa, by its terete medial branch-
lets, and rudely acervate marginal ; and also by the distinct star of the
cell.

II. Caliculis tenuibus, orbiculato-nariformibus, aut appresso-tubiformibiis.

15. MADREPORA ACULEUS. (Dana.}

M. prostrata, ramis crassis (1-3") et valde irregularibus, ad extremum
valde et strict^ subdivisis, infra ramulis brevibus angulatis, horizontali-
bus, caliculis longe tubiformibus ; supra ramulis erectis et curvate surgen-
tibus, creberrimis, angulatis et attenuatis, 2'" crassis et sape 2" longis,
subacutis. Corallum caliculo apicali prominente (scepe 1'") ; laterali-
bus non confertis, parvulis, orbiculato-nariformibus, margine tenui;
cellu orbiculatd, sursum aperta, stella pkrumque conspicud, duabus
lamellis paulo latioribus.

Prostrate, branches stout (1-3 inches thick), and very uneven, very
much and very closely subdivided ; below, branchlets short, an-
gular, horizontal, and covered with long tubular calicles; above,
branchlets erect, and rising with a curve, very crowded, angular,
and attenuated, 2 lines thick, and often 2 inches long, subacute.
Corallum with the apical calicle prominent (often a line) ; the
lateral not crowded, small, round-nariform, with the edge thin; cell
round, opening upward, star mostly distinct, two of the lamellse a
little the broadest.

Plate 32, fig. 6, part of corallum, natural size; 6 a, branchlet, ditto;
6 b, profile of calicles.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in the collections is a single horizontal branch eight
inches long. It is very much subdivided towards the apex, and bears,
above, a crowd of slender spike-like branchlets, rising with a curve,
and giving the corallum a bristled aspect. The branchlets, owing to
the rather distant calicles, which are sometimes in series, are very
uneven, or angular ; they are separated by intervals of about half an
inch. The calicles are about half a line wide, and a line long, and
are striate, though not echiriulately so.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 451

16. MADREPORA TENTHS. (Dana.)

M. cespitosa, rotun data, parce diffusa, ramulis gracillimis, vix 2'" eras-
sis, 3" longis, subteretibus, proliferis. Corallum caliculo apicali par-
vulo (§'"), prominulo ; lateralibus appresso-tubiformibus, elongatis
(!$'") et tenuibus, margine fragilibus, extus bene striatis et scabriculis,
apertura orbiculatd, stettd inconspicud, duabus lamellis paulo promi-
nulioribus.

Cespitose, rounded, sparingly spreading; branchlets very slender,
scarcely 2 lines thick, 3 inches long, subterete and proliferous.
Corallum with the apical calicle small (§ of a line broad), a little
prominent; the lateral, appressed-tubiform, irregular, elongate (1£
lines) and slender; margin fragile, exterior neatly striate and finely
scabrous ; aperture circular, star indistinct, two lamellse a little pro-
minent.

The very slender branchlets are not evenly terete, owing to some
irregularity in the arrangement of the calicles, and a variation in their
length. The calicles are about two-thirds of a line in diameter, and
rather fragile; they are tubiform, and are attached, laterally, to the
branch, not quite to their summits; the aperture is broad and open,
without a distinct star.

17. MADREPORA TUBICINARIA. (Dana.)

M. cespitosa, suffruticosa, rotundata, ramis paulum diffusis, stride ra-
mosis, ramulis fere teretibus, 3-4'" crassis, vix attenuatis, apice obtusis.
Corallum porosum, caliculo apicali crassimo (1-1^'"), prominulo ; la-
teralibus appresso-tubiformibus et regularibus, f" latis et 1^-2'" lon-
gis, tenuibus et margine fragilibus, extus bene striatis ; apertura late
orbiculatd, sursum spectante, stettd breviter sex-radiata.

Cespitose, rounded, branches but little spreading, closely ramose,
branchlets very nearly terete, 3 to 4 lines stout, scarcely at all taper-
ing, apex obtuse. Corallum quite porous ; apical calicles very stout
(1 to l£ lines broad), a little prominent; the lateral, appressed tubi-

452 ZOOPHYTES.

form, and regular, * of a line broad and 1^ to 2 lines long, thin and
fragile at the margin, exterior neatly striate, aperture broad and
circular, opening upward ; star short six-rayed.

Plate 32, fig. 7, corallum, natural size ; 7 a, extremity of branch,
natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species grows in small rounded clumps, consisting of several
branching stems rising from a common base. The long, large, and
thin cylindrical calicles, are attached by one side to the branch, nearly,
or quite to the aperture, and are evenly arranged and in contact.
They have a broad, flaring mouth, opening upward, and a thin
margin. The clump in the collections is five inches high.

In habit, this species is between the proper cespitose Madrepores,
and the cespitoso-arboriform, and might, with propriety, be arranged
with the latter.

HI. Caliculis validis, nariformibus out tubiformibus.

18. MADREPORA PAXILLIGERA. (Dana.}

M. latissima, pedicellato-cespitosa, plana, basi solida, disciformis, et
crassa ; infra, vix convexa, nuda, media pedicellata; supra, ramulis
digitiformibus 2^-3" longis, et ^-§" crassis, erectis et subteretibus,
raro furcatis, subacutis ; margine squarroso, ramulis vix minime
liberis. Corallum caliculo apicali parvulo (!'" angustiore), lateralibus
paulum incequalibus, confertissimis, prominulis, compresso-nariformi-
bus, seu totidem dimidiatis, striatis, aperturd oblongd, stelld vix con-
spicud.

Very broad, pedicellate cespitose, plane above ; base of the frond solid,
disk-form, stout ; below, scarcely convex, naked, pedicellate at
middle ; above, branchlets digitifonn, 2£ to 3 inches long, and J to
§ of an inch thick, erect and subterete, rarely furcate, subacute ;
margin of the corallum squarrose, the branchlets being very short
and incipient. Corallum having the apical calicle short and small
(hardly a line broad) ; the lateral a little unequal, very crowded,
a little prominent, compressed nariform, or sometimes dimidiate,
striate, aperture oblong, star scarcely distinct.

[WIVBKSITTJ

k A> . 9*$"?? * *$*& M

^gogg^

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 453

Plate 34, fig. 1, part of corallum, natural size ; 1 a, part of branchlet,
ditto ; 1 b, profile of calicles, ditto.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The corallum is a circular stony plate, having the margin squar-
rosely incised or incipiently branching, and bearing above erect
finger-shaped branchlets. One of the specimens is two feet in dia-
meter, and the solid part is two inches thick at centre; it was attached
below by a small and short pedicel. This species resembles the nasuta,
but differs strikingly in having no distinct marginal branchlets.

19. MADREPORA NASUTA. (Dana.}

M. late cespitosa, breviter pedicellata, paulum convexa ; basi solida et
plano-obconica ; infra, complanata et subnuda, crasso-pedicellata ;
supra ramulis crebris, digitiformibus, subsimplicibus, raro proliferis,
subteretibus, 2-2£" longis, et 4-5'" crassis, subacutis ; margine ra-
mulis horizontalibus elongatis. Corallum caliculis valde prominenti-
bus, subtiliter striatulis, compresso-nariformibus, stelld scepe conspicud,
duabus lamettis paulo latioribus.

Broad cespitose, short pedicellate, a little convex, with a solid
plano-obconical base; below, complanate and nearly naked, stout
pedicellate; above, branchlets crowded, digitiform, nearly simple,
rarely proliferous, subterete, 2 to 2£ inches long and 4 to 5 lines
thick, subacute, branchlets of the margin horizontal and elongate.
Corallum with the lateral calicles very prominent, compressed-nari-
form, very finely striate ; star often distinct, two of the lamellae a
little the broadest.

Plate 34, fig. 2, corallum, natural size; 2 a, branchlet, ditto; 2 b,
profile of calicles.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The stony compact base, formed from the coalescing of horizontal
branches, is six inches in diameter in a specimen which is twelve
inches across : from the margin of the base horizontal branchlets ex-
tend out, which are a little ascending and subramose. The plate was
attached below by a pedicel three and a half inches broad. The

114

454 ZOOPHYTES.

calicles stand out very prominent, though much compressed, and
sometimes range in longitudinal series; the striatures are very fine
and minutely echinulate. The aperture of the cell is oblong and
opens upward.

20. MADREPORA DIGITIFERA. (Dana.)

M. late cespitosa, planiuscula, frondis basi solidd et disciformi; supra
ramulis creberrimis digitiformibus, viz teretibus et subacutis, 2J-3"
longis et 4-5'" crassis, scepe breviter proliferis. Corallum caliculo
apicali prominulo, vix 1"' lato; lateralibus, confertis, divaricatis et
dimidiatis, non compressis, erectis, |'" longis, labio subcrasso, cellis
immersis spar sis, Stella breviter 6-radiatd, lamella exteriore promi-
nente.

Broad, nearly flat above, base of the frond solid and disk-form; above,
branchlets crowded, digitiform, scarcely terete, and subacute, 2i to
3 inches long and 4 to 5 lines thick, often short proliferous. Co-
rallum with the apical calicle a little prominent, scarcely a line
broad ; the lateral crowded, divaricate, dimidiate, erect, and not at
all compressed, ^ of a line long, lip rather thick, with some scat-
tered immersed cells ; star short 6-rayed, exterior lamella quite
prominent.

The corallum of this species has a solid circular base like the pre-
ceding ; but the dimidiate calicles are not nariform, nor at all com-
pressed, and they stand erect upon the branchlet, so that the under
side is at right angles with it : they are neatly striate, and the striaB
are nearly entire. There are some immersed cells, and about the
lower part of the branchlets (as also in the preceding species) all the
calicles are obsolescent. The branchlets are crowded together, with
intervals only of a sixth of an inch. The specimen seen by the
author belonged to the Boston Natural History Society : the locality is
not known.

21. MADREPORA GLOBICEPS. (Dana.}
M. late cespitosa, supernc convexa, basi solida et disciformis, supra, ra-

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 455

mulis erectis digitiformibus, crebris, subangulatis, 2|" longis et £-$"
crassis, apice rotundata. Corallum caliculo apicali vix minims, pro-
minente, 1'" lato; lateralibus confertis, breviter tubiformibus aut
tubo-nariformibus, obsolete striatulis, apice obliquis, aperturd elliptica,
steM, conspicua.

Broad cespitose, convex above, with a solid disk-form base; above,
branchlets erect digitiform, crowded, subangular, 2i inches long
and | to § of an inch thick, rounded at apex. Corallum having
the apical calicle scarcely at all prominent, a line broad; the lateral
crowded, short, tubiform or tubo-nariform, obsoletely striate, oblique
at apex, aperture elliptical, star distinct.

Plate 34, fig. 3, branchlet, natural size.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species has the general habit of the nasuta, but the digitiform
branchlets are very obtusely rounded or almost truncate at top ; they
are about a fourth of an inch apart, and somewhat angular. The
solid base in the specimen in the collections is obconical below, and
was attached at centre by a breadth of four inches; the whole clump
is a foot in diameter and six inches high. The calicles are three-
quarters of a line in diameter, and below are obsolescent.

The subangular form of the branchlets, in this and other cespitose
species, arises apparently from the proximity of the branchlets to one
another.

22. MADREPORA EFFUSA. (Dana.)

M. late cespitosa, convexa, bast fere solida et disciformis; supra, ramulis
crebris, digitiformibus, 1£" longis et 4-5'" crassis, ramulis margina-
libus vix minime liberis. Cor.allum caliculo apicali crasso, cylindrico,
1'" paululo latiore ; lateralibus confertissimis et in&qualibus, com-
presso-nariformibus, !£"' longis, interdum tubo-nariformibus et pro-
liferis ; subtus, confertim breviter caliculatis.

Broad cespitose, convex above, base nearly solid and disk-form; above,
branchlets crowded, digitiform, li inches long, and 4 to 5 lines
thick ; at the margin, the branchlets scarcely free. Corallum having

456 ZOOPHYTES.

the apical calicle stout, cylindrical, rather more than a line broad,
the lateral much crowded and unequal, compressed-nariform, l£
lines long, sometimes tubo-nariform and proliferous : under surface
crowdedly covered with short calicles.

Ceylon, Indian Ocean. Rev. G. A. Apthorp.

The clump resembles the nasuta in general appearance, but its
calicles are more unequal, and the apical calicle is twice as broad ;
moreover, the branchlets are shorter and more unequal, the surface
below is crowdedly muricate, and the marginal branchlets are coa-
lescent and not free. The calicles are about a line and a half long,
with many quite small interspersed, and others larger that are tubi-
form. The clump measures fourteen inches by eleven in breadth,
and five inches in height. The pedicel below occupies two-thirds the
whole breadth of the base.

23. MADREPORA CORYMBOSA. (Lamarck.}

M. late cespitosa, convexa ; ramulis digitiformibus, subsimplicibus, 3-4'"
latis et 2|— 3" longis, subteretibus. Corallum caliculo apicali lato
(1-J^'"); lateralibus l^-lf" longis, tubiformibus, apice obttquis,
margine echinulatis, extus striatis et scabrosis, paucis caliculis minutis
spar sis ; stelld brevissimd aut inconspicud, duabus lamellis paulo pro-
minulioribus.

Broad cespitose, convex above; branchlets digitiform, subsimple, 3 to
4 lines broad and 2£ to 3 inches long, subterete. Corallum with
the apical calicle large (1 to \\ lines broad); the lateral 1^ to 1|
lines long, tubiform, with the summit oblique and margin echinu-
late; exterior striate and scabrous; a few minute calicles inter-
spersed; star very short or indistinct; two of the lamellae a little
the most prominent.

East Indies, and Indian Ocean.

This species forms broad corymbed clamps, resembling the nasuta
in form ; but it has not the much-compressed, nariform calicles of that
species, and the apical calicle is quite large. The under surface of
the outer branchlets of the clump have a few large arid stout tubular
calicles. From those of the following species, to which it is allied, it

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 457

differs in having the calicles scabrous and striate, and not appressed
to the branch.

Madrepora corymlwsa, Lamk., ii. 447, No. 3. Many species are included by Lamarck
under this name, of which the above corresponds nearly with his description, which is as
follows: " M. ramosissima, orbiculata, ramis ascendentibus, ramulosis, ramulis creberri-
mis, in corymbum latissimum obliquum digestis." " Ses cellules tubuleuses sont ine-
gales, serrees et striees en dehors." The figure by Rumphius (Amb. tab. 86, fig. 2),
to which Lamarck refers, represents a vase-shape species, concave above, near the M.
spicifera or surculosa.

24. MADREPORA APPRESSA. (Ehrenberg.)

M. prostrata, ramis horizontalibus in laminam complanatam subinte-
gram coalitis ; infra nuda ; supra, ramulis erectis crebris, spidfor-
mibus, fere teretibus, 2£-3" longis et 3'" crassis. CoraUum cali-
culo apicali prominulo ; later alibus confertis et cequalibus, !£'" longis,
appressis subimbricatis, rostrato-nariformibus, subtilissime striatis,
Stella bene conspicud, duabus lamellis panto prominulioribus, infra
conniventibus.

Prostrate, the horizontal branches coalescing into a plate which is
nearly entire, flattened, and naked below ; above, branchlets erect,
crowded, spiciform, nearly terete, 2£ to 3 inches long and 3 lines
thick. Corallum with the apical calicles a little prominent; the
lateral crowded and equal, 1J lines long, appressed and subimbri-
cate, rostrato-nariform, very minutely striated ; star very distinct,
two of the lamellae a little the most prominent, and meeting below.

Plate 34, fig. 3, branchlets of corallum, natural size; 3 a, calicle,
natural size; plate 31, figs. 8 a, 8 b, different views of calicle, en-
larged.

East Indies, Singapore. Exp. Ezp.

This common species forms very broad, flat-top fronds, growing
apparently from a lateral attachment. The under surface, formed by
the coalesced branches, is nearly flat and naked, with here and there
a break. Above, the slender branchlets are remarkably neat and even
in their subimbricate calicles, which are minutely striate, and about
one and a half lines long. One specimen in the collections is two

115

458 ZOOPHYTES.

feet in breadth, quite horizontal above, and nearly flat below, with
the whole frond (including branchlets) about five inches in thickness.
In the following species, which this somewhat resembles, the calicles
are much unequal, giving the branchlets a ragged look.

Madrepora appressa (?), Ehrenb., G. Ixix., sp. 3 : " Novempollicaris, prostrata, rcpens,
ramosa, ramis reliculato-coalitis, horizontalibus, ramulis, angulo recto surgentibus obli-
quisve, pollicaribus, simplicioribus, tubuliferis, imbricatis, tubulis myxatis, arete appres-
sis, amplis, hispidis, stellulis terminalibus tumidis, validius hispidis, obsolete striatis."

25. MADREPORA ECHIDN^EA. (Lamarck.} Dana.

M. late cespitosa (?), ramulis proliferis et irregularibus, ferme 3-4'"
crassis, tritico habitu affinibus sed gracilioribus. Corallum caliculo
apicali valde elongato; later alibus stride appressis, inaequalibus, tubi-

formibus obtuse rostratis, scepe 3-4'" longis, extus levibus; apertura
minima, suborbiculatd ; stelld bene conspicud, duabus lameltis infra

fere conniventibus.

Broad cespitose (?), branchlets proliferous and irregular, about 3 or 4
lines thick; near the triticum in habit, but more slender. Corallum
with the apical calicle much elongate; the lateral close appressed,
unequal, tubular, obtusely rostrate, often 3 to 4 lines long, exterior
smooth ; aperture minute, nearly circular ; star very distinct, two of
the lamellae nearly meeting below.

Plate 35, fig. 3, branch, natural size ; 3 a, calicle, natural size ; plate
31, figs. 9 a, 9 b, different views of calicle, enlarged.

The East Indies. Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

Only a few fragments of this species were obtained by the author;
but their oblique mode of growth appears sufficient to indicate that
they belong to a horizontally growing zoophyte, resembling the plan-
taginea, and it may possibly come from the marginal portions of that
species. The branchlets are very unevenly covered with long cylin-
drical calicles having a smooth appearance and an obtuse elongated lip,
with the minute aperture situated a little below the apex.

Mad. rosea, Esper, i. 115, tab. 15. Heteropora echidncea, Ehrenb., G. Ixix. sp.

Oculina echidnaa, Lamk., ii. 457, No. 6. 13.

TRIBE III. — MA DREP OR ACE A. 459

26. MADREPORA PLANTAGINEA. (Lamarck.}

M. latissime cespitosa, superne vix convexa, ramis Iwrizontalibus, et in
laminam complanatam subintegram infra nudam coalitis; supra ra-
mulis spiciformibus, 4-6'" crassis et 2-2^" longis, scepe proliferis et
irregularibus. Corallum caliculo apicali lato (\—\%"},prominulo; la-
teralibus tubiformibus, appressis, valde incequalibus, scepe 2"' longis et
3'" crassis, validis, labio obtusis, extus subtiliter striatis, fere kvibus,
paucis brevissimis spar sis ; apertura vix elliptica, stella conspicud,
duabus lamellis prominulioribus infraque fere conniventibus ; subtus
super fide levi, paucis cellis perforate.

Very broad cespitose, slightly convex ; branches horizontal, and coa-
lescing into a flattened lamina nearly entire, naked below, and inter-
rupted by an occasional break; above, branchlets spiciform, 4 to 6
lines thick, and 2 to 2£ inches long, and often proliferous and irre-
gular. Corallum having the apical calicles a little prominent, and
broad (1 to 1J lines) ; the lateral, tubiform, appressed, very unequal,
often 2 lines long, and £ of a line broad ; stout, with an obtuse lip,
exterior very finely striate, smooth; aperture scarcely elliptical;
star quite distinct, two of the lamella? most prominent, and nearly
meeting below.

The East Indies, and Singapore. Exp. Exp. — Ceylon. Rev. G. A.
Apthorp.

This species approaches the cerealis, which it resembles in its nearly
smooth and unequal calicles, and general habit; but the calicles are
much longer, and the apical calicle much larger. It grows to a breadth
of eighteen inches or more. In the under surface of the frond it re-
sembles the appressa, but not in its calicles, which are very unequal,
arid not distinctly imbricate. The rudis and acervata have much
stouter calicles ; the echidncea, longer and smaller apical calicles, and
longer calicles generally. The corymbosa has its calicles less ap-
pressed, scabrous, and distinctly striate, not thick-lipped, and not stel-
late within.

Mad. plantaginea, Lamk., ii. 447, No. 4. Gaymard (Voy. de 1'Ast. iv. 234, pi. 19,

Heterapora decurrens (1), Ehrenb., G. Ixix., figs. 3) cannot be recognised from the

sp. 12. description or figure, both of which are

The Madrepora plantaginea of Quoy and very imperfect.

460 ZOOPHYTES.

27. MADREPORA CEREALIS. (Lamarck.}

M. late cespitosa, paulum convexa ; supra, ramulis numerosis erectis spi-
ciformibus, 3—4'" crassis et 2" longis, proliferis et non teretibus. Co-
rallum caliculo apicali prominulo, parvulo (vix }'"} ; lateralibus
appressis, subtubiformibus in&qualibus, 1-1^'" longis, subrostratis,
extus sublevibus, aperturd elliptica, stelld brevissima aut subconspicua,
duabus lamettis paulo prominulioribus.

Broad cespitose, somewhat convex; above, branchlets numerous,
erect, spiciform, 3 to 4 lines thick, and 2 inches long, proliferous,
and not terete. Corallum having the apical calicles a little promi-
nent, small (scarcely y of a line) ; the lateral, appressed subtubi-
form, unequal, 1 to 1£ lines long, subrostrate, exterior smooth, aper-
ture elliptical, star very short or imperfectly distinct ; two of the
lamellae a little prominent.

Plate 35, fig. 2, part of corallum, natural size; 2 a, branchlet, ditto.

The Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species has the habit of the plantaginea, but is smaller in its
calicles, apical as well as lateral. The branchlets are very unevenly
covered with calicles, some of which are long and proliferous. The
specimen in the collections is five inches high and six in diameter ;
and the branchlets above are about a fourth of an inch thick : it is
not complanate below ; but this may be owing to its not being full
grown.

In another specimen, from the same locality, apparently this spe-
cies, the short calicles, low on the branchlets, have extremely minute
cells, while in the above, they are about a third of a line in diameter.

Mad. muricata, var., Esper, Fortsetz. i. 56, tab. 53 ; a tolerable figure of a specimen
from the East Indies.

28. MADREPORA ACERVATA. (Dana.)

M. kite cespitosa, paulum convexa, ramis exterioribus fere prostratis,
et infra parce complanatis ; supra, ramulis 2" altis et 5-8'" crassis,

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 461

apice valde proliferis scepe acervatis, et subretusis. CoraUum caliculo
apicali latissimo (li-2'"), vix exserto, lateralibus confertis, appresso-
tubiformibus, 1-1^'" longis, extus subkvibus, apice obliquis, labio in-
crassato, apertura elliptica, stelld bene conspicud, duabus lamdlis infra
fere conniventibus.

Broad cespitose, a littlaconvex, exterior branches nearly prostrate, and
somewhat flattened below ; above, branchlets 2 inches high, 5 to 8
lines thick, very proliferous, often acervate at apex, and subretuse.
CoraUum with the apical calicles very broad (1£ to 2 lines), scarcely
exsert; the lateral crowded, appressed-tubiform, 1-1J lines long,
exterior rather smooth ; oblique at apex ; lip thick, aperture ellip-
tical ; star very distinct, two of the lamellfe nearly meeting below.

Plate 34, fig. 43, branchlet, natural size.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species is low spreading cespitose, with the extremities of the
branchlets often proliferous and much enlarged, or terminating in two,
three, or more broad apical calicles. The apical calicles are scarcely
at all exsert, and contain a cell hardly one-fourth the diameter ; the
texture appears spongy. The lateral calicles are much smaller than
in the valida, and are distinctly striated.

29. MADREPORA VALIDA. (Dana.)

M. cespitosa, ramulis subdigitiformibus, irregularibus, 2J" longis, et
6-8'" crassis, ruditer proliferis, polypis maximis. CoraUum caliculis
lateralibus incequalibus, appresso-tubiformibus, crassimis et maximis,
2-4'" longis, et 1'" latis, extus kvibus ; stelld paulum conspicud, duabus
lamellis infra conniventibus.

Cespitose, branchlets subdigitiform, very uneven, 2J inches long and
6 to 8 lines thick, rudely proliferous, polyps quite large. CoraUum
having the lateral calicles unequal, appressed-tubiform, very stout,
and large, 2 to 4 lines long, and 1 line broad, exterior smooth; star
rather distinct, two of the lamella? meeting below.

Plate 35, fig. 1, corallum, natural size.

116

462 ZOOPHYTES.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in the collections is a small clump, four inches in
diameter, consisting of short digitiform branchlets, covered unevenly
with very large and stout appressed-tubiform calicles, having a smooth
exterior. The under surface of the outer branchlets is much flattened
and nearly naked.

p. digitata of Gualtieri. Under this name a fragment is alluded to
belonging to the Boston Natural History Society, presenting many of
the above-mentioned characters. It is branched, but whether cespi-
tose or fruticose is not deter minable from the specimen. The branches
are from one-half to three-quarters of an inch thick, and are unevenly
covered with very stout calicles one and a half to three lines long,
appearing smooth and not at all striate, having a thick lip and a small
circular aperture very neatly stellate. The summits of some of the
branchlets are acervately proliferous, like the acervata, and terminate
in two or more large and stout scarcely exsert calicles ; but the lateral
calicles are larger, and have not the exterior striate. (Madrepora albida
digitata of Gualtieri, figured in his index, on back of title page to part
third.)

30. MADREPORA. RETUSA. (Dana.)

M. cespitosa, pumila, convexa, ramulis digitiformibus, \" crassis, <2\"
longis, non teretibus, apice truncatis. Corattum caliculis lateralibus
confertis, apiceque ramulorum acervatis, valde inczqualibus, aliis 3'"
longis, aliis sparsis obsoletis, appresso-tubiformibus et tenuibus, labio
elongatis, extus kvibus ; apertura scepe oblongd, stelld vix conspicua.

Cespitose, small, convex, branchlets digitiform, £ an inch thick,
24 inches long, not terete, truncate at summit. Corallum having
the lateral calicles crowded and acervate at the summit of the
branchlets, very unequal, some 3 lines long and others obsolete
interspersed, appressed-tubiform and slender, lip elongate, exterior
smooth ; aperture often oblong, star scarcely distinct.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in the collections is a small clump about four inches
high and as many broad, consisting of a few irregular digitiform
branches rising from a common base. The species is remarkable for

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 463

its unequal, tubiform, thin, though not fragile, calicles, and the flat-
tened obtuse summits of the branches consisting of numerous crowded
calicles, among which the apical calicle is sometimes with difficulty
distinguished. It has the general habit of the plantaginea.

C. Fastigiatce ; caliculis breviter orbiculato-nariformibus, subvalidis ; ramis tenuiter
valdeque subdivisis.

31. MADREPORA RAMICULOSA. (Dana.}

M. subfastigiata, stride ramosa et valde ramiculosa, ramiculis, creberri-
mis, subteretibus, 1^-2'" crassis. Corallum vix porosum, kve; cali-
culo apicali fere 2'" exserto et 1'" scepe latiore ; later alibus y remotis,
breviter orbiculato-narifarmibus, subvalidis, ramorum cettis immersis
cum stelld conspicua.

Subfastigiate, close ramose, and very minutely subdivided into
branchlets ; ramicles much crowded, subterete, 1£ to 2 lines thick.
Corallum slightly porous, smooth ; apical calicle nearly 2 lines pro-
minent, and often over a line in breadth ; the lateral, remote, short,
round-nariform, rather stout; cells of the branches immersed, and
having a very distinct star.

Plate 35, fig. 4, part of a branch of corallum, natural size ; 4 a, ex-
tremity of a branchlet, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

Forms spreading clumps, very much subdivided into slender branch-
lets, and constituting together a zoophyte with an even top, or a little
convex. The small calicles upon the upper branchlets are remote,
and occasionally in short series. Upon the lower exterior branchlets
of the clump, the calicles are nearly or quite obsolete. Under the
microscope the surface appears very finely spinuloso-striate, and
scarcely porous. One of the specimens obtained is about eight
inches high, and a foot broad above, and is somewhat turbinate in
shape, with the top a little convex.

464 ZOOPHYTES.

D. M. arborescentes, ramis ramiculos proliferos regulariter undique gerentibus.

32. MADREPORA ECHINATA. (Dana.}

M. arborescens, late remoteque ramosa, ramis £-|" crassis, ramiculos

polypiferos capiUares undique crebroque gerentibus. Corattum rami-

culis capillaribus echinatum, super fide vix porosum ; ramiculis calicu-

latis tubulatis et vix j|" longis, levibus, caliculis singulis £-|" longis

et %'" latis; stelld sex-radiatd bene conspicud.

Arborescent, spreading, and remotely ramose, branches £ to J of an
inch thick, and covered evenly and crowdedly with capillary polyp-
bearing ramicles. Corallum with the surface scarcely porous ;
ramicles nearly | of an inch long, and consisting of a few thin and
smooth tubiform calicles; single calicles J to J of an inch long, and
f of a line broad, star six-rayed, and very distinct.

Plate 36, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 a, one of the ramiculi.

Feejee Islands, and Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

The branches are very neatly bristled with the delicate branchlets,
and thus covered, have an even cylindrical outline, and are about two
inches in diameter. The whole zoophyte is sometimes two feet in
height, and is but sparingly branched, the branches being often six
inches long.

33. MADREPORA CARDUUS. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, echinatae affinis, ramis superne stride subdivisis, rami-
culis lateralibus polypiferis longioribus (1"), et crassioribus (1-2"').
Corallum ramiculorum caliculo apicali tubiformi 1-1^'" longo, cali-
culis lateralibus appresso tubiformibus et orbiculato-nariformibus.

Arborescent, near the echinata in habit, branches above, very closely
subdivided, lateral polypiferous ramicles longer (1 inch), and stouter
(1 to 2 lines). Corallum with the tubiform apical calicle of the
ramicles 1 to \\ lines long; the lateral calicles appressed-tubiform,
or round-nariform.

TRIBE III— MADREPORACEA. 465

Plate 36, fig. 2, corallum, natural size; 2 a, branchlets, ditto.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles the echinata in habit ; but the lateral branch-
lets that surround and bristle the branches, make them from two and
a half to three inches in diameter, and the calicles which compose
them are also much shorter. The branches are subdivided above,
into a number of very close ascending branchlets. The surface of the
calicles is very finely striate

The specimens in the collections are eighteen inches in height,
with a breadth of 2£ to 3 inches below, and widening above, where the
branch subdivides, to 6 inches.

34. MADREPORA ROSARIA. (Dana.)

M. rectt arborescens, caulibus supra stride subdivisis, et lateraliter un-
dique ramiculosis, ramiculis creberrimis, valde obtusis, 3-4'" usque
ad apicem crassis, subteretibus, scepe proliferis. Corallum ramiculo-
rum caliculo apicali grandi (l-l£"' crasso), paululum exserto; latera-
libus validis, breviter nariformibus, compressis, striatis, interdum
subseriatis, stelld 12-radiatd conspicua.

Erect arborescent, stem above closely subdivided, and throughout
laterally ramiculose ; ramicles much crowded, very obtuse, 3 to 4
lines thick even at apex, subterete, often proliferous. Corallum
having the apical calicles of the ramicles large (1 to l£ lines broad),
a little exsert; the lateral stout, short, and compressed-nariform,
striated, sometimes subseriate ; star 12-rayed, distinct.

Plate 36, fig. 3, corallum, natural size ; 3 a, branchlet, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The crowded ramicles are so evenly clustered around the erect
stem that the whole has a cylindrical shape, and is about fifteen inches
high and four in diameter. The lateral calicles have a very thick
margin, and many of them are proliferous. The ramicles are about as
large at the obtuse apex as below, and the cluster of calicles which
constitutes the extremity has a rosette appearance.

117

466 ZOOPHYTES.

35. MADREPORA FLORIDA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, maxima, late remoteque ramosa, ramis \\" crassis,
sensim attenuatis, acervos polypiferos parvulos undique gerentibus.
Corallum acervis caliculatis J" latis, caliculis incequalibus, tubifor-
mibus valde brevibus, et incrassatis, striatis, aliis tubo-nariformibus,
cellis immersis interspersis ; stelld sex-radiata conspicua, duabus
lamellis non prominulioribus.

Arborescent, very large, broad and remotely ramose, branches \\
inches thick, gradually tapering, bearing over the surface small
.clusters of polyps. Corallum covered with calicular tubercles J of
an inch broad, calicles unequal, very short tubiform, rather stout,
striated; some tubo-nariform, with immersed cells interspersed; star
6-rayed, distinct, two of the lamellae not more prominent.

Plate 37, fig. 1, corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen obtained at the Feejees is a very stout branch,
eighteen inches high. The calicular tubercles or rosettes consist in
general of six to ten very short calicles ; arid as they cover regularly
the whole surface, they give a neat appearance to the corallum. Be-
tween these rosettes, the cells are mostly immersed.

E. Arborescentes, aut fruticosce, ramis inequaliter vel baud proliferis.

I. Caliculis fragilibus, labcttatis, orbiculato-nariformibus, aut tubiformibus.

36. MADREPORA IMPLICATA. (Dana.)

M. cespitoso-arborescens, stride ramosa, ramis confertis, curvatis et tor-
tuose implicatis, scepe coalitis, tenuiter attenuatis, cauKbus crassitudine
£", ramulis «". Corallum scabriculum, ports lineatis notatum, caliculo
apicali cylindrico, $"' crasso ; later alibus, infra obsoletis, prope apicem
brevibus et sparsis, orbiculato-nariformibus, fragilibus ; stelld obso-
kscente.

Cespitoso-arborescent, closely ramose, branches crowded, curved, and

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 45?

tortuously entangled, often coalescing, slenderly attenuate ; stems
£ of an inch thick, branchlets } of an inch. Corallum scabrous and
striated with linear pores; apical calicle cylindrical, 4 of a line in
diameter; the lateral obsolete below two inches from the summit,
above this, short, round, nariform, and fragile, scattered ; star obso-
lescent.

Plate 37, fig. 2, part .of corallum, natural size ; 2 a, part of section
of branch, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species forms crowded clumps six or eight inches high, con-
sisting of slender tortuous branches and branchlets, bare of calicles
except within one and a half to two inches of the summit. It resem-
bles the tortuosa, but is more slender, more coalescent, and differs
in the character of the surface and the calicles. The linear pores give
rise to a wavingly striated surface.

37. MADREPORA TORTUOSA. (Dana.)

M. cespitoso-arborescens, stride ramosa, ramis confertis, sape coalitis,
paulo tortuosis, inferne, J" crassis, ramulis sape 2" longis et 2-4'"
crassis, acuminatis et subacutis. Corallum scabriculum, non stria-
turn; caliculo apicali |'" longo et lato ; lateralibus infra obsoletis,
supra breviter orUculato-nariformibus, fragilibus, stelld obsokscente,
duabus lameUis paululo prominulioribus.

Cespitoso-arborescent, close-ramose, branches crowded, often coalesc-
ing, a little tortuous, below, £ an inch thick, branchlets often 2
inches long, and 2 to 4 lines thick, acuminate and subacute. Co-
rallum having the surface scabrous, but not at all striate; apical
calicle f of a line long and broad ; the lateral below 3 inches obso-
lete ; above, short round-nariform, fragile ; star obsolescent, two of
the lamellae but slightly prominent.

Plate 37, fig. 3, part of corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clumps of this species resemble those of the implicata, and are

468 ZOOPHYTES.

of the same height. A specimen in the collections is eight inches
high and five broad. The calicles are irregular in position, opening
sometimes outward and downward, as well as upward. The branch-
lets taper gradually to a subacute apex. A fragment of the top of a
branch resembles somewhat the corallum of the M. scabricula; but
the apical calicle is very much smaller, and does not exceed in size
the lateral calicles.

38. MADREPORA ASPERA. (Dana.}

M. aborescens late ramosa, ramis terelibus, £" crassis, apice conicis, pro-
liferis. Corallum porosissimum, scabriculum ; caliculo apicali crasso
(!&"')> prominulo ; lateralibus, breviter labellatis, fragilibus, divarica-
tis, non confertis, multis obsoletis, cellis grandibus, stettd brevissima,
duabus lamettis latioribus.

Arborescent, spreading, ramose, branches terete, £ an inch thick,
summits conical and proliferous. Corallum quite porous, surface
scabrous; apical calicle stout (l£ lines) a little prominent; the
lateral short labellate, fragile, divaricate, not crowded, many obso-
lete, cells quite large, star very short-rayed, two of the lamellse
prominent.

Plate 38, fig. 1, branch, natural size; 1 a, polyp, enlarged; 1 b, part
of section of branch, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The branches, though terete, have a somewhat ragged appearance,
owing to the unequal calicles. The immersed cells below are about
half a line broad. The specimen is a fragment three inches in
height. The fragile, labellate, lateral calicles, unequal, with some
obsolete interspersed, and the very large apical calicle, and quite
porous texture, are its more striking characters.

39. MADREPORA HEBES. (Dana.)

M. arbor escens, late ramosa, apice prolifera, ramis bene teretibus,
crassis, valde obtusis. Corallum caliculo apicali lalissimo

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 469

tumidulo, vix exserto; lateralibus confer tissimis, breviter labellatis
cequalibus et divaricatis, fere J'" latis; stella subconspicud, duabus
lamellis prominulioribus.

Arborescent, spreading ramose, proliferous at apex; branches neatly
terete, £ an inch thick, very obtuse. Corallum having the apical
calicle very broad (1? to 2 lines), a little tumid, but scarcely exsert;
the lateral very closely crowded, short labellate, equal and erect,
nearly I of a line broad ; stars rather distinct, two of the lamellae
most prominent.

Plate 35, fig. 5, corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is remarkable for its very short and closely crowded
calicles, each standing erect upon the sides of the branch, and all
forming, together, an even surface. The obtuse apices and very large
apical calicle, as well as the size of the branches, are other character-
istics.

In one specimen, the stem is a little curved, and it is possible that
it may be part of a horizontally growing species, in which case it
should rank near the prostrata.

40. MADREPORA EXIGUA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, late ramosa, gracilis, ramis teretibus, vix 3'" crassis,
acuminatis, curvatis. Corallum caliculis lateralibus brevissimis, orbi-
culato-nariformibus, vix £"' latis, paulo confertis, celld orbiculata, sex-
radiatd, totidem duabus lamellis prominulioribus.

Arborescent, spreading ramose, slender, branches terete, scarcely 3
lines thick, curved and acuminate. Corallum having the lateral
calicles very short, round-nariform, hardly f of a line broad, a little
crowded, cell round, six-rayed, sometimes two of the lamellse a
little prominent.

Plate 38, fig. 2, corallum, natural size; 2 a, extremity of a branch,
ditto ; 2 b, profile of calicles.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

118

470 ZOOPHYTES.

This is a neat slender species, with very short calicles, the branches
appearing almost naked. The specimen is about five inches high,
and is sparingly branched.

41. MADREPORA CRIBRIPORA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, aut cespitoso-arborescens, late ramosa, ramis bene tereti-
bus, 4-5'" crassis, ramulis longis (inter dum 3"), subacutis, attenuatis.
Corallum scabriculum, porosissimum; caliculo apicali crasso (!-!£'"),
prcebngo, striato; later alibus, brevissimv orbiculato-nariformibus, fra-
gilibus, paulum confertis, celld aperta, stella obsolescente, lamella una
interna conspicud.

Arborescent or cespitoso-arborescent, spreading ramose, branches neatly
terete, 4 to 5 lines thick, branchlets long (some 3 inches), attenuate,
and subacute. Corallum scabrous, very porous; apical calicle stout
(1 to 1£ lines), quite long, striate; the lateral very short, round-nari-
form, fragile, a little crowded, cell open ; star obsolescent, one inner
lamella prominent.

Plate 31, fig. 1, zoophyte expanded, natural size; la, polyp en-
larged; 1 b, extremity of branch of corallum; 1 c, surface of corallum,
enlarged ; transverse section of branch, enlarged.

Feejee Islands, about shallow parts of reefs. Exp. Exp.

This is a neat species, growing in spreading branched clusters,
with long and terete branches and branchlets, very short fragile
calicles, and a long and large striated apical calicle. It is very porous
and breaks easily. It was found on a portion of the reef near Rewa
(Viti Lebu), where the waters are much freshened by the river which
empties near, and was almost the only species occurring on that part
of the reef.

42. MADREPORA GRAVIDA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, maxima, late remoteque ramosa, ramis crassimis (1-2")
teretibus, apice sensim conicis, ramiculos semipollices conicos undique
gerentibus. Corallum caliculo apicali lato (1-1J'") tumidulo, non

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 47]

exserto; ramiculorum lateralibus parvulis et confertissimis, breviter
labellatis et fragilibus ; aliis totis obsokscentibus.

Arborescent, very large, spreading and distant ramose, branches very
stout (1 to 2 inches), terete, summits gradually becoming conical,
and sides covered with oblong conical ramiculi, ^ an inch in length.
Corallum having the apical calicles broad (1 to l£ lines), a little
tumid, but not prominent; the lateral calicles of the ramiculi quite
small and very closely crowded, short labellate and fragile, the others
throughout obsolescent.

A large and stout species, with distant branches, remarkable for
the incipient conical branchlets, which are rather thickly and evenly
scattered over the surface, and the very short contiguous calicles. A
specimen belongs to the East India Museum, at Salem, Massachu-
setts, measuring two feet in length, and, where largest, two inches in
diameter.

43. MADREPORA VIRGATA. (Dana.}

M. gracittime arborescens, late remoteque ramosa, ramis vix $" crassis,
valde elongatis, bene teretibus, et cequalibus, subarcuatis, polypis non
proliferis. Corallum vix porosum, subtiliter granulosum ; caliculis
lateralibus parvulis, subconfertis, prominulis, brevissime tubiformibus
tenidbus, margine acutis, cella orbiculatd, stella breviter sex-radiatd,
duabus lamettis prominulioribus.

Slender arborescent, spreading and remotely ramose, branches scarcely
£ an inch in diameter, very long, neatly terete and even, subarcu-
ate, polyps not proliferous. Corallum scarcely porous, minutely
granulous, lateral calicles small, rather crowded, very short and
thin tubular, margin acute ; cell circular, star with six short rays,
two a little the most prominent.

Plate 39, fig. 1, corallum, natural size.

The Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is remarkable for its very neat cylindrical wand-like
branches, but little porous, and its very small and short, nearly smooth,

472 ZOOPHYTES.

thin-lipped, or obsolescent, calicles. The terminal branches are often
six inches long, and are very gradually tapering. The specimen in
the collections is fifteen inches high, and the lower eight inches are
without a branch.

44. MADREPORA HORRIDA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, maxima, divaricate remoteque ramosa, ramis infra 1-2"
crassis, fere teretibus, curvatis, sensim attenuatis, undique valde pro-
lifer is, ramiculis divaricatis, l-2£" longis. Corallum Jiorride calicu-
latum, scabriculum ; caliculo apicali tubiformi, non incrassato ; late-
ralibus tenui-tubiformibus, divaricatis, totidem reflexis, valde incequa-
libus, aliis J" longis, aliis sparsis obsolescentibus, aliis proliferis, extus
striatis ; stelld sex-radiatd.

Arborescent, very large, divaricately and remotely branched, branches
below 1 to 2 inches thick, nearly terete, curved, gradually attenu-
ate, throughout very proliferous, with divaricate ramiculi 1 to 2£
inches long. Corallum bristled with calicles and scabrous; apical
calicle tubiform, not incrassate; the lateral, thin-tubiform, divari-
cate, and sometimes reversed ; very unequal, some J of an inch
long, others interspersed obsolescent, others proliferous ; star six-
rayed.

Plate 39, fig. 2, corallum, natural size ; 2 a, extremity of branch,
natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is remarkable for its size, and its few large and long
branches, bristled with unequal tubiform calicles and short branchlets,
which stand out on all sides nearly at right angles with the surface.
The specimen in the collections is a branch sixteen inches high,
bearing three or four lateral branches, and is but a part of the whole
zoophyte; it is nearly two inches thick at base, and gradually dimi-
nishes upward.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 473

II. Calicidis validis; tubiformibus, dimidiatis aut nariformibus.

45. MADREPORA FORMOSA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, gracilis, late valdeque ramosa, ramis viz bene teretibus,
3-6'" crassis, ramulis curvatis, attenuatis, proliferis. Corallum leve,
caliculo apicalifere $'" crasso et 1'" exserto ; lateralibus erectis, tenui-
tubiformibus, validis, 1-1 £"' longis, vix confertis apice rotundatis ;
infra minoribus sed nuttis obsoktis, aperturd minutissima orbiculata,
stella conspicua.

Arborescent, spreading, and much ramose, slender; branches scarcely
terete, 3 to 6 lines thick, branchlets curved, alternate, proliferous.
Corallum smooth, apical calicle nearly -J of a line broad, and 1 line
exsert; the lateral, small, erect, and stout tubiform, erect, 1-1£ lines
long, scarcely crowded, rounded at summit; below much smaller,
but none obsolete; cell very minute and circular; star distinct.

Plate 38, fig. 4, corallum, natural size; 4 a, extremity of branch;
plate 31, figs. 2 a, 2 b, views of calicle, enlarged.

Feejee Islands, and Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species is one of the neatest and most graceful of the arbores-
cent corals. It is distinguished by its rather crowded branchings,
smooth surface, and small tubiform calicles. It resembles, somewhat,
the brachiala, but is smaller and more ramose, and has a circular aper-
ture to the cells. It is very near the gracilis in general appearance
and size ; but has not the nariform calicles of that species. The tiny
trees are fifteen to eighteen inches high, and nearly as broad, and the
branches above are quite proliferous.

Mad. muricata, Ellis and Solander, 171, tab. 57; Ellis's figure is a tolerably good
representation of this species ; his description is as follows : " Ramulosa, ramulis attenu-
atis, stellis prominentibus, cylindricis, oblique truncatis." The figure is referred by La-
marck to the M. abrotanoides : but neither the figure nor description represent it as having
immersed cells interspersed among the calicles.

The figure of the Madrcjiont i>/(nitaginea of Quoy and Gaymard (Voy. de I'Ast., iv. 234,
pi. 19, fig. 3), presents nearly the characters of the extremity of a branch in this species.

The lleteropom Hcinprichii of Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea, is near Iheformosa, but
has larger calicles and appears to grow differently. See op. cit. Gen. Ixix. sp. 6: "Semi-
pedalis, brevius ramoso-cespitosa, subfastigiata aut irregularis, violacea, ramis undique

119

474 ZOOPHYTES.

tubuloso-papillosis, tubulis cylindricis, bilincaribus, integris, apice obtusis, rotundatis et
tenuiter perforatis, undique subtilissime denticulatis, obsolete aut non striatis, terminalibus
li'" latis, majoribus." He states that Esper's tab. 52 is near this species.

46. MADREPORA BRACHIATA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, late remoteque ramosa, ramis longis, rectis, bene teretibus,
6-8'" crassis, ramulis extremis scepe 3" longis, apice parce proliferis.
Corallum subleve, caliculis lateralibus, confertis, subcequalibus, erectis,
tubiformibus, validis, compressis, oblique truncatis, extus subtiliter
striatis, apertura oblongd, stelld conspicua, duabus lamettis prominen-
tioribus.

Arborescent, spreading, and remotely ramose; branches long, straight,
neatly terete, 6 to 8 lines thick, upper branchlets often 3 inches long,
apex sparingly proliferous. Corallum rather smooth, lateral calicles
crowded, subequal, erect, compressed tubiform, stout, obliquely trun-
cated at apex ; exterior very minutely striated, aperture oblong ; star
distinct, two of the lamella much the most prominent.

Plate 38, fig. 3, part of corallum, natural size; 3 a, extremity of
branch ; 3 b, profile of calicle, natural size.

The Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp.Exp.

This species is remarkable for its long straight, evenly cylindrical
branchings; and its crowded, compressed, tubular calicles, with an
oblong aperture, erect, except near the apex. The surface of the
corallum and calicles is smooth, nearly like that of the formosa ; in
this character, and the oblong aperture of the cells, it differs from the
arbuscula.

47. MADREPORA ARBUSCULA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, late ramosa, ramis teretibus, 6-9'" crassis, ramulis ex-
tremis scepe 3" langioribus, arcuatis, sensim attenuatis. Corallum
scabriculum, caliculo apicali latissimo (1J'"), exserto, celld J'" latdj
lateralibus cequalibus, subconfertis, tubiformibus, striatis oblique pau-
lum truncatis, erectis, non compressis, !-!£'" longis sedramorum latere
inferiore brevissimis ; stelld valde conspicua.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 475

Arborescent, spreading ramose, branches terete, 6 to 9 lines thick,
upper branchlets often more than 3 inches long, arcuate, gradually
attenuate. Corallum somewhat scabrous, apical calicle quite broad
(U lines), exsert, cell | a line broad; the lateral equal, rather
crowded, tubiform, and striate, truncated at apex a little obliquely,
erect, not compressed, 1 to 1^ lines long, but on the inferior side of
the branches very short ; star very distinct.

Plate 40, fig. 2, extremity of branch, natural size.

Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species closely resembles the secunda, differing principally
from it in its tubular calicles. It has the wide-spreading branches of
the cervicornis, and has probably been referred to that species, though
smaller and different in its calicles.

Madrepora muricata, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz. i. tab. 49. Esper states that his spe-
cimen was brought from Madagascar. The figure is referred to the cervicornis by
Lamarck.

48. MADREPORA ROBUSTA. (Dana.}

M. arbwescens, late ramosa, ramis |-1" crassis, teretibus, ramulis ex-
tremis vix minoribus, scepe 2-3" eiongatis, apice subito acuminatis et
conicis. Corallum caliculo apicali crasso (1J'" lato], vix exserto; late-
ralibus undique confertissimis et divaricatis, paulum incequalibus,
sapius tuUformibus et !£"' longis, vix compressis, bene striatis, aliis
minoribus apice valde obliquis ; stella sex-radiata conspicud, duabus
lamettis prominulioribus.

Arborescent, spreading ramose, branches f to 1 inch thick, terete,
branchlets but little smaller, 2 to 3 inches long, abruptly taper-
ing at apex and conical. Corallum having the apical calicles
stout (1.3 lines broad), but slightly exsert; the lateral every where
much crowded, standing erect on the surface, a little unequal,
mostly tubiform, and lj lines long, scarcely compressed, neatly
striate, the smaller very oblique at summit ; star 6-rayed, distinct,
2 of the rays most prominent.

Plate 39, fig. 3, part of corallum, natural size ; 3 a, extremity of
branch; plate 31, figs. 3 a, b, c, views of calicles, enlarged.

476 ZOOPHYTES.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

A stout species, remarkable for the short-conical extremities of the
cylindrical branches, and the crowded unequal calicles, mostly tubi-
form, and placed at right angles with the surface. The striatures of
the calicles are neat and entire. The specimen in the collections is a
branch six inches long. It resembles the brachiata, but differs in its
stouter branches and branchlets, and its strongly striate calicles.

The Heteropora cervicornis of Ehrenberg (op. cit. G. Ixix. sp. 10), which is far re-
moved in its characters from Lamarck's cervicornis, a West India zoophyte, may be
identical with the above species.

49. MADREPORA HYSTRIX. (Dana.)

M. humilis,fruticosa, late ramosa, prolifera, ramis polypisque valde diva-
ricatis, interdum reflexis. Corallum caliculo apicali oblongo lineam-
que lato ; lateralibus incequalibus, 1^-4'" longis, sparsis, divarica-
tis, tubiformibus, vel tubo-nariformibus, aliis obsolescentibus, aliis
proliferis, subtilissimc scabro-striatis, totis validis sed margine non
incrassatis.

Low fruticose, spreading ramose, proliferous, branches and polyps
very divaricate and sometimes reflexed. Corallum with the apical
calicle oblong, a line broad ; the lateral unequal (H to 4 lines long),
divaricate, scattered, tubiform or tubo-riariform, some obsolescent,
some proliferous, very finely scabro-striate, stout, but margin not
thick.

Plate 40, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; plate 31, figs. 5, 5 a, view
of calicle and cell, enlarged.

Feejee Islands.

The divaricate branches and the calicles standing at right angles
with the branches or even reversed, varying much in length to a
third of an inch, give a bristled aspect to the clump. Independent of
the calicles, the branchlets are hardly more than a sixth of an inch
thick, and the branches at base about half an inch. The specimens
in the collections are four to five inches high, and five to six inches
broad, and consist of several branched stems from the same base.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 477

50. MADREPORA DIVARICATA. (Dana.}

M. fruticose arborescens, late valdeque ramosa, paulum prolifera, ramis
divaricatis, arcuatis, subteretibus, |" crassis, ramulis extremis attenu-
atis, 4-6'" crassis. Corattum leve ; caliculo apicali crasso (!£'"), ex-
serto; later alibus remotis, validissimis, divaricatis, vix striatis, plerum-
que ekngato-tubiformibus ('2'"), paucis gran dioribus proliferis ; multis
brevibus et orbiculato-nariformibus ; stella inter dum conspicud, duabus
lamellis prominulioribus.

Shrubby arborescent, much and spreading ramose, a little proliferous;
branches divaricate, arcuate, subterete, § of an inch thick ; branch-
lets attenuate. 4 to 6 lines thick. Corallum smooth; apical calicle
large (1| lines broad), exsert; the lateral remote, divaricate, very
stout, scarcely striate, some long-tubiforrn (2 lines long), a few
larger and proliferous, many short and round-nariform ; star some-
times distinct, with two of the lamellae most prominent.

Plate 41, fig. 2, part of corallum, natural size; 2 a, extremity of
branch.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen of this species in the collections is a much-branched
clump, about eight inches high and ten broad, remarkable for the re-
moteness, inequality, and stoutness of its calicles, which give the
branches an uneven appearance. The larger tubiform calicles are
from a line to a line and a half in diameter, and are placed nearly at
right angles with the branch. The cells are all very large; those in
the smaller obsolescent calicles are about two-thirds of a line broad,
and contain a distinct star of six rays. The surface of the calicles is
scarcely striate, though harsh to the feel.

51. MADREPORA ABROTANOIDES. (Lamarck.}

M. fruticosa, late ramosa, ramis vix teretibus, £-§" crassis, ramulis
extremis 3-4'" crassis, arcuatis et pyramidato-attenuatis, valde brevi-
terque proliferis. Corallum subleve, caliculo apicali 1"' lato, exserto ;
lateralibus confertis, compresso-tubiformibus et tubo-nariformibus ;

120

478 ZOOPHYTES.

margine crassis, valde incequalibus, multis proliferis, multis sparsis
obsokscentibus, aliis 2'" longis, et !"' crassis, vix striatis ; apertura
oblonga, stella conspicua, duabus lamellis prominulioribus.

Fruticose, spreading ramose, branches scarcely terete, £ to § of an
inch thick, summit branchlets 3 to 4 lines thick, arcuate and pyra-
midato-attenuate, very proliferous, with short and unequal incipient
branchlets. Corallum nearly smooth ; apical calicle a line broad,
exsert; the lateral, crowded, compressed, tubiform or tubo-nariform,
with the margin stout, very unequal, many proliferous, many obso-
lescent; others 2 lines long and f of a line thick, scarcely striate ;
aperture oblong, star distinct, two of the lamellae most prominent.

Plate 41, fig. 1, part of corallum, natural size; 1 a, extremity of
branch.

Feejee Islands ? Exp. Exp.

This species grows in clumps of much-branched stems, with the
branches quite uneven from the unequal calicles and short incipient
branchlets. The calicles are stout and have a nearly smooth exterior ;
though very unequal, none are wholly obsolete; the surface is scarcely
striated. The specimen in the collections is a broad clump ten inches
high.

Mad. abrotanoides, Lamk., ii. 448, No. 7. The Madrepora abrotanoides, of Quoy and

, Blainville, Man., 390. Gaymard (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 232, pi.

The Heteropora abrotanoides of Ehrenberg, 19, figs. 1, 2), is probably a different

(G. Ixix. sp. 19,) is another species. species.

52. MADREPORA AUSTERA. (Dana.)

M. fruticosa, late ramosa, et valde prolifera, r amis fere teretibus, et
supra attenuatis, ramulis incequalibus polypisque proliferis numerosis.
Corallum scabriculum, caliculo apicali crasso (1-1 i'"), exserto ; late-
ralibus ascendentibus, subconfertis, tulriformibus, out tubo-nariformi-
bus, l-2£"' longis, aspere striatis; apertura orbiculata, stella profunda
conspicua, sex-radiatd, duabus lamellis prominulioribus.

Fruticose, spreading ramose, and very proliferous, branches nearly
terete, and tapering above, with numerous unequal lateral branch-

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 479

lets and proliferous polyps. Corallum scabrous; apical calicle stout
(1 to li lines broad), exsert; the lateral ascending, rather crowded,
tubiform and tubo-nariform, 1 to 2£ lines long, rough and striate;
aperture circular, star distinct but deep, six-rayed, with two of the
rays most prominent.

Grows in clumps six inches or more in height, consisting of several
arborescent stems from- the same base, all of which are very proli-
ferous. The apical calicle is very large and stout ; the upper lateral
are minute (less than half a line), and gradually increase downward,
and become tubiform with an oblique apex, the aperture opening
inward and upward. Others still larger are regularly tubiform and
proliferous, and commence to form branchlets. The species is near
the abrotanoides, but differs in its harsher surface and strongly striate
calicles; moreover, obsolescent calicles are rare.

53. MADREPORA. CERVICORNIS. (Lamarck.)

M. arborescens, maxima, late et remote ramosa, caule 1J-2" crassa,
ramulis prcelongis, £-f " crassis, arcuatis, teretibus, sensim attenuatis.
Corallum scabriculum, caliculo apicali crasso (Ji'"), elongato ; late-
ralibus subcequalibus, or~biculato-nariformibm vix compressis, l£-2'"
longis, fere 1'" crassis, valde striatis, margine non crasso, stelld con-
spicua.

Arborescent, very large, spreading and remotely ramose, below, lito
2 inches thick, branchlets very long, £ to § of an inch thick, arcuate,
terete, gradually attenuate. Corallum scabrous, apical calicle stout
(li lines), and elongate; the lateral subequal, round-nariform,
scarcely compressed, l£ to 2 lines long, and nearly a line in diame-
ter, strongly striate, margin not thick, star distinct.

West Indies.

This is a common species in the West Indies, where it grows six
feet or more in height, with wide-spreading arcuate branches, every
where covered with stout prominent calicles. It differs from thepro-
lifera in its larger size, more distant and arcuate branches, rarely pro-
liferous, and the distinctness of the entire striae of the calicles.

480 ZOOPHYTES.

Corattium album, porosum, maximum, mu- The Heteropora cervicornis, of Ehrenberg,

ricatum, Sloane, Jam., i., tab. 18, fig. 3. (op. cit., sp. 10) is a Red Sea species,

Corallium cornu cerwm'/<w»z<J,Seba, Thes., and may be the M. robusta.

tab. 114, fig. 1. Esper's Mad. muricata, tab. 49, referred

Mad. muricata, in part, of early authors. here by Lamarck, is nearer the M. ar-

Mad. cervicornis, Lamk., ii. 449, No. 8. buscula.

, Blainville, Man., 390.

54. MADREPORA PROLIFERA. (Lamarck.}

M. arborescens, fruticosa, late ramosa, ramts longis, teretibus, paulum
arcuatis, J-|" crassis, (infra raro 1"), supra, prolifcris cum ramulis
oppositis in piano scepe instructis. Corallum scabriculum ; caliculo
apicali valde crasso (fere 2'") et exserto ; lateralibus subcequalibus
confertis, elongato-nariformibus, compressiusculis, scepius 1^'" longis,
bene striatis, aperturafere orbiculata.

Arborescent, shrubby, spreading ramose, branches long, terete, a little
arcuate, J to | of an inch thick, (below rarely 1 inch), proliferous
above, and the branchlets often in a plane. Coralluin scabrous ;
apical calicle very stout (nearly 2 lines), and exsert ; the lateral
subequal, crowded, long-nariform, but little compressed, mostly 1J
lines long, neatly striated, aperture nearly circular.

West Indies.

The prolifera grows to a height and breadth of three or four feet, in
large spreading clumps of arborescently branched stems, which are
generally very proliferous above, and often have the side branchlets
near the summit, in the same plane. The outer lip of the lateral
calicles is often so prolonged that the aperture opens inward.

Corallium album minus muricatum, The Heteropora prolifera, of Ehrenberg (op.

Sloane's Jam. Hist., i., tab. 17, fig. 2 ; a cit., G. Ixix. sp. 17), is another species.

young clump. The Madrepora prolifera, of Quoy and
Mad. muricata, Esper, Fortsetz., i. 53, Gaymard (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 235, pi. 19,

tab. 50. fig. 4), is also another species, too imper-
Mad. prolifera, Lamk., ii. 449, No. 9. fectly figured and described to be deter-
, Blainville, Man. d'Act., 390. mined.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 481

55. MADREFORA NOBILIS. (Dana.)

M. fruticose, arborescens, maxima, late et valde ramosa, subprolifera,
ramis crassis (scepe 1"), divaricatis, teretibus, ramulis extremis §-1"
crassis, apice conicis. Corattum scabriculum, caliculo apicali crasso
(1J'" lato), vix exserto ; lateralibus confer tissimis, divaricatis, validi-
usculis, s<zpius,l%'" longis, dimidiatis, non compressis, striatis, margine
vix crasso, raro proliferis, aliis obsolescentibus ; stelld sex-radiatd, valde
conspicud, duabus lamettis prominulioribus.

Shrubby arborescent, very large, spreading ramose, subproliferous ;
branches stout (often 1 inch thick), divaricate, terete, summit branch-
lets § to 1 inch in diameter, conical at apex. Corallum scabrous;
apical calicles large (H lines broad), scarcely exsert; the lateral
much crowded, nearly erect, hardly stout, mostly 1^ lines long,
(with others obsolescent), dimidiate, not compressed, margin scarcely
thick, striate, rarely proliferous; star six-rayed and very distinct,
two of the lamellae the most prominent.

Plate 40, fig. 3, branch of corallum, natural size; 3 a, extremity of
branch.

East Indies. Singapore. Exp. Exp.

This species forms spreading clumps, similar to those of the proli-
fera ; but the branches are much stouter, more abruptly pointed,
and less proliferous, and the calicles are very different.

56. MADREPORA SECUNDA. (Dana.)

M. arborescens, late ramosa, ramis numerosis, teretibus, £-§" crassis,
ramulis extremis J" crassis, sensim attenuatis. Corallum scabri-
culum, caliculo apicali lineam fere lato; later alibus subconfertis,
cequalibus, nariformibus et dimidiatis, valde compressis, validiusculis,
1-1 £'" longis, margine non incrassato, ramorum latere inferiore obso-
lescentibus ; aperturd oblongd, stelld conspicud, duabus lamellis valde
prominulis.

Arborescent, spreading, ramose ; branches numerous, terete, ^ to § of

121

482 ZOOPHYTES.

an inch thick; summit branchlets J of an inch thick, gradually
tapering. Corallum scabrous ; apical calicle nearly a line broad ;
the lateral, rather crowded, equal, nariform, and dimidiate, and very
much compressed, hardly stout, 1 to H lines long, obsolescent on
the inferior side of the branches ; margin not incrassate ; aperture
oblong ; star distinct, two of the lamellae quite prominent.

Plate 40, fig. 4, part of corallum, natural size ; 4 a, extremity of
branch ; 4 b, profile of calicle.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This arborescent species resembles, somewhat, the cervicornis, but
differs in its slender, narrow, lateral calicles, the small apical calicle,
and in other particulars. It grows to a height of eighteen inches or
more.

Madrepora muricata, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz. i. 55, tab. 52 ; the figure is tolerably
good, and the description better. Esper alludes to the much smaller size of the calicles
on the inferior side of the branches. His specimen was from the East Indies.

Madrepora cervicornis, in part, of Lamarck.

57. MADREPORA GRACILIS. (Dana.}

M. arborescens, late ramosa, ramis gracilibus, bene teretibus, 3-5'" eras-
sis, arcuatis, sensim attenuatis. Corallum kve, caliculo apicali lineam
longo et lato ; lateralibus cequalibus, subconfertis, validis, compresso
nariformibus, parvulis (!'" longis), aperturd angustd, stelld conspicud,
duabus lamellis prominulioribus.

Arborescent, spreading ramose ; branches slender, neatly terete, 3 to 5
lines thick, arcuate, gradually attenuate. Corallum smooth ; apical
calicle a line long and broad ; the lateral equal, rather crowded,
stout, compressed-nariform, small (1 line long); aperture narrow,
star distinct, and two of the lamellae most prominent.

Plate 41, fig. 3, part of corallum, natural size; 3 «, extremity of
branch ; 3 b, calicle, natural size.

The Feejee Islands and Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

A very neat and graceful species, with small and equal nariform

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 483

calicles, and a smooth surface. The branches are about two-fifths of an
inch in diameter, and the summit branchlets one-third to one-fourth of
an inch. The calicles have a smooth appearance ; but, under the micro-
scope, are seen to be very finely striate, with the striatures entire.
It grows a foot and a half, or more, high, and is alive for twelve or
fourteen inches. The branchlets are numerous, from one to four
inches long, with tapering apices. Below four inches, the calicles are
quite short.

This species resembles the formosa, but is peculiar in its nariform
calicles.

58. MADREPORA HUMILIS. (Dana.)

M. humilis,fruticosa, crassa, late ramosa, subprotifera, ramis teretibus,
obtusis,fere J" crassis. Corallum caliculo apicali crassimo (scepe 2'"
lato), vix exserto ; lateraKbus csqualibus, et cequatiter subconfertis,
validioribus, bene nariformibus, aperturd oblongd, stelld vix conspicud,
lamellis duabus prominulis infrdquefere conniventibus.

Low fruticose, spreading and short ramose, stout, subproliferous;
branches terete, obtuse, nearly £ an inch thick. Corallurn having
the apical calicle very stout (often 2 lines broad), scarcely exsert;
the lateral equal and even, somewhat crowded, very stout, neat
nariform ; aperture oblong; star scarcely distinct, two of the lamellae
most prominent, and nearly meeting below.

Plate 41, fig. 4, corallum, natural size; 4 a, profile of calicle; plate
31, fig. 4 a, c, b, views of calicles, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This very short and stout species is remarkable for its evenly terete
and obtuse branches, and the neat regularity of its large and thick
nariform calicles, which become gradually smaller under the apex.
It grows in small clumps, five or six inches high, consisting of a few
branched stems, from a common base. In one specimen, the branches
are nearly two-thirds of an inch thick at base; and, in another, hardly
half an inch.

484 ZOOPHYTES.

59. MADREPORA POCILLIFERA. (Lamarck.}

M. humilis, late ramosa, crassa, subprolifera, ramis teretibus, brevibus,
obtusis. Corallum caliculo apicali crassimo ; lateralibus valde con-
fertis, striatis, brevibus, latissimis, margine validissime incrassatis,
fere cochkariformibus.

Low, spreading ramose, stout, short ramose, subproliferous ; branches
terete, obtuse. Corallum with the apical calicle very large; the
lateral much crowded, striate, short, and very broad, cochleariform,
with a very stout incrassate margin.

Tongatabu, Friendly Islands. Quay <$f Gaymard.

This species, as described and figured by Quoy and Gaymard,
grows in small clumps, consisting of a few branching stems, and is
remarkable for the obtuse extremities of the branches, the very large
apical calicle, and broad, thick, and short lateral calicles, which are
almost in contact over the whole surface.

Mad. pocittifera, Lamk., ii. 448, No. 5. iv. 236, pi. 19, fig. 5; not figs. 6-10,

, Blainville, Man., 390. which are other species, not determinablc

, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., from the description given of them.

F. Caulibus elongatis, simplicibus, aggregatis.

60. MADREPORA DEFORMIS. (Dana.}

M. subcespitosa, ramis paucis, 1" crassis, simplicibus, scepe irregulariter
Jlexuosis, basi solido stride surgentibus, ramis longis, subteretibus, ob-
tusis et subproliferis, scepe coalitis. Corallum caliculis incequalibus, aliis
tubiformibus 2-3'" longis et I'" crassis, aliis proliferis et acervatis,
aliis brevissimis, extus striatis.

Subcespitose, a few simple branches, an inch or more thick, and often
irregularly bent, rising from a solid base, branches long, subterete,
obtuse and subproliferous, often coalescent. Corallum rough with
unequal calicles, some tubiform, 2 to 3 lines long, and 1 line thick,

TRIBE lit. — MADREPORACEA. 485

others proliferous and acervate, others very short, but none obsolete ;
exterior striate.

Plate 43, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 «, extremity of branch; 1
b, profile of calicle.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species grows like the following. The branches below are
more or less coalescent laterally, and look rough from the unequal
calicles. Some of the branches are six inches long, and irregularly
bent, but not tapering.

61. MADREPORA CUSPIDATA. (Dana.)

M. subcespitosa, ramis paucis, I" crassis, subsimplicibus, 2-6" longis
longeque cuspidatis, basi solido recte surgentibus. Corallum ramis
secunde caliculatis, caliculis breviter sublabellatis, fragilibus, divarica-
tis, aliis cellis immersis spar sis ; stetta sex-radiatd, conspicud, duabus
lamellis prominulioribus.

Subcespitose, several nearly simple, long cuspidate branches, an inch
thick, and 2 to 6 inches long, rising from a common solid base.
Corallum having the calicles prominent only on one side, short
sublabellate, erect, and fragile, with immersed cells interspersed ;
star six-rayed, distinct, two of the lamellae the most prominent.

Plate 42, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 a, extremity of a branch.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in the collections is a coarse clump of stout branches,
nearly bare of calicles on the inferior side, and regularly tapering to
an obtuse apex. It is about ten inches high, and eight broad, with
the base three inches through. The cells of the calicles are round
and about a third of a line broad ; the immersed cells are one-fourth
of a line or smaller.

122

486 ZOOPHYTES.

G. caulibus erectis laminatis, crassis, non ramosis, polypo apicali nullo.

62. MADREPORA LABROSA. (Dana.)

M. laminata, laminis latis, erectis, ^-1£" crassis, lobatis, lobis 1-2"
latis, margine rotundatis. CoraUum caliculis lateralibus erectis et con-
fertissimis, brevibus et crassimis, fere L£'" latis et !-!£'" longis, cochle-
ariformibus, non striatis, margine £"' crasso ; stella conspicua, duabus
lameUis prominulioiibus ; caliculis apicalibus vix angustioribus sed
coalitis.

Laminate, plates erect, obtuse, 1 to 2 inches broad, and £ to 1£ inches
thick, margin rounded. Corallum having the lateral calicles very
crowded, erect, short and very stout, nearly 1 £ lines broad, and 1 to
l£ lines long, cochleariform, not striate, margin £a line thick; star
distinct, two lamellae a little the most prominent ; apical calicles
scarcely smaller but coalescent.

Plate 43, fig. 3, part of corallum, natural size; plate 31, figs. 10 a,
10 b, views of calicle, enlarged.

The Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in the collections is a broad, thick plate, eight inches
wide, half an inch thick at the margin, and one and a half inches
below. Its very large thick-lipped calicles, not striate, arid the size of
the plate, distinguish it from the two following species.

63. MADREPORA SECURIS. (Dana.)

M. cespitose laminata, laminis erectis, elongatis, apice quadratis et valde
truncatis, 2-2^" latis, vix lobatis, i-1" crassis, super fide incequali. Co-
rallum caliculis lateralibus confer tissimis, breviter tubiformibus,validis,
|-1'" latis, vix striatis, aperturd integra, arbiculatd, stella conspicua.

Cespitose laminate, plates erect, oblong, quadrate at apex, and strongly
truncate, scarcely lobed, £ to 1 inch thick, surface uneven. Co-
rallum with the lateral calicles very closely crowded, stout and
short tubiform, | to 1 line broad, scarcely striate, aperture entire,
circular, star distinct.

TRIBE III.— MADREPORACEA. 48?

Plate 43, fig. 2, corallum, natural size ; 2 a, extremity of a small
branch.

East Indies (?). Exp. Exp.

This species differs from the labrosa in its cylindrical calicles, which
have the margin entire, and not wanting on the upper side, as in that
species ; also in its narrower quadrate plates. The calicles are also
broader at apex than below, somewhat scattered and very short. The
specimen in the collections is six inches in breadth, and consists of a
cluster of oblong plates from a common base, each three or four inches
long, two to two and a half inches broad, and one-half to one inch
thick.

64. MADREPORA CUNEATA. (Dana.}

M. basi incrustans et dijfusa, laminis lolisve erectis, latis, paucis, re-
motis, margine cuneatis et subacutis, supe.rfaie incequatt. Corallum
caliculis confertissimis, subcequalibus, validis, tubiformibus, brevibus,
1-1 i'" longis et f'" latis, non striatis.

Incrusting and spreading, with a few distinct, erect, broad plates or
lobes, cuneate above and subacute at margin, surface uneven. Co-
rallum having the calicles closely crowded, subequal, stout, tubi-
form, 1 to 1£ lines long, and ^ of a line broad; not striate.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

Occurs in coarse incrusting plates, often with the margin recurved,
and bearing here and there, from the surface, short erect plates, two
or three inches broad, having a trenchant margin. This last-men-
tioned character, the mode of growth arid smaller calicles distinguish
it from the quadrata. This species, as well as the two preceding,
approximate to the Manoporse, but have the firmer and heavier tex-
ture and regular calicles of the Madreporae.

APPENDIX. — The Madrepora laxa of Lamarck, is not above included,
as its place in the arrangement is not ascertained; it is thus described :
M. laxe ramosa, ramis teretibus, undique expansis apice proliferis.
Corallum caliculis tubiformibus, insequalibus, extus echinulatis.

488 ZOOPHYTES.

Loose ramose, branches terete, spreading, proliferous at apex. Co-
rallum having the calicles tubiform, unequal, with the exterior echi-
nulate.

Lamarck adds, that this species forms a broad and lax clump, con-
sisting of numerous branches, which are covered with prominent
calicles. Height about seven inches. From the "Austral Seas."

Madrepora laxa, Lamarck, No. 6.
— , Blainville, Man. d'Act., p. 390.

The Heteropora laxa of Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea, appears to be a different spe-
cies. It is thus described : " Sesquipedalis, laxe ramosa, ramis intricatis, teretibtis un-
dique expansis, apice ramulosis, stellis inaequalibus, extus basi denticulato-asperis, superne
glabris, inferioribus margins tumido, superioribus longe tubulosis (lj-2'"), apertura ob-
liqua, terminalibus cylindricis, 1— lj'" latis." (Op. cit., G. Ixix. sp. 9.)

Ehrenberg describes also the following species : " H. tubulosa (op.
cit. sp. 7). Semipedalis, erecta, ramosa, breviter ramulosa, undique
papilloso-tubulosa, tubulis longissimis (3'" longis), apertura terminali,
rotunda, mediocri (^'" lata), stellis [caliculis] terminalibus parumper
majoribus, tubulis hispidis, substriatis." Described from two frag-
ments in the Royal Museum at Berlin.

H. regalis (sp. 11). " Subpedalis, ramosa, ramis teretibus, sensim
conicis, crassis, pollice angustioribus, passim ramosis, stellis tubulosis
levibus, apertura obliqua, interdum dimidiatis, terminalibus integris,
maximis, !£'" latis, interstitiis slellarurn hispidis." Specimen in the
Royal Museum at Berlin.

H. decurrens (sp. 12). " Quadripollicaris, habitu squarrosa, ramu-
losa, gracilis, ramulis subfastigiatis, stellis apice rarioribus, arctius
appressis, basi cariniformi in stirpe decurrentibus, hinc ramulorum
apicibus subangulosis, tubulis totis glabris, parcius integris, tenuiori-
bus quam in priore." Described from a fragment in the Royal Mu-
seum at Berlin.

H. squarrosa (sp. 14). " Octopollicaris, cespitosa, hemispherica,
laxe ramoso-squarrosa, ramulis tenuibus, acutis, prolificatione spinosis,
stellulis parum prominulis, myxo rotundo suffultus, totis asperis, non-
nullis sub apice breviter tubulosis, apertura obliqua, stellis terminali-
bus incrassatis, latius apertis." Red Sea. — Resembles somewhat
Esper's tab. 54.

H. seriata (sp. 18). " Semipedalis, paulo latior quam alta, cespi-
tosa, brevius ramosa, ramis crassis, conicis, stellulis parum promi-
nulis, semitubulosis, hemisphericis, subsequalibus, series longitudi-

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 489

nales, ssepe obliquas formantibus, hispidis, extus striatis, aperturis
patulis, |— J'" latis, terminalibus rnagnis parurn prominulis." Speci-
mens in the Royal Museum at Berlin.

H. Forskalii (sp. 20). " 9" lata, 7" alta, rubella, cespitosa, subtur-
binata, subfastigiata, dense ramulosa, stellulis exsertis, brevibus, sub-
tus semitubulosis, hemisphericis, apertura ovata patula, totis hispidis,
extus striatis, raro tubulosis, integris, ramis apice ramulosioribus, stel-
lularum terminahum paullo majorum apertura, parva." General
habit like that of the Hemprichii. Red Sea.

H. tylostoma (sp. 21). " Pedalis (an bipedalis?), ramosa, ramis
crassis (9'") paucis, teretibus, non tubulosis, stellulis collo brevi suf-
fultis, interdum reclinatis, glabriusculis, terminalibus 1J'" latis, majo-
ribus." Several fragments in the Berlin Museum.

GENUS II.— MANOPORA.— DANA.

Madreporidce foliacece, subramosoe aut gkmeratce, nunquam arborescentes
nee ramis teretes ; tentaculis brevibus, alternis scepe majoribus, polypo
apicali nullo. Corolla caliculis irregularibus, scepe spinoso-laciniatis,
scepe omnino obsoletis.

Foliaceous, glomerate, or subramose, never arborescent, and branches
not terete, having short tentacles, often alternately large and small,
and no apical parent-polyp distinguishable. Corallum with the
calicles irregular, often spinuloso-laciniate, often wholly obsolete.

The Manopora are Madrepores in their cells, and animals; but they
form more fragile coralla, and never grow in terete, arborescent forms.
Many of them spread out in broad, fragile folia, which are sometimes
clustered like the leaves of an opening plant. Others have a spreading
base, but rise in rude subramose masses, angular or lobed ; others are
simply glomerate and incrusting, yet occasionally become branched
by following up growing serpulas ; while a few are rather delicately
ramose, and resemble Millepores, although unlike them in their cells.

123

490 ZOOPHYTES.

The surface is seldom covered with regular calicles ; and when so,
the species differ from Madrepora in being simply glomerate or
explanate, and the calicles are mostly angular or somewhat irregular.

The cells in most ManoporEe are either wholly immersed or sur-
rounded by a few ragged points, the rudiments of a calicle. These
points are sometimes coalescent in series, and form small ridges over
the surface. The surface in certain other species has scattered pro-
minences— wart-like in shape — between the cells; and there is an
imperceptible gradation, from these verrucose Manopores to those
which are smooth, and also to others with a spinous surface. Among
the species we may therefore follow out the Madrepore as it loses its
distinct calicles, which become reduced to a cluster of ragged points,
and finally are obsolete, and the surface smooth ; or in another direc-
tion, the points coalescing into minute crests between the cells, or into
long lines (rugae) between series of cells; or uniting and forming
isolated prominences, which either constitute the interstices, or are
scattered over these interstitial spaces. In one species the cells are
situated at the bottom of deep circular pits, a peculiarity which we
may trace to a coalescence pf the prominences of the interstices around
the cells.

The polyps of the genus have twelve short tentacles, forming a
narrow margin to the circular disk in which the mouth is situated ;
and in some species they are mere crenations to the disk. They are
variously tinted ; lilac, green, and yellow, are some of the colours
observed, and the disk is often marked with radiating lines, or series
of spots of different shades.

The species grow, occasionally, to a breadth of eighteen or twenty
inches. The name of the genus is derived from the Greek t>-™<>s, porous
and fragile.

This group is included by Lamarck and Ehrenberg along with
the genus Porites, excepting two or three species, which are placed by
the former in the genera Agaricia, Millepora, and Explanaria. Blain-
ville is the only author who has formed for any of them a distinct
genus; and this — Montipora — is based upon an unimportant character,
the presence of verrucas over the surface (to which his name alludes),
and includes only a small part of the Manoporae.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 491

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Short tubiform calicles, more or less angular, surface not papillose.

*1. M. gemmulata. *3. M. caliculata.

*2. M. lichen.

II. No distinct calicles ; surface of the coralla papilloso-asperate.

a. Free foliaceous or subramose.

*4. M. palmata. *9. M. hispida.

5. M. compressa. 10. M. foliosa.

*6. M. crista-galli. *11. M. expansa.

*7. M. spumosa. *12. M. grandifolia.

8. M. circumvallata.

b. Glomerate, incrusting, but not subramose (except becoming so by incrusting other
bodies).

*13. M. effusa. *16. M. nodosa.

14. M. stilosa. *17. M. scabricula.

15. M. venosa.

HI. Cells immersed ; surface of the coralla very uneven ; but not regularly papillose.
*18. M. incrassata. *19. M. erosa.

IV. Cells immersed ; surface of the coralla not spinuloso-asperate ; interstitial spaces
prominent, or with rounded verrucos or long rugse. (Montiporae of Blainville.)

*20. M. capitata. 24. M. verrucosa.

21. M. nudiceps. *25. M. tuberculosa.

*22. M. lima. *26. M. planiuscula.

23. M. papillosa.

V. Cells immersed, situated at the bottom of deep circular pits; surface of the coralla
not verrucose or papillose.

*27. M. foveolata.

VI. Cells superficial, immersed, surface of the coralla evenly smooth, zoophytes
branched.

*28. M. digitata. *29. M. tortuosa.

I. Manoporce caliculatce.

1. MANOPORA GEMMULATA.

M. explanata, contorto-foliacea, Gemmiporce affinis, cespitosa ; foliis
1—1^'" crassis, caliculis sparsis, breviter subtubiformibus, cellis optime
I2-radiatis, paulum ellipticis, centra ad fundum brevissime lineato ;
superficie externa levi, non rugata.

492 ZOOPHYTES.

Explanate, contorto-foliaceous, near a Gemmipora in habit; folia
clustered into a broad clump ; thickness 1 to 1^ lines ; calicles scat-
tered, short subtubiform ; cells very neatly 12-rayed, a little ellip-
tical, the centre of the bottom a short thin line ; outer surface smooth
and not wrinkled.

This species is so near a Gemmipora in habit, that, excepting its
twelve-rayed cells and smaller polyps, it would fall into that genus. It
forms one of the transitions between these groups. The clumps are a
foot broad and six inches high, and consist of gracefully clustered folia.
The calicles are all regular, and differ thus from the larger part of the
Manoporse ; they are about a sixteenth of an inch broad, and the cells
are half a line in their longest diameter. Here, as well as in nume-
rous other instances, the fact is pressed on the attention, that there are
no such groups as genera in nature. The specimen belongs to the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

2. MANOPORA LICHEN. (Dana.}

M. incrustans, explanata, undata sen contorta et scepe lobata, fa" crassa.
Corallum caliculis tubiformibus, brevissimis sen obsokscentibus, cellis
6-radiatis, intermediis interdum conspicuis.

Incrusting explanate, much contorted and uneven, often lobed, fa of an
inch thick. Corallum having very short or obsolescent tubiform
calicles ; cells 6-rayed, with the intermediate rays sometimes dis-
tinct.

Tahiti, Society Islands (?). Exp. Exp.

In the surface of the corallum, this species resembles the caliculata,
but it differs in being thin explanate, and in having the calicles less
angular, with the cells one-half smaller. The folia were not clustered
as in the gemmulata, and the cells are smaller and 6-rayed.

3. MANOPORA CALICULATA. (Dana.}
M. glomerata, subgibbosa. margine crasso et revoluto. Corallum poro-

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 493

sum, caliculis subtubiformibus, scepe angulatis, |'" latis, brevibus sen
obsolescentibus, confertis; cellis \2-radiatis.

Glomerate, subgibbous, with a thick revolute margin. Corallum
porous ; calicles subtubiform, often angular, crowded, |- of a line
broad, very short or obsolescent ; cells 12-rayed.

Plate 44, fig. 1, corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

One specimen obtained at the Feejees, measures four inches by three
in breadth, and was attached at centre by a short pedicel. Its thick-
ness is about two inches at centre and half an inch at the margin;
the margin appears as if folded under, and contains immersed cells
below for half an inch. The length of the calicles above is scarcely
half their breadth : they are much crowded arid angular, and give
an uneven surface to the corallum.

II. Caliculis nullis, coralli superficie spinuloso-asperd.
a. Laxe foliacece aut subramosce.

4. MANOPORA PALMATA. (Dana.}

M. pumila, ramosa, scepe irregulariter palmata, ramis valde compressis,
raro subteretibus et stride digitalis, 2-3'" crassis; polypis pallide
brunnescentibus, disco maculatis; tentaculis complanatis, alternis cceru-
lescentibus, aliis brunnescentibus, macula pallida prope apicem. Co-
rallum fragile, papilloso-asperatum ; cellis numerosis, 6-12-radiatis.

Small; ramose, often irregularly palmate, branches much compressed,
rarely terete and close digitate, two to three lines thick ; polyps of
a pale brown colour, with the disk spotted, tentacles flattened, the
alternate pale bluish or lilac, the others pale brown, with a whitish
spot on the upper surface near the apex. Corallum fragile, papil-
loso-asperate, cells numerous, 6 to 12-rayed.

Plate 44, fig. 2, flabellate variety, natural size; 2 b, polyp, enlarged ;
2 c, cells, showing also the surface, magnified 12 diameters ; 2 d, sur-
face of corallum, natural size ; 2 e, transverse section of a branch mag-

124

494 ZOOPHYTES.

nified 3 diameters ; 2 f, part of a transverse section, enlarged 12
diameters ; fig. 2 a, another variety.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This is a small fragile ramose species, either spreading palmate,
and obtuse, or divided into several crowded nearly terete branchlets,
often tapering to a point. The cells are about one-fifth of a line in
diameter, and the papilla one-third of a line in length.

Figure 3 of the same plate, represents a specimen which is much
more compact than the above, but is probably only a variety of it.

5. MANOPORA COMPRESSA. (Linn.} Dana.

M. caukscens, ramosa, subdichotoma et kbata, compressiuscula. Co-
rallum fragile, granuloso-asperum ; cellis undique prominulis, scdbris,
stellatis, pkrumque Q-radiatis.

Caulescent ramose, subdichotomous and lobate ; somewhat com-
pressed. Corallum fragile, granuloso-asperate ; cells every where
a little prominent, scabrous, stellate, and generally with 6 rays.

Mediterranean Sea?

Corallium asperum, &c., Marsilli, Hist. figure the branches are half an inch wide,

Phys., 143, tab. 31, fig. 149, and tab. with the sides irregularly lobed. The

32. figs. 150, 151. The specimen was six-rayed cells and granulous surface are

from near Marseilles, off the shores of represented in his figure 3.

Riou. The branches are from one- This species is united by Lamarck, Ehren-

quarter to one-half an inch wide, and berg, and others, with the " l\Ii/lej>ora

are described as rough-granulous like aspera," which differs decidedly in its

shagreen. " poris fissis," and has been made into

Millepora compressa, Linn., ed. xii. 1283. the new genus Errina, by Gray.

, Esper, i. 203, tab. 10. In Esper's

6. MANOPORA CRISTA-GALLI. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.) Dana.

M. arrecto-subcespitosa, incise lobata, compressa, angulosa vel ahta, kbis
S(spe cultratis. Corallum fragik, super fide partim spinukso-aspera ;
cellis per spinuks raro obvattalis, conspicue Q-radiatis, cristis non
celliferis.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 495

Erect-subcespitose, inciso-lobate, compressed, angular and alate, lobes
often cultrate. Corallum fragile, surface partly spinuloso-asperate,
cells rarely bordered by papillae, very distinctly 6-rayed; crests
without cells.

Plate 46, fig. 1, part of corallum, natural size.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg. — Singapore. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are often a foot high and the same in breadth, and
consist of erect thin lamellate branches, having a sharp edge above ;
they are often vertically winged. The cells are generally nearly
naked ; but occasionally there are a few minute spinuliform papillae
about them, which sometimes run into thin longitudinal ridges. The
cells are one-third to one-half a line broad. Under the microscope the
surface is very neatly laciniate-porous, or consists of mossy points
about the pores.

7. MANOPORA SPUMOSA. (Lamarck.} Dana.

M. arrecto-subcespitosa, gibboso-subramosa, lobis brevibus, crassis, scepe
tubercutato-gibbosis, raro angulosis, apice interdum subclavato. Co-
rallum fragile, confertim spinuloso-asperum, apice papillis crassioribus
et obtusis ; cellis immersis, margine non tumidis, stetta 6-12-radiatd.

Subcespitose, erect, gibboso-subramose, lobes short, stout, often tuber-
culato-gibbous, rarely angular, sometimes subclavate at summit.
Corallum fragile, crowdedly spinuloso-asperate, papillse at apex
much stouter than elsewhere and obtuse ; cells immersed, margin
not tumid, star 6 to 12-rayed.

Plate 44, fig. 4, corallum, natural size.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp. — Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

A coarse stout species, growing erect ; the stems are very thick and
irregular, often coalescing laterally, find have tuberculate ascending
lobes rather than branchlets. The summits are usually a little angu-
lar, with stout papilla? or irregular incipient ridges, instead of spines.
The spines of the lateral surface are crowded and slender, and about
a line long. The cells have usually more than six rays. Under the

496 ZOOPHYTES.

microscope the surface appears fine mossy granulous, but not very
distinctly porous. The species resembles the hispida, but differs in
the larger obtuse papillae of the summits, and does not appear to be
foliaceous at base. The specimen in the collections is ten inches
high, and eight broad.

Porites spiimosa, Lamarck, ii. 440, No. 16. pedalis, cespitosa, ramuloso-subfoliacea,
TheM. P. spongiosaot Ehrenberg(op. cit., multilobata, ramulis angulosis, compres-
Gen. Ixx. sp. 4), with which he makes sis, apice dilatatis, subcristatis lobatisque,
the spumosa synonymous, is probably a stellulis immersis, sexangularibus, mar-
different species ; he refers to Savigny's gine tumido, superficie ubique setuloso-
figure, pi. 4, fig. 4, but describes it with hispida, spongiosa, j'" latis." Red Sea.
other characters, as follows : " Semi-

8. MANOPORA CIRCUMVALLATA. (H. 4- Ehreriberg.} Dana.

M. cespitosa, semipedalis, ramulosa, irregularis, ramulis angulosis, irre-
gularibus, lobato-ramulosis, apice rotundatis, nee cristatis. Corallum
cellis incequahbus, confertis, margine lobato (quadrilobato) subinfundi-
buliformi circumvallatis, interstitiis setulose asperis.

Cespitose, half a foot high, irregularly ramulose, branchlets angular,
irregular, lobato-ramulose, rounded at summit and not crested. Co-
rallum having the cells unequal, crowded, bordered by a lobed
(quadrilobate) margin, making it subinfundibuliform ; interstices
setu loso-asperate.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

M. Porites drcumvallata, H. & Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen., Ixx. sp. 5.

9. MANOPORA HISPIDA. (Dana.}

M. base late foliato-explanata, parum convexa et margine sublobata aut
undulata, et £" crassa, supra paucis caulibus crassimis, erectis, gibbosis
et tuberosis, nunquam angulatis. Corallum fragile, undique usque
ad apicem, dense spinuloso-asperum, spinulis fragilibus, 1'" longis ;
cettis immersis J'" latis, valde stellatis, Q-radiatis ; superjicie inferna
nuda.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 497

Broad foliato-explanate at base, a little convex, with a somewhat lobed
or undulated margin, and J of an inch thick ; bearing above a few
very stout erect stems, gibbously divided and tuberose, never an-
gular. Corallum fragile, every where densely spinuloso-asperate,
even over the summits; spinules slender and fragile, a line long;
cells immersed, ^ of a line broad, very distinctly 6-rayed ; under
surface of the corallum naked.

Plate 44, fig. 5, corallum, natural size.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The foliate base in the specimen collected, measures fourteen inches
by nine in breadth, and one of the glomerate branches rising from the
upper surface is six inches high, and, where thickest, nearly three
inches through. They are often smaller at base than some distance
above. The coral is very porous and covered quite evenly with the
spmuliform papilla? as well at apex as elsewhere.

Porites spumosa, in part, of Lamarck, ii. 440.

10. MANOPORA FOLIOSA. (Ehrenberg.) Dana.

M. explanata, concava, nunc convoluto-foliacea, nunc tuberculoso-subra-
mosa, scepius crispa. Corallum porosum, spinuloso-asperum, cettis
exiguis, incequalibus, obvallatis, interdum tubuli instar ; superfaie
inferno, plana, (zquabili.

Explanate, concave, either convoluted-foliate, or tuberculoso-subra-
mose, usually crispate. Corallum porous, spinuloso-asperate; cells
minute, unequal, surrounded by a prominent border, and sometimes
subtubular ; under surface plane and nearly even.

The Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

This species, as described by Ehrenberg, resembles the hispida ;
but differs in its obvallate cells, its more commonly foliaceous forms,
concave above instead of convex.

M. Porites foliosa, Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. Ixx., sp. 13.

The Madrepora patiniformis of Esper (Pflanz. Fortsetz. i. 94, tab. 75, figs. 1, 2, 3,
and 56, figs. 1, 2), is either identical with this species or still another Manopora. It is
described by Esper as occurring in broad, concave, explanate, or foliaceous forms, with

125

498 ZOOPHYTES.

a plicate margin. The fronds are porous, yet so firm as to ring when struck ; they arc
mostly half an inch thick, but thin out to an edge one-sixth of an inch thick. The
upper surface is covered with minute scabrous conical spines, and finely reticulate with
meandering ridgelets partially enclosing the cells. The under surface is plicate, but
nearly smooth, with numerous immersed cells for two and a half inches from the margin,
and occasionally one a little raised. The cells above are six-rayed. The species was
received by Esper, from the East Indies.

The Madrepora foliosa of Pallas, and Forties rosacea of Lamarck and other authors,
are imperfectly known species. The foliosa, as figured by Ellis (Ellis and Solander,
tab. 52), may be an Echinopora, and such also appears to be Pallas's species. Seba's
Corattium infundibuliforme (Thes. iii., tab. 110, fig. 7), called M. foliosa, in Esper's
work (tab. 58, A.), and placed by Lamarck as synonymous with rosacea, may be the
M. lima (Agaricia lima, of Lamarck).

11. MANOPORA EXPANSA. (Dana.)

M. tenui-foliacea (1J-2'" crassa), late effusa et stolonifera, scepe patini-
formis, inter dum par tim incrustans, margine paula undulala, vixpli-
cata; subtus 2" animata ; tentaculis albis tuber culiformibus. Coral-
lum fragile, spinuloso-asperum, cettis minutis (fere £"' latis), scepe
partim obvattatis; subtus caliculis tubiformibus, remotis, elongatis
(3'") appressis, et cellis spar sis.

Thin foliaceous, (1£ to 2 lines thick,) wide-spreading, and a little
ascending, often broad dish-shape, sometimes incrusting in part;
margin a little undulate, scarcely plicate ; below, alive for 2 inches
from the edge; tentacles white, tuberculiform. Corallum fragile,
spinuloso-asperate ; cells minute (nearly J of a line broad), often
imperfectly obvallate ; below, a few distant, long (3 lines), tubiform
calicles, close appressed to the folium, and also a few scattered cells.

Plate 45, fig. 2, outline of a specimen, natural size ; 2 a, polyp,
enlarged ; 2 a', natural size of the same ; 2 b, part of a folium, showing
the upper and under surfaces ; 2 c, upper surface, with the cells magni-
fied ; 2 d, transverse section, magnified twelve diameters.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species grows in wide-spreading fronds, attached often at
centre, and having a broad dish-shape. The folia are brittle, and are
rough above, with slender spinules scarcely a line long. The under
surface for two inches or so is smooth, and contains a few distantly

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 499

scattered cells, and long tubular appressed calicles. This last-men-
tioned character distinguishes the species from the patiniformis of
Esper, and also from the following. The specimen in the collections
measures sixteen inches by twelve in breadth, and six inches in height.

12. MANOPORA GRANDIFOLIA. (Dana.)

M. tenui-foliacea (!£"' crassa},fere erecta, lata et subflabellata, margine
pauci-lobata; extus 5-6" animata ; tentaculis complanatis, brevibus,
lutescentibus, disco pallide cinereo, lineis 12 albis radiatim notato. Co-
rallum fragile, spinuloso-asperum et expansae affine; cettis minutis
(J'"); scepe sub-obvallatis ; subtus, caliculis brevissimis, confertis, mar-
gine acutis.

Thin, foliaceous (l£ lines thick), nearly erect, broad, and subflabellate ;
margin sparingly lobed ; exterior alive for five or six inches from
the edge ; tentacles flattened, short, yellowish ; disk pale ash-colour,
and marked with 12 white radiating lines. Corallum fragile, spinu-
loso-asperate, and resembling that of the expansa; cells minute (£ of
a line), often imperfectly obvallate ; outer surface covered crowdedly
with very short obsolescent calicles, having acute margins.

Plate 45, fig. 1, natural size; 1 a, the animal enlarged; 1 a', the
natural size of the same ; 1 b, upper and under surface of the corallum,
natural size ; 1 c, upper surface, magnified ; 1 d, part of a transverse
section of the corallum, magnified twelve diameters.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The folia grow nearly erect, in clusters, and somewhat convoluted.
In this respect, and in the cells of the exterior surface, the species
differ decidedly from the expansa, although hardly distinguishable in
the character of the upper surface. The polyps are quite different in
form as well as colour. One of the specimens is fifteen inches high,
and nine broad ; it is very thin and fragile throughout, and thus dif-
fers from the patiniformis of Esper.

500 ZOOPHYTES.

b. M. glomeratco aut incrustantes, nunquam benc foliaceae aut ramosae, (serpulas inter-
dum tegentes, itaquc subramosse.)

13. MANOPORA EFFUSA. (Dana.)

M. explanation incrustans, margine breviter libera; scepe serpulas ascen-
dentes tegens, itaque ramosa, ramis tortuosis cylindricis, §" crassis.
Corallum papilloso-asperum, spinulis £-1'" longis, interdum compres-
sis et breviter confluentibus, ceUis £'" latis, 12-radiatis.

Explanately incrusting, margin free for a short distance ; often cover-
ing growing serpulas, and thus become ramose, with the branches
tortuous, cylindrical, § of an inch thick. Corallum papilloso-
asperate, spinules £ to 1 line long, some compressed, and for very
short distances confluent ; cells £ of a line broad ; 12-rayed.

Plate 46, fig. 4, corallum, natural size ; 4 a, view of surface, ditto.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The corallum often consists of a series of plates partially united to-
gether. The branches formed by incrustation are sometimes six
inches long and of nearly uniform size. The margin of the spread-
ing plate was free for two or three inches from the edges, thin
and turned up; and the surface below was alive for a fourth of
an inch, though without cells. The cells above are from a line to a
line and a half apart, and in some parts, the confluent spinules form
an imperfect septa between two or three cells, or partially encircle
them. The corallum is very porous, except the under surface, which,
as the animals desert it, is rendered quite compact.

The Ezplanaria cristata of Peron and Lesueur, may belong near here, though a dif-
ferent species. The concise description of it given, is as follows : " Partly incrusting, and
in part plicato-cristate, rising into crests more or less plicate ; cells very minute, not pro-
minent; under surface finely arenaceous, but not striate." Lamarck, ii. 400, sp. 6.

14. MANOPORA STILOSA. (H. $ Ehrenberg.} Dana.

M. effusa, glomerata, incrustans, rubella, super -fide tuberculoso-conveza ;
polypis kete violaceis, aut rubescentibus, disco lineis 12 albis violaceis

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 50 1

que notato, tentaculis 12, papilliformibus, minimis. Corallum aspe-
rum, cellis exiguis (A'" latis), immersis, per lamellulas asperas circum-
vallatis, interstitiis setosis, setis exiguis, asperis, obtusis, subcequalibus,
juxta cellas lamellosis.

Spreading glomerate, incrusting, reddish, surface convex and tuber-
culous ; polyps bright violet, or verging towards red, disk marked
with 12 white -and violet lines, tentacles 12, papilliform, minute.
Corallum asperate ; cells minute (£ a line), immersed, surrounded
by rough minute lamellae, interstices setose, setae slender, rough,
obtuse, subequal, lamellate about the cells.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

The above characters are from Ehrenberg's description of this
species. It is stated to grow to the size of half a foot. The species
agrees nearly in the character of the surface with the effusa, but
differs from it in its glomerate mode of growth.

M. Parties stilosa, Ehrenberg, Gen. Ixx., sp. 14.

15. MANOPORA VENOSA. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.) Dana.

M. effusa, glomerata, gibbosa. Corallum asperum, scabritie subtilissi-
mum, cellis majoribus (!'" latis), margine calloso reticulatim con-
juncto, inaquali, (itaque super fide cor alii venosd); stellis conspicue
12-radiatis.

Spreading, glomerate, gibbous. Corallum rough with extremely
minute points; cells quite large (1 line broad), with callous mar-
gins, which are reticulately united and uneven, giving a venose
appearance to the surface ; stars distinctly 12-rayed.

M. Porites vetiosa, Ehrenberg, Gen. Ixx., sp. 15.

16. MANOPORA NODOSA. (Dana.)

M. incrustans, glomerata, tuberculosa, tuberculis subconicis ; polypis
pallide violaceis, tentaculis obsoktis, disco \Z-crenato, margine albo.

126

502 ZOOPHYTES.

Corattum vix fragile, spinuloso-asperum, spinulis confer tissimis, vix
$'" tongis, paulo compressis et obtusis ; cellis exiguis (i'"), 6-radiatis.

Incrusting, glomerate; surface tuberculous, with the tubercles sub-
conical; polyps pale lilac, tentacles obsolete, disk with 12 short
crenations and a white margin. Corallum hardly fragile, spinuloso-
asperate; spinules very much crowded, scarcely £ a line long, a
little compressed and obtuse; cells minute (I of a line broad), 6-
rayed.

Plate 46, fig. 2, zoophyte, natural size ; 2 a, part of surface and
polyps, enlarged ; 2 b, surface of corallum and cells, enlarged ; 2 c,
transverse section, enlarged.

Feejee Islands at Mathuata, Island of Venua Lebu. Exp. Exp.

Forms thick tuberculate masses, with the tubercles mostly conical,
and like rudimentary branches. The margin of the incrusting coral-
lum is rather thin, and sometimes free for an inch or so ; it is a little
turned up with the surface below smooth, and containing a few minute
cells, which are slightly prominent.

17. MANOPOKA SCABRICULA. (Dana.}

M. incrustans, glomerata, gibbosa, tuberculis super fide ; rotundatis ; po-
lypis olivaceis, tentaculis obsoktis, disco 12-radiato, 6 alternis promi-
nentioribus. Corallum non fragile, undique subtilissime spinuloso-
asperum, spinulis vix £"' longis, et nunquam lamellosis ; cellis valde
exiguis (}-£'"), 6-12-radiatis.

Incrusting, glomerate, gibbous, with the tubercles of the surface
rounded ; polyps olive-green, tentacles obsolete ; disk 12-rayed.
with 6 alternate rays larger, and most prominent. Corallum rather
firm, every where very minutely spinuloso-asperate, spinules scarcely
s of a line long, and never lamellate ; cells very minute (| to | of a
line broad), 6 to 12-rayed.

Plate 46, fig. 3, zoophyte, natural size ; 3 a, part of surface with the
polyps, enlarged ; 3 b, surface of corallum, enlarged ; 3 c, vertical sec-
tion, ditto.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORAC E'A. . 5Q3

Feejee Islands, Mathuata, Island of Venua Lebu. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles the preceding, but is much more minutely
spinulous, and the polyps are very different. The margin, moreover,
is thick, and is folded under instead of being reflexed ; and the cells
near the margin are entirely immersed.

III. Cellis coralli immersis, superficie non lene papillosd, sed valde irregulari.

18. MANOPORA INCRASSATA. (Dana.)

M. crasse explanata (J"), paulum undulata, parce lobata, superficie an-
gulate salebrosa, et gibbosa. CoraUum vix fragile, non spinulosum,
cellis numerosis, £'" latis, undique sparsis, interdum marginatis, 6-12-
radiatis.

Thick explanate (£ an inch), a little undulate, sparingly lobed ; sur-
face angulately rough, or covered with very irregular polygonal
prominences. Corallum hardly fragile, not spinulous, cells nume-
rous, ^ of a line broad, every where scattered, some with an elevated
margin, 6 to 12-rayed.

Plate 47, fig. 1, corallum, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The broad plates are half an inch thick, nearly flat, and have a very
uneven hackly surface ; the angular prominences are from one to four
lines high, but sometimes rise to an inch or two, with a breadth of an
inch. The cells are rather large, and are about a line apart. The
margin of the corallum is rounded ; below it is alive for an inch or
two from the edge, with a smooth surface and numerous immersed
cells.

The Montipora verntcosa, of Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 247, pi. 20, fig.
11, may be identical with this species. The figure is a doubtful one.

The Porites complanata, of Lamarck (ii. 439), is imperfectly described as follows, and
may be near the above: "In laminam partim liberam explanata; superna superficie sub-
undata, stellifera ; cellis exiguis, immarginatis." " Du voyage de Peron et Lesueur."

504 ZOOPHYTES.

19. MANOPORA EROSA. (Dana.)

M. glomerato-ramosa, erecta, caulibus subangulosis, crassis, acervate,
tuberculosis, erosis, obtusis. Corattum kve ; cellis immersis, undique
ad apicem usque sparsis, stella 6-radiatd.

Glomerato-ramose, erect, stems subangular, stout, acervately tuber-
culous, erose, obtuse. Corallum without papillae, cells immersed,
every where scattered, even at the summits; star 6-rayed.

Plate 46, fig. 5, corallum, natural size; 5 a, vertical section, en-
larged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

A rudely glomerato-ramose species growing in thick clumps, con-
tracting and enlarging irregularly, and with a very uneven surface,
porous, but not at all spinulous. The cell has a flaring aperture, and
the star is situated rather deep within.

It resembles the spumosa in its massive mode of branching, but
differs widely in not being spinulous. The specimen in the collec-
tions is six inches high and five broad, with the stems one-third of an
inch to two or three inches through. It is incrusting below, but
hardly foliaceous.

IV. Cellis coralli immersis, superficie non spinuloso-asperd, sed crassl papillosd,, aut
verrucosa aut longl rugosd.

20. MANOPORA CAPITATA. (Dana.)

M. cespitoso-ramosa, ramis £-1" crassis, scepe irregulariter inflatis seu
nodosis, et coalitis, apice rotundatis vel capitatis. Corallum undique
usque ad apicem confertim papillosum, papillis oblongis, 4-1"' crassis,
obtusis; cellis immersis, minutis.

Cespitoso-ramose, branches £ to 1 inch thick, often irregularly inflated
or nodose, and very frequently coalescing, rounded at apex or capi-
tate. Corallum every where crowded ly papillose, even at apex,
papillae oblong, £ to 1 line thick, obtuse ; cells immersed, minute.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 505

Plate 47, fig. 4, corallum, natural size.

Sandwich Islands, Hawaii, Hido Bay. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are a foot or more high, and consist of large and stout
irregular branches much coalescing. At apex the branches are thick
and rounded, the papillse are less porous than the interstices. The
zoophyte is alive for two or three inches from the summit.

21. MANOPORA NUDICEPS. Dana.

We notice under this name the specfes from the Red Sea, elegantly figured by Sa-
vigny, in the large work on Egypt (Plate iv. fig. 4, of Zoophytes), which has many
of the characters of the above, yet is quite distinct in its more crowded and much smaller
branches (one-third of an inch thick), and their naked summits. This is the Madrepora
abrotanoides of Audouin.

22. MANOPORA LIMA. (Lamarck.) Dana.

M. late foliacea, subcucullata, extus 3" animata. Corallum vix fra-
gile, supra, confertim rugosum, rugis tenuibus (vix %'"}> interdum
reticulatis.

Broad foliaceous, subcucullate, exterior alive for 3 inches or so. Co-
rallum scarcely fragile, above, crowdedly rugose, rugae thin (hardly
£ a line thick), sometimes reticulate.

"Austral Seas." Peron 4- Lesueur. — Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

The cucullate folia are about one-eighth of an inch thick, and form
clumps a foot or more in diameter. The thin prominent ridges of the
surface are very uneven, scarcely half a line thick, and the intervals
between, seldom broader.

Corallium infundibuliforme, &c. (?), Seba, Agaricia lima, Lamarck, ii. 382, No. 6.

iii. tab. HO, fig. 7. Montipora lima, Blainville, Man., 389.

Madrepora foliosa (?), Esper, Fortsetz. i.

tab. 58., A.

127

506 ZOOPHYTES.

23. MANOPORA PAPILLOSA. (Lamarck.} Dana.

M.foliacea,frondibus subjlabellatis. Corallum superne papillosum, pa-
pillis obtusis, rotundatis, 1'" crassis, ad marginem attenuatis, asperi-
usculis, kngitudinaliter seriatis.

Foliaceous, fronds subflabellate. Corallum above papillose, papillae
obtuse, rounded, a line thick, attenuate towards the margin, longi-
tudinally seriate.

"Austral Seas." Peron 4- Lesueur.

Agaricia papittosa, Lamarck, ii. 382, Montipora papillosa, Blainville, Man., 389,
No. 5. pi. 61, fig. 2.

24. MANOPORA VERRUCOSA. (Lamarck.} Dana.

M. undato-gibbosa, explanata. Corallum cellis immersis, profundis, in-
terstitiis verrucosis, verrucis convexis, variis.

Undato-gibbous, explanate. Corallum with deep immersed cells, in-
terstices verruciferous, verruca? convex, and various in size.

Lamarck states that this species forms broad undulate expansions,
and has deep pocilliform cells radiated within and very small at
bottom. The wart-like prominences or verrucse are sometimes quite
large.

Poritcs verrucosa, Lamk., ii. 439, No. 12. The M. verrucosa, of Quoy and Gaymard,
Montipora verrucosa, Blainville, Man., 389, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 247, pi. 20, fig. 11,
pi. 61, fig. 1. may belong here.

25. MANOPORA TUBERCULOSA. (Lamarck.) Dana.

M. incrustans, rudis, indivisa. Corallum cellis exiguis, inter stitiis
tuberculatis ; tuberculis echinatis, prominentibus, columniformibus,
interdum in cottinas conjluentibus.

Incrusting, irregular in form, not lobed. Corallum having the cells

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 507

minute, with the interstices tuberculate; tubercles echinate, promi-
nent, columniform, sometimes confluent in ridges.

A specimen allied to this species, yet possibly distinct, was obtained
at the Feejee Islands, and is represented on plate 47, figure 2. It is
a glomerate mass covered with large rounded tubercles (two to three
lines broad), some oblong and curving, and others nearly hemisphe-
rical. The cells are one-third of a line broad, and have a distinct star
of six rays, with the six intermediate usually apparent. One specimen
is three inches by four in breadth, and two to three thick. Figure
2 a represents the unexpanded animal ; 2 b, the interior structure in
a cross section, magnified twelve times.

Porites tuberculosa, Lamarck, ii. 439, No. 13.

26. MANOPORA PLANIUSCULA. (Dana.)

M. glamerata, incntstans, superne planiuscula ; interstitiis 1-1 J'" latis,
paulum convexis. Corallum porosum ; cellis prof undis, viz conspicue
12-radiatis.

Glomerate, incrusting, nearly plane above; interstices 1 to l£ lines
.broad, a little convex. Corallum porous; cells deep, rather in-
distinctly 12-rayed.

Plate 47, fig. 3, corallum, natural size; 3 a, vertical section, en-
larged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

An incrusting species nearly one-third of an inch thick, distin-
guished by the naked arid slightly convex interstices between the
cells, seldom exceeding half a line in height. The cells are large and
rather deeply seated.

V. Cellis comlli in f undo favearum prof undarum immersis, interstitiis angustis, nudis.

27. MANOPORA FOVEOLATA. (Dana.}
M. glomerata, incrustans, superne planiuscula, out undulata. Corallum

508 ZOOPHYTES.

profunde foveolatum ; cellis radiatis in imis foveis dispositis, inter-
stitiis tenuibus, interdum subacutis.

Glomerate, in crusting, nearly plane or a little undulate above. Co-
rallum profoundly alveolate, the radiated cells situated at the bottom
of deep pits a line broad; interstices very thin and sometimes sub-
acute.

Probably the Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The pits of the surface are often subangular, and generally a line to
a line and a half deep, and the cell at bottom is very distinctly twelve-
rayed. The specimen in the collections is an incrusting mass, half
an inch to three-quarters thick, and ten inches in breadth.

VI. Cellis caralli immersis, superf.de omnino kvi, zoophytis ramosis.

28. MANOPORA DIGITATA. (Dana.}

M. pumila, ramosa, scepe digitata, ramis subteretibus, compressiusculis,
scepe tortuosis, \" crassis, subcequalibus, obtusis ; polypis flavis, tenta-
culis brevibus, cequis. Corallum omnino leve, cellis immersis, «•'" latis.

Small, ramose, often digitate, branches subterete, somewhat com-
pressed, often tortuous, \ of an inch thick, subequal, obtuse; polyps
yellow, tentacles short, equal. Corallum quite smooth, cells im-
mersed, i of a line broad.

Plate 48, fig. 1, zoophyte, natural size; la, polyp, enlarged; 1 b,
extremity of branch, natural size ; 1 c, cell and surface around, en-
larged ; 1 d, part of transverse section of branch, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen is a ramose stem, three and a half inches high,
having numerous crowded branches, two inches or so in length. In
its smooth surface, it resembles a Millepore, but the cells are not
internally crossed by septa. Towards the extremities of the branches,
each cell is the centre of an obsolete depression, a line in diameter,
and the surface consequently is faintly pitted.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 509

29. MANOPORA TORTUOSA. (Dana.}

M. ramosa, ramis scepe 4" longis, \" crassis, curvatis vel tortuosis, sub-
teretibus, compressiusculis. Corallum omnino kve, cellis immersis,
\'" latis.

Ramose, branches- often 4 inches long, \ of an inch thick, curved or
tortuous, subterete, somewhat compressed. Corallum quite smooth,
cells immersed, J of a line broad.

Plate 48, fig. 2, corallum, natural size.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles the digitata, in its Mittepore habit and gene-
ral size ; but the branches are much longer and less crowded, and the
cells are larger.

FAMILY II.— FAVOSITID^.

Madreporacea polyporum basi seriatim coralligena, itaque cellis fundo
solidis, et penitus, transverse septatis, aut raro solidescentibus ; calicu-
lis nullis.

Polyps intermittedly coralligenous at base, cells, therefore, solid at
bottom, and within the corallum crossed by septa, or quite closed
by the secretions ; calicles none.

The polyps of the Favositidse, as far as examined, scarcely differ
externally from the Madreporae, except that the tentacles are shorter.
Their coral secretions are at once distinguished by the transverse
septa, or cross-partitions of the cells, a structure exhibited when the
interior is laid open by a cross-fracture. In a few slender species,
these secretions seem to lose their intermittent character, or, if it is

128

510 ZOOPHYTES.

continued, they go on to accumulate, till it is lost by a complete
coalescence of all the depositions and a filling of the cell internally,
thus rendering the coral quite solid within. This is the case with
the Seriatoporae, and also with some of the smaller Pocilloporse,
although the larger species of this last genus contain the septa as
distinct and regular as the fossil Favosites.

The cell is usually shallow, and is bordered around by six to
twelve lamellae, generally entire and often quite narrow, or even
obsolete : their size varies from a mere point to a line and a half.
There are no prominent calicles, and only a few branching species
have the upper side of the cell a little projecting.

The FavositidfB grow in glomerate or massive forms, and in ramose
shapes. The latter enlarge by the budding of a parent-cluster, and
branching consequently takes place by furcation, producing crowded
cespitose clumps, which are usually hemispherical in outline. In
some species, the separate polyps are imperfectly coalescent, or are
united laterally only by their non-secreting exterior integuments, and
their secretions form separable columns or tubes.

The corals of this family, in the present seas, are confined to the
coral-reef latitudes, and the known species are from the Pacific and
Indian Oceans, and seas adjoining.

The Favositidse may be divided into three subfamilies: —

I. ALVEOPORIN^;. — Cells contiguous, slenderly echinulate within ;
parietes cribrate.

II. FAVOSITIN^:. — Cells contiguous, at the summits at least; rays
entire or obsolete.

III. HELIOPORIN.E. — Cells in no part contiguous, circular.

SUBFAMILY I.— ALVEOPORIN^.

FavositidcB spongiose coralligence ; cellis angulatis, contiguis, intus tenui-
ter echinulatis.

Favositidse, forming spongy calcareous secretions ; cells angular, con-
tiguous, internally slenderly echinulate.

TRIBE II I. — MADREPORACEA. 511

GENUS I.— ALVEOPORA.— BLAINVILLE.

Alveoporina glomeratce aut furcato-ramosce ; corallis spongiosis ; cellis
contiguis parietibus tenuissimis et aperte cribratis ; septis transversis
remotis.

Glomerate or furcato-ramose ; coralla spongy ; cells contiguous, with
the sides very thin, and thickly pierced with holes ; transverse septa
remote.

The Alveopone are either glomerate or ramose in their mode of
growth, and attain a large size. The coralla are very light, and open
cellular; and the parietes of the polygonal cells, as exhibited by a
vertical section, look much like lace-work. The lamellaB of the cells
are represented by a few slender points or spicula.

The animals of the Alveopone were first accurately figured by
Savigny, who found them prominent when expanded, with a circle of
twelve tentacles around the mouth; though near the Porites in this
respect, as well as in the porous corallum, yet the deeper cell, trace-
able through the corallum, and its structure within, affiliates them
more strongly to the species with which they are here associated.
They are intermediate in character between the Manoporse on the one
side, and the Favositinse on the other. They are confined to the coral-
reef seas, and have been found only in the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

The genus Alveopora was instituted by Blainville, for some of the
Porites of Lamarck, and certain Pacific corals obtained by Quoy and
Gaymard, in their celebrated voyage of discovery. The name is de-
rived from the Latin alveum, a bee-hive.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Glomerate.

1. A. retepora. *3. A. spongiosa.

*2. A. dedalea.

II. Branched.

4. A. rubra. 5. A. fenestrata.

512

ZOOPHYTES.

1. ALVEOPORA RETEPORA. (Ellis.) Blainville.

A. glomerato-globosa. Corallum cellis angulatis, margine erecto, denti-
culisque scabro.

Glomerato-globose. Corallum with the cells angular, and having an
erect margin, scabrous with minute teeth.

The characters laid down for this species are insufficient to distin-
guish it from some of the following. According to Ellis's figure,
which is probably natural size, the cells are nearly a sixth of an inch
in diameter, and in this large size the species is peculiar. The loca-
lity is not given.

Mad. retepora, Ellis and Solander, 166, Forties reticulata, Deslongchamps, Encyc.,

tab. 54, figs. 3, 4, 5. 651.

Parties reticulata, Lamk., ii. 433, No. 1. Porites Peronii, Blainville, Diet, des Sci.
, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 60, pi. 54, figs. Nat., xliii. pi. 39, fig. 3 ; and Alveopora

3, 4, 5. retepora, Man., 394, pi. 59, fig. 3.

2. ALVEOPORA DEDALEA. (Forskal) Blainvitte.

A. lobato-glomerata, 2-3" animata ; polypis expansis rufo-fuscis aut
cinerascentibus, tentaculis filiformibus ; contractis, ceruginoso-vires-
centibus. Corallum tenerc spongiosum, cellis linearibus, raro latiori-
bus, septis sursum spinulosis — itaque super fide tola hispidd.

Lobato-glomerate ; expanded polyps, brownish-umber, or ash-coloured,
tentacles filiform; when contracted, greenish-bronze. Corallum
spongy and tender; cells a line in diameter, rarely wider, septa
spinulous above, and the surface of the corallum, therefore, through-
out hispid.

Red Sea. Forskal, Savigny, and Ehrenberg.

According to Savigny's beautiful figures in the great work on
Egypt, the specimens are alive for about an inch and a half or two
inches at top, and the holes of the cribrate parietes are scarcely wider
than the intervals between them; and in both of these characters as
well as its rather firmer texture, the species differs from \hespongiosa.

In the collections of the Expedition there are specimens apparently

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 513

of this species, supposed to have been obtained at the Sandwich
Islands. They have an inverted pyriform shape (plate 48, fig. 4),
having been attached by the smaller end, are about two and a half
inches high, and alive for one and a half inches. In the size of the
cells and internal texture, they agree with the figure by Savigny.
Below the live part, the surface is covered with an incrusting Nul-
lipore, which advances upward as the animal dies.

Mad. dedalca, Forskal, Anitn. Egyp., 133, Alcyonella SavigHii, Audouin, Explic. des

tab. 37, fig. B ; the animal of this species planches de M. Savigny.

was first imperfectly figured by Forskal. Forties dedalea, Ehrenb., G. Ixx., sp. 10.

Madrepora, Savigny, PEgypte Pol., tab. Alvcopora dedalea, Blainv., Man., 394.
3, fig. 4.

3. ALVEOPORA SPONGIOSA. (Dana.}

A. grandis, lobato-glomerata, 10-12" animata. Corallum tenerius spon-
giosum; cellis ttnearibus, vix profun dis, apice valde miriaribus ; intus
JiUferis ; parietibus tenuissime cribratis, porulis angusto-oblongis.

Large, lobato-glomerate, alive for 10 to 12 inches. Corallum spongy
and very tender ; cells a line in diameter, scarcely as deep as broad,
filiferous within; at apex much smaller; parietes filamento-cribrate,
porules narrow-oblong.

Plate 48, fig. 3, corallum, reduced two diameters; 3 a, part of same,
natural size ; 3 b, cells of surface, enlarged ; 3 c, vertical section of a
cell; 3 d, vertical section of corallum, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in the collections is a large sponge-like mass, four-
teen inches high and six thick, with short rounded lobes above, and
alive throughout, excepting three inches below. The oblong porules
of the parietes are separated by thread-like intervals.

4. ALVEOPORA RUBRA. (Quay 4- Gaymard.)

A. furcato-ramosa, ramulis elongatis, erectis ; polypis rubris, breviter
crasso-tentaculatis. Corallum cellis spinosis, sex-dentatis.

129

514 ZOOPHYTES.

Furcato-ramose, branchlets long, erect; polyps red, with short and
stout tentacles. Corallum with spinous cells, sex-dentate within.

Port Carteret, New Ireland. Quay $ Gaymard.

This species, according to Quoy and Gaymard, approaches the true
Madrepores, and also the Porites. The specimen examined by them
was two or three inches high, with dichotomous branchings, cylin-
drical or a little compressed, subacuminate, and covered with very
small irregular crenulate cells, separated by porous partitions, the
porosity of which is compared to "a confused crystallization."

Alveopora rubra, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 242, pi. 19, figs. 11-14.

5. ALVEOPORA FENESTRATA. (Lamarck.) Dana.

A. furcato-ramosa, ramis crassis, subgibbosis, obtusissimis. Corallum
cellis profundis, subangulatis, intus Jiliferis, parietibus fenestratis.

Furcato-ramose; branches stout, subgibbous, very obtuse. Corallum
having the cells deep, subangular, filiferous within; parietes fenes-
trate.

"Austral Seas." Peron $ Lesueur.

This species, which is referred to the genus Pocillopora by La-
marck, has the cells of an Alveopora; they are described as enclosed
by cribrate parietes, with small calcareous threads within the cells,
which coalesce at the bottom of the same.

Pocillopora fenestrata, Lamarck, ii. 443, No. 5.

NOTE. — The Alveopora mrirlis, of Quoy and Gaymard, as figured by them, has the
cells and general habit of a Sideropora. The A. rubra also approaches that genus.

SUBFAMILY II.— FAVOSITIN^.

Favositidce cellis coralli ad summitates contiguis, angulatis ; lamellis in-
tegris, scepe angustissimis out obsoletis.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 515

Cells of the corallum at the summits at least contiguous and angular ;
lamellae entire, often very narrow or obsolete.

GENUS II.— SIDEROPORA.— BLAINVILLE.

Favositince furcato-ramosce ; cellis bene stettatis, lamellis sex axi medio
conjungen tibus.

Furcato-ramose ; cells with 6 lamellae meeting at centre in an axis,
and forming a star of six rays.

The Sideroporae form closely branched hemispherical clumps, con-
sisting of flattened or nearly cylindrical branches, with obtuse sum-
mits. The cell is usually slightly vaulted, and the star within is very
regular; often at centre where the lamella? meet, there is a short point
forming an axis or columella to the cell, which when broken is seen
to be tubular in some species. In many of the Sideroporse the inner
half of each ray is quite deep within the cell, and the cell appears
therefore six-toothed (sex-dentate). The polyps are simply regular
stars of twelve short rays, and usually of some tint of bright green. In
the species examined by the author, the tips of the tentacles were a
rich green, with the bases brownish.

This genus is united with Porites by Lamarck and Ehrenberg.
It was instituted by Blainville, and named in allusion to the star of
the cell, from the Latin sidus, a star. It forms part of Oken's genus
Acropora, and includes Schweigger's Stylophora, and Gray's An-
thophora.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. S. digitata. *4. S. palmata.

2. S. elongata. *5. S. mordax.

3. S. subdigitata.

1. SIDEROPORA DIGITATA. (Pallas.} Blainvilk.

S. ramulis, J-J" crassis, raro |", obsolete compressis, scepe paulum
tumidis.

516 ZOOPHYTES.

Branches J to J an inch thick, rarely | of an inch, obsoletely com-
pressed, often a little tumid at intervals.

Red Sea and East Indies. Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

Forms hemispherical clumps, six or eight inches in diameter, neatly
branched; the branchlets are about half an inch apart, one-fourth to
one-half an inch broad at top, and rarely one and a half inches long.

The following may be a variety of this species, yet it seems doubtful.

/3. coakscens. Branches often nodose, a little compressed, frequently
anastomosing, one-fourth to three-fourths of an inch thick, cells much
vaulted, columella prominent, star sex-dentate. One specimen from
the Feejees (plate 49, fig. 2), is eight inches high, with the branches
coalescing every half inch to two inches. Another, a worn specimen
from the Sooloo Sea, has smaller branches, but is otherwise similar.

Milleporaakicornis,Forska\.Anim. Egypt., Aniliopliora cucuUata, Gray, Zool. Trans.,

137. 1835, p. 85.

Madrepom digitata, Pallas, Zooph., 326. Alveopora viridis (?), Quoy and Gaymard,

, Ellis and Solander, No. 74. Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 240, pi. 20, figs. 1-4 ;

Savigny, Egypt. Polyp, pi. 4, fig. 3 ; an ex- this species, imperfectly described, has, in

cellent figure. the figure, the cells of a Sideropora, and

Forties scabra, Lamk., ii. 436, No. 6. the general form of the above species ;

, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 652. but it may be distinct. It is from Port

PocilloporaAndreossyi,A.udoum,Exp\ic.des Carteret, New Ireland. The branches

planches de M. Savigny. are one-third to half an inch thick, and

iSicfcroporasca&ra,Blainville,Man.,384,and somewhat compressed; the cells are deep

Porites scabra, 396. with crenulate margins, and thin fenes-

M. Porites digitata, Ehrenb., G. Ixx., sp. 7. trate parietes; the polyps have green tips.

2. SIDEROPORA ELONGATA. (Lamarck.} Blainville.

S. ramulis ekngatis, cylindricis. Corattum cellis sex-dentatis, margine
superiors prominulo.

Branchlets elongate, cylindrical. Corallum with the cells sex-dentate;
superior margin a little prominent.

The Indian Ocean? Lamarck.

Lamarck says that this species differs from the preceding in its
general appearance and scarcely prominent cells.

TRIBE III. — M ADREPORACEA. 517

Porites elongata, Lamk., ii. 437, No. 7. Sideropora ehngata, Blainville, Man., 384.
, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 652.

NOTE. — S. pistillata. Esper's Madrepora pistittata (the Stylophora of Schweigger,
p. 413), is, beyond doubt, a Sideropora, and possibly a variety of this species. Pflanz.
Fortsetz. i. 73, tab. 60.

Ehrenberg, placing the species with his Porites, as Porites pistillata, gives the follow-
ing description of a specimen from the Red Sea, which he considers identical with it (G.
Ixx., sp. 3): " Ramulis teretibus, gracilibus, flexuosis, apice rotundatis (4'" crassis) ad
dichotomiam incrassatis, ste"llulis sexangularibus, columella inclusa pistillatis, denticulo
hispido, supero obsolete fornicatis, interstitiis setuloso-hispidis, planis."

3. SIDEROPORA SUBDIGITATA. (Lamarck.} Blainville.

S. lobato-ramulosa, ramis brevibus, subdigitatis. Corallum stettis sex-
dentatis ; interstitiis prominulis et echinulatis.

Lobato-ramulose ; branches short, subdigitate. Corallum with the
stars sex-dentate; interstices a little prominent and echinulate.

The Indian or Austral Ocean. Lamarck.

Porites snbdigitata, Lamk., ii. 438, No. 10. Sideropora subdigitata, Blainv. Man., 384.
, Deslongchamps, Encycl., 653.

4. SIDEROPORA PALMATA. (Blainville.)

S. ramis valde compressis et superne rarioribus,flabellatis,parce digitato-
lobatis aut subpalmatis, sape 1-2" latis, et apice 3-5'" crassis. Co-
rallum cellis paulum marginatis, columella prominula.

Branches much compressed and thinner above, flabellate, sparingly
digitate lobed, or subpalmate, often 1 to 2 inches broad, and 3 to 5
lines thick at apex. Corallum having the cells slightly margined,
and the columella a little prominent.

East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The clumps in the Expedition collections, which have afforded this
description, are flattened hemispherical, about six inches high, and ten
or twelve broad, and consist of flat branches thinning towards the
apex. This last character and the less distinctly vaulted cells distin-

130

518 ZOOPHYTES.

guish it from the mordax. The intervals between the branches are
one-half to two-thirds of an inch, rarely an inch.

Sideropora palmata, Blainville, Man., 384, 385 ; the description by Blainville is im-
perfect, and the specimens are referred to his species with some hesitation.

5. SIDEROPORA MORDAX. (Dana.}

S. ramis subsimplicibus, valde compressis, superne, non rarioribus,
vix flabellatis, £-1" latis, et J" crassis ; polypis disco lutescentibus,
tentaculis brevibus, late virentibus, basi brunneis. Corallum cellis
valde fornicatis, itaque super jicie bene scabrosa.

Branches nearly simple, much compressed, not thinner at apex,
scarcely flabellate, £ to 1 inch broad, and J of an inch thick ; polyps
with a pale yellowish disk, and short tentacles of a bright green
colour, deep brown at base. Corallum with the cells strongly
vaulted, and the surface, therefore, decidedly scabrous.

Plate 49, fig. 1, zoophyte, natural size; 1 a, polyp, enlarged; 1 b,
cells of surface, at summit, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles ihepalmata, but is smaller, with the branches
not thinner above, and separated by intervals of but a third of an inch ;
the surface, moreover, is quite strongly scabrous. The clump in the
collections is about four and a half inches across and three high.

GENUS III.— SERIATOPORA.— LAMARCK.

Favositidce tenuiter ramosce ; ramis ramulisque teretibus, polypis verti-
caliter plus minusve seriatis. Corallum cellis obsolete radiatis, non
profundis et infra solidescentibus.

Slenderly ramose ; branches and branchlets terete, polyps vertically
more or less seriate, cells of corallum obsolescently rayed, not deep,
and becoming filled and solid internally.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 519

The Seriatopores form hemispherical clumps, and are remarkable
for their slender graceful branches, and seriate polyps. The coralla
are nearly or quite solid within, owing to the obliteration of the cell
internally by solid calcareous secretions. The polyps resemble those
of the Sideropora, but are sometimes of a rose or bright-red colour.
The rays of the cell are scarcely distinguishable ; yet there is often a
distinct columella within, as in the Sideroporse ; and the upper mar-
gin of the cells, which is a little prominent, has a minute spinulous
edging. The branches are sometimes acute, and often, appear faintly
winged at summit, owing to a slight prominence of the interstices
between the adjoining series of cells. The seriate character is most
regular towards the summits of the branches, and is often quite lost
below. It is important to observe that the outer or lower branches
of a hemispherical clump are often quite divaricately branched, inas-
much as the branches have room to spread; while those of the body
of it are closely furcate.

These species are confined to the coral-reef seas, and have been
found only in the Pacific and Indian Oceans. They graduate into the
Sideropores on one side, and into the slender Pocillopores on the
other; the latter frequently have the same solid texture, though less
regularly terete and not distinctly seriate in their polyps.

The genus Seriatopora was instituted by Lamarck, for a part of the
old genus Madrepora ; but as it contained several unallied species,
it was afterwards restricted to its present limits by Blainville, who
assumed the Seriatopora subulata, the first of Lamarck's species, as the
type of the genus.

Arrangement of the Species.

1. S. subulata. *4. S. octoptera.

*2. S. lineata. *5. S. caliendrum.

*3. S. hystrix.

1. SERIATOPORA SUBULATA. (Lamarck.)

S. ramis validiorilus (2'", et basi totidem 4'"), raro coalitis ; polypis
<i-6-seriatis, virentibus. Corallum ramulis subulatis, superne ramn-
loso-verrucosis, apice tetrapteris aut hexapteris.

In very ramose hemispherical clumps, branches quite stout (2 lines

520

ZOOPHYTES.

thick and at base sometimes 4 lines), rarely coalescing ; polyps in
4 to 6 series, greenish. Corallutn with the branchlets subulate,
ramuloso-verrucose above, and 4 to 6-winged at summit.

The Red Sea and East Indies.

Mad. seriata, Pallas, Zooph., 336.

— , Ellis and Sol., 171, pi. 31, figs. 1, 2.
Seriatopora subulata, Lamk., ii. 401 , No. 1.

, Lamour., Exp.,61, pi. 31, figs. 1,2.

, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 678.

, Blainville, Man., 397.

, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxiii., sp. 2.

The Seriatopora ocellata, of Ehrenberg,

was described from a worn specimen in

the Berlin Museum. The following are
the characters given by him : " Tripolli-
caris, ramulosa, ramis validis (3'" latis),
coalescentibus, ramulis conico-spinescen-
tibus, stellis longitudinaliter seriatis, ^'"
latis, nee prominulis, sed in linea tumida
positis, interstitiis osculisque glabris (an
detritis ?)." "Stellce majores quam in S.
subulata."

2. SERIATOPORA LINEATA. (Esper.) Schweigger.

S. ramis validioribus, basi 3'" crassis, apice tenuiter subulatis et non
verrucosis. Corallum apice hexapteris ; cellis leviter fornicatis, J"r
latis,

Branches quite stout, 3 lines thick at base, slenderly subulate at apex,
and not verrucose. Corallum six-winged at summit, cells slightly
vaulted, J of a line broad.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Ehrenberg refers to Esper's figure on plate 19, which represents
part of a specimen very much anastomosing, with the summit branch-
lets quite slenderly pointed. A specimen very similar to that figured
by Esper, is contained in the collections at Peale's Museum, Phila-
delphia. The branches are often coalescerit, and not winged at apex;
the cells are rather strongly vaulted, and in five or six series ; the
branchlets taper to a point from the size of a line at base. Esper
states that the branches below are usually about the size of a quill.

Lithodendrum litoreum (?), Rumph., Am- Seriatopora subulata, var., Lamk., No. 1.

boyn., tab. 86, fig. 3. Seriatopora lineata, Schweig., Handb.,413.

Millepora lineata(l), Linn., Ed. xii. 1283. , Ehrenberg, G. Ixxiii., sp. 3.

, Esper, Fortsetz. 109, tab. 19.

TRIBE II I. — MADREPORACEA. 521

3. SERIATOPORA HYSTRIX. (Dana.)

S. ramis validis, infra 3'" crassis et scepe coalitis, ramulis elongatis,
acute conico-subulatis, 2'" crassis; polypis 8-lQ-seriatis, tentaculis
roseis. Corallum ramulis apice non alatis ; cellis fornicatis, J'" latis;
infra cellis interdum sparsis.

Branches stout, below, 3 lines thick, often coalescing ; branchlets coni-
cally subulate and acute, 2 lines thick; polyps in 8 to 10 series,
tentacles rose-red. Corallum with the branchlets riot winged at
summit; cells vaulted, £ of a line broad; below, cells sometimes
scattered.

Plate 49, fig. 3, central part of a hemispherical clump, natural size;
3 a, from the outer part of the same ; 3 b, part of a transverse section,
enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species grows in regularly hemispherical clumps, ten or twelve
inches in diameter. It is remarkable for its stout and neatly terete
branches, tapering above to a point which is not winged, and covered
with cells in eight to ten or sometimes twelve series. Near the apex,
the cells are scarcely oblong or oblique. The lower branches of the
clump are divaricately branched ; but those above are more closely
crowded, the branches forking at a small angle. The branchlets of
this part are often three inches or more in length, while those below
of the divaricate kind, are but an inch or so long. The cells are short
stellate, with six lamellae.

4. SERIATOPORA OCTOPTERA. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.)

S. ramis validiusculis, (vix 2'" crassis); infra, scepe coalitis ; polypis
6-8-seriatis, virentibus. Corallum ramulis apice subobtusis, hexapteris
vel octopteris ; cellis vix fornicatis, oblongis.

Branches rather slender (scarcely 2 lines thick), below, often coa-
lescing; polyps in 6 to 8 series, greenish. Corallum with the

131

522 ZOOPHYTES.

branchlets rather obtuse at apex, 6 or 8- winged, cells slightly
vaulted.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg. — Singapore and Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

This is a more slender species than the subulata; the branches are
seldom stouter at base than above, and are obtuse at apex, and dis-
tinctly winged. The cells are mostly in eight series, and are but
slightly vaulted : a distinct columella may be seen within, but it is
short. It grows in hemispherical clumps six to twelve inches high,
consisting of crowded stems, neatly branched. v In the smaller clumps
the branches are seldom coalescent ; but when they have attained a
large size, the branches below are much united, even becoming lami-
nate in some degree.

Seriatopora octojJtera, Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. Ixxiii., sp. 5.

5. SERIATOPORA CALIENDRUM. (H. and Ehrenberg.}

S. ramis basi bilinearibus, subtilius asperis, intricatis et coalescentibus,
ramulis tenuissimis, apice gracillime. subulatis. Corallum cellis non
fornicatis, ramulorum supremo apice hexapteris.

Branches 2 lines thick at base, minutely asperate, intricate and coales-
cing; branchlets very slender, with finely subulate extremities.
Corallurn with the cells not vaulted; apex of the branchlets 6-winged.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Ehrenberg observed specimens of this species two feet in breadth,
and six to eight inches in height. It is a rather fragile species.

p. gracilis. The following are the characters of a large specimen
obtained in the Sooloo Sea, near the above in many particulars, yet
not agreeing wholly with the description. Branches and branchlets
very slender, scarcely over a line in thickness, often intricately coales-
cing, but not into a lamina ; above very slender subulate ; polyps in
four to six series. Corallum with the branches square, sometimes
hexagonal, not winged at apex ; cells minute (one-fifth of a line broad),
vaulted, short 6-rayed, with a slender, prominent columella. (Plate
49, fig. 4, part of corallum, natural size.)

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 523

Seriatopora caliendrum, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxiii., sp. 4.

The S. valida of Ehrenberg is described from a specimen in the Berlin Museum, as fol-
lows : " Ramulis arete complexis et ssepe in laminas compressas coalitis reticulatisque,
ramulis flexuosis, conniventibus, apice acutis, hexapteris, stellulis subciliatis, non promiuulis,
scabritie tenui." " Habitus caliendri, sed ramuli paulo crassiores, magis conniventes et
coalescentes. An specie diversa ?" A variety of the octoptera ?

GENUS IV.— POCILLOPORA.— LAMARCK.

Favositida furcato-ramosce ; polypis breviter tentaculatis, tentaculis
cequalibus; secretionibus corallicis interstitiorum fere solidis ; ramis
nunquam teretibus, scepe verrucosis. Corolla cellis contiguis et apice
angulatis, lamellis angustissimis sapius vix conspicuis.

Furcato-ramose ; polyps with short equal tentacles; coral secretions
of the interstices nearly solid ; branches never terete, often verru-
cose. Coralla with the cells contiguous, and at apex angular, the
lamella very narrow, and generally rather indistinct.

The cespitose clumps are generally hemispherical, as in the pre-
ceding genus, and often very neatly so ; the size of the branches, and
the intervals between, being quite regular. The polyps are like those
of the Madreporse. The coral secretions are very firm and solid, yet,
on making a section by fracture, the cells, excepting in a few slender
species, may be traced to the centre, arid exhibit the transverse septa
very regularly arranged. At the summits of the branches, the cells
are contiguous and polygonal, with very thin interstices ; but, below,
they are a little more separated, though the intervals seldom exceed
their diameters.

These cells are never over half a line in breadth. The lamellae are
generally very narrow or indistinct, except two opposite, in some
species, which are enlarged so as to meet and form a partition across
the cell, with a columella at centre ; and in others of the Pocilloporae,
only one of these two lamellte is distinguishable, extending from the
side and terminating in the columella.

The branches are commonly somewhat flattened, occasionally three
to four inches wide; and in all, except the more slender species, they
are thickly covered with small prominences or verruca, consisting of

524

ZOOPHYTES.

a few polyp-cells ($ 74 f); and these prominences are sometimes
lengthened into rudimentary branchlets.

These species are confined to the coral-reef seas, and hitherto have
been found only in the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

At the Sandwich Islands they are, next to the Porites, the most
abundant corals of the reefs; and, like the species of the genus just
mentioned, they seem fitted for wider ranges of temperature than most
of the reef-forming corals.

This genus was established by Lamarck, and still farther restricted
by Blainville, who separated from it the genus Heliopora. The name
is derived from the Latin pocillum, a little cup, and alludes to the cell.
The Pocillopores pass into the Seriatopores and Sideropores, through
the more slender species.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Slenderly branched, no verruca.

*\. P. acuta.

II. Regularly cespitose, subdivided or branched, distinct verruca.
*2. P. cespitosa. *9. P. squarrosa.
*3. P. brevicornis. *10. P. elongata.
*4. P. bulbosa. *11. P. ligulata.
*5. P. damicornis. *12. P. elegans.
*6. P. favosa. *13. P. meandrina.
*7. P. verrucosa. *14. P. grandis.

8. P. clavaria. *15. P. plicata.

III. Glomerato-ramose.
*16. P. informis.

I. Ramis gracilibus non verrucosis.

1. POCILLOPORA ACUTA. (Lamarck.)

P. hemispherice fruticuhsa, ramosissima, ramis 2-4'" crassis, teretius-
culis, flexuosis, ramulis extremis 1-1 £'" crassis, subremotis, subacutis,
£" longis.

Hemispherically shrubby-cespitose, much branched ; branches 2 to
4 lines thick, subterete, flexuous ; upper branchlets 1 to 1£ lines
thick, rather distant, subacute, half an inch long.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 525

The Pacific and Indian Oceans. — Feejee Islands and Sooloo Sea.
Exp. Exp.

A slenderly branched species, approaching the Seriatoporae in ge-
neral habit, but not evenly terete, nor seriate in its cells. It forms
rather lax hemispherical clumps, six inches in diameter, the branches
of which are about half an inch apart, and, except at base, are scarcely
a fourth of an inch thick.

Madrepora Candida ramosa, Damcecornua , Pallas, Zooph., 334, var. y.

deferens foraminibits rotundatis in super- Pocillopora acuta, Lamk.,ii., 442, No. 1.

Jicie insignila, Gualtieri Ind., back of tab. , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 630.

104. , Blainville, Man., 398.

Mad. damicornis, Ellis and Sol., 170. , Ehrenberg, G. Ixxv., sp. 2.

The Forties subseriata of Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea (G. Ixx., sp. 8), appears to
belong to this genus, and to have some relations to the above. It is thus described: " Ra-
mis attenuato-subulatis, subacutis (obtusis), teretiusculis, stellulis subseriatis, margine
superiore parumper fornicato, nee dentato paulo prominulis, semilinearibus. Habitus
SeriatoporEe."

A specimen from the Feejees agrees nearly with this description. It is more slenderly
and more openly branched than the acuta of the East Indies, and moreover the cells are
sometimes a little seriate. Yet it is probably only a variety.

II. Bene cespitosce,fu,rcato-ramos<z out subdivisce; ramis verrucosis.

2. POCILLOPORA CESPITOSA. (Dana.)

P. humilis, cespitosa, crebro ramosissima, bene convexa, ramis breviori-
bus, tortuosis, 2-3'" crassis et basi grandioribus ; ramulis extremis
verruciformibus, 2'" longis et scspe subacervatis. Corallum ceUisgran-
dibus (i'"), Stella columellaque obsoletis.

Low and even-topped cespitose, much and crowdedly branched,
branches much shorter than in the acuta, tortuous, 2 to 3 lines thick,
and stouter at base ; summit branchlets verruciforrn, 2 lines long,
and often subacervate. Corallum having the cells large (£ a line
broad), and without star or columella.

Plate 49, fig. 5, part of a clump, natural size; 5 a, extremity of a
branch, natural size.

132

526 ZOOPHYTES.

Sandwich Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are neat, low-convex, and much branched. The
branches are crowded to within one-third to half an inch of one an-
other, and are mostly a fourth of an inch or less in thickness. The
cell is large and shallow, and has a flat bottom ; those low on the stem
are rather distant, and a delicate line may be traced around them as
in some Seriatoporse. The species most resembles the damicornis, of
which I had considered it a dwarf variety ; but it is a much neater
and more slender species, and has larger cells.

3. POCILLOPORA BREVICORNIS. (Lamarck.)

P. humilis, late cespitosa, conveza, breviter ramosa, ramis creberrimis,
vix 2'" sejunctis, 4-6"' crassis, apice scepe compressiusculis aut lobatit.
valde obtusis et verrucosis, verrucis 1-1^'" longis, interdum acervatis.
Corallum cellis J-|'" latis, columettd nulla.

Low and broad cespitose, convex, ramose, branches very short and
much crowded, scarcely 2 lines apart, 4 to 6 lines thick, often some-
what compressed above or lobed at apex, very obtuse and verrucose,
with the verrucas 1 to 1J lines long, and sometimes acervate. Co-
rallum having the cells J to £ a line broad, and without acolumella.

Plate 49, fig. 8, outline sketch of part of a clump, natural size.

East Indies. Peron <$• Lesueur. — Feejees and Sandwich Islands.
Exp. Exp. — Ceylon. Rev. G. A. Apthorp.

The low clumps are three inches to three and a half high, and five
or six broad, and consist of short crowded stems with broad summits,
rough with short verrucse. The branches are sometimes an inch
wide at top. The intervals between the branches are small and quite
regular. The separated stems resemble a fragment from the dami-
cornis, but in mode of growth and size, the species are wholly different.

Pocillapora l/revicortiis, Lamarck, ii. 443, PociUopora brevicornis, Deslongchamps,
No. 4. Encyc., 631.

, Blainville, Man., 398.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 527

4. POCILLOPORA BULBOSA.

P. cespitosa, laxe ramosissima, ramis tortuosis, basi incrassatis
superne 1^-3'" crassis, apice scepe palmato-digitatis, ramulis extremis
4-6'" longis. Corallum cellis majusculis (prope 5'") stelld viz con-
spicud, columella nulld.

Cespitose, very ramose, lax, branches tortuous, incrassate at base ( J to
| of an inch), above | to J of an inch thick, apex often digitato-
palmate, summit branchlets 4 to 6 lines long. Corallum with the
cells rather large (nearly i a line), star scarcely distinct, columella
none.

Plate 49, fig. 6, outline sketch of branch of corallum, natural size;
6 a, extremity of a branch, ditto.

Singapore, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

Grows in large ragged clumps. The small branchlets, correspond-
ing to the verrucre in other species, are often irregularly clustered at
the extremities of the branches like short slender fingers. The branches
are smaller and less crowded, than in the damicornis. The clumps
are often a foot in diameter, and six or eight inches high.

Mad, damicornis, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz. Pocillopora damicornis, in part, of Lamarck.

i. 38, tab. 48 ; a characteristic figure, - , Schweig., Handb., 413.

though poor; tab. 46 A., represents a Pociltyora bulbosa,E\mnb., G.lsxv., sp. 3.
variety of the same species.

5. POCILLOPORA DAMICORNIS.

P. cespitosa, laxe ramosissima, ramis crassiusculis, infra £-f ", supra
3-6'", et basi scepe valde incrassatis; varie subdivisis, verrucosis,
apice crassis et subdilatatis, et verrucis 1^-2'" longis, aceroatis. Co-
rallum cellis majusculis, stelld columelldque obsoletis.

Cespitose, very ramose and lax, branches rather stout, £ to <| of an
inch below, 3 to 6 lines above, and at base often very much in-
crassate, variously subdivided, verrucose, subdilatate at apex and

- covered with verrucas 1J to 2 lines long, more or less acervate.
Corallum with the cells rather large; star and columella obsolete.

528 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 49, fig. 7, outline sketch of branch of corallum, natural size;
7 «, extremity of branch, ditto.

East Indies and Pacific Ocean. — Feejee Islands and Singapore.
Exp. Exp.

A coarse-looking species, resembling somewhat the bulbosa, but
much stouter and with the apical verrucae not elongated and finger-
like. It forms large clumps a foot or more in diameter, and eight
inches or so high. The Feejee specimens are more slender than those
from Singapore, but are otherwise similar.

Mad. damicornis, Pallas, Zooph., 334, No. Acropora damicornis, Oken, Zool., i., 66.

197, var. a. The PociUopora apiculata, of Ehrenberg,

, Esper, Fortsetz. i., 38, tab. 47. is near the above. It is thus described

PociUopora damicornis, Lamarck, ii., 442, (op. cit., G. Ixxv., sp. 4) : " Semipedalis,

No. 2. cespitoso-hemispherica, depressa, ramo-

, in part, Schweig., Handb., 443. sissima, ramis crassis, tortuosis, com-

, Blainville, Man., 398 ; the figure re- pressis, angulosis, verrucoso-ramulosis,

ferred to, pi. 59, fig. 1, if of the natural ramulis brevibus, acutis, ad apices acer-

size, is nearer the cespitasa. vatis ut in bulbosa (non ciliatis ?)." Lo-
, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., cality unknown.

iv., 244, pi. 20, figs. 5-7.

6. POCILLOPORA FAVOSA. (Ehrenberg.)

P. fruticuloso-cespitosa, ramis crassis, alternatim compressis, subflexu-
osis, apice clavato-incrassatis,verrucosis, lobatis aut subhbatis ; polypis
virescentibus.

Shrubby-cespitose, branches stout, alternately compressed, subtortuous,
at apex clavato-incrassate, verrucose, lobate or sublobate; polyps
green.

Plate 50, fig. 1, corallum, natural size.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg. — Feejee Islands and Sandwich Islands.
Exp. Exp.

This species, according to Ehrenberg, forms clumps eight inches in
breadth. It is stated to differ from his Hemprichii (the verrucosa), in
the stouter verrucse of the summits. In the specimen from the Fee-
jees, supposed to be referable to this species, the branches vary mostly

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 529

from three-fourths to one inch in width at summit; occasionally they
are only a third of an inch, especially the outer branches of the
clump. The branches are less compressed, and the verrucas more
prominent at apex than in the verrucosa.

Pocillopora favosa, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxv., sp. 5.

7. POCJLLOPORA VERRUCOSA. (Lamarck.)

P. hemispheric^ cespitosa, ramis crassis.fere rectis, subdivisis, apice scepe
dilatatis, sen compressis, ^— J" crassis et f-2" latis, undique usque ad
apicem bene verrucosis. verrucis brevibus simplidbus, apicalibus mi-
noribus. Corallum cellis majusculis, columella obsoleta.

Hemispherically cespitose, branches stout, nearly straight, subdivided,
often dilated or compressed at apex, \ an inch thick, and 1 to 2
inches broad, every where neatly verrucose even over the summits,
verrucse short, simple, the apical a little smaller than the lateral.
Corallum with the cells rather large; columella obsolete.

Plate 50, fig. 3, branch in outline, of specimen from the Sandwich
Islands ; 3 a, verruca3, natural size.

East Indies and Pacific Ocean. — Sooloo Sea and Sandwich Islands.
Exp. Exp.

A stout species, forming even, hemispherical clumps, often eight
inches or more in diameter, consisting of compressed branches, sepa-
rated by regular intervals of about half an inch. The verruca?,
though distinct at apex, are often obsolescent. The branches are
thicker and more crovvdedly and coarsely verrucose than in the fol-
lowing species; and, moreover, the cells have no distinct columella.

Mad. verrucosa, Ellis and Sol., 172, No. 78. sis, apice subpollicaribus, dilatatis sublo-

PociUopora verrucosa, Lamk., ii. 443, No. 3. batisque breviler et apice verrucosis, ver-

, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 631. rucis subglobosis, irregularibus, interdum

, Blainville, Man., 398. in costas confiuentibus, stellulis ciliatis,

Pocillopora Hcmpricldi (?), Ehrenb., G. semilinearibus." — Red Sea.

Ixxv., sp. 6. It is described as follows: The Pocillopora verrucosa of Ehrenberg

"Semipedalis, sufTruticosa, hemispherica, (G. Ixxv., sp. 7), is another species,
diviso-ramosa, ramis compressis, £" cras-

133

530 ZOOPHYTES.

8. POCILLOPORA CLAVARIA. (Ehrenberg.)

P. sujfruticosa, ramis subsimplidbus, dichotome divisis, \" crassis, un-
dique et apice obtusb ramuloso-verrucosis, verrucis subcequalibus, obtu-
sis, subovatis, interdum lobatis et obsolete proliferis, apice medio dis-
tinctius prolifero. Corallum cellis J-J'" latis, columelld exigua.

Suffruticose, branches nearly simple, dichotomously subdivided, J an
inch thick, lateral surface, and obtuse apex ramuloso-verrucose,
verrucas subequal, obtuse, subovate, sometimes lobed and obsoletely
proliferous, middle of the apex more distinctly proliferous. Coral-
lum having the cells £ to J of a line broad, with a slender colu-
mella.

Ehrenberg remarks, that two opposite lamellae of the cell are larger
than the rest and nearly bisect it. The locality is unknown.

Pocillopora clavaria, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxv., sp. 8.

9. POCILLOPORA SQUARROSA. (Dana.}

P. ruditer hemispherica, ramis valde crebris, crassis, fere rectis, ince-
qualiter compressis, apice rotundatis, $— 1" crassis et f-2" latis, squar-
rose verrucosis, verrucis crassis, subglobosis, valde irregularibus, apice
extremo sczpe obsoletis. Corallum cellis parvulis (£"'); stella vix con-
spicua, una lamella latissima.

Rudely hemispherical, branches very closely crowded, stout, nearly
straight, unequally compressed, and uneven, summits rounded, £ to
1 inch thick, and | to 2 inches broad ; surface coarsely verrucose,
verrucae stout, subglobose, very irregular, and sometimes like large
tubercles ; often obsolete at summit. Corallum having the cells
small (J of a line) ; star scarcely distinct, with one lamella quite
broad.

Plate 50, fig. 3, part of a branch, natural size; 5 a, extremity, show-
ing surface, ditto.

Tahiti, Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 531

The rude-looking clumps are a foot or more in diameter, and con-
sist of stout uneven branches, not rising quite to the same height.
The verruca? are irregular and large, and extend over the summits,
excepting sometimes a small area at the very apex. The species is
much coarser and stouter than the verrucosa, and is peculiar also in
the one broad lamella of the cell. It resembles somewhat the elongata,
but its clumps are far more closely crowded, the branchings shorter,
and the cells but obsoletely stellate.

10. POCILLOPORA ELONGATA. (Dana.}

P. hemispherica, ramis remotis,fere rectis, valde ekngatis, teretiusculis
%" crassis, apice dilatatis (£" crassis et scepe 2" latis) undique inferne
superneque scepe ad extremum apicem verrucosis, verrucis cequalibus,
obtuse conicis. Corallum cellis parvulis (£'" latis}, stelld profundd
bene conspicud, interdum columella minutd.

Hemispherical, branches widely separate, nearly straight, and very
long, subterete, f of an inch thick, dilated at apex (£ an inch thick
and often 2 inches broad), every where below and above even to
the very apex verrucose, verrucae even, obtusely conical. Corallum
having the cells small (£ of a line broad), star neat and quite dis-
tinct, and situated rather deep within the cell ; a minute columella
sometimes seen.

Plate 50, fig. 4, branch in outline, natural size; 4 b, cells, enlarged.

Ceylon, Indian Ocean. Rev. G. A. Apthorp.

This species is remarkable for its long stout stems, in general but
little compressed, and separated in the clump by intervals of an inch.
Some of the simple undivided branches are six inches long ; and the
whole surface far from the summit, is quite evenly verrucose. The
star of the cell is very neat and regular.

11. POCILLOPORA LIGULATA. (Dana.)

P. hemispherica, ramis subdivisis, paulo remotis, rectis, tenuibus (2-3'"),
valde compressis et complanatis, J-14" latis, verrucis parvulis ascen-

532 ZOOPHYTES.

dentibus et appressis, apice obsoletis. Corallum cellis breviter stellatis,
columella valde conspicud, per lameUam ad latus conjuncta.

Hemispherical, branches subdivided, rather remote, straight, thin (2
to 3 lines), much compressed and complanate, \ to \\ inches wide,
verrucae small, ascending, and appressed to the branch, obsolete at
apex. Corallum having the cells short stellate, columella very dis-
tinct, and united by one of the lamellae to the side of the cell.

Plate 50, fig. 2, branch, natural size ; 2 a, surface and cells, en-
larged.

Sandwich Islands.

This species is peculiar in its thin-compressed branches, and small
appressed verrucas, rather distant and sometimes running in longitu-
dinal carinate lines. The intervals between the branches are from \
to | of an inch wide, and give an open appearance to the clumps. It
has the habit of the plicata in its distant verrucse and cell, but the
branches are very much narrower.

12. POCILLOPORA ELEGANS. (Dana.)

P. bene hemispherica, caulibus lamellatis, subsimplicibus, l-2£" latis et £"
crassis, cequaliter confertimque verrucosis, apice nudis ; verrucis par-
vulis. Corallum cellis £'" latis ; stelld columelldque inconspicuis.

Neat hemispherical, branches lamellar, subsimple, 1 to 2£ inches
broad, and £ of an inch thick, evenly and crovvdedly verrucose,
summits naked, verruca small. Corallum having small cells (J of
a line) ; star and columella indistinct.

Plate 51, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 a, verrucas, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are ten or twelve inches in diameter, evenly convex or
hemispherical, and consist of nearly simple stems, with neatly verru-
cose sides, and naked summits. The branches are half to one-third of
an inch apart. They are much thinner and the verrucae are smaller

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 533

than in the grandifolia; the meandrina has much larger cells, as well
as thicker and broader lamellate branches.

The P. verrucosa of Ehrenberg (op. cit., G. Ixxv., sp. 8), which, as remarked, is not
the verrucosa of Lamarck, has close relations to the above. The following are the cha-
racters given : " Pedalis, cespitosa, subfoliacea, lobato-ramosa, ramis simplicibus, rectis,
paucis, 1-2" latis, valde compressis, validis, apice dilatatis, crista levi, lateribus aiqualiter
verrucosis, verrucis a ramulis subglobosis, simplicibus formatis, stellulis |'" latis, denticu-
lato-ciliatis." Locality unknown.

13. POCILLOPORA MEANDRINA. (Dana.)

P. cespitosa, bene hemispherica, ramis lamellatis, scepe sinuosis, subsim-
plicibits, £-J" crassis, 1-3" latis, bene verrucosis, apice nudis. Coralli
verrucis paulo elongatis, angulatis, interdum proliferis, cum cellis
earum mazimis (scepe f '") ; stella columelldque inconspicuis.

Cespitose, neatly hemispherical ; branches lamellar, often sinuous,
nearly simple, £ to \ an inch thick, 1 to 3 inches broad, neatly ver-
rucose, summits naked. Corallum with the verrucae a little oblong,
angular, sometimes proliferous, with the cells of the same quite
large (often \ of a line) ; star and columella indistinct.

Plate 50, fig. 6, branch of corallum, natural size; 6 a, some of the
verrucae, ditto ; 6 b, transverse section, ditto.

Sandwich Islands. Rev. Mr. Baldwin.

This species resembles the grandis and elegans, but has more angu-
lar verrucaB arising from the fewer and much larger cells that consti-
tute them. The texture, moreover, is lighter and more cellular. It
forms neat hemispherical clumps, six inches in diameter, with broad
naked meandering summits to the folia, separated by intervals of about
a third of an inch. The verrucee are very nearly even, and cover the
sides of the branches nearly or quite to their bases.

14. POCILLOPORA GRANDIS. (Dana.)

P. bene hemispherica, caulibus laminatis, \' crassis (interdum f "), 2-4"
latis, (zqualiter verrucosis, apice lato et nudo. Coralli verrucis fere

134

534

ZOOPHYTES.

globosis, cum cettis parvulis, £'" latis ; stelld inconspicud, columellaque
obsolescente.

Neat hemispherical ; branches lamellar, \ an inch thick (sometimes |),
2 to 4 inches wide, evenly verrucose, apex broad and naked. Co-
rallum having the verrucae nearly globose, with the cells constituting
them small, \ of a line broad ; star indistinct, columella obsolescent.

Plate 51, figure 2, outline sketch of part of corallum ; 2 a, portion
of a plate, natural size ; 2 b, verrucse, ditto ; 2 c, surface and cells,
enlarged.

Feejee and Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The hemispherical clumps are neatly regular, and grow to a diameter
of eighteen inches. The broad plates or folia are somewhat sinuous
or meandering at summit, and very evenly distant. In a specimen
from the Feejees, the folia are three-fourths of an inch thick ; while, in
one from Tahiti, they are about half an inch.

15. POCILLOPORA PLICATA. (Dana.}

P. cespitosa, bene hemispherica, caulibus late laminatis, $" crassis et
1-5" latis, parce subdivisis, apice truncatis et nudis, lateribus remote
verrucosis interdum subnudis scepe plicatis aut verrucis in cristas
digestis. Cor alii cellis majusculis ; stelld columellaque conspicuis.

Cespitose, neat hemispherical ; branches broad laminate, J of an inch
thick, and 1 to 5 inches broad, sparingly subdivided, truncate
and naked at summit, sides remotely verrucose, often distantly pli-
cate, or having the verrucse arranged in crests. Corallum having
the cells rather large ; star and columella distinct.

Plate 50, figure 7, plate, natural size ; 7 a, oblique view of surface,
with cells enlarged ; 7 b, same in vertical view ; 7 c, vertical section,
enlarged ; 7 d, transverse section, ditto.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp. — Sandwich Islands. Rev. Mr. Baldwin.

The plates or folia which constitute the clumps in this species, are
as broad as in the grandis, and much thinner, with few verrucse on

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 535

their sides. The species has something of the habit of the ligulata,
but has much broader folia. The specimen from the Sandwich Islands
is very similar to that from the Feejees ; the summits of the folia are
lobed and meandering.

III. Glomerato-cespitosce.

16. POCILLOPORA INFORMIS. (Dana.)

P. glomerato-cespitosa, basi solida, caulibus irregularibus, scepe gibbosis et
acervatis, partim nudis, partim remote et irregulariter verrucosis.
Coratti cellis parvulis (J'")( columelld exigud, lamelldque und conspi-
cuis.

Glomerato-cespitose, solid at base, branching irregular, often gibbous
and acervate, in part naked, in part remotely and irregularly verru-
cose. Corallum having the cells small (£ of a line), a slender colu-
mella, and one lamella very distinct.

Plate 51, fig. 3, corallum, natural size ; 3 a, view of surface and
cells.

The Sandwich Islands.

Forms rough-looking clumps, often a foot through, which are massive
at base, and very irregularly subdivided above. The surface is often
bare of verrucae in many parts, and, in others, is very uneven, and
gives off rudimentary branchlets or protuberances of various shapes.

GENUS V.—FAVOSITES.— LAMARCK.

Favositida glomeratcz aut ramosa; polypis segregato-aggregatis ; itaque
corallis structura prismaticis aut basaltiformibus ; cellis undique con-
tiguis, subangulatis ; lamellis 12 inter dum latis, scepissime omnino
obsoktis.

Glomerate or ramose Favositidre; polyps segregato-aggregate, the

536 ZOOPHYTES.

cor alia therefore prismatic in structure or basaltiform ; cells every
where contiguous, subangular; lamellae sometimes 12 and broad,
but usually quite obsolete.

This genus comprises various fossil corals, which break with a neat
prismatic structure, appearing something like a honeycomb, whence
the name, from the Latin favus. A few species have stellate cells.
The transverse septa are in general nearly straight, though sometimes
irregular or concave. Excepting the prismatic character, they are
very near the Pocillopor*.

As here characterized, this genus corresponds to the Calamopora
of Goldfuss, and embraces part of the Alveolites of Lamarck. It also
includes some of the Cerioporce of Goldfuss. It probably contains
three or four distinct groups; yet it is difficult to draw the lines be-
tween them from the characters which the imperfect fossil coralla
afford. The presence of lateral pores has been appealed to, as dis-
tinguishing the true Favosites; but this character is of uncertain
application. The polyps of the genus, allowing it the whole extent,
have a range of at least eighteen diameters, which is without a parallel
in any recent genus of the tribe : there are species with much larger
cells than in any recent coral of the Madrepore tribe, and others in
which they are among the very smallest. In the Pocilloporse the
range is but three diameters; and in the Madreporae about four.*
There is strong reason therefore for believing that a line of subdivi-
sion must somewhere be drawn. Without indicating its precise cha-
racter, we here mention a group as it has been adopted by Lonsdale,
under the name of Stenopora.

STENOPORA, Lonsdak (ChaBtetes? Fisclier}. Internal structure of
corallum fine prismatic, cells of surface minute, subangular, conti-
guous ; zoophytes glomerate or ramose, surface often small-verrucose.

In the verrucose character of the surface, and the flattened forms of
the branches, they very closely resemble the Pocillopora ; but the
verrucae are less prominent, and have the form of very small low
conelets. The cells also are like those of that genus in being conti-
guous or nearly so, and angular, especially at the summits of the

* In the genus Astraea the range is as great as above stated for the Favosites. But
these polyps vary correspondingly in the number of the visceral lamellfc, which is not
the case in the Madreporacea, twelve being the constant characteristic of the tribe. The
large size of some Favosites might even lead us to doubt whether they really belong with
the Madreporacea, were it not indicated by the character of the cells.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 537

branches. The Cerioporae of Goldfuss, which have a corresponding
internal structure, belong to this genus.

Lonsdale rests his genus Stenopora on insufficient characters.*
Radiation of the cells from an imaginary axis is common to all ramose
corals branching by furcation (§ 74); and their multiplication by in-
terpolation is the usual mode in the Favositidae, although less apparent
in species with solid coralla. The constriction at intervals fails in
some species, and also belongs to some Favosites : it is an accident of
growth, (as its irregularity alone would indicate,) an intermitted mode
of increase, not of generic importance. The cells are shallow and
often angular; they close at bottom by the forming of septa, like other
Favositidse.

GENUS CONSTELLARIA. We separate under this name a species
with the compressed branches, internal structure, and surface cells
of many of the above genus, but having the verrucaa oblong and
arranged in stellate groups over the surface, a character of physiolo-
gical importance. Glomerate forms may also occur. A species of
this genus is named Ceriopora constellata on the plates of Western
fossils by Van Cleve. The genera Pelagia and Lichenopora, de-
scribed in the Appendix to the Madreporacea, have a similar stellate
arrangement, but they are of doubtful character, and the last has been
referred to the Bryozoa group. A recent species described by Miche-
lin, Lichenopora glomerata, is quite similar to the Constellaria in its
surface and the size of the. cells ; but there are no characters stated
which decide that it belongs with the Favositidae.

Lamarck's name Alveolites might be extended to the Stenoporas; but
the genus was based on a bad character, " a concentric structure, con-
sisting of enveloping layers," and includes some Bryozoa. Fischer's
name Chaetetes should be substituted for Stenopora, if its characters
admit of it. I know of no copy of the Oryctology of Moscow in this
country, excepting a few loose numbers of late date.

Goldfuss's genus Calamopora, was introduced contrary to strict
propriety : Lamarck's name Favosites, of prior date, should have re-

* " A ramose spherical or amorphous tubular polypidom ; tubes polygonal or cylin-
drical, radiated from a centre or an imaginary axis, contracted at irregular distances, but
in planes parallel to the surface of the specimen ; tubular mouths closed at final (?) period
of growth ; ridges bounding the mouths, granulated or tuberculated, additional tubes
interpolated."— Strzekcki's N. S. Wales, p. 262.

135

538

ZOOPHYTE S.

ceived from him (if he deemed a change required), a more extended
signification, instead of being rejected altogether.

SUBGENUS FAVISTELLA. This name is here applied to a part of the
true Favosites, in which the cells are stellate with twelve distinct
rays, which in some species are quite broad. A species of this sub-
genus is well figured by Van Cleve in one of his plates of Western
fossils, and named Columnaria alveolaris.

Favosites, Lamarck, Extrait du Cours ; Eunomia, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 83 ; re-
ferred here by Blainville.

Chcetetcs, Fischer, Oryct. de Moscou, tab.
36, 1830.

Stenopora, Lonsdale, in Darwin's Vole.
Islands ; also Strzelecki's New South
Wales, 262.

Anim. Vert., 2d ed., ii. 319.
, Blainv., Man. d'Actin., 402.

Alveolites, in part, Lamk., ii. 285.

, Blainv., Man. d'Actin.. 404.

Calamopora, Goldfuss, Petref., 78, pi. 26.
, Ehrenb., op. cit., G. Ixxii.

GENUS VI.— CATENIPORA.

Favositidce, gemmis acrogenis uniseriatim latere aggregatis, corallo itaque
laminis verticalibus uniseriatim celliferis scepe sese inter secantibus in-
structo ; septis internis transversis numerosis.

Favositidse with the buds acrogenous and aggregated laterally in a
single series; the corallum, therefore, consisting of vertical laminae,
often intersecting one another, and containing a single series of
cells; transverse septa numerous.

The term chain coral, by which the fossils here included are fami-
liarly known, expresses well the appearance of the reticulated lines of
oval cells which a transverse section of the corallum presents. The
genus was named, by Lamarck, from the Latin catena, a chain. No
rays have been distinguished in the cells, and this fact led Lamarck
to place the group along with the Favosites, Millepora, Tubipora,
and some other species, in his division " Polypiers foramines."
Ehrenberg first arranged it with the other Madreporacea. This genus
is named Halysites, by Fischer, in his Oryctology of Moscow.

Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 321; Blainville, Man. d'Actin., 352; Ehrenberg, op. cit., G. Ixxi.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 539

SUBFAMILY III.— HELIOPORIN^E.

Favositidtf polypis spar sis. CoraUi cettis orUculatis non contiguis, radiis
angustis.

Favositidse, with scattered polyps; cells of the corallum circular, not
contiguous, rays very narrow.

GENUS VII.— HELIOPORA.— BLAINVILLE.

FavositidcB glomeratce aut ramosce. CoraUi cellis parvulis, incequalibus,
remotis, inter stitiis minute cellulosis et penitus suUiliter tubulatis.

Glomerate or ramose. Corallum with the cells quite small and un-
equal, remote, interstices minutely cellular and internally fine
tubular.

The Helioporse occur either as glomerate masses, or lamellar and
subramose. They are characterized by their small, unequal, pore-like
cells, separated by minutely tubular interstices, each of which tubes
opens in a pore at the surface. Only a single recent species has been
described ; and, in this, the surface is covered with smooth granules
or points; among- which the cells are about a fourth of a line in
breadth, and each has a circle of twelve granules around the aperture.
The transverse septa are quite distant, It is peculiar also in having a
1)1 ue colour internally. This blue colour is of animal origin, and is
lost on immersion in nitric acid.

This genus was instituted, by Blainville, for the Pocillopora c&rulea
of Lamarck, and certain allied fossil species. These fossils, though
similar, yet differ from the Helioporse, in having the interstices irre-
gularly cellular, instead of minute tubular.

The genus HETEROPORA of Blainville (imperfectly characterized by
this author), includes some small branched fossils of cretaceous origin,
with "two kinds of pores;" one set being three or four times larger

540 ZOOPHYTES.

than the others. In this particular they agree with the Helioporce.
They constitute a part of the genus Ceriopora of Goldfuss. The
species so called by Lonsdale in Murchison's Silurian System, pi. 15,
fig. 14, appears to have the internal characters of this genus, except
that the tubes are separable, nearly as in the Favosites.

The name Heliopora alludes to the circular cells, and is derived
from yjXios, sun.

HELIOPORA C^RULEA. (Pallas.} Blainvilk.

H. glomerato-laminata, laminis erectis, varie lobatis aut digitalis, lobis
interdum brevissimis ; apice 1^-2'" crassis, basi scepe 9'" super antibus ;
colore interna cyaned.

Glomerato-laminate, laminae erect, variously lobed or digitate, lobes
sometimes very short; summits 1| to 2 lines thick, at base often
over f of an inch ; internal colour blue.

East Indies. Balabac Passage, North of Borneo. Exp. Exp.

This species grows in spreading clumps, a foot or more across, con-
sisting of an aggregate of erect plates, irregularly clustered, and un-
equally lobed or subdivided above. The plates are often several
inches in height. The cells are hardly a fourth of a line in breadth,
and the interstices are finely grariulous, with rounded pores at the
base of the granules.

|8. tuberosa (plate 52, fig. 2). This name is applied to a tuberose
specimen three inches long, which had no point of attachment, and is
covered on all sides with smooth rounded tubercles a third to half an
inch in size.

y. meandrina. This singular Heliopora is represented in figure 1,
plate 52. It consists of erect meandering plates, of an even height
and separated by uniform intervals. The plates are one-third to half
an inch thick at top, and the same below. The whole clump is about
six inches high and eight broad. If identical with the ccerulea, the
form might have resulted from its having grown near the surface of
the water, in consequence of which all the plates became of the same
height. It may, however, be distinct, although similar in the character
of the surface ; and the specimen probably came from the West Indies.
Ellis has figured a fragment from the West Indies, on plate 12, fig. 2,

TRIBE II I. — MADREPORACEA. 54 1

which might well be a fragment from the specimen here described,
except that the cells are much too large. (Fig. 1, corallum, natural
size ; 1 b, tubes of a transverse section, enlarged ; 1 a, surface, en-
larged.)

Coralloidcs cceri/lca Piidlipensis, Pettiver, Mad. ccerulea, Esper, Fortsetz., i. 3, tab.

Gazoph., tab. 10, figs. 1, 2. 32 ; an indifferent figure.

llU/cpora ccerulea, Ellis and Sol., 142, and Pocillopora ccerulea, Lamk., ii. 444, No. 7.

Mad. interstincta, ibid. ,'167, tab. 56, , Lamour., Exp., 62, pi. 56, figs. 1-3.

figs. 1-3 ; a characteristic figure of one Heliopora ccerulea, Blainville, Man., 392,

of its various forms: also, tab. 12, fig. 2, pi. 61, fig. 3 ; a figure of a fragment.

at bottom. , Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast.,

Millepara ccerulea, Pallas, Zooph., 256, iv., 252, pi. 20, figs. 12-14; an indiffe-

No. 158. rent figure of a fragment, with a repre-
, Ehrenb., G. Ixxiv., sp. 1. sentation of the polyps.

GENUS VIII.— HELIOLITES.— GUETTARD.

Favositidce glomerate ; cellis coralli majusculis, remotis, interstitiis om-
nino cellulosis et non tubulatis.

Glomerate ; cells of the corallum rather large, distant ; interstices cel-
lular throughout, and not tubular.

The Heliolites are closely related to the Helioporse, but the inter-
stices are irregularly cellular, and, in some species, they wear away
on exposure, leaving the tubular cells standing out, like cylindrical
columns, quite disunited, except an occasional transverse plate. The
cells contain twelve short rays or striations, and around the aperture
twelve granules may generally be distinguished, situated like those of
the Heliopores. The transverse septa are very numerous, as in the
Favosites.

The species of Heliolites have been referred to the genera Astraea,
Porites, and Millepora, from which they are far removed. Their dis-
tinctive peculiarities were long since understood and appreciated by
Blainville, who instituted the genus Heliopora to receive them and
the recent H. ccerulea. The character of the interstices give them a
different appearance and habit, sufficient, perhaps, to authorize our

130

542 ZOOPHYTES.

retaining the group distinct under Guettard's name. The type of the
genus is the Astr&a porosa of Goldfuss.

Goldfuss, Petref., 64, tab. 21, fig. 73; Milkpora subrctunda, poris minimis confertis,
majoribusque crenatis remotis, Fougt, Linn. Amsen. Acad. i., 203, fig. 24 ; Heliolithe
pyriforme, Guettard, Mem., iii. 454, pi. 22, fig. 13, 14; Heliopora pyrifonnis, of
Blainville ; Poritcs pyriformis, Lonsdale, Murchison's Silurian System, 686, pi. 15, fig. 2.

GENUS IX.— MILLEPORA.

Favositidce incrustantes, glomerate, larmnatce aut ramosa, ramis nun-
quam teretibus ; polypis sparsis. Corallorum cellis minutissimis et
incequalibus, non conliguis, radiis obsoktis, interstitiis vix porosis.

Incrusting, glomerate, laminate or ramose, with the branches never
terete ; polyps scattered. Coralla with the cells very minute aiid
unequal, not contiguous, rays obsolete, interstices scarcely porous.

The Millepores, though forming large zoophytes, consist of very
minute polyps; and the cells of the coralla are consequently extremely
small, looking like pin-holes, and without distinct rays. Traces of
teeth may sometimes be detected around the margin. Internally they
are crossed by septa like the Pocillopores. The interstices are much
more solid, and the cells more minute than in the Heliopores.

The animals of the Millepores have never been distinctly made out.
The author often had them under the microscope, but detected only
a simple disk without tentacles, and was not satisfied that they were
fully expanded. Several species, when alive, produce a stinging sen-
sation if the tongue be applied to the surface, and one in the West
Indies has been hence called Sea Ginger.

The species grow either as simple incrustations or in branched and
lamellar forms, often of large size. They .are very common in the coral-
reef seas, to which, like the Madrepores, they are mostly confined.

This genus, as instituted by Linnsus, contained numerous corals,
with small cells, which were essentially different in other respects.
As restricted by Lamarck, it still embraced the Nullipores, in which
no cells had been detected (now believed to be Algse), besides other
species, of which the genera Polytrema, and Myriozoum, have been

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 543

made. Blainville reduced it to its present limits, and placed the group
near the Madrepores, but applied to it the name Palmipora, in allusion
to the palmate form of many species. Blainville's group Milleporidae,
embraced species of widely different characters.

There is much difficulty in characterizing the Millepores, on account
of the variations of form a species undergoes, and the absence of any
good distinctions in the cells. The branched species are often lamel-
late at base, owing to-the coalescence of branches, and the lamellate
species, as well as the branched, sometimes occur as simple incrus-
tations. Weathered specimens often have the surface very crowdedly
pitted with minute cells, which appeared distant before weathering,
as but few of them reached the surface.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Ramose ; or lamellate with a ramose or ramoso-lobate margin.
*\. M. alcicornis. *3. M. pumila.
*2. M. ramosa. *4. M. tortuosa.

II. Lamellate or glomerate incrusting, never digitate or ramose.
*5. M. plicata. *7. M. squarrosa.
*6. M. complanata. *8. M. platyphylla.

1. Ramosa, sape lamellate, et supra ramoso-lobatce.

1. MlLLEPORA ALCICORNIS. (Pallas.}

M. grandis, sublamellata, basi incrustans, frondibus crassis, multifidis,
laciniato-palmatis, et scepe valde subdivisis sen ramosis, ramulis sub-
acutis, superficie levi. Coralli cellis majusculis, numerosissimis.

Large, sublamellate, incrusting at base, fronds stout, multifid, laci-
niato-palmate, and often much subdivided or ramose, branchlets
subacute; surface smooth. Corallum having the cells rather large,
and very numerous.

West Indies.

It is probable that more than one species have been here included
by authors. The true alcicornis appears to be distinguished by grow-
ing in erect subdivided plates, having the margin digitate, or some-
what ramose. Instead of plates there are sometimes broad coalescing

544

ZOOPHYTES.

branches. The branchlets are mostly a fourth of an inch or more in
thickness. The species is much larger and coarser than the humilis
or tortuosa.

Sea Ginger, or Palmed Harfs Horn,

Hughes's Barbadoes, 289, with a plate,

may be this species ; it is from the shores

of Antigua.
Millepora alcicornis, in part, Linn., Ed.,

xii. 1282.

, Pallas, Zooph., No. 161.

, Esper, i. tab. 6, variety corniculata ;

a. characteristic figure of a specimen from

the West Indies ; tab. 9, variety nodosa ;

probably the same species irregularly ra-
mose, the branches flattened and tube-
rose, about a fourth of an inch thick ; the

extremities appear to have been broken ;

resembles specimens of the same variety

seen by the author, from Barbadoes, in

The Millepora clavaria of Ehrenberg, is, as he states, near Esper's tab. 9, but dif-
fers in not having the cells in clusters. It is described as follows: " Pedalis, lobato-divisa,
ramosa, ramis brevibus, tuberculosis, clavatis, apice rotundatis, nee cristatis, poris (cellis)
crebris, parum regularibus." Locality unknown. — Op. cit., G. lxxiv.,sp. 5.

M. moniliformis. Under this name we notice a Millepora from the West Indies,
which occurs incrusting axes of Gorgonije, forming a series of disjointed bead-like
pieces, some of which are rounded, one to two lines thick, and others have a long pro-
cess, on one or two sides, while others are broad and lobed. It is figured by Esper, on
tab. Gorgon., 15, Pflanz. ii.

which the cells are not so distinctly clus-
tered as represented by Esper ; it may be
a distinct species as made by Ehrenberg ;
see below, M. clavaria. — Esper, tab. 5,
variety digitata, represents a reticulate
frond of coalescing branches, five inches
broad, from the West Indies ; it is near
the tortuosa in the size of its branchluts
and appearance.

Millepora alcicornis, Lamk., ii, 308, No. 3.
— , Oken's Zool., i. 62.

, Ehrenb., G. Ixxiv., sp. 7.

Palmipora alcicornis, Blainv., Man., 391,
pi. 58, fig. 2 ; a reduced figure, but cha-
racteristic.

2. MILLEPORA RAMOSA. (Pallas.}

M. laxe ramosa, ramis divaricatis et longe flexuosis, fere teretibus, £-J"
crassis, remote coalitis, superne attenuatis et apice acutiusculis. Co-
ratti cellis minutissimis, sparsis.

Lax ramose, branches every way divaricate and long flexuous,
nearly terete, \ to £ an inch thick, remotely coalescent, attenuated
above, and subacute at apex. Corallum having the cells quite
minute and scattered.

This species is described from a dendroid specimen in the coral col-
lections of Peale's Museum, Philadelphia. It is remarkable for its

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 545

long, even, flexuous, divaricate, branchings. It is probably from the
West Indies.

31///epora alcicornis, var. /3. ramosa, Pal- terete branches and size of that described

las, Zooph., sp. 15 ; Esper, Pflanz., i., 198, above, but they are in a single plane ; it

tab. 7 ; this figure represents a specimen may be only a variety of the alcicornis.
from the West Indies, having nearly the

3. MILLEPORA PUMILA. (Dana.)

M. pumila (1-2"), cespitosa, gracillime palmato-ramosa, ramis ferme
l£"' latis, ramulis plerumque rectis et simplicibus, truncatis, tenuibus,
scepius £" longis, et brevioribus.

Small (1 to 2 inches), cespitose, slenderly palmato-ramose, branches
about one and a half lines broad ; branchlets mostly straight and
simple, truncate, slender, many $ an inch long, others very short.

Plate 52, fig. 4, corallurn, natural size.

The Harbour of Carthagena, East Coast of South America. T. R.
Peak.

This is a small and neat species, forming wide-spreading clusters of
flat palmate branches, nearly erect, an inch or two long, and delicately
fingered.

4. MILLEPORA TORTUOSA. (Dana.)

M. cespitosa, tenuiter ramosissima, ramis compressis, plerumque subdi-
gitatis, scepe crebro intricatis et tortuosis, inter dum in laminas reticu-
latas digestis ; ramulis Jlexuosis l£-2"' latis, compressis, obtusis, non
acuminatis. CoraUi cellis minutissimis.

Cespitose, much and slenderly ramose, branches compressed, mostly
subdigitate, often crowdedly intricate and tortuous, sometimes in a
single plane and reticulately coalescent; branchlets flexuous, 1J to
2 lines broad, compressed, obtuse, not acuminate. Corallum with
the cells very minute.

Plate 52, figs. 3, 3 a, different varieties, natural size ; 3 b, extremity
of branch, showing the minute cells.

137

546 ZOOPHYTES.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are tortuously branched, the branches sometimes
widening and giving out a cluster of finger-like branchlets nearly in
the same plane, and in other parts subdividing irregularly. Below,
the branches are a fourth of an inch thick ; but above they are gene-
rally a little more than an eighth, and at apex scarcely a line. If
applied to the tongue or lips when first taken from the water, it pro-
duces a stinging sensation. This species is much more slender than
the akicornis, and has very minute cells.

The Sea Ginger, of Hughes, (Hist, of Barbadoes, p. 289,) appears to be another spe-
cies, and is probably identical with the akicornis. It is from the West Indies.

The Millepora akicornis, figured by Esper, in his Pflanz. Fortsetz. i., tab. 26, has
nearly the size and habit of a variety of the above species, but is described as having
quite large cells, for a species of the genus. The specimen was from the island of St.
Thomas ; it consists of several slender flattened stems about two inches high, which are
subdigitate or furcate above, and rise, nearly in the same plane, from a sublamellar base.

IL Lamellate aut glomerate, nunquam ramosce nee digitato-lobakz.

5. MILLEPORA PLICATA. (Esper.}

M. grandis, bene lamellatis, erectis, tenuibus, superne per multas pottices
fa" crassis, apice acutis; indso-lobatis, inter dum coalitis; lateribus
obsolete rugosis verticaliterque carinatis.

Large, neatly lamellate, erect, thin, above for several inches from the
margin fa of an inch thick, and at apex acute ; inciso-lobate, some-
times coalescent; lateral surface minutely rugose, and vertically
carinate.

The specimen affording this description is a clump of erect folia,
some of which are fifteen inches high and six or eight wide, and re-
markable for being quite thin, and for two inches from the margin
more or less translucent. The surface is finely plicate or vertically
carinate, especially near the summits.

Millepora akicornis, variet. plicata, Esper, Mittepora complanata, var. Lamarck, ii.
i. 198, tab. 8. Esper alludes to one spe- 307, No. 2.
cimen from Surinam, two feet long.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 547

6. MILLEPORA COMPLANATA. (Lamarck.}

M. htissime lamellata, levis ; frondibus erectis, planis, apice paulum
divisis, subplicatis, rotundato-truncatis.

Very broad lamellate, smooth; fronds erect, surface plane, apex some-
what subdivided, subplicate, round-truncate.

West Indies. Lamarck.

According to Lamarck, this is a very large and broad foliaceous
species. Milne Edwards states that it hardly differs from the alci-
cornis, except that the cells are more numerous and crowded.

Millepora complanata, Lamarck, ii. 307, Palmipora complanata, Blainv., Man., 391.

No. 2. The M. complanata, of Ehrenberg, (G.

Millepora alcicornis, var. y, Pallas, Zooph. Ixxiv., sp. 2,) from the Red Sea, is near

261. this species.

7. MILLEPORA SQUARROSA. (Lamarck.}

M. subfamellata, frondibus erectis, basi verrucosis ; lateribus verticaliter
lamellosis, lamellis subremotis.

Sublamellate, fronds erect, verrucose at base ; sides vertically lamel-
liferous, lamellse subremote.

Lamarck states that this species differs widely from the complanata
in having its fronds contorted, and with prominent longitudinal plates
growing from the lateral surfaces. The American seas are mentioned
as the probable locality.

iS. incrassata. Under this name we notice specimens obtained at
Raraka, in the Paumotu Archipelago, Pacific Ocean, which may be a
new species, though hardly distinguishable from Lamarck's species
by the description given. The following are its characters (plate 53,
figure 1).

Incrusting and forming erect sublamellate fronds, short and stout
and subacute from a thick base (two to four inches high and two-thirds

548 ZOOPHYTES.

of an inch thick), crovvdedly aggregated, and often parallel-wise, with
the surface very uneven, either with incipient ridges or tubercular
prominences, and adjoining fronds often thus united to one another :
the larger cells one-fifth of a line broad, with others smaller inter-
spersed.— The large size of the cells will distinguish even incrusting
varieties from the platyphylla ; besides, the parallel position of the plates
and their forms are peculiar. The specimens were collected by J. P.
Couthouy. It grows over areas many feet in extent, covering dead
corals, and is alive for six or eight inches from the summits. The
plates often contain a nucleus of coral of some other species.

8. MILLEPORA PLATYPHYLLA. (Ehrenberg.}

M. basi effusa, frondibus lamellatis erectis, latissimis, 10" altis, lateribus
lamelliferis et coalitis (itaque reticulatis, intervallis 4-6" latis], apice
acutis ; super -fide levi, obsolete tuberculosa, tuberculis hemisphericis,
(zqualioribus.

Spreading at base, lamellate fronds erect, very broad, 10 inches high,
sides lamelliferous and coalescent (and hence zoophytes reticulate
with intervals 4 to 6 inches broad), acute at summit ; surface smooth,
obsoletely tuberculous, tubercles hemispherical, nearly equal.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg. — Feejees. Exp. Exp.

The above description is taken from Ehrenberg. He gives four
feet as the breadth of a clump.

Figure 5, plate 52, represents a specimen from the Feejees, which
appears to belong to this species. The larger cells are about one-
eighth of a line in diameter. The upper edge of the frond is subacute,
mostly a line or a line and a half thick; and below, it is about half an
inch in thickness. (5 a, surface and cells, enlarged ; 5 b, appearance of
transverse section, natural size ; 5 c, same, enlarged.)

/3. truncata. Plate 53, fig. 2, represents another specimen from the
Feejees, with the plates large, one-half to one inch thick, and with a
flat truncate summit ; larger cells about one-eighth of a line, and sur-
rounded by five or six smaller. It may be doubted whether it is a
variety of the above (2 a, surface and cells, natural size).

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 549

Mi/lcpora platijphylla, Ehrenberg, Ixxiv., lobis erectis, varie plicatis costatisque

No. 3. subreticulatis.cristisacutis, continuis, sub-

The M. porulosa of Ehrenberg, may be, as lobatis, stellulis [cellis] creberrimis, ab

he suggests, a variety of the above. It is interstitiorum poris ncn distinctis, prope

described as follows: " Pedal is, effusa, basin minus frequentibus inaequalibus,me-

efflorescens, foliacea, compressa, levis, dio majore poro [cella] minoribus cincto."

FAMILY III.— PORITID^.

Madreporacea polypis creberrimis, basi omnino pwost coralligenis, et
superne non coralligenis — itaque polypis expansis scepius eminentibus,
coralli caliculis nullis, cellis contiguis, paulum profundis aut super-
ficialibus, infra vix dispiciendis.

Polyps closely crowded, forming continuous porous coral secretions
in their lower portions, and not coralligenous towards the summits,
— when expanded, therefore, prominent above the surface, and the
coralla without calicles, with the cells shallow or superficial and
scarcely traceable through the interior of the corallum.

The animals of the Poritidse, when expanded, often stand like pedi-
cellate flowers over the surface of the zoophyte, and are of various
shades of green, red, brown, and lilac. The coralla are equally porous
throughout, with scarcely a trace of the cells distinguishable in the
interior. The shallow cells of the surface are sometimes wanting
entirely, excepting a point to mark their position ; they are usually
granulous over the interior and bottom ; but there is, in most species,
a stellate arrangement of the echinulate granules. This family in-
cludes the two genera Porites and Goniopora; the former with but
twelve tentacles, and the polyps hardly a line in diameter; the latter
with larger polyps and more than twelve tentacles. In the texture of
the coralla, the irregularly radiate character of the shallow contiguous
cells, and the frequently salient polyps, they are closely alike. (See
note, page 407.)

138

550 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS I.— PORITES.— CaviF.n.

Poritida polypis 1%-tentaculatis, lineam latittidine non superantibus, zoo-
phytis glomeratis et furcato-ramosis, ramis nunquam bene teretibus,
apice obtusis. Corolla omnino porosa, cellis paululum profundis aut
super faialibus, intus radiatim granulosis.

Polyps with 12 tentacles, and not exceeding a line in breadth ; zoo-
phytes glomerate and furcato-ramose ; branches never neatly terete,
obtuse at apex. Coralla throughout porous ; cells shallow or super-
ficial, radiately granulous within.

The Porites are among the most important of reef-forming zoophytes.
They are various in their forms and sizes, occurring either as incrus-
tations, or closely ramose, or glomerate in rude hillocks or rounded
masses. Some of the latter, met with by the author, had a circum-
ference of sixty feet. The branches are often coalescent, and some-
times into sublamellar forms ; but foliated varieties have not been seen.
The cells are never over a line in diameter, and rarely as deep as their
breadth. They are either conical within, or very shallow cylindrical
(fig. 5), and the septa are acute, and quite thin, or have some little
breadth ; but, when broadest, the septa or interstices do not exceed in
breadth half the diameter of the cell. Figures 7 to 12, on plate 53, illus-
trate the principal forms, while figures 3 a, 5 a, on the same plate, and
others, on the following, represent their interior structure. The form
in figure 7, is found in the P. favosa and P. mordax; that in figure 8,
in the P. compressa, P. lobata, and P. conglomerata ; that in figure 9(
in most specimens of the P. nigrescens, towards the extremities of the
branches; that in figure 10, in the P. punctata; that in figure 11, in
the P. fragosa; and that in figure 12, in the P. astrseoides. Within
the shallow cell, six points or irregular granules may commonly be
distinguished around the central point or pore, and twelve others
around the six; and often one of the six, with two of the twelve, form
together an imperfect letter V. In some species (P. astrseoides), with
deeper cells, there are twelve distinct and nearly vertical lamellae,
with a short columella at centre.

The polyps of this genus were first examined and figured by Le-
sueur, and subsequently by Quoy and Gaymard. They approach
those of the Alveoporse, among the Favositidse.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 551

These zoophytes are confined to the coral-reef seas. They occur
in the West Indies, as well as in the Pacific and Indian Oceans; but
the branched species of the former region are generally remarkable for
a less durable texture.

The genus Porites, as restricted by Lamarck, contained various
unallied species, characterized by their minute cells. Blainville
separated from it the genera Sideropora, Alveopora, and Heliopora,
which a farther study of the animals has sustained ; and to these, the
genus Manopora is added in this work.

The Porites pyriformis of Lonsdale and other allied species, are
related to the Helioporse, with which they were arranged by Blainville.

The genus Porites, as here received, contains the Madrepora Porites*
of Linnaeus, Pallas, and other early authors, from which the name was
derived.

This genus graduates into Alveopora and Manopora ; yet the species
of the latter groups are distinct, in their deeper and delicately stellate
cells, which in the Manopora? are not contiguous. When the cells
of the Manoporae are quite minute, the internal texture of the corallum
approximates to that of the Porites, both in its general porous cha-
racter, and the difficulty of tracing the cells through it. The P. as-
traeoides has nearly the short twelve-rayed star and columella of some
Pocilloporse, though wholly different from them in the texture of the
corallum.

Arrangement of the Species.

A. Ramose, branches often compressed, but not plicate.

I. Cells excavate.

*1. P. mordax. *5. P. furcata.
*2. P. compressa. 6. P. recta.

*3. P. clavaria. *7. P. divaricata.
*4. P. flexuosa.

II. Cells superficial or none.

*8. P. nigrescens. *10. P. levis.

*9. P. palmata. *11. P. cylindrica.

B. Branches plicate.
*12. P. contigua.

* The Porites clavaria of Lamarck.

552 ZOOPHYTES.

C. Glomerate or lobato-glomerate.

I. Cells excavate.

*13. P. astraeoides. *17. P. limosa.

*14. P. conglomerata. *18. P. favosa.

*15. P. lobata. *19. P. cribripora.

*16. P. fragosa.

II. Cells none.

*20. P. informis. *22. P. monticulosa.

*21. P. erosa.

D. Thin incrusting.

*23. P. lichen. 25. P. arenacea.

*24. P. reticulosa.

A. Ramosse, ramis non plicatis.
I. Cettis excavatis.

1. PORITES MORDAX. (Dana.}

P. cespitosa, 3^-4" animata ; ramis subsimplicibus et compressiusculis,
infra in ktminam scepe coalilis ; ramulis 1^-2" longis, J" crassis,
£— 1" latis, apice plano-rotundatis, non clavatis. Corallum robustum,
valde asperatum, cellis grandibus (f '"), profundis, et contcis, septo
acuto, scabro.

Cespitose, alive for 3£ to 4 inches; branches subsimple and somewhat
compressed, below, often coalescing into a plate, branchlets l£ to 2
inches long, J of an inch thick, and ^ to 1 inch broad, piano-rotund
at apex, not clavate. Corallum strong and firm, with the surface
harsh ; cells large (f of a line), deep, and conical ; septum acute,
scabrous.

Plate 53, fig. 3, corallum, natural size; 3 a, cell, enlarged.

Sandwich Islands. Exp. Exp.

Forms rather open clumps, ten inches broad and six to eight high,
consisting of stout branches, often united below into thick plates or
cavernous masses. The texture is firm, and the surface peculiarly
rough and harsh, being pitted with large and deep cells, having sharp
septa, often with the angles prominent. There are seven or eight cells

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 553

in a breadth of half an inch. Some specimens are massive and sub-
lamellar, with obtuse lobes above, instead of proper branches.

The species somewhat resembles the Lesueurii, in the large size of
its cells, but differs in their conical shape, the acute septa, and, more
strikingly still, in the corallum being strong instead of fragile.

/3. elongata. (Plate 53, fig. 4.) This figure represents a specimen
eight inches high, consisting of three or four stout stems from a com-
mon base, which is 'two inches through, and sparingly branched
above. The upper branches are two to three inches long, an inch
thick at base, and half an inch at apex. The cells are very similar
to those of the above, yet a little smaller, about ten being counted in
half an inch.

2. PORITES COMPRESSA. (Dana.}

P. cespitosa, \\-1" animata, sublamettata, et erecta, coalita, lobata sen
lobato-ramosa, lobis compressis, £-|" lalis (raro H"), brevibus (i"),
apice subtruncatis et 3-4'" crassis, non davatis. Corallum robustum ;
cellis\'" latis, bene potygonis,paululum profundis,plano-conicis; septis
acutis, tenuibus.

Cespitose, alive for 1^ to 2 inches, sublamellate, and erect, coalescing
below, lobed above or lobato-ramose, lobes compressed, J to | of an
inch broad (rarely 1£ inches), short ($ an inch), subtruncate at
summit, and 3 to 4 lines thick, not at all clavate. Corallum firm ;
cells £ a line broad, neatly polygonal, quite shallow, piano-conical ;
septa acute and very thin.

Plate 53, fig. 5, corallum, natural size ; 5 a, cell, enlarged ; fig. 8,
outline of same.

Sandwich Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are six inches or more broad, and four high, but are
alive only at summit for two inches or less. Below, it is very coa-
lescent, almost forming a solid mass, with a few large vacuities.
In some specimens, the broad lamellate structure is scarcely apparent.
The depth of the conical cells scarcely exceeds one-fourth the breadth;
and the septa are very thin.

The texture is much firmer than in the West India species allied.

139

554 ZOOPHYTES.

3. PORITES CLAVARIA. (Ellis.) Lamarck.

P. breviter cespitosa, 2" animata ; ramis flexuosis et incrassatis, late cla-
vatis, apice compressis et lobatis, 1-2" latis et 6-9'" crassis, interdum
subflabellatis, valde obtusis ; poly pis valde salientibus ; tentaculis albi-
dis, brevibus, disco brunneo, oris margine albo. Corallum porosissi-
mum, apice spongiosum, cellis paulum excavatis, subconicis aut fundo
plants, majusculis, (fere $'" latis) ; septis tenuibus, acutis.

Short cespitose, alive for 2 inches; branches flexuous, and quite stout,
broad clavate, with the summits compressed and lobed, 1 to 2
inches broad, and £ to % of an inch thick, sometimes subflabellate,
very obtuse; polyps very salient; tentacles whitish, short, disk
brown, margin of the mouth white. Corallum very porous, spongy
at summit; cells shallow, subconical or plane within, rather large
(nearly | of a line broad) ; septa thin and acute.

West Indies. Ellis. Lesueur.

This species is remarkable for its short and stout, flexuous, club-
shaped branches, with the summits of the corallum spongy. They
are scarcely over an inch in length, before furcation commences again.
The cells are rather large (eight to nine being counted in half an
inch), but they have not the broad and obtuse septa of the following
species. The polyps were examined by Lesueur.

Mad. porites, Ellis and Solander, 172, tab. Porites clavaria, in part, Lamk., ii. 435,
47, fig. 1; a characteristic figure, but the No. 5.

cells are rather large, and too distant, and , Lamour., Exp., 61, tab. 47, fig. 1.

the line between the live and dead por- , Lesueur, Mem. du Mus., vi., 289, fig.

tion is not distinguished ; the enlarged 17, pi. 17.

view is good. , Blainville, Man., 396.

4. PORITES FLEXUOSA. (Dana.)

P. breviter cespitosa, 2£" animata; ramis fiexuosis, divaricatis, brevibus,
£— |" crassis, apice dilatatis, valde obtusis aut subtruncatis, interdum
subflabellatis, 1" latis et lobatis. Corallum fere porosissimum, apice
spongiosum, cellis grandibus fere *'" latis, paulum excavatis, fundo
plants, septis obtusis.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 555

Short cespitose, alive for 2| inches ; branches flexuous, divaricate,
quite short, J to § of an inch thick, dilated at apex, very obtuse or
subtruncate, sometimes subflabellate, 1 inch broad, and lobed. Co-
rallurn quite porous, spongy at apex ; cells large (nearly $ of a line
broad), shallow, flat at bottom, septa obtuse.

Barbadoes, West Indies.

The habit of this species is much like that of the davaria, but the
branches are smaller, the cells of the corallum larger, the septa obtuse,
and one-third as broad as the breadth of the cell. There are about
seven cells to a breadth of half an inch.

5. PORITES FURCATA. (Lamarck.)

P. breviter cespitosa, 1-1 J" animata, tortuose ramosa, ramis divaricatis,
compressiusculis, J-§" crassis, interdum 1" latis, et subflabettatis ;
apice subtruncatis, furcatis et tri-furcatis. Corallum porosius, apice
subspongiosum ; cellis parvulis, viz §'" latis, paulum excavatis, sub-
conicis aut f undo plants, septis tenuibus et acutis.

Short cespitose, alive for 1 to 1J inches, tortuously ramose, branches
divaricate, somewhat compressed, £ to \ an inch thick, sometimes
1 inch broad, and subflabellate; apex subtruncate, furcate or tri-
furcate. Corallum quite porous, apex rather spongy ; cells small,
scarcely § of a line broad, a little excavate, subconical or flat at
bottom ; septa thin and acute.

West Indies.

This species has the habit of the flexuosa, but the cells of the co-
rallum are much smaller, and the live part is but an inch or rarely an
inch and a half in length. The above description is drawn from spe-
cimens from Barbadoes, and agrees with Lamarck's. The colour of
the specimen is a dark brown, as far as alive ; below this it is white
with incrusting Nullipores.

Porites furcata, Lamk., ii. 437, No. 8. The Forties flabeUiformis, of Lesueur,

Helioparafurcata, Blainville, Man., 392. (Mem. du Mus., vi. 289,) may be iden-

tical with the above.

556 ZOOPHYTES.

6. PORITES RECTA. (Lesueur.)

P. cespitosa, 1-1 \" animata; ramis rectis, remotis, compressiusculis, di-
varicate fur catis, rotundatis ; polypis cylindricis salientibus, brunnes-
centibus; tentaculis brevibus. Corallum porosius, cellis parvulis, ex-
cavatis; radiis denticulatis.

Cespitose, alive for 1 to 1J inches; branches straight, remote, some-
what compressed, divaricately furcate, rounded at summit; polyps
salient, cylindrical, tinged with brown ; tentacles short. Corallum
rather porous, the cells small, excavate ; rays denticulate.

St. Bartholomew and St. Christopher's, West Indies. Lesueur.

The above description is from Lesueur. He describes the species
as occurring in tranquil waters in the sand, from which it is easily
detached, and growing to a height of two or three inches. The
polyps are salient about their diameter above the cells. The summits
of the tentacles are white, with a semicircle of a deep sienna-brown.
It has smaller and less tortuous branches than the clavaria.

Porites recta, Lesueur, Mem. du Museum, Corallium poris stettatis, crassum, nodo-
vi. 287, pi. 17, fig. 16. sum, ramis fere teretibns, Icvibus (?),

Seba, Thes. iii., tab. 109, fig. 11.

7. PORITES DIVARICATA. (Lesueur.)

P. cespitosa, 1-1£" animata ; ramis valde gracilibus (3-4'"), compressi-
usculis, divaricatis et flexuosis, interdum reflexis, apice rotundatis,
scepe fur catis. Corallum fragile ; cellis parvulis (£"'), excavatis.

Cespitose, alive for 1 to l£ inches; branches quite slender (3 to 4 lines
thick), somewhat compressed, divaricate and flexuous, sometimes
reflexed ; apex rounded, often furcate. Corallum fragile; cells
small (i a line broad), excavate.

Guadaloupe, West Indies. Lesueur.

This species is far more slender than either of the preceding, and
has a very divaricate and flexuous mode of branching. The furcate

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 557

extremities are scarcely more than a third of an inch in breadth, and
about two lines thick.

Forties divaricata, Lesueur, Mem. du Mus., vi. 288.

NOTE. — Esper figures, on plate 59, what appears to be another species, with excavate
cells, differing from either of the preceding. This character of the cells is particularly
mentioned in the description. It has in other respects the habit of the cylitidrica, grow-
ing in a clump of slightly divergent crowded stems ; the branches are, however, less
regular, though nearly of the same size. His specimen was from Madagascar. It may
be designated the P. conferta. Madrepora conglomerata, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 71, tab. 59.

II. Cellis viz excavatis, aut omnino super ficialibus.

8. PORITES NIGRESCENS. (Dana.)

P. ramosa, cespitosa, 6-8" animata ; ramis elongatis, crebriusculis,
sensim attenuatis, interdum coalitis, flexuosis, subteretibus, obtusis,
caulibus basi interdum 1-li" crassis, ramulis J-J" crassis et 2-2J"
longis. Corallum subrobustum ; cellis majusculis, vix excavatis aut
superfaialibus ; septis latis granulosis.

Ramose, cespitose, alive for 6 or 8 inches ; branches elongate, rather
crowded, sometimes coalescing, flexuous, subterete, gradually taper-
ing, obtuse; stems occasionally 1 to 1^ inches thick at base, branch-
lets £ to J an inch thick and 2 to 2£ inches long. Corallum firm;
cells rather large, scarcely excavate or superficial ; septa broad and
granulous.

Plate 54, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 a, surface with the cells
enlarged ; 1 b, transverse section, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clumps are eight inches or more high, and much branched,
and become black or nearly so on the death of the polyps. The sub-
terete branches are long and somewhat tapering, a little flexuous and
distantly coalescent. Above, the cells are a little excavate, but below,
they are superficial ; they are usually black, with the septa dark
brown, and there are about eight to a half inch. Under the micro-
scope the surface appears granulous.

One specimen differs from the others in being a simple stem diva-

140

558 ZOOPHYTES.

ricately branched, two inches thick below, and irregularly tapering
to an apex of one-sixth of an inch ; the cells and the septa are both of
a very dark brown colour.

j8. mucronata. (Plate 54, fig. 2.) The variety (?) thus designated,
is from the Sooloo Sea. The clump is five inches or so across, of a
very deep brown colour, and is divaricately branched, with stout
tapering branches and branchlets, mostly terete, and below often com-
pressed. The branchlets are about half an inch in diameter at base,
and one to one and a half inches long, and are often coalescent. The
cells are scarcely excavate, and there are about seven or seven and a
half to half an inch ; the septa are granulous and nearly half as broad
as the cells. The six points around the centre of a cell are small but
distinct, with the interstices large and deep, the deep shades of which
set off the points and give a darker colour to the cell than is presented
by the general surface of the corallum.

Madrepora porites, Esper, i. 133, tab. 21 A. — A passable figure of some specimens.

9. PORITES PALMATA. (Dana.)

P. cespitosa, 3-4" animata ; ramis late flabellatis, interdum 2" latis et
4" crassis, et apice breviter lobatis out digitalis, inferne scepe coaKtis,
lobis compressis, \-\" longis, obtusis, raro elongatis et teretibus. Co-
rallum subfragile ; cettis superfaialibus aut vix excavatis, parvulis
(i"')> septis ramorum apice acutis.

Cespitose, alive for 3 or 4 inches ; branches broad flabellate, some-
times 2 inches broad, \ thick, and short-lobed or digitate at apex ;
below often coalescing, lobes compressed, £ to 1 inch long, obtuse,
occasionally elongate and terete. Corallum somewhat fragile ; cells
superficial or slightly excavate, small (half a line) ; septa about the
upper parts of the branches acute.

Plate 54, fig. 3, corallum, natural size; 3 a, cells, enlarged.

Sooloo Sea, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

Occurs in large clumps much crowded and anastomosing below.
Only a dead specimen was obtained, and this was partly covered with
the variety mucronata of the nigrescens, from the same locality.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 559

10. PORITES LEVIS. (Dana.)

P. cespitosa, 6" vel plures animata ; ramis elongatis, furcatis, subtere-
tibus, vix compressis, irregulariter inftatis; infra, 1-1 J" crassis,
apice obtusis et 3-4'" latis ; polypis brevissimis, brunneis, tentaculis
minutis, apice albidis. Corallum subrobustum ; cettis omnino super-
faialibus, vix conspifuis.

Cespitose, alive for 6 inches or more; branches long, furcate, sub-
terete, scarcely compressed, irregularly inflated, below, 1— 1J inches
thick, obtuse at apex and 3 to 4 lines broad ; polyps very short,
brown; tentacles minute, with whitish tips. Corallum rather firm,
surface smooth ; cells wholly superficial, scarcely distinguishable.

Plate 54, fig, 5, part of zoophyte, natural size ; 5 a, 5 b, polyps, en-
larged ; 5 c, surface, enlarged ; 5 d, cross section, ditto.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The Madrepora porites, of Esper, as figured on his plate 21, is near the above species.
It is a branched stem, five inches high, nearly an inch broad below, subcompressed,
obtuse, and often bilobate above, with superficial cells, and alive throughout. The
stars as figured are more distinct than in the levis ; in the enlarged figure (fig. 2), six
points are represented surrounding a central one.

11. PORITES CYLINDRICA. (Dana.)

P. cespitosa, 1-2" animata; caulibus erectis creberrimis, sape coalitis,
bene cylindricis, inferne £-£" crassis, apice scepe furcatis, rotundatis,
ramulis 1" longis et J" crassis. Corallum subrobustum; cettis omnino
super Jicialibus, inconspicuis.

Cespitose, alive for 1 to 2 inches; branches erect and very much
crowded together, often coalescing, neatly cylindrical, below £ to §
of an inch thick, often furcate at apex, and rounded ; branchlets 1
inch long and £ of an inch thick. Corallum rather firm; cells
wholly superficial, indistinct.

Plate 54, fig. 4, corallum of part of a clump, natural size.
Feejee Islands (?). Exp. Exp.

560 ZOOPHYTES.

Forms very closely crowded clumps of erect stems, six inches or
more high, very slightly flexuous or straight, and neatly cylindrical.
It is peculiar in being alive only for an inch or two, and in its indis-
tinct stars without any appearance of cells. It has the general habit
of the conferta, but differs in its more regular stems and in the ab-
sence of excavate cells.

B. Ramis plicatis aut crispis.

12. PORITES CONTIGUA. (Esper.) Dana.

P. cespitosa, crebro ramosa, superne conveza, 2 J" animata ; ramis com-
pressis, lobatis-crispis, et angulatis, apice 1^—3'" crassis, obtusis. Co-
rattum robustum, cellis nullis, pord minutissima inconspicud (lynceo
inspecta) per granulas subtilissimas sex drcumdata, granulis aliis
sparsis.

Cespitose, crowdedly ramose, above convex, alive for 2i inches ;
branches compressed, crispate, lobed and angular, 1£ to 3 lines
thick at summits, obtuse. Corallum firm ; cells none, a very minute
indistinct pore (seen by a lens), surrounded by six granules, other
granules scattered.

Plate 54, fig. 6, part of clump of corallum, natural size ; 6 a, surface,
enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

Forms low even-top clumps, a foot broad or more, and ten inches
or so high, very crowdedly branched; the branches are angular,
nodosely subdivided, and often subflabellate and plaited above. It
resembles the Psammocora obtusangula (Pavonia of Lamarck), but
differs in its less neatly plicate branches, and fundamentally in the six
points which surround the polyp-pores of the corallum, and prove its
connexion with the Madrepore family.

Mad. contigua, Espcr, Fortsetz. i. 81, Pavonia plicata, Lamk., ii. 378, No. 6.
tab. 66. , Blainville, Man., 365.

T R I B E I I I. — M A D R E P O R A C E A. 56 I

C. Glomeratce, aut lobato-glomcrata;.
I. Cellis excavatis.

13. PORITES ASTR^OIDES. (Lesueur.)

P. incrustans, undato-gibbosa, crassa ; polypis sulphureis ; tentaculisbrun-
neis, apice flavis punctura nigra notatis. Corallum robustum, cellis
majuscutis, subangulatis, aut orbiculatis, cylindricis et profundis,
lamellis radiatis 12 verticaKbus, centra columella brevissimd, septis sub-
acutis.

Incrusting, undate arid somewhat, gibbous, polyps sulphur-yellow ;
tentacles brown, yellow at tip, with a black puncture at the extre-
mity. Corallum firm, cells rather large, subangular or circular,
cylindrical and deep, with 12 radiating lamellse, nearly vertical and
narrow, and at centre a very short colurnella.

Guadaloupe, West Indies. Lesueur.

The incrusting plates are thin when small, but often become quite
thick, and have an irregularly undulate or subgibbous surface. The
cells are peculiar in being distinctly 12-rayed, with the rays narrow
and vertical.

Porites astrceoides, Lesueur, Mem. du Mus., , Blainville, Man., 395, pi. 61, fig. 5 ;

vi. 287, pi. 16, fig. 15. a recognisable figure.

Porites astrceoides, Lamk., ii. 435, No. 3.

14. PORITES CONGLOMERATA.

P. subglobosa, gibboso-glomerata. Corallum cellis angulatis paulum
excavatis, plano-conicis, vix majusculis (§'") ; septis tenuissimis, acutis.

Subglobose, gibboso-glomerate. Corallum having the cells angular,
quite shallow, flat-conical, rather small (§ of a line) ; septa very thin
and acute.

Plate 55, fig. 3, corallum, natural size; 3 a, cell, enlarged.
The Pacific and Indian Oceans. — Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

141

562 ZOOPHYTES.

The above description is taken from a Feejee specimen, having a
nearly globular form with an uneven or monticulose surface, and
very shallow piano-conical cells, with acute interstices. There are
about nine cells to half an inch.

The Poritcs conglomerata of Lamarck and others includes all the massive species of
this genus. The name is applied to the above on the ground of Esper's fig., tab. 59 A.

The Porites conglomerata, of Ellis and Solander, tab. 41, fig. 4, which is usually re-
ferred to this species, has more resemblance to a dried Alcyonium, as was suggested by
Ehrenberg.

The P. conglomerata of Quoy and Gaymard (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 249, pi. 18, fig. 6-8),
is some other species; but which, is not determinable from the indifferent figure and
description.

The P. conglomerata of Ehrenberg, from the Red Sea, may be the above : " Semipe-
dalis, et subpedalis, glomerata, globosa, gibbosa, sublobata, cellis parvis (5'" latis) obso-
lete hexagonis, contiguis, arenoso-scabris." " Esperi Icon. tab. 59, A. congruit."

The Madrepora solida of Forskal (Icon. p. 131), is one of the massive Porites.

15. PORITES LOBATA. (Dana.}

P. lobato-glamerata, crasso-lamellosa et gibbosa. Corallum robustum
cellis angulatis, paulum excavatis, plano-conids, majusculis (fere'%"};
septis tenuissimis, acutis.

Lobato-glomerate, very thick lamellar, and gibbous. Corallum having
the cells angular, piano-conical, rather large (nearly f of a line) ;
septa very thin and acute.

Plate 55, fig. 1, corallum, natural size; 1 a, 1 b, cells, enlarged.

Sandwich Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is very similar in its cells to the conglomerata, and
may prove to be only a variety of that species. It, however, grows
in deeply divided glomerate forms, not spheroidal, and sometimes
rising into broad lamellar lobes or plates, an inch or more thick, or
forming subcylindrical branchlets, half to one inch long. The mass
below often consists of broad, compressed, coalescing plates, one to
three inches thick. There are eight or nine neatly polygonal cells
to a half inch, separated by very thin septa.

TRIBE III. — MADKEPORACEA. 563

16. PORITES FRAGOSA. (Dana.)

P grandis, arrecto-glomerata, super jide subangulata et crasse monticu-
losa. Corallum robustum, cellis subangulatis, paulum ezcavatis, vix
majusculis (§'"), fundo planis; septis obtusis.

Erect glomerate, with- the surface subangular and coarsely monticu-
lose Corallum having the cells subangular, shallow, rather small
(| of a line broad), plane at bottom ; septa obtuse.

Plate 55, fig. 9, surface of corallum, natural size ; 9 a, cells enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The general form of this species is nearly that of the conglomerata,
though higher in proportion to the breadth ; the cells differ in being
flat at bottom and separated by septa sometimes one-fourth the breadth
of the cell. One specimen from the Feejees measures a foot in height
and seven inches in diameter. There are nine or ten cells to half an
inch in breadth. The interior is very finely compact, and evenly so,
without more compact layers at intervals.

17. PORITES LIMOSA. (Dana.)

P. gibboso-subglobosa. Corallum robustum cellis paulum excavatis,
grandioribus (!"' fatis), fundo planis ; septis obtusis, tenuibus.

Gibboso-subglobose. Corallum having the cells shallow, large ( I of a
line broad), plane at bottom ; septa obtuse, but thin.

Plate 55, fig. 2, corallum, natural size ; 2 a, cells, enlarged.

The Feejee Islands, in shallow waters, near the shores, where often
muddy. Exp. Exp.

The cells of the corallum, though resembling those of the fragosa,
are much larger, about seven occupying an interval of half an inch.
The six points around the centre of the cell are quite prominent.
The specimen in the collections is a disk-shape mass, three inches
thick, and eight in diameter, with lobed sides, and having the upper

564 ZOOPHYTES.

surface dead, arising from the lodgment of dirt upon it, which had
led to its growing laterally, without upward increase. The species
appears to grow in more impure waters than most others of the
genus.

18. PORITES FAVOSA. (Dana.)

P. crasso-columniformis, superfaie subgibbosa, apice truncata. Coral-
lum robustwn cellis profundis, majusculis, conicis ; septis acutis.

Stout columniform, surface subgibbous, summit truncate. Corallum
having the cells deep, rather large, conical; septa acute and durable.

Plate 55, fig. 4, corallum, natural size; 4 a, cells, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species resembles the mordax in its deep conical cells (as deep
as their breadth), and strong acute interstices, and differs in this cha-
racter from either of the preceding massive species. There are seven
or eight cells to half an inch. The specimen in the collections is four
inches in height, and three by two in breadth ; it was alive throughout.

19. PORITES CRIBRIPORA. (Dana.) '

P. incrustans et glomerata, margine crasso et involute, superfaie gibbo-
suld. Corallum robustum cellis parvuKs, punctiformibus, seu conicis ;
septis obtusis.

Incrusting and glomerate, margin of the incrusting mass stout, and
involuted or folded under ; surface small gibbous. Corallum having
the cells quite small, punctiform or conical ; septa obtuse.

Plate 55, fig. 5, corallum, natural size ; 5 a, cell, enlarged.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

Incrusts dead coral, with a layer one-fourth to half an inch thick.
The thick involuted margin and small puncture-like cells (about
twelve to half an inch), are important characters. It has some resem-
blance to Ellis's figure 4, tab. 41.

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 565

II. Cellis omnino super ficialibus.

20. PORITES INFORMIS. (Dana.)

P. arrecto-glomerata, gibbosa-lobata et parce erosa ; polypis Jlavescentibiis
et brunneis, tentaculis obsoletis. Corallum cellis nullis, stellis non con-
spicuis, pord centrali minutissimd, inconspicua, sex granulis circum-
datd, exteriaribus duodedm sparsis.

Stout erect glomerate, gibbons lobed, and sparingly erose ; polyps
pale-yellow, surrounded by brown, tentacles obsolete. Corallum
without cells, stars scarcely distinguishable, central pore very
minute, and surrounded by six granules; the outer 12 granules
scattered.

Plate 55, fig. 6, corallum, natural size ; 6 a, polyps and surface of
zoophyte, enlarged ; 6 b, cells and surface of corallum, enlarged ; 6 c,
part of transverse section.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species differs from the erosa, in not growing in flat-top colum-
nar forms, and also in its cells. The specimen is an irregular mass,
three inches through, with a few nodular elevations.

21. PORITES EROSA. (Dana.)

P. arrecto-glomerata, columniformis, 2£" animata ; apice plano-truncata,
erosa et profunde incisa; super -fide laterali parce monticulosd et
raro subcarinata. Corallum cellis nullis, stellis paulum conspicuis, ad
summitates inconspicuis, granulis sex et duodedm regularibus.

Stout erect glomerate, columniform, alive for 2^ inches ; truncate at
summit, erose and deeply incised ; lateral surface sparingly monti-
culose, and rarely subcarinate. Corallum without cells, stars rather
distinct, except at apex, circles of 6 and 12 granules regular.

Plate 55, fig. 8, corallum, natural size ; 8 a, cell, enlarged.

Sooloo Sea. Exp. Exp.

142

566 ZOOPHYTES.

The columnar masses are lobed above, and deeply erose. The spe-
cimen in the collections is three inches high, and four in diameter,
with a nearly flat summit. The sides are much less uneven than in
the monticulosa, the summits more flat, and the granules of the inter-
vals between the stars are not similar to the granules of the cells.

22. PORITES MONTICULOSA. (Dana.)

P. arrecto-glomerata, cohmmiformis, et lobata, apice rotundato-truncata ;
superjicie undique angulatt erosd out monticulosd, monticulis laterali-
bus crebris scepe subtriangulatis et ascendentibus, nunquam in carinas
digestis, apicalibus paulo minoribus ; polypis brunneis, labris semilu-
nate lutescentibus, tentaculis obsoletis albidis. Corallum cettis nullis,
stettis vix conspicuis, pord centrali minutissimd.

Stout erect glomerate, columniform or erect lobed, apex round-trun-
cate ; surface every where angularly erose or monticulose ; lateral
monticles crowded, often subtriangular and ascending, never coa-
lescing into carinate ridges, the apical a little smaller ; polyps brown,
the lips semilunate and yellow, tentacles whitish, obsolete. Co-
rallum with no cells, stars scarcely distinguishable, central pore
very minute.

Plate 55, fig. 7, corallum, natural size ; 7 a, polyps, enlarged; 7 b,
cells, enlarged ; 7 c, part of a transverse section, ditto.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen in the collections is five and a half inches high, and
four and a half by three in breadth at base. The columniform lobes are
one to three inches in diameter, and two inches or so long, and have
nearly rounded summits.

D. Tenuiter incrustantes.

23. PORITES LICHEN. (Dana.}

P. incrustans, J" crassa, undulata, margine subacuto, scepe revoluto, et
paulum libero, superficie infernd levi aut obsolete plicatd. Corallum

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 567

cettis paulo excavatis, vix §'" latis,fundo plan-is, septis tenuibus, filifor-
mibus, scepe superne productis (super -fide itaque reticulata).

Incrusting, | of an inch thick, undulate, margin subacute, often flexed
upward, and free for a third of an inch ; under surface smooth, or
obsoletely plicate. Corallum having the cells shallow, and often
prominent in minute, thin ridges, which give the surface a reticu-
late appearance.

Plate 56, fig. 2, corallum, natural size.

• •

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

24. PORITES RETICULOSA. (Dana.)

P. incrustans, undukita, margine vix libero, superficie mammillata, sen
tuberosa. Corallum porosissimum, cellis bene angulosis, paulum ex-
cavatis, grandioribus (%'"), f undo plants, septis tenuibu.s, scepe superne
productis.

Incrusting, undulate, margin scarcely at all free, surface mammillate
and tuberose. Corallum very porous, cells neatly angular, shallow,
rather large (| of a line), plane at bottom, septa thin, and often pro-
minent in thin ridges, like the lichen.

Plate 55, fig. 1, corallum, natural size.
Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

25. PORITES ARENACEA. (Lamarck.)

Incrustans, simplicissima. Corallum cellis super ficialibus, subconcavis,
perparvis.

Incrusting, quite simple. Corallum having the cells superficial, sub--
concave, very small.

The Red Sea, incrusting the Mytilus margaritiferus. Lamarck.

568 ZOOPHYTES.

Madreporaarenosa(l.),'L\\in.,e&.x\{., 1276; Forties arenacea, Lamk., ii. 435, No. 4.

" M. composita, stellis contiguis, planius- , Blainville, Man., 395.

culis, subarenaceis."

The Mad. Forties arenacea, of Ehrenberg, is described as follows : " Quadrilinearis,
lineam alta, suborbicularis, effusa, incrustans, simplex, membranacea, stellis contiguis,
•J'" latis, immersis, interstitiis spinuloso-hispidis (detritis granulosis?). In Pinna turgida
Maris Rubri. An pullus alius?" — Gen. Ixx., sp. 20. — A Manopora?

NOTE. — The Madrepora punctata, of Linnaeus, is an imperfectly described species,
possibly of some other genus. It is stated to come from the European Ocean, and is de-
scribed as follows : " M. composita, punctis stellaribus confertis, conflatis e punctis denis."

The M. punctata, of Esper, tab. 70, is a true incrusting Porites, with shallow cells,
and wide granulous interstices. It comes from the Moluccas.

The M, Forties punctata, of Ehrenberg (Gen. Ixx., sp. 17), appears to be a different
species, having much resemblance to the P. lichen. The following are some of its
characters : " Stellis semilinearibus, margine non lamellosis, interstitiis venoso-turgidis,
poroso-punctatis, denticulis nullis, stellularum lamellis basi denticulo columellam tenuem
punctiformem reddente auctis." " An. M. Porites conglomerata juvenilis ?" Locality
unknown.

M. Forties arnuita, H. and Ehrenberg (Gen. Ixx., sp. 19): "Pollicaris, effusa, in-
crustans, stellularum semilinearium interstitiis scabris, nee lamellosis, singulo stellula-
rum margine, dente crenato armato, columellce vestigio obsolete." Red Sea. Probably
a Sideropora.

M. Porites stromatopora, H. and Ehrenberg (Gen. Ixx., sp. 21) : " Semipedalis, effusa,
2" alta, stratum super stratum exstruendo pulvinata, stratis horizontalibus, I'" altis, dis-
cretis distinctisque (hinc exesa margine scalariformis evadit), stcllulis singulis linea inino-
ribus, parum profundis, lamellis 12, subsequalibus, ad centrum usque productis, interstitiis
stellularum contiguarum minimis porosis." Locality uncertain. A Manopora near the
effusa?

GENUS II.— GONIOPORA.— QUOY & GAYMARD.

Poritidce arrecto-glomeratce, lobatce ; polypis l6-24:-tentaculatis, 1-2'"
latis. Corolla omnino kviter porosa ; cellis subprofundis, aut super-
faialibus, intus granulosis.

Erect glomerate, and lobed ; polyps with 16 to 24 tentacles, and 1 to
2 lines broad. Coralla throughout light porous; cells scarcely as
deep as their breadth or superficial, granulous within.

The Goniopors resemble the Porites in habit and texture, but are

TRIBE III. — MADREI'ORACEA. 569

less finely porous, and have larger polyps and cells. The species
often grow in club-shaped masses or rude cylinders, which become
lobed above by furcation, and, like many Porites, only the top for one
to three inches is alive. These cylinders grow to a height of two feet
or more.

The species are confined to the coral-reef seas, and have been
found only in the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

This genus was proposed by Quoy and Gaymard, by whom the
polyps were first examined. The name alludes to the angular form
of the cells, and is derived from ym\>, an angle.

1. GONIOPORA PEDUNCULATA. (Quoy $ Gaymard.)

G. glomerata ; polyjris 2-3'" salientibus, kete virentibus ; tentaculis ob-
longis, obtusis. Corallum porosissimum ; cellis parvulis (!'" latis),
polijgonis ; margine granulatis seu inaqualiter denticulatis.

Glomerate; polyps 2 to 3 lines salient, bright green; tentacles oblong,
obtuse. Corallurn very porous; cells small (1 line broad), poly-
gonal ; margin granulate, or irregularly denticulate.

Port Dorey, New Guinea. Quoy <$f Gaymard.

This species is described by Quoy and Gaymard, as occurring in
hemispherical masses as large as the fist. It may also grow erect
like the following species.

Goniopora pedimculata, Quoy and Gay- 27. " A. glomerata, superficie reticulata,

mard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv., 218, pi. 16, cellis subpentagonis, contiguis, calyci-

figs. 9-11. formibus, ad parietes striatis, fundo pa-

, Blainville, Man., 395. pillis senis substellatis." Referred here

Astrcea cahjcularis (?), Lamk., ii. 416, No. by Quoy and Gaymard.

2. GONIOPORA COLUMNA. (Dana)

G. erecta, 1—2" alta, compresso-cylindrica, et subclavata, 2—4" crassa ;
apice rotundata, et divisa, 2-3" animata ; polypis cylindricis, 2-3"'
salientibus, pallide purpureis, 1 8-24-tentaculatis. Gorallum porosis-
simum ; cellis angulatis, excavatis, !£"' latis ; margine acutis, granu-
latis; infra cellis obsoletis.

143

570 ZOOPHYTES.

Erect, 1 to 2 feet high, compressed cylindrical, and subclavate, 2 to 4
inches thick; summits rounded, furcately subdividing above; alive
for 2 to 3 inches ; polyps cylindrical, 2 to 3 lines salient, of a pale
lilac tint, tentacles 18 to 24 in number. Corallum very porous ;
cells angular, excavate, 1£ lines broad ; margin acute, granulate ;
cells below obsolete.

Plate 56, fig. 5, zoophyte, natural size ; 5 a, polyp, enlarged ; 5 b,
part of summit, showing the cells, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species is near the preceding, yet the form of the polyps, judg-
ing from Quoy and Gaymard's .figures, is quite different, the cells
larger, and the mode of growth is peculiar. The large columns grow
to a height of two feet or more, but only the tips for two or three
inches are alive; the part below is incrusted with Nullipores, sponges,
and various shells. The lower cells, or those towards the limits of
the live portion, are quite superficial. No distinct lamella are seen in
any of them.

NOTE. — G. Savignii. Savigny's figure 2, tab. 5, (Desc. do 1'Egypte,) has much of
the appearance of a Goniopora, and some resemblance to the preceding, though smaller.
It represents a single stout stem, with several ascending clavate lobes, somewhat com-
pressed, and two to four inches broad, with a subtruncate top. The whole clump is
seven inches high, and has nearly the shape of an inverted cone. The cells are nearly
circular, contiguous, or planulate, and about one-eighth of an inch broad. The summits
are alive for about two inches.

Ehrenberg refers to this figure, with a query, under his Astrcea planulatu.

TRIBE M A DREPORACEA: — APPENDIX.

The animals of the following genera are unknown ; and the species
are so imperfectly understood, that their connexion with the tribe Ma-
dreporacea is uncertain.

ERRINA.— GRAY.

Ramosce ; ramis muricatis, caliculis prominulis et inferne longitudina-
liter jissis ; Milleporce habitu affines.

TRIBE II I. — MADREPORACEA. 571

Ramose; branches covered with calicles; calicles tubular, a little
prominent, having a longitudinal fissure below ; near Millepora in
habit.

This genus was instituted by Gray for the Milkpora asperaof Esper
and Lamarck.

ERRINA ASPERA. (Esper.) Gray.

E. ramosa, 4" alta; subcompressa,pauloflabellata, ramulis brevibus, suba-
cutis, caliculis ad apices et undique sparsis (superficie itaque asperata).

Ramose, 4 inches high; subcompressed, somewhat flabellate; branch-
lets short, subacute ; calicles scattered every where, even over the
summits, the surface, therefore, throughout rough.

Mediterranean Sea. Lamarck. Esper.

. densl surculosa, &c., Gualt. Ind. , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 546.

Test., back of tab. 55. Errina aspera, Gray, Zool. Soc. Trans.,

y, aspera, Linn., ed. xii., 1282. 1835, 85 ; Gray suggests, that the Mille-

, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 106, tab. Mill., 18. pora tubulifera and pinnata of Lamarck,

, Lamk., ii. 308, No. 4. may belong to this genus.

CERIOPORA.— BLAINVILLE.

Pumilce; glomerate aut lamelloscB. Corolla stratis concentricis in-
structa; cellis orbiculatis, minutissimis, irregulariter sparsis.

Minute; glomerate or lamellose. Coralla consisting of concentric
beds; surface covered with very minute circular cells, irregularly
scattered.

This genus, as originally instituted by Goldfuss, on the ground of
a stratified structure and minute cells, contained various species not
properly related. The genus Chrysaora, of Lamouroux, embraces a
large part, characterized by their angular or polygonal lobato-ramose
forms, uneven surface, and pore-like cells, with nothing of a columnar
structure. The species are minute, and may be Bryozoa. Blain-

572 ZOOPHYTES.

ville instituted the genera Spinopora, Ceriopora, Heteropora, and
Pustulopora, from the remainder, placing, at the same time, some of
the species with the Alveolites of Lamarck. The genus Ceriopora,
as restricted, has the circular cells of a Millepora, and the coralla
consist of " concentric and enveloping" beds. The species referred
by Blainville to the genus, are all from the chalk.

The genus Spinopora, of Blainville, comprises small glomerate spe-
cies, having a spino-tuberculous surface, and minute irregular pore-
like cells scattered over the intermediate spaces. The existence of
tubercles is hardly a character of generic importance. The species
reported to it are from the chalk. The genus Heteropora is referred
to under Heliopora, page 539. The Heteropora of Ehrenberg cor-
responds to the Madrepora of other authors.

Ceriopora, Goldfuss, Petref., 32. Ceriopora, Blainv., Man., 413, pi. 70, fig.

Chrysaora, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 83, 2; Goldf., 33, pi. 10, figs. 4, 6, 7.

pi. 81, figs. 6, 7 ; Goldf., tab. 11, figs. , Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 313.

5—11. Spinopora, Blainv., Man., 415, pi. 70, fig.

, Blainville, Man., 414. 3 ; Ceriopora mitra, Goldf., 39, pi. 30,

, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 315. fig. 13.

NOTE. — The genus Tiksia, of Lamouroux, is but imperfectly known ; it is supposed
to fall near the above. The small coralla are ramose, with the branches cylindrical
and verrucose, and having minute circular pore-like cells collected in polymorphous
groups, with the intermediate surface smooth. The only species described is a fossil
from near Caen. (Lamouroux, Exp., Meth., 42, tab. 74, figs. 5,6. — Blainv., Man , 415,
pi. 63, fig. 5. — Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 316.) Lamouroux's description of the genus will
apply nearly as well to his Theonea (q. v.)

TEREBELLARIA.— LAMOUROUX.

Pumilce; ramosce, ramis elongate conicis, et spiraliter annulatis ; cellis
minutis ovalibus, subtriangulatis, in quincuncem dispositis.

Quite small ; ramose ; branches oblong conical, and spirally annulate;
cells minute, oval, orsubtriangular, and arranged in quincunx order.

The branches have a depression running spirally around from the
base to the summit. This genus, established by Lamouroux, is ar-
ranged near the "Alveolites," by Blainville. He states that the cells

TRIBE III. — MADREPORACEA. 573

are not subtubular, as the figures appear to represent. The species
referred to the genus are from the coral limestone at Caen.

Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 84, pi. 82, fig. I. Lamarck, 2d ed., ii., 318.
Blainville, Man., 409, pi. 67, fig. 5.

APSENDESIA.— LAMOUROUX.

Pumilce. Corolla laminis aggregatis cristiformibus instructa, margine
cettiferis ; cellis minutis, poriformibus, subangulatis, irregulariter
sparsis.

Quite small. Coralla consisting of aggregated crest-like plates, having
the margin celliferous ; cells minute, pore-like, subangular, irregu-
larly scattered.

This genus was instituted by Lamouroux, and afterwards more cor-
rectly defined by Blainville. The species referred to the genus are
from the Jurassic and tertiary limestones. The structure of the A.
cerebriformis, as described by Milne Edwards, appears to be similar
to that of the Stenoporse.

Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 81, pi. 80, figs. Blainville, Man., 408, pi. 65, fig. 3.
12-14. Lamarck, 2d ed., ii., 289.

PELAGIA.— LICHENOPORA.

The genus Pelagia, of Lamouroux, as more correctly described by Blainville, is a
free disk-shape zoophyte, smooth and low conical below, and having the upper surface
stellate, with small ridges or crests, which are covered above with minute subangular
cells. The only known species is a fossil half an inch in diameter. Blainville places
it near " Alveolites," and compares the upper surface to that of the Lichenoponc.
Whether it have or not the internal structure of the Favositidoc, is not ascertained.

Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., pi. 79, figs. 5-7. Blainville, Man., 410, pi. 69, fig. 13.
Defrance, Diet, des Sci. Nat., t. 38. Lamarck, 3d ed., ii., 289.

144

574 ZOOPHYTES.

The Lictienopora, according to Blainville, have a subturbinate form, with minute an-
gular cells over the upper surface ; this surface is concave, and covered with small, ridge-
like prominences, stellately arranged, as in the Pelagia. Blainville, after an examination
of the fossils upon which the genus was founded by Uefrance, suggests that they are pro-
bably young forms of Retepores. He added a Mediterranean species (L. Mediterranea)
to the genus, but without describing it, only mentioning that it was a Retepore in struc-
ture, and near the genus Frondijxtra.

Michelin has described an incrusting species, of uncertain locality, which, from the
character of the cells, and its small stars of verruca;, he has referred to Defrance's genus,
calling it Lichenopora glomerata. It occurred around the axis of a dead Antipathes,
forming an incrustation three-fourths of an inch long, and nearly half an inch thick ; the
stars of verrucas are two to three lines in diameter, and the whole surface is covered with
minute, contiguous, subangular cells, which, according to the figure, are hardly a twenty-
fifth of a line in diameter. Michelin states that the cells are prolonged to the axis of the
group. From this last character, and the size and appearance of the cells, it is pos-
sible that the species may be congeneric with the fossils of the genus Constellaria, men-
tioned under Favosites.

Lichenopora, Defrance, Diet, des Sci. Nat., Lichenoporn, Lamk., 3d ed., ii., 284.

xxvi., 257. L. glomerata, Michelin, Guer. Mag. de Zool.,
, Blainville, Man., 407, pi. 68, fig. 4. 1840, Zooph., pi. 1.

TRIBE IV.— ANTIPATHACEA.

Actinaria sex-tentaculata ; gemmipara, gemmatione inferiore.

Actinaria having 6 equal tentacles; gemmiparous, with the gemma-
tion inferior.

FAMILY L— ANTlPATHIDjE.

Zoophyta ajfixa, caukscentia et scepius ramosa ; secretiones corallica:
internets nullas, sed basi epidermicas ramorum axem elaborantia.

TRIBE I V. — A N T I P A T II A C E A. 575

Attached zoophytes, caulescent, and usually ramose ; forming no coral
secretions, except epidermic foot-secretions, which constitute the
axis of the branches.

The Antipathidse, like many Gorgonidae, secrete a corneous axis,
which is surrounded by a fleshy covering of polyps; and on this ac-
count the two groups have hitherto been placed together. An exami-
nation of the animals -of two species has led to an arrangement of
them among the Actinoidea, as the tentacles have the naked character
peculiar to this suborder, and the polyps closely resemble those of the
Madreporae in appearance and habit. The existence of genital lamella?
within the visceral cavity has not yet been proved by dissection, and
as this is the deciding character, the propriety of the present arrange-
ment, cannot be considered as fully established.

GENUS ANTIPATHES.
AntipathidcB axe cornea spinulosce, polyporum crusta omnino carnosd.

Antipathidse having the corneous axis spinulous, and the polyp-
covering wholly fleshy.

The Antipathes grow either in long stems, or branched in imitation
of trees, spreading shrubs, or in fan-like fronds. The horny axis is
covered with minute spinules, which character distinguish them from
the axes of Gorgoniae.

Though common in the tropics, they also occur in the temperate
zone ; they are not unfrequent in the Mediterranean, and have been
found in the seas of Norway.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Quite simple.

*1. A. spiralis. *2. A. anguina.

II. Simple, with lateral pinnules.

3. A. larix. 4. A. eupteridea.

576 ZOOPHYTES.

III. Branching in a plane.

1 . Brunches pinnate.

5. A. pectinata. 7. A. subpinnata.

6. A. myriophylla. 8. A. reticulata.

2. Not pinnate.

9. A. flabellum. 10. A. ericoides.

IV. Not branched in a plane.

11. A. mimosella. *17. A. corticata.

12. A. pinnatifida. 18. A. lacerata.
*13. A. cupressus. 19. A. pyramidata.

14. A. pennacea. 20. A. Boscii.

15. A. scoparia. 21. A. alopecuroidesv

16. A. foeniculum. • *22. A. arborea.

I. Caulibus simplicissimis.

1. ANTIPATHES SPIRALIS.

A. simplicissima, subspiralis, polypis elongate rostratis ; axe corneo mi-
nute spinuloso, spinulis confertis, aciculatis.

Quite simple, somewhat spirally twisted, polyps with a long beak;
the minute spinules of the axis acicular and very numerous.

The Mediterranean, and Indian Ocean.

Palmiuncus anguinus, Rumphius, Amb., , Esper, Pflanz. ii. 154, tab. 8 ; a

iv. 202, tab. 78, fig. C. copy of Ellis's figure.

Antipathes spiralis, Pallas, Zooph., 217, , Lamour., Pol. flex., 373; Exp., 31,

No. 141. pi. 19, figs. 1-6 ; Encyc., 68.

, Gmelin, Linn., 3795. , Schweig., Handb., 432.

, Ellis and Solander, 99, tab. 19, figs. Cirrhipates spiralis, Blainv., Man., 512,

1-6. pi. 88, fig. 2.

2. ANTIPATHES ANGUINA. (Dana.}

A. simplicissima, paulum spirali-flexuosa, polypis viridescentibus vix
rostratis, tentaculis basifuscis ; axi corneo longe subarticulato, spimdis
subremotis, compressis, subacutis.

TRIBE IV. — ANTIPATHACEA. 577

Quite simple, somewhat spirally flexuous; polyps greenish, scarcely
beaked ; tentacles fuscous at base ; axis with faint articulations at
long distances; spinules rather remote, compressed, subacute.

Plate 56, fig. I, extremity of zoophyte, natural size; 1 o, axis; 1 b, 1 c,
polyps, enlarged ; 1 d, section of axis, enlarged.

From the reefs off Mathuata, Venua Lebu, Feejee Islands. Exp.
Exp.

This species resembles the preceding, but the polyps are not pro-
perly beaked, and the spinules of the surface are more distant, stouter,
and hardly acute. Moreover, distinct nodes are apparent in the axis,
every three or four inches, towards the upper extremity of the zoo-
phyte. The whole stem was six feet long, and grew in five feet water,
yet it was so twisted as not to reach the surface. The polyps were
very sluggish in their motions (as the figures indicate), and about a
sixth of an inch in diameter.

It is probable that this is the Palmiuncus anguinus, of Rumphius, and perhaps also
the Cirrhipates Sieboldi, of Blainville (Man., 512).

II. A. simplices, lateraliter longe pinnuliferis.

3. ANTIPATHES LARIX. (Esper.)

A. simpkx, pr&longa, ramulis longissimis (2-4"), undique spar sis, ramu-
lorum axe setiformi.

Simple, very long ; branchlets very long (2 to 4 inches), pointing
every way, and having a setiform axis.

The Mediterranean, Gulf of Venice. Lamarck.

Antipathes larix, Esper, Pflanz., ii. 147, Antipathes larix, Lamour., Pol. flex., 374 ;
tab. 4. Encyc., 70.
— , Lamk., ii. 482, No. 11. , Blainville, Man., 511.

4. ANTIPATHES EUPTERIDEA. (Lamarck.)

A. simpkx, pinnata, pinnulis simplidbus eleganter incurvis ; caulis axe
subtriquetro, pinnularum setaceo.

145

57S ZOOPHYTES.

Simple, pinnate, pinnules simple, elegantly incurved ; axis of the stem
nearly triangular, of the pinnules setaceous.

Coast of Martinique. Lamarck. Lamouroux.

Antipathes eupteridea, Lamarck, ii. 483, une belle plume de paon decolorec et

No. 19. brunnatre."
, Lamour., Encycl., 71 ; " Resemble a

III. In piano ramosce.
1. Ramis pinnatis.

5. ANTIPATHES PECTINATA. (Lamarck.}

A. flabellata, 9" alta; ramis pinnato-pectinatis ; ramorum axe com-
presso, ramulorum filiformi, subulato; spinulis paucis.

Flabellate, 9 inches high; branches pinnato-pectinate, axis of the
branches compressed; of the branchlets filiform, subulate; spinules
few.

Antipathes pectinata, Lamk., ii. 480, No. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 381 ; Encyc.,

6. — Locality not given. 72.

6. ANTIPATHES MYRIOPHYLLA. (Pallas.}

A. grandis (18-20" alta}, late ramosissima, incurvata, in piano pani-
culata, subtripinnata, pinnulis brevibus (vix |"), crebris ; pinnularum
axe selaceo, scabro.

Large (18 to 20 inches high), much and spreading ramose, incurvate,
paniculate in a plane, subtripinnate, pinnules short (^ of an inch or
less), much crowded ; axis of the pinnules setaceous, scabrous.

Indian Ocean. Ellis. Lamouroux.

Myriophyllum Indicum ramosissimum, Antipathes myriophylla, Esper, Fortsetz.,

Pettiv. Gazoph., tab. 35, fig. 12. i., tab. 10.

Antipathes myriophytta, Pallas, Zooph., , Lamk., ii. 481, No. 9.

210. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 378; Exp., 32,

, Ellis and Sol., 102, tab. 19, figs. 11, pi. 19, figs. 11, 12 ; Encyc., 71.

12. — From the Moluccas. , Blainv., Man., 510, pi. 87, fig. 2.

TRIBE IV. — ANTIPATHACEA. 579

7. ANTIPATHES SUBPINNATA.

A. ramosa, pinnata, pinnulis alternis, vix 1' longis,aliis interdum trans-
verse positis ; pinnularum axe setaceo.

Ramose, pinnate, pinnules alternate, scarcely an inch long, a few at
right angles with the others ; axis of the pinnules setaceous.

Mediterranean Sea. Lamourouz.

Antipathes subpinnata, Ellis and Solander, , Lamouroux, Pol. flex., 379 ; Exp.,

101, tab. 19, figs. 9, 10. 32, pi. 19, figs. 9, 10 ; Encyc., 72.
, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 484, No. 20. , Blainville, Man., 511.

8. ANTIPATHES RETICULATA. (Esper.)

A. in piano ramosa, ramis inordinate ascendentibus, crebris, scepe bipin-
natis, interdum coalitis, pinnulis divaricatis, 1 £"' remotis, brevibus et
incequalibus ; ramorum ramulorumque axe filiformi et setaceo.

Branching in a plane, branches irregularly ascending, crowded, often
bipinnate, pinnules sometimes coalescing, divaricate, about l£ lines
distant, short and unequal ; axis of branches and branchlets very
slender, and of pinnules setaceous, scabrous.

East Indies (?).

Antipathes reticulata, Esper, Fortsetz., i. 183, tab. 11 : "A. explanata, ramis inor-
dinate ascendentibus. ramulis clathratis, scaberrimis."

2. Ramis non pinnatis.

9. ANTIPATHES FLABELLUM. (Pallas.)

A. flabellata, ramosissima, spatiose reticulata ; axe striato, ad later a
compresso, subspinoso.

Flabellate, much branched, coarse reticulate ; axis striated, laterally
compressed, somewhat spinous.

Indian Ocean.

580

ZOOPHYTES.

Flabellum marinum planum (?), Rumph.

Atnb., vi. 205, tab. 79.
Antipathes flabettum, Pallas, Zooph., iii.,

No. 136 : " Tenerrima scabritie his-

pidum."
, Lamarck, No. 16 : " Grande et belle

espece, tout-a-fait flabelliforme et reti-

culee ;" Lamarck refers to Esper's Ant.
flabellum, tab. 1 , which is not scabrous,
and is probably a decorticated Gorgonia
(G. Esperi ?).

Antipatlies flabellum, Lamouroux, Polyp,
flex., 382 ; Encyc., 73.

10. ANTIPATHES ERICOIDES.

A. Jlabellata, ramosissima, intertexta ; ramorum ramulorumque axe
filiformi, hispidulo; ramulis brevibus, setaceis.

Flabellate, much branched, interwoven ; axis of branches and branch-
lets filiform, finely hispid ; branchlets short, and setaceous.

Indian Ocean (?). Esper. Lamarck.

and A. ericoides, ibid., tab. 6 ; the figure
has some resemblance, in the slender
axis, to that of thereticulala, but it is not
pinnate branched, and has fewer branch-
lets.

Antipathes ericoides (?), Pallas, Zooph., 208.

, Lamarck, 482, No. 13.

, Lamouroux, Polyp, flex., 381 ; En-
cyc., 72.
Antipathes myriophylla, Esper, ii. 150,

NOTE. — The following flabellate species, judging from Esper's descriptions and figures,
to which Lamarck refers, may be decorticated Gorgonioe.

A. RADIANS (Lamarck). Subflabellate, much branched, subspinous, branches divari-
cately radiating. Mediterranean. — A. fceniculacea, Esper, ii. 152, tab. 7 ; A. radians,
Lamk., ii. 482, No. 14; Lamour., Pol. flex., 380, and Encyc., 72 ; Blainv., Man., 511.

A. CLATHRATA. Flabellate, much and intricately branched, branchlets often coa-
lescing, and hence coarse reticulate, the smaller quite short and subsetaceous. Indian
Ocean (?). — Antipathes clathrata (?), Pallas, Zooph., 212; A. clathrata, Esper, ii. 141,
tab. 2, according to whom the surface is smooth and shining ; Lamarck, ii. 483, No. 15 ;
Lamour., Polyp, flex., 382, and Encyc., 72.

A. LIGULATA (Esper). Flabellate, much branched, coalescent and delicately reticu-
late; axis of the branches compressed ; of the branchlets ligulate, resembling somewhat
the axis of a Gorgonia flabellum; A. ligulata, Esper, ii. 149, tab. 5; probably a decorti-
cated Gorgonia flabellum or clathrus; Lamk., ii. 483, No. 17; Lamour., Polyp, flex.,
381, and Encyc., 72.

IV. Non jlabellatce, nee in piano ramosee.

11. ANTIPATHES MIMOSELLA. (Lamarck.)
A. ramosissima, 2' alta, paniculata, expansa ; ramis patentibus, alter-

TRIBE IV. — ANTIPATHACEA. 581

nis decomposito-pinnatis ; pinnulis distichis ; pinnularum axe. setaceo,
hispido.

Much branched, 2 feet high, paniculate, spreading, branches open,
alternate, decompound-pinnate, pinnules distichous; axis of the
pinnules setaceous, hispid.

East Indies.

Antipathcs mimosella, Lamarck, ii. 481, flex., 377 ; Exp. Meth., 31, pi. 19, figs.

No. 8. 7, 8 ; Encyc., 70 ; Lamouroux describes

— , Lamouroux, Encyc., 71. the idex as follows: "A ramosissima,

Antipatltes ulex (?), Ellis and Sol., 100, ramis sparsis, patentibus, hispidissimis,

tab. 19, figs. 7, 8 ; and Lamour., Pol. attenuatis."

12. ANTIPATHES PINNATIFIDA. (Lamouroux.}

A. ramosa, 2' alta, ramis patentibus, alternis, pinnatifidis, ramulis
ramusculisque distichis vel subsparsis, rectis, antice projectis ; ramus-
culorum axe rigido, echinato.

Ramose, 2 feet high ; branches open, alternate, pinnatifid, branchlets
and pinnules distichous, or somewhat scattered, straight; the axis
of the branchlets rigid, echinate.

East Indies.

A>itipiit/iespinnatifida,Ija.mour.,Po\. flex., Antipathes pinnatifida, Lamarck, 2d ed.,
377, pi. 14, fig. 4 ; Encyc., 70. ii. 481, No. 8 a.

13. ANTIPATHES CUPRESSUS. (Pallas.)

A. elongate arborescens, ramulis lateralibus brevibus, creberrimis, paulum
recurvatis, bipinnatis.

Elongate arborescent, lateral branchlets quite short and crowded, a
little recurved, bipinnate.

Ciipressus marina, Seba, Thes., iii. tab. A. citpressina, Pallas, Zooph., 213.

106, fig. 1 ; a specimen sixteen inches , Esper, Pflanz., ii. 143, tab. 3 ; a bad

high, and three and a half broad. figure.

Rumphius, Amboyn., tab. 80, fig. 2. A. cupressus, Ellis and Solander, 103.

146

582 ZOOPHYTES.

A. cuprcssus, Lamarck, ii. 481, No. 10. by Lamarck. Its mode of growth is
, Lamour., Polyp, flex., 380 ; Encyc., similar, but its form is much broader,

72. the lateral branches being three or four

Esper's A. panimlata (Fortsetz. i. tab. 12), inches long, and stouter. It is described

is referred with a query to this species, by Esper, as ovato-paiiiculate.

14. ANTIPATHES PENNACEA.

A. ramosa, subincurva ; pinnulis creberrimis ; pinnularum axe setaceo,
hispido.

Ramose, somewhat incurved; pinnules much crowded ; axis of the
pinnules setaceous, hispid.

Indian Ocean. Lamarck.

Humph., Amboyn., vi. 209. Antipatlies pennacea, Bosc., vers. iii., 40.

Antipathes pennacea, Pallas, Zooph., 269. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 379; Encyc. 71.

, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 483.

15. ANTIPATHES SCOPARIA. (Lamarck.}

A. parce ramosa, sitperne paniculato-corymbosa ; ramis ramulisque
elongalis gracilibus ; ramulorum axejiliformi, hispidulo, scabro.

Sparingly ramose, above paniculate-corymbose ; branches and branch-
lets long and slender; axis of branchlets filiform, finely hispid,
scabrous.

Mediterranean Sea. Marsilli.

Antipathes scoparia, Lamk., ii. 480, No. 7. Antipathies scoparia, Lamour., Pol. flex.,
, Esper, Fortsetz., ii. tab. 14. 376 ; Encyc., 70.

16. ANTIPATHES FCENICULUM. (Lamarck.}

A. ramosissima, laxa, subpaniculata ; ramorum axe inferne subcom-
presso, spinoso, ramulorumque ultimorum setaceo, levigato.

Much branched, lax, subpaniculate ; axis of the branches somewhat
compressed, spinous, of the terminal branchlets setaceous, smooth.

TRIBE IV. — ANTIPATHACEA.

East Indies (?). Lamarck.

Antijiat/iesfceniculucea (?), Pallas, Zooph., A. fceniculum, Lamour., Pol. flex., 379 ;

207. Encyc., 71 ; states that it grows to a

Rumph. Amboyn., vi. 208, tab. 80, fig. 3. height of seven or eight inches.

A.fceniculum, Lamk., ii. 482, No. 12. , Blainville, Man., 511.

17. ANTIPATHES CORTICATA. (Lamarck.)

A. caule parce ramosa, 15" alta, corticata, spinis numerosis echinata ;
corticis poris nullis.

Stern sparingly ramose, 15 inches in height, corticate, echinate, with
numerous spines; cortex without pores.

Indian Ocean.

The cortex is merely a thin animal coating, and its existence is not
an essential characteristic.

Antipathes corticata, Lamk., ii. 480, No. 3. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 374 ; Encyc. 69.

18. ANTIPATHES LACERATA. (Lamarck.)

A. caule ramosa, fere 2' alta, ramusculis spiniformibus echinata ; ramis
sarmentosis, tortuosis, sensim attenuatis ; ramulis lateralibus, tenui-
bus, sublaceris.

Stem ramose, nearly 2 feet high, echinate with spiriiform branchlets ;
branches sarmentose, tortuous, gradually attenuate; branchlets
lateral, very numerous, slender, sublacerate.

Indian Ocean (?). Lamarck.

Antipathes lacerala, Lamarck, ii. 430, Encycl., 70. " Ses branches s'entortil-
No. 4. lent les unes avec les autres comme pour

Ant. lacera, Lamouroux, Pol. flex., 377 ; se soutenir."

19. ANTIPATHES PYRAMID ATA. (Lamarck.)
A. caule rigida, indivisa ; ramulis lateralibus, creberrimis, quaquaverstm

UHI7BRSIT7

584 ZOOPHYTES.

spar sis, in pyramidam dispositis, dichotomis ; axe nitidulo, olivaceo-
lutescente.

Stem rigid and undivided ; branchlets lateral, much crowded, scat-
tered, and pointing every way, forming together a pyramid, dicho-
tomous ; axis a little shining, yellowish-olive.

East Indies (?). Lamarck.

A. pyramidata, Lamarck, ii. 480, No. 5. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 375; Encyc., 69.

20. ANTIPATHES Boscn.. (Lamouroux.}

A. flexuosa, ramosa, ramulis numerosis divaricatis ; ramulorum axe
setaceo.

Flexuous, ramose, branches numerous and divaricate ; axis at sum-
mits setaceous.

Shores of Carolina. Bosc.

Antipathes Boscii, Lamour., Pol. flex., 375, pi. 14, fig. 5; Encyc., 69. Grows to a
height of four inches, and its scattered branches have numerous very divergent branchlets.
, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 484.

21. ANTIPATHES ALOPECUROIDES. (Ellis.}

A. ramosa; ramis arete paniculatis ; ramorum axe hispido; ramulorum
setaceo, fragili.

Ramose, branches close paniculate ; axis hispid, .setaceous, brittle.
Shores of South Carolina. Ellis. Lamouroux.

Antipathes alopecuroides,E\\\s,Zooph.,W2. rameaux assex nombreux, en forme de

, Lamour., Pol. flex., 375; Encyc., 69. panicule serrce, presque semblable & la

" Elles se divisent, et se sous-divisent en queue de renard."

22. ANTIPATHES ARBOREA. (Dana.}
A. arborescens, laxe ramosa, patens, maxima (3' alta}; ramis sub-

TRIBE IV. — ANTIPATHACEA. 585

JJc.ruosis ; axe undique hispido, ramulorum elongate setiformi, fragili ;
polijpis flavidis, ore prominente, ramulorum plerumque uniseriatis.

Arborescent, lax and spreading ramose, very large (3 feet high) ;
branches subflexuous ; axis throughout hispid, of branchlets, long
and slender setiform, fragile ; polyps brownish-yellow, mouth pro-
minent; on branchlets, nearly in a single series.

Plate 56, fig. 2, part of a branch, with the expanded polyps, natural
size ; 2 a, polyp, enlarged; 2 b, part of trunk, natural size.

Sandalwood Bay, Feejees, in ten fathoms. Exp. Exp.

This species appears to have much the habit of the dichotoma of
the Mediterranean, but is more spreading in its branches. In the
secund position of the polyps, it also appears to be near that species.
The trunk at base is nearly half an inch thick. It gives off stout
branches, and subdivides above quite irregularly.

The Antipathes compressa, of Esper, (Fortsetz., i. tab. 13,) has the habit of this spe-
cies, as far as figured.

APPENDIX. — Antipathes dichotoma, (Pallas.} This species is de-
scribed from the figure and account by Marsilli (Lith., No. 9, fig.
101, tab. 21), who obtained his specimen near Marseilles, in one hun-
dred and forty fathoms. It is rather sparingly branched, with the
branches elongate and slender, and not in a plane. He describes it
as two feet in height and one and a half lines thick at base ; it was
covered with minute globes on one side, when first obtained, which
were the partially closed polyps. (Pallas, Zooph., 216. A. dichotoma,
Lamour., Pol. flex., 374; Encyc., 69.)

The Antipathes glaberrima, of Esper (ii., tab. 9), may be a decorti-
cated Gorgonia. It is described by Esper as follows: "A. dichotoma
(raro reticulatim coalita), incurvato-flexuosa et contorta, ligno atro,
extus glaberrimo, nitidissimo." It is a large stout species, having the
stem at base a third of an inch thick. The figure, in form, resembles
his compressa.

147

586 ZOOPHYTES.

Dsn II.— ALCYONARJA.

Zoophyta aut omnino carnosa, aut corattigena, gemmipara. Polypi
octo-tentaculaii ; tentaculis cequalibus papillosis, papillis apice perfo-
ratis. Plica, viscerales octo. Secretiones coraltigenas pedibus inte-
gumentisque internis, sed non plicis visceralibus, elaborantia ; internis,
cakareis ; e pedibus, corneis aut cakareis, raro siliceis.

Zoophytes wholly fleshy or coralligenous, gemmiparous. Polyps
having the tentacles 'eight in number, papillose, with the papillae
perforate at apex. Visceral lamellse eight. Coral secretions formed
from the foot of the polyps, or by the internal tissues, but never by
the visceral lamellse ; the foot-secretions, for the most part, either
corneous or calcareous, rarely siliceous; the tissue-secretions cal-
careous.

The general characteristics of this division of zoophytes have been
given on pages 42 to 50. The eight tentacles, furnished with a fringe
of perforate papilke, and the eight lamellse of the visceral cavity, con-
stitute the prominent characters of the polyps.* These eight lamellse
are sometimes part spermatic and part ovarian; but instances are also
given of eggs being produced from all; and in a Veretillum figured
by Milne Edwards, in the illustrated edition of Cuvier (pi. 91, fig. 1),
the same lamella? are spermatic above and ovarian below, in analogy
with a Gynandrous plant in the vegetable kingdom; yet in this
species, as in the Tubipora examined by the author, the spermatic
cords were confined to six of the eight lamellae.

The animals vary in size from a third of a line to nearly an inch.
They appear to affiliate with the Actinaria through the Lucerna-
riae, which have a four or eight-lobed summit. Yet the occurrence
of only eight visceral lamellse, corresponding to eight papillose ten-
tacles, and alternating with them, forms a wide line of demarcation

* Many of the published figures of the polyps of Alcyonarm, are drawn from the purtly
expandcd zoophyte, in which state, the papilla- of the polyps are very short, or are not at
all apparent.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 587

(see p. 123). The coralla are sometimes tubular, and when so, the tubes
are peculiar in being smooth within, without lamellar rays or stria3.

The Alcyonaria differ in being either free (or simply buried at base),
or attached by growth. The former species constitute the family
PennatuUda, and the latter the remaining families. It may be ques-
tioned, however, whether this distinction should not require the insti-
tution of the two groups as equivalent tribes. The attached species
form either tissue-secretions alone, or separable foot and tissue-secre-
tions. These last are the Gorgonidce ; the others, when the coral
secretions are disseminated grains or spicules, belong to the family
AlcyonidcB ; and when they form tubular coralla, to the families Cor-
ni//'iridce and Tubiporidce. These families may be briefly charac-
terized as follows : —

1. PENNATULID^;. — Free, or with the base buried.

2. ALCYONID.E. — Attached ; no coral secretions, or only calcareous
spicula within, and no axis.

3. CORNULARID^E. — Attached ; coralla tubular, corneous.

4. TuBiPORiDvE. — Attached ; coralla tubular, calcareous.

5. GORGONID^E. — Attached ; a separable axis to the branches.

FAMILY L-PENNATULID.fi.

Alcyonaria nunquam ajfixa, sive libera sive bast defossa.
Unattached Alcyonaria, either free or with the base buried.

These zoophytes are either flat plates, simple stems, or plume-like
fronds. The polyps occur on one or both sides of the stem or branches,
and in a single genus form a cluster at the extremity. The base of
the zoophyte is often somewhat enlarged, and some species, by means
of it, are planted in the mud. The greater part of them secrete a
slender solid axis along the main stem or midrib of the frond, which
is either cartilaginous or calcareous. The polyps have the o-eneral
characteristics of the Alcyonia.

588 ZOOPHYTES.

This family may be subdivided as follows :

SUBFAMILY I. PENNATULIN^E. Polyps retractile.

G. 1. Rcnilla. Free, explanate, unifacial (reniform).

2. Veretillum. Very stout, oblong cylindrical, simple, with scattered polyps.

3. Virgularia. Slender virgate, with very short pinnules or none.

4. Pennatula. Pinnate and stout, or plumiform, with long pinnules.

SUBFAMILY II. PAVONARINX. Polyps not retractile.

5. Pavonaria. Virgate, polyps secund.

6. Umbellularia. Virgate, polyps in a terminal cluster.

SUBFAMILY I.— PENNATULIN^.
Polypis retractilibus.
Polyps retractile.

GENUS I.— RENILLA.

Liberce, explanata, unifrontes ; polypis sparsis retractilibus.
Free, explanate, unifacial; polyps scattered, retractile.

1. RENILLA AMERICANA. (Ellis.)

R. reniformis, margine acuto ; postice caudata, cauda subtus longitudi-
naliter sulcata.

Reniforrn, margin acute ; behind caudate, with the caudal appendage,
below, longitudinally sulcate.

West Indies. — Off Rio Janeiro. Exp. Exp.

Resembles a thick reniform leaf, with a stout pedicel. In the con-

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 589

traded state the upper surface is sprinkled with minute white dots,
and larger substellate spots, ahout three-fourths of a line in diameter :
the former, under the microscope, consist of eight points, and are,
probably, young budding polyps; the larger are the adult polyps, and
are about a line apart. The general surface is filled with very minute
calcareous spicula, seen only under a magnifier. Below, the zoophyte
is venosely striate ; and the caudal appendage is longitudinally sulcate
and transversely fine rugate. The usual size of the specimens from
the West Indies and Carolina coast, is about an inch in breadth, with
the caudal appendage two-thirds of an inch long.

Specimens, probably of this species, were obtained by the Expedition
at Rio Janeiro. They were collected by J. P. Couthouy, and figures
I, I a, plate 57, are from his drawings. The expanded polyps have
the rays light yellow, with a row of red dots along the margin, at the
base of the fringe of long papillaB. The general colour of the zoophyte
is a dull reddish-purple. Only a more thorough examination of the
polyps of the R. americana, will determine the identity of these species.
The author has examined a specimen from Rio, in alcohol, but it
was in too imperfect a condition to decide the question.

Akyonium agaricum, Linn, Gmel., 3811. , Schweigger, Beobacht. pi. 2, figs. 10,

Pennatula reniformis, Ellis and Sol., 65. 11 ; giving dissections ; and Handb.,435.

, Pallas, Elenchus Zooph., 374. , Blainville, Man. d'Actin., 518.

— , Shaw, Miscell., iv., tab. 139. , Ehrcnberg, op. cit., G. xxxiv., sp. 1.

Renilla americana, Lamarck, ii. 646.

The Rcnilla violncea, of Quoy and Gaymard, may be a different species, but the only
distinguishing character hitherto given is an emarginate or concave front margin. The
polyps were of a yellow colour, with a very short fringe, and perhaps were not fully ex-
panded. (Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Uranie, pi. 86, figs. 6—8. Regne Animal,
Paris, 1837, pi. 91, fig. 3; a copy of Quoy and Gaymard's figure; Ehrenberg, op. cit.,
Gen. xxxiv., sp. 2.)

GENUS II.— VERETILLUM.— CUVIER.

PennatulidcB crassce, oblongo-cylindricce, non ramosce ; polypis sparsis,
retractilibus.

Stout cylindrical, and not branched ; polyps scattered, retractile.

148

590 ZOOPHYTES.

The stout non-ramose form, and scattered polyps, distinguish the
Veretilla from the species of the following genera. The eight polyps
are fringed with papillae, as in other Alcyonaria.

1. VERETILLUM CYNOMORIUM. (Pallas.} Cuvier.

V. aurantiacum, crasso-cylindricum, stipite subgranulosum ; polypi*
albicantibus ; axe tenui.

Orange-coloured, stout cylindrical (£ an inch in diameter) ; base sub-
granulous, polyps whitish, axis very slender.

Mediterranean Sea. Pallas. Lamarck. Edwards.

Pcnnatida cynomorium, Pallas, Zooph., , Ehrenberg, G. xxx., sp. 1.

373 ; Misc. Zool., tab. 13, fig. 1, 4. , Milne Edwards, Reg. Anim., Cuvier,

, Ellis, Phil. Trans., liii., 434, tab. 21, 1837, pi. 91, fig. 1 ; the animals from

figs. 3-5. nature.

, Lamk., ii. 639, No. 2. The Vcretillum lateum, of Quoy and Gay-

, Blainv., Faune franfaise, Zooph., pi. mard (Ann. des Sci. Nat., 1827, x. 188,

2, figs. 1 and 2 ; Man., 518, pi. 89, fig. 2. pi. 9, fig. 4), is described as six inches
, Rapp, Nova Acta, Goes. Leop. Car. long, and an inch and a half in diameter,

Nat. Curios., t. 14, pi. 38. of an orange colour, with whitish polyps.

2. VERETILLUM PHALLOIDES. (Pallas.) Cuvier.

V. cinerascens, viz digiti crassitie ; fere 6" longum, cylindri^im, sub-
davaium ; axe subulato, quadr angular i.

Cinereous, scarcely as large as the finger, nearly 6 inches long, cylin-
drical, subclavate ; axis subulate, quadrangular.

East Indies, near Amboyna.

Pennatula phalloides, Pallas, Zooph., 373; Veretillum phalloides, Lamarck, ii. 638,

Misc. Zool., 179, tab. 13, figs. 5-9. No. 1.

Veretillum phalloides, Cuvier, Reg. Anim., , Blainville, Man., 518.

2d ed., iii. 319. , Ehrenberg, G. xxx., sp. 3.

APPENDIX. — The Pennatula stellifera, of Miiller (Zool. Dan., i. 133,
No. 67, tab. 36, figs. 1-3), is referred with a query to the genus Um-
bellularia, by Blainville, to Funiculina by Lamarck, and to Vere-

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 591

tillum by Ehrenberg. It is filiform, three inches long, a line wide,
five-flowered, with an oblong and slightly bulbous base, and a terete,
clavate axis. It comes from the coast of Norway, where it is said to
have been found implanted in the mud.

Veretillum clavatum is the name of a new species described by
Leuckart, an account of which has not been seen by the author.
(Leuck., Zool. Bruchst, ii. 120.)

GENUS III.— VIRGUL ARIA.— LAMARCK.

PennatulidcE elongate filiformes, pinnulis polypiferis brevibus aut obso-
letis ; axe sublapideo.

Long filiform Pennatulidce, having short or obsolete polypiferous
pinnules; axis somewhat stony.

The Virgularise are near the Pennatulse in general character; but
have a slender form, and also very short pinnules, which embrace
the stem and often half encircle it in preserved specimens, though
spreading when alive. There are also no calcareous spicules in the
fleshy portion. The polyps are in a single series along one margin of
the pinnules, and have the eight fringed rays of other Alcyonaria.
They usually occur with the base buried in the mud, and have been
found both in the tropics and in the seas of Norway.

This genus was instituted by Lamarck, and named from the Latin
virgula, a little rod, in allusion to the form of the species.

1. VIRGULARIA MIRABILIS. (Miitter.} Lamarck.

V. fliformis, 0-12" longa, pinnulis obliquis, arcuatis, laxis,
alternis ; axe cakareo, albido, terete, fragih.

Filiform, 6 to 12 inches long; pinnules oblique, arcuate, lax, mostly
alternate ; axis calcareous, white, terete, fragile.

Seas of Norway and Britain.

592

ZOOPHYTES.

This species is shorter and stouter than the following, with the pin-
nules, when uriexpanded, imbricately crowded, and longer than the
breadth of the rachis, and full three times this breadth when alive and
expanded.

Pennatula mirabilis, Miiller, Zool., Dan.,

tab. 11, figs. 1-3.
, Linn. Syst. Nat., 1322.

— , Ellis and Solander, 63.

, Sowerby, Brit. Misc., 51, pi. 25.

Virgularia mirabilis, Lamk., ii. 647, No. 1.

, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 780.

, Grant, Edinb. Jour, of Sci., No. 14.

, Ehrcnberg, op. cit., G. xxvv., sp. 1.

, Johnston's Brit. Zooph., 179, pi. 24.

, Cuvier, Reg. Anim., 1837, pi. <J1.

fig. 2 ; same as Miiller's.
Virgularia laxipinna, Blainv., Man., 511,

pi. 90, fig. 5.
Scirpearia mirabilis, Templelon, Mag. Nat.

Hist., ix. 470.

2. VIRGULARIA JUNCEA. (Pallas.}

V.JiKformis, longissima (2-3'), stipite vermiformi, 5-6" longo, crassiore ;
pinnulis distichis brevissimis, contractis transversis et arete appressis
et scepe paulo remotis, rugiformibus ; axe terete, calcareo, fragili.

Filiform, very long (2 to 3 feet), base vermiform, 5 to G inches long,
a little stouter than the rachis; pinnules arranged in two opposite
series, very short; when contracted, transverse, close appressed, and
often a little remote, resembling series of raised wrinkles ; axis terete,
calcareous, fragile.

The Indian Ocean. Rumphius. Pallas. Esper, who received his
specimens from M. Chemnitz.

The shorter pinnules, like mere wrinkles to the stem, in the pre-
served specimen (shorter than the breadth of the rachis), distinguish
this species from the preceding. It is found fixed in the mud, and is
pulled up with some difficulty. The above description is taken from
Esper.

Sagitta marina alba, Rumph. Mus. Belg.,
43, No. 1, and Amb., vi. 258; the Ma-
lay name, according to Rumphius, is
Allan g-laut, or Sasaj)po-laut.

Pennatula, juncea, Pallas, Zooph., 371, and
Gmel. Linn., 3866.

The V. juncea, of Lamarck, is described by him from specimens found in the " Euro-
pean Ocean ;" yet he refers to Esper's figures as representing if, who expressly states,

— , Esper, Pflanz., iii. 87, tab. Penn. 4,
figs. 1-6.
— , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 781.

, Cuvier, Reg. Anim., 2d ed., iii. 318.

— , Blainv., Man., 514, pi. 90, fig. 3.
— , Ehrenb., G. xxxv., sp. 2.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 593

" Ich habc es der Giite dcs verewigten Predigers Chemnitz /.u danken, \vclchor mir ver-
schiedene Exemplare, die von den Usern bey Trankenbar beygebracht worden, verehret
hat." As the juncea of early authors is cited by them, as an East Indian species, the
name can, properly, be only so applied. Whether the V. juncea, of the European seas,
is a distinct species or not, is still uncertain. Lamarck states that the juncea, of Pallas,
is different from his own. His description applies quite well to the above. " V. stirpe
filiformi, recta, longissima ; basi vermiform!, crassiore ; pinnis rugajformibus, oblique
transversis, rninimis ; creberrimis rachi appressis." He adds that his specimens were
about a foot in length, and the base about one-fourth the whole. The pinnules were very
short, and half encircled the stem. The axis was attenuated at each end. (Lamarck, 2d
ed., ii. 648.)

The V. aitstralis, of Lamarck, was described from a stony axis, which is represented
as stouter than that of the juncea, tereto-subulate and truncate. Blainville doubts if this
axis belonged to a Virgularia, and suggests that it might be from an Umbellularia. This
author alludes to a specimen brought by Reinhart from the Moluccas, agreeing with
Esper's figure of the juncea; and also to another, from the same source, which he de-
scribes as the V. aitstralis.

The synonomy of this species may possibly be brought out of the confusion around it,
if we take Esper's juncea, as the true juncea, leaving the European juncea to be farther
determined and named anew, if distinct ; and, rejecting the australis, of Lamarck, as
founded on insufficient grounds, receive the australis of Blainville, which he describes as
follows: •.

Virgularia australis. Much more slender than the juncea of Esper ; polypiferous,
pinnules on the lower part, short linear; higher up, small salient masses, and towards
the summit becoming small wing-like appendages; section of axis quadrangular and ra-
diated. Blainville refers here the Pennatula juncea, of Pallas, the description of which,
however, applies quite well to ike juncea of Esper; " P. simplex, linearis, rachi truncata,
rugis distichis transversis polypiferis. — Loc. Oceanus Indicus."

The genus Funicidina, of Lamarck, was instituted for a virgate species (Pennatula
mirabilis, Linn.), near the Virgulariae, having, instead of pinnules, a series of simple
verruca?, with a stellate opening. Blainville has shown that the species described by La-
marck (¥. cylindrica), is a Gorgonia, and Ehrenberg alludes to a specimen in the Berlin
Museum, of which he expresses the same opinion. (Lamarck, 2d ed., 639. — Desc.
Mus. Adolph. Fred., 96, tab. 19, fig. 4, and Ellis, Phil. Trans., liii., 1764, tab. 20, fig.
17; Blainville, Man. d'Actin., 515; EhrculxTg, (!. xxxiii.) The genus Scirpearia, of
Cuvier, was made for the Pennatula Scirpca of Pallas, and with the same essential
characters as the Funiculina of Lamarck. Fleming makes the P. mirabilis, of Pallas,
identical with the mirabiJis of Miilier and Linnaeus. (Scirpearia, Cuvier, Reg. Anim.,
2d ed., iii., 319; Ehrenberg, G. xxxiii. Pennatula Scirpea, Pallas, Zooph., 372.
Pavonaria Scirpea, Blainv., Man., 516. Fleming's Brit. Anim., 507.)

The 7-'. tetmgona, of Lamarck, is the type of the genus Pavonaria, and the F. stelli-
fera, is referred to Veretillum by Ehrenberg.

149

594 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS IV.— PENNATULA.— LINN^US.

Pennatufidce penniformes, pinnulis distichis, latis, et patentibus, mar-
gine superior e polypiferis ; axe osseo.

Penniform or plume-shape, pinnules on opposite sides, broad and
spreading, with the upper margin polypiferous ; axis osseous.

The Pennatulse differ from the Virgulariee in their stouter forms,
and broad spreading pinnules, which give a plume shape to the zoo-
phyte. The lower or posterior extremity is naked. The papillae have
generally a crenated anterior border, owing to the prominence of the
polyps. .The animals are similar in all essential points to the Alcyo-
nia. The axis is cartilaginous, or almost like bone.

Several species of Penoatulffi have been observed to give off, when
alive, a phosphorescence of considerable brilliancy.

This genus as used by LinnaBus included all the Pennatulida3; it
was restricted to its present limits by Cuvier and Lamarck.

1. PENNATULA PHOSPHOREA.

P. purpureo-rubra, stipite terete, carnosd, longiuscula, rachidis dorso
papillis crebris scabro, media sulcalo ; pinnularum margine caliculis
denlato-setaceis pectinato.

Reddish-purple, basal portion terete, fleshy, and rather long ; back of
the rachis crowdedly scabrous with papillae, and sulcate down the
middle; margin of the pinnules pectinate, with dentato-setaceous
calicles.

European seas.

This is a common phosphorescent species, two to six inches long.
The axis is smooth, slender, and quadrangular, tapering at each extre-
mity, and often hooked. The plumose portion of the zoophyte is a
little more than twice as long as its greatest breadth.

Penna marina, Bohadsch, Mar., Tab. 8, Pennatula pliosp/torea, Linn., ed. xii.,

fig. 5. sp. 2.
, Sibbald, Scot., ii. lib. tert., 28. , Ellis, Phil. Trans., liii., tab. 19, figs.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 595

•

1-5 ; and Pennatula l/iitumiica, Ellis , Blainville, Man., 517.

and Solander, 61. , Fleming, Brit. Anim., 507.

— , Esper, iii. 85, tab. 3; Pennatula alba , Ehrenberg, G. xxxvi. fig. 3.

(?), ibid. 92, tab. 6. , Johnston, in Trans. Newcast. Soc.,

-, Cuvier, Reg. Anim., 2d ed., iii. 318. ii. 248, pi. 7 ; and Brit. Zooph., fig. 22,

Pennatula pfiosjjhorea, DelleChiaje, Anim. p. 175.

senza. vert., iii. pi. 31, fig. 15. Pennatula rubra, Pallas, Zooph., No. 215.
, Lamarck, ii. 643, No. 1.

2. PENNATULA. RUBRA. (Linnceus.)

P. 5" longa, plumd oblongo-ovali, stipite terete ; rachidis dor so dilatato
ad latera granulato, et media sulcato ; pinnularum margine caliculis
dentato-setaceis pectinato.

Five inches in length, base terete; back of the rachis dilated, with a
sulcus along the middle, and the sides granulous ; margin of the
pinnules pectinated with dentato-setaceous calicles.

Mediterranean Sea.

This species is rather larger than the phosphorea. The back of the
rachis is broader, and its middle smooth or nearly so. The colour,
according to Lamarck, is sometimes whitish, and on this account he
proposed to substitute the specific name granulosa in place of rubra.
The basal portion of the zoophyte is nearly half the length of the
whole, and the length of the plumose portion about two and a half
times its breadth. The axis is terete and whitish. It has been sug-
gested that this species is only a variety of the phosphorea.

Red Sea Pen, Ellis, Phil. Trans., liii. 1764, , Esper, Pflanz,, 83, iii., tab, 2, and P.

tab. 21, figs. 1-2, and Pennatula italica, setacea (?), ibid. 93, lab. 7.

Ellis and Solander, 61. -, Delle Chiaje, pi. 31, figs. 7-14.

To.ua rubra, Bohadsch, Mar., 101, tab. 8, , Ehrenberg, G. xxxvi., sp. 5.

fins. 1-3. Pennatula granulosa, Lamk.,ii. 644, No. 2.

Pennatula rubra. Linn., ed, xii., sp. 4. -, Blainville, Man., 517.

3. PENNATULA GRISEA. (Gmelin.}

P. cinerea, 8" longa ; rachide carnosd, dorso kvi ; plumd oblongo-ovata ;
pinnulis latioribus, contractis longius spinosis.

596 ZOOPHYTES.

Cinereous, 8 inches long ; rachis fleshy, with the back smooth ; plume
oblong-ovate ; pinnules quite broad, and when contracted long
spinous.

Mediterranean Sea.

This species is distinguished by the smooth back to the rachis, and
the broad pinnules becoming very spinous on contraction, owing to
the protrusion of the cartilaginous spicules of the interior. The
breadth of the plume is not far from half its length ; and the basal
portion is about a third of the whole length.

Pentia marina phospkorica, Seba, iii. 39, , Esper, iii. 81, tab. 1 — tab. 1 A., the

tab. 1<>, figs. 8 «, 8 b. Lamarck refers same after contraction in alcohol, ac-

this figure to the spinosa. cording to Esper.

Poma marina grisea, Bohadsch, Mar., , Lamk., 2d cd., ii. 644, No. 3; also

109, tab. 9, fig. 1,2. P. spinosa (?), No. 4.

Grey Sea Pen, Ellis, Phil. Trans., liii , , Blainv., Man., 516, pi. 89, fig. 1 .

1764, tab. 21, figs. 6-10, and P. syti- and Faune Francaise, Zooph., pi. 1.

nosa, Ellis and Solander, 62. , Delle Chiaje, Anim. scnza vert., iii.,

Pfnnatula grisea, Linn., ed. xii., 1321. pi. 31, figs. 1-3.

4. PENNATULA ARGENTEA. (Ellis )

P. angusto-lanceolata, prcdonga, (interdum \\'}, pinnulis creforrimti,
imbricatis, brevibus, dentatis, argenteis.

Narrow lanceolate and very long (sometimes a foot and a half); pin-
nules crowded imbricate, short and dentate, silvery in appearance.

East Indies.

Pemtatula argentea, Ellis and Solander, , Esper, Pflanz., iii. 94, tab. 8.

66, tab. 8, figs. 1-3. The foot, as re- , Lamarck, ii. 645, No. 5.

presented, is about a third of the whole , Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 90, tab. 8,

length, and the greatest breadth about a figs. 1—3.

twelfth of the same. It is brilliantly , Shaw, Misc., iv., tab. 124.

phosphorescent. Penn. elongata, Blainv., Man., 517.

APPENDIX. — Ehrenberg describes another species, under the name
Pennatula grandis, as distinct from the argentea of Lamarck, and
elongata of Blainville, and refers with a query to a figure in Shaw's
Miscellanies, which appears to have been copied from Ellis. It is cha-
racterized by him as follows, from an imperfect specimen in the Royal

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 597

Museum at Berlin. " Subbipedalis,. vexillo sesquipedali, stipite 3£''
longo (brevitate insigni), pinnulis apicern versus longis, basin versus
minimis, ibique longe distantibus, nee imbricatis, stipite basi bulboso
et coronato." In its very short foot, and remote non-imbricate pin-
nules, it appears to be peculiar. No locality is given.

SUBFAMILY II.— PAVONARIN^.
Polypis non retractilibus.
Polyps not retractile.

GENUS V.— PAVONARIA.— CUVIER.
Pennatulidce, virgatce, secundce, polypis non retractilibus.

Virgate Penuatulidse, having the polyps along one side of the stem,
and not retractile.

The polyps of the Pavonariae are confined to a single side of the
stem, and cover it crowdedly.

This genus was established by Cuvier, but afterwards restricted by
Blainville, to those in which the polyps were not retractile. There is
but a single species known, and this was arranged with the Funicu-
linse, by Lamarck and Lamouroux.

PAVONARIA QUADRANGULARIS. (Pallas.} Blainville.

P. elongata (2'), gracilis, polypis confertis, longitudinaliter 3-seriatis, et
in quincuncem dispositis.

150

599 ZOOPHYTES.

Long (2 feet), and slender ; polyps crowded in three longitudinal
series, arranged in quincunx order.

Mediterranean Sea.

Bohadsch, Mar., tab. 9, fig. 4. Funiculina tetragona, Lamarck, ii. 641,

Pennatula qua/lrangularis, Pallas, Zooph., No. 2.

372. , Lamour., Encyc., 423.

Pennatula antennina, Linn., Gmel., 3865. Pavonaria antennina, Cuvier, Reg. Anim.,
, Ellis and Solander, 63 ; Phil. Trans., 2d ed. iii. 319.

liii. 431, tab. 20, fig. 4. Pavonaria quadrangitlaris, Blainv., 516,
, Ehrenberg, G. xxxi. pi. 90, fig. 1 ; and Diet. d'Hist.Nat.,pl.61.

GENUS VI.— UMBELLULARIA.— CUVIER.
Pennatulidcs virgatce, polypis terminalibus, non retraclilibus.
Virgate Pennatulidse, having the polyps terminal, and riot retractile.

Only a single specimen of this genus has hitherto been met with.
The polyps, as figured by Ellis, closely resemble the other Alcyonaria
in their fringed tentacles, and general form. They constitute a sessile
umbel at the extremity of a long slender stem.

UMBELLULARIA GREENLANDICA. (Lamarck.)
U. longissima (6'), supernt attenuata, polypis in umbeUam congestis.

Very long (6 feet) attenuate above ; polyps forming an umbel.
Seas of Greenland.

Zoophyton granlandicum, Mylius, Besch- , Linn., Gmclin., 3867.

reib. gronl. Thierpfl. 1753. Umbcllularia gmnlantlmi, Lamk.,2d cd.,
Tsis encrinus, Linn., ed. x., 800 ; Vorti- ii. 677.

cellaencrinus, ibid., ed. xii., 1317 ; Ellis's , Esper, Pflanz., iii. 366, tab. Vort. 2.

Corallines, 96, tab. 37, figs, a, b, c; Phil. , Blainv., Man., 513, pi. 90, fig. 2.

Trans., xlviii. 305, tab. 12; liii. 427. Umltellularia encrinus, Cuvier, Reg. Anim.
Pennatula encrinvs, Cluster -poly jte, Ellis iii.

and Solander, 67, No. 10. , Ehrcnb., G. xxxii., sp. 1.

SUBORDER AI.CYONARIA. 599

FAMILY II.— ALCYONIDJE.

Akyonuria affixa, carnosa, penitus scepe calcareo-spicuttgera.

Attached Alcyonaria, fleshy, often containing disseminated calcareous
spicula.

The Alcyonida? are fleshy zoophytes, and grow in clumps of short
branches, or broad plates, spreading over the rocks. When alive,
the whole is a mass of flowers, with fringed petals ; but they are no
sooner touched than the blossoms disappear, and nothing remains but
clusters of pale grayish branches, — "dead men's fingers" as one spe-
cies has been significantly called. Some species, of rich colours, form
long pendant clusters in the coral grottoes. Though a retraction and
disappearance of the polyp-flowers usually take place when disturbed,
there are a few species in which this is not the case.

The scattered granules of lime are so abundant in many species as
to give considerable firmness to the zoophyte, and the natives of the
South Sea Islands often use them in place of sand-paper for polish-
ing their war-clubs.

These zoophytes abound in the tropics, and some species are found
in the seas of Northern Europe.

This family includes the following subfamilies and genera :

SUBFAMILY I. XENINJJ. Texture carnose. Polyps not retractile.

G. 1. Rhizozenia. Polyps attached in lines which are often reticulate.

G. 2. Anthelia. Forming spreading plates.

G. 3. Xenia. Forming thick lobed or subramose masses.

SUBFAMILY II. ALCYONIN.E. Texture carnose. Polyps partly or wholly retractile.

1 . Polyps semi-retractile, leaving u-art-like prominences or verruca.
G. 4. Ammothea. Ramose or fruticulose, verruca? unarmed.

G. 5. Sympodium. Effuse, not stipitate, verrucoc unarmed.
G. 6. Nephthya. Verrucsc armed with calcareous spicula.

2. Polyps wholly retractile.

G. 7. Alcyonium. Lobed or branched ; fringe of tentacles short.

SDBFAMILY III. SPOGGODIN.E. Texture membranous, and very open cellular within ;

polyps minute, not retractile, in clusters of calcareous spicula.
G. 8. Spoggodia.

600

ZOOPHYTES.

SUBFAMILY I.— XENIN^E.
Carnosce; polypis non retractilibus.
Carnose, and surface not harsh ; polyps not retractile.

GENUS I.— RHIZOXENIA.— EHRENBERG.

Alcyonida carnosce, polypis non retractilibus, per stolones filiformes gem-
mantibus.

Carnose Alcyonidae ; polyps not retractile and budding by means of
creeping filiform shoots.

This genus was instituted by Ehrenberg for the Zoantha thalas-
santhos, of Lesson, an imperfectly described species, and probably
a Cornularia, or near Quoy and Gaymard's Clavularice. Philippi
has instituted the genus Evagora, with the same characteristics, pro-
posing (we think unnecessarily) to substitute this name for Eliren-
berg's, on the ground of the uncertainty with regard to the characters
of Lesson's species. The name Rhizoxenia, is from |i£a, a root, and
Xenia, the name of a following genus, allied to this in its polyps.

1. RHIZOXENIA THALASSANTHA. (Lesson.) Ehrenberg.

R. corpore claviformi, lonyitudinaliter striato, tentaculis Jiliformibus
pinnatis.

Body claviform, longitudinally striate, tentacles filiform, pinnate.

This species is referred to the genus Cornularia, by Blainville and
Milne Edwards, with the species of which it agrees nearly in habit.
It also resembles Quoy and Gaymard's Clavularia viridis.

SUBORDER ALCYONARI A. 601

Zoautha tludasscmthos, Lesson, Voy. do , Milne Edwards, Lamk., 5Jd ed., ii.

la Coquille (1825), Zooph., pi. 1, fig. 2. 129.
Cornularia lludassianttwidea, Blainville, Rhizoxenia ttiafassantJui, Ehrenb., G. xxii.

Man., 499 ; and Diet. d'Hist. Nat., 463. " An bene observata ? Forsan Anthelia

fuit."

2. RHIZOXENIA ROSEA. (Philippi.) Dana.

R. polypis paucibus (6-10) consociatis, 2'" longis, roseis, tentaculis fim-
briatis.

Polyps of the zoophyte few (6 to 10), each about 2 lines long ; colour
rose-red ; tentacles fringed with papillse.

Near Naples, incrusting barnacles, &c. Philippi.

ra rosea,, Philippi, Wagner's Archiv., viii. 36.

3. RHIZOXENIA PRIMULA. (Dana.)

R. pallide rosea aut lilacina, polypis 4-5'" altis, tentaculis non fimbriatis,
fere l^'" longis, papittis sparsis, obsolescentibus, verruciformibus.

Pale rose or lilac; polyps 4 to 5 lines high, tentacles not fringed, each
nearly 1J lines long, papillae scattered, obsolescent, verruciforra.

Plate 57, fig. 2, polyps, natural size ; 2 a, one of them, enlarged.

Ovolau, one of the Feejee Islands, along the shores, in shallow
water. Exp. Exp.

This is a very neat species, and when fully expanded, the star of
tentacles is over a fourth of an inch in diameter. The tentacles are
peculiar in having, instead of a fringe of oblong papilla3, a few scat-
tered verruciform prominences. The stolon uniting the polyps was
not observed, and I am not satisfied that the polyps were not solitary,
as was my impression when the drawings were made.

151

602 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS II.— ANTHELIA.— SAVIGNV.

Akyonidce carnosce, explanato-gemmata ; polypis non retractilibus.
Carnose, explanato-gemmate Alcyonidae; polyps not retractile.

The Anthelise cover the rocks, or any solid support at hand, with
thin fleshy plates, which consist of an aggregation of polyps united by
their bases. They differ from the Xenise in budding only at the base,
which gradually spreads outward by the process, producing finally
the incrusting plate.

I. ANTHELIA GLAUCA. (Savigny.)

A. glauca, ccerulescens ; polypis infra subventricosis, interdum coales-
centibus.

Glaucous, pale bluish ; polyps subventricose below, sometimes be-
coming coalescent.

Red Sea. Savigny.

Anthelia glauca, Savigny, Egyp. Polypes, AntMia glauca, Schweig., Handb., 41 1.

pi. 1, fig. 7. , Blainv., Man., 524.

, Lamk., ii. 623, No. 1. , Ehrenberg, G. xxi., sp. 1.

, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 70.

2. ANTHELIA STRUMOSA. (Ehrenberg.}
A. glauca; polypis sub ore inftatis, strumosis, pollicaribus.

Glaucous; polyps inflated below the mouth, strumous, an inch in
height.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Anthelia strumosa, Ehrenb., G. xxi., sp. 2. , Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 623.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 603

3. ANTHELIA PURPURASCENS. (Ehrenberg.)

A. extus e violaceo allricans ; tentaculis intus violaceo-purpurascentibus,
papillis utrinque 3-seriatis.

Exterior pale violet; tentacles purplish violet within ; papillae on each
side in three series. ,

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Anthdia p/irpitrascens, Ehrenberg, G. xxi., sp. 3. Savigny's pi. 1, fig. 5, E<ryp.
Polypes, is referred to this species with a query by Ehrenberg.

4. ANTHELIA DESJARDIANA. (Templeton.) Dana.

A. pallidc livido-ccEmka, late effusa, basi £" crassa ; polypis valde pro-
minentibus, lateribus horizontaliter rugatis.

Pale livid blue; widely spreading, with the base £ of an inch thick ;
polyps very prominent, sides horizontally wrinkled.

Isle of France. Templeton.

The papilla3 of the tentacles, as represented by Templeton, are very
short, and the polyps are about half an inch in height. The animals,
however, do not appear to have been fully expanded when figured,
and to this may be owing the encircling wrinkles of the polyp.

Xenia Desjardiana, R. Templeton, Zool. Trans, of London, ii. 25, with a plate.

NOTE. — Savigny figures two other zoophytes resembling the Anthelice in habit, which
Ehrenberg suggests may be Sympodia.

The Clavidaria violacea, of Quoy and Gaymard (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 262, pi. 21, figs.
13-16), may be an Anthelia partly expanded. The C. viridis of the same (p. 260, pi.
21, figs. 10-12), resembles a Cornularia, as stated by Milne Edwards. But according
to Quoy and Gaymard, these species have the corneous tubes of the Cornularia;, with
the coalescence below into a plate which belongs to the Antheliae, characters which
would sustain the genus as proposed by them.

604 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS III.— XENIA.— SAVIGNY.

Akyonidce carnosce, lobatce et subramoscE, polypis subacrogenis, basi et
latere gemmatis.

Fleshy Alcyonidse, erect lobed and subramose, polyps subacrogenous,
budding both at base and from their sides.

Instead of the thin incrusting plate of the Anthelise, the Xenise
form lobed masses, each lobe a clump of polyps, owing to their acro-
genous growth and lateral as well as basal budding. It appears,
therefore, that the Xenise and Anthelise, differ far more essentially
than the Zoanthse and Mammillifera, which we have thrown into a
single genus ; since in the latter case, there is simply a difference as
to the extent of the lateral coalescence between the polyps. See p. 423.
In some species the animals are nearly an inch across, when fully
expanded, and resemble star-shaped pinks, with fringed petals, usually
of some shade of blue, rose, or lilac. In the living group, as it appears
beneath the water, some of the flowers are fully open, while others
are half closed, and all are constantly changing their appearance from
bud to blossom, and from opened flower to bud again.

This genus was instituted by Savigny, for a Red Sea species. The
Conwlaria of Quoy and Gaymard, are true Xeniai.

1. XENIA CMBELLATA. (Savigny.)

X. polypis caruleo-glaucis, tentaculis longis, papittis longis, utrinque ter-
seriatis, stirpe quadripollicari.

Polyps bluish-glaucous, tentacles long, papillae long, in three series;
base 4 inches thick.

Red Sea. Savigny. Ehrenberg.

Ehrenberg states that Savigny's figure is erroneous in giving but
two rows of papillfe on the sides of the tentacles. The characters
mentioned are hardly sufficient to distinguish the species.

In Savigny's figure the tentacles are a third of an inch long, and

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 605

narrow. The papillae in the upper view of a tentacle, are separated
by an extremely narrow line, so that those of the two sides almost
meet at base ; they are long and slender, the length being full eight
times the diameter.

Xenia itmMlata, Savigny, Egyp., polypes, figured from a preserved specimen from
pi. 1, fig. 3. the Red Sea, may be this species or the

, Lamk., ii. 626, No. 1. following.

, Ehronb., G. xx., sp. 1. Xenia cferulea, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 69.

The Xenia umlxllata of Schweigger (Beo- , Blainville, Man., 523.

bacht. taf., 5., fig. 48, andHandb., 411),

2. XENIA FUSCESCENS. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.)
X. polypisfuscescentibus, tentaculorum papillis utrinque 4-seriatis.

Polyps brownish, papillre in 4 series on each side of the tentacles.
Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Xenia fusccscens, Ehrenb., G. xx., sp. 2 ; Xenia fuscescens, Lamk., 2d. ed., ii. 626.
" An prioris varietas, quam habitu exacte
refert."

3. XENIA C^ERULEA. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.)

X. minor, gracilior, Icete cceruka, tentaculorum papillis paucioribus ;
stipite breviore, basi pollicari.

Small and more delicate than the preceding, blue ; papilla? of the
tentacles fewer ; trunk shorter, an inch thick at base.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Xcttia ccerulea, Ehrenb., G. xx., sp. 3. Xenia carulea, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 627.

NOTE. — Figures 3, 3 a, and 3 b, plate 57, represent a species from the Feejees, which
may be Ehrenberg's cceruka. It is a young group, though the polyps, as in other cases,
are adults. The star is hardly half an inch broad ; the tentacles slender ; the papillte
in two or three series, and short, their length being about twice their breadth, and not
exceeding the width of the intervening midrib of the tentacle as seen in an upper view.
The colour is a pale rose. It has shorter and stouter papilla; than the elongata.

152

606 ZOOPHYTES.

4. XENIA FLORIDA. (Lesson.} Dana.

X. pallide c&ruleo-glauca, lobata ; polypis §" latis, J" exsertis ; tentacnlis
lanceolatis, papillis brevissimis (parce oblongis], 3-seriatis.

Pale bluish glaucous, lobed ; polyps § of an inch broad, £ an inch
prominent when fully expanded ; tentacles lanceolate ; papillae very
short, but little longer than broad, in 3 series.

Plate 57, fig. 4, clump of polyps, natural size; 4 a, upper view of
tentacles ; 4 b, under view of the same.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species, apparently the Actinantha florida of Lesson, forms
large clumps, sometimes six inches through, and occurs in shallow
water, where it is often left uncovered by ebb tide. When fully
expanded, the polyps are large and prominent; but they contract to
half the full size when taken from the water, and are slow to expand
again when returned to it. This fact will account for the bad figures
published of some species of this genus. The very short papillae and
broader tentacles, distinguish this species from the umbellata. In an
under view of the tentacles, the outer papillae are seen to form a regu-
lar series, and their length is hardly twice their breadth.

Actinantha, florida, Lesson, Voy. de la Coquille, pi. 1, fig. 3.

Cornulariaflffridea, Blainville, Man., 499.

The Cornularia subviridis, variet., Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 266, pi.
22, figs. 5-7, may be the above species ; but both these, and the other figures and de-
scriptions (pi. 22, figs. 1-4 and 8-10), are too imperfect to be recognised.

5. XENIA ELONGATA. (Dana.}

X. lobata, fuscescens, polypis expansis 8-9'" latis, l-l£" salientibus ;
tentaculis angusto-oblongis, limbo pallido, intervallo superno fimbria
paulo angustiore ; papillis brunneis 3-4-sma^X confertis, tenui-elon-
gatis, in serie externo 20-24.

Lobate, brownish; polyp-stars 8 to 9 lines broad, 1 to 1J inches
salient; tentacles narrow oblong; limb pale, the interval above

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 607

between the papillae a little narrower than the fringe; papilla? deep
brown, in 3 to 4 series, crowded, slender and elongate, 20 to 24 in
the outer series.

Plate 57, fig. 5, group, natural size; 5 a, under view of tentacles,
enlarged ; 5 b, upper view of the same.

The long, salient polyps, and the slender papilla? distinguish this
species from the preceding. The interval above, between the oppo-
site fringes of a tentacle, is very much broader than in the umbellata,
and the papilla? are but four or five times longer than their breadth.
The groups are more deeply lobed than in thejftorida.

NOTE. — The Xenia purpurca, of Lamarck, figured by Esper, is a species of the genus
Spoggodia.

The Akyonium terminates, of Quoy and Gaymard, appears to be a young zoophyte
of this genus, partly expanded (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 282, pi. 23, figs. 15-17).

SUBFAMILY II.— ALCYONIN.E.

Carnosce ; polypis retractilibus, zoophytis contractis super fide sive levibus
sive verrucosis.

Carnose ; polyps retractile ; surface of contracted zoophytes, either
smooth or verrucose.

GENUS IV.— AMMOTHEA.— SAVIGNY.

Alcyonidce carnosce, ramulosce aut fruliculosce, polypis in verrucas
inermes retractilibus.

Carnose Alcyonidse, ramulous or fruticulose; polyps retracting into
verruca? not armed with spicula.

The verrucse of the surface distinguish these species from the Al-
cyonia, the mode of growth from the Sympodia, and the absence of
spicula about the verruca?, from the Nephthya?. The genus is named
after one of the sea-nymphs.

608 ZOOPHYTES.

1. AMMOTHEA VIRESCENS. (Savigny.}
A. virescens, patula, subtilius et laxc ramulosa, mollis, tentaculisflavidis.

Greenish, spreading, finely and lax ratnulous, soft, tentacles yellowish-
Red Sea. Savigny. Ehrenberg.

Ammothea virescens, Savigny, Egyp., Po- Nephthca Cordieri, Audouin, Explic. des

lypes.. pi. 2, fig. 6. planches de Savigny.

, Lamk., ii., 628, No. 1. Neptcea Savignyii, Blainville, Man., 523,

, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 69. pi. 88, fig. 6, and Ammothea virescens,

, Ehrenb., G. xxvi., sp. 1. p. 522.

2. AMMOTHEA THYRSOIDES. (H. <Sf Ehrenberg.)

A. effusa, ramis cylindricis, pollicaribus, erectis, simpliciter carnosis,
verrucosis.

Spreading, branches cylindrical, an inch long, erect, simply carnose,
verrucose.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Ammothea thyrsoides, Ehrenb., G. xxvi., sp. 2. , Lamk., ed. ii., 629, No. 3.

NOTE. — Milne Edwards adds to this genus (Lamarck, 2d ed. ii., p. 629) the following
species, described and figured by Quoy and Gaymard : A. imbricatum, Voy. de 1'Ast.,
pi. 23, iv. 281, figs. 12-14; A. ramosum, ibid., p. 275, figs. 8-11, and with a query,
also, A. amicorum, ibid., 276, pi. 22, figs. 13-15. There is so much uncertainty with
regard to the figures, that a re-examination of them is necessary before the species can
be satisfactorily characterized. The polyps are represented without papillae to the ten-
tacles, which sometimes appears to be the case when contracted, but not otherwise.

GENUS V.— SYMPODIUM.— II. & EHRENBERG.

Akyonidce carnosce, ezplanato-ejfusce, incrustantes, non stipitatcz, polypi*
in verrucas inermes retractilibus.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 609

Carnose, forming spreading, incrusting plates, and not stipitate ; polyps
retracting into verrucse which are not armed with spicula.

The Sympodia are incrusting Amrnothese, or resemble the Anthelise,
excepting that the polyps are retractile. Blainville covers the same
ground, with the genus Anthelia, as used by him. The following
species are referred to this genus by Ehrenberg.

1. SYMPODIUM FULIGINOSUM. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.)

S. fuliginosum, bipollicare ; tentaculis pattidioribus, brevioribus ; polypis
expansis 6'" longis et 3'" latis.

Fuliginous, 2 inches ; tentacles quite pale, short ; polyps 6 lines long,
and expanded star 3 lines broad.

Red Sea.

Savigny, Egyp., Polypes, pi. 1, fig. 6. Sympodium fuliginosum, Ehrenberg, G.

S.ftiliginosuni, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 624. xxviii., sp. 1.

2. SYMPODIUM C.ERULEUM. (H. Sf Ehrenberg.}
8. fuliginosum, tentaculis kete ccerukis, parvis, gradlibus.
Fuliginous, tentacles bright blue, small, slender.
Red Sea.

Si/mpodium cceruleum, Ehrenb., G. xxviii., sp. 2. , Lamk., 2d ed. ii. 624, No. 2.

3. SYMPODIUM ROSEUM. (Ehrenberg.}

S. suberosum, varium, roseum, 2^-3'" crassum ; verrmis paulum promi-
nulis aut obliterates ; tentaculis albis.

Suberose, of varying form, rose-coloured, 2^ to 3 lines thick; verruca
but little prominent or obsolete ; tentacles white.

153

610 ZOOPHYTES.

St. Thomas, West Indies, incrusting axis of Gorgonia.

Sympodium roseum, Ehrenb., G. xxviii., sp. 3. , Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 624, No. 3.

NOTE. — Ehrenberg also refers here the following species, which appear to be incrusting
Alcyonia ; and the S. roseum should probably be included in this list.

Sympodium corcdloides, Ehrenberg (sp. 4) ; Gorgonia coraUoides of Pallas, a red sub-
erose incrustation around a Gorgonia, without verruca, and yellow tentacles to the polyps
(Pallas, Zooph., p. 192 ; Esper, ii., tab. 32, who reports it from the Mediterranean).

Sympodium rubrum (sp. 5), Akyonium rubrum, Miiller, Icon. Zool. Dan., tab. 82, figs.
1-4, Anthelia rubra, Blainville. From the Norwegian Sea. Johnston, in his British
Zoophytes (p. 190) states that this species is only an incrusting form of the Akyonium
digitatum.

Sympodium ochraceum, Ehrenb., sp. 6 : " Obducens, suberosum, ochraceum, nodos
in Gorgonia efficiens." West Indies. (Esper, Pflanz. ii. tab. 14.)

massa, Ehrenberg, sp. 7. See Alcyonium cydonium.

GENUS VI.— NEPHTHYA.— SAVIGNY.

Akyonidce carnosce, fruticulosce ; polypis in verrucas spiculo-armatas
retractilibus.

Carnose Alcyonidse, fruticulose; polyps retracting into verrucee armed
with spicula.

The spicula of the surface, which are exsert about the polyps, ally
the Nephthyae to the Spoggodise ; but the latter have a membranous
and very open cellular structure, and the polyps are minute and not
retractile. Nephthy, was the name of an Egyptian goddess, and
hence the name of the genus, which was applied by Savigny to a
Red Sea species.

1. NEPHTHYA SAVIGNII. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.)

N. virens, fruticulosa ; tentaculis flavis, verrucarum spiculis pluribus
viridibus.

S U BORDER A LCYON ARIA. 611

Greenish, fruticulose ; tentacles yellow, spicula of the verrucae green.
Red Sea. Savigny. Ehrenberg.

Nephthie, Savigny, Egyp. Polyp., pi. 2, Nephthya Savignyi, Ehrenb., G. xxvii.,

fig. 5. fig. 1.

AmmatJiea Chabrolii, Audouin, Explic. des The Neptcea Savignyii, of Blainville, is

planches de Savigny. the Ammothea virescens, of Savigny,

za innominata, Blainv., Man., 523. which see.

NOTE. — Ehrenberg describes a second species, from the Red Sea, as the Nephthya
florida, referring to it Esper's figure of the Alcyonium Jloridum. Esper's species is
beyond doubt a Spoggodia, with the polyps not retractile. Ehrenberg's description is as
follows: — " Lcete purpurea, fruticulosa, verrucarum spiculis incequalibus, una longissima."
This author also adds to the genus the Gorgonia florida, figured on tab. 137, of Zool.
Dan. of Miiller, proposing to name it Nephthya Rathkiana.

GENUS VII.— ALCYONIUM.

Alcyonidce carnosce, fruticuloso-ramosce, explanatce et glomeratce, scepius
crasse stipitata; ; polypis omnino retractilibus ; zoophytis contractis
super fide levibus; stipite polyporum tubulis visceraiibus omnino per-
forate.

Carnose Alcyonidse, fruticuloso-ramose, explanate and glomerate, and
usually very stout stipitate; polyps wholly retractile, and the zoo-
phytes without verrucse when contracted; pedicel perforated to its
base with the visceral tubes of the polyps.

Ramose, explanate, and glomerate forms occur in this group, as in
many other genera of zoophytes. The branching species have a
very stout base or pedicel, consisting of aggregated visceral tubes,
and bearing above a cluster of branches, lobes, or branched lobes,
at summit, with the branches usually but little subdivided. The
explanate species spread in broad plates, sometimes covering several
square feet, and have a plaited border. The pedicel is perforated to
its base with the tubular visceral cavities of the polyps. When con-
tracted, the surface is smooth, and dotted over with minute points,
sometimes appearing stellate ; but on expansion, the body of the
branches is entirely concealed by the polyp-flowers that cover them.

612 ZOOPHYTES.

These animals have a fringe of papillae on either margin of the ten-
tacles. The figures by Quoy arid Gaymard, which seem to be ex-
ceptions, were made from half-contracted polyps, as we are assured
from frequent observation of some of the same and other species.
Colour is not an important character in this genus. The texture
varies from soft fleshy to harsh and rigid, according to the propor-
tion of the calcareous secretions within.

The character of the pedicel separates this genus from some arbo-
rescent species, in which the tubes of the polyps do not extend along
the axis to the base, and are, therefore, related to the Gorgonise.

The genus Alcyonium, of the early authors, embraced the species
here included, together with some others, similar in general appear-
ance, allied to the sponges. Lamarck restricted the use of the term
to the latter division. But it has been restored by Milne Edwards
and others to the zoophytes so named. Thus employed, it corre-
sponds to the genus Lobularia, of Lamarck and Blainville, and to
the Lobularia and Halcyonium, united, of Ehrenberg. It also in-
cludes those of the Sympodia, of Ehrenberg, which are without ver-
rucaB on retraction. It may be doubted whether it is necessary to
institute a new genus for the thin incrusting species which would be
thus introduced.

Some subdivisions of the genus may be found necessary on a
farther study of the animals, but it would be against analogy to
separate the glomerate or explanate species from the ramose, as they
are all similar in their general mode of growth.

Milne Edwards has given the generic name Akyonidia to a species
in which the surface of the pedicel becomes nearly solid from the
thick dissemination of calcareous spicula, forming thus a case, into
which the upper part of the polyp may retract itself. The term is
so near Alcyonidium, a genus of Bryozoa, that it is to be hoped its
distinguished author may suggest some substitute. As the variation
of the species from the Alcyonia type is but small, it is here included
in this genus.

Arrangement of the Species.

\. Ramose or lob^^7ose, not becoming more firm ami solirl Itclow.

1. A. digitatum. *5. A. spherophora.

2. A. cydonium. 6. A. pauciflorum.

3. A. palmatum. 7. A. polydactylum.

4. A. stellatum. 8. A. brachycladum.

SUBORDER ALCYONARI A. 613

9. A. aurantiacum. *14. A. trichanthinum.

*10. A. vlride. *15. A. confertum.

*11. A. flabellum. *16. A. rigidum.

*12. A. flexile. *17. A. murale.
13. A. flavum.

II. Ezplanate, surface flat.

*18. A. glaucum. '19. A. latum.

1 I. Glomerate and not lobulose.

20. A. pulmo.

IV. Ramose, surface of pedicel becoming nearly solid from calcareous secretions, and
zoophyte retractile into the same.

21. A. elegans.

I. Alcyonia ramosa aut elongato-arrecta.

1. ALCYONIUM DIGITATUM. (Linn.)

A. mammiUosum aut diyitatum, basi incrustans, lobis paucis, cylindricis
et conoideis, scepe s-1" crassis, et plures elongatis; extus subcoria-
ceum, griseum et aurantiacum; ports stellalis sparsis ; polypis ex-
pansis, 4-5'" exsertis, et 1^'" latis.

Mammillary or digitate, from an incrusting base; lobes few, cylin-
drical or conoid, often \ to 1 inch thick, and several inches long :
exterior subcoriaceous, grayish and orange, scattered over with
stellate pores; polyps, when expanded, 4 to 5 lines exsert, and
summit 1£ lines in breadth.

Coast of Britain and Northern Europe.

The common names of this species, Dead Man's toes, Dead Man's
hands, and Cow's paps, are sufficiently descriptive of its forms. The
polyps are unusually large for the genus ; the size, as above given, is
taken from a figure by Johnston, which he states to be natural size.
This author, in his account of this species, describes some specimens
as thin incrusting, and refers here the Akyonium rubrum, of Miiller,
which is placed by Ehrenberg with the Sympodia.

Dead Man's hand, or Dead Alan's toes, A. 2 ; Akyonium manus marina, in Phil.
Ellis, Corall. 83, No. 2, pi. 32, fig. a, A. Trans., liii. 431, tab. 20, figs. 10-13.

154

'•£**

fo'HITBESITY]

614

ZOOPHYTES.

Alcyonium digitatum, Linn., 1294 — Gme-

lin, 3812.
, Ellis and Solander, 175, pi. 1, fig.

7 — a polyp, badly figured.

, Bosc, Vers, iii., 156, pi. 30, fig. 4, 5.

, Fabricius, Faun. Gronl., 447.

-, Shaw's Misc., ix., pi. 326 — bad figure.

, Milne Edwards, Cuvier, Reg. Anim.,

1837, pi. 94, fig. 3, and Ann. des Sci.

Nat., 2d ser., t. iv.

Alcyonium lobatum, Pallas, Zooph., 351.
, Lamour., Pol. flex., 336, pi. 12, fig.

4, and plates 13 and 14, fig. 1.
Alcyonium exos, Spix, Ann. du Mus., xiii.

451, pi. 33.
Lobularia digitata, Lamk., ii. 631, No. 1.

, Fleming's Brit. Anim., 515.

, Blainville, Man., 521.

, Ehrenb., G. xxv., sp. 3.

— , Johnston, Trans. Newcastle Soc., ii.

250, pi. 8, and Brit. Zooph., 188, pi. 26

and 26*.

, Grant, Edinb. Journ. of Sci., viii. 104.

-, Roget, Bridgewater Treatise, i. 162,

fig. 56.
The Lobularia grandiftora of Chamisso,

from the English Channel (Ehrenb., G.

xxv., sp. 2), agrees in its description

with the figure by Johnston.
Probably also : —
Alcyonium rubrum, Miiller, Zool., Dan. iii.

pi. 82, figs. 1-4.
Anthelia rubra, Blainv., Man., 524, pi. 88,

fig. 7.
Sympodium rubrum, Ehrenb.. G. xxviii.,

sp. 5.
Alcyonium arenosum (?), Shaw's Misc.,

viii., pi. 272.

2. ALCYONIUM CYDONIUM. (Miiller.}

A. glomeratum, scepe conoideum, indivisum, extus coriaceum, rigidum, spi-
culis cakareis internis numerosis, et ad superficiem s<zpe tricuspidatis.

Glomerate, often conoid, not divided or lobate ; exterior coriaceous and
harsh ; internal calcareous spicula very numerous, and often those
at the surface tricuspidate.

Island of Fulah and Norst. Jameson.

Alcyonium cydonium, Mull., Zool. Dan.,
iii., 1, tab. 71, figs. 3, 4, represents an
oblong subcylindrical zoophyte with a
conoidal summit about an inch in diame-
ter. The polyps are one and a half lines
long, and the expanded star the same in
diameter ; in this respect the species dif-
fers decidedly from the digitatum. The
holes represented by Miiller in the disk,
are very doubtful.

, Lamour., Polyp, flex., 337.

, Jameson, Mem. Wern. Soc., i.- 563.

Lobularia conoidea, Lamk., 632, No. 2.

Cydonium MuUeri, Fleming, Brit. Anim.,
516.

, Blainv., Man., 525, pi. 92, fig. 2.

, Grant., New Edinb. Phil. Jour., i. 195.

, Johnston, Brit. Zooph., 191.

Lobularia digitata, young (?), Ehrenb., G.
xxv., sp. 3.

A young zoophyte is of smaller size than
the full-grown, but does not consist of
smaller polyps. On this principle, which
is of general application, the cydonium
must be distinct from the digitatum, if
we .may trust the figures given.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 615

The Alcyonium wassa of Miiller, Zool. Dan., tab. 71, figs. 1, 2, is near the above in
shape and mode of growth ; it is represented with only five tentacles to the star, which
must be incorrect, if it be a true zoophyte. Blainville instituted for it the provisory
genus Massarium (Man., 526), and Ehrenberg places it with his Sympodia (op. cit., G.
xxviii., sp. 7).

3. ALCYONIUM PALMATUM. (Pallas.}

A. erectum, stipitatum, superne irregulariter ramoso-palmatum ; ramulis
teretibus, vel subcompressis, incequalibus, l£-2"' crassis, paucis ; po-
lypis !£'" exsertis, stella expansa lineari.

Erect, stipitate, above irregularly ramoso-palmate ; branchlets terete
or subcompressed, unequal, 1^ to 2 lines thick, few ; polyps !£ lines
exsert, expanded star about a line in diameter.

Mediterranean Sea.

The branches of this " main de mer," or " main de Ladre," are
irregular and not crowded, and the branchlets are short, seldom over
two-thirds of an inch without branching again, and mostly a little less
than two lines thick. The usual colour is red.

Manus marina, Aldrovandi, Hist. Nat., lib. Alcyonium exos, Gmelin, Linn., 3810.

vi., de Zoophytis, 593. , Esper, Pflanz., iii., Alcyon., pi. 2.

Akyonium palmatum, Pallas, Zooph., 349, Lobularia palmata, Lamk., ii. 632, No. 3.

No. 203. , Ehrenb., G. xxv., sp. 9.

— , Lamour., Pol. flex., 335. , Blainv., 522, pi. 91, fig. 1.

, Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat., 2d ser.,

iv., pi. 14 and 15 ; and G. Cuvier's Reg.

Anim., 1837, pi. 93, 94.

4. ALCYONIUM STELLATUM. (Milne Edwards.}

A. roseum, breviter ramosum, aut lobato-subdivisum, ramis 3-4'" crassis ;
potypis sparsis, stella expansa fere sesquilineari ; super fide scabricula.

Rose-red, short ramose or lobato-subdivided ; branches 3 to 4 lines
thick and rounded ; polyps scattered, the expanded star of tentacles
nearly a line and a half in diameter; surface a little rough.

Island of Chaussey. Milne Edwards.

616 ZOOPHYTES.

Akyonium stellatum, Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat., iv., 2d ser., 1835, pi. 16. The
figure represents a specimen an inch and a half in height, a fourth of an inch at base,
enlarging above, and with a few rounded lobes or short branches. The polyps are larger
than in the palmatum ; the species differs from that also in the spicula about the soft
part of the polyps. Also, Cuvier, Reg. Anim., 1837, pi. 94, fig. 2.

6. ALCYONIUM SPHEROPHORA. (H. <$• Ehrenberg.} Dana.

A. ejfusum, subhemisphericum, membrana marginali sterili, superfaie
cerebriformi, brevissime lobala, lobulis 2-3'" latis, semiglobosis, divi-
duis ; pallidum, poly pis fuscis.

Effuse, subhemispherical, membrane of the margin sterile, surface
cerebriform, very short lobed; lobes 2 to 3 lines broad, semiglobose,
subdividing; pale, polyps fuscous.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

The cerebriform hemispherical surface, with short rounded lobes,
two to three lines thick, are the peculiar characteristics of the species.

Lobularia spherophora, Ehrenberg, G. xxv., sp. 4.

The Akyonium tuberculosum, of Quoy and Gaymard, (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 274, pi. 23,
figs. 4, 5,) as figured by them, is similar to the sp/ierophora of Ehrenberg. They de-
scribe it as follows : " A. brevi-pedunculatum, incrustans, coriaceum, lutescens aut
griseum ; mamillis convexis, subrotundis ; polypis sessilibus ; tentaculis longis, graci-
libus." " Espece dure, coriace, formee de mamelons arrondis, serres, groupes sur un
court pedicule, recouvrant les corps marins ; forme des groupes qui n'excedent pas de
beaucoup la grosseur du poing." We suspect still that this may be identical with a
Tonga species obtained by the Expedition, which we have referred to under the A.
brachycladum.

The Alcyonium spongiosum, of Esper (Pflanz., iii. 20, tab. 3), is a stipitate species,
having similar characters to Ehrenberg's spheropfiora. See farther, A. brachycladum.

6. ALCYONIUM PAUCIFLORUM. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.} Dana.

A. substipitatum, supra lobatum, suberectum ; lobis compressis, obtusis,
4'" crassis et fere £" altis ; superficie subtilissime areolata, glabrd ;
polypis raris, sparsis ; fuscum.

Substipitate, lobately divided, suberect; lobes compressed, obtuse, 4

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA.

lines thick, and about 4 an inch long ; surface very finely areolate,
glabrous ; polyps scattered and few ; fuscous.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Savigny, Egyp., tab. 1, fig. 8 ; represents a Lobularia pauciflora, Ehrenb., G. xxv.,

species having the polyps numerous, and sp. 5.

not more than a line apart. , Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 632, No. 4.

Ainmothea virescens, Audouin, Explic. des

planches de Savigny.

7. ALCYONIUM POLYDACTYLUM. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.) Dana.

A. Jlavidum, carnosum, 4" fere ultum et 6-12" lutum, stipite brevi,
supra lobulosum ; lobis subramosis, fere potticaribus, lobulis 4-5' '
longis, anguloso-gibbis ; polypis creberrimis; rufo-fuscis, capite retracto
i'" fere latis.

Yellowish, carnose, 4 inches high, and 6 to 12 broad, with a short
base, lobulose above, lobes subramose, nearly an inch in size ; lobules
4 to 5 lines long, anguloso-gibbous ; polyps much crowded, reddish
fuscous, with the head contracted nearly \ a line broad.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Lobularia polijdactyla, Ehrenberg, G. xxv., sp. 6.

8. ALCYONIUM BRACHYCLAUUM. (H. $ Ehrenberg.) Dana.

A. Jtavum, carnosum, 4" crassum, stipite sesquipotticari, superne lobato-
ramulosd; ramis sesquipollicaribus, ramuloso-verrucosis, ramulis3-4'"
crassis, obtusis, gibbis, brevioribus tenuioribusque ; polypis crebris,
rufo-fuscis.

Yellowish, carnose, 4 inches thick, base 1£ inches; above lobato-
ramulous, branches 1^ inches, ramuloso-verrucose, branchlets 3 to 4
lines thick, obtuse, gibbous, shorter and more slender than in the
polydactylum ; polyps crowded, reddish fuscous.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

155

613

ZOOPHYTES.

Lobtilaria brachychvlos, Ehrcnb., G. xxv., sp. 7.

NOTE. — Here should probably be referred the species from Tongatabu, represented in
fig. 8, plate 57. It grows in spreading clumps of stout lobes which are much and crowd-
edly lobulose, with the lobules short, three to five lines thick, somewhat angular orerose.
The general colour is dull grayish-green. It is probable that this is the A. tubereubsum
of Quoy and Gaymard, with which their description agrees better than their figure. (See
under A. spherophora.)

9. ALCYONIUM AURANTIACUM. (Quoy $ Gaymard.)

A. molle, aurantiacum, erectum, parce ramosum, ramis obtusis, oblongis
2'" crassis.

Soft, orange-coloured, erect, sparingly ramose; branches obtuse, a little
oblong, 2 lines thick.

New Zealand, in eight to ten fathoms. Quoy <$• Gaymard.

The figure by Quoy and Gaymard represents a dendroid specimen,
three and a half inches high, with a few small branches, which appear
to become about an inch in length before branching again. The
polyps, as seen by these authors, were in a contracted state ; and
hence the clavate form of the polyps, and short tentacles, which
they describe.

Akyonum aurantiacum, Quoy and Gay- Lobularia aurantiaca, Lamarck, 2d ed.,
mard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 277, pi. 22, ii. 633, No. 5.
figs. 16-18.

• 10. ALCYONIUM VIRTDE. (Quoy 4" Gaymard.}

A. grande, crassum, submotte ; ramis valde compressis et latissimis (s<zpe
3-4"), lobato-digitatis, 3-4'" crassis; lobis obtusis, 4-8'" latis.

Large, stout, rather soft; branches much compressed, very broad,
(often 3 to 4 inches), lobato-digitate, 3 to 4 lines thick ; lobes obtuse,
4 to 8 lines broad.

Island of Vanikoro. Quoy $ Gaymard. — Tongatabu. Exp.Exp.
Quoy and Gaymard represent the species as bright green. The

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 619

Tonga specimens were of a purplish-brown colour. The polyps were
minute and about a line apart. There are no verrucas when the ani-
mal is wholly retracted. The specimens consist of an aggregation of
erect, broad, lobed plates, a fourth to a third of an inch thick, and they
cover areas of several feet in extent.

Alcyonum virick, Quoy & Gaymard, Voy. de I'Ast., iv. 272, pi. 23, figs. 21-23. The
figure represents a branch, .separated from the base of the zoophyte.

11. ALCYONIUM FLABELLUM. (Quoy 4- Gaymard.)

A. grande, submolle, ramis compressis, digitato-divisis, et ramosis, digi-
tationibus scepe 2-3" longis, teretibus aut compressis, subacutis out ob-
tusis, 3-5'" crassis.

Large, rather soft; branches compressed, digitately subdivided and
ramose; digitations often 2 to 3 inches long, terete or compressed,
subacute or obtuse, 3 to 5 lines thick.

Port Carteret, New Ireland. Quoy 4- Gaymard. — Tongatabu.
Exp. Exp.

The digitations in this species are much longer and more tapering,
and the branches not nearly so broad as in the viride. New branches
may be often seen to begin as small protuberances from the lateral
surface. The colour is a dull purple, as represented by Quoy and
Gaymard. The Tonga specimens were of a grayish flesh-colour, with
the polyps about a line apart and yellowish-green. As in the pre-
ceding, there are no verrucas when the polyps are contracted.

Alcyonum fiabcllum, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de I'Ast., iv. 273, pi. 23*, figs. 18-20.

12. ALCYONIUM FLEXILE. (Quoy $ Gaymard.)

A. grande, permolle, pallide fulvum, fruticosum. stipitatum ; ramis n
merosis, gradlibus, 2-2.]'" crassis, subsimplicibus, subattenuatis, fl(
ilibus, scepe 2-2]" longis, poly pis parv ulis, crebris.

Large, very soft, pale fulvous, fruticose, stipitate; branchlets nume-

nu-
ex-

620 ZOOPHYTES.

rous, slender, 2 to 2ij lines thick, subattenuate, mostly simple, very
flexible, often 2 to 2i inches long, polyps small and crowded.

Plate 57, fig. 6, unexpanded, natural size.

Island of Vanikoro. Quay and Gaymard. — Feejee Islands. Exp.
Exp.

The singularly soft and flexible slender branches of this species
readily distinguish it. They rise from a stout pedicel, an inch or
more thick, and are crowded, and but little subdivided. Quoy and
Gaymard, obtained their specimens " a d'assez grandes profondeurs,"
while those from the Feejees occurred near the surface. The polyps
are represented by them as having a yellowish disk. In the Feejee
specimens, the colour was pale yellowish flesh-colour, and the tenta-
cles were bright yellowish-green, with the basal portion brown.

Alcyonum flexibile, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 279, pi. 23, figs. 1-3.

13. ALCYONIUM FLAVUM. (Quoy $ Gaymard.)

A. coriaceum, subdendroideum, pumilum, basi compressum, flavum ; ra-
mis cylindricis, \\'" crassis, 1-2" longis, subacutis, simplicibus.

Coriaceous, subdendroid, small, compressed at base, yellowish ; branches
cylindrical, 1J lines thick, 1 to 2 inches long, subacute, simple.

Island of Vanikoro. Quoy 4- Gaymard.

This species has very slender branches, and is remarkable for its
harsh surface.

Alcyonum flavum, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 280, pi. 23, figs. 6-7.
The polyps are described and figured from the contracted animal.

14. ALCYONIUM TRICHANTHINUM. (Dana.)

A. motte, flexile, effusum, ramosum ; ramis numerosis, teretibus, 3-4' '
crassis et 6-9'" longis, obtusis ; polypis crebris, tentaculis elongatis,
tenuissimis.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 621

Soft, flexible, ramose; branches numerous, terete, 3 to 4 lines thick,
and 6 to 9 long, obtuse ; polyps crowded, tentacles long, very
slender.

Plate 58, fig. 1, zoophyte as it appears expanded, and part unex-
panded.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species spreads over the rocks, and sends up rather crowded,
short and stout branches, which wave with the motion of the water.
In this respect it is near the flexilis. The long slender tentacles also
moving with the water, give a villous appearance to the expanded
zoophyte. The colour was a pale umber.

15. ALCYONIUM CONFERTUM. (Dana.}

A. 4" altum, coriaceum, rigidum, erectum, crasse stipilatum
ramis superne confertis, brevibus simplicibus aut parce ramosis, tere-
tibus, 2-2y crassis et scepius, £" longis, apice rotundatis ; spiculis
internis confertis ; polypis minutis, %'" remotis.

Four inches high, coriaceous, rigid, erect, very stout stipitate
inches) ; branches crowded above, short and simple, or sparingly
ramose, terete, 2 to 2| lines thick, arid about 5 an inch long, rounded
at apex ; internal spicula much crowded ; polyps minute, | of a line
apart.

Plate 57, fig. 7, unexpanded zoophyte, natural size ; 7 a, some of
Ihe spicula; 7 b, polyp, partly expanded.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The crowd of short cylindrical branches, mostly a sixth of an inch
thick, are supported on a very stout pedicel over an inch in diameter.
The colour of the specimen collected was a dull purplish-umber, and
the half-expanded polyps appeared brown. The general surface is
harsh coriaceous.

The representation of the Alcyonum amicorum, of Quoy and Gaymard, from Tonga-
tabu (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 276, pi. 22, figs. 13-15), has some resemblance to the above
species, agreeing with it more nearly than with the description given, which is as fol-

156

622 ZOOPHYTES.

lows: "A. carnosum, crasse pediculalum, arborcum, violaceo-vlrescens ; ramis expla-
natis, polypis paniculatis; lentaculis octonis, apice obtusis, virescentibus." It is probable
that the granulations described are only the half-contracted polyps, as the same appear-
ance (not well represented in the figure) has been seen by the author in the above and
other species. The branches in the figure are larger and more ramose, but of the same
thickness as in the confertum.

16. ALCYONIUM RIGIDUM. (Dana.}

A. rigidum, effusum, incrustans, subexplanatum, ramis s&pius simplici-
bus, breviter digitiformibus, viz 1" longis et 2-4'" crassis, obtusis,
interdum valde remotis.

Rigid, spreading, incrustirig and subexplanate ; branches usually
simple, short digitiform, scarcely 1 inch long, and 2 to 4 lines thick,
obtuse, frequently very remote.

Plate 58, fig. 2, the unexpanded zoophyte, natural size.

Feejee Islands, at Mathuata, Venua Lebu. Exp. Exp.

This stiff and rigid species forms flat or convex incrustations, with
scattered digitiform branches, hardly an inch long, often separated by
bare intervals of considerable width.

17. ALCYONIUM MURALE. (Dana.}

A. rigidum, coriaceum, crassum, effusum, ramis simplicibus, subremotis,
crasse laminatis, erectis, scepe 2" longis, J-l" altis et £" crassis,
interdum sinuosis ; polypis creberrimis, virentibus.

Rigid coriaceous, stout, spreading, branches simple, subrernote, stout
lamellar, erect, often 2 inches long, \ to 1 high, and ^ of an inch
thick, sometimes sinuous; polyps much crowded, green.

Plate 58, fig. 3, the zoophyte unexpanded, natural size.

Tongatabu. Exp. Exp.

The narrow elevations of a rigid texture, which stand over the
surface, are peculiar. The species has something of the habit of the
rigidum, but not its short subterete digitiform branches. The pedicel

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 623

is thick and stout. The general colour is slate, with the summits
dull grayish-yellow.

II. Ah-.yonia explanala, svperjicie pla,na.

18. ALCYONIUM GLAUCUM. (Quoy $ Gaymard.)

A. molk, stipitatum, late explanatum, margine valde undulatum, revolu-
tum, et scepe lobatum; polypisfere I'" remotis, fuscis ; tentaculis apice
luteo-virentibus.

Soft, stipitate, broad explanate, margin much undulate, revolute, and
often lobed ; polyps mostly a line distant, fuscous, tentacles at apex
light yellowish-green.

Plate 58, figures 4, 5, and plate 59, fig. 6, unexpanded, natural size.

Tongatabu. Quoy $ Gaymard. — Tongatabu and Feejees. Exp.
Exp.

This zoophyte forms very broad plates, spreading from a stout
pedicel. The figures are supposed to represent varieties of the same
species; fig. 4 is dull brown, and the others bright copper-green.

Akyonum glaucum, Quoy & Gaymard, Voy. de I'Ast., iv. 270, pi. 22, figs. 1 1 and 12.

19. ALCYONIUM LATUM. (Dana.)

A. subrigidum, crassime stipitatum et latissime explanatum, margine
ampliter sinuose undulatum, vix revolutum ; polypisfere 1'" remotis,
punctis uni-seriatis circumscriptis.

Rather rigid, very stout stipitate and very broad explanate, margin
u sinuously undulate, scarcely revolute; polyps about a line distant,
and surrounded by a series of points.

Plate 58, figure 6 a, surface, magnified ; 6 b, one of the polyps, mag-
nified ; 6 b', same, natural size.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

This explanate species covers areas several feet square, and has a

624 ZOOPHYTES.

broadly plaited margin. It is more rigid in texture than the glaucum,
and grows to a much larger size. Fig. 7, plate 58, represents a spe-
cimen from Tongatabu, probably of this species.

HI. Alcyonia glomerata, non ramosa, nee lobato-ramosa.

20. ALCYONIUM PULMO. (Esper.)

A. carnosum, glomeratum, semipedak et pedale, superfaie irregulari, et
sublobata, stipite crasso ; polypis 3'" longis, stelld expunsd 3'" lata,
alba.

Carnose, glomerate, half a foot to one foot thick, surface uneven or
sublobate, pedicel stout; polyps 3 lines long, expanded star 3 lines
broad, white.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

Akyonium pulmo, Esper, iii. 38, tab. 9, The Alcyonium incrustans of Esper (ibid.

figs. 1, 2. Referred here by Ehrenberg. 47, tab. 15) is an allied glomerate spe-

Halcyonium pulmo, Ehrenb., G. xxiv., cies; and perhaps also his bulbosum (41,

sp. 1. tab. 12).

IV. Alcyonia ramosa, stipitis superficie lapidcsceitte.

21. ALCYONIUM ELEGANS. (Milne Edwards.} Dana.
A. ascendens, subramosum, infra cylindricum et superjide lapidescens.

Ascending and erect, subramose, below cylindrical, and the surface
becoming nearly solid by calcareous secretions.

Mediterranean, near Algiers. Milne Edwards.

Alcyonidia eZegans, Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat., 2d ser., iv. 323, pi. 12, 13»;
Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 630. The figure represents a few clusters with a cylindrical stem
or base, the lower half of which is very different in appearance and texture from that
above ; and Milne Edwards states that the soft parts above withdraw on contraction into
the pedicel.

APPENDIX. — Ehrenberg describes from preserved specimens the
following species of " Lobularia."

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 625

LOBULARIA RUBIFORMIS. — (A. rubiforme Pallas.) " Parva, sesqui-
pollicaris et bipollicaris, rubra, lobis subglobosis, divisis, 3'" fere latis,
angustioribus, stellulis crebris, punctiformibus." (Ehrenberg, G.
xxv., sp. 10.)

LOBULARIA CORIACEA. — (A. coriaceum, Esper.) " Semipedalis, nee
stipitata (pede non sterili), compressa, carnosa, inciso-lobata, lobis ob-
tusis, pollicaribus et subpollicaribus, polypis 3'" fere longis, tenuibus
ubique sparsis" (Esper, iii., tab. 17. — Ehrenb., G. xxv., sp. 1).

The Lobularia arborea (Ehrenberg, G. xxv., sp. 11 — A. arboreum,
Esper, iii., tab. 1) is a Gorgonoid species. See Genus Briareum,
under the Gorgonidse.

SUBFAMILY III.— SPOGGODIN^E.

Alcyonidce membranacece, et interne spatiosc celluloses; polypis non re-
tractilibus.

Membranaceous and internally spatiously cellular; polyps not re-
tractile.

GENUS SPOGGODIA.— LESSON.

Alcyonidce ramosce, interne spatiose celluksce ; polypis minutis, non retrac-
tilibus, coacervatis, acervis spiculo-armatis.

Ramose Alcyonidse, internally very open cellular; polyps minute, not
retractile, in clusters which are armed with calcareous spicula.

The texture of the stems and branches is very peculiar in the
large open cells, separated by thin, semimembranous partitions. The
exterior is stiffened by numerous long, calcareous spicula, which are
exsertile about the little clusters of polyps, that are scattered over the

157

62g ZOOPHYTES.

branches, and at their summits. The species sometimes grows to a
length of fifteen or twenty inches, and is of crimson and orange
colours, and also white. The zoophytes are flexible throughout, and
they often hang from the rocks in the submarine caverns of the coral-
reefs.

This genus was instituted by Lesson, and named from the Greek
avo-j'j'uSfi;, spongy. It is near Nephthya, and has been united to that
genus by Ehrenberg; but if the characters of the genus Nephthya
are correctly laid down, it differs in its retractile polyps, and armed
verrucce, and in not having the peculiar, open cellular texture of the
Spoggodise,* which separates them widely from all other Alcyonidae.

1. SPOGGODIA CELOSU.

S. albida, caule brevi et crasso, pluribus ramis partito, ramusculis poly-
pigeris cocdneis.

White, stem short and stout, subdividing into several branches; 'the
polypiferous ramuscules crimson.

One of the Moluccas, Bay of Cajeli, near New Guinea. Lesson.

Spoggodes celosia, Lesson, Illust. de Zool., pi. 21. Lesson describes and figures the
internal cellular structure, and states, that in the trunk, which is an inch in diameter,
there are about twelve large cellules separated by thin partitions, radiating, though with
some irregularity. The spicula of the surface are long and slender. The polyps are
represented unexpanded, with the tentacles lying together, side by side. The trunk, in
his specimen, was an inch long, and then subdivided into several (four or five) large
branches. The ramuscules bearing the polyps, as represented, are two-thirds of an inch
long, and one-fourth thick.

The Alcyonium floriduin, as figured by Esper (iii., tab. 16, page 49), is evidently a
species of this genus, figured from a dried specimen, in which state, owing to its open cel-
lular texture, it is wholly deprived of the characteristic form it presents when growing, as
the author has ascertained by observation. It is, therefore, difficult to say whether it be the
above species or not. Esper's specimen was received by him from Tranquebar. (See
under Nephthya, where Ehrenberg refers this figure ; also, Xenia puryntrea, Lamarck,
2d ed., ii. 626, No. 2, and 627 ; and Blainville, Man., Neptaa Jlorida, 523; also, Ale.
botryoides, Shaw's Miscel., x., pi. 376.)

The following are the characters of specimens from the Feejees, probably identical
with the above.

* The genus Nephthya is thus characterized by Ehrenberg: "Basi carnosa, ramulosa
aut fruticulosa, polypis in verrucas spiculis armatas retractilibus."

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 627

/3. arborescens. Dendroid, trunk stout and elongated, with many lateral branches;
polyp-bearing ramuscules, one and a half to four lines thick ; expanded polyp-star half a
line broad, papillm of the tentacles minute, in two or three series; spicula of the ramuscules
one and a half lines exsert ; colour, crimson or orange, also, white, with the ramuscules
orange or crimson. (Plate 59, fig. 4, part of a zoophyte, natural size ; 4 a, one of the
polyps, magnified, and an exsert spiculum, &c. ; 4 b, section of stem ; 4 c, surface en-
larged, showing the spicula ; 4 d, spicula enlarged; 4 e, spicula polished down thin, and
enlarged, showing internal texture.)

This species hangs in clusters, often a foot and a half in length, about the reefs, and
is one of the most gorgeous objects of coral growth. The dried specimens often closely
resemble Esper's figure. The colours are either white, orange, or crimson, and often the
polyps are crimson, when the branches are of either of the other colours. The polyps
are not at all retractile, and when unexpanded, the tentacles merely fall together, nearly
as represented by Lesson.

FAMILY III.— CORNULARID^.
Alcyonaria coralligena ; corallis cornets tubulatis.
Coralligenous Alcyonaria ; the coralla corneous, tubular.

The CoruularidaB resemble the Xeninae in their polyps, and are
peculiar only in forming a corneous tube, into which the head of the
polyp may be withdrawn. Only a single genus has been recognised,
and that corresponds to the Rhizoxeniae in its mode of budding from
creeping filiform shoots or stolons. The genus Clavularia of Quoy
and Gaymard, if correctly characterized, should form a second genus
analogous to the Anthelise, with which the Zoantha thalassanthos of
Lesson, mentioned under Rhizoxenia, probably belongs.

GENUS CORN UL ARIA.— LAMARCK.

CornularidcB corneo-coralligence, non acrogence, per stolones filiformes
gemmates.

628 ZOOPHYTES.

Non-acrogenous Cornularidse, producing corneous tubular coralla, and
budding by means of creeping filiform shoots.

These zoophytes, as they appear expanded, consist of a series of
polyps implanted upon a filiform root-like thread ; and the coralla are
prominent corneous tubes, more or less enlarged upward. The species
hitherto seen have been found only in the temperate zone.

The Cornularis of Quoy and Gaymard, are true Xenise.

CORNULARIA RucosA. Lamarck.

C.polypis luteis, tentaculis fimbriatis, papillis uniseriatis ;
longis, subclavatis, ruyosis.

Polyps pale yellowish ; tentacles prominently fringed with papillae,
which are arranged in a single series ; tubes 2 to 4 lines long, sub-
clavate, rugose.

Mediterranean Sea.

The figures of this species represent the tubes as tapering rather
regularly downward, with the base nearly half the diameter of the
summit, and the polyp-star rather more than a line broad.

La Tubolara cornucopia, Cavolini, Mem. , Blainville, Man., 499, pi. 82, fig. 4,

de Polypi marini,250, tab. ix., figs. 11, 12. (from Cavolini), and Tubulana cornu-

Tubularia cornucopia, in part, Gmelin, copite, 470.

Linn., 3830. , Johnston, Brit. Zooph., 192, and fig.

, Esper, iii. 143, Tubul., tab. 27, 27 (from Cavolini), p. 187.

(from Cavolini). Cornularia cornucopia;, Cuvier, Reg. Anim.,

-, Lamour., Pol. flex., 229, pi. 7, fig. 5. 2d cd., iii. 300.

Cornularia rugosa, Lamk., ii. 129, No. 1. , Schvvcigger, Handb., 425.

, Lamour., Exp., 17, pi. 78, fig. 4,

(from Cavolini); Encyc., 219.

NOTE. — Johnston refers to this species, a Cornularia obtained at Weymouth, on the
English coast, having " tubular vase-like cells from two to three lines in height," and
also specimens which had been named by Dr. Fleming Sertularia dumosa, in which the
tubes were hardly a line long. (See Brit. Zooph., p. 192, fig. 23, p. 181, and Campanu-
laria? dumosa, ibid., 157, pi. 23, figs. 2-5, and fig. 24, p. 181 ; Sertularia dumosa,
Fleming, Edinb. Phil. Jour., ii. 83, Tub. tu/rifera, Johnston, Edinb. Phil. Jour., xiii. 222,
pi. 3, figs. 2, 3, and Transac. Newcastle Soc., ii. 254, pi. 11, fig. 1.) It is altogether pro-

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 629

bable that the polyps, on examination, will prove one or both of these supposed varieties
to be distinct from the rugosa.

The genus CLAVULARIA, of Quoy and Gaymard, is thus characterized by them :
" Animaux cylindriques a huit tentacules pinnes contenus dans des tubes claviformes,
coriaces, stries, subpedicules, fixes et agglomeres."

Clavularia viridis. " C. tubis coriaceis, clavulatis, rectis aut subcontortis, longitrorsum
striatis, virescentibus ; polypis striatis, fuscis, tentaculis planiusculis, pinnatis, violaceis."
Length about two inches; exterior of the tubes containing subcalcareous spicules. Island
of Vanikoro, incrusting dead'corals. (Voy. del'Ast., iv. 260, pi. 21, figs. 10-12 ; Blain-
ville, Man. d'Act., 500.)

Clavularia violacea. " C. minima, tubis cylindricis, coriaceis, truncatis, canaliculatis,
obscuro-violaceis." A few lines in height, and crowded together and forming quite large
incrusting plates. " Us sont couverts d'acicules qui sont aussi de couleur violette." The
polyps, as seen by these authors, were nearly retracted. Island of Vanikoro, near low-
tide level. (Voy. de 1'Ast., iv. 262, pi. 21, figs. 13-16 ; Blainville, Man., 500.)

FAMILY IV.— TUBIl'ORID^.

Alcyonaria coralligena, corallis tubulatis, calcareis, aut semicakareis,
tubulis penitus non striatis.

Coralligenous Alcyonaria; coralla tubular, calcareous or semicalcare-

ous; tubes not striate within.

The animals of the Tubiporidre do not differ essentially, as regards
structure, from those of the Alcyonidse. The forms of the coralla
vary much according to the mode of budding arid growth. Budding
by basal shoots without upward growth in the polyps produces the
Aulop&rtf, similar in character to the Ilhizoxenia? ; while with acro-
genous growth, the ramose forms of the Telesto, or the convex clusters
of tubes presented by the Tubiporce, are produced. The latter are
united by cross plates formed at the budding process.

The genus of fossils, Syringopora, has been arranged near the Tu-
biporae. The species are peculiar, principally, in having within the
tubes a central tubular axis, which is united to the sides by a series of

158

630

ZOOPHYTES.

plates, having the shape of inverted cones. A somewhat analogous
structure is at times found in the Tubiporae, which favours this view
of the relations of the Syringoporae ; yet it is only a monstrosity in
this genus, as it is of comparatively rare occurrence, being met with
here and there in a tube or in a part of a tube of a zoophyte. It is
simply a smaller tube within the larger, produced by a sudden narrow-
ing of the interior, and as abrupt an enlargement again. Upward
growth is attended by the death of the parts below, and in part their
retraction, and this effect appears to be connected with this retraction,
which in some instances may be delayed in its progress till the inner
calcareous tube is completed. There are no conical plates, like those
in the Syringoporae, uniting the inner tube to the outer. The inner
tube, moreover, is generally formed between two budding periods and
terminates with the second. The Syringoporae, if of this family, which
seems probable, should form a distinct sub-family SYRINGOPORIN^E,
characterized, as stated, by fasciculate tubular coralla, having an axial
tube within, united to the outer tube by a series of inverted conical
dissepiments.

GENUS I.— AULOPORA.

Tubiporidce non acrogence, stolonibus e basi repentibus. Coralla calcarea,
tubulata, incrustantia, tubulis scepe reticulatim anastomosantibus ;
cettis subremotis, interdum prominulis.

Non-acrogenous Tubiporidse, budding from a creeping filiform stolon.
Coralla calcareous, tubular, incrusting, often reticulately anasto-
mosing; cells subremote, sometimes a little prominent.

The tubular corallum of the Auloporae, with rounded holes or cells
at intervals, has considerable resemblance on a minute scale to a pipe
or flute, and hence originated the name, from the Greek ouXoj, a pipe.
The filiform tube often forms a network over the rock to which it is
attached. The species hitherto described are all fossils. A single
recent species was obtained by the Expedition in the Pacific.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA.

AULOPORA TENUIS. (Dana.}

A. rubra ; corallo filiformi, reticulato, pkrumque £'" lato, cellis orbicu-
latis, non prominulis.

Red; tubular corallum filiform, reticulate, mostly J of a line broad;
cells circular, not prominent.

Plate 59, figure 5, corallum, natural size.

The Paumotu Archipelago. Exp. Exp.

This species looks like an open network of red thread. The cells
are situated at the intersections, and there the corallum is slightly en-
larged and inflated; (see farther p. 66.) It occurs upon the dead
portions of a large Millepora obtained at Raraka Island, by J. P.
Couthouy.

GENUS II.— TELESTO.— LAMOUROUX.

Tubiporidce acrogence, segregato-ramosce ; polypis retractilibus ; tubulis
semicalcareis.

Acrogenous, segregato-ramose ; polyps retractile; tubes sernicalca-
reous.

The species of Telesto branch more or less arborescently, and, as
each branch is a simple tube, they are all slender. The polyp-flowers
tip the branches, and on contraction the tentacles are withdrawn
within the extremity.

This genus was instituted by Lamouroux, and placed near the
Tubularise. Blainville suggested its affinity to the Tubipora, after
examining Lamouroux's species, and finding eight strise about the
summits, indicating an Alcyonoid character. Lamarck, in the first
edition of his treatise, united the species with the genus Synoicum of
Phipps, which was afterwards found to belong with the Ascidize.

OT THX

fozriVBHSITT]

632

ZOOPHYTES.

1. TELESTO AURANTIACA. Lamouroux.
T. parce ramosa, aurantiaca ; 1-1 £" alta, extus striata.

Sparingly ramose, orange-coloured ; 1 to H inches high, exterior
striate.

-, Blainv., Man., 498, pi. 82, fig. 3.
-, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 710.

Australia.

Telesta aurantiaca, Lamour., Pol. (lex., 234,
pi. 7, fig. 6; Exp. Meth., 18, tat. 68,
fig. 8.

NOTE. — Lamouroux also describes, under this genus, the following species:

T.lutea. Lax ramose, diffuse, scarcely striate; colour bright gold yellow. From
Australasia. (Pol. flex., 234 ; Deslongchamps, Encyc., 710 ; Blainv., Man., 498.)

T.pelagica. Colour green. Atlantic Ocean, on floating Fucus, (Bosc. Vers., iii. pi.
30, figs. 6-7 ; Lamouroux, Pol. flex., 235, and Exp. Meth., 18; Deslongchamps, Encyc.,
710; Blainville, Man., 498 ; Synoicum pelasgiciim, Lamarck.)

Blainville names another species from the Indian Ocean ; T. alburnum (Man., 49*).

2. TELESTO FRUTICULOSA. (Dana.}

T. fruticulosa, 3-4" alta; pohjpis aurantiacis ; ramulis numerosis,
pluribus brevibus (2-4'"), §'" fatis, cylindricis.

Fruticulose, 3 to 4 inches high ; polyps orange ; branchlets numerous,
many short (2 to 4 lines), § of a line in diameter, cylindrical.

Charleston, South Carolina. Prof. C. U. Shepard.

This singular species is incrusted throughout with a sponge of close
texture, increasing much the thickness and strength of its branches,
and it is by this means, apparently, that it grows to so large a size ; for
the tubes are small, and quite tender. The contracted polyps show the
tips of eight orange tentacles within the extremity of each branchlet.
They appear as if they were the true animals of the sponge : but it is
apparent that the latter is of extraneous growth, from its often length-
ening out a branch beyond the tube of the polyp within, and also from
its being separated without much difficulty ; it contains very minute,
slender spicula, besides others which consist of bent fibres, pointing
in every direction.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 533

The polyps of a branch form branchlets, two to four or five lines
long ; and, with the spongy covering, they are an eighth of an inch
thick.

The specimen here described belongs to the cabinet of Prof. C. U.
Shepard.

GENUS III.— TUBIPORA.

Tubiporidce acrogence, corallis cakareis tubulatis, tubulis fasciculatis ;
sepimentis internis nuttis.

Acrogenous Tubiporidse ; coralla calcareous, tubular; tubes fascicu-
late; no internal dissepiments.

For an account of the structure arid growth of these polyps, see
H 36, 37, 69. The calcareous tubes are brittle, nearly smooth within
and without, though somewhat porous, and when broken across,
often appear to be striated, owing to the minute tubes or ducts that
penetrate from the interior to the exterior surface. The polyps have
fringed tentacles, and are from a fourth to half an inch in diameter.
The species differ widely in the nature and breadth of the fringe of
papillae, and the size of the polyp-flower ; but they are often dis-
tinguished with difficulty by means of their coralla. The diameter
of the tubes, and the frequency or regularity of the transverse septa
uniting them, afford almost the only characters.

The Tubiporse have been found only in the coral-reef seas.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. T. musica. 5. T. Chamissonis.

*2. T. purpurea. 6. T. Hemprichii.

*3. T. fimbriata. *7. T. rubeola.
*4. T. syringa.

1. TUBIPORA MUSICA.

T. coralli tubis viz £'" latis, densissime confertis (in pottice 16-22),
paraMelis, septis creberrimis.

15!)

634 ZOOPHYTES.

Tubes of the corallum scarcely i a line broad, very densely crowded
(16-22 in an inch), and parallel, septa much crowded.

Indian Ocean.

The animal of this species is not yet known.

Seba, Mus., iii., tab. 110, fig. 9. , Ehrenberg, G. xxiii., sp. 3.

TMpora musica, in part, of Linnjcus, , Quoy and Gaymard, Voy. de 1'Ast.,

Lamarck, and others. pi. 21, fig. 9.

2. TUBIPORA PURPUREA. (Lamarck.)
T. coralli tubis §'" crassis, confertioribus, septis crebrioribits:

Tubes of the corallum § of a line thick, much crowded, septa quite
numerous.

Red Sea.

This very common species is larger than the musica in its tubes.
It approaches in size the two following species; but the tubes are
more regular and even.

Tubipora musica, Ellis and Sol., tab. 27. Tabipora purpurea, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii.
Seba, Thes. iii., tab. 110 ; fig. 8 (?). 326.

3. TUBIPORA FIMBRIATA. (Dana.}

T. polyporum disco rubro-brunnescente, oreflavo, tentaculis pallide flavis,
laxe fimbriatis, papillis violaceis 2-3-seriatis ; coralli tubis vix §'"
crassis, confertissimis et irregularibus, septis crebrioribus.

Disk of the polyps brownish-red, mouth yellow, tentacles pale yellow,
loosely fringed, papillae violet, in 2 or 3 series; tubes of the coral-
lum scarcely § of a line thick, very much crowded and irregular,
septa quite numerous.

Plate 59, fig. 2, polyp, enlarged ; 2 a, part of tentacle.

Feejee Islands, on the outer reefs. Exp. Exp.

This species has the tubes of the corallum a very little larger than

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 635

in the musica, and not so regular. The papilla are irregularly diva-
ricate. The yellow ring around the mouth has eight small squares
on its outer margin, one towards each tentacle, and the brownish-red
portion is octagonal in outline, with the sides of the octagon a little
concave.

4. TUBIPORA SYRINGA. (Dana.)

T. potypis pattide violaceis, papillis approximates et in planum integrum
digestis ; tubis coratti fimbriatse affinis.

Polyps pale violet, papillae in contact and arranged neatly in an even
plane; tubes of the corallum as in the Jimbriata.

Plate 59, fig. 1, part of zoophyte, expanded ; 1 a, polyp, enlarged ;
1 b, section of a polyp, showing the interior ; 1 c, part of a visceral
lamella, with clusters of ovules attached.

The Feejee Islands, in shallow waters along the shores. Exp. Exp.

This species can hardly be distinguished from the fimbriata by its
corallurn ; yet in its polyps it is very peculiar. Owing to the even
arrangement of the papilla, the tentacles appear at first to be destitute
of the usual fringe. The margin, when examined with a high power,
shows a series of punctures, one of which is at the extremity of each
papilla.

5. TUBIPORA CHAMISSONIS. (Ehrenberg.)

T. tentaculorum papillis dupliciter seriatis ; tubis coralli f "' latis, densius
confertis (in pollice 10-15); septis crebrioribus.

Papillce of the tentacles arranged in two series ; tubes of the corallum
^ of a line broad, rather closely crowded (10 to 15 in an inch); septa
quite numerous.

Radack Archipelago, Pacific Ocean. Chamisso. — East Indies.

This species has larger tubes than the musica. The animals were
first observed and figured by Chamisso.

630 ZOOPHYTES.

Tubipora musica, Chamisso and Eysen- Tubipora Clutmissonis, Ehrenb., G. xxiii.,

hardt, Mem. de 1'Acad. des Cur. Nat. do sp. 2.

Bonn, x., pi. 33, fig. 3. , Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 336.

, Quoy & Gaymard, Voy.de 1'Uranie,

Zool., pi. 88.

6. TUBIPORA HEMPRICHII. (Ehrenberg.)

T. tentaculis cceruleis aut viridibus, simpliciter seriatis ; coralli tubis $'"
crassis (in pollice 9-12) laxioribus, septis remotis (3-5'").

Tentacles bluish or greenish, in a simple series ; tubes of the corallum
T of a line thick (9 to 12 in an inch), rather lax, septa remote (3 to
5 lines).

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

This species, described by Ehrenberg, exceeds much the preceding
species in the size of its tubes.

Tubipora Hemprichii, Ehrenb., G. xxiii., Tubipora Hemprichii, Lamk., 2d ed., ii.
sp. 1. 326.

7. TUBIPORA RUBEOLA. (Quoy <Sf Gaymard.)

T. tentaculis rubescentibus, papillis duplidter seriatis ; coralli tubis longis.
laxis et crassis, septis scepe 1-3" remotis.

Tentacles reddish ; papillae in 2 series ; tubes of the corallum long,
lax and large, septa often 1 to 3 inches apart.

New Ireland. Quoy 4- Gaymard. — East Indies. Exp. Exp.

This species, described arid figured by Quoy and Gaymard, has the
large tubes of the Hemprichii, with the septa much more distant, and
the papillae of the tentacles in two series.

Tubipora rubeoki, Quoy & Gaymard, Voy. Tubipora ndicola, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 327".
de 1'Ast., iv. 257, pi. 21, figs. 1-8.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 637

GENUS IV.— SYRINGOPORA.— GOLDFUSS.

TubiporidcB acrogence, fasciculatce, coralli tubis septis conicis transversis
axeque tubulato penitus instructis.

Acrogenous Tubiporidse, fasciculate ; the tubes of the coralltim divided
within by transverse conical septa and having a tubular axis.

No recent species are known ; and the fossil species are confined to
the older rocks. The tubes are without rays, and thus afford no de-
cided evidence as to the number of tentacles to the polyps. Small
processes connect them at intervals.

This genus was first indicated by Guettard, and named Calamites,
for which Goldfuss substituted Syringopora. It corresponds to the
Harmodites of Fischer: and Milne Edwards refers here with reason
the Microsolena of Lamouroux, whose figure appears to represent a
cast of a cluster of tubes.

Calamites, Giicttard, Mem., iii. 532. , Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 327.

TuLiporites, Parkinson, Org. Rein., ii. 18. Harmodites, Fischer, Oryct. de Mosc.

Xi/riiigapora, Goldfuss, Petref., 76. Microsolena, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., 65,
— , Blainville, Man., 353. pi. 74, fig. 24-26.

FAMILY V.— GORGONID^E.

Alcyonaria secretiones corallicas e pedibus elaborantia, et scEpius alias
internas subcakareas discretas.

Alcyonaria forming foot-secretions, and usually other subcalcareous
tissue-secretions, which are separable from the former.

The formation of foot-secretions easily separable from the animal
layer which covers them, distinguishes the Gorgonidae from the other
Alcyonaria. The mode of growth is acrogenous, and budding takes
place from a parent cluster. The stems lengthen cumulately by

ICO

638 ZOOPHYTES.

gemmation, buds forming at apex and lengthening rapidly as they
are produced. Foot-secretions go on simultaneously, giving strength
to the growing shrub ; and by this means ramose zoophytes result,
whose slender branches and branchlets contrast strongly with the
clumsy forms of the Alcyonia.

The polyps may differ in their positions, and budding may be
either uninterrupted or periodical. In most species the animals of a
stem are situated obliquely, the polyp at its interior part diverging
but little from the axis, and gradually turning outward, and becoming
nearly at right angles with it at its outer extremity ; and the new
buds form successively above the preceding polyps, and nearly in the
same position. Budding going on continuously, the basal secretions
form a continuous axis to the stem, as in the Gorgonias and Coral-
lium, in which there is no evidence of periodicity in its increase, ex-
cepting the appearance of successive layers in the axis.

In other cases there first forms a small group of polyps, in shape
and structure like the lobe of a Xenia, the bases of the several polyps
being in the same horizontal plane. The foot-secretions, in such a
case, form at the bottom of the group, and can only accumulate in
thickness; the tissues of the cluster by other secretions form a layer
of a different character upon that below, which is sometimes more or
less penetrated by the polyp-tubes. After a while, budding takes
place above, and there is another succession of foot-secretions and
tissue-secretions; and the process continued gives rise finally to a
jointed stem, as in the Melitasas. The joints are at first very small and
short, but the polyps constituting them continue to grow and bud for
a while, until they are much enlarged. The genus Isis affords other
examples of periodical budding, but with some peculiarity, as the
calcareous and alternating corneous joints are alike separable from a
polyp-crust, which covers the whole uninterruptedly. The crust in
the Melitseas covering the calcareous joints, appears to be only the
softer extremities of the united polyps, corresponding to the extremi-
ties of the tubes in the Tubiporse. In the Mopsese, the corneous joints
are situated at the axils of the branches, and their production is con-
nected with a periodical multiplication of buds, which produces the
furcate mode of branching.

The hues of the Gorgonidse are various and gorgeous. The brightest
red, crimson, purple, orange, yellow, are common, besides white,
brown, and black ; and the polyps add other and more delicate tints,
where these star-like flowers are in full blossom. It is not unusual to

SUBORDER ALCYONARI A. 639

find crimson, scarlet, orange, and various shades of yellow presented
by the same species, and sometimes an orange variety, when unex-
panded, is dotted over with crimson points, the bases of the several
retracted polyps.

The following subdivisions of the Gorgonidse adopted in this work,
depend on the modes of budding and growth just explained, on the
nature of the foot-secretions, and the consideration whether the polyps
are retractile or not.

SUBFAMILY I. CORALLIIN.E. Axis inarticulate, solid calcareous ; polyp-crust fleshy,

without coral-secretions.
G. 1. Corallium.

SUBFAMILY II. GOKGONIN.E. Axis inarticulate, corneous, or semi-solid, with calca-
reous or siliceous secretions ; tissue-secretions forming a persistent crust to the
axis.

G. 2. Hyalonema. Axis not solid, consisting mostly of siliceous threads or spicula.

G. 3. Briareum. Axis not solid, suberose or containing calcareous spicula.

G. 4. Gorgonia. Axis solid, corneous ; polyps retractile, with or without fixed
verrucas on the surface after retraction.

G. 5. Primnoa. Axis solid ; polyps retractile into oblong movable verrucse, im-
bricately squamous.

G. 6. Bebryce. Axis solid corneous; polyps not retractile.

SUBFAMILY III. ISIN.E. Axis jointed, budding being periodical.

G. 7. Mopsea. Joints alternately calcareous and corneous, furcato-ramose with

corneous axils ; cortex thin.
G. 8. Isis. Joints alternately calcareous and corneous ; branches proceeding from

the calcareous joints ; cortex thick.
G. 9. Melitcea. Joints alternately calcareous and suberose ; cortex thin.

SUBFAMILY I.— CORALLIIN^E.

Gorgonida axem inarticulatum lapideum solidum elaborantes.
Gorgonidse forming an inarticulate solid stony axis.

640 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS I.— CORALLIUM.

Polyporum cortice carnosa axem lapideum tegente.
Stony axis covered with a fleshy polyp-crust.

1. CORALLIUM NOBILE.

C. dichotome laxeque ramosa, ramis Jtexuosis, inter dum coalitis ; polypis
undique sparsis, disco tentaculisque albis ; axe rubro, raro albo.

Dichotomously and lax ramose ; branches flexuous, sometimes coales-
cent ; polyps every where scattered ; disk and tentacles white; axis
red, rarely white.

Mediterranean Sea.

This species, the precious or noble coral of commerce, grows some-
times to a foot in height, with a thickness at base of an inch. It
occurs at different depths, from fifteen to one hundred and thirty
fathoms, but according to Risso, the best is obtained at a depth of
about twenty-four fathoms. The polyps were first observed and
figured by Marsilli, who has given in his Physique de la Mer, an
elaborate account of the modes then used for fishing up the coral. He
called the polyps the flowers of the cwal, and considered them full
proof of its vegetable nature.

Marsilli, Physique de la Mer (1725), Gorgonia nobilis, Ellis and Solander, 90,

plate 40, fig. 180, represents the polyps tab. 13.

or " Icsfleurs du corait" as Marsilli con- CoraUium rubrum, Cavolini, 32, pi. 2.

sidered them. , Lamk., ii. 470.

Peyssonncl, Phil. Trans., 1753 ; an ab- , Lamouroux, Polyp, flex., 456 ; Exp.

stract of a Memoir in which this au- Meth. des Polyp., 37, pi. 13, figs. 3-4.

thor described the animals of the Coral- , Risso, Mcrid. Europe, vol. v.

lium. , Schweig., Handb., 434.

Seba, Thes., iii. 210, tab. 115, figs. 1-7. , Blainv., Man. d'Actin., 502, pi. 86,

Tournefort, Inst., tab., 339. fig. 2.

Coralli/s ruler, Donati, Storia Nat., 43 ; CoraUium Mobile, Ehrenb., op. cit., Gen.

and Phil. Trans. Abridg., x. 154, with Ixxvi., sp. 1.

figures of the polyps on pi. 4. Isis (subgenus CoraUium) nobilis, Rcgne

Isis nobilis, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. xii., p. Anim., Paris, 1837, Zoophytes, pi., 80;

1288. g'v'ng views and dissections of the polyps,
, Espcr, Pflanz. i. 49, tab. 7, 8. by Milne Edwards.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 641

2. CORA.LLIUM SECUNDUM. (Dana.)

C. ramulosum, in piano expansum, polypis secundum, ad apice ramicu-
lorum dispositis et scepe binis ; axe cakareo, kvi, pallide carneo aut
albo, crustaque coccinea.

Ramulose, branching in a plane; polyps confined to one surface,
mostly placed at the apex of very small branchlets and often in
twos : axis calcareous, smooth, pale flesh-red or white, crust scarlet.

Plate 60, fig. 1, zoophyte, natural size.

This species is peculiar in having the branches arranged in a single
plane, and the polyps confined to one surface. They open mostly at
the extremities of slender calcareous processes. The only specimen
seen by the author, was procured at the Sandwich Islands; but it
may have been brought by shipping from some other locality. It is
five inches high and eight broad, with the stem at base half an inch
thick. The crust still remains dried on the axis, and the eight rays
of the closed polyps may be easily distinguished.

SOBFAMILY II.— GORGONIN.E.

Gorgonidce axem inarticulatum corneum sublapideumve, corticemque
semi-cakaream, elaborantes.

Gorgonidse secreting an inarticulate corneous or sublapideous axis,
and a semi-calcareous cortex.

GENUS II.— HYALONEMA.— GRAY.
Gorgonidce, axejilicoso, subsiKceo, inarticulate.

Gorgoriidse secreting an inarticulate axis made up mostly of siliceous
threads or spicula.

161

642 ZOOPHYTES.

HYALONEMA SIEBOLDI.

H. simplex, subcylindricum, ad basin attenuatum, non affixum (?) sed in
spongiam insitum; super fide granulosum et verrucosum, verrucis
grandibus, truncatis.

Simple, subcylindrical, attenuate at base, and not attached (?) but
planted in a sponge; surface granulous and verrucose, verrucae
large, truncate.

Japan. Dr. Siebold.

Hyakmema Sieboldi, Gray, Proceed. Zool. Soc., 1835, pp. 63-65.

GENUS III.— BRIAREUM.— BLAINVILLE.

Gorgonidce axe inarticulate calcareo-spiculigero, aut suberoso ; polypis
sparsis.

Gorgonidse having a non-jointed axis, containing calcareous spicula, or
suberose ; polyps scattered.

The soft axis of these zoophytes appears to afford sufficient ground
for a generic distinction. They are placed by Blainville and Ehren-
berg on this account with the Alcyonia, and they actually form a con-
necting link between them and the Gorgoniae. Like the latter, how-
ever, the polyps, instead of extending to the base of the zoophyte, as
in the Alcyonia, extend inward and terminate against a central or
axial line ; and to this are due their arborescent forms, and the exist-
ence of an axis. This fact appears to be of more fundamental impor-
tance than the mere nature of the axis. The species arboreum and
suberosum are, with hesitation, united with the other species which is
properly the type of the genus. It is possible that they might better
be arranged near the Spoggodiae, which also seem to differ from the
other Alcyonida3 in an arborescent mode of growth, and the non-.exten-
sion of the polyp-visceral cavities to the base of the zoophyte.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA.

643

1 BRIA.REUM GORGONIDEUM. (Blainvilk.)

B. cinereum ; subramosum, teres ; ramisfere 1" crassis, elongatis ; axe
spiculis cakareis purpureis plerumque instructo.

Cinereous, subramose, terete; branches nearly an inch thick, elongate ;
axis consisting mostly of purple calcareous spicula.

West Indies. Ellis.

Gorgonia briareus, Ellis and Sol., 93, pi. Meth., 35, pi. 14, figs. 1, 2; Encyc.,

14, figs. 1, 2. 447.
, Gmel., Syst. Nat., 3808. Briareum gorgonoidium , Blainville, Man.,

— , Lamouroux, Pol. flex., 481; Exp. 521, pi. 88, fig. 2.

2. BRIAREUM SUBEROSUM. (Ellis.} Dana.

B. 8" ahum ; ramosum, subdichotomum ; ramis crassis subsimplicibus,
superfaie levi, osculis substellatis ; axe suberoso, pallide rubro ; cortice
intus miniaced.

Eight inches high; ramose, subdichotomous ; branches stout, sub-
simple ; surface smooth ; oscules substellate ; axis suberose, pale
red ; cortex miniaceous within.

Indian Ocean.

Ellis, Corallines, tab. 26, figs. P, Q, R.

Gorgonia suberosa, Ellis and Sol., 93, tab.
14, figs. I, 2.

, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 504, No. 39 a.

Plfxaura suberosa, Lamouroux, Pol. flex.,
430 ; Encyc., 628.
— , Blainville, Man., 509, pi. 87, fig. 5.

The Gorgonia suberosa of Espcr (ii., tab.
xxx.), has a solid corneous axis, and is
another species ; see G. papittosa.

Ehrcnberg makes the Alcyonium asbesti-
num of Pallas, identical with the Gorgo-
nia suberosa of Ellis, and states that

the branches are half to one inch thick ;
in Ellis's figure of this species they
are from one and a half to four lines.
(Pallas, Zooph., 344 ; Esper, iii., tab. 5;
Lamarck, 2d ed., 605 : " A. carnosum,
rigidum, rubrum, digitato-ramosum ; ra-
mis teretiusculis, erectis; osculis creber-
rimis, sparsis." Lamouroux, Pol. flex.,
347 ; Lobularia asbestina, Ehrenb., Gen.
xxv., sp. 12.) Dried specimens have
the surface harsh with the spicula of
which they are principally constituted.

644 ZOOPHYTES.

3. BRIAREUM ARBOREUM. (Pallas.} Dana.

B. carnoso-suberosum, grandis (3'), arbor escens ; laxe ramosa, ramisjuni-
oribus nodosis, nodis potissimum polypigeris ; polypis magnis ; extus
rubrum aut jtavidum, intus subflavidum et suberosum.

Carnoso-suberose ; large (3 feet) and arborescent, sparingly and lax
ramose ; younger branches nodose, with the protuberances espe-
cially polypiferous ; polyps large ; exterior surface red or yellow ;
within yellowish and suberose.

Norwegian Sea.

Akyonium arboreum, Pallas. Zooph., 347. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 335 ; Encyc., 23.

, Esper, iii., tab. 1, 1 A, 1 B. Lobularia arborea, Ehrenberg, Gen. xxv.,

, Lamk. ii. 506. sp. 11.

GENUS IV.— GORGONIA.

Gorgonidce axem corneum inarticulatum elaborantes corticemque sub-
cakaream ; polypis retractilibus, retractis, cortice sive kvi sive verru-
cosd ; verrucis Jixis.

Gororonidse forminor an inarticulate corneous axis and a subcalcareous

o o

cortex ; polyps retractile, surface, on retraction, either smooth or

verrucose; verrucas not movable.

H'f'

The species differ much in the position of the polyps, and the per-
sistence and thickness of the cortex, and the existence or not of ver-
rucEe, when the polyps are retracted. The animals may be scattered
irregularly over the whole surface, or they may range in series or
bands on opposite sides only of the stems and branches ; and some of
the latter become, in consequence of this seriate arrangement, laterally
winded, or have the branches much flattened. The cortex consists of

O '

the layer of polyps, with a variable proportion of calcareous matter,
secreted within their texture : it is at times like paper in thinness,
and in other species is thick and spongy. It sometimes falls off so

- A,'***

UHIVBRSITyll

SUBORDER A L C Y O N A R I A. Q45

readily on drying, that certain species are rarely seen in cabinets with
the cortex adhering; and the axis resembles much an Antipathes,
though distinct in not having a spinulous surface.

As in the Madreporidae, the retracted polyps are sometimes still pro-
minent above the surface, and the branches, in this state, are covered
with small verrucse, corresponding to the calicles of a Madrepore. In
other species the polyps are wholly retractile, and leave only a small
polyp-pore or oscule, marking their position. The one kind pass by
insensible gradations into the other.

The cortex under a magnifier shows numerous minute granules or
spicules of lime, disseminated through it. These spicules become
exsert in certain of these zoophytes, especially about the verrucse, and
give them an echinulate surface ; and in some instances the verrucse
appear to be covered with imbricate spinules or scales.

The Gorgonise may be distributed into three parallel subgenera. The
groups pass into one another in many points by insensible gradations ;
yet the distinctions are convenient. A farther study of the animals
may require a different arrangement; but the characters now known
are hardly sufficient to authorize the institution of genera, as proposed
by Lamouroux. The subgenera are as follows :

SCBGEN. 1. PTEROGORGIA. Polyps seriate, or bifarious, with a naked
space between the ranges of polyps.

SUBGEN. II. GORGONIA. Polyps irregularly scattered, not bifarious ;
surface of zoophyte, after retraction of polyps, smooth or more or less
verrucose, without exsert spicula.

SUBGEN. III. MURICEA. Polyps irregularly scattered, surface after
retraction of polyps verrucose, and verrucse armed with spicula or
scales.

The Gorgoniaa and Pterogorgise, form a parallel series of species,
with the cross gradations numerous and close. The Muricese con-
stitute a much smaller group, a part related to the Gorgonise, with
short verrucae, and others to those with prominent imbricate verrucse.

The genus Gorgonia was instituted by Linnaeus for all the Gor-
goninse. Lamouroux subdivided the group by separating those with
a thick smooth cortex, to form the genus Plexaura ; those with pro-
minent unarmed verruca?, Eunicea ; those with the verrucse armed
with spicula, Muricea ; and those with the verruca? armed with scales,
Primnoa; the remainder, with a thin cortex and small verrucse or
none, constituted his genus Gorgonia. These genera, excepting.the last

10-2

646

ZOOPHYTES

two, have been received by subsequent authors with much hesitation.
The thickness of the cortex in the Plexaurae depends simply on the
size or height of the polyps, and can hardly be admitted as a charac-
teristic sufficiently important even for a subgenus. The occurrence of
verrucse is physiologically of as slight importance, as it arises merely
from the polyps not being confluent so nearly to their summits.

Ehrenberg adopted Lamouroux's genera, but mostly under altered
or more extended significations, and introduced also the genus Ptero-
gorgia. In his system, Pterogorgia and Gorgonia, include the species
with bifarious polyps, the first of these genera being distinguished
from the other, by having the polyps distinctly in one or two series;
Eunicea embraces all the species with scattered polyps, with or with-
out verrucaB, and the verruca? unarmed; Muricea and Plexaura have
the same limits nearly as above.

The relations of the several systems are shown in the following
table :

EHRENBERG.

LAMOUI

Pterogorgia.
Gorgonia.

Gorgonia.

C in part.
Eunicea. <
(^ in part.
Plexaura.

Eunicea.
Plexaura.

Muricea.

LINNAEUS AND
LAMAHCK.

Gorgonia.

RECEIVED DIVISIONS.
Pterogorgia.

Gorgonia.
Muricea.

As the genus Gorgonia has been but imperfectly revised, compara-
tively few of the species having been seen by the author, the descrip-
tions are made out in a less extended form than in other parts of
the work. A complete review of the subject has been attempted, as
far as it could be done from a thorough study of previous authors and
the examination of specimens at hand, and all important information
will be found included, together with full references to authorities and
figures.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 647

SUBGENUS I.— PTEROGORGIA.

Polypis Ufariis.

Gorgonite with bifarious polyps.

The polyps of the "Pterogorgise are occasionally in opposite simple
series, and the branches are much flattened or winged. In general
there is an irregular line or band of polyps on the two sides, separated
by a narrow naked space, which is sometimes sulcate.

Among the Gorgonise the seriate character is imperfectly presented
by the G. clathrus, virgulata, and sanguinea.

Arrangement of the Species.

I. Branches much flattened or tivo-edged.

1. G. Pter. quercifolia. *6. G. Pter. acerosa.

*2. G. Pter. anceps. *7. G. Pter. pinnata.
*3. G. Pter. citrina. 8. G. Pter. petechizans.

4. G. Pter. fasciolaris. 9. G. Pter. patula.

5. G. Pter. Thomasiensis.

II. Brandies terete or but slightly compressed.

A. Ramose in a plane, or pinnate.

*10. G. Pter. setosa. 15. G. Pter. fusco-purpurea.

11. G. Pter. turgida. 16. G. Pter. sulcifera.

12. G. Pter. violacea. *17. G. Pter. pectinata.
IS. G. Pter. laxa. 18. G. Pter. ochrostoma.
14. G. Pter. rosea. 19. G. Pter. leucostoma.

B. Not ramose in a plane, or simple.

*20. G. Pter. sarmentosa. *21. G. Pter. setacea.

III. Appendix.
G. pustulosa.

I. Brunches com,planate or two-edged, sometimes three to four winged.

1. G. PTEROGORGIA QUERCIFOLIA. (Ehrenb.) Dana. — Bright yellow;
eight inches high and four broad, ramulous, complanate, flabellate and
lobato-foliaceous, subdivided nearly like the lobations of an oak-leaf,
lobes nearly an inch wide ; nerves sterile, other parts polypiferous,
oscules small (one-third of a line).

<!<>rff. quercus folium, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxiv., Gorg. dilatata? Esper, Fortsetz. ii. 25,
sp. 5. tab. 51, 56.

648

ZOOPHYTES.

2. G. PTEROGORGIA ANCEPS. (Linn.) Ehrenb. — Violaceous, and also
yellowish with purple margins; two feet high, paniculate; branches
long linear, generally two to two and a half lines wide and often a foot
long, two-edged or sometimes three to four winged, with a single series
of oscules along the edge : axis black, slightly compressed, in the
branchlets wax-yellow.

West Indies.

Hans Sloane's Jamaica, tab. 22, fig. 4.
Gorgonia anceps, Linn., ed. xii., 1292.

, Pallas, Zooph., 183.

, Ellis and Solander, 89.

, Esper, ii. 38, tab. 7.

, Lamarck, ii. 494, No. 18.

, Fleming's Brit. Animals, 512.

— , Blainville, Man., 505.
Pterogorgia anceps, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxv.,

sp. 6.
The Gorgonia anceps, plate 25, figure 3,

of Johnston's Zoophytes, appears to be

-, Lamour., Pol. flex. ,395; Encyc., 437. the citrina.

3. G. PTEROGORGIA CITRINA. (Esper) Dana. — Low (four inches);
sulphur-yellow, with the margin dotted with purple; subpinnato-
ramose and nearly flabellate ; branches two-edged, branchlets one to
two inches long and one line broad ; polyps marginal in a single
series; axis of branches black, of branchlets yellowish.

Near Cape Florida, West Indies, Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. — British
Coast?

Gorg. citrina, Esper, ii. 129, tab. 38,
" G. ramosa, subplana, ramis compressis
brevibus, cortice flavescenle, poris mar-
ginalibus vix prominulis." The figure
and description agree with specimens
seen by the author. The cortex is
usually bright sulphur-yellow with a
single row of purple dots along the
margin of the flat pinnules, about twenty-
four of them to an inch in length. The
surface is smooth without a sulcus.

Sea Willow, Ellis's Corallines, 68, tab. 27,
fig. g, mentions purple as well as yellow
specimens.

Gorg. anceps, Johnston's Brit. Zooph., 184,
pi. 25, fig. 3; from Ellis.

The Gorgonia citrina, Lamk., ii. 494, No.
19, is another species. — " G. humilis,
ramosissima ; ramulis cylindraceis, obso-
lete depressis, granulatis ; cortice albido-
flavescente, osculis prominulis." Lamou-
roux, Pol. flex., 412 ; Encyc., 444.

4. G. PTEROGORGIA FASCIOLARIS. (Ehrenberg.) — Low (five inches
high and ten broad), sparingly ramose; branches erect, simple, much
compressed and flat, throughout four and a half inches long, and one
and a half lines broad ; margin thin and uniseriately dotted with red,
the polyps being uniseriate.

West Indies. Ehrenberg.

Pterog.fasciolo.ris, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxv., sp. 4.

A variety of the citrina ? — It is described us having the h;ibit of the j.ecl/'/iata.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 649

5. G. PTEROGORGIA THOMASIENSIS. (Ehrenberg.) — Low (four inches
high), violaceous; sparingly ramose; branches simple, two-edged,
erect, uniformly three inches long, less than a line broad at apex.

Island of St. Thomas, West Indies. Ehrenberg.

Ptcrogorgia Sancti Thonife, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxv., sp. 5, states that it differs from
the pinnata in not being pinnate, and has the habit of the fasciolaris ; moreover, there
is a third series of polyps. %

6. G. PTEROGORGIA ACEROSA. (Esper.) Ehrenberg. — Yellowish; ra-
mulous, nearly flabellate, pinnate; pinnules subopposite, compressed,
one to one and a half lines broad ; polyps arranged seriately along the
margin, in either single or double series; oscules very minute (hardly
one-fourth of a line long), and crowded ; axis of branches and branch-
lets nearly black.

This species, though very similar to the setosa in its pendulous
habit, when full grown, has its branchlets much more flattened. The
polyps on the pinnules are sometimes nearly regularly uniseriate, and
often in two distinct series. The oscules are minute and much
crowded, three of them hardly occupying a line in length. The pin-
nules are very crowded, occurring every two to four lines, and are
about a line wide and a third of a line thick.

West Indies.

Gorgonia acerosa, Esper, ii. 106, tab. 31.

Pterogorgia acerosa, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxv., sp. 2. "Quadripedalis, flava, ramuloso-
pinnata, pinnis strictiusculis, flexuosis, nee planfe oppositis, 6-7" longis, 1'" latis, com-
pressis, planis."

Gorgonia pinnata, in part, of Lamarck, Lamouroux, and Blainville (see the setosa}.

7. G. PTEROGORGIA PINNATA. (Ellis.) Yellowish, ramulous, pin-
nate, pinnules subopposite, much compressed and complanate, one to
one and a quarter lines broad, not pendulous, four to six inches long ;
polyps marginal, in one or two series, large; axis of branchlets of a
very pale yellowish colour.

The branches as well as branchlets are very much flattened, more
so than in the acerosa; the polyps are much larger than in that
species, three in the same series, in the specimen examined by the
author, occupying a length of nearly two lines. The axis of the
branchlets is capillary and nearly colourless.

Gorg. pinnata, Ellis and Solander, 87, tab. ciently crowded, a little too broad, and
14, fig. 3. The branchlets are not suffi- the polyps rather too distant.

163

650 ZOOPHYTES.

Gorg. americana, Gmelin, 3799. sp. 3. " Bipedalis, et tripedalis, 9" lata,

Gorgonia pinnata, in part, of Lamarck, flava, pinnata, stricta, valida, pinnis 6"

Latnouroux,andBlainville(seethesetosa). longis, strictis, rarioribus, 1'" latis, com

Pterogorgia stricta? Ehrenb., G. Ixxxv., planatis."

8. G. PTEROGORGIA PETECHIZANS. (Pallas.) Dana. — Yellow, with
the margin dotted with purple; one to two feet high; flabellate and
ramuloso-pinnate ; pinnules numerous, short (one to two inches), a
line broad, nearly parallel, compressed ; polyps scarcely prominent,
mostly marginal, but not generally in regular series.

Atlantic and Coast of Africa. Lamarck.

Gorg. petechizans, Pallas, Zooph., 196. Gorg. abietina, Ellis and Sol., 95, tab. 16.

, Esper, ii. 55, tab. 13. Coast of Africa.

, Lamk., ii. 491, No. 10. Gorg. sanguinoknta? Pallas, Zooph., 175.

, Lamour., Pol. flex., 398; Exp. Meth., " G. depressa, ramosissima, dichotomo-

33, pi. 16 ; Encyc., 440. pinnata, corticis flavi poris distichis pur-

, Blainv., Man., 505. pureis."

, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxiv., sp. 9.

9. G. PTEROGORGIA PATULA. (Ellis.) Dana. — Deep red; eight
inches high ; ramose, subpinnate, tortuous ; branches compressed,
not crowded ; polyps subdistichous; axis fuscous.

Mediterranean Sea.

Gorgonia patula, 88, tab. 15, figs. 3, 4. Gorgonia patula, Lamour., Pol. flex., 399;

The branches and branchlets are flat- Exp. Meth., 33, tab. 15, figs. 3, 4 :

tened, not crowded, 1—1 5 lines wide, and Encyc., 440.

3 lines below ; the polyps are not con- , Lamk., 2d ed., ii, 499, No. 35 a.

fined to the margin.

II. Branchlets terete, or but slightly compressed.
A. Pinnate or ramose in a plane.

10. G. PTEROGORGIA SETOSA. (Linn.) — Purple; very large, often
five feet high ; ramose and very densely ramulous ; pinnules nearly
opposite or somewhat scattered, subterete, very long filiform (two to
six inches in length), and hardly one line thick, longitudinally faint
sulcate along the middle, becoming pendulous when adult, not verru-
cose ; polyps subseriate, the opposite series often double ; axis black.

Figure 32, page 72, extremity of a branch.

West Indies, where it is common. — Var. sericea, West Indies.
Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc.

This is the large purple pendulous species of the West Indies.
When young, the branchlets are erect or nearly so, and the pinnate

SUBORDER ALCYONARI A. 651

character is less distinct than in adult specimens. There are either
one or two rows of polyps on the opposite sides of the branchlets.
The main branches towards the summits are often somewhat winged.

Gorg. sctosa, Linn., ed. xii., 1292. G. , in part, Lamour., Pol. flex., 396;

teres, pinnata, ramulis sparsis, cortice Exp. Meth., 32 ; Encyc., 439.

purpurascente. , Blainville, Man., 505.

, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 3807. Pterogorgia setosa, Ehrenb.,G. Ixxxv. ,sp. 1.

, Esper, ii. 66, tab. 17. Lamarck and Lamouroux include with this

Gorg. acerosa, Pallas, Zooph., 172. species the pinnata, of Ellis, and the

Gorg. pinnata, in part, Lamk., ii. 493, sanguinolenta, of Pallas.

No. 17.

11. G. PTEROGORGIA TURGIDA. (Ehrenberg.) — Yellow, with the
habit of the acerosa; eight inches high, and seven broad; pinnules
turgid, narrower and shorter (two inches long), with a double series
of pores on the sides furnished with red papillae.

St. Thomas, West Indies. Ehrenberg.

Pterogorgia turgida, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxv., sp. 7.

12. G. PTEROGORGIA VIOLACEA. — Violaceous; ramose in a plane,
pinnate ; polyps arranged for the most part in four series, and the
branches therefore quadrangular; verruca nearly obsolete, contiguous.

American Seas.

Gorg. violacea, Pallas, Zooph., 176. G. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 408 ; Encyc.,

depressiuscula, ramoso-pinnata, cortice 443.

violacea, poris prominulis quadrangulo. Pterogorgia violacea, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxv.,

, Esper, ii. 54, tab. 12. sp. 8.

, Lamarck, ii. 497, No. 27.

13. G. PTEROGORGIA LAXA. (Lamarck.) Lax ramose, flabellate;
branches somewhat depressed, smooth; branchlets crowded, a little
curving ; polyps submarginal.

Gorg. laxa, Lamk., ii. 490, No. 7 ; Milne Edwards adds that the polyps are lateral in
several irregular series, with a naked medial space on opposite sides, but no sulcus
along the principal stem.

, Lamour., Pol. flex., 98 ; Encyc., 440.

14. G. PTEROGORGIA ROSEA. Rose-red ; dichotomously branched,
in a plane ; branches subpinnate; branchlets terete, unequally ascend-
ing; polyps subser i ate.

Mediterranean, and Atlantic Ocean. Lamarck.

652 ZOOPHYTES.

Gorg. rosea, Lamarck, ii. 494, No. 20.

Marsilli, Lith. quatrieme (?), tab. 19, fig. 83; from near Marseilles, in forty fathoms
water, and having the polyps scattered ; colour red ; greatest height two feet, and very
slender; thickness at base hardly an eighth of an inch.

, Lamouroux, Pol. flex., 401 ; Encyc., 441.

Gorgonia Ceratophyta (?), Linn., ed. xii., 1290, and Pallas, Zooph., 117 ; Esper, ii.
78, tab. 19.

(?), Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxiv., sp. 8 ; " 9" lata, 8" alta, roseo aut cinnabarino-pur-

purea, valde gracilis, depressa, laxe dichotomo-rarnulosa, virgato-divaricata, ramis seta-
oeis, supra •£-£'" fere crassis, apice subverrucosis, polypis niveis."

15. G. PTEROGORGIA FUSCO-PURPUREA. (Ehrenberg.} Dana. — Dark
brownish-purple, dichotomously branched, flabellate ; branchlets pa-
rallel, compressed, the summit branchlets nearly terete (three-fourths
of a line thick), flexuous at base, long before branching, and virgate;
polyps forming two lateral bands.

G.fusco-purpurea, Ehrenberg, op. cit., G. Ixxxiv., sp. 7.

16. G. PTEROGORGIA SULCIFERA. Reddish-yellow; very tall, and
branching in a plane; branchlets mostly secund, ascending, obsoletely
verrucose, every where with a medial sulcus; cortex thin.

Indian Ocean.

Gorg. sulcifera, Lamk., ii. 497, No. 30. Gorg. suberosa (?), Esper, Fortsetz., i. 170,

, Lamour., Pol. flex., 412 ; Encyc., tab. 49.

444.

17. G. PTEROGORGIA PECTINATA. Reddish; one to one and a half
feet high and broad ; stem dichotomising and bearing above nearly
simple erect branchlets, long and pectinately arranged, one and a
half lines thick, nearly terete, subverrucose ; polyps sublateral, with
a flat medial area naked.

The East Indies. Lamarck.

Seba, Thes. iii., tab. 105, fig. 1 a. Gorgonia pectinata, Lamk., ii. 498,

Gorgoniapectinata,Gmel.,Syst. Nat., 3808. No. 31.

, Pallas, Zooph., 179. — , Lamour., Pol. flex., 416; Encyc.,

, Ellis and Solander, 85. 446.

18. G. PTEROGORGIA OCHROSTOMA. (Ehrenberg.) Dana. — Rose-red,
with the margin yellow ; very densely branched; branchlets flexuous,
not coalescing, subflabellate, rather rigid, branchlets compressed,
shorter, a little broader, and with somewhat larger polyps than in the
G. fldbellum.

Gorg. ochrostoma, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxiv., sp. 2.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 653

19. G. PTEROGORGIA LKUCOSTOMA. (Ehrenberg.} Dana. — Rose-red,
with a whitish margin; a foot high and nine inches broad; densely
rarnulons, subflabellate, not coalescing, rigid; branches flexuous, nearly
terete, half a line thick, margin polypiferous.

Gorgonia Icucoslom z, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxlv., sp. 3.
B. Not pinnate, nor ramose in a plane.

20. G. PTEROGORGIA SARMENTOSA. (Esper.) — Pale yellowish ; large ;
lax paniculate, branchlets slender (half a line), and flexuous, nearly
terete, often sulcate ; polyps lateral, often in a single series, margin of
branchlets uneven, with obsolescent verruca? ; cortex thin.

Mediterranean. Esper.

Gorgonia sarmentosa, Esper, ii. 85, tab. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 415 ; Encyc.,

21. and Fortsetz., 165, tab. 45; charac- 445.

teristic figures. , Blainville, Man., 500.

, Lamk., ii. 498, No. 32.

21. G. PTEROGORGIA SETACEA. (Pallas.} — Whitish ; simple, rigid,
rarely with a single branch; surface subverruculose, verruculre minute
(one-third of a line) and obsolete, numerous and crowded, mostly on
two opposite sides, with a narrow naked interval between.

The American Seas. Pallas. — Laguayra, S. A. Z. Collins.

A specimen of this species in the collections of the Academy of
Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, deposited by Z. Collins, is a simple
rigid terete stem, not over two lines thick, four and a half feet long,
with the axis pale brownish, the cortex thin, white and very persistent,
and the minute verrucas scarcely at all prominent ; the narrow naked
line is distinct. The polyps are in general hardly half a line apart.

Go/'gonia sctacea, Pallas, Zooph., 182. Gorgonia sctaceu, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 502,
, Lamouroux, Polyp, flex., 421 ; En- No. 35 n.

eye., 447.

NOTE. — The Gorgonia sanguinolenta of Esper (tab. 22) is a closely branched species,
resembling in its habit, the stoutness of its branches, and thickness of cortex, the Gorgonia
ardijmtlics, the branchlets being over one and a half lines thick near their summits. It is
represented of a yellow colour, with two or more series of polyps on opposite sides of the
branches, and is said to come from the American seas.

The Gorgonia ceratophj/t.a of Ellis nnd Solandcr, tab. 12, is nearly as stout, with a
somewhat similar habit, and a deep medial longitudinal furrow separating the polyps of
the two sides. It was from the West Indies. The branches are full twice the diameter
of the ceratophyta of Pallas.

161

654 ZOOPHYTES.

The Gorgonia pustulosa of Lamouroux appears to belong with the Pterogorgirc, and
is described as follows : — Branches scattered, with verruca: in two sublatcral series, sepa-
rated by a slightly prominent line ; colour yellowish-red or miniaceous ; axis round.
Pol. flex., 411, pi. 15; Encyc., 445. — According to Lamouroux's figure, the pustuliform
verrucas are rounded and unequal, and many are a line in diameter. It is eight to ten
inches in height.

SUBGENUS II.— GORGONIA.

Polypis retractilibus ; retractis, zoophytarum super ficie sive levi sive
verrucosd, verrucis non armatis.

Polyps retractile; when retracted, surface of zoophytes either smooth
or verrucose, with the verruca?, when any, unarmed with spicula or
scales.

Arrangement of the Species.

A. Cortex thin, less than half a line in thickness. Polyps closely scattered.

I. Flabellate, throughout reticulate, without any free branchlets.

*22. G. flabcllum. *25. G. umbella.

*23. G. clathrus. 26. G. vcntilabrum.

*24. G. reticulum. *27. G. verriculata.

II. Flabellate; in part reticulate or not at all so — not pinnate.

*28. G. umbraculum. *34. G. tuberculata.
*29. G. cancellata. 35. G. granulata.

*30. G. venusta. *36. G. flexuosa.

*3l. G. stricta. *37. G. verrucosa.

32. G. retellum. 38. G. apiculata.

33. G. tamarix. 39. G. nivea.

III. Flabellate; pinnate, not reticulate.
*40. G. flammea.

IV. Not flabellate ; verrucee none or very short.

•41. G. virgulata. 44. G. graminea.

42. G. miniacea. *45. G. Bertolonii.

*43. G. sanguinea. 46. G. sasappo.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 655

*47. G. humilis. 51. G. juncea.

*48. G. furcata. *52. G. suffruticosa.

49. G. flavida. 53. G. ramulosa.

50. G. elongata. *54. G. spicifera.

B. Subflabellate or not at all so ; polyps few and at distant intervals on the branches,
subalternate.

*55. G. trichostemma. 56. G. exserta.

C. Cortex (including verrucfs) thick — half a line or more.

I. Surface smooth or short verrucose. — (Plexaurce.)

*57. G. antipathes. *61. G. quincuncialis.

*58. G. homomalla. *62. G. dichotoma.

*59. G. anguiculus. *63. G. vermiculata.

60. G. olivacea. *64. G. crassa.

II. Verruca prominent. — (Eunicaa^)

*65. G. papillosa. 69. G. plantaginea.

66. G. clavaria. 70. G. lima.

*67. G. pseudo-antipathes. 71. G. mammosa.
*68. G. madrepora.

D. Unarrangcd species.

72. G. purpurea. 76. G. coccinea.

73. G. Richardii. 77. G. rhizomorpha.

74. G. penna. 78. G. alba.

75. G. moniliformis.

A. Cortex thin, not exceeding half a line in thickness, polyps crowded.

I. Throughout reticulate, with no free branchkls.

22. GORGONIA FLABELLUM. — Large, yellow or red ; flabellate, and
throughout finely reticulate; spaces one to two and a half lines in
area, branchlets flattened, three-fourths to one and a half lines wide,
sometimes very prominently winged ; verrucse obsolete, except about
the margin of the frond, where they are often distinct but minute.

West Indies.

This common species grows to a large size; the fronds are some-
times two feet high and nearly as broad. The size of the spaces and
flattened branchlets, and the absence of verrucaB, except upon the ex-
treme branchlets, distinguish this species from those allied. Flat
or rounded processes sometimes grow from the branchlets at right
angles with the frond, which at times stand out one-fourth of an inch.
The branchlets are generally much compressed, and the spaces are
sometimes very small. The colour varies from an ash to a bright
yellow, and is occasionally red. The polyps are every where scat-

656 ZOOPHYTES.

tered, except where the wing-like processes commence to grow from
the surface, and in that case they become lateral.

Gorgoniaflabellitm, Linn., xii. 1293. , Lamour., Pol. flex. ,403; Encyc.,441.

, Ellis and Sol., 92.—F/abellum vene- , Blainville, Man., 505.

ris, Ellis, Coral., tab. 26, fig. A. , Ehrcnb., G. Ix.xxiv., sp. 1.

, Pallas, Zooph., 169. , Johnston's British Zoophytes, figure

, Lamk., ii. 488, No. 1. p. 161 — reduced drawing.

GOHGONIA CLATHRUS (23). — The Gorgonia clathrus, of Pallas, characterized by terete
branchlets, may be only a red variety of the flalx.llu.rn, and this view is strengthened by
their similarity of form, and by the occasional occurrence of red and yellow colours in
the same specimen. Yet in some specimens with terete branchlets, examined by the
author, the main branches are more regularly ascending than usual in the flabellum, and
the polyps are more or less seriate, with the medial line of the branchlets bare. The
cortex sometimes appears smooth, with even the oscules indistinct ; and again, a series of
granules (about eight to half an inch), range along each side of the medial space, as if
the surface were minutely verruculose. These different appearances arise from the dif-
ferent states of retraction in the polyps at the time the zoophytes were dried, the latter
condition being due to a partial retraction only. A yellowish-white specimen, of similar
character, without verrucse, but with the polyps in four series, belongs to the Nat. II 1st.
Society collections of Boston. (G. dathrus, Pallas, Zooph., 168; Lamarck, 2d ed.^ ii.
501, No. 35 h; Lamour., Pol. flex., 405; Encyc., 442.)

24. GORGONIA. RETICULUM. (Pallas.) Lamarck. — Red, much
branched, flabellate ; throughout reticulate, branchlets nearly terete,
decussately coalescent, obsoletely granulous.

Indian Ocean. t

Milne Edwards adds that the oscules are in some parts seriate, but
generally scattered.

There is much confusion in the books with regard to the reticulum of Pallas. Pallas
(Elcnch. Zooph., 167) thus describes the species. " G. reticulata, ramulis creberrimis,
teretibus, cortice rubro verrucoso." The figure given by Esper (tab. 44) is reli-rred by
Lamarck to the fexuosa ; Ellis's reticulata is Lamarck's verriculata ; Ehrenberg's reti-
culum (Eunicea) is stated to correspond with Esper's tab. 44, but appears to l>c a dif-
ferent species, with free branchlets (" omnibus liberis"). Lamarck mentions Kspcr's tab.
1, Gorgonia ventalina, as possibly the reticulum. (See G. ventilabrum.)

25. GORGONIA UMBELLA. (Esper.) — Red; flabellate, sometimes
with the surfaces proliferous, height exceeding the breadth (twelve
inches by nine), finely reticulate, spaces two to two and a half lines
in area; branchlets subterete, nearly one line broad, irregularly
rough, and sometimes appearing a little contorted, owing to the scat-
tered verruca3, which are unequally prominent and minute (one-
fourth of a line) ; axis pale wood-brown.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 657

East Indies. Esper.

This species, of which a specimen is contained in the collections of
the Boston Natural History Society, has larger and more irregular
branchlets, verruca?, and spaces, than the dathrus. The branchlets
are «ften very uneven, owing to the unequal scattering of the larger
verruca? ; and the spaces are generally oblong upward, and many are
half an inch in length.

Gorgonia umbella, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz., ii. 30, tab. 53; the general habit is
brought out ; but the branchlets are a little too slender.

26. GORGONIA VENTILABRUM. (Pallas.) — Deep red, reticulate,
branches compressed, verrucose.

East Indies.

This imperfectly described species is said to have the general habit
of the flabellum. Its verrucose surface appears to distinguish it from
that species, while the compressed branches separate it from the reti-
culum and umbella.

Go/-goniave?itilabrum,Poi\\as,Zooph., 165. with the ventilabntni of Pallas, is, as re-

, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 500, No. 35 f. presented by him, a small reddish species,

Gorgonia ventalina, Gmelin, Linn., 3808. broader than high, with a verrucose sur-
,Lamour., Pol. flex., 404, and G. ven- face, and the spaces rather large (mostly

tilabrum, Encyc., 442. a fourth to a tliird of an inch long).

The Gorgonia ve/ttalina of Esper (Pflanz., The branchlets are not compressed, and

ii. 20, tab. 1), which he makes identical about half a line thick.

27. GORGONIA VERRICULATA. (Esper.) — Whitish; flabellate, large,
throughout coarsely reticulate; spaces mostly six lines broad, branch-
lets subterete, nearly one line thick, verrucose and uneven.

Indian Ocean.

Gorgonia reticulala, Ellis and Solander, G. verriculata, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 489,

tab. 17. No. 3.

Gorgonia verriculata, Esper, ii. 124, tab. , Lamouroux, Polyp, flex., 404; Exp.

35. Meth., 33, pi. 17 ; Encyc., 442.

NOTE. — The Plexaura reticulata of Ehrenberg, appears to belong to this division of
the Gorgonias. It is thus described : " Quadripollicaris, alba, densissime ramulosa et re-
ticulata, irregulariter flabellata, parva, tenuis, rigida, ramulis sursum curvatis, flexuosis,
compressis, 1'" crassis, cortice albo, undique poroso." (Op. cit., Gen. Ixxxiii., sp. 4.)

II. Flabellate, subrcticulate, or not at all reticulate ; branches not pinnate.

28. GORGONIA UMBRACULUM. (Lamarck.) — Frond red ; flabellate,
nearly circular and densely ramulous, subreticulate, ribbed with sub-
flexuous or nearly straight branches, about one-third of an inch apart ;

1G5

653 ZOOPHYTES.

branchlets two-thirds to one line thick, subterete; everywhere short
verrucose.

The East Indies.

The frond is without any prominent midrib; the numerous branches
are directed upward and outward, and lie at nearly even distances
from one another, though somewhat flexuous and irregular ; and are
much united by branchlets, many of which are free. Coalescence
takes place at intervals of one-fourth to two inches.

Ffutex lignosus, planus, instar ventilabri, Gorgonia umbraculum, Ellis and Solander.v

ramulis inter se concrctis crusta tartarea 80, tub. 10.

rubra. Cape of Good Hope and African , Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 489, No. 4.

Coast. Seba, Thes. iii., tab. 107, No. 6. , Lamour., Exp. Meth., 34, tab. 10.

29. GORGONIA CANCELLATA. (Dana.} — Whitish; flabellate, nearly
circular, very much branched throughout, for the most part coalescent.
ribbed with nearly straight parallel branches, which are one-fourth to
one-third of an inch apart, and are united at intervals of one-half to
two inches by flexuous branchlets; branches and branchlets one to
one and a half lines thick, every where small verrucose.

A frond of this species, seen by the author, measured a fool in
height. The parallelism of the branches and the reticulation of the
whole by means of cross flexuous branchlets, but few of which are
free, are well represented by Esper. The branches in the specimen
were a little closer than in his figure, though otherwise similar. The
cortex is rather thick, and the verruca? are quite small and scattered
closely over the surface. The coalescence is rather more general, and
the branches and branchlets stouter and more even, than in the
umbraculum.

Gorgonia psewlo-a>itipathes, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz., ii. 32, tab. 54; and Antipathd,
flabeUum, ii., Antip., tab. 1.

30. GORGONIA VENUSTA. (Dana.) — Red or ochreous ; flabellate and
much reticulate, spaces often three lines long, but usually very much
larger; branchlets terete, one line thick ; cortex thick, and throughout
entirely smooth; oscules scattered.

East Indies. Esper. — Isle of France. J. S. Phillips.

Gorgonia sasappo, Esper, ii., tab. 9 A. The smooth branches and branchlets and
thick cortex are like those of the specimens examined by the author, in the collections of
J. S. Phillips, of Philadelphia; but the fronds are much more closely reticulate, though
very irregularly so. There is no proper midrib to the frond; and the stem at K
about one and a half lines thick.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. (359

31. GORGONIA STRICTA. (Lamarck.) — Red, flahellate, subreticulate,
branches crowded and close, lateral branchlets short, and rather
spreading; polypiferous granules minute, much crowded; cortex
thin.

1'iitin stricta, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 489, Gorgonia stricta, Lamouroux, Pol. flex.,
No. 0. 408; Encyc., 443.

32. GORGONIA RETE'LLUM. (Lamarck.} — Whitish ; flabellate, subre-
ticulate; lateral branchlets short, subtransverse, granulous.

Indian Ocean? Lamarck.

Gorgonia retellum, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 489, No. 5.

Gorgonia furfuracea ? Esper, Fortsetz., i., tab. 41. This figure, which Lamarck
refers here with a query, represents a closely-branched frond, a little broader than its
height, sparingly coalescent, without a prominent midrib, having the lateral branchlets
along the main branches subdivaricate, mostly free, scarcely three-fourths of an inch
long, and a line or a little more in diameter; the cortex is rather thick, the oscules
numerous, and the surface is somewhat granulous.

Muriceafurfuracea, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxi., sp. 6.

33. GORGONIA TAMARIX. (Ehrenberg.) — Isabella yellow ; a little
higher than broad ; much branched, slender, subflabellate ; branches
flexuous, thin, short, setaceous, subreticulate, but mostly free; margin
of the summit branchlets crenated, owing to slightly prominent
verrucse.

Emdcea tamariz, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxii,, sp. 13.

34. GORGONIA TUBERCULATA. (Esper ?} Lamarck. — Yellowish ; fla-
bellate, subreticulate, ramose, very large ; branchlets lax, tortuous,
often coalescing ; tubercles scattered, unequal.

Mediterranean Sea.

Milne Edwards describes a gigantic specimen of this species, of
which the trunk is as large as the arm ; the verrucaB are large and
depressed, and very unequal.

Gorgonia tuberculata, Lamarck, ii. 491, , Latnour., Pol. (lex., 409; Encyc.,

No. 11. 443.

— , Esper, ii. 127, tab. 37 (?). " G. sub- — , Blainville, Man., 505.

reticulata, plana, ligno depresso fusco, The Eunicea arbuscida, of Ehrenberg, has

corticc albido, poris sparsis inrcqualibus, many characters in common with the G.

hcmisphcricis, et tuberculatis." Figure 2, tuberculata of Lamarck, but appears to

represents u part of a branch enlarged, be a distinct species, with more slender

and if of natural size, it would answer and even branchlets. " Tripedalis, ele-

well for the tuberculata, of Lamarck. gantissima, isabellina, 2£' lata, frutes-

660

ZOOPHYTES.

cens, flabellata, ramosissima, subreticu-
lata, ramulis tenuissimis, laxis, flexuosis,
verrucis £'" longis et |'" latis ;" more

slender than the papillosa, with thinner
cortex. Op. cit., G. Ixxxii., sp. 11.

35. GORGONIA GRANULATA. (Ehrenberg. ) — Yellowish; flabellate,
higher than broad (nine inches by four), much branched, subreticu-
late, slender, branches fragile, branchlets three-fourths of a line thick,
verrucose; verruca? one-third of a line broad, and one-fourth high ;
axis fuscous.

Eunicea gramilata, Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. Ixxxii., sp. 9.

36. GORGONIA FLEXUOSA. (Lamarck.} — Orange; flabellate, much
branched, branches and branchlets dichotomously divaricate, flexuous,
remotely coalescing, verrucose.

Indian Ocean. Esper. Lamarck.

Esper's figure (tab. 44), to which Lamarck refers, represents an
irregularly branched frond, with branches spreading widely and
irregularly bent, and the branchlets coalescing at intervals of a half to
two inches, leaving large open spaces.

A specimen closely resembling Esper's figure was obtained and
figured by the author, at the Kingsmill Islands, and is represented on
plate 60, fig. 2. The coalescence is rather less frequent than is
represented by Esper, but the flexuous irregular branching is similar.
The specimen was of a deep crimson colour, ten inches broad, and
six high. The polyps were ochreous yellow, with the tentacles dis-
tinctly fringed (fig. 2 a), and the verructe are but little prominent.

Gorgonia flexuosa, Lamk., ii. 490, No. 8.

, Esper, Fortsetz. i. 161, tab. 44.

Ehrenberg makes of Esper's figure a distinct
species, considering it the rcticulum of
Pallas ; but his description does not agree
with the figure, nor with Pallas's descrip-
tion : "Octopollicaris,violaceo-incarnata,
4" alta, densissime ramulosa, fruticulosa,
irregulariter flabellata, parva, subtilissimfe
pruinosa, nee furfuracea, ramulis saepe
oppositis, flexuosis, omnibus literis, ra-
mulosis, summis apicibus distiche, mediis
ubique, polypiferis, ?'" latis et altis; axe
corneo, fusco" (Eunicea reliculum, Eh-
renb., G. Ixxxii., sp. 6).

Tab. 79, of Rumphius, Amb., vi. 206, may
be this species ; the figure is fourteen
inches high by twelve broad.

The Gorgonia wnbratica of Esper, has
something of the habit of the jlexuosa;
the figure is brownish-ash, a little higher
than broad, openly branched, with no
midrib, the branches more ascending,
sparingly coalescenf, a little compressed,
hardly a line wide, and every where
crovvdedly short verrucose. Esper's spe-
cimen was from the East Indies. It has

some resemblance to the verrucosa, but
is more coalescent. — Euniccea umhralica,
Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. Ixxxii., sp. 10.

SUBORDERALCYONARIA. 66 1

37. GORGONIA VERRUCOSA. — Whitish, flabellate, about six inches
high and broad, loosely and sparingly ramose ; branches flexuous, one
to one and a quarter lines thick, rarely coalescing, verrucose, verrucse
one-half to two-thirds of a line broad.

Mediterranean, and seas of America.

Giirgonia verfticosa, Linn., ed. xii., 1291. rather few, and branchlets full one and a

, Kills and .Snlander, 89. half lines broad. Another species?

, Laink., ii. 491, No. 12. The Gorgoniaverrucosaof the British coast

, Blainv., Man., 505, pi. 87, fig. 3. (Johnston's Brit. Zooph., 182, pi. 25, fig.

, Esper, Pfianz., ii. 61, tab. 16. 1), is represented by Johnston as twelve

, Bertolonii, Amain. Ital. 260 ; " albis- inches high, by fifteen or sixteen broad,

simo, undique exquisite et inoequaliter and branched in a plane, with a midrib,

verrucoso ;" refers to Marsilli, tab. 21, and the branchlets often coalescing ; axis

fig. 97. black, with a snow-white pith at centre.

Eunicea verrucosa, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxii., sp. Gorgonia viminalis, Sowerby, Brit. Misc.,

4 ; Espor's figure is referred to as good. 81, pi. 40 ; Fleming's Brit. Anim., 512 ;

Seba, fig. 3, tab. 106, which Lamarck refers Borlase, Cornwall, 238, tab. 24, fig. 1 ;

here, represents a large verrucose species, it has more of the habit of the flexuosa,

fourteen inches high by eleven broad, ar- but is more closely reticulate,
borescently branched in a plane ; branches

38. GORGONIA APICULATA. (Ehrenb.} Dana. — Ash-coloured ; flabel-
late, three inches high and five broad ; very densely ramulous,
branches and branchlets nearly parallel, sometimes coalescing, often
free, one-half a line broad ; verrucaB conically acute, one-fourth to
one-third of a line high, and broad, crowded.

Eunicea apiculata, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxii., sp. 8.

39. GORGONIA NIVEA. (Ehrenberg.) Dana. — Snow-white; flabellate,
six inches, branchlets flexuous, opposite or alternate, subcompressed,
one line thick at apex, with the verrucse scattered, rather large, a line
broad, and half a line high.

Eunicea nivea, Ehrenb., op. cit., Gen., Ixxxii., sp. 14.

NOTE. — The G. humosa of Esper (tab. 6) is arborescently branched in a plane;
branches not crowded, terete or subcompressed, one and a half to throe lines in diameter,
surface verrucose. It may be the G. placomits, yet as figured and described, has not the
spicules of that species. Probably from the West Indies.

The Eunicea antipathes of Ehrenberg, is a flabellate species, described as follows :
" Pedalis nigricans, dichotoma, ramosa, flnbellata, valida, flexuosa, reticulata, caulibus a
latere compressis, ramis subteretibus, poly pis magnis, undique sparsis, contractis 1'" fere
longis, £"' fete latis, complanatis. Esperi Icon (tab. 28) hujus formam bene refert. An
hue Esper, tab. 6 ?"

The Gorgonia palma of Esper, tab. 40, may be \\tcjlammea; but the form is simple

106

662

ZOOPHYTES.

flabcllate, the branches are digitntcly arranged, scarcely subdivided, and three to six
inches long ; they are much compressed and two to four lines wide ; colour white, oscules
scattered and numerous.

III. FlaJjellate, subpinnate.

40. GORGONIA FLAMMEA. (Ellis.} — Scarlet or purple; very large;
arborescently flabellate, lax ramose, subpinnate, branches compressed,
branchlets one and a half to two lines broad, not verrucose, polyps
scattered.

Cape of Good Hope.

G. flammea, Ellis and Sol., 80, tab. 11.

, Lamk., ii. 490, No. ».

, Lamour., Exp. Meth, 33, tab. 11 ;

Pol. flex., 399 ; Encycl., 440.

Gorgonia pa/ma, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxiv.,

sp. 4.
, Esper, Pflanz., ii., tab. 5.

IV. Not flabellate ; cortex thin; verruca. 9to?ie, or nearly obsolete.

41. GORGONIA VIRGULATA. (Lamarck.} — Bright yellow, orange, or
crimson; sparingly ramose and often nodding; branches long, (often
a foot or more long,) even virgate, one to one and a half lines thick,
often obsoletely compressed ; polyps crowded, sometimes subseriate,
verrucse none, oscules minute and linear.

West Indies.

The branches are long and very slender without verruca?, and pass-
ing off at a small angle they appear rather crowded together ; they
are often a foot or more in length, and become somewhat nodding
when thus long.

cit., G. Ixxxiii., sp. 1), appear to have
been described from specimens of La-
marck's virgulata. The viminaMs, of
Pallas, is described as ramoso-subpinnate,
with divaricate, setaceous, branches, and
distichous, somewhat prominent, oscules.

Corallina fruticosa, &c., Catesby's Caro-
lina, 13, pi. 13, red variety.

Gorgonia viminalis, Esper, Pflanz., ii. 51,
tab. 1 1 vthe yellow variety. The branches
as represented are too short.

Gorgonia virgulata, Lamk., ii. 495, No.
21.

The Gorgonia viminalis, of Lamouroux
(Exp. Meth., 34, and Encyc., 445), and
Plexaura viminalis, of Ehrenberg (op.

The Mediterranean is given by him as

its locality. Esper's cerataphyta, tab.

19, answers nearly to the description.

See also Pterogorgia rosea.
NOTE. — 42. Gorgonia miniacea (Esper). — This species is thus described by Ehrenberg,
who names it Plexaura miniacea. " Sesquipedalis, miniacea, subflabellaio-divisa, ramis
virgatis, parce dichotomis, nutantibus, leviter compressis, dense polypifcris, pedem fere
longis." At base, three lines thick ; summits a line. Op. cit., G. Ixxxiii., sp. '2. Esper's
specimen was from the East Indies. He describes it as subsecund in its branches, and
ramose nearly in a plane. Pflanz., ii., tab. 36. — The figure by Rumphius, tab. 83, Am-

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 663

boyn., vi. 223, has the habit of the virgulata, but is from the East Indies, and may be-
long to this species. Seba's No. 3, tab. 107, represents an allied Gorgonia, received by
him from the Cape of Good Hope ; he says, " Cujus ramuli prcclongi, tenues, parnmque
divisi, crusta rubra obtecti simt." " Crusta tartarea prtecipue circa summitates tubercu-
lis minutisque veluti porulis conspicua est."

43. GORGONIA SANGUINEA. (Lamarck.} — Purple; ramose, subfas-
tigiate ; branches erect, tereto-setaceous, polyps of the branchlets sub-
seriate, of the branches every where scattered ; axis nearly black.

Isle of France.

Gorgonia sanguinea, Lamk., ii. 495, No. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 400; Encyc., 441.

22. , Ehrenb., G. Ixxxiv., sp. 6.

44. GORGONTA GRAMINEA. (Lamarck.) — Whitish; ramose, branches
erect, subfasciculate, slender, terete, rush-like; pores oblong, scattered.

Mediterranean Sea. Lamarck.

Gorgonia graminea, Lamk., ii. 496, No. 23.

45. GORGONIA BERTOLONII. (Lamouroux.) — Whitish; near the
virgulata in habit, branches closely collected together, long and often
nodding, rather stouter (one and a half lines), terete, and every where
subverrucose.

Mediterranean Sea.

Lithophyte premier, Marsilli, Phys. de la Go/'gonia Bertolonii, Lamour., Pol. flex.,

Mer, tab. 16, fig: 80; specimens obtained 414; Encyc., 445.

in eight to thirty fathoms, near Marseilles. Gorgonia stricta, Bertolonii, Amsen. Ital.,

Colour ash, becoming white on drying. 260.

Gorgonia viminalis, Esper, ii., tab. 11, A. Eunicea Berlolonii, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxii.,

Gorgonia graminea, var. subtuberculosa, sp. 5.

Lamarck, ii. 496, No. 23.

46. GORGONIA SASAI>PO. (Pallas.} — Red; sparingly ramose;
branches terete, long virgate, often five inches long and nodding,
close dichotomous, one and a half lines thick, surface every where
subpilose and very slightly verrucose, polyps crowded, throughout
scattered.

Indian Ocean. Pallas. Esper.

(itifufiiiia sasappo, Pallas, Zooph., 188; Gorgonia sasappo, Esper, ii. 46, tab. 9.

Susappo is the Malayan name of this , Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 500, No. 35 d.

Gorgonia.

47. GORGONIA HUMILIS. (Dana.) — Whitish; two to three inches
high, and short fruticulose, with the branches crowded, flexible,

664

ZOOPHYTES.

branchlets short (one to six lines), one and one-third lines thick, not
attenuate, surface verrnculose, polyps crowdedly scattered.

West Indies?

Forms a small crowded clump, with the branches somewhat droop-
ing, and the branchlets very short and uneven or short verrucose.

Eunicea tuberculata, Ehrenberg, Gen. Ixxxii., sp. 15.

48. GORGONIA FURCATA. (Lamarck.) — White; low, lax ramose,
dichotomous; branches terete, slender, variously curved, obsoletely
verrucose.

The Mediterranean (?). Lamarck.

Gorgoniafurcata, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 493. Gorgoniafurcata, Blainville, Man., 505.
, Lamour., Pol. flex., 410; Encyc.,444.

49. GORGONIA FLAVIDA. (Lamarck.) — Yellow; crowded cespitose,
subpinnate; branchlets terete, numerous; polyps crowdedly scattered,
cortex thick, not verrucose.

West Indies. Seba. Mauger.

Keratophytan ramulis lateralibus brevibus
conjugatis, crusta obscurl luted tectum.
Locus Natalis Nova Hispania, Seba,
Thes. iii., tab. 107, fig. 8. The pinnules

are about a line thick, and nearly an inch

long, and the surface is scattered over
wilh oscules. The whole specimen is
about five inches in height.

Gorgoniaflavida, Lamk., ii. 496, No. 2(>.

, Lamour., Pol. flex. ,402; Encyc.,441.

50. GORGONIA ELONGATA. (Pallas.) — Reddish ; very tall (often four
feet); branches few, dichotomous, very long, short verrucose; axis
pale.

West Indies. Ellis. Esper.

Gorgonia dongata, Pallas, Zooph., 179. G. elongata, Esper, Fortsetz., ii. 35, tab. 55.
, Ellis and Solander, 98.

51. GORGONIA JUNCEA. (Pallas.} — Colour subminiaceous; stem
quite simple, very long, terete; surface crowdedly short-verrucose.

Indian Ocean. Pallas. Esper. — Amboyna. Seba.

Kerataphyton simplex, tantum conslat vi-
mine indiviso — crusta untliquaque tar-
iarea nodosa ; rubra utcumque in luteum
vergente, Seba, Thes. iii., tab. 105, fig. 1 a.

Palmjuncus albus, Rumph. Amb. vi. 226 :
Rumphius states that it is sometimes
eleven feet long, and as thick as the fin-

ger. His name, albus (white), alludes to
the pale colour of Ihe axis ; the crust is
described as red.

Gorgonia juncea, Pallas, Zooph., ISO:
" Simplicissima, attenuata, siibflexuosa,
cortice crasso rubro verrucoso."

, Esper, Fortsetz. ii., 26. tab. 52.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 665

Gorgonia juncea, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 499, bone (axis) is of a dark-coloured horny

No. 34. consistence ; this is covered with an

The Gorgonia juncea of Ellis, was from the orange-coloured flesh, full of longish little

West Indies, where it was " found by Mr. mouths." (Ellis and Solander, 81 ; Gmel.

Greg." It was three feet long, "a single Linn. Syst. Nat., 3801.)

rounded stem, smaller at each end. The

52. GORGONIA SUFFRUTICOSA. (Dana.} — Ash-coloured; fruticulose,
very crowdedly ramulo'us ; branches and branchlets flexuous •and irre-
gular, mostly terete, some nodose; branchlets one-half to one and a
half inches long and one line thick; cortex rather thick, smooth,
with punctiform oscules, minute and throughout crowdedly scattered ;
polyps quite small, yellowish, with the tentacles fringed and short.

Plate 59, fig. 7, part of zoophyte, natural size ; 7 a, polyp, enlarged ;
7 «', same, natural size.

The Feejee Islands, Mathuata reefs. Exp. Exp.

This is a rough-looking species with a Plexaura habit, very crowd-
edly and closely branched, and having the branches often bent and
uneven. To add to its squarrose appearance, there are occasional
tubercles a fourth of an inch in diameter, containing each a barnacle.
There is not the slightest trace of verrucae.

53. GORGONIA RAMULOSA. (Ehrenberg.) Dana. — Yellow; eight inches
high and five broad, erect, dichotomous; branches virgate, densely
subverticillate, with simple or sparingly divided branchlets, nearly an
inch long, and one line thick; surface densely polypiferous, smooth,
with the oscules like minute points.

West Indies. Ehrenberg.

Eunicea ramulosa, Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. Ixxxii., sp. 18.

54. GORGONIA SPICIFERA. (Dana.) — Ash-coloured; eight inches
high, subdichotomous; branches on all sides densely ramulous, with
simple, rigid branchlets, one and a half to two inches long and nearly
aline thick, terete, finely, crowdedly, and obsolescently verrucose;
axis fuscous, cortex rather thick.

West Indies (?). Boston Nat. Hist. Soc.

The oscules are minute punctures, and are situated on the upper
side of the small obsolescent verrucaa. Successive branchlets on the
main stem, are scarcely one-fourth of an inch apart.

B. Polyps few, remote; zoophytes sometimes siibfiabellute.

55. GORGONIA TRICIIOSTEMMA. (Dana) — Brown, summits flesh-

167

66g ZOOPHYTES.

coloured; low, and sparingly ramose in a plane; branches coarsely
nodulous, one to three lines thick; polyps few, very distant, tentacles
long firabriate, the papilla being capillary and recurved ; verruca?
irregularly tuberculiforrn, somewhat alternate, stout, suberose, above
obsolescent.

Plate 59, fig. 3, natural size, polyps expanded ; 3 a, one of the polyps,
enlarged ; 3 b, a papilla, more enlarged.

Feejee Islands, in ten fathoms. Exp. Exp.

The specimen consists of a few simple branches, having the surface
rather distantly tuberculate, the rounded, suberose tubers being large
(two lines or more), and belonging to separate polyps. At the summits,
which are but a line thick for an inch or so, and pale flesh-coloured,
the verruca are small and short, and two to three lines apart. The
habit of the species is very peculiar, and may be the type of a new
genus, distinguished by the long fringe of papillae to the tentacles.

NOTE. — The Gorgonia nodulifera of Lamarck, appears to be near the above species.
It is thus described : " Rnmoso-paniculata, planulata, ramis ramulisquc alternis, noduli-
feris; carne aurantia, squamrnulosa ; nodulis alternis, albis, subspongiosis." — Seas of
New Holland, Peron and Lesueur, 2d ed., ii. 496, No. 25 ; Lamouroux, Pol. flex., 416 ;
Encyc., 446.

56. GORGONIA EXSERTA. (Ellis.)— Whitish ; low, sparingly ramose ;
branches alternate, a line thick; polyps few, and three or four lines
remote, alternate; verruca tuberculiform, but little prominent, a line
broad ; axis corneous, fuscous.

American seas. Ellis.

This species has the distant polyps and habit of the trichostemma,
and the specimen figured by Ellis resembles much the extremities of
the branches in that species.
Gorgonia exserta, Ellis and Sol., 87, pi. figures 1, 2; Pol. flex., 408; Encyc.,

15, figs. 1,2. 443.
, Lamouroux, Exp. Meth., pi. 15, — , Lamk., 3d ed., ii. 501, No. :r> /.

C. Cortex (including the verruca? when present) exceeding half a line in thickm-s-;.
I. Surface smooth or very short vcrrucose*

57. GORGONIA ANTIPATHES. — Very large (three feet); paniculato-
ramose, branches terete; cortex thick, smooth; oscules large; axis

* This division corresponds to the genus Plexaurn, of Lamouroux. The G. suflruti-
cosa (No. 52), G. spicifera (54), and probably also the ('.. ramulosa (53), arc near them
in habit.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 667

black, flexuously striate, of branchlets setiform, of base often one to
two inches thick.

Indian Ocean.

This species has been confounded with a smaller one from the
West Indies. The Eunicea antipathes, of Ehrenberg, is described
by him from a specimen there obtained, and Esper's tab. 23 may be
from the same region^ Its very stout trunk and much larger size are
the only distinguishing characters which can be drawn from the de-
scriptions given. The upper branchlets are very slender.

A specimen belonging to Dr. Gould, at Boston, answers well to the
characters of the above. It is between three and four feet high, with
the axis at base nearly two inches thick, and in the upper branchlets,
which are six to eight inches long, slender setiform. The axils in the
axis, as in Seba's figure, are not broad ; the cortex is cinereous, and
the size of the branchlets covered with it is one-eighth of an inch, six
inches from the summit. The oscules are minute points, in which
it agrees with Esper's account of his tab. 24, though not with Pallas,
who describes them as large.

C',,i-ii/!iniii nigntm, Rumph., Amb., 2016, Gorgonia antipathes, Linn., ed. xii., 1291.

tab. 77. From the Moluccas. , Pallas, Zooph., 193. " Oceanus

Pruii'x mai'inits, jircegrandis, &c., Seba, Indicus solus."

Thes. iii., tab. 104, No. 2. "From — , Esper, ii. 90, tab. 24, 25.

Amboyna and the Moluccas." Crust , Lamk., ii. 502, No. 36.

nsh-coloured or reddish, and very de- Plezaura antipathes, Lamour., Pol. flex.,

ciduous. The figure represents a den- 434 ; Encyc., 380.
droid specimen, with nearly erect branch-
lets, and even top, about two feet high.

58. GORGONIA. HOMOMALLA. (Esper.) — Much branched; branches
terete, dichotornous, ascending and somewhat nodding ; cortex thick,
oscules scattered.

Mediterranean? Esper. — West Indies. Lamarck.

In Esper's figure (tab. 29), the branch is curved and the branch-
lets are crowded on the inner side of it ; the size of the branchlets is
three to four inches in length, and one. and a half to two lines in thick-
ness ; the cortex is black, and the oscules are round points.

13. cinerea. Reddish, yellowish, or ash-coloured, and nearly or quite
erect, branches and branchlets much crowded, of the same size as
above-mentioned, with the oscules similarly small punctures and
crowded ; axis of the branchlets retiform and yellowish-brown; axils
compressed ; cortex thick and caducous.

668

ZOOPHYTES.

Gorgonia homomalla, Esper, Pflanz., ii.

104, tab. 29.

, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 497, No. 28.

Plexaura Iwmomalla, Lnmouroux,Pol. flex.,

430.

, Deslongchamps, Encyc., 629.

, Blainville, Man., 509.

The var. cinerea is common in the West

Indies. It is the Lithophyton America-

num maximum cinereum, cortice punc-

tato of Tournefort, Mem. del'Acad. Roy.
des Sci., 1700, fig. p. 34, and Inst., p.
574 ; also Frutex cornece natures, Seba,
Thcs. iii., tab. 107, No. 4 ; and Plcxuiira
antipathcs, Ehrcnberg, op. cit., Gen.
Ixxxiii., sp. 3; probably, also, Esper,
Pflanz., ii. 90, tab. 23. Lamarck al-
ludes to the West India specimens as a
reddish and ash-coloured variety of the
G. homomalla.

59. GORGONIA ANGUICULUS. (Dana.} — Fulvous; ramose dichoto-
mous; branches terete, branchlets one and a half to two lines thick,
long ; surface scarcely smooth, a little pitted ; oscules very much
crowded, nearly circular, quite small ; axis fuscous, of the branchlets,
very slender ; axils compressed.

West Indies.

This species is rather more slender than the vermiculata, and has
very much smaller and more numerous oscules. The branches,
although terete and without verrucas, have a slightly and minutely
uneven surface, owing to the fact that the oscules are either situated
in a slight depression of the cortex, or have the inferior side a little
prominent. The length of the branchlets is often six inches. One
specimen seen by the author had a dull fulvous colour, and another
was purplish.

Plexaura flexuosa, Lamouroux, Exp. Melh., 35, tab. 70, fig. 1 ; a fragment or young
specimen, giving imperfectly the characteristics of the species.

Eunicea furcata, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxii., sp. 2.

60. GORGONIA OLIVACEA. (Lamouroux.} Lamarck. — Much branched ;
branches scattered or subpinnate; branchlets one to one and a half
lines thick; cortex thick, olivaceous, oscules scattered.

East Indies. Lamouroux.

Plexaura olivacea, Lamouroux, Pol. flex., Plexaura olivacea, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii.
431, pi. 16 ; Deslongch., Encyc., 629. 504, No. 39 b.

61. GORGONIA QUINCUNCIALIS. (Ehrenberg.} Dana. — Dark ash or
reddish; two feet high; dichotomously branched, branches suberect,
flexuous, crowded, one and a half lines thick at summits, terete; sur-
face a little verrucose (and therefore rough), verrucee appressed, open-
ing upward, two-thirds of a line long, and about one-third of a line
broad ; axis fuscous.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 669

West Indies.

This species has the habit of the flexuosa, but its branches, though
of nearly the same diameter, are longer, and the surface is more de-
cidedly verrucose.

Lithophyton longe racemosum, &c., Catesby's Carolina, ii., tab. 21.
Eunicea quincuncialis, Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. Ixxxii., sp. 16.

62. GORGONIA DICHOTOMA. (Esper.} — Furcato-dichotomous, two feet
high, axils arcuate; branches terete, slightly attenuated; branchlets
often a foot long, two to three lines thick; oscules linear, numerous;
cortex a line thick, axis wood-brown and not flexible.

West Indies.

The axis of the branches is not slender setiform, as in the antipathes
and hamomatta, and at apex, even, is not flexible.

Gorgonia dicfwtoma, Esper, ii. 59, tab. 14 ; the axis of a specimen, wood-like in ap-
pearance, incrusted in part by an Alcyonium and a Millepora.
, Lamarck, ii. 503, No. 37.

63. GORGONIA VERMICULATA. (Lamarck.) — Ramose, one to two
feet high, dichotomous ; branches erect, long, terete ; above nearly
two to three lines thick ; surface smooth, oscules large and round ;
axis black, axils not compressed.

West Indies? East Indies? Lamarck.

This species is a little larger than the homomalla, with the upper
branchlets often longer and a little stouter, and having large round
oscules. Though the size of the upper branches is scarcely larger
than in the dichotoma, the axis which they contain is one-half smaller,
and is flexible.

Gorgonia vermiculata, Lamarck, ii. 497, full a fourth of an inch thick, with the

No. 29. oscules large. The axis, a foot from the

Gorgonia friabilis (?), Lamouroux, Exp. summit, is about a line in diameter. An-

Meth., 35 ; East Indies. other from the West Indies, in the col-

Gorgonia porosa (?), Esper, ii. 49, tab. 10, lections of the Boston Natural History

East Indies ? Society, has the upper branches often a

Esper's figure represents a specimen sup- foot long, about two lines thick above,

posed to be from the East Indies, with and three at base.

the large round oscules of the above, but There are probably two species here in-

the upper branchlets four to six inches eluded, one from the West Indies, and

long, three to four lines thick at base, another from the East Indies ; the latter

and one and a half lines at apex. is the Plczaura friabilis of Lamouroux,

A specimen in Peale's Museum, has long and the Gorgonia porosa (tab. 10), of

branches, nearly cylindrical, and above, Esper.

168

670

ZOOPHYTES.

64. GORGONIA CRASSA. (Ellis.) — Sparingly ramose, dichotornous,
branches five to six lines thick, and often five inches long, nearly
cylindrical ; surface nearly smooth, oscules scattered, large and round,
under margin sometimes prominent; axis corneous, pale fuscous.

West Indies. Ellis.

Gorgonia crassa, Ellis and Solander, 91. Ellis describes his specimen as of a purplish
colour, and mentions that the polyps have eight fringed tentacles. He refers to no figure,
but it seems quite probable that his figure 3, tab. 18, which is represented with the ex-
panded polyps, and of which he has given no description, was drawn for this species.
Very similar specimens from the West Indies have been seen by the author ; one of a
purplish colour, with the oscules wholly immersed, and another with the under margin
slightly prominent. The cortex is about as thick as the diameter of the axis, and the
whole from one-third to one-half an inch in diameter.

Gorgonia multicauda, Lamk., ii. 503, No. 38.

Plexaura crassa, Lamour., Pol. flex., 429 ; Deslongchamps, Encyc., 628.

The Plexaura friabilis of Lamouroux (Pol. flex., 430, and Deslongchamps, Encyc.,
608), is stated by him to come from the East Indies, and to have a dull fulvous colour :
but he refers to Ellis's tab. 18, fig. 3, as a representation of it. Lamouroux adds, as
probable synonyms, Lamarck's vermiculata, and Esper's porosa, tab. 10.

The Gorgonia hcteropora of Lamarck, is made identical with the multicauda by Milne
Edwards (Lamarck, 2d ed., 503, No. 39) ; the oblong form of the oscules, and the smooth
surface, being attributed to the more complete retraction of the polyps. It is characterized
as follows by Lamarck : G. ramosa, dichotoma, crassa ; ramis cylindricis, raris ; cortice
crasso, poris oblongis, varie sitis, pertuso. A specimen seen by the author in the collec-
tions of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, consisted of a few stout
finger-like branches, four to five lines thick, and two and a half inches long, with the
surface smooth and the oscules three-fourths of a line long, lying in every position.

Eunicea turgida, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxii., sp. 22.

II. — Verruca, prominent (Eumcece).

65. GORGONIA PAPILLOSA. (Esper.} — Whitish or yellowish ; flabel-
late, branches flexuous or incurved, upper branchlets mostly two to
two and three-fourths lines thick ; surface crowdedly verrucose, ver-
rucse three-fourths of a line long and half a line broad.

West Indies?

Gorgonia papillosa, Esper., Fortsetz., tab.
50; also, possibly, G. papillosa, ii. 105,
tab. 30 (on the plate it is named, by mis-
take, as Esper says, G. suberosa). — Esper
compares the surface in the last species to
that of the " Madrepora muricata," which
agrees well with a specimen examined by
the author, in which the crowded verruca?

open upward and are subnarilbrm, and
the branchlets terminate in a large polyp;
the verrucas are unequal.
Eunicea papillosa, Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen.
Ixxxii., sp. 3. " Esperi icon (tab. 50)bona;
ramis ultimis cum polypis 2-2j."' crassis,
verrucis ?"' longis, 5'" latis, papilla ter-
minal! superstructis."

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 671

E"tiin'ii micro/held, Lamouroux, Pol. flex., mammillis conicis subeminentibus, cortice
435; Deslongchamps, Encyc., 380: "E. friabili cretaceo."
ramosa, sul)pinnata, ramis incurvatis ;

NOTE. — The Eitnicca sulerosa of Ehrenberg is described from a West India specimen
and reference made at the same time to Esper's tab. 30. " Semipedalis, isabellina, dicho-
toma, ramulosa, ramis brevibus, vix bipollicaribus, summis apice 1 j'" crassis, ibique tur-
gidulis, basi curvis, polypis dense sparsis, superficiem verruculosam reddentibus." He
adds that the axis is corneous, and the cortex is two-thirds of a line thick and purplish
within. It is not the Gorgonia snberosa of other authors, and appears to be the Gorgo-
nia calyculata of Ellis, which is thus described : " G. dichotoma, ramulis crassis, arrectis ;
papillis truncatis ; carne cinerascente, intus purpurea, osculis majoribus, calyciformibus,
confertis, sursum spectantibus ; polypis octotentactilatis, cirratis ; osse corneo subfusco."

66. GORGONIA CLAVARIA. (Lamouroux.) Edwards. — Somewhat fus-
cous; ramose, very stout; branches subterete, clavato-elongate, five
to ten lines thick ; verrucse unequal, aperture one line broad.

AVest Indies.

Lamouroux mentions a specimen of this species seven inches high,
having the branches about an inch thick. The verrucse in Ellis's
figure are one and one-fourth lines broad and the same in length.

Ellis and Solander, tab. 18, fig. 2. , Blainville, Man., 507.

Ett/iiceaclavaria, Lamour., Pol. flex., 437; , Ehrenb., G. Ixxxii., sp. 20.

Exp. Meth., 36, pi. 18, fig. 2; Encyc., Gorgonia clavaria, Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 505,

381. No. 42 a.

67. GORGONIA PSEUDO-ANTIPATHES. (Lamarck.) — Somewhat fus-
cous; one foot in height ; ramose, dichotomous ; branches ascending,
four to five lines thick, terete, not attenuate; surface of cortex verru-
cose, verrucfe stout, one line long, and two-thirds broad, opening up-
ward, outer lip prolonged and often a little incurved.

West Indies.

The verruca? are set on the branches like the calicles of a Madre-
pore. The cortex is about a line thick and very dark brown in the
dry state. The axis is black. The branches are often nearly in a
plane.
Gorgonia pseudo-antipalhes, Lamk., ii. Gorgonia succincal Esper, Fortsetz., i.

504, No. 40. 163, tab. 46. Resembles a flabellate

Eunicca pseudo-antipalhcs, Lamour., Pol. specimen seen by the author, except that

flex., 437 ; Encyc., 381. it is a little more slender, and the ver-

Eiii/icea succinca, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxii. sp. ruca? appear in the figure to open out-

21. ward instead of upward.

68. GORGONIA MADREPORA. (Dana.) — Pale, five inches high ;

672

ZOOPHYTES.

sparingly ramose ; branches four to five lines thick, elongate, with
the surface strongly verrucose, verrucse numerous, subcylindrical,
standing nearly erect upon the surface, three-quarters of a line thick,
and one to one and a quarter long; cortex very thick; -the corneous
axis hardly a line broad, black.

West Indies. Philad. Acad. Nat. Sci.

The perpendicular verrucse distinguish this species from the pseudo-
antipathes ; the summit-polyp is much broader than the others.

69. GORGONIA PLANT AGINEA. (Lamarck.) — Fuscous; ramose, stout,
erect; branches terete, echinulate ; cortex spongy, verrucse conical,
erect, much crowded.

West Indies ? Lamarck.

Gorgonia plantaginea, Lamk., ii. 505, No.

inollis, Lamour., Pol. flex., 436; Encyc.,
381. "E. teres, dichotoma, ramis flex-
uoso-recurvatis, implexis ; cortice spon-
gioso, fusco; mammillis numerosis, mar-
ginibus laceris." Mediterranean.

41.

Gorgonia succinea? Esper, Fortsetz., i.

163, tab. 46.
Gorgonia mottis? Gmel., Syst. Nat., 3799.

Olivier, Zool. Adriat., 233. Eunicca

70. GORGONIA LIMA. (Lamarck ) — Whitish; ramose, dichotomous;
branchlets two and a half lines thick ; verrucose, verrucse slender,
very densely crowded ; axis corneous, black, compressed at the axils.

West Indies. Tournefort. Lamarck.

LitJurphytum Americannm, &c., Tourne- Eunicca limiformis, Lamour., Pol. flex.,

fort, Mem. de 1'Acad. Roy. des Sci.,

1700, p. 34, plate 1 ; also, Inst., 574.
Gorgonia muricata, Esper, ii., tab. 8.
Gorgonia lima, Lamk., ii. 505, No. 42.

436; Exp. Meth., 36; Encyc., 380;
figure 1, plate 18, in Exp. Meth., we
have referred to the M. placomus.

71. GORGONIA MAMMOSA. (Lamouroux.} Edwards. — Eight inches;
ramose, subdichotomous ; verrucas terete, one to three lines long, im-
bricate.

West Indies.

Eunicca mammosa, Lamour., Pol. flex., Gorgonia mammosa, Lamk., 2d ed., ii.

438 ; Exp. Meth., 36, pi. 70, fig. 3 ; En- 506, No. 42 b.

eye., 381. Gorgonia muricata (?), Esper, tab. 39 A.
, Blainv., Man., 507, pi. 87, fig. 4.

D. Unarranged species.

72. GORGONIA PUHPUREA. — Violaceous, subdichotomous, branches divaricate, virgate,
subverrucose.— Pallas, Zooph., 187; Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 501, No. 35m; Lamouroux,
Polyp, flex., 416 ; Encyc., 446.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA.

673

73. GORGONIA RICHARDII. (Lamouroux.) — Yellowish, much branched; branches
scattered or sublateral, a little flabellate ; axis irregular, sometimes compressed, sub-
suberose, white; cortex thin, verruca: conical, half a line high. West Indies. — Lamour.,
Pol. flex., 407 ; Encyc., 443 ; Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 501, No. 35 i.

74. GORGONIA' PENS A. (Lamarck.) — Whitish, eight to ten inches high, lax-ramose>
complanate; branches furcate, pinnate, pinnules distichous, crowded, filiform, surface
remotely verrucose, verruca) ascending, bifarious. From New Holland. — Peron §• Lesueur,
Lamk., ii. 508, No. 47, states that it resembles a large whitish plume-like Sertularia.
Lamour.,, Pol. flex., 418; Encyc., 446.

75. GORGONIA MONILIFORMIS. (Lamarck.) — Whitish, simple, filiform, erect ; ver-
ruca; prominent, umbilicate at apex, somewhat scattered; cortex very thin. From New
Holland. — Lamk., ii. 496, No. 24 ; Lamour., Pol. flex.. 420 ; Encyc., 447.

76. GOHGONIA COCCINEA. (Lamourouz.) — Ramose; branches short, scattered, chla-
doniiform ; cortex scarlet ; Australian seas. — Lamour., Pol. flex., 423 ; Encyc., 447 ;
Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 502, No. 35 p.

77. GORGONIA RIIIZOMORPHA. (Lamouroux.') — Ramose; branches scattered, elon-
gate, like the fibres of a root; cortex brown, axis subcorneous. Near Bayonne. — La-
mouroux, Pol. flex., 401 ; Encyc., 441 ; Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 500, No. 35 c.

78. GORGONIA ALBA. (Lamarck.) — Ramose ; subcompressed ; branches subpinnate,
erect; branchlets terete ; cortex white, oscules scattered. — Lamk., ii. 499, No. 33; La-
mouroux, Encyc., 445.

SUBGENUS III.— MURICEA.

Go-rgonice, polypis retractis, verrucose, verrucis per spicula aut squamas
armatis, fixis.

Verrucose, in the retracted state of the polyps, the verrucas armed
with spicula or scales, and not movable.

Arrangement of the Species.

\. Verrucis spicido-armatis.
*79. G. Mur. spicifera.
*80. G. Mur. elongata.

II. Verrucis squanndo-armatis.
83. G. Mur. verticillaris.

*81. G. Mur. placomus.
82. G. Mur. cerea.

84. G. Mur. myura.

79. G. MURICEA SPICIFERA. (Lamouroux.) — Pale, afoot high; fruti-
cose, with the branches much compressed, and three to four lines

189

674 ZOOPHYTES.

broad, and branchlets subcom pressed ; surface crowdedly covered
with armed subimbricate verrucee; axis black, throughout very much
flattened and two-edged, axils broad.

West Indies.

The axis of the branchlets is one-fourth to half a line wide, and
very thin, or two-edged. The verruca are a little longer than in the
elongata.

Gorgonia muricata, Ellis and Solander, 82. The specimens are generally less stout

, Lamarck, ii. 506, No. 43. above than represented by Lamourouxj

Eunicca muricata, Lamour., Pol. flex., 439. and the verruca;, when dried, often have
Muricea spicifera, Lamour., Exp. Meth., a different form.

36, tab. 71, figs. 1, 2; Encyc., 558. , Ehrenberg, G. Ixxxi., sp. 3.

Gorg. muricata, var., Esper ii., tab. 39. The verruca? are a little too large, but the
enlarged drawings are not unlike some specimens seen by the author.

The Gorgonia laxispica of Lamarck (ii. 507, No. 44), is described as follows: " G.
ramosa, ramis spicceformibus, longiusculis, laxfe muricatis ; papillis cylindricis, arrectis."
Milne Edwards adds that it is very near the muricata, but with more slender verruca?,
which are less decidedly armed with spicula, and have a more distinct bilabiate opening.

80. G. MURICEA ELONGATA. (Lamour oux.} — Sulphur yellow ; a foot
high; fruticulose, ramulous, but not in a plane; branchlets nearly
terete, one and a half lines broad, obtuse, elongate, verrucose ; verrucae
much crowded, imbricate, scarcely a line long.

West Indies.

Muricea elongata, Lamour., Exp. Meth.,37, , Blainville, Man., 509.

pi. 71, figs. 3, 4 ; Encyc., 559. Gorgonia virgata, Lamk., ii. 506.

The Muricea sulphurea (?), Ehrenb., G. Ixxxi., sp. 4. A young specimen ? It is de-
scribed as follows : " 5" lata, 3" alta, minor, gracilior (quam spicifera), fruticulosa, dense
ramulosa, nee flabellata, sulphurea, ramis teretiusculis, papillosis, lj'" latis, obtusis, papillis
paulo brevioribus, nee angustioribus, spiculis sulphureis, appressis." Locality unknown.

81. G. MURICEA PLACOMUS. (Linn.} Ehrenberg. — Cinereous or fus-
cous, large, flabellate, much ramose; branches flexuous, sometimes
coalescing, one and a half to three lines thick, strongly verrucose,
verrucse three-fourths of a line broad and high, divaricate, and laxly
arranged; surface armed, closed at summit by a calyptra made of
eight convergent spicula; axis brownish, axils scarcely compressed.

Mediterranean Sea (?). Norwegian Sea.

The flexuous branchings, rough and uneven, from the irregularly
crowded spinulous verrucse standing nearly at right angles with the
surface, have a very peculiar aspect. The verruca are either coni-

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 675

cal, or nearly cylindrical ; the extremity is circular, and set about by
minute spicnles, like those of the sides, which encircle the depressed
calyptra, the cover to the terminal opening.

Ellis and SolandCr, tab. 18, fig. 1 ; without , Latnk., ii. 492, No. 14; according

description. This figure is referred by to Edwards, Lamarck's description per-

Lamouroux, to the Gorgonia lima (p. tains to the G. verrucosa, and his Gorg.

672) ; yet in that species the polyps are granifera is the above species. •

not, as here rep resented, 'at right angles , Lamouroux, Encyc., 443.

with the stem. Espcr suggests, with much Muricca placomus, Ehrenb., G. lxxxi.,sp. 1.

appearance of reason, that it may repre- The Muricea calyptrata of Ehrenberg (sp.

sent this species. 2) is a doubtful species, near the placo-

Gorgmtia placomus, Linn., ed. xii., 1290. mus, but with more slender branches,

, Pallas, Zooph., 201. smaller polyps, and more obtuse verructe.

, Esper, ii., tab. 33, 34, and 34 A. He refers to Esper's tab. 34 A.

82. G. MURICEA CEREA. (Esper.) Ehrenberg. — Low, slender, fruti-
culose, subflabellate, covered every where with spreading, reddish
spicula ; branches nearly terete, rather broader than a line, obtuse ;
polyps densely and throughout scattered, yellow above, one-third of a
line in breadth.

East Indies. Esper.

Goryoniu cerca, Esper, Fortsetz. i., tab. 47. Muricea cerea, Ehrenb., G. Ixxxi., sp. 5.

83. G. MURICEA VERTICILLARIS. — Ramose, flabellate, one and a half
feet high; branches pinnate; pinnules setaceous; verrucose, verrucae
ascending, incurved, verticillate, less than a line long.

Mediterranean Sea.

The verrucse are scattered or opposite on the smaller branchlets, but
verticillate below, in whorls, generally of four. They are usually
incurved with the extremity pointing nearly towards the branch.

Ellis's Corallines, tab. 26, fig. s, t, v. , Lamk., ii. 507, No. 46.

G'H-xoitid vcrt.kil/aris, Linn., ed. xii., 1289. , Lamour., Pol. flex., 417 ; Encyc., 446.

, Pallas, Zooph., 177. Primnoa verticillaris, Ehrenb., G. Ixxx.,

, Esper, Fortsetz., i. 156, tab. 42. sp. 2.

, Ellis and Solander, 83.

Ehrenberg describes an allied species as follows, referring with a query, to Esper's tab.
42. " Primnoa fiabeUum. — Sesquipedalis, gracilis, dichotoma, densfe ramosa, flabelli-
formis, virgata, (lavicans, polypis laxius imbricatis, verticillis ssepe irregularibus, polypis
singulis quadrifarian ('() scutatis, seriebus transversis 10, ultima majore, ut in Icpadifera."
Esper, in his description, states that the whorls, in his specimen, contained but six polyps.

84. G. MURICEA MYURA. (Lamarck.} — Whitish; simple, filiform,

676 ZOOPHYTES.

caudate ; surface verrucose, the verruca? scattered, often bifarious, ob-
long ascending, subpyriform, incurved, cortex thin.

Gorgonia myura, Lamarck, ii. 508, No. Gorgonia myitra, Lamour., Pol. flex., 420 ;
48. Encyc., 447.

NOTE. — Ehrenberg also refers to this genus the Gorgonia retellum.

GENUS V.—PRIMNOA.— LAMOUROUX.

Gorgonidce, axe inarticulate ; polypis contractis elongato-verruciformi-
bus et basi Jtectentibus, latere per squamas imbricatas armatis.

Gorgonida? secreting an inarticulate axis ; polyps, when contracted,
long verruciform, and having motion at base; their sides armed
with imbricate scales.

This genus was instituted by Lamouroux on the ground of the itn-
bricately squamous character of the verrucse. Ehrenberg united to
the species so called by Lamouroux, others less regularly imbricate,
which are here excluded, by adding as a characteristic the apparently
important peculiarity, that the verruca? admit of motion at base. They
are usually rerlexed upon the stem ; but Esper has figured a speci-
men in which they were erect.

PRIMNOA LEPADIFERA. (Linnceus.) Lamouroux.

P. laxe ramosa, dichotoma, subflabellata ; verruds elongatis (2|-3'"),
subpyriformibus, per valvulos octo clausis ; ramorum axe testaceo, ra-
mulorum corneo.

Lax ramose, dichotomous, subflabellate ; verruca? long (2^ to 3 lines),
subpyriform, closed by 8 scales ; axis of the branches testaceous ;
of the branchlets corneous.

Seas of Northern Europe.

Gorgonia lepadifcra, Linn., ed. xii., 1289. , Esper, ii. 71, tab. 18.

, Ellis and Sol., 84, tab. 13, figs. 1, 2. , Lamarck, ii. 507, No. 45.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 677

-, Johnston's Brit. Zooph., 185. , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 656.

Gorgonia reseda, Pallas, Zooph., 204. , Fleming, Brit. Anim., 513.

Primnoa lepadifera, Lamour., Pol. flex., , Blainv., Man., 510, pi. 87, fig. 6.

442 ; Exp. Moth., 37, pi. 13, figs. 1, 2. , Ehrenberg, G. Ixxx., sp. 1.

GENUS VI.— BEBRYCE.— PHILIPPI.

Gorgonidce axe inarticulate corneo ; polypis grandibus, remotis, non re-
tractilibus.

Gorgonidse having an inarticulate corneous axis; polyps large and
not retractile.

BEBRYCE MOLLIS. (Philippi.}
B. dendroideum; polypis remote spar sis ; cortice spongioso.

Arborescent ; polyps remotely scattered ; cortex spongy.
Mediterranean Sea. Philippi.

Bebryce mollis, Philippi, VVieg. Arch., viii. 35.

The description appears to ally the species to the G. exserta of Ellis, and the G. tri-
chostemma ; but the latter, and probably the former, has retractile polyps.

SDBFAMILY III.— ISIN.E. •

Gorgonidce axem articulatum elaborantes.

Gorgonidse forming a jointed axis.

170

678 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS I. — MOPSEA. — LAMOUROUX.

articulis cornets et calcareis alternis instructs, e internodiis cor-
nets ramosce ; cortice tenui.

Isinae having the joints alternately calcareous and corneous ; ramose,
with corneous axils ; cortex thin.

The Mopsese are slender fragile species, with a thin cortex. The
calcareous joints are long and smooth, while the corneous, which con-
stitute the axils of the branching zoophyte, are short. The formation
of the latter is connected with the periodical developement of buds
which occasions the branching, corneous basal secretions taking place
at that time.

This genus was separated from Isis by Larnouroux; but Ehrenberg
first mentioned the important characteristic of the group, — the fact of
the species branching from the corneous joints, instead of the calca-
reous, as in the species of Isis.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. M. dichotoma. 3. M. gracilis.

2. M. encrinula. 4. M. erythrsea.

1. MOPSEA DICHOTOMA. (Pallas.) Lamouroux.

M. 5" alta ; ramosa, dichotoma, ramulis 1'" crassis, articulis lapideis
latere compressis, aut subcylindricis ; caule 3'" crasso.

Five inches high; ramose, dichotomous, branchlets 1 line thick;
calcareous joints laterally compressed or subcylindrical ; main stem
3 lines thick.

Indian Ocean.

Hippuris corattoides cornea Capensis,geni- Isis dichotoma, Schweigger's Handl).. 434.

culis limosis, Pettiveri, Gazoph., 7, Tab. , Lamk., ii. 475, No. 3.

3, fig. 10. Mopsca dichotoma, Lamouroux, Pol. flex.,

Isis dichotoma, Pallas, Zooph., No. 143. 467; Exp. Meth., 38.

, Linn, ed. xii., 1287. , Dcs!ongchamp.s, Encyc., 558.

, Esper, i. 43, tab. 5; the calcareous , Ehrenberg, G. Ixxviii., sp. 1.

joints are about half an inch long.

iUBORDER ALCYONARIA. 679

2. MOPSEA ENCRINULA. (Lamarck.) Ehrenberg.

M. subbipinnato-ramosa, ramulis filiformibus, verrucosis, verrucis sparsis
ascendentibus, interdum vertidllatis.

Ramose, subbipinnatej branchlets filiform, verrucose ; verrucee scat-
tered, ascending, sometimes verticillate.

Seas of New Holland. Peron $ Lesueur.

Isis encrinula, Lamk., ii. 476, No. 4. , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 557.

Isis dichotoma, Schweig., Handb., 434. Mopsea encrinula, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxvii.,
Mopsca verticillata, Lamouroux, Pol. flex., sp. 2.
467, pi. 18, fig. 2 ; and Exp. Meth., 39.

3. MOPSEA GRACILIS. (Lamouroux.} Ehrenberg.

M. basi ezplanata, laciniata, caulium nodis cakareis paulum crassis,
ramorum dongatis, transluddis, Icevibus, albis.

Explanate at base, laciniate ; calcareous joints of stem a little stout,
those of the branches very long, translucent, smooth, white.

The Antillas. Lamouroux.

Isi.s gracilis, Lamour., Polyp, flex., 477, , Lamk., 2d ed., ii. 476, No, 6.

pi. 18, fig. 1. , Blainviile, Man., 503.

— , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 466.

4. MOPSEA ERYTHR^EA. (H. 4- Ehrenberg.)

M. dichotoma, fruticulosa, verrucosa, coccinea; articulis cortice obductis,
geniculo vix angustioribus, ramis in geniculis flexilibus ; decorticatd,
articulorum lapideorum axe teretiusculo, kngitudinaliter sulcato, geni-
culis paulum tumidis ; tentaculis ramulosis, niveis.

Dichotomous, fruticulose, verrucose, scarlet ; joints concealed by the
cortex ; scarcely narrower at the geniculations ; branches flexible
at the geniculations; calcareous joints of the axis somewhat terete,

680 ZOOPHYTES.

longitudinally sulcate ; geniculations a little tumid ; polyps with the
tentacles ramulous, white.

Red Sea. Ehrenberg.

This description is from Ehrenberg. He mentions that the species
is an elegant one when alive, though but two inches in height.

Mopsea erythrcea, Ehrenberg, G. Ixxviii., Isis erythracea, Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 477,
sp. 3. No. 7.

APPENDIX. — The Isis coralloides of Lamarck may belong to this
genus. It is thus described by this author (sp. 5): "I. ramosa, dis-
ticho-ramulosa, rubens ; ramulis remotis, breviusculis, cortice papillis,
raris, ascendentibus." From the " Austral seas." — Peron $ Lesueur.

GENUS II. — ISIS. — LINN/EUS.

Isince articulis cornels et cakareis alternis instructs, e nodis calcareis
ramulosce ; cortice crasso, deciduo.

Isinse, consisting of corneous and calcareous joints alternately ; branches
proceeding from the calcareous joints ; cortex thick, deciduous.

The crust of these species is so deciduous that it is rarely seen in
collections, although the corals are not uncommon.

This genus, as instituted by Linnaeus, contained the genus Coral-
Liu m as well as Mopsea.

Isis HIPPURIS. (Linnaus.)
I. parce ramosa, ramis crassis, axe calcareo albo, valde sukato.

Sparingly ramose, branches stout; calcareous joints of the axis white,
strongly sulcate.

East Indies.

SUBORDER ALCYONARIA.

681

Accarbarittm album, Rumph., Amb., 6,

tab. 84.
Corattium cinereum, Battarra, Mus. Richt.,

i., 170, tab. 42, fig. 5.
Corallium mxlosum, &c., Easier, Op. Sub-

scev., Lib. i., 46, tab. 6, fig. 1.
Isis hippuris, Linn., ed. xii., 1287.
, Pallas, Zooph., 233.

, Ellis and Sol., 105, tab. 3. figs. 1-5.

, Esper, i., 33, tab. 1 to 3.

— , Lamour., Pol. flex. ,475; Exp. Meth.,
39, pi. 3 ; Encyc., 466, figs. 1-5.

, Lamk., ii. 475, No. 1.

, Schweig., Handb., 434.

-, Blainv., Man., 503, pi. 86, fig. 1.

, Ehrenb., G. Ixxix., sp. 1.

Isis (?) ELONGATA. (Esper.)

I. rubra, laxe ramosa, ramis teretibus, axis articulis lapideis valde
elongatis, striatis, internodiis brevissimis.

Red, lax ramose, branches terete ; calcareous joints of the axis much
elongate, striate ; internodes very short.

This is a very neat and slender species, with long joints, and short
internodes. It has the general habit of a Mopsea. According to
Risso's figure, the polyps are long exsert and not retractile, forming
thus slender elongate verrucse. The closed polyps are represented as
mostly reversed on the stem, nearly as in the Primrioa. The cortex
becomes dark brown on drying.

Near Naples, Mediterranean. Philippi.

Frutex marinus, &c., Seba, Thes., tab. Isis elongata, Lamarck, ii. 475, No. 2.

106, No. 4. The figure represents a , Blainville, Man., 503.

specimen with slender graceful branches Mopsea mediterranea, Risso Merid. Eu-

nearly a foot in height. rope, 332. This species is referred here

Isis elongata, Esper, i., 47, tab. 6. by Philippi.

— , Lamour., Pol. flex., 477 ; Encyc., 466.

GEUCS MELIT^EA. — LAMOUEOUX.

articulis calcareis et suberosis alternis instructs.

171

682 ZOOPHYTES.

Isinse, consisting of an alternation of calcareous and suberose joints.

The species of Melitsea are mostly of bright colours, either yellow,
orange, scarlet, or crimson, and all these colours are met with in the
same species. They are very fragile, the branches breaking easily
at the internodes, which have a texture something like cork.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. M. ochracea. *3. M. coccinea.

2. M. retifera. *4. M. tenella.

1. MELIT.EA OCHRACEA.

M. maxima, ramosissima, plerumque in piano fere arborescens, ramis et
ramulis suberectis, non coalitis.

Large, much branched, generally arboriform nearly in a plane;
branches and branchlets suberect, not coalescing.

East Indies. — Feejee Islands, of crimson and orange colours. Exp.
Exp.

This species grows to a height of three feet or more, and occurs
both of crimson, pale yellow, and orange colours, the latter often
having minute crimson verruca? or dots. At base the trunk is some-
times nearly two inches through, while the branchlets are delicate
and slender, breaking easily.

Seba, Thes. iii., tab. 104, No. 1. Melitcea ochracea, Lamour., Pol. flex., 462.

Isis ochracea, Linn., ed. xii., 1287. , Schweig., Handb., 434.

, Pallas, Zooph., 230. _, Lamarck, ii. 472, No. 1.

, Ellis, Phil. Trans., vol. xi., abridg., — , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 512.

p. 109; Ellis and Solander, 105. — , Blainv., Man., 504, pi. 86, figs. 3,
, Esper, i., 38, tab. 4 and 4 A, and 3 a, 3 b — not good.

Fortsetz., Isis, tab. 11; represent well — , Ehrenberg, G. Ixxvii., sp. 1.

the different varieties.

2. MELITjEA RETIFERA.

M. Jlabelliformis, in piano ramulosa, ramis suberectis Jkxuosis, ramulis
s&pe subreticulatim coalitis, creberrime verrucosis.

SUBORDER A I. CYONARIA. 683

Flabelliform, much branched in a plane ; branches suberect and
flexuous, branchlets often subreticulately coalescing, thickly ver-
rucose.

East Indies. Peron 4- Lesueur.

The colours of this species are various, but mostly some bright
shade of red or yellow.

Isis aurantia, Esper, Forts., ii., Isis, tab. 9. nodoso, in flabellum tenuissimum expla-

Melitcea retifera, Lamk., ii. 472, No. 2. nato ; ramulis numerosis, filiformibus,

, Lamour., Pol. flex., 463. reticulatim coalescentibus ; catenarum an-

, Blainville, Man., 504. nulis elongatis." " Austral Seas. Peron

— , Ehrenb., G. Ixxvii., sp. 2. and Lesueur." See Lamouroux, Exp.

The Melittea textiformis, of Lamarck (No. Meth., pi. 71, figure 5. A variety of the

3), is thus described : " M. caule brevi, retifera 1

3. MELIT^EA COCCINEA.

M. pumila, in piano ramulosa, ramis gradlibus (!'"), tortuosis, divari-
catis, scepe retictdatim coalitis, internodiis obsoletis ; verrucis sub-
sparsis.

Small, branching in a plane ; branches slender (1 line thick), tortuous,
divaricate, often reticulately coalescing; internodes obsolete, verrucae
rather remotely scattered.

This species much resembles the retifera, but differs, according to
Lamarck, in having the verruca? less prominent and not so crowded.
Specimens in the Expedition collections, from New Holland, present
yellow, buff, rose-red, and scarlet colours.

Indian Ocean. — New Holland. Exp. Exp.

Isis coccinea, Ellis and Sol., 107, tab. 12, Melitaa Rissoi, Lamour., Pol. flex., 463;

fig. 5. Exp. Meth., 38, pi. 12, fig. 5.
, Espcr, i., Isis, tab. 3 A, fig. 5, (copy Melitcea coccinea, Lamk., ii. 473.

from Ellis), and Forts, ii., Isis, tab. , Blainville, Man., 504.

10. , Ehrenberg, op. cit., G. Ixxvii., sp. 3.

4. MELITJEA TENELLA. (Dana.)
M. fruticulosa, 3" alia, coccinea; ramulosa, ramis ramulisque gracil-

684 ZOOPHYTES.

timis, passim I'" minoribus, flexuosis, articulis, 3-8'" bngis ; cwtice
verrucoso, verruds parvulis (£"'), et minimt ascendentibus ; polypis
kete flavis; axe calcareo fere kvi.

Fruticulose, 3 inches high; deep scarlet; much branched, branches
and branchlets very slender, in no part a line thick, flexuous ; joints
3 to 8 lines long; cortex verrucose, verruca? small (J of a line broad),
not at all ascending; polyps bright yellow ; calcareous axis nearly
smooth.

Sandwich Islands.

This species is much more slender than the preceding, and the
branches are not in a plane, and rarely coalescent. The axis is
pale red. The stem at base is hardly three-fourths of a line thick,
and the axis of the same is less than half a line.

ORDER II. — HYDRO1DEA. 685

ORDER II.— HYDROIDEA.

Zoophyta ventriculo tubuliformi simplicissimo ; ovulise lateribus externe
enascentibus.

Zoophytes having a simple tubular visceral cavity ; ovules growing
externally from the sides.

In Chapter III., the general characteristics of the Hydroidea have
been stated, and in the Classification, on pages 116 to 119, the prin-
cipal divisions in their arrangement are given. The characteristics
of the genera are here added, and some few species described, which
were obtained by the Expedition.

FAMILY I.— HYDRIDE.

Hydroidea, gemmis maturis deciduis ; ovulis singulis, lateralibus ; ten-
taculis tubulatis.

Buds deciduous when mature; ovules single, lateral; tentacles tubular.

This family contains the single genus Hydra. Of all zoophytes,
these were the earliest studied ; and the famous works of Trembley
arid Baker have afforded perhaps more amusement and surprise to
their readers than any other details in natural science ever published.
Van Beneden has pointed out, as a distinguishing characteristic be-
tween them and the TubularidaB, that the tentacles are tubular, and
the cavity communicates directly with the internal cavity of the ani-

172

686

ZOOPHYTES.

mal. These organs are somewhat warty, and, as shown by Corda,
the warts, which are arranged spirally around them, are furnished
with short bristles, and an exsertile dart, used, as is supposed, for
securing their prey.

FAMILY II.— SERTULARIDJS.

Hydroidea gemmis persistentibus ; poly pis sessilibus ; ovulis pluribus
vesiculo indusis, lateralibus.

Buds persistent; polyps sessile; ovules included in a vesicle, lateral.

The species of this family are distinct from the Campanulariae, in
having the calicles without pedicels, and forming, to the naked eye, a
denticulate edging to the delicate branchlets. The latter also differ
in their modes of developement, in which respect they are near the
Tubularidas.

The following are the characteristics of the genera :

I. Polyps in one series, branches therefore secund.

1. ANTENNULARIA. (Lamarck.) Not plumose. Calicles tubular or campannlate.

2. PLUMCLARIA. (Lamarck.) Plumose, pinnate, or decompound pinnate.

II. Polyps in two series.
a. Series uninterrupted.

3. SERTULARIA. Calicks urceolate ; attached at base, with the summits more or less
free. This genus includes the Dynamene, of Lamouroux, which was instituted for spe-
cies having the cells opposite, instead of alternate.

4. THUIARIA. (Fleming.) Calicles attached by one side as well as at base, not free
at apex. This genus is the Biseriaria, of Blainville, a name substituted by that author
for Fleming's.

5. THOA. (Lamouroux.) Calicles very short tubular or campanula^. The habit of
the Those, as suggested by Milne Edwards, is much like that of the Campatnilarie, and
it may belong to the following Ihmily.

l>. Polyps in successive groups, arising from a periodicity in budding.

6. PASYTHEA. (Lamouroux.)

ORDER II. — HYDROIDEA. 687

ANTENNULARIA cyATHiFERA. (Dana.)

A. simplex, recta, semipollicaris ; poly pis subremotis, caliculis late ele-
ganterque campanulatis, margine integro, dudbus caliculis interme-
diis obsolescentibus.

A simple, erect, filiform stem, half an inch high ; polyps subremote ;
calicles elegantly broad-campanulate, with the margin entire ; two
rudimentary calicles intermediate.

Plate 61, figure 5, zoophyte, unexpanded, enlarged ; 5 a, same, na-
tural size. Also, figure 9, page 25.

Balabac Passage, East Indies. Exp. Exp.

The calicles are neat goblet-shape, with the breadth nearly equal to
the length, and the mouth slightly flaring. They are attached to suc-
cessive joints of the stem, which are oblong, with very oblique articu-
lations. Between them, there are two small appendages, resembling
rudimentary calicles. Either side of each calicle there is an oblong
slender process having a club-shape head standing out quite free from
the polyp. The figure was made from the living zoophyte, though
unexpanded.

The genus Antennularia is usually characterized as having verticil-
late branches; but it may be questioned whether this is properly a
generic character.

SERTULARIA MIMOSA. (Dana.}

G. plurniformis, 3^" alta, pinnulis ferme 4'" remotis et 9'" longis, cali-
culis parce prominulis ; polypis longissime exsertis, gracilibus, tenta-
culorum serie valde obliquo, elliptico, tentaculis capillaribus, apice
recurvis.

Neat plumiform, 3£ inches high, pinnules about 4 lines distant, and
9 lines long, calicles short, and sparingly prominent; polyps very
long, exsert, and slender, with the circlet of tentacles placed ob-
liquely, elliptical ; tentacles capillary, recurved at apex.

688 ZOOPHYTES.

Plate 61, fig. 6, zoophyte, natural size, partly in outline; 6 a, one
of the polyps, expanded, and another contracted, natural size.

The Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The oblique circlet of tentacles and very exsertile polyps appear to
point to a different genus from the ordinary Sertularise. The outer
tentacles of the circle were a little longer than those on the inner side,
and the apices of the latter were hardly recurved. The breadth of
the plume was about one and a half inches; the pinnules were placed
alternately, and the rachis was correspondingly a little zigzag. The
plate represents the zoophyte as it was figured on the spot, untouched
since, as the specimen was afterwards misplaced.

PASYTHEA GRACILIS. (Dana.}

P. sex polyporum acervis seriatis instructa; caliculis extus spectantibus,
basi non inflatis.

Polyps in successive clusters of six; calicles opening outward, not
inflated at base.

Fig. 11, page 25, zoophyte, enlarged.

Gulf-weed, Atlantic Ocean. Exp. Exp.

This little species is near the quadridentata of Lamouroux, but has
six, instead of four, polyps to each cluster, and the calicles are not
enlarged below. It was obtained and figured by Dr. C. Pickering.

FAMILY III.— CAMP ANULARID^.

Hydroidm gemmis persistentibus, polypis dongato-tubulatis, caliculis
pedicellatis ; reproduction, Tubularidis affinia.

ORDER II. — HYDRO IDE A. 089

Hydroidea with persistent buds; polyps long-tubular, calicles pedi-
cellate ; in modes of reproduction near the Tubularidae.

The structure of the Campanularise has been investigated with
great skill and minuteness by Van Beneden. He has ascertained
their close relation to the Tubularidse, and their identity with the
species of that family, in modes of reproduction, and is inclined to
associate the two groups in one.

The family includes two genera, as follows :

CAMPANULARIA. (Lamarck.) — Polyps budding from an ascending
shoot or stolon, erect, or climbing.

LAOMEDEA. (Lamouroux.) — Polyps alternately arranged, and zoo-
phyte having its branches usually zigzag.

LOMEDEA GRACILIS. (Pickering.}

L. caulibus 6-8'" altis, et stolone filiformi surrectis, optime ziczac
flexuosis ; caulibus juxta axittas penduculisque annulatis ; caliculis
carnpanulatis ; vesiculis elongato-ovatis, infra suprhque attenuatis, et
apice tnmcatis collogue brevi terminatis.

Sterns 6 to 8 lines high, and rising from a creeping stolon, regularly
zigzag in form ; the stem for a short distance above the axils, and
the pedicels, ringed ; calicles campanulate ; vesicles oblong-oval,
tapering above and below, and truncated at apex, with a short
neck.

Plate 61, fig. 7, zoophyte, enlarged ; 7 a, natural size; 7 b, polyp,
partly expanded.

Gulf-weed, Atlantic, lat. 34° 39' N., long. 72° 01' VJ.—Exp. Exp.

This species is near the geniculata; but the vesicle is not abruptly
enlarged immediately below the short neck which surrounds the
aperture. " The average length of the pedicels was about ^V of an
inch, and of the cells T'S of an inch ; the outer shell was diaphanous
and apparently entirely membranous; tentacles as many as twenty.
A distinct, rapid current of globules was perceived in the main axis of
one of the stems." C. Pickering.

173

690 ZOOPHYTES.

LAOMEDEA SIMPLEX. (Dana.}

L. caule fere recta, pedunculis non annulatis, tubulatis, calicuMs venx
nuttis ; tentaculis ferme 20, rostro obconico.

Stem nearly straight, erect, pedicels not ringed, tubular, no true cali-
cles ; tentacles about 20, mouth projecting, obconical.

Plate 61, fig. 8, zoophyte, enlarged ; 8 a, same, natural size ; 8 b,
enlarged view of rostriform mouth ; fig. 6, p. 21, a wood-cut of the

same.

Feejee Islands. Exp. Exp.

The specimen was a minute stem, half an inch high, formed of seven
polyps ; they were remarkable for having no proper calicles, the extre-
mity of the tubular pedicel answering in place of it. No vesicles
were observed.

NOTE. — Figure 9, plate 61, represents a partially expanded Campanularia, from th<;
Gulf-weed, lat. 37° N., long. 43° 30' W., figured by Dr. C. Pickering.

FAMILV IV.— TUBULAUIDjE.

Hydroidea, gemmis persistentibus, gemmulis oviformibus deciduis inter
tentaculos nascentibus, cum aliis ovulis verts ; polypis scepius pedicel-
latis ; tentaculis non tubulatis.

Hydroidea giving out persistent buds; also producing deciduous ovi-
form gemmules near the base of the tentacles, besides other true
ova; polyps mostly pedicellate; tentacles not tubular.

The larger species of Tubulariae, when unexpanded, often look like
tufts of a delicate rush, with threads for leaves, each of which bears

ORDER II. — HYDROIDEA. 691

a polyp-flower when expanded ; others are much branched ; and others
are short clumsy polyps. The tentacles are in one or two ranges, or
scattered over the summit of the animal, which is usually oblong-
conical, or rostriform, with a mouth and a circle of short tentacles at
the summit of the beak. Their structure has been developed with
unusual fidelity and beauty, by Van Beneden, and some of the results
of his investigations are given in the Appendix. The following are
the characters of the genera, as laid down by him :

1. Coralligenous ; forming honn/ corolla.

1. PENNARIA (Goldfuss). Tentacles of tico kinds, the superior scattered and in
•I ro/rs. — Sertularia of Cavolini, Pol. mar., 134, pi. 5. Plumularia, Delle Chiaje,

Mfin., iv. 145, pi. 63, fig. 3 ; Blainville, Man., 477. Pennaria, Goldfuss; Ehrenbcrg,
op. cit., Gen. xlii.

2. TUBULARIA (Pallas). Tentacles of tiro kinds, in tivo series. — Pallas, Elench.
Zooph. ; Lamarck, ii. 124; Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. si.

3. SYNOOKVXA (Ehrenberg). Tentacles alike, in several scries. — Ehrenberg, op. cit.,
Gen. xxxix. Slipula, Sars. Hermia, Johnston, Mag. Zool. and Bot., ii. 326, and Brit.
Zooph., 111. Coryne, Lamarck, ii. 74, and Blainv., Man. ,471.

4. CORYDEXDRIUM (Van Beneden). Tentacles alike, scattered.

5. EruKxuRiuM (Ehrenberg). Tentacles in one series. — Ehrenberg, op. cit., G. xli.

II. j\bl coralligenous.

6. OOHYNA (Goertner). Tentacles alike, scattered. — Hydra, Miiller, Zool. Dan.;
Cori/ne, Lamarck, ii. 73 ; Coryna, Blainville, Man., 471 ; Ehrenb., Gen. xxxviii.

7. HYDRACTINIA (Van Beneden). Tentacles in a single series. — Van Beneden, Bull,
do 1'Acad. Roy. de Bruxelles, viii., 1841, 89, pi. 1-5; and Mem. de I'Ac. Roy., xvii. pi. 6;
Dysmorphosa, Philippi, Zool. Beobacht., Wicgm. Arch., 1842, 33, pi. 1, figs. 2, 3; Cor-
dijlopliofa, Allman, Brit. Assoc., 1843, and Ann. Nat. Hist., xiii. 328; Syniiydra, Qua-
trefagcs, Ann. des Sci. Nat., Oct. 1843.

TUBULARIA ORN ATA. (Couthouy.)

T.fiUformis, 3-4" alta, polypis grandibus, rostro elongate subcylindrico,
tentaculis externis filiformibus, apice supernis brevissimis ; ramulis
gemmuliferis multiramosis.

Filiform, 3 to 4 inches high ; polyps large ; beak long, subcylindrical ;
external tentacles filiform, oral tentacles very short; gemmuliferous
branchlets much branched, lax and pendent.

Rio Janeiro. Exp. Exp.

f>92

ZOOPHYTES.

This species is figured of the natural size, on page 19, from draw-
ings by J. P. Couthouy. Figure 1 a represents an enlarged polyp;
and 1 b, a cluster of gemmules, enlarged.

CORYNA CAPILLIFERA. (Pickering.)

C. polypi summitate elonga to-ovata ; tentaculis fermc 20, capillaribns
sparsis.

Summit of polyp long-ovate; tentacles about 20, capillary, and scat-
tered.

Plate 61, fig. 10, polyp, enlarged.

Sandwich Islands. Exp. Exp.

This species was obtained and figured by my associate, Dr. Picker-
ing. It was a simple polyp, about one and a half lines in height, and
the summit over which the tentacles were scattered, was full half the
whole length. The tentacles were like slender hairs, and were scat-
tered over the oblong summit; they waved readily with the motion of
the water.

SUPPLEMENT
TO THE DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

THIS Supplement includes the following genera of doubtful or un-
determined character: Allopora, Myriozoum, Pustulopora, Coscino-
pora, Receptacnlites, Tetradium, Theonea, Limaria, Stromatopora,
Chaunopora, Distichopora, Orbulites, Marginopora, and Polytrema.

GENUS ALLOPORA. — EHRENBERG.

Cumulato-ramosa, polypis uni-gemmatis. Corallum cakareum, solidum,
stellis internis nullis, caliculis prominulis, cellis profundioribus, lineam
non superantibus, infundibuliformibus, margine uniseriatim ceUuloso
et crenato.

Cumulato-ramose, each polyp giving out, in succession, a single bud
(branchlets therefore zigzag). Corallum calcareous and solid, not
at all penetrated by stellate cells; calicles somewhat prominent,
cells quite deep, less than a line broad, funnel-shape, margin crenate,
and having a series of cellules between the crenatures.

This genus was established by Ehrenberg for a coral that has the
compactness of the Corallium rubrum, and appears like that to be an
axis of an incrusting zoophyte, although there are distinct cells. A
single species belongs to the Expedition collections, and was ob-
tained in the Pacific. The Oculina flabelliformis and O. rosea, as

174

694

ZOOPHYTES.

Ehrenberg states, have allied characters. The cells are described as
radiated with lamellfe. But in the three species of the group seen by
the author the interior of the cell is smooth, and the lamellse are barely
distinguishable crenatures of the margin, formed apparently by a row
of oblong depressions and pores which alternate with the elevations.
These crenatures are much more prominent in a species figured by
Esper, and look like lamella ; moreover, the exterior of the calicle is
correspondingly striated. There is no trace of a cell within the inte-
rior of the corallum.

The characters here stated, as well as the minute size of the polyps,
and their usual arrangement on two opposite sides only of a branch,
appear to separate the species from the Oculinse, with which they
have been united. In the A. bella, the number of crenatures is twenty-
four; and this number of lamella? or tentacles in so small a polyp
(two-thirds of a line in diameter) would be sufficient, of itself, to indi-
cate that the polyps cannot be true Oculinae ; it is, therefore, altoge-
ther probable that the crenatures do not correspond each to a lamella.
We are unable to infer from the structure of the corallum the true
nature of the zoophyte, and leave it to be determined by a discovery
of the polyps. They may be related to the Distichoporse.

The species occur in the tropics, and probably also towards the
colder limits of the temperate zone.

Arrangement of the Species.

*1. A. flabelliformis.
*2. A. rosea.
3. A. infundibulifera.

*4. A. gemmascens.

5. A. oculina.

6. A. norwegica.

1. ALLOPORA FLABELLIFORMIS. (Lamarck.} Dana.

A. 8" alta, ramosissima, fldbellata, secunda, ramulis crebris minimis,
brevissimis et flexuosis. Corallum leve, caliculis minutis (I"' latis),
lamellis vix perspicuis.

Eight inches high, much branched, flabellate, securid, branchlets
crowded, minute, and very short, flexuous. Corallum smooth,
calicles minute (y of a line broad), lamellae scarcely distinct.

East Indies.

SUPPLEMENT. 695

T\\e flabelliformis, as the name implies, has its branches in a single
plane. It is very ramulous, and the outer branchlets are very deli-
cate (plate 60, figure 7). The calicles are a little prominent, or give a
zigzag appearance to the branchlets ; the cells are about one-sixth of
a line in diameter, and the margin is slightly crenulate, as seen under
a lens. As Lamarck states, it somewhat resembles a Millepora.

Corallium album, lapideiim, densum et Oculina flabeUiformis, Lamarck, ii. 457,

compactum, ramis levibus, teretibus, No. 8.

multuin divisis, Seba, Thes., iii., fig. , Blainville, Man. d'Act., p. 380.

10, tab. 110. The figure measures Oculina gemmascens, Ehrenberg, op. cit.,

seven inches by five in breadth, and Gen. xlviii., sp. 2.
resembles closely a specimen in the Bos-
ton City Museum.

2. ALLOPORA ROSEA. (Pallas.) Dana.

A. pumila, ramosissima, Jlabellata, scepius secunda, ramis attenuatis.
Corallum roseum, scepe verruciferum, caliculis minutis (vix J'"), aliis
lattralibus brevissimis, aliis terminalibus, lamellis non exsertis.

Small, much branched, flabellate, mostly secund; branches attenuate.
Corallum rose-coloured, often verruciferous, calicles very minute
(scarcely J of a line broad), some lateral and very short, others
terminal, lamella not exsert.

West Indies.

This small and neat species seldom exceeds two inches in height.

Mmlrepom rosea, Pallas, Zooph., p. 312. Oculina rosea, Lamarck, ii. 457, No. 9.
, Ellis and Solander, p. 155. , Blainville, Man. d'Act., p. 381, pi.

— , Esper, Pflanz., Fortsetz., i. 16, tab. 58, fig. 1, la.

36. , Ehrenberg, op. cit., Gen. xlviii. sp. 3.

3. ALLOPORA INFUNDIBULIFERA. (Lamarck.) Dana.

A. ramosissima, subflaldlata ; ramulis minimis zic-zac flexuosis, s&pe
coalitis. Corallum caliculis infimdibuliformibus, interne strialis;
margine crenulato.

696 ZOOPHYTES.

Corallum very ramose ; subflabellate, branchlets very small, flexuous
in zigzag, often coalescent; calicles infundibuliform, internally
striate; margin crenulate.

East Indies 1 Lamarck.

This description is from Lamarck. He states that the specimens
resemble in shape the flabelliformis, but the cells are much larger and
different in their character. Both the large and small branches are
coalescent.

Oculina infundibulifera, Lamarck, No. 7. , Blainville, Man., p. 380.

4. ALLOPORA GEMMASCENS. (Esper.) Dana.

A. ramosa, flabellata, subcompressa, scepius secunda, ramulis extremis
crassioribus, fere lineam latis. Corallum cellis £'" latis, prominulis,
margine crenulatis ; tuberculis minutis asperatum.

Ramose, flabellate, somewhat compressed and mostly secund ; outer
branchlets quite stout, nearly a line thick. Corallum having the
cells half aline broad, a little prominent; margin crenulate, surface
rough with minute tubercles.

East Indies.

This species, as figured by Esper, is very distinct from the prece-
ding in its stouter branchlets and much larger cells.

(8. bella. A specimen obtained by J. P. Couthouy, in the Paumotu
Archipelago, has nearly the characters of the gemmascens, in the size
of the branches and calicles; yet as it differs in having the crenula-
tions of the margin obsolete, it is separated as a distinct variety at least,
if not a different species. The cells are nearly funnel-shape, about
two-thirds of a line broad, and have a flaring aperture, with about
twenty -four oblong cellules or pores arranged around the margin.
The specimen is but one and a quarter inches high, and is sparingly
branched and smooth, with the base nearly two lines wide, and the
branches little less than a line at the apex. (Plate 60, fig. 6, natural
size ; 6 a, enlarged.)

Madrepora gemmascens, Esper, Pflanz. Fortsetz., i. 60, tab. 55 ; " Madrepora ramosa,
subcompressa, albida, ramulis poriformibus ; stellis tubulosis, crenatis, laminibus obtusis,
crassiusculis, superficie tuberculis exasperata.'^

The Oculina gemmascens, of Ehrenberg, (op. cit, G. xlviii., sp. 2), is the jlahclli-
formis.

SUPPLEMENT. 697

5. ALLOPORA OCULINA. (Ehrenberg.)

A. pumila, ramosa, compressa, subftabellata, glabra, ramis dichotomis,
1^-2'" crassis, obtusis. Corallum cellis raris, sparsis, vix prominulis,
distincte 5-9-radialis, s&pius radiis 7.

Small, ramose, cornpfessed, subflabellate, smooth; branches dichoto-
mous, li to 2 lines thick, obtuse. Corallum having the cells
few, scattered, scarcely prominent, distinctly 5 to 9-rayed, mostly
7-rayed.

Ehrenberg adds to this description the remark that it differs from
the rosea in its fewer rays, the number in that species being nine to
fifteen.

Ehrenberg, op. cit., Fam. xvii.

6. ALLOPORA NORWEGICA. (Fabricius.) Dana.

A. compressa, fere Jlabellata, ramulis brevibus; subcrassis. Corallum
km, caliculis obsoletis, cellis minutis, orbiculatis out oblongis, lamettis
vix minima exsertis, subcequis.

Compressed and almost flabellate, branchlets very short and rather
stout. Corallum smooth, calicles obsolete, cells minute, circular,
or oblong, lamellae scarcely at all exsert, nearly equal.

Norwegian seas.

This small species has till lately been made identical with the
Oculina virginea. Its cells are very much smaller, and not promi-
nent, or scarcely at all so. The number of lamellae within the cell is
stated at eighteen or more. It is referred to this genus with doubt.

Pontoppidan, Norg. Naturl., i. 258, No. 10, tab. 14, fig. G., or English translation,
London, 1754, p. 159. " Flat, with several pretty indented shoots, about a finger in
length, and half as broad, but appears to have been much larger before it was detached
from the body of the plant, which, when entire, must make a very beautiful appearance."

Strom, Sondm., i. 144. Norske Vidensk. Selsk., iv. 56, No. 11, tab. 8, fig. 1-4.

Madrcpora virginea, Miiller, Prod. Zool. Dan., 3041.

Madrepora norvagica, O. Fabricius, Oken's Isis, 1 845, p. 52.

175

698 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS MYRIOZOUM.— DONATI. EHRENBERG.

Affixes, ramoscK. Corolla infra nuda, supra cellis punctiformibus in-
structa ; cellis simplicibus, non lamellatis, ex axe radiatis : animali-
bus multitentaculatis, et operculigeris.

Attached ramose. Coralla naked below, but above punctured with
minute cells, not lamellate within, and radiating from the axis of
the stem ; polyps multitentaculate, and having an operculum.

The animals of the species here included were first figured by
Donati, and afterwards with more accuracy by Cavolini. They are
represented as having a funnel-shaped extremity and a circular oper-
culum attached to one side. This peculiar form has much analogy
to many Serpulas, and the species may belong to that group, although
the branches present the compact structure and the aspect of a zoo-
phyte.

1. MYRIOZOUM TRTJNCATUM.
M. pumilum; dichotomum ; ramis teretibus, apice truncatis.

Small; dichotomous; branches terete, truncate at apex.
Mediterranean.

Madrepore rameuz, &c., Marsilli, Phys., , Lamk., ii. 308, No. 5.

145, tab. 32, figs. 154-156. , Lamour., Exp., 47, pi. 23, fig. 1 to 8.

Miriozoo, Donati, Hist. d. Mer. Adriat., 55, , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 546.

tab. 7. , Oken's Zool., i. 63.

Myriozoum, Phil. Trans., xlvii. 107, tab. Myriapora truncata, Blainv., Man., 427,

5 ; vol. x., Abridg., pi. 5. pi. 71, fig. 2.

Millepora truncata, Linn., ed. xii., 1283. , Brit. Assoc., 1843, p. 151, "occurs

— , Pallas, Zooph., 249. in the jEgean at a depth of 70 fathoms."
, Cavolini, Pol. Mar., 59, tab. 3, figs. Myriozoum truncatum, Ehrenb., G. Ixxiv.

9-11. Tntncularia, Wiegmann (cited from Eh-

-, Ellis and Solander, 141, tab. 23, renberg).

figs. 1-8. Delle Chiaje, Anim. Nap., iii. 40, pi. 33,
, Esper, i. 188, tab. Millep., 4. figs. 16, 17.

SUPPLEMENT. 699

2. MYRIOZOUM GRACILIS. (Michelin.} Dana.

M. albidum ; dichotome ramosum, ramis gracilibus, teretibus, suprh irre-
gulariter inflatis, apice rotunda to-truncatis.

Whitish ; dichotomously ramose, branches slender, terete, above irre-
gularly inflated, round-truncate at apex.

Mediterranean. Michelin.

Michelin states that the branches are more slender than in the
truncata (hardly a line thick in the figure), and have more rounded
extremities, with the surface, where the cells are most numerous,
inflated.

Myriapora gracilis, Michelin ; Guerin, Mag. de Zoo!., 1842, Zooph., pi. 4.

GENUS PUSTULOPORA.— BLAINVILLE.

Affixes. Coralla calcarea, stratis seriatis instructa, cylindrica, autparce
ramosa; cellis sparsis, prominulis out pustuliformibus, apertura wbi-
culata.

Attached. Coralla calcareous, consisting of a series of layers, cylin-
drical or sparingly ramose ; cells scattered, a little prominent or
pustuliform, aperture circular.

This genus, as instituted by Blainville, appears to include species
imperfectly allied. The P. madreporacea (Ceriopora madreporacea,
of Goldfuss), appears to have some relation to the Myriozoum, and
not to present the stratified structure above stated.

Blainville, Man., 418. Goldfuss, Petref., tab. 10. Lnmarck, 2d ed., ii. 314.

700 ZOOPHYTES.

GENUS COSCINOPORA.— GOLDFUSS.

Affixes, cyathiformes aut incrustantes. Corolla cakarea, cellis tubufis
fibriformibus composite/, ; cellis in quincuncem dispositis, immersis,
infundibuliformibus ; inter stitiis angustis.

Attached, cyathiform or incrusting. Coralla calcareous, consisting of
fibriform tubes; cells immersed and arranged in quincunx order,
funnel-shape ; interstices narrow.

This genus, as established by Goldfuss, consisted, as Blainville states,
of heterogeneous materials: it was consequently restricted by him to
those species having the general characteristics of the Coscinopora
infundibuliformis of Goldfuss, and placed with the Madrepore tribe.
The above description is essentially that drawn up by Blainville.

Goldfuss, Petref., pi. 9, figs, a, b, c, and pi. Blainville, Man., 386, pi. 60, fig. 5.
30, fig. 10. Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 458.

GENUS RECEPTACULITES.— DEFRANCE.
Coratta cakarea, cellis quadrangulatis,fere contiguis.
Coralla calcareous, with quadrangular and nearly contiguous cells.

The genus Receptaculites, as characterized by Blainville, includes
a clypeiform species (R. Neptunii), concave below, and convex above,
with a kind of mammilliform summit; cells on the upper surface
round, on the under rhomboid or quadrilateral. His characters and
figures were taken from Defrance's specimens and others collected
from the old formations in the vicinity of Chimey, France.

The quadrilateral form of the cells appears to be the most promi-
nent characteristic, and in this respect it differs from all recent corals.
Blainville, in view of its anomalous form and structure, suggests as a
possibility, that it may be a fossil fruit, which, however, seems hardly
probable.

SUPPLEMENT. 701

Some of Goldfuss's Coscinoporse are represented with quadrangular
cells, and belong to this group ; as his generic character, cells disposed
in quincunx order, would exclude them from his genus.

Defrance, Diet, des Sci. Nat., xlv., 5, and Blainville, Man., 572, pi. 68.

GENCS TETRADIUM.— DANA.

Coralla aggregata, tubulis cellisque quadrangulatis composita, septis
parietibusve tenuissimis ; cettis lamellis angustis 4 stettatis.

Coralla massive, consisting of 4-sided tubes, and cells with very thin
septa or parietes ; cells stellate, with 4 narrow lamellae.

This genus is near Receptaculites, but differs in having very thin
parietes, and four distinct rays within the cells, one to each side.
The specimen answering to the description, is a fossil of uncertain
locality, in the collections of Yale College, New Haven. The cells
are about half a line in breadth. The name, from the Greek
four, alludes to the quadrate structure.

GENUS THEONEA.— -LAMOUROUX.

Pumilcs. Coralla calcarea, lobulato-glomerata, et lacunosa, lobulis par-
vulis, et apice celliferis, inter stitiis tenuissimis kvibus, nudis; cettis
tubulatis, lamellis nullis.

Quite small. Coralla calcareous, lobulato-glomerate and lacunose ;
cells opening at the summits of the prominences, tubular without
larnellee ; interstices very thin, naked, and smooth.

The texture of the coralla is delicate tubular, and these tubes open
at the summits of the small lobules or prominences. The absence of
all traces of lamellae or transverse septa within the cells, removes the
species from the Actinaria.

176

702 ZOOPHYTES.

Theonca, Lamour., Exp. Meth., 82, pi. 80, , Blainville, Man., 408, pi. 67, fig. 2.

figs. 17, 18. , Lamarck, 2d ed., ii. 318.

, Defrance, Diet, des Sci. Nat., liii. 470. Blumenbachium, Koninck.

GENUS LIMARIA. — STEININGER.

Pumilce, ramosce. Cor alia solida, cellis apertura subtriangulatis ; caliculis
nullis.

Small, ramose; coralla quite solid, cells with a subtriangular aperture;
calicles none.

This genus may pertain to the Bryozoa group ; but nothing certain
with regard to its relations can be gathered from its very singular
structure.

Limaria, Steininger, Mem. S. G. F., i.

GENUS STROMATOPORA.— GOLDFUSS.

Aggregate. Coralla convexa, concentrice leviter rugata, cellis porifor-
mibus minutissimis in sukos concentricos dispositis.

Massive. Coralla convex, concentrically faint rugate, cells pore-like,
very minute, situated in the concentric depressions.

This genus was instituted by Goldfuss. Blainville, after an exami-
nation of the specimen figured by this author, expressed his doubts as
to its being a true coral.

Goldfuss, Petref., tab. 8, fig. 5. Blainville, Man., 413, pi. 70, fig. 1.

GENUS CHAUNOPORA.— PHILLIPS.

Aggregate. Corolla stratos concentricos aut planiusculos compositis,

SUPPLEMENT. 703

tubulis parvulis vermiformibus jlexuosis, et aliis grandioribus subpar-
attelis non lamelliferis (!) perforate.

Massive. Coralla consisting of concentric or nearly flat beds, perfo-
rated by small vermiform flexuous tubules, and others larger, nearly
parallel, and non-larnelliferous (?).

This genus was made by Phillips for the Coscinopora placenta, as
figured by Lonsdale, which this author describes as consisting of thin
beds, perforated by vermiform cavities bounded each by a white circle.
The name is from xaijms, loose, alluding to its texture.

Caunopora, Phillips, Pateoz. foss., 18, pi. Coscinop. placenta, Lonsdale, Geol. Trans.,
10, fig. 29. New Ser., v., pi. 58, figs. 5 a, b, c, d.

GENUS DISTICHOPORA.

Ramosce, pumilcs, flabellatce. Coralla robusta, ramis scepe paulo com-
pressis sulco cellulifero disticho.

Ramose, quite small ; branched in a plane. Coralla firm ; branches
often a little compressed, and with a cellular furrow on two opposite
sides extending over the extremity.

These delicate species grow to a height of only an inch or two. The
furrow along the edges of the branches, contains a medial series of
cellules, somewhat irregular, and another cellular line either side, as
is shown in figure 3 a, plate 60. Nothing is known with regard to
the animals.

The species were separated from the MilleporaB by Lamarck.

1. DISTICHOPORA VIOLACEA. (Lamarck.)

D. violacea, apice lutescens ; 2-2 £" alta ; pdrce ramosa ; ramis paulo
compressis, dichotomis, 1-1 £"' latis.

Violet, with the tips a little yellowish ; 2 to 2^ inches high, and ramose;
branches somewhat compressed, dichotomous, 1 to 1£ lines broad.

704 ZOOPHYTES.

1 *

Plate 60, fig. 3 ; corallum, natural size; 3 a, extremity of a branch,
magnified.

East Indies and Pacific. — Paumotu Archipelago. Exp. Exp.

The specimens of this and the following species were collected by
J. P. Couthouy.

Millepora violacea, Pallas, Zooph., 258. , Schweig., Beob., tab. 6, fig. 61.

, Gmel. Linn., 3785. Distichopora violacea, Lamk., ii. 305.

, Ellis and Solander, 140, lab. 26, , Schweig., Handb., 413.

figs. 3, 4. , Lamour., Exp., 46, pi. 26, figs. 3, 4.

, Oken, Zool., i., 63. , Blainv., Man., 416, pi. 55, fig. 2.

2. DISTICHOPORA GRACILIS. (Dana.}
D. rubida; gracittor, ramulosa; ramulis tripk angustior (apice £'").

Reddish; more slender than the violacea, ramulous; branchlets one-
third as broad, at summit about a third of a line.

Plate 60, fig. 4, corallum, natural size ; fig. 5, a variety ? natural
size; 5 a, 5 b, views, enlarged.

Paumotu Archipelago. Exp. Exp.

The delicate corallum is about an inch high.

NOTE. — Michelin has instituted the genus LAMINOPORA, for a recent species, which is
near the Distichoporoe in structure, though somewhat different in habit. His figure re-
presents a small branch, compressed, and nearly in a plane, with the surface covered with
contorted laminate branchlets, one to three lines in breadth; and in the enlarged view the
edges of these plates have two series of pores. Michelin describes the specimen as having
pores on the lateral surface, but adds that they become filled and obliterated by age, so
that they are only distinguishable along the margin. The specimen was three inches high,
and the branches one and a half to nearly three lines wide. It approaches, a little, in
habit, the Apsendesia of Lamouroux. No locality is given.

Laminopora contorta, Michelin, Guer. Mag. de Zool., 1842, pi. 3.

GENUS ORBULITES.— LAMARCK.

Liber OR; orbiculatc disc/formes, supra infrnque planiusculce, super f tie
utraque leviter porulosa.

S U P P I- E M E N T. 705

Free; disk-shape, circular, nearly flat above and below; both sur-
faces minutely porulose.

This genus was established by Lamarck, and originally named
Orbitolites. It contains, beside some fossils, a single recent Mediter-
ranean species (O. marginalis], which is about a line in diameter.
Blainville doubts its being a zoophyte, arid suggests that it may be an
internal piece from some animal. He adds that it has no proper cells,
and enlarges by growth at the margin.

Lamarck, ii. 302. Blainville, Man. d'Actinologie, 411.

GENUS MARGINOPORA.— QUOY & GAYMARD.

Liberce; orbiculate disciformes. Cor alia supra infraque planiuscula et
concentrice striatula ; margine subtiliter punctata ; interne cellulosa.

Free; very thin disk-shape, circular. Coralla nearly plane above and
below, and concentrically faint striate; margin minutely punctate;
internal texture concentrically cellular.

These small disks are found unattached, and are of common occur-
rence about the reefs of the Pacific. The punctations of the margin
(pi. 60, fig. 9 a) do not appear to be punctures, except in worn speci-
mens, and the remark of Blainville with regard to the nature of the Or-
bulites, applies here with equal force. The pores of the interior, which
appear as shown in figure 9 b, pi. 60, on polishing down the surface, are
not enclosed cellules, as in species of Bryozoa. We distinguish, under
a magnifier, concentric "calcareous lines, about a tenth of a line apart,
which are connected by minute points or columns, in several ranges,
above one another; and the cellules are merely the intervals thus left.
A cross section in the line of a radius, shows nearly the same struc-
ture as a horizontal section. It is, therefore, altogether probable that
each disk belongs to a single animal, and is an internal formation, in-
creasing, as in the Orbulites, by the margin.

This genus was established by Quoy and Gaymard, and named in
allusion to the character of the margin. They report to it a single

177

706

ZOOPHYTES.

species, the Marginop&ra vertebralis, which is a simple, delicate disk,
about three-fourths of an inch in diameter, and about two-thirds of a
line thick. (Plate 60, fig. 8.)

A singular variety (plicata] is represented in figure 9 a, b, of the
same plate, which may possibly be only a more advanced state of
Quoy and Gaymard's species, though very distinct in appearance.
Instead of a simple flat disk, it is in part double, and the two portions
are in folds, and coalesce at intervals. Many specimens of both these
varieties are contained in the Expedition collections.

— , Bliiinv., Man. d'Actinologie, 41<!, pi.

M. vertebralis, Quoy and Gaymard, Voy.
de 1'Astrolabe.

69, fig. 0.

GENDS POLYTREMA.— Risso.

Pumilce; incrustantes aut subramosce, interdum lacerato-divisce. Corolla
subporosa, super fide punctata, cettis poriformibus minutis, sparsis, ir-
regularibus, scepius margine laceratis, sive immersis, sive ad pustulos
ekvatis.

Small; incrusting or subramose, sometimes lacerato-subdivided. Co-
ralla somewhat porous; surface punctate, and with scattered, minute,
poriform cells, irregular, and having usually a lacerate margin,
either immersed or at the summits of rounded or spiniform eleva-
tions.

The colour of these incrusting species is usually some shade of
deep red. They seldom exceed an inch in breadth, and one-third
this in height, and have either a smooth, minutely pustulate, or a
lacerate surface, and the prominences are often ragged at tips. The
cells have no regular shape, and no lamella within, and are placed
without order over the surface; and in the smoother varieties are
often confined to near the growing margin.

There is little reason to believe these species to be true zoophytes.
They should probably be removed to the vegetable kingdom, near
Nullipores, or the sponges.

The genus Polytrema was instituted by Risso for the Millepora
miriiacea, of preceding authors.

SUPPLEMENT. 707

POLYTREMA MINIACEA.

P. miniacea minima, subtiliter ramoso-divisa.

Bright red ; minute, and minutely ramoso-subdivided.
Mediterranean Sea.

This species is found attached to shells forming minute tufts, one to
three lines broad, and about the same in height.

Millepora miniacea, Pallas, Zooph., 251. , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 546.

, Esper, i. 225. Polytrcnia corattina, Risso, Merid. Eur.,

, Oken's Zool., i. 62. v., 340.

Millepora rubra, Ellis and Solander, 137. Polytrema miniacea, Blainv., Man., 410.
, Lamk., ii. 309, No. 8.

The following are probably distinct species, though usually referred
to the miniacea.

/3. crustula. — Surface either smooth or somewhat gibbous or pustu-
lous; colour very deep red; often six to eight lines broad, surface
punctate, the punctations dull, and other parts shining. From the
West Indies. (Esper, i., Mill, tab. 17 ; and Blainv., Man., pi. 69,
fig. 4.) Fig. 2, plate 61, natural size; 2 a, surface, enlarged.

ft. echinulata. Surface minutely pustulous, or covered with deli-
cate echinuliform points, nearly a line high, and having one or more
cells about the summits. Plate 61, figs, !,!«,] b, natural size; 1 c,
1 c/, some of the prominences, enlarged ; 1 e, a transverse section, en-
larged. From the Pacific. Exp. Exp.

POLYTREMA BRUNNESCENS. (Dana.}

P. pallide brunnescens, crasse incrustans, cavernosa, super -fide gibbosa,
et lacerata, et valde irregulari.

Pale brownish; thick incrusting, cavernous, surface gibbous, lacerate,
and very irregular.

Plate 61, fig. 3, natural size.

Society Islands. Exp. Exp.

The very ragged surface rises, in some parts, into slender points,

708 ZOOPHYTES.

rough at summit. The specimen is an inch in breadth, and half an
inch thick, with some of the slender points a line to a line and a half
long.

POLYTREMA MESENTERINA. (Dana.}

P. kermesina, mesenterina laminis plicate aggregates suberectis compo-
sita, margine minute pannoso aut crispo, cettis spar sis poriformibus
irregularibus instructo.

Deep carmine, mesenteriform, consisting of suberect plicately aggre-
gated laminse ; the margin minutely ragged or crispate, and fur-
nished with a few scattered pores of irregular shape.

Plate 61, figure 4, natural size ; 4 a, portion enlarged, showing the
character of the margin.

Tutuila, Navigator Islands. Exp. Exp.

The clump is an inch broad, and half an inch high, and the plates
are about two-thirds of a line thick, with the margin a little thickened
and crisped. The pores are without regularity, and but few in num-
ber, appearing like punctures resulting from fracture. This species
differs so decidedly from the other Polytremse, that it may well form
a new genus. Like the above species, it has probably a nearer rela-
tion to the sponges than to zoophytes. It has the habit of an Apsen-
desia.

APPENDIX.

ADDENDA AND ANNOTATIONS.

Reproduction in Hie Hydroidea. — p. 22.

THE observations of Van Beneden, on the Tubularida;, but lately published, have
brought out many new facts with regard to the structure and modes of reproduction cha-
racterizing this division of the Hydroidea.* His investigations have led him to distin-
guish the following modes of reproduction :

1 . By persistent buds, by which, as in the Sertularine, and in zoophytes generally,
compound groups are formed.

2. By caducous ovule-like buds or gemmules. These are produced about the bases of
the tentacles, and have been considered true ova (pp. 22, 23), to which they are closely
analogous. Van Beneden describes them as presenting within, when complete, a distinct
cellule, which he considers as corresponding to the germinant vesicle of the true egg.
This cellule enlarges, and shortly a membrane forms across, which is in contact below
with the circulating fluids of the axis; from this membrane the new polyp proceeds. He
traces out the changes in progress from this state to the developement of the medusa-like
young, a Beroe in form, — a floating pellucid disk, fringed around with delicate tentacles,
and furnished with eight eyes.

3. By a single ovule, thus approaching in character the Actinoidea.
Besides the above modes, he mentions also two others.

4. Compound ova, resulting in each instance from a production of numerous ovules
from the yolk of what at first appears to be a simple ovum, each ovule having its own
germinal vesicle, and producing separate young.

5. Ovules formed within the caducous gemmules. This mode corresponds nearly to
known instances of ova in larva; or undeveloped young. These develope and take the
form of a Planaria, and are the Planuks of Sir J. G. Dalyell. (Fourth Rep. Brit. Assoc.,
1834, p. 602.) From the Planule, a kind of larve, the perfect animal afterwards proceeds.

* Van Bcncden's very elaborate Memoir is just published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of
Brussels. A short abstract of it is given in a late number of L'Institut, and also in the Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, vol. xv., p. 346 ; and these are the only sources of information with regard
to it which the author lias had.

178

710 ZOOPHYTES.

The condition of a forming bud, that is, the nutrition present nnd forces at work, seem
to render it liable to this abnormal developement in animals of the lower grades, in which
the formation of an ovule is little more than the reproduction of any other cellule in the
body. The ovigerous portion of any animal must be that best fitted in these respects for
the developements required ; and in these inferior organizations, the powers of reproduc-
tion are more generally distributed, as less concentration is needed.

Van Beneden has observed, that in the Coryncc and Hydractinicc the stomachs of the
several polyps in a compound zoophyte are isolated, instead of communicating with one
another along an axial tubular cavity ; and that consequently there is no circulation in
these animals like that of other Hydroidea. This fact decides the unimportance of the
character upon which the Alcyonaria have been hitherto so widely separated from the
Actinaria. See note to page 45.

Reproduction in the Alcyonaria. — p. 43.

Milne Edwards, by his dissections of the Veretillum cynomorium, illustrated by excel-
lent figures in the late edition of Cuvier's Rfegne Animal (Paris, 1837, pi. 91, fig. 1), shows
that both spermatic cords and ovarian clusters sometimes occur attached to the same
lamella;. The figures represent the upper part of the lamella! as spermatic and the
lower part ovarian. It is interesting to observe the close analogy here exhibited to a
gynandrous plant. Two of the lamella', however, as in the Tubipora described in the
text, were without spermatic cords.

Structure of Coralla. — p. 51.

Under a microscope of moderate power, animal fibres may be readily detected in a
thin slice of coral, ramifying irregularly throughout it. But beyond this, even with an
instrument magnifying three hundred diameters, I have been unable to discover any re-
gular structure that can be traced with certainty to the pro-existence of separate animal
cellules. In the lamellae of the Euphyllia gracilis and Astrsea dipsacea, polished down
and examined with the power above specified, only a minutely clouded appearance was
made out, too indefinite in character to be represented. By rubbing a crayon over a
piece of paper a little rough, as good a figure of it would be had, as a more laboured
sketch could give. There were parallel bands of light and shade corresponding in direc-
tion with the margin of the plate, and with all its dentations, which indicated what other
observations had shown, that these plates gradually enlarge by the extension of the
edge ; and this was the only evidence made out of regularity of structure. Examined
with a polarising attachment to the microscope, the thin slices permitted the polarised
light to pass, but no colours were exhibited, except in points which were extremely
minute when magnified one hundred and fifty diameters, the power used in making the
observation. This fact indicated that the coral plates were composed of minute granules-,
confusedly aggregated, as if each had been the result of independent formation, or the
secretion of a separate animal cellule. There was no reason whatever to infer that the
particles of the plate had been secreted and accumulated by superposition under crys-

APPENDIX. 711

tallogenic forces; on' the contrary, the structure was completely amorphous, and such as
could have resulted only from a mere aggregation of extremely minute granules, them-
selves crystalline. Although there seemed to be nothing of the tessellated structure, which
has been detected in the shells of many molluscs, yet the observafions may point to a
similarity of formation ; and it is possible that with more skilful manipulation and higher
lenses, something more satisfactory might be ascertained. It should be observed, however,
that the beautiful results obtained by Mr. Carpenter, in his investigations into the struc-
ture of shells, were generally distinct when a power of only fifty diameters was used.

The structure of the spicula in the Alcyonia appears to be somewhat different. These
spicula are commonly five or six times as long as their greatest breadth, and are more or
less pointed at each extremity. The surface is usually rough with minute prominences,
so that a profile, seen in any direction, gives nearly the appearance in the figures on
page 54, though often still more irregular. In the Spoggodia florida of Lesson, their
leiiirth is equal to full twenty diameters, and the spicula are mostly a little curved. They
lie in every position in the thin integuments which constitute these zoophytes (figure 4 c,
plate 59), and are exsert about the small clusters of polyps. But in the Alcyonia they
are generally much shorter, and often lie nearly parallel, through much of their texture;
and near the bases of the tentacles, there are two oblique divergent series, corresponding
apparently with the lines of tissue.

One of the spicula of the Spoggodia is figured, enlarged, on plate 59, fig/4«?. Al-
though unusual in length, the knobby character of its surface is the prevailing one in
the Alcyonaria. When polished down very thin, the appearance in figure 4 e, is pre-
sented. Faint lines varying in distinctness are seen to run parallel with the edge,
through all its uneven outline; that is, there is evidence of a concentric structure, evinc-
ing that the spicula are formed by successive superpositions over the irregular surface.
About the central portions of the figure there are a few oblong dark spots, each of which
pertained to one of the surface knobs that had been polished ofF. The concentric layers
in these transsected knobs, have their edges towards the observer, and consequently they
are not as transparent as the flat parts between. It is also seen that these prominences,
traced inward, become a little oblique at the centre, from which they appear to radiate,
showing that the spicula, as they were formed, increased most rapidly towards one ex-
tremity. In polarised light the spicula exhibit brilliant colours ; and the same magnify-
ing power which gave scarcely visible points of colour with the lamelke of the Astrrea,
here afforded sheets half an inch or more in breadth, of rich green and flame tints. The
spicula appeared therefore to be the result of a simple crystalline superposition of the
calcareous material from the depositing secretions. With a power magnifying three
hundred diameters, no trace of animal cellules was distinguished, and no regular texture
apart from the evidences of a concentric structure above stated.

The hardness of these coral secretions, which is much above that of common carbonate
of lime, as stated by Mr. Silliman on a following page, is not fully explained by the
peculiar chemical composition detected by this chemist. We suggest, as one cause, that
the calcareous portion may have, in its intimate texture, the structure of Arragonite, or
prismatic carbonate of lime, instead of that of common rhombohedral calc spar. The
Arragonite structure has been shown to be due to crystallization at a higher temperature
than that which is required lor calc spar, the two minerals being identical in composition:
in consequence of this higher temperature, a different crystalline form is assumed ; and,

712

ZOOPHYTES.

moreover, the material has a higher degree of hardness, that of ArYagonite being desig-
nated by 85 to 4, while common calc spar or rhombohedral carbonate of lime is 3.
These remarks, it will be perceived, bear upon the internal calcareous secretions of other
animals. In connexion, it should be observed, however, that distinct rhombohedrons of
cede spnr have been detected by Carpenter in the shells of some molluscs.

With regard to the structure of the horny axis of the Gorgonitc, we have nothing
to add to what is stated in the text. In structure, growth, and vitality, they appear
to correspond to the horny secretions of other animals.

Much yet remains to be done in investigating the microscopic structure of corals, and
we may express the hope that one who has been so successful in his examinations of
molluscs, may extend his researches to this department of science.

Composition of Corolla. — p. 56.

It has been stated that the chemical analyses of corals were undertaken for this work
by Mr. B. Silliman, jr. The following pages contain the results of his researches, which
will be found to be highly important, both in a physiological and geological point of view.

" No extended researches on the chemical constitution of corals have been made, it is
believed, since Mr. Hatchett's, already quoted in this work. This chemist did not operate
quantitively on any of the species examined by him ; and his investigation tended to show
that the calcareous corals, as well as the coverings of most of the molluscs, experimented
upon, consisted merely of carbonate of lime. Such was the opinion with which these
chemical examinations were commenced. But while it has been found that carbonate of
lime is the principal ingredient, other elements have been detected, showing that coral is
far from being the simple calcareous material supposed.

"The following is a list of the species examined, which are here numbered for the con-
venience of reference :

1. Porites favosa, Sandwich Islands.

2. Porites nigrescens, Feejees.

3. Porites limosa, Feejees.

4. Porites cylindrica, Feejees.

5. Porites fragosa, Feejees.

6. Porites,* Paumotu.

7. Porites,* Wakes Island.

8. Porites,* Wakes Island.

9. Madrepora palmata, West Indies.

10. Mad. spicifera, Ceylon.

11. Mad. prolifera, Bermuda.

12. Mad. plantaginea, Ceylon.

13. Mad. cytherea, Tahiti.

14. Madrepora, Feejees.

15. Madrepora, Feejees.

16. Madrepora, Feejees.

17. Madrepora, Feejees.

18. Mad. cyclopea, Wakes Island.

19. Pocillopora damicornis, Sooloo.

20. P. elongata, Ceylon.

21. P. grandis, Feejees.

22. P. ligulata, Sandwich Islands.

23. P. cespitosa, Sandwich Islands.

24. Millepora tortuosa, Feejees.

25. Heliopora ccerulea, East Indies.

26. Gemmipora brassica, Feejees.

27. Dendrophyllia nigrescens, Feejees.

28. Meandrina phrygia, Ceylon.

29. Astroea orion, Ceylon.

30. Astra;a(pl. 13, fig. 15).

f Worn specimens, not identified.

APPENDIX.

713

81. Astreca, Wakes Island.

32. Astnea, Wakes Island.

33. Astreca, Feejees.

34. Astrnsa, Feejees.

35. Astraa, Feejees.

36. Shell ofChama.

" Nine of the above species, of which there was the largest quantity on hand, were
selected for a minute determination of each ingredient, while of the others, only the pro-
portion of carbonate of lime and animal matter to the other ingredients, was determined.
The following are the nine selected :

I. Porites favosa (No. 1), Sandwich Islands.
II. Madrepora palmatum (No. 9), West Indies.

III. Madrepora spicifera (No. 10), Ceylon.

IV. Madrepora prolifera (No. 11), Bermudas.
V. Madrepora plantaginea (No. 12), Ceylon.

VI. Pocillopora ligulata (No. 22), Sandwich Islands.

VII. Meandrina phrygia (No. 28), Ceylon.

VIII. Astrtea orion (No. 29), Ceylon.

IX. Asirrca (No. 30, p. 721, pi. 13, fig. 15).

" A few remarks are added upon some of their physical characters, before giving the
mode and results of analysis.

" Hardness. — All the various corals examined were superior in ha'rdness to calcareous
spar or common marble, and not inferior to Arragonite ; while some were as hard as
Apatite or crystallized phosphate of lime ; or according to the scale used by mineralo-
gists, the usual hardness will be expressed by 4, though in a few instances as high as 5.
Using an iron mortar in the earlier trials, the iron pestle was roughened and cut under
the resistance of the angular masses of coral, to a degree quite remarkable considering
the nature of the substance operated on. So much iron was communicated to the powder
from this source, that recourse was had to a mortar of porcelain, and even this was not
proof against wear, the porcelain pestle being pitted by the repeated blows. The more
porous species, of course, were crushed with less difficulty ; and this was especially the
case with the species of Porites.

" Specific Gravity. — The specimens were reduced to fine powder before trying the spe-
cific gravity, as the porous character of the coral would otherwise interfere with obtaining
correct results. Considerable variation will be observed in the following table. The
numbers correspond to the catalogue on the preceding page.

Specimens.

Sp. Grav.

Specimens.

Sp. Grav.

Specimens.

Sp. Grav.

No. 1

2-817

No. 20

2-217

No. 31

2-688

2-732

2-564

2-500

2-564

2-353

2-500

2-421

2-578

Meand. rustica

2-571

2-105

2-584

Shell of ;

2-427

2-740

Charoa. \

2-857

179

714 ZOOPHYTES.

" The average from the sixteen species of corals is 2-523.

" Colour. — In general the colour of the specimens examined was white, or nearly so ;
but some of them, as Dendrophyllia nigrescens, and the blue Heliopora (H. cerulea) were
highly coloured. The colouring matter, in all cases, proved to be organic, and was gene-
rally due to some trace of the animal tissues. The highly-coloured ones, when powdered,
burned white, giving out, at a red heat, the odour of animal matter. The Heliopora dis-
solved in chlorohydric acid, without having its colour altered, and gave a light indigo-
blue solution. A drop of nitric acid, however, discharged this colour, and ammonia threw
it down as a brown precipitate. Heat immediately destroys it. It is, therefore, evident
that the colouring matter is entirely organic, and is in no way connected with the mineral
constitution of the coral. However, some corals have a slight ferruginous tint, from the
presence of a little peroxyd of iron, which will be seen to be an almost constant consti-
tuent, although in exceedingly small quantity.

" Behaviour with reagents. — All corals are rapidly dissolved in dilute chlorohydric,
nitric, or acetic acids, with brisk effervescence and escape of carbonic acid. The solution
is frequently coloured by organic matter, which sometimes renders it turbid. When the
powdered coral is treated with pure water, more or less of common salt and other soluble
saline matters, derived from the evaporation of sea water, are washed out, and this pre-
caution was found necessary to insure accurate results.

"The solution of a coral in nitric acid is very soon blackened by a solution of nitrate of
silver, from the presence of organic matter. Ammonia, added to a solution in nitric .or
chlorohydric acid, with the least possible excess of acid, will generally produce an imme-
diate precipitate of granular ammonio-phosphate of magnesia, thus indicating the presence
of both magnesia and phosphoric acid.

" Chloride of barium produces, with a chlorohydric solution, a granular, white precipitate,
which is nearly all redissolved in an excess of chlorohydric acid. (A small portion of
sulphate of barytes is generally formed in using this test, owing to the almost constant
presence of a small quantity of sulphate of lime in the corals.)

" A portion, dissolved in nitric acid, and carefully neutralized, when treated with nitrate
of silver, will, on standing, deposit a considerable yellowish precipitate of phosphate of
silver, which is redissolved in ammonia and nitric acid.

" Acetate of lead, added to a chlorohydric solution, produces a copious precipitate of
chloride of lead, which is not wholly redissolved by an excess of acetic acid, but is taken
up by nitric acid. These facts are a sufficient proof of the presence of phosphoric acid.

" Lime-water, added to a solution of coral, either neutral or slightly acid, will produce
an immediate gelatinous precipitate of all the bases and acids which the coral can contain,
except, of course, the lime and solvent acid. Great care is needed in this operation to
prevent the formation of a carbonate of lime : the solution should have been recently
boiled, and the test applied while it is yet hot, the air being excluded ; and the precipitate
should be immediately collected on a filter and washed. If the precipitate by lime-water
be fused in a platinum capsule, with carbonate of soda, or carbonate of potassa in excess,
the phosphoric acid is all transferred to an equivalent portion of alkaline base, while the
lime or magnesia, or the base with which it was before united, will remain as a carbonate.
The usual tests, which have already been enumerated, will show the presence of the
phosphoric acid.

"Thelime-u'ater test offers far the best means of separating from the lime (which exists
as a carbonate), all the other constituents of a coral, as these various substances are in

APPENDIX. 715

very small quantity compared with the entire mass of the coral. Some easy means of
completely separating them all, is an indispensable preliminary step in their examination
and estimation.

" I am indebted to my friend Dr. J. L. Smith, of Charleston, South Carolina, for sug-
gesting to me the use of this test in the analysis of the corals.

" As the several elements whose presence our researches have determined in corals, have
been enumerated in the body of the work (p. 57), it is not necessary to repeat them here;
but we may state, in a summary manner, an outline of the general course of analysis pur-
sued in determining the constitution of the lime-water precipitate, which, it will be allowed,
contains several elements, whose association has always been considered as offering some
of the most difficult problems in the whole range of inorganic analysis. The following
plan of analysishasbeen contrived in part, from the late researches of Von Rammelsberg,
on the estimation of phosphoric acid, and partly from the labours of Rose and Berzelius,
adapting the method to the requirements of the particular problem before us.

" A. The lime-water precipitate, after ignition, is weighed and then digested in fine
powder in cold chlorohydric acid ; it slowly dissolves, leaving a white flocculent powder.
This collected and washed, will be found to be silica. It is harsh and gritty between the
teeth, is not taken up by long digestion in strong acids, dissolves in a solution of caustic
potassa, and before the blow-pipe forms a hard colourless glass with carbonate of soda,
dissolving in this reagent with effervescence.

" B. The solution in chlorohydric acid is supersaturated with caustic ammonia, and boiled ;
a gelatinous precipitate separates, which is usually coloured by iron, and by its characters
indicates the presence of alumina. This precipitate contains the phosphoric and other
acids and the bases therewith combined. It is collected and the filtrate therefrom (C) is
examined for lime atul magnesia, both of which are usually present.

" D. The precipitate by ammonia (B) is next made into a thick paste with strong sul-
phuric acid, in a small vessel of plalina. A plate of glass, coated with wax and written on,
is placed over the crucible; and heat being applied, hydrofluoric acid escapes, and attacking
the glass, leaves a permanent record of its presence. I have never failed to obtain evidence
of the presence of fluorine in any coral which has been subjected to the test. Generally,
exposure for one minute will etch the glass most decidedly; and one experiment will
suffice to mark distinctly several pieces of glass. By this plan of analysis the quantity of
fluorine cannot be estimated, and it must be judged of either by the loss or by the defi-
ciency of acids to satisfy all the bases formed. The constant association of phosphoric
acid and fluorine, renders it advisable, in compounds in nature, where one of these ele-
ments is found, to search for the other.

" E. After the sulphuric acid has been digested on (D), long enough to convert all the
bases present into sulphates, a portion of bisulphate of potash or caustic potash is added,
and a little water, to dissolve it ; to this, a very large quantity of alcohol of a specific
gravity about -860, is added, and the whole is allowed to stand for some hours ; during
which the double sulphates of potassa, alumina, and iron, crystallize out, while any lime
previously combined is separated as sulphate, and in the solution we must look for the
phosphoric acid and magnesia, together with a little pcrsalt of iron, held up by the alcohol.
" F. The mixture (E) being filtered and the precipitate washed quite clean with alcohol,
the filtrate is evaporated until all the alcohol is expelled, and then supersaturated with
ammonia ; a little trace of alumina and iron separates, which may be added to that to be
obtained from the other portion (H). We may now either add an excess of pure chloride

716 ZOOPHYTES.

of calcium to the filtrate (F), or a portion of perchloride of iron. The object in either
case, is to separate the phosphoric acid in combination with a base, from whose weight its
quantity may be directly estimated, which is an indispensable step, since the fluorine,
according to this plan of analysis, can be estimated only by the amount required to satu-
rate the excess of bases. In case the chloride of calcium is employed, we have all the
phosphoric acid in the form of phosphate of lime, mixed with a large quantity of sulphate
of lime, derived from the sulphuric acid and sulphate of potassa previously employed.
This mixture of phosphate and sulphate of lime is collected, washed, and redissolved in
chlorohydric acid. The sulphate of lime is separated by alcohol, and the phosphoric acid
remains in solution, which, after the excess of alcohol has been expelled, may be
thrown down by ammonia, ignited and weighed, or preferably, may be estimated by a
magnesian salt. If we employ the method by perchloride of iron, we form in the acid
solution containing the phosphoric acid, a basic perphosphate of iron, on supersaturating
the solution with ammonia. This compound is mixed with a bulky mass of peroxide of
iron, which being thrown on a filter and thoroughly washed, is subsequently decomposed
completely by hydrosulphuret of ammonia, into sulphuret of iron and phosphate of am-
monia. Care must betaken to use a sufficient quantity of perchloride of iron, otherwise a
white precipitate of neutral perphosphate of iron is formed, which is soluble in an excess
of ammonia. In either case (the employment of the chloride of calcium, or the per-
chloride of iron), the phosphoric acid eliminated may be finally best estimated by a mag-
nesian salt and ammonia, as the ammonio-phosphate of magnesia, from whose known
constitution the phosphoric acid is easily calculated. We have employed both of these
methods ; but on many accounts prefer that by the perchloride of iron.

" G. The alcoholic filtrate from (H), containing magnesia and lime, is treated by the
well-known methods of analysis for the estimation of those substances. The lime in all
cases in these researches, was converted into sulphate and precipitated by alcohol. The
magnesia was estimated as phosphate.

"H. The crystalline precipitate from (F), which was collected on the filter, contained
the alumina and iron, previously in combination with phosphoric acid or fluorine. This
precipitate is boiled in a capsule with a strong solution of carbonate of soda, to decompose
the sulphate of lime ; it is then filtered, the insoluble residue washed thoroughly and
treated with chlorohydric acid, the precipitate by ammonia from (F) being added, and
the whole treated with excess of ammonia. Alumina and iron fall, which may be after-
ward separated in the usual way ; but this was generally not deemed requisite, the quan-
tity of iron being very small in most cases.

" I. The filtrate from (H) is treated for lime by oxalate of ammonia, and the oxalate con-
verted into sulphate and weighed : this dose of lime had been previously united to phos-
phoric acid or fluorine.

" J. Magnesia is next separated from the filtrate of (I), by ammonia and phosphate of
soda.

"K. The alkaline liquor from (H) contains another portion of magnesia, which is sepa-
rated in like manner as the ammonio-phosphate. Much labour is saved if we take care
to reserve the several portions, from which magnesia has been thrown down, and unite
them in one filtration and weighing, instead of treating them as so many separate portions.

"The minute determination of all the constituents of the lime-water precipitate, was at-
tempted only on those specimens of which we had a large quantity at command ; for a solu-
tion of half a pound or more of the coral in nitric or chlorohydric acid was necessary to

APPENDIX.

717

afford sufficient precipitate for analysis. The carbonate of lime, by far the most abun-
dant constituent, was separately determined on one gramme, as sulphate of lime, and
from this the carbonate was calculated. The ratio of phosphates and fluorides of the
several bases to the entire mass, was also determined from a distinct portion of coral, two
grammes by weight; and from the data thus furnished, we have the means of safely
estimating the organic matter by the loss.

" Organic Matter. — This constituent of the corals deserves particular notice. Some
remarks have already been made on it, when speaking of the colouring matter of corals.
This organic matter is so intimately united, throughout the whole structure of the corals,
amounting to 4-8 per cent., that it cannot be separated by any method resorted to, ex-
cept by repeated deflagrations with the nitrate of ammonia. When reduced to the finest
impalpable powder, it may be digested in repeated doses of boiling water, until no trace of
organic matter is longer found in the water, and yet a careful analysis, by falling short
of the amount required to complete the 100 parts, will invariably show its presence.
The oxalate of lime obtained in their analysis, if ignited (as in the usual manner directed
for the estimation of lime), will always have a dark carbonaceous hue, derived from the
organic matter of the coral.

" During the solution of considerable quantities of several corals, whose analyses are
given beyond (particularly in No. IV., but more or less in all), a large quantity of
fatty (?) matter separated, of a yellow colour and disagreeable penetrating odour, though
not fetid. It was easily seen floating on the surface of the solution, in transparent jelly-like
masses of a yellowish colour. It was insoluble in alcohol, but readily so in cold ether,
and the evaporation of its etherial solution yielded a yellow solid, resembling wax. It
fuses below 200° F. A pungent irritating odour arose from the evaporation of the etherial
solution near its close, which, acted powerfully on the eyes and nostrils. This volatile
principle may be analogous to that known, to proceed from the decomposition of fat
(acrolein ?). It deserves more attention than I have been able to give it, particularly as
it may perhaps be the source of the disagreeable odour of some limestones of coral
origin.

" Analyses. — The following tables exhibit a comprehensive view of the results of the
several analyses. The relative proportions of organic matter, carbonate of lime, and the
complex precipitate of phosphates and fluorides thrown down by lime-water, are first
given; and afterwards the definite composition of this precipitate in the nine species more
minutely investigated.

Carbonate of lime,
Phosphates and fluorides,
Organic matter,

Porites. Porites. Madrepora.

No. 7. No. 8. No. 9 (II.)

Carbonate of lime, 94-438 95-000 94-»07

Phosphates and fluorides, 2-100 1-650 0-745

Organic matter, 3-462 3-350 4*448

Porites.

No. 1 (I.)

No. 3.

No. 4.

No. 5.

No. 6.

95-84

94-412

94-807

93-875

83-864

2-05

0-900

0-950

1-561

0-700

2-11

4-688

4-243

4-564

9-431

Madrepora. Madrepora.

No. 10(111.) No. 11 (IV.)

92-315 95-086

0-600 0-300

6-585 4-614

718

ZOOPHYTES.

Madrepora.
No. 12 (V.)

Madrepora.
No. 14.

Carbonate of lime,

94881

93-297

Phosphates and fluorides,
Organic matter,

0-710
4-409

2-450
4-253

Porillopora.
No. 19.

Pocillopora.
No. 20.

Carbonate of lime,

94-659

93-60

Phosphates and fluorides,
Organic matter,

0-550
4-791

1-90
4-50

Millepora.
No. 24.

Heliopora.
No. 25.

Carbonate of lime,
Phosphates and fluorides,
Organic matter,

94-226
1-200
4-574

95-545
1-000
3-455

Astraea.
No. 30 (IX.)

Astraea.
No. 31.

Carbonate of lime,

96-551

94-810

Phosphates and fluorides,
Organic matter,

0-262
3-187

0-900
4-290

Madrepora.
No. 15.

Madrepora.
No. 16'.

Madrepora.
No. 17.

94-143

94-239

93-59

0-900

0-500

4-957

5-261

5-91

Pocillopora.
No. 21.

Pocillopora.
No. 22 (VI.)

Pocillopora.
No. 23.

95-001

93-848

94-583

1-450

0-550

1-050

3-549

5-602

4-397

Gemmipora.

No. 26. .

Meandrina.
No. 28 (VII.)

Astraea.
No. 29 (VIII.)

92-751

93-559

96-471

1-500

0-910

0-802

5-749

5-536

2-727

Astrcea.

Astraea.

No. 33.

No. 34.

No. 35.

91-782

93-923

91-112

2-100

0-500

•550

6-118

5-577

8-338

" A portion of the massive shell of a large Chama, treated in a similar manner, afforded
for 100 parts the following result:

Carbonate of lime, ..... 97-007
Precipitate by lime-water, . . . 2-600

Organic matter, . . . * . 0-398

" The amount of organic matter is here very small ; while the precipitate by lime-water
is large. The examination of other shells with reference to this point, would have been
highly interesting, and had it fallen within the scope of these researches, the subject
would have been farther inves igated.

" The per-centage of phosphates and fluorides in the above analyses, after excluding
the organic matter, is as follows :

Specimeng.

Phosphates and
Fluorides.

Specimens.

Phosphates and j Specimens.
Fluorides.

Phosphates and
Fluorides.

No. 1 (I.)

2-095

12 (V.)

0-743

No. 24

1-258

0-945

2-562

1-036

0-992

0-947

1-593

1-637

0-528

28 (VII.)

0-964

0-774

0-537

29 (VI II.)

0-825

2-177

0-578

30 (IX.)

0-270

1-710

1-990

1-040

9 (II.)

0-780

1-504

2-114

10(111.)

0-642

22 (VI.)

0-5&3

0-529

11I(V.)

0-314

1-099

0-600

APPENDIX.

719

" Ft now remains to give the constitution of the precipitate of fluorides and phosphates.
The results annexed are calculated for a hundred parts of the precipitate.

Silica,
Lime,
Magnesia,
Fluoride of calcium,
Fluoride of magnesium,
Phosphate of magnesia, '
Alumina (and iron),
Oxide of iron,

Silica,
Lime,
Magnesia,
Fluoride of calcium,

Fluoride of magnesium,

Phosphate of magnesia,
Alumina (and iron),
Oxide of iron,

II.

III.

IV.

22-00

12-5

13-50

10-32

13-03

7-5

10-40

15-57

7-66

4-2

1-63

38-49

7-83

26-34

34-85

7-50

12-48

26-62

19-06

2-62

2-70

8-00

5-87

0-25

16-00

14-84

14-69

25-25

18-30

Phosphate
of lime.

te )
. )

VI.
5-35

7-17

0-49

4-05

,_g- Fluoride
of mag.
16-30
35-00
27-39

VII.
11-0
25-9
0-3
15-0

23-2

4-7
19-4

VIII.
30-01
17-45
24-57
0-85

4-31

0-32
22-49

23-74

35-01

1-35

8-88

20-44

3-46

7-12

IX.

8-70
16-74
45-19

0-71

2-34

0-34
25-97

" The foregoing results show that, contrary to the expectation when the research
was commenced, fluorine is present in much larger proportion than phosphoric acid.
The silica exists in the coral in its soluble modification, and probably is united to the
lime. The free magnesia existed as carbonate, and was thrown down as caustic mag-
nesia by the lime-water. Some small portion of lime was probably thrown down as car-
bonate, in spite of every precaution to the contrary. Only in two or three instances,
however, was there any effervescence on the addition of chlorohydric acid to redis-
til ve it.

"It need hardly be said, that the existence of all the matters noted in these analyses in
sea water, is a just inference ; but this subject, as well as the important geological in-
ferences, which may be drawn from the results now presented, will be fully discussed on
another occasion.

"My warmest acknowledgments are due to my friends and pupils, Messrs. D. Olmsted,
Jr., and T. S. Hunt, who have zealously aided me in the laborious parts of these investi-
gations.

" B. SlLLIMAN, Jli.
" Yale College Laboratory, Dec. 16th, 1845."

Radiated Structure of the Lower Animals. — p. 107.

In the remark that a radiated structure characterizes the simplest .forms of animal life,
we do not intend to imply, that it is apparent in all these forms. As stated, in connexion,
the vegetable kingdom affords us examples of the great variety of structures, which may
result from simple cellule developement. The cellules may grow in simple lines or
spreading plates, and endless shapes may proceed from them under all their possible mo-

720 ZOOPHYTES.

difications. When several lines proceed together in growth, their mutual influence appears
to result in a radiated structure. But whether this be so or not, this structure is the
highest to which cellule developement alone can attain. The unsymmetrical forms which
are exhibited in certain flowers, may all come under the general laws stated on page 99,
and be owing to a more rapid reproduction on one side than the opposite.

Euphyllia aspera. — p. 164. Mussa fastigiata. — p. 175.

The Euphyllia aspera, which appears to be in part the Caryophyllia fastigiata of
Lamarck, might with some propriety have been retained under his specific name. But
the term is bad, as the species grow in hemispherical forms-, a necessary result of their
furcato-ramose mode of increase. There can be no fastigiate zoophytes among the
Euphyllia).

The term Mussa fastigiata, in page 175, is equally objectionable. This species has
been confounded with the E. aspera, although, taking Ellis's figure as at all correct, it is
strikingly different in its larger calicles, and the appearance of the exterior coste, and of
the slightly erose lamellae. It is probably a fragment from a hemispherical clump.

Euphyllia costata. (D.) — A specimen, placed in the hands of the author by Mr. J. S. Phil-
lips, of Philadelphia, has the strongly-ribbed exterior, non-spinulous and nearly smooth, of
the Mussa fastigiata, with the size of the E. aspera. The costs are very stout, and hardly
acute, and become quite obsolete, leaving the surface even below, an inch or less from
the summit. In a transverse section, the star is closely multiradiate, and the septum
enclosing it is very solid, and has the unusual thickness of a line to a line and a half.
The locality is not known. It is a species intermediate between the Musssc and Euphyl-
lise. The lamella; are entire, as in the latter genus, but scarcely meet at centre, a narrow
interval, the bottom of the cell, intervening. They are unequal, the largest somewhat
exsert, and cultriform.

Astraa : Appendix. — p. 252.

A. Orbicella orion. (Dana.) — A polypis parvulis (!£'" latis), lamellis 24. Corallum
percellulosum : transverse secto, stellis orbiculatis, subtiliter annulatis, 1'" latis, medio
valde porosis, tenuiter 12-radiatis, aliis radiis intermediis obsoletis : septis percellulosis,
cellulis 1-2-seriatis ; verticaliter secto, textura subtilissime cellulosa, stcllie medio irregu-
laritcr minute porulosa.

Polyps very small (11 lines broad), lamella? 24. Corallum light and cellular: in a
transverse section, stars circular, delicately annulate, a line broad, with a very porous
centre, delicately 12-rayed, with other obsolescent rays intermediate; septa very cellular,
cellules in one to two series; in a vertical section, texture very finely cellular, and irregu-
larly minute porous along the centre of the star.

This new species, from Ceylon, of which I have only seen a worn specimen, is figured
on plate 14 : fig. 14, is a transverse section, natural size ; 14 a, same, enlarged ; 14 b, a
vertical section, natural size. The species resembles the annularis, but is more delicate
in texture, and unlike that species, has the centre of the star very delicately porous. In a
vertical section, three to four of the cellules in a longitudinal series (where coarsest) oc-

APPENDIX. 72 1

cupy a line in length. The pleiades is a lighter coral, with the stars larger, and the
cellules in a vertical section one-half coarser.

Plate 13, fig. 15, represents a worn coral of uncertain locality, near the porcata in its
stars (in a transverse section). Fig. 14 represents a transverse section, and 14 a, a ver-
tical section. It is probably from the West Indies. A single cell remains on the specimen,
nearly perfect, and from that the interstices appear to be slightly concave with a medial
sulcus (nearly as in the porcata) ; the lamellae are thin and evenly regular over the inter-
stices, and very minutely denticulate ; the cells rather shallow ; the septa nearly solid,
two-thirds to three- fourths' of a line wide; the stars three lines in diameter, many-rayed,
with the cellules sparingly decompound.

Genus Fungia. — p. 287.

The following species has been described by Michelin.

Fungia distorla. — F. suborbicularis, lobata, subtus irregulariter concava, striata, sea-
bra ; striis tenuissimis, dichotomis, saepe divaricatis, rugosis, stella convexa, contorta ,
lamellis inaequalibus dentatis, latere granulosis ; oririma subdivisa.

Michelin adds that the species is remarkable for its irregular form, it being divided into
five or six lobes, one of which lies partially beneath the others ; this character was alike
in four specimens examined. The figure represents a specimen one and a half inches in
diameter, with the lamellae minutely denticulate. The locality is not given in Guerin,
from which work it is here cited.

Fungia distorta, Michelin, Revue Zool., par la Soc. Cuv., 1842, p. 316 ; Guerin, Mag.
de Zool., 1843, pi. 5.

Pavoniafrondifera. — p. 328.

The references for this species, omitted in the text, are as follows :

Pavania frondifera, Lamarck, ii. 379. , Deslongchamps, Encyc., 605.

, Blainville, Man., 365.

Genus Turbinalopsis. — p. 349.

Ehrenberg proposes to substitute the name Trochopsis for Turbinalopsis, of which he
says " Hybridum nomen e scientist removendum est."

Genus Turbinalia. — p. 374.

The remark that the Turbinalioa are free Dendrophyllise should be modified, inasmuch
as we find the Caryophyllia structure also represented among them. The Caryophyllise
and Dendrophylliae are so closely related, that although we have attempted to point out
distinguishing characters, none can be certainly relied on excepting the mode of budding
and growth.

181

722 ZOOPHYTES.

Genus Phyllodes. — p. 374.

Philippi's figure of the Phyllodes, though representing a perfect individual according
to his description, is a half of some cuneiform species, perhaps allied to the Turbirmliir,
as stated in the text, but possibly nearer the Euphylliaj. The description and figure leave
it doubtful.

Lonsdale has given the name Endopachys to certain free Turbinaliro, characterized by
having thick porous sides and base to the corallum, and no trace of a pedicel in the
adult state ; to it belong the cuneiform species which the Phyllodes, properly character-
ized, may include. In the lamellae and texture, they are near the Dendrophyllias. Lons-
dale refers to it both turbinate and cuneiform species, and rests his genus principally upon
the idea, that the thickening of the corallum lakes place from within through foramina — a
very doubtful fact. On an examination of specimens of Lonsdalc's species, I find no
evidence of so anomalous a mode of secretion. The name alludes to this supposed fact,
and is from evSov, within, and •fa^ys, thick. — LONSDALE, Proceed. Geol. Soc., London,
iv., 1845, part iii.

Genus Asf.roitis. — p. 405.

Many of the fossil corals referred to the genus Astraia, appear to be more properly
allied to the group Astroitis. They have the narrow interstices of the Astrsese, which
bud in the disks (the Fissicelloc), but bud interstitialli/, like the Astroites : and we may
infer from analogy that they have the polyps prominent when expanded, as in this genus,
a character which would place them with the Caryophyllacea (see p. 203). Some species
appear to have the imperfectly united cells of the Mediterranean Astroitis, and to this divi-
sion of the group probably belongs the Columnaria sex-radiata of Lonsdale. (Proceed.
Geol. Soc., London, iv., 1845, part, iii.) In others, the cells are solidly coalescent ; and
these may be distinguished by the generic name Pleiadia.

Madrepora : Appendix. — p. 489.

Heteropora imbricata. (Ehrenberg, op. cit., G. Ixix., sp. 15): " Quadri-pollicaris,
latior, cespitosa, ramis gracilibus, dense stellulatis, stellulis [caliculis] inferioribus parum
prominulis, superioribus semitubulosis, dense imbricatis, in laminas planas striatas apice
dilatatas passim glabras abeuntibus, stellis terminalibus parvis ostiis apice apertis." No
locality is given.

The genus Madrepora of Ehrenberg, which includes species not budding from a parent-
polyp, is divided into the two subgenera Phyllopora and Porites. Phyllopora includes two
species, splierostoma and leptostoma, the first of which appears to be an Echinopora, and
perhaps also the other. If not Echinopora; (as having twelve tentacles, in connexion
with an inferior mode of budding, would prove), they may be representatives of that genus
among the Madreporacea, in the same manner as the Heliolites represent the smaller Or-
bicellce. They are described as follows :

APPENDIX. 723

P. spherostoma. (H. & E.) — " Octo-pollicaris, glomerata, subglobosa, stellis promi-
nulis hemisphericis, incequalibus, irrcgularibus, sulco distentis, adultorum apertura 1"'
lata, capitulo 2%'" lato, tola superficie apiculis spinuloso-hispidis aspera, stellis profundis,
lamellis senis latioribus alternis." Red Sea.

P. teptostoma. (H. & E.) — " Quinque-pollicaris, effusa, hernispherica, stellis margine
obsolete et irregulariter prominulis, fere immersis, minoribus, apertura 1'" lata, nee sulco
discrelis, interstitiis complanatis, superficiei papillis obtusioribus, hispidis, nee spinulosis."
Red Sea.

Genus Heteropora. — p. 539.

A species of this genus from the Tertiary of Petersburg, N. C., is described by Lons-
dale, as having no transverse septa in the cells within the coral lum, which character would
remove the group from the neighbourhood of the Helioporas.

Lonsdale, Proceed. Geol. Soc., London, iv., 1845, part iii.

Poriles : Appendix. — p. 568.

Poriles cervina. (Lamarck.) — " P. pumila, gracilis, dichotomo-ramulosa ; stellis dis-
tinctis ; margine prominulo, ciliato." This species is referred to the genus Seriatopora,
by Blainville. (Lamk., ii. 438, No. 11 ; Deslongch., Encyc., 653. — Seriatopora cervina,
Blainv., Man., 397.)

Forties angulata. (Lamarck.) — " P. ramis contortis, lobatis, compressis, angulatis ;
stellis in fbssulis immersis ; margine denticulis scabro." (Lamk., ii. 438, No. 9 ; Des-
longch., Encyc., 653. — Heliopora angulosa, Blainv., Man., 392.)

GLOSSAKY.

It has been found necessary to apply more definite significations to some terms than
they have hitherto received in this department of zoological science, or to use them in a
modified sense; and a short glossary is here added for the convenience of reference.

1. General Terms.

Zoophyte. An individual in this order of animals, whether a solitary polyp, or a com-
pound group.

Segregate. The polyps of a group, disunited except at base.

Aggregate. The polyps united throughout laterally, as well as at base.

724 ZOOPHYTES.

Acrogenous. Growing upward indefinitely (§ 61), increase taking place at summit.

Prolate. The summits of the polyps widening by growth and budding.

Stolon. A shoot or margin growing outward indefinitely, and gradually giving out buds
from above.

Dichastic. (From (Ji^a^u, to subdivide spontaneously). The apparent subdividing of a
polyp arising from disk-budding.

CoraMigenous. Forming coral secretions.

Corallum. The solid secretions of zoophytes, whether calcareous, horny, suberose, or
siliceous (§§ 9, 46).

Polypary, Polypifer, Polypidom. See Corallum.

2. General Forms of Zoophytes.

Glomerate. Massive; proceeding from acrogenous growth, and budding in every
direction.

Explanate. Oblique or horizontal foliaceous ; proceeding from budding in a plane,
without acrogenous growth.

Lamellate. Erect foliaceous ; the opposite surfaces of the erect plates similar.

Arborescent. Forming ramose tree-like zoophytes.

Fruticulose. Arborescent stems, clustered on a common base, and not forming an even-
top clump.

Cespitose. Stems clustered on a common base and forming an even-top clump.

Flabellate. Branching in a plane.

Reticulate. Flabellate, with the branches and branchlets coalescing.

Frond. Applied to a reticulate or flabellate zoophyte, or a folium of a foliate species.
In the reticulate or horizontally growing Madrepores, the term applies to the whole, in-
cluding the reticulate plate or base with the branchlets that cover it.

Caliculato-ramose. Each calicle forming a separate branch to the corallum ; arising
from segregate budding.

Patrio-ramose. Branches lengthening through the indefinite growth and lateral bud-
ding of a terminal polyp.

Oumulato-ramose. Branches lengthening by buds at apex, the new polyps being suc-
cessively the terminal.

Furcato-ramose. Branching by a spontaneous subdivision of the summit.

3. Structure of Corallum.

Cell (cella). A surface depression, corresponding more or less perfectly to the visceral
cavity of a polyp.

Calicle (caliculus, a little cup}. A cup-like elevation containing a cell ; the result of
coral secretions within the sides of prominent polyps. (For their various forms among
the Madreporce, see page 432).

Cellule, Porule. The pores in the internal texture of a corallum.

Lamella. One of the radiating plates within a cell.

Star (stella). The stars of radiating lamellae, seen in a transverse section of the cells
of some coralla ; also on the surface in some Fungidtr.

Septum. The wall enclosing a cell, or that intervening between two cells in massive
species ; also the cross-partitions in the cells through the interior of some coralla (Favo-
sitidoe, Cyathophyllidae).

f* ~7T IT T W VI Ti n T fVf W V

/>, o» ^ v
APPENDIX. 725

Ridge (Collis). An elevation between two cells, including, along with the septum, the
lamellae which cover it.

Trench (Fossa). A meandering cell in the Meandrine corals.

Gyrus. A trench together with the sides enclosing it ; or, in massive species, the
space between the middle of two ridges.

Oririme. A small pore in the surface of the coralla of the Fungidse, situated beneath
the mouth of a polyp, and forming the centre from which the lamella radiate.

Dissepiments. Restricted to the septa which unite two lamellae of a cell to one another
by their lateral surfaces.

WORKS REFERRED TO IN THIS TREATISE.

AMIR. C.ESALPINI : Tie Plantis, Libri xvi. ; Florence, 1583, 1 vol. 4to.

FERRANTE IMPERATO : Historia naturale ; Naples, 1599 ; Venice, 1672, 1 vol. fol.,
with figures.

C. CLUSIUS : Exoticorum Libri x., 1 vol. fol. ; Anvers, 1605.

: Recherches et Observations d'histoire naturelle touchant le corail, la pierre

etoilee; Paris, 1670, 1 vol. 12mo., with figures; Amsterdam, 1674, 1 vol. 12mo. pp.
328, with figures.

PACL BOCCONE : Museo di fisica et di esperienze vari ito e decorate di osservazioni
naturali, &c. ; Venice, 1697, 1 vol. 4to., with 18 plates.

JOHN RAY : Historia Plantarum generalis, &c. ; London, 1686—1704, 1 vol. fol.

E. LLYWD: Lithophylacii Britannici Iconographia ; London, 1699, 8vo. ; Oxford, 1760,
8vo. pp. 91, with 25 plates.

J. P. TOURKEFORT : Institutiones Rei Herbaria? ; Paris, 1700, 3 vols. 4to., with figures.

: Memoire sur les plantes qui naissent dans le fond de la mer., Hist, de 1'Acad.

Roy. des Sci., i., year 1700, p. 17.

O. E. RUMPIUUS : Amboinsch Rariteit-kamcr ; Amsterdam, 1741, fol.

: Herbarium Amboinense, Dutch and Latin, Amsterdam, 1741—55, 7 vols. fol.

HAXS SLOAJJE : A Voyage to the islands of Madera, Barbados, Nieves, St. Christo-
pher's, and Jamaica, with the Natural History of the last of those islands, &c. ; Lou
1707-1725, 2 vols. fol., with 274 indifferent plates (" mccliocres ou mauvaises." Cuv.)

: Description of a curious sea-plant, Phil. Trans. Abridg., i.x. 198.

L. F. COMTE DE MARSILLI : Histoire physique de la mer ; Amsterdam, 1725, 1 vol.
fol., 173 pp., 40 plates and several maps.

R. A. F. DE REAUMUR: Observations sur la formation du Corail et des autres produc-
tions appellees Plantes pierreuses; Memoires de 1'Acad. Roy. des Sci., an 1727. .ZV/v.v,
1729, 269-281.

MARC CATESBY : The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and the Bahama Islands;

182

726 ZOOPHYTES.

London, 1731, 1743, 1 vol. fol., with 220 coloured plates; Nuremberg, in German,
1751.

ALBERT SEBA : Locupletissimi rerum naturalium Thesauri descriptio ; Amsterdam,
1734—1765, 4 vols. fol., with numerous plates.

C. LINNAEUS : Systema Naturae ; different editions, from 1735 to 1766. The 12th,
which is usually cited, in 1766.

: Musamm Adolphi Frederic! regis; Stockholm, 1754, 1 vol. fol., with 33 plates.

: Amfcnitates Academics ; Stockholm, 10 vols. 8vo., 1749 to 1790.

THOMAS SHAW : Travels and Observations relating to several parts of Barbary and
the Levant; Oxford, 1738-46, 1 vol. fol., with figures ; La Haye, in French, 1743, 2
vols. 4to.

BERNARD DE JUSSIEC : Examen de quelques productions marines qui ont e!e mises
au nombre des plantes, et qui sont 1'ouvrage d'une sorte d'insecte de mer ; Memoires de
I'Acad. Roy. des fcsci. ; Paris, 1742, pp. 290 to 302, with figures of the animals of the
Alcyonium digitatum, Tubularia indivisa, and some other species. An important memoir,
establishing the animal nature of zoophytes.

HENRY BAKER: A Natural History of the Polype; London, 1743, 8vo. ; Paris, in
French, 1744, 8vo.

ABRAHAM TREMBLEY : Memoires pour servir a PHistoire d'un genre de Polypes d'eau
douce; Leyden, 1744, 1 vol. 4to., with figures.

NICOLAS GUALTIERI : Index Testarum Conchyliorum, qua: in ejusdcm Museo adser-
vantur, et methodice distributa exhibentur tabulis ex. ; Florence, 1744, 1 vol. fol.

Rev. GRIFFITH HUGHES : Natural History of Barbadoes ; London, 1750, 1 vol. fol.,
with figures.

VITALIANO DONATI: Saggio della storia naturale marina dclPAdriatico; Venice, 1750,
1 vol. 4to., with figures ; La Haye, in French, 1758, 4to., pp. 73 ; Halle, in German,
1753. The animals of the Myriozoum, and of a species of Caryophyllia, were first
observed and figured by this author.

: Discoveries on Coral, Phil. Trans., xlvii., p. 95 ; and Abridg., x., p. 154, with

figures on plates 4 and 5.

G. F. MYLIUS : Beschreibung einer neuen Gronlandischen Thierpflanze ; Hanover,
1753, 1 vol., in large 4to., with figures ; London, in English, 1754.

JOHN ELLIS : Essay towards a Natural History of Corallines ; London, 1754, 1 vol.,
4to., with figures ; La Haye, in French, 1756 ; Nuremberg, in German, 1767.

: Various memoirs in the Philosophical Transactions, between the years 1753

and 1776, vols. xlviii. to Ixvi. ; and Abridg., vols. x., xi., xii.

E. PONTOPPIDAJV- : Norges Naturlige Historic; Copenhagen, 1752, 1753, 2 vols. 4to. ;
London, 1754.

WM. BORLASE : The Natural History of Cornwall ; Oxford, 1758, 1 vol. fol., with
figures.

PIERRE-SIMON PALLAS: Elenchus Zoophytorum, sistens generum adumhrationes, &c.,
cum selectis auctorum synonymis ; La Haye, 1766, 1 vol., 8vo. ; Nuremberg, in Ger-
man, with notes by Wilkens, 1787, 4to.

: Spicilegia Zoologica; Berlin, 1767 to 1780, 4to.

JOB BASTEH : Observationes de Corallinis iisque insidentibus polypis aliisque animal-
culis marinis; Phil. Trans., vol. xli., and Abridg., vol. xi.

APPENDIX. 707

JOB BASTER : Opuscula subseciva, observationes misccllaneas de animalculis et plantis
quibuadam marinis eorumque ovariis et scminibus continentia ; Harlem, 1759 to 1765, 1
vol. 4to., with figures.

PETER BOUDAKHT: Lyst. der Plantdieren beschreiven door der Herr Pallas mil An-
merkungcn ; Utrecht, 1768, 1 vol. 8vo.

G. W. KNORR and J. E. E. WALCH : Recueil des rnonutnens des catastrophes que le
globe terrestre a essuyces, &c., Nuremberg, 1775, 1778, 4 vols. fol., with figures.

P. FOHSKAL : Descriptiones Animalium, Avium, Arnphibiorum, Piscium, Insectorum,
Vermium qua? in Itinere Oriental! observavit : Post mortem Auctoris edidit Karsten Nie-
buhr; Copenhagen, 1775, 1 vol. 4to. ; and Icones rerum naturalium, &c., Copenhagen,
1776, 1 vol. 4to.

O. F. MULLER : Zoologire Danicte Prodromus, seu Animalium Danice et Norwegiae
indigenarum characteres ; Copenhagen, 1776, 1 vol. 8vo.

: Zoologia Danica, seu Animalium Danise et Norwegian rariorum ac minus

notorum descriptiones et historia, etc. ; Copenhagen, 1788, 1789, 1 vol. folio, with
figures.

G. CAVOLINI : Memorie per servire alia Storia de' Polipi marini. Naples, 1785, 2
vols. 4to., with figures; Nuremberg, in German, 1813.

ELLIS AND SOLANDER : The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoo-
phytes, collected, &c., by the late John Ellis, systematically arranged and described by
Daniel Solander. London, 1786, 1 vol. 4to., with 63 plates.

J. F. GMELIX : Linnaji Systcma Naturas, ed. xiii., aucta, reformata. Leipsic, 1788,
7 vols. 8vo.

GEORGE SHAW: Naturalist's Miscellany; London, 1789-1800, 18 vols. 8vo., with
numerous inditferent plates.

E. J. C. ESTER : Die Pflanzenthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Farben
erleuchtet nebst Beschreibungen, von E. J. C. Esper; Nuremberg, 1791-1797, 3 vols.
4to., with a supplement (Fortsetzungen) in two parts ; contains about 400 plates.

ABATE GIUSEPPE OLIVI : Zoologia Adriatica, ossia catalogo ragionato degli animali
del Golfo Adriatico, &c. ; Bussano, 1792, 1 vol. 4to., with figures.

G. CUVIER : Tableau Elementaire de 1'Histoire Naturelle des Animaux ; Paris, 1798,
] vol. 8vo., with figures.

: Regne Animal; Paris, 1817, 4 vols. 8vo., with figures; 2d ed. in 5 vols.,

1929-1830; a new illustrated edition, commenced in 1837, the Zoophytes, by Milne
Edwards.

J. B. DE M. LAMARCK: Systeme des Animaux sans vertebres; Paris, 1801, 1
vol. -nci.

: Extrait du cours dc Zoologie du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle sur les Animaux

srms vertebres; Paris, 1812, 1 vol. 8vo.

: Ilistoire naturcllc des animaux sans vertebres; Paris, 1815-1822, 7 vols. 8vo.,

2d ed., with the Zoophytes revised by Milne Edwards, 1836.*

Loris Bosc : Histoire Naturelle des Vers; Paris, 1802, 3 vols. 18mo., with figures,
forming part of Deterville's Buffbn.

PERON AND LESUEUR : Voyage de decouvertes aux terres Australes, pendant los
annees 1800—1804; Paris, 1807—1816, 2 vols. 4to., with a volume of plates and figures.

* The edition referred to in the course of this work is the 2d, by Milne Edwards.

728 ZOOPHYTES.

C. A. LESUEUR : Description do plusieurs animaux appartenant aux Polypicrs lamel-
liferes de M. le Chev. de Lamarck, Mem. du Museum, vol. vi., pp. 271-297.

: On several species of the genus Actinia (including some Zoanthidoe and coral

Zoophytes), Jour, of Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia, vol. i. pp. 149-154, and 169-189.

J. C. SAVIONV : Zoologie d'Egypte; Paris, 1809, fol., with several plates.

G. FISCHER : Oryctographie du Gouvernement de Moscou ; Moscoiv, 1810, 1811, 1
vol. 4to., with plates; and 1830-37, in fol., with 64 plates.

J. PARKINSON: Organic Remains of a former World ; London, 1804-1811, 3 vols.
in 4to., with plates.

A. BERTOLONI: Amsenitates Italicac ; Bononia, 1819, 4to., pp. 472, 6 plates. A
previous work appeared in 1810, entitled: Rariorum Italia; plantarum decas tertia ;
accedit specimen Zoophytorum Portus Lunns; Pisa, 1810, 1 vol. 8vo.

W. E. LEACH : Zoological Miscellany ; Ismdon, 1815-1817, 3 vols. 8vo., with plates.

J. V. LAMOUROUX : Histoire des Polypiers flexibles ; Paris, 1816, 1 vol. 8vo., with
many plates. This work was preceded by a memoir, Sur la Classification des polypiers
coralligfenes non entierement pierreux ; read before the Institute in 1810, and published
in the Bulletin of the Soc. Philomat., Dec. 1812.

: Exposition Methodique de genres de polypiers, with the plates of Ellis and Solan-

der, and twenty-one others additional, eighty-four in all; Paris, 1821, 1 vol. 4to., pp. 115.

: with BORY DE SAINT VINCENT and DESLONGCHAMPS : Encyclopedic Methodique,

Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes ou Animaux Rayonnees; Paris, 1824, 4to., pp. 810. .

OKEN : Lehrbuch der Zoologie ; Jena, 1815, 2 vols. 8vo., with plates.

DEFRANCE: various articles in the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, from its origin
in 1815 to 1830.

A. F. SCIIWEIGGER: Beobachtungen auf naturhistorischen Rcisen,o/- Anatomisch-Phy-
siologische Untersuchungen iiber Corallen ; Berlin, 1819, 1 vol. 4to., pp. 130, with 8
plates and several tables.

: Handbuch der Naturgeschichte der Skelettlosen ungegliederten Thiere ; Leip-

zic, 1820, 8vo., pp. 776.

SAMUEL STUTCHBURY: On the mode of growth of young Corals of the genus Fungia.
Linn. Trans., 1830, vol. xvi. p. 493, with plate 32.

S. DELLE CHIAJE : Memorie sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza vertebre del
regno di Napoli ; Napoli, 1825-29, 4 vols. in 4to., with 60 fol. plates; Naples, 1823-
25, 2 vols. 4to., with figs.

EtiD. DESLONGCHAMPS : see above, Lamouroux, Encyclopedic Methodique.

A. Risso: Histoire Naturelle de 1'Europe Meridionale ; Paris, 1826, 5 vols. in 8vo.,
with plates.

ESCIISCHOLTZ : On some species of Fungiac, in Oken's Isis, for 1825, with a plate.

F. S. LEUCKART: A memoir on the zoophytes of the voyage of Riippel, 4to., with
figures, 1826.

A. DE CHAMISSO, and C. G. EYSENIIARDT : De quibusdam Animalibus ex classe ver-
mium ; Mem. Acad. Leop. Cur. Nat., vol. x. part 2.

J. FLEMING: History of British Animals; Edinburgh, 1828, 1 vol. 8vo.

R. P. LESSON: Zoologie de I'expedition de la Coquille; Paris, 1828-1831, 1 vol. 4to.,
with plates in folio.

: Illustrations de Zoologie; Paris, 1832, etc., 8vo.

APPENDIX. 709

II. M. D. DE BLAINVILLE : Zoophytes, in the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol.
xvii., with numerous plates.

— : Manuel d'Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie ; Paris, 1830-1834, 1 vol. 8vo., pp.
644, with a volume of 100 plates in 8vo.

EHRENBERG : Beit rage zur Kenntniss der Corallenthiere des rothen Meeres; Berlin,
Abhandlungen der koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, for 1832 (issued,
1834), pp. 225-438.

QUOY AND GAYSIARD : Voyage de decouvertes de L'Astrolabe, vol. iv., on Zoophytes ;
Paris, 1833, 8vo., pp. 390, with folio plates.

MILNE EDWARDS : Various Memoirs in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles ; Notes
and Additions to the second edition of Lamarck's Systeme des Animaux sans Vertehres,
Paris, 1836 ; Figures and descriptions in an illustrated edition of Cuvier's Regne Animal,
Paris, 1837.

GOLDFUSS : Petrefaktenkunde, folio, commenced in 1826.

C. F. F. KRAUSS : Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Corallineen und Zoophyten der Siidsee ;
Stuttgart, 1837, 4to., pp. 37, with a plate.

GEORGE JOHNSTON : A History of the British Zoophytes ; Edinburgh and London,
1838, 1 vol. 8vo., 342 pp., with 44 plates. A second edition has been announced as
in course of preparation.

F. S. LEUOKART : De Zoophytis Coralliis et speciatim de Genere Fungia observationes
Zoologicoc ; Friburg, 4to., pp. 60, with 4 plates.

HARDOI'IN MICHELIN : Iconographie Zoophytologique, Description par localites et ter-
rains des Polypiers fossiles de France et pays environnants ; Paris, 1843, 4to., with
numerous plates. (Not yet complete.)

183

INDEX.

The names of the Genera, adopted in this work, are here printed in SMALL CAPITALS, in order to dis.
tinguish the names of received species from the synonyms ; the latter form a separate paragraph from the
former. To guide in the pronunciation, the accented syllable is indicated wherever it might appear
doubtful.

ACERVULARIA, 359, 360

Acrop'ora cespitosa, 380

Actinantha florida, 606

Actinaria, general characters of, 45, 46

geographical distribution, 102
ACTINARIA, 121

ACTINECTA, 124
ACTINERIA, 125

Actinia, structure of, 30

analogies with a flower, 88

ACTIMA, 124, 125; achates, 142; arte-
misia, 149; clavigera, 135; clematis,
130; cruentata, 138; curta, 148; de
corata, 139; diadema, 133; flagillife-
ra, 126; florida, 131 ; fuegiensis, 145;
gemma, 147; graminea, 132; impa-
tiens, 135; lineolata, 137; mollis, 141;
monilifera, 136 ; nymphaca, 146 ; pa-
paver, 143; paumotensis, 141; pluvia,
143; pretiosa, 137; primula, 134;
puslulata, 128; reticulata, 144; rho-
dora, 148; rubus, 147; tabella, 132;
veratra, 129

Actinia sociata, 421

ACTIN'ID^E, 122

ACTINOUSNDBUH, 124

Actinoidea, general structure of, 30
general subdivisions of, 45

Adamsia, 126

AIJARICIA, 333 ; agaricites, 342 ; cristata,
343 ; cucullata, 339 ; fragilis, 341 ;
gibbosa, 341 ; levicollis, 338 ; planu-
lata, 338 ; purpurea, 340; rugosa, 336;
speciosa, 337 ; undata, 336

Agaricia ampliata, 273, 324; aspera, 282;
boletiformis, 328 ; crispa, 323 ; ele-
phantotus, 324 ; explanata, 322 ; ex-
planulata, 322 ; lima, 505 ; papillosa,
506

Alcyonaria, structure of, 45, 50, 700
secretion of corallum, 53

ALCYONARIA, 586

Alcyonella Savignii, 513

Alcyonidia elegans, 624

ALCYONIUM, 611 ; aurantiacum, 618 ; bra-
chycladum, 617; confertum, 621; cy-
donium, 614 ; digitatum, 613; elegans,
624; flabellum, 619; flavum, 620;
flexile, 619; latum, 623; glaucum,
623; murale, 622; palmatum, 615;
pauciflorum, 616; polydactylum, 617;
pultno, 624; rigidum, 622 ; stellalum,
615 ; spherophora, 616 ; trichanthi-
num, 620 ; viride, 618

Alcyonium agaricum,589; amicorum, 608,
621; arboreum,625,644; asbestinum,
643; botryoides, 626 ; bulbosum, 624;
coriaceum, 625; exos, 614, 615; flori-
dum, 626 ; imbricattim, 608 ; incrus-
tans, 624 ; lobatum, 614; mammillo-
sum, 424 ; massa, 615 ; ocellatum,
426 ; ramasum, 608 ; rubiforme, 625 ;
rubrum, 610, 614; spongiosum, 616;
terminale,607 ; tuberculosum,427,616

ALLOp'oRA,693 ; flabelliformis, 694; gem-
masccns, 696 ; infundibulifera, 695 ;
norwegica, 697 ; oculina, 697; rosea,
695

732

INDEX.

Alveolites, 536

ALVEOP'ORA, 511 ; dedalea, 512 ; fenes-
trata, 514; retepora, 512; rubra, 513;
spongiosa, 513

Alveop'ora viridis, 514, 516

ALVEOPORIJSLE, 510

AMMOTHEA, 607 ; thyrsoides, 607 ; vires-
cens, 608

Ammothea amicorum, 608; imbricata,608;
ramosa, 608 ; virescens, 617

AMPLEXUS, 357

ANTENNULARIA, 686 ; cyathifera, 687

ANTHEA, 124

ANTHKLIA, 602; Desjardiana, 603; glauca,
602 ; purpurascens, 603 ; strumosa,
602

Anthelia rubra, 610, 614

Anthoph'ora cucullata, 516

ANTHOPHYLLUM, 398 ; astreatum, 400 ;
cespitosum, 401 ; clavus, 403; cuspi-
datum, 402 ; fasciculatum, 399 ; hys-
trix, 401 ; musicale, 399

Anthophyllutn anthophyllites, 383; calycu-
lare, 406 ; cespitosum, 380 ; cyathus,
371 ; Esperi, 401 ; fasciculare, 402;
saxeum, 383 ; spherula, 403

Anthozoa, 15

ANTIPATHACEA, 574

AXTIP'ATHES, 575 ; alopecuroides, 584 ;
anguina, 576 ; arborea, 584 ; Boscii,
584 ; corticata, 583 ; cupressus, 581 ;
ericoides, 580 ; eupteridea, 577 ; fla-
bellum, 579 ; foeniculum, 582 ; lace-
rata, 583; larix, 577; mimosella, 580;
myriophylla, 578 ; pectinata, 578 ; pen-
nacea, 582 ; pinnatifida, 581 ; pyra-
midata, 583 ; reticulata, 579 ; scopa-
ria,582; spiralis,576; subpinnata,579

Antip'athesclathrata,580; compressa, 585;
dichotorna, 585 ; glaberrima, 585 ; li-
gulata, 580 ; radians, 580 ; ulex, 581

ANTIPATH'IDvE, 574

APSENDESIA, 573

ARACHNOPIIYLLUM, 360
ASTR.EA, 206

(ORBICKLLJB) annularis, 214 ; argus,

207; crispata, 216; coronata, 211;

curta, 209 ; excelsa, 212 ; glaucopis,
208 ; hyades, 212 ; microphthalma,
217; ocellina,218; orion,720; patula,
209; pleiades, 213 ; radiata, 206 ; ro-
tulosa, 210; stelligera, 216; stellulata,
215
— (SIDERINA) galaxea, 218

(FISSICELL.E) abdita, 247 ; ananas,

222 ; cerium, 245 ; deformis, 235 ;
denticulata, 234 ; dipsacea, 225 ; echi-
nata, 229 ; eximia, 242 ; favistella,
241 ; favulus, 245 ; filicosa, 232 ;
flexuosa, 227 ; fragilis, 230 ; fusco-
viridis, 228 ; intersepta, 246 ; mag-
nifica, 231 ; melicerum, 244; pallida,
224; pandanus, 222; parvistella, 244;
pectinata, 235 ; pentagona, 241 ; pe-
trosa, 238 ; porcata, 226 ; pulchra,
240; purpurea, 239; puteolina, 223 ;
reticularis, 237; rigida, 237; robusta,
248 ; sinuosa, 243 ; spcciosa, 220 ; •
tenella, 231 ; tcsserifera, 248 ; uva,
221; varia, 236 ; versipora, 233 ; vi-
rens, 228

(APPENDIX) cornplanata, 249 ; cy-

clastra, 251; favosa, 252; halicora,
250 ; heliopora, 250 ; Hemprichii, 250

Astrsea ananas, 221, 222 ; astroites, 220;
calycularis, 406, 569 ; detrita, 239 ;
diffluens, 332 ; halicora, 232 ; mean-
drina, 347; myriophthalma, 415; puli-
fera, 409; planulata, 570; pulvinaria,
415; punctifera, 416; siderea, 332;
viridis, 406

ASTR/EACEA, 121

ASTRjE'ID^E, 154

ASTR.EOP'ORA, 414; fungifbrmis, 416; pul-
vinaria, 415 ; punctifera, 416 ; stellu-
lata, 416

Astranopora myriophthalma, 415

ASTHOITIS, 405, 722 ; calicularis, 406 ;
viridis, 406

AULOPOR*, 630; tennis, 631

RKBKYCE, 677 ; mollis, 677
Illumenbachium, 702
Bonnet de Neptune, 312

INDEX.

733

Branching, by furcation, 71

, by lateral shoots, 71

BRIA'REUM, 642 ; arboreum, 644 ; gorgo-

nideum, 645 ; suberosum, 645
Bryozoa, 15, 108
Budding, 14,24,57,709

, in Astrfca, 75

, in Aulopora, 66

•, in Caryophyllia, 69

, in Cyathophyllidas, 80

, in Dcndrophyllia, 69

, in Echinopora, 75

, in Fungido?, 77

, in Gemmipora, 67

, in Madrepora, 69

, in Meandrina, 77

, in Oculina, 67

, in Zoantha, 66

, connexion with modes of growth,

Calamites, 637

Calamophyllia, 368

Calamop'ora, 536

CALOPHYLLUM, 356

CAMPANULARIA, 689

CAMl'ANULAR'IDyE, 688

CANI.MA, 358

CAP'NEA, 124

CARYOPHYLLACEA, 350

CAHYOPHYL'LIA, 378 ; anthophyllum, 383 ;
arbuscula, 381 ; cespitosa, 379; con-
ferta, 380 ; cornigera, 382 ; flexuosa,
381

— , dilatata, 384; solitaria, 383 ; pocil-
lum, 384

Caryophyllia angulosa, 164, 168, 177; as-
treata,400; aurantiaca, 388 ; calycu-
laris, 406 ; carduus, 176 ; cespitosa,
380; compressa, 161, 162; corym-
bosa, 178; cristata, 180; cyathus,
371,372; dianthus, 375 ; fasciculata,
400; fastigiiita, 164, 165, 175,720;
glabrescens, 163; lacera, 176; musi-
cal is, 399 ; ramca, 386 ; sinuosa, 180 ;
Smithii, 372

CARYOPHYL'LlDyE, 364

CATEMI-'ORA, 538

184

CAULASTR^EA, 197 ; distorta, 199; furcata,

198; undulata, 199
Caunop'ora, 702

Cavolinia mammillosa, 425 ; rosea, 424
CERIOP'ORA, 571
Ceriop'ora, 536
CHACNOP'ORA, 702
Chffitetes, 536
Chrysa'ora, 571

Cirrhip'ates Sieboldi, 577 ; spiralis, 576
Clado'cora anthophyllum, 383 ; calicularis,

406 ; candelabrum, 382 ; cespitosa,

380 ; flexuosa, 381 ; levigata, 380
Classification of Zoophytes, 105
Clavularia, 629 ; violacea, 603, 629 ; viri-

dis, 603, 629
CLISIOPHYLLUM, 361
Coalescence of branches, 65

COLUMNARIA, 362

CONSTELLARIA, 537

CORALLIUM, 640 ; nobile, 640 ; secundum,

641

Corallium rubrum, 640
Corallum, secretion of, 15, 50

, definition of, 15

, constitution of, 56, 712

, specific gravity of, 713

, structure of, 50, 710

Cordyloph'ora, 691
CORNULARIA, 627 ; rugosa, 628
Cornularia cornucopia?, 628 ; floridea, 606 ;

subviridis, 606 ; thalassianthoidea, 601
CORNULAR'ID^:, 627
Corticif'era aggregata, 427 ; flava, 426 ;

glareola, 426

CoRYDENDRIUM, 691

COR'YNA, 691 ; capillifera, 692

COSCINOP'ORA, 700

Cribrina, 126

CTENOPHYLLIA, 169; pachyphylla, 172;

pectinata, 170 ; profunda, 172 ; quad-

rata, 171
CCLICIA, 376 ; stellata, 377 ; tenella, 377;

truncata, 378
Curalium, 15
CYATHI'NA, 369; cyathus, 370; flexuosa,

371 ; pezita, 371 ; Smithii, 371 ; tur-

binata, 372

734

INDEX.

Cyathoph'ora, 357
CYATHOPHYL'LID^E, 352

CYATHOPHYLLUM, 355

CYCLOH'TES, 305
Cyclolithas, 306
Cydo'nium Mulleri, 614

, 360

Death of Zoophytes, 63

Dendrogyra caudex, 266 ; cylindrus, 265

DEXDROFHYLLIA, 384 ; aurantiaca, 388 ;
coccinea, 388; diaphana, 389; mi-
crantha, 386 ; nigrescens, 387 ; ra-
mea, 386 ; rubeola, 389 ; scabrosa, 390

Dendrophyllia cornigera, 383

Dentip'oraanastomozans, 395 ; virginea,395

DESMOPHYLLUM, 375 ; dianthus, 375 ; stel-
laria, 376

Dimorphsea, 15

Diploctenium, 158

Dipsastreea deformis, 236 ; denticulata, 235;
dipsacea, 225 ; versipora, 234

Discoso'ma, 126

DISTICHOP'ORA, 703; gracilis, 704; vio-
lacea, 703

Dysmorphosa, 691

Echinastrsca gemmacea, 282 ; ringens, 280 ;
rosularia, 279

ECHINOP'ORA, 277 ; aspera, 281 ; horrida,
282 ; reflexa, 280 ; ringens, 279 ; ro-
sularia, 279 ; undulata, 278

ECMESUS, 369

Ectacmcca, 126

EDWARDSIA, 124

EntacmcGa, 126

Epicla'dia, 125

EPICYS'TIS, 124

ERRI'NA, 570 ; aspera, 571

EUDENDRIUM, 691

Eunice'a antipathes, 661 ; apiculata, 661 ;
arbuscula, 659 ; Bertolonii, 663 ; cla-
varia, 671 ; furcata, 669 ; granulata,
660; limiformis, 672 ; mammosa,G72;
microthela, 671 ; mollis, 672 ; muri-
cata, 674 ; nivea, 661 ; papillosa, 670 ;
pseudo-antipathes, 671 ; quincuncialis,
669 ; ramulosa, 665 ; reticulum, 660 ;

suberosa, 671 ; succinea, 671 ; tama-
rix, 659; tubcrculata, 664; turgida,
670 ; umbratica, 660 ; verrucosa, 661

Euno'mia, 538

EUPHYLLIA, 157 ; anthophyllum, 160 ;
aperta, 165 ; aspera, 164, 720 ; cos-
tata, 720 ; cultrifera, 169; glabre-
scens, 163; gracilis, 163; Hempricbii,
169 ; meandrina, 167 ; pavonina, 159;
rubra, 161 ; rugosa, 166 ; sinuosa,
168 ; spheniscus, 160 ; spinulosa, 162 ;
turgida, 166

Europ'ala, 125

Evag'ora rosea, 601.

E.xplanaria annulata, 2T4; aspera, 282;
cinerascens, 412; crater, 410; cris-
tata, 500 ; gemmacea, 282 ; Hempri-
chii, 282; infundibulum, 411 ; radiata,
207 ; ringens, 280

Favia ananas, 222 ; complanata, 249 ;
denticulata, 235; microphthalma, 218;
porcata, 222; rotulosa, 211; uva,
221 ; versipora, 234

FAVISTEL'LA, 538

FAVOSI'TES, 535

FAVOSIT'ID,E, 51)9

Flabellum, 158 ; pavoninum, 160

Flustroid polyps, 15

FUNOIA, 287; actiniformis, 299; agarici-
formis, 292 ; asperata, 303 ; conferti-
folia, 297 ; crassa, 304 ; crassitentac-
ulata, 299 ; cyclolites, 289 ; dentata,
293 ; dentigera, 301 ; discus, 291 ;
distorta, 721 ; cchinata, 294 ; Ehren-
bergii, 303 ; glans, 290 ; horrida,
298 ; integra, 296 ; paumotensis, 300 ;
pectinata, 302 ; rcpanda, 295 ; Riip-
pellii, 304 ; scutaria, 301 ; tenuis, 902

Fungia cchinata, 30 1; limacina, 307; li-
max,307; patellaris, 293; pileus, 312

FUN'GULE, 283

Funiculi'na, 593 ; sfellifera, 590 ; tetragona,
598

Galaxca anthophyllites, 383; cespitosa,
380; cuspidata, 402; cyathus, 371 ;
fascicularis, 400 ; musicalis, 399

I X D E X.

735

Gcmmip'ora, growth of, 67

GEMMIP'ORA, 408; brassica, 413; cineras-
cens, 411 ; crater, 411 ; frondens, 412;
palifera, 409; patula, 410 ; peltata, 410

Gemmip'ora mesenterina, 412

GEMMIPOR'IDjE, 407

GOXIOP'ORA, 563 ; columna, 569 ; peclun-
culata, 569 ; Savignii, 570

Gorgonia, axis of, 55, 712

GORGO'NIA, 644; alba, 673; anguiculus,
668 ; antipathcs, 666; apiculata, 661 ;
Bertolonii, 663 ; cancellata, 658 ; cla-
tlirus, 656 ; clavaria, 671 ; coccinea,
673; crassa, 670; dichotoma, 669;
elongata, 664 ; exsorta, 666 ; flabellum,
655 ; flammea, 662 ; flavida, 664 ;
flexuosa, 660 ; furcata, 664 ; grami-
nea, 663; granulata, 660; homomalla,
667; humilis, 663; juncca, 664 ; lima,
672 ; madrepora, 671 ; rnammosa, 672 ;
miniacea, 662; moniliformis, 673;
nivoa, 661 ; olivacea, 668; papillosa,
670 ; pcnna, 673 ; plantaginea, 672 :
pseudo-antipathcs,671 ; purpurea, 672;
quincuncialis, 668 ; ramulosa, 665 ;
retellum, 659 ; reticulum, 656; rhizo-
morpha, 673 ; Richardii, 673 ; san-
guinea, 663 ; sasappo, 663 ; spicifera,
665 ; stricta, 659 ; suffruticosa, 665 ;
tamam, 659 ; trichostemma, 665 ;
tubcrculata, 659 ; umbella, 656 ; um-
braculum, 657 ; ventilabrum, 657 ;
venusta, 658 ; venniculata, 669 ; ver-
riculata, 657 ; vcrrucosa, 661 ; virgu-
lata, 662

< iurgonia abietina, 650; acerosa, 649, 651 ;
anirricana, 650 ; anceps, 648 ; bria-
reus, 643; calyculata, 671; cerato-
pliyta, 652, 653, 662; ccrea, 675;
citrina, 648; coralloides, 610; dila-
tata, 647; florida, 611 ; friabilis, 669 ;
furfuracca, 659 ; heteropora, 670 ; hu-
inosa, 661 ; laxa, 651 ; laxispica, 674 ;
Icpadifcra, 676; leucostoma, 653; mol-
lis, 672 ; multieauda, 670 ; muricata,
672, 674 ; myura, 676 ; nobilis, 640 ;
nodulifcra, 666; ochrostoma, 652; pal-

ma, 661 ; patula, 650 ; peclinata, 652 ;
petechizans, 650 ; pinnata, 649, 651 ;
placomus, 675 ; porosa, 669 ; pseudo-
antipathes, 658; pustulosa, 654; quer-
cus-foliurn, 647 ; reseda, 677 ; reticu-
lata, 657 ; rosea, 651 ; sanguinolcnta,
651,653; sarmentosa, 653; setacea,
653 ; setosa, 651 ; stricta, 663 ; sub-
erosa, 643, 652, 671 ; succinea, 671,
672 ; sulcifera, 652 ; umbratica, 660 ;
ventalina, 657 ; vcrticillaris, 675 ; vi-
minalis, 661, 662; violacca, 651 ; vir-
gata, 674
GORGON'ID,E, 637

Haliglossa echinata, 304 ; foliosa, 309 ; in-
terrupta, 308 ; limacina, 308 ; stella-
ris, 309

HALOMITRA, 311 ; pileus, 311

Halysi'tes, 538

Harmodites, 637

HELIOH'TES, 541

Heliophyllum, 356

HELIOP'ORA, 539; cffirulea, 540

Heliopora angulosa, 723 ;• furcata, 555

Hermia, 691

HERPETOL'ITIIUS, 306 ; crassus, 310 ; folio-
sus, 308 ; interruptus, 308 ; limacinus,
307 ; stellaris, 309 ; strictus, 309

Herpetolithus echinata, 304; Ehrenbergti,
303 ; Riippellii, 304

Helerodac'tyla, 125

HETEROP'ORA, 539; 572,723

Heteropora abrotanoides, 478 ; appressa,
458 ; ccrvicornis, 476 ; corymbosa,
446; decurrens, 459, 488 ; echidnn a,
458; nabellum, 439; Forskalii, 489 ;
Hemprichii, 473 ; imbricata, 722 ;
laxa, 488; microclados, 444; palmata,
437 ; prolifera, 480 ; regalis, 468 ;
scriata, 488 ; squarrosa, 488 ; tubu-
losa, 488 ; tylostoma, 489

HVAI.ONK'MA, 641 ; Sieboldi, 642

I lydnoph'ora Pallasii, 268 ; Esperi, 268

HYDRA, 12, 24, 685

Hydra sociata, 421

HVDRACTINIA, 691

736

INDEX.

HY'DRIDyE, 685
Hydroidea, structure of, 14

, reproduction in, 22, 709

HYDROID'EA, 685

Hughea Hemprichii, 418; Savignyi, 419

ILYANTHUS, 124

Isacmrca, 126

ISAI.'RA, 418; aster, 419; Hemprichii, 418;

Savignii, 419; s[>eciosa, 419
-Isis, 680 ; elongata, 681 ; hippuris, 680
Isis aurantia, 683 ; coralloides, 680 ; dicho-

toma, 679; encrinula, 679; encrinus,

598 ; erythracea, 680 ; gracilis, 679 ;

nobilis, 640 ; ochracea, 682

LAOMEDE'A, 689; gracilis, 689; simplex, 690

LICIIEXOP'ORA, 574

Lichenopora glomerata, 537

LIMA'RIA, 702

Lithodcndrum angulosum, 177 ; cristatum,

180; proliferum, 393; rameum, 386;

virgincum, 395
Lobophyllia angulosa, 166, 167, 177; au-

rantiaca, 388; carduus, 176; corym-

bosa, 178 ; fastigiata, 175 ; glabre-

scens, 163; sinuosa, 180
Lobularia arborea, 644 ; asbestina, 643 ;

aurantiaca, 618; brachyclados, 618;

coriacea, 625 ; conoidea, 614 ; digitata,

614; grandifiora, 614 ; palmata, 615 ;

pauciflora, 617; polydactyla, 617;

spherophora, 616 ; rubiforrnis, 625

LUCERNARIA, 125

MADREP'ORA, 431 ; abrotanoides, 477 ;
acervata, 460 ; aculeus, 450 ; alces,
437 ; appressa, 457 ; arbuscula, 474 ;
aspera, 468; austera, 478; brachiata,
474 ; carduus, 464 ; cerealis, 460 ;
cervicornis, 479 ; conigera, 440 ; con-
vexa, 449 ; corymbosa, 456 ; oribri-
pora, 470 ; cuneata, 487 ; cuspidata,
485; cyclopea, 439; cytherea, 441;
decurrens, 488 ; deformis, 484 ; digi-
tifera, 454 ; divaricata, 477 ; cchid-
nsea, 459; echinata, 464; efflorescens,

441; effusa, 455; exigua, 469; fla-
bellum, 438 ; florida, 466 ; Formosa,
473 ; Forskalii, 489 ; globiceps, 454 ;
gracilis, 482 ; gravida, 470 ; hebes,
468; horrida, 472; humilis, 4S3; hy-
acinthus, 444 ; hystrix, 476 ; impli-
cata, 466; labrosa, 486; laxa, 487;.
millepora, 446 ; nasuta, 453 ; nobilis,
481 ; palmata, 436; paxilligera, 452;
plantaginea, 459; pocillifera, 484;
prolifera, 480 ; ramiculosa, 463 ; re-
galis, 488 ; retusa, 462 ; prostrata,
447 ; robusta, 475 ; rosaria, 465 ; se-
cunda, 481 ; securis, 486 ; scriata,
488 ; spicifera, 442 ; squarrosa, 488 ;
subulata, 448 ; surculosa, 445 ; tenuis,
451 ; tortuosa, 467 ; tubicinaria, 451 ;
tubulosa, 488; tylostoma, 489; valida,
461 ; virgata, 471

Madrepora abdita, 247; acropora, 211;
agaricites, 343 ; ampliata, 272; ana-
nas, 222 ; angulosa, 177, 180; annu-
larlfc, 214; anthophyllum, 371; an-
thophyllites, 383; arborea, 3S6 ; arco-
lata, 192; aspera, 281 ; astroites, 219;
axillaris, 394 ; boletifbrmis, 328 ; cae-
rulea, 541 ; calycularis, 406 ; capi-
tata, 165, 175; carduus, 176; caryo-
phyllites, 400 ; cavernosa, 203, 234 ;
ccllulosa, 242 ; cespitosa, 401 ; chal-
cidicum, 403; cinerascens, 412; con-
tigua, 560; corymbosa, 178; crater,
411; cristata, 180, 328; cucullata,
340 ; cyathus, 371 ; damicornis, 525,
527,528; dedalea, 255, 513; denti-
culata, 234 ; denudata, 424 ; dctrita,
239; digitata, 516; divergcns, 403;
echinata, 295 ; elephantotus, 324 ;
cxesa, 268; fascicularis, .380, 400;
fastigiata, 164, 165, 168, 175; fa-
vosa, 225, 247, 252; favtis, 235;
filograna, 260, 263 ; flexuosa, 380,
381 ; foliosa, 498, 505 ; fungites,
292 ; galaxea, 219 ; gemrriascpns,
696 ; hirtclla, 392 ; intcrsepta, 247 ;
labyrintbica, 257, 264; laccra, 176;
lactuca, 196; lamcllosa, 281; lima,

INDEX.

737

307; meandrites, 171; 193, 257;
musicalis, 390; natans, 194; norva-
gica, 097 ; oculata, 395; patella, 293;
patiniformis, 497 ; peltata, 410; pen-
tagona, 241 ; phrygia, 260, 261 ;
pileus, 307, 322 ; pistillata, 517 ;
pleiades, 214; porcata, 226; porites,
554, 558, 559; prolifera, 393; punc-
tata, 568; radiate, 207, 221 ; ramea,
386 ; retepora, 512 ; rosacea, 498 ;
rosea, 458, 695; rotulosa, 211; se-
riata, 520 ; siderea, 332 ; solida, 562 ;
stellulata, 215; trilinguis, 309; undata,
336 ; tiva, 221 ; virginea, 397, 697
MADREPORACEA, 428
MADREPOR'ID^, 431
Mirandra, see Meandrina
Mammillifera auricula, 424 ; denudata,
424; fuliginosa, 425; mammillosa,
425 ; nymphaea, 424 ; occllata, 426
MANICI'NA, 188 ; amarantum, 189; areo-
lata, 191: dilatata, 194; fissa, 190;
hispida, 193; meandrites, 193; pra>
rupta, 193

Manicina intcrniptn, 194; lactuca, 196;
manica, 192 ; pachyphylla, 172 ; pec-
tlnata, 171

MANOP'ORA, 489 ; caliculata, 492; capita-
ta, 504 ; circumvallata, 496 ; com-
pressa, 494; crista-galli, 494 ; digitata,
508 ; effusa, 500 ; erosa, 504 ; ex-
pansa, 498 ; foliosa, 497 ; foveolata,
507; gemmulata, 491; grandifolia,
499 ; hispida, 496 ; incrassata, 503 ;
lichen, 492 ; lima, 505 ; nodosa, 501 ;
nudiceps, 505; palmata, 493; papil-
losa, 506 ; planiuscula, 507 ; scabri-
cula, 502 ; spumosa, 495 ; stilosa, 500;
tortuosa, 509 ; tuberculosa, 506 ; ve-
nosa, 501 ; verrucosa, 506
MARGINOP'ORA, 705 ; vertebralis, 706
Massa'rium massa, 615
MF.ANDHI'NA. 252 : raudox, 266 ; cerebri-
fomiis, 263 ; cylindrtis-, 265 ; dedalca,
254 ; filograna, 262 ; gracilis, 261 ;
interrupta, 258 ; labyrinthica, 256 ;
mammosa, 265 ; phrygia, 260 ; rus-

185

tica, 258 ; spongiosa, 255 ; strigosa,

257; tennis, 262; truncata, 264; va-

lida, 259
Meandrina areolata, 192 ; crispa, 184; gy-

rosa, 185, 186 ; lamellina, 266 ; pecti-

nata, 171 ; sinuosa, 188 ; spatiosa, 266
Megalactis, 125
MELIT^A, 681 ; coccinea, 688; ochracea,

682 ; retifera, 682 ; tenella, 683
Melitaca Rissoi, 683; textiformis, 683
MERULI'XA, 271; ampliala, 272; crispa,

274; folium, 274; laxa, 276 ; regalis,

273 ; rigida, 276 ; scabricula, 275 ;

speciosa, 273
Mesacmcea, 126
METHID'IUM, 125, 150 ; concinnatum, 152 ;"

muscosum, 153 ; prcetextum, 150

MlCHELINIA, 362

Microsolena, 637

MILLEP'OHA, 542 ; alcicornis, 543 ; com-
planata,547; incrassata, 547 ; plicata,
546 ; platyphylla, 548 ; pumila, 545 ;
ramosa, 544 ; squarrosa, 547 ; tortuo-
sa, 545

Millepora aspera, 494, 571; csrulea, 541 ;
clavaria, 544 ; compressa, 494 : line-
ata, 520 ; miniacea, 707 ; porulosa,
549 ; rubra, 707 ; truncata, 698

Minyas, 124

Mitra polonica, 312

Monomyces, 349 ; anthophyllum, 160, 350 ;
eburneus, 350, 373; patella, 293, 350

MONTICULABIA, 266 ; lobata, 268 ; micro-
cona, 267 ; polygonata, 269

Monticularia exesa, 268 ; folium, 275

Montip'ora, 490 ; lima, 505; papillosa, 506;
verrucosa, 503, 506

Montlivaltia, 306

MOPSEA, 678 ; dichotoma, 678 ; cncrinula,
679 ; erythrtea, 679 ; gracilis, 679

Mopsea mediterranea, 681 ; vcrticillata, 679

Moschata, 124

MUIUCE'A, 673 ; cerea, 675 ; elongata, 674;
myura,675; placomus, 674; spicifera,
673 ; verticil laris, 675

Murirca calyptrata, 675 ; furfuracea, 659 ;
muricata, 674 ; sulphurea, 674

733

INDEX.

Mrs? .Y, 173; angulosa, 176 ; cactus, 178;
carduus, 175; cerebriformis, 182; co-
rymbosa, 177 ; costata, 179 ; crispa,
183; cytherea,180; dipsacea, 184; fas-
tigiata, 175,720; fragilis, 185; gyrosa,
186; multilobata, 181; nobilis, 187;
recta, 186; regalis, 182; sinuosa, 179

Mussa dianthus, 375

Myce'dium ampliatum, 273 ; clephantotus,
324 ; cucullatum, 340

Myriap'ora truncata, 698 ; gracilis, 698

MYRIOZO'UM, 698; truncatum, 60S; gra-
cile, 699

Neptaea florida, 611, 626 ; innominata, 611
NEPHTHYA, 610 ; Savignii, 610
Nephthya florida, 611 ; Rathkiana, 611

Oculi'na, budding of, 67.

OCULI'NA, 390; axillaris, 394; diffusa,

397 ; hirtella, 392 ; horrescens, 392 ;

oculata, 395 ; pallens, 395 ; prolifera,

393 ; varicosa, 394, virginea, 396
Oculina coccinea, 389 ; echidnoea, 458 ; fla-

belliformis, 695; gemmascens, 696 ; in-

fundibulifera, 696 ; micranthus, 387 ;

ramea, 386 ; rosea, 695 ; virginea,

395, 397
ORBULI'TES, 704
Organic developement, 85

Palmip'ora alcicornis, 544 ; complanata,
547 ; squarrosa, 547

PALYTHOA, 422 ; argus, 427 ; auricula,
424 ; Cicsia, 427 ; denudata, 423 ;
flavo-viridis, 426 ; fuliginosa, 425 ;
glareola, 426 ; nymphaia, 424 ; mam-
rnillosa, 425 ; ocellata, 426

Palythoa Bertholetii, 422 ; Peril, 425 ; Sa-
vignii, 419 ; stellata, 425

PASYTH'EA, 686 ; gracilis, 688

PAVONARIA, 597 ; quadrangularis, 597

Pavonaria antenninu, 598

PAVO'NIA, 319; boletiformis, 327 ; cactus,
324 ; clavus, 332 ; crassa, 331 ; cris-
pa, 322 ; decussata, 329 ; divaricata,
327 ; elephantotus, 323 ; explanulata,

322 ; formosa, 325 ; frondifora, 328,
721 ; lata, 330 ; latistella, 332 ; pa-
pyracea, 323 ; prastorta, 325 ; siderea,
331 ; venusta, 326

Pavonia agaricites, 343; cristata,343; lactu-
ca,196; obtusangula, 346 ; plicata,560

Pectinia lactuca, 196

PELAOIA, 573

PENNARIA, 691

PENNAT'ULA, 594 ; argentea, 596 ; grisea,

595 ; phosphorea, 594 ; rubra, 595
Pennatula mitennina, 598 ; cynomorium,

590; elongata, 596; encrinus, 598;
grandis, 59(i ; granulosa, 595 ; juncea,
592; mirabilis, 592 ; phalloides, 590;
quadrangularis, 598; reniforniis, 589;
rubra, 595 ; setacea, 595 ; spinosa,

596 ; stcllifera, 591)
PENNATU'LID^E, 587
PHYLLASTRJRA, 269 ; tubifex, 270
Phyllop'ora leptostoma, 723 ; spherostoma,.

723

Phyllodes, 374, 722

Planules, 709

Plexaura antipathes, 667 ; crassa, 670 ;
flexuosa, 668; friabilis, 669, 670; ho-
momalla, 668; miniacea, 662; oliva-
cea, 668 ; reticulata, 657 ; suberosa,
643 ; viminalis, 662

PLUMULARIA, 686

POCILLOP'ORA, 523 ; acuta, 524 ; brevicor-
nis, 526; bulbosa,527; cespitosa, 525;
clavaria, 530 ; damicornis, 527 ; elo-
gans, 532 ; elongata, 531 ; favosa,
528 ; grandis, 533 ; informis, 535 ;
ligulata, 531 ; rneandrina, 533 ; plica-
ta,534; squarrosa, 530 ; verrucosa,529

Pocillopora Andreossoyi, 516 ; apiculata,
528 ; ccerulea, 541 ; fenestrata, 514 ;
Hemprichii, 529 ; verrucosa, •">•'!:)

Polypary, 15, 52

POI.YPHYLLIA, 312; fungia, 316; galeri-
formis, 317; leptophylla, 314 ; pelvis,
315 ; pih'iformis, 317 ; sigmoides,
314 ; talpa, 313

Polypidom, 15, 52

Polypifer, 15

INDEX.

739

POLYTRE'MA, 706 ; brunncscens, 707 ; me-
senterina, 708 ; miniacca, 707

Polytrema corallina, 707

PORI'TES, 550 ; arenacea, 567 ; astraeoides,
561 ; clavaria, 554; compressa, 553;
conglomerate, 561 ; contigua, 560 ;
cribripora, 564 ; cylindrica, 559 ; di-
varicata, 556 ; erosa, 565; favosa,
564 ; flexuosa, 554 ; fragosa, 563 ;
furcata, 555 ; informis, 565 ; levis,
559 ; lichen, 566 ; limosa, 563 ; Io-
bata, 562 ; monticulosa, 566 ; mor-
dax, 552 ; nigrescens, 557 ; palmata,
558 ; recta, 556 ; reticulosa, 567

Poriles angulata, 723 ; .armata, 568 ; cer-
vine, 723 ; circumvallata, 496 ; com-
planata, 503 ; conglomerata, 562 ;
crista-galli, 494; dedalea, 513; digi-
tata, 516; elongata, 517; flabelli-
formis, 555 ; foliosa, 497 ; Peronii,
512; pistillata, 517; punctata, 568;
reticulata, 512 ; rosacea, 498 ; scabra,
516 ; spongiosa, 496 ; spumosa, 496,
497; stilosa, 501; stromatopora, 568;
subdigitata, 517 ; tuberculosa, 507 ;
verrucosa, 506

PORIT ID.E, 549

PRIMXOA, 676; lepadirera, 676

Primnoa flabellum, 675; verticillaris, 675

PSAMMO'CORA, 344 ; columna, 347 ; exesa,
348 ; fbssata, 347 ; obtusangula, 345 ;
plicata, 346

PTEROGOR'GIA, 647 ; acerosa, 649 ; anceps,
648; citrina, 648; fasciolaris, 648;
fusco-purpurea, 652 ; laxa, 651; leu-
costoma, 653 ; ochrostoma, 652 ; pa-
tula, 050 ; pectinata, 652 ; petechi-
zans, 650 ; pinnata, 649 ; pustulosa,
654 ; quercifolia, 647 ; rosca, 651 ;
sarmentosa, 653 ; setacca, 653 ; se-
tosa, 650 ; sulcifera, 652 ; thoniasien-
sis, 649 ; turgida, 651 ; violacea, 651

Pterogorgia sancti-thoma3, 649; stricta, 650

Podasteria, 186

PI'STULOP'ORA, 699

RKCEI-TACULITES, 700

REMLLA, 588 ; americana, 588 ; violacea,

589
RHIZOXE'NIA, 600 ; primula, 601 ; rosea,

601 ; thalassantha, 600

SARCIN'ULA, 363

Sarcin'ula, 404; astreata, 400 ; musicalis,

399 ; |*rforata, 405
Sarcorhinanthus, 125
Scirpea'ria, 593 ; mirabilis, 592
SERIATOP'ORA, 518; caliendrum, 522;

hystrix, 521 ; lineata, 520 ; octoptera,

521 ; subulata, 519
Seriatopora cervina, 723 ; ocellata, 520 ;

valida, 523

SERTULAHIA, 686 ; mimosa, 687
Sertularia dumosa, 628
SERTULAR'IDjE, 686
Siderastraea galaxea, 219; siderata, 332
SIDEKOP'ORA, 515; digitata, 515; elon-

gata, 516 ; mordax, 518 ; palmata,

517 ; subdigitata, 517
Siderop'ora pistillata, 517
SPINOP'ORA, 572
SPOCGO'DIA, 625 ; celosia, 626
STEJJOP'ORA, 536
Stephano'cora Hemprichii, 282
STEPHANOPHYLLIA, 373
Stipula, 691
STROMATOP'ORA, 702
Strombo'des, 359, 362; Hemprichii, 169
STVLI'NA, 403 ; echinulata, 404
Styloph'ora, 517
SYMPO'DIUM, 608; cseruleum, 609 ; fuligi-

nosum, 609 ; roseum, 609
Sympodium coralloides, 610 ; massa, 610 ;

ochraceum, 610; rubrum, 610, 614
SYNCORYNA, 691
Synhydra, 691
Synoicum pelagicum, 632
SYRINGOP'ORA, 637

TELESTO, 631 ; aurantiaca, 632; fruticu-
losa, 632 ; lutea, 632 ; pelagica, 632
TERKKKLLARIA, 572
Tefhya mammlllosa, 425
TETHADH-.M, 701

740

INDEX.

Thalnssianthus, 125
Thamnasteria, 321, 345

TlIEONEA, 701

THOA, 686

TIIUIA'RIA, 686

TILKSIA, 572

TRIDACOPHYLLIA, 194; lactuca, 195;

manicina, 196; paxmia, 196
Trldacophyllia aspera, 282
Trochopsis, 721
Truncularia, 698
Tubastrsca annularis, 214; cavernosa, 208;

pleiades, 214 ; radiata, 207
TUBIP'ORA, 633 ; Charnissonis, 635 ; fim-

briata, 634 ; Hemprichii, 636; musica,

633 ; purpurea, 634 ; rubeola, 636 ;

syringa, 635

Tubip'ora, structure of, 42
TUBlPOR'IDjE, 629
Tubiporites, 637
TDBULARIA, 691 ; ornata, 691
Tubularia cornucopise, 628 ; tubifera, 628
TUBULAR'IDjE, 690
Tubularidae, reproduction in, 709
TURBINALIA, 374, .721
TCRBINALOPSIS, 349, 721
Turbinaria cinerascens, 412 ; cupula, 410 ;

microstoma, 412 ; peltata, 411
Turbinolia,374; amicorum, 163; compressa,

161 ; cuneata, 161 ; rubra,161, 162

UMBELLITLARIA, 598 ; greenlandica, 598
Umbellularia encrinus, 598 ; stellifcra, 590
Undaria undata, 336

VERETIL'LUM, 589 ; clavatum, 591 ; cyno-

morium, 590 ; luteum, 590 ; pbal-

loides, 590

Veretillum stellifera, 590
VIRGULARIA, 591 ; juncea, 592 ; mirabilis,

591
Virgularia australis, 593 ; juncea, 593 ;

laxipinna, 592

XENIA, 604 ; ca?rulea, 605; elongata, 606 ;

florida, 606 ; fuscescens, 605 ; um-

bellata, 604
Xenia Desjardiana, 603 ; purpurea, 607,

626

ZOANTIIA, 420; Berlholetii, 422; dubia,
422 ; Ellisii, 420 ; sociata, 421 ; So-
landri, 421

Zoantha thalassanthos, 601

Zoantliidae, structure of, 40

ZOANTH'IO/E, 417

Zoophytes, classification of, 16, 45, 105

, definition of, 1 1

, forms of, 59

-, geographical distribution of, 101

ZOOF'ILCS, 318; echinatus, 319

THE END.

UJ — I

RETURN TO the circulation desk of any

University of California Library

or to the

NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station
University of California
Richmond, CA 94804-4698

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS
2-month loans may be renewed by calling

(510) 642-6753
1-year loans may be recharged by bringing books

to NRLF
Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days

prior to due date

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

date.

JUL

•O-

OCT 2 1 1996

inCULATION DEPT.

SENT ON ILL

DEC 0 4 1997

U. C. BERKELEY

0,000 (4/94)

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY
FORM NO. DD6 BERKELEY, CA 94720 ^

•••r T" ..,.

General Library
University of Californi

U C lit MM LEY I 1BHAKIE S

CDS71S15SD

I "**' i

(

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "United States exploring expedition. During the year 1838, 1839, 1840, 1841, 1842"

See other formats